SJ-20130520164529-010-ZXA10 C300&C320 (V2.0.0) Optical Access Convergence Equipment Command Reference

ZXA10 C300/C320
Optical Access Convergence Equipment

Command Reference
Version: V2.0.0
ZTE CORPORATION
No. 55, Hi-tech Road South, ShenZhen, P.R.China
Postcode: 518057
Tel: +86-755-26771900
Fax: +86-755-26770801
URL: http://ensupport.zte.com.cn
E-mail: support@zte.com.cn
LEGAL INFORMATION
Copyright © 2013 ZTE CORPORATION.
The contents of this document are protected by copyright laws and international treaties. Any reproduction or
distribution of this document or any portion of this document, in any form by any means, without the prior written
consent of ZTE CORPORATION is prohibited. Additionally, the contents of this document are protected by
contractual confidentiality obligations.
All company, brand and product names are trade or service marks, or registered trade or service marks, of ZTE
CORPORATION or of their respective owners.
This document is provided “as is”, and all express, implied, or statutory warranties, representations or conditions
are disclaimed, including without limitation any implied warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose,
title or non-infringement. ZTE CORPORATION and its licensors shall not be liable for damages resulting from the
use of or reliance on the information contained herein.
ZTE CORPORATION or its licensors may have current or pending intellectual property rights or applications
covering the subject matter of this document. Except as expressly provided in any written license between ZTE
CORPORATION and its licensee, the user of this document shall not acquire any license to the subject matter
herein.
ZTE CORPORATION reserves the right to upgrade or make technical change to this product without further notice.
Users may visit ZTE technical support website http://ensupport.zte.com.cn to inquire related information.
The ultimate right to interpret this product resides in ZTE CORPORATION.
Revision History
Revision No. Revision Date Revision Reason
R1.0 2013-10-30 First edition
Serial Number: SJ-20130520164529-010
Publishing Date: 2013-10-30 (R1.0)
SJ-20130520164529-010|2013-10-30 (R1.0) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

Contents
About This Manual ......................................................................................... I
Chapter 1 Basic System Management...................................................... 1-1
1.1 banner incoming ................................................................................................ 1-2
1.2 clock set ............................................................................................................ 1-3
1.3 clock summer-time recurring ............................................................................... 1-3
1.4 clock timezone ................................................................................................... 1-5
1.5 config-filename................................................................................................... 1-6
1.6 configure terminal............................................................................................... 1-6
1.7 disable............................................................................................................... 1-7
1.8 enable ............................................................................................................... 1-8
1.9 enable secret ..................................................................................................... 1-9
1.10 end.................................................................................................................1-11
1.11 exit ................................................................................................................ 1-12
1.12 hostname....................................................................................................... 1-13
1.13 interface ........................................................................................................ 1-13
1.14 ip address ...................................................................................................... 1-15
1.15 ping ............................................................................................................... 1-16
1.16 ping mng........................................................................................................ 1-17
1.17 privilege ......................................................................................................... 1-18
1.18 restore factory-defaults ................................................................................... 1-20
1.19 sdisk.............................................................................................................. 1-21
1.20 set-cputhreshold............................................................................................. 1-21
1.21 set-memthreshold........................................................................................... 1-22
1.22 show clock ..................................................................................................... 1-23
1.23 show cputhreshold ......................................................................................... 1-24
1.24 show memthreshold ....................................................................................... 1-24
1.25 show privilege ................................................................................................ 1-25
1.26 show running-config ....................................................................................... 1-26
1.27 show sdisk-status ........................................................................................... 1-30
1.28 show start running-config ................................................................................ 1-31
1.29 show system-group ........................................................................................ 1-32
1.30 show username.............................................................................................. 1-32
1.31 telnet ............................................................................................................. 1-34

1.32 who ............................................................................................................... 1-34
Chapter 2 Hardware Management............................................................. 2-1

2.1 add-card ............................................................................................................ 2-2
2.2 add-rack ............................................................................................................ 2-2
2.3 add-shelf ........................................................................................................... 2-3
2.4 add-subcard....................................................................................................... 2-4
2.5 clear processor details........................................................................................ 2-5
2.6 del-card ............................................................................................................. 2-5
2.7 del-rack ............................................................................................................. 2-6
2.8 del-shelf............................................................................................................. 2-7
2.9 del-subcard........................................................................................................ 2-8
2.10 power-enable ................................................................................................... 2-8
2.11 qry ................................................................................................................... 2-9
2.12 reboot............................................................................................................ 2-10
2.13 reset-card .......................................................................................................2-11
2.14 reset-subcard ..................................................................................................2-11
2.15 set-pnp .......................................................................................................... 2-12
2.16 show card ...................................................................................................... 2-13
2.17 show card type ............................................................................................... 2-14
2.18 show pnp ....................................................................................................... 2-15
2.19 show processor .............................................................................................. 2-15
2.20 show rack ...................................................................................................... 2-16
2.21 show shelf...................................................................................................... 2-17
2.22 show subcard................................................................................................. 2-18
2.23 show switch-board diag-port mode .................................................................. 2-19
2.24 show switch-board uplink-port mode ................................................................ 2-19
2.25 show system-monitor...................................................................................... 2-20
2.26 swap ............................................................................................................. 2-21
2.27 switch-board diag-port .................................................................................... 2-22
2.28 switch-board uplink-port .................................................................................. 2-23
2.29 system-monitor endless-loop duration.............................................................. 2-24
2.30 system-monitor endless-loop reboot ................................................................ 2-25
2.31 system-monitor task-suspend-reboot ............................................................... 2-26
2.32 system-monitor watchdog ............................................................................... 2-26
2.33 system-monitor watchdog-duration .................................................................. 2-27
Chapter 3 Fan Management....................................................................... 3-1

3.1 env-switch add-device ........................................................................................ 3-1
II

3.2 env-switch switch ............................................................................................... 3-2
3.3 fan control fixed-speed ....................................................................................... 3-3
3.4 fan control temp_level......................................................................................... 3-3
3.5 fan epm ............................................................................................................. 3-4
3.6 fan speed .......................................................................................................... 3-5
3.7 fan speed-percent-set......................................................................................... 3-6
3.8 show card-power................................................................................................ 3-7
3.9 show card-temperature ....................................................................................... 3-8
3.10 show env-switch device .................................................................................... 3-8
3.11 show env-switch switch ................................................................................... 3-10
3.12 show fan .........................................................................................................3-11
Chapter 4 Version Management ................................................................ 4-1

4.1 auto-backup condition cfg-changed ..................................................................... 4-2
4.2 auto-backup period............................................................................................. 4-2
4.3 auto-update ....................................................................................................... 4-3
4.4 auto-update check-period ................................................................................... 4-4
4.5 auto-update manual ........................................................................................... 4-5
4.6 file-server .......................................................................................................... 4-6
4.7 file-server auto-update........................................................................................ 4-7
4.8 file-server boot-server......................................................................................... 4-9
4.9 file-server performance-server .......................................................................... 4-10
4.10 license install ..................................................................................................4-11
4.11 manual-backup............................................................................................... 4-12
4.12 patch active ................................................................................................... 4-12
4.13 patch deactive................................................................................................ 4-13
4.14 show auto-backup condition configure ............................................................. 4-14
4.15 show auto-backup period configure ................................................................. 4-15
4.16 show auto-backup progress ............................................................................ 4-15
4.17 show auto-update check-period configure ........................................................ 4-16
4.18 show auto-update check-result ........................................................................ 4-17
4.19 show auto-update configure ............................................................................ 4-18
4.20 show auto-update progress ............................................................................. 4-18
4.21 show compound-version ................................................................................. 4-19
4.22 show file-server .............................................................................................. 4-20
4.23 show license default ....................................................................................... 4-22
4.24 show license individual ................................................................................... 4-23
4.25 show license install-status............................................................................... 4-25
III

4.26 show license running ...................................................................................... 4-26
4.27 show patch-running ........................................................................................ 4-27
4.28 show patch-saved .......................................................................................... 4-28
4.29 show updatecpld ............................................................................................ 4-29
4.30 show version-running...................................................................................... 4-30
4.31 show version-saved........................................................................................ 4-31
4.32 swapver ......................................................................................................... 4-32
4.33 update-boot ................................................................................................... 4-32
4.34 update-cpld .................................................................................................... 4-33
Chapter 5 CPE Version Management........................................................ 5-1

5.1 action ................................................................................................................ 5-1
5.2 description ......................................................................................................... 5-2
5.3 equipment-type .................................................................................................. 5-3
5.4 match-vertag...................................................................................................... 5-4
5.5 mode................................................................................................................. 5-4
5.6 parallel-limitation ................................................................................................ 5-5
5.7 range................................................................................................................. 5-6
5.8 remote-unit abort................................................................................................ 5-7
5.9 remote-unit activate ............................................................................................ 5-8
5.10 remote-unit commit........................................................................................... 5-8
5.11 remote-unit task................................................................................................ 5-9
5.12 remote-unit update ......................................................................................... 5-10
5.13 remote-unit update-and-reboot .........................................................................5-11
5.14 remote-unit update-commit ............................................................................. 5-12
5.15 remote-unit update-reonline ............................................................................ 5-12
5.16 service-type ................................................................................................... 5-13
5.17 show remote-unit information .......................................................................... 5-14
5.18 show remote-unit summary-of ......................................................................... 5-15
5.19 show remote-unit task..................................................................................... 5-16
5.20 show remote-unit update-status....................................................................... 5-17
5.21 task abort....................................................................................................... 5-18
5.22 task add......................................................................................................... 5-19
5.23 task delete ..................................................................................................... 5-19
5.24 task restart..................................................................................................... 5-20
5.25 vendor-name.................................................................................................. 5-21
5.26 version-file ..................................................................................................... 5-21
Chapter 6 User Management ..................................................................... 6-1
IV

6.1 exit .................................................................................................................... 6-1
6.2 line console 0..................................................................................................... 6-2
6.3 line console absolute-timeout .............................................................................. 6-3
6.4 line console idle-timeout ..................................................................................... 6-3
6.5 line telnet absolute-timeout ................................................................................. 6-4
6.6 line telnet access-class ....................................................................................... 6-5
6.7 line telnet idle-timeout......................................................................................... 6-6
6.8 line telnet users.................................................................................................. 6-7
6.9 login .................................................................................................................. 6-8
6.10 logout .............................................................................................................. 6-8
6.11 show history ..................................................................................................... 6-9
6.12 show line-configuration ................................................................................... 6-10
6.13 show terminal..................................................................................................6-11
6.14 telnet onu....................................................................................................... 6-12
6.15 terminal length ............................................................................................... 6-12
6.16 user password................................................................................................ 6-13
6.17 user-authentication-type.................................................................................. 6-14
6.18 user-authorization-type ................................................................................... 6-15
6.19 user-suspend ................................................................................................. 6-16
6.20 username ...................................................................................................... 6-18
6.21 username expire-date ..................................................................................... 6-19
6.22 username login-range ..................................................................................... 6-20
Chapter 7 File System Management ......................................................... 7-1

7.1 auto-write .......................................................................................................... 7-1
7.2 file copy ............................................................................................................. 7-2
7.3 file delete ........................................................................................................... 7-3
7.4 file download...................................................................................................... 7-4
7.5 file sync ............................................................................................................. 7-6
7.6 file upload .......................................................................................................... 7-6
7.7 show auto-write.................................................................................................. 7-8
7.8 show file ............................................................................................................ 7-9
7.9 show sync-status.............................................................................................. 7-10
7.10 write .............................................................................................................. 7-10
Chapter 8 SuperVLAN Commands ........................................................... 8-1

8.1 arp-broadcast..................................................................................................... 8-1
8.2 inter-subvlan-routing........................................................................................... 8-2
8.3 ip supervlan pool ................................................................................................ 8-3

8.4 ip-pool-filter........................................................................................................ 8-3
8.5 show supervlan ip-pool ....................................................................................... 8-4
8.6 supervlan inter-subvlan-routing ........................................................................... 8-5
Chapter 9 Alarm Management................................................................... 9-1

9.1 alarm................................................................................................................. 9-1
9.2 alarm alarm-profile ............................................................................................. 9-2
9.3 alarm confirm ..................................................................................................... 9-3
9.4 alarm filter.......................................................................................................... 9-4
9.5 alarm trap-confirm .............................................................................................. 9-5
9.6 alarm-index........................................................................................................ 9-5
9.7 alarm-profile-apply.............................................................................................. 9-7
9.8 clear alarm pool ................................................................................................. 9-9
9.9 nms-hello-trap.................................................................................................. 9-10
9.10 nms-hello-trap interval .................................................................................... 9-10
9.11 show alarm configure .......................................................................................9-11
9.12 show alarm counter ........................................................................................ 9-12
9.13 show alarm filter ............................................................................................. 9-13
9.14 show alarm pool ............................................................................................. 9-14
9.15 show alarm profile .......................................................................................... 9-16
Chapter 10 Debugging Commands......................................................... 10-1

10.1 debug all........................................................................................................ 10-3
10.2 debug arp ...................................................................................................... 10-4
10.3 debug dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent all....................................................................... 10-5
10.4 debug dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent data ................................................................... 10-6
10.5 debug dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent error ................................................................... 10-7
10.6 debug dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent event.................................................................. 10-8
10.7 debug dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent all....................................................................... 10-8
10.8 debug dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent data ................................................................... 10-9
10.9 debug dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent error ..................................................................10-10
10.10 debug dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent event ............................................................... 10-11
10.11 debug ip ......................................................................................................10-12
10.12 debug ip destination.....................................................................................10-13
10.13 debug ip dhcp .............................................................................................10-14
10.14 debug ip icmp..............................................................................................10-15
10.15 debug ip icmp detail.....................................................................................10-15
10.16 debug ip interface ........................................................................................10-16
10.17 debug ip ospf adj .........................................................................................10-17
VI

10.18 debug ip ospf all ..........................................................................................10-18
10.19 debug ip ospf cspf .......................................................................................10-19
10.20 debug ip ospf database-timer .......................................................................10-20
10.21 debug ip ospf events....................................................................................10-20
10.22 debug ip ospf flood ......................................................................................10-21
10.23 debug ip ospf lsa-generation ........................................................................10-22
10.24 debug ip ospf nsf .........................................................................................10-23
10.25 debug ip ospf packet....................................................................................10-24
10.26 debug ip ospf retransmission........................................................................10-24
10.27 debug ip ospf spf .........................................................................................10-25
10.28 debug ip ospf spf external ............................................................................10-26
10.29 debug ip ospf spf inter..................................................................................10-27
10.30 debug ip ospf spf intra..................................................................................10-28
10.31 debug ip protocol .........................................................................................10-28
10.32 debug ip rip .................................................................................................10-29
10.33 debug ip rip database ..................................................................................10-30
10.34 debug ip rip events ......................................................................................10-31
10.35 debug ip rip trigger.......................................................................................10-31
10.36 debug ip source...........................................................................................10-32
10.37 debug ip tcp all ............................................................................................10-33
10.38 debug ip tcp driver .......................................................................................10-34
10.39 debug ip tcp driver-pak.................................................................................10-35
10.40 debug ip tcp packet......................................................................................10-36
10.41 debug ip tcp transactions .............................................................................10-36
10.42 debug ip udp ...............................................................................................10-37
10.43 debug l2vpn ac event...................................................................................10-38
10.44 debug l2vpn instance event ..........................................................................10-39
10.45 debug l2vpn pw-bind event...........................................................................10-40
10.46 debug l2vpn pw-bind-to-ldp event .................................................................10-41
10.47 debug lacp all ..............................................................................................10-41
10.48 debug lacp fsm............................................................................................10-42
10.49 debug lacp packet .......................................................................................10-43
10.50 debug mpls label .........................................................................................10-44
10.51 debug mpls label ip......................................................................................10-45
10.52 debug mpls ldp advertisements ....................................................................10-46
10.53 debug mpls ldp all........................................................................................10-47
10.54 debug mpls ldp bindings ..............................................................................10-47
VII

10.55 debug mpls ldp hot-backup batch .................................................................10-48
10.56 debug mpls ldp hot-backup real-time.............................................................10-49
10.57 debug mpls ldp l2vpn event ..........................................................................10-50
10.58 debug mpls ldp l2vpn fsm.............................................................................10-50
10.59 debug mpls ldp messages received ..............................................................10-51
10.60 debug mpls ldp messages sent ....................................................................10-52
10.61 debug mpls ldp session io ............................................................................10-53
10.62 debug mpls ldp session state-machine..........................................................10-54
10.63 debug mpls ldp transport connections ...........................................................10-54
10.64 debug mpls ldp transport events ...................................................................10-55
10.65 debug mpls lspv error ..................................................................................10-56
10.66 debug mpls lspv event .................................................................................10-57
10.67 debug mpls lspv packet................................................................................10-58
10.68 debug mpls lspv tlv ......................................................................................10-59
10.69 debug mstp agreement ................................................................................10-61
10.70 debug mstp all.............................................................................................10-61
10.71 debug mstp bpdu-rx.....................................................................................10-62
10.72 debug mstp bpdu-tx .....................................................................................10-63
10.73 debug mstp errors .......................................................................................10-64
10.74 debug mstp flush .........................................................................................10-64
10.75 debug mstp info...........................................................................................10-65
10.76 debug mstp migration ..................................................................................10-66
10.77 debug mstp proposals..................................................................................10-67
10.78 debug mstp roles .........................................................................................10-67
10.79 debug mstp state .........................................................................................10-68
10.80 debug mstp tc .............................................................................................10-69
10.81 debug mstp timers .......................................................................................10-70
10.82 debug ndp-lio all ..........................................................................................10-70
10.83 debug ndp-lio data.......................................................................................10-71
10.84 debug ndp-lio error ......................................................................................10-72
10.85 debug ndp-lio event .....................................................................................10-73
10.86 debug port-identification all...........................................................................10-74
10.87 debug port-identification data .......................................................................10-74
10.88 debug port-identification error .......................................................................10-75
10.89 debug port-identification event......................................................................10-76
10.90 debug portloc-profile all................................................................................10-77
10.91 debug portloc-profile data.............................................................................10-78
VIII

10.92 debug portloc-profile error ............................................................................10-79
10.93 debug portloc-profile event ...........................................................................10-80
10.94 debug pppoe-intermediate-agent all..............................................................10-81
10.95 debug pppoe-intermediate-agent data...........................................................10-81
10.96 debug pppoe-intermediate-agent error ..........................................................10-82
10.97 debug pppoe-intermediate-agent event .........................................................10-83
10.98 terminal monitor...........................................................................................10-84
Chapter 11 VLAN Commands.................................................................. 11-1

11.1 Global Commands ...........................................................................................11-1
11.1.1 1588-bind..............................................................................................11-1
11.1.2 default-vlan ...........................................................................................11-2
11.1.3 description ............................................................................................11-2
11.1.4 ex-switch...............................................................................................11-3
11.1.5 multicast-packet ....................................................................................11-4
11.1.6 mvlan-translate......................................................................................11-5
11.1.7 name ....................................................................................................11-6
11.1.8 tpid .......................................................................................................11-7
11.1.9 tpid (VLAN configuration sub-mode)........................................................11-7
11.1.10 vlan.....................................................................................................11-8
11.1.11 vlan (VLAN_DB configuration mode) .....................................................11-9
11.1.12 vlan database .................................................................................... 11-10
11.1.13 vlan-reserve ...................................................................................... 11-11
11.1.14 vlan-scb-action .................................................................................. 11-11
11.1.15 vlan-translate..................................................................................... 11-13
11.1.16 voip-bind ........................................................................................... 11-14
11.1.17 xconnect ........................................................................................... 11-15
11.2 Commands at DSL User Side......................................................................... 11-16
11.2.1 ingress-filter ........................................................................................ 11-16
11.2.2 mvlan-translate.................................................................................... 11-17
11.2.3 switchport default vlan.......................................................................... 11-18
11.2.4 switchport mode .................................................................................. 11-18
11.2.5 switchport priority-cvlan........................................................................ 11-20
11.2.6 switchport priority-vlan ......................................................................... 11-20
11.2.7 switchport priority-vlan-mapping ........................................................... 11-21
11.2.8 switchport protocol-cvlan...................................................................... 11-22
11.2.9 switchport protocol-vlan ....................................................................... 11-23
11.2.10 switchport protocol-vlan-mapping........................................................ 11-24
IX

11.2.11 switchport qinq................................................................................... 11-24
11.2.12 switchport tls ..................................................................................... 11-25
11.2.13 switchport tls vlan .............................................................................. 11-26
11.2.14 switchport tpid ................................................................................... 11-27
11.2.15 switchport translate ............................................................................ 11-28
11.2.16 switchport vlan................................................................................... 11-29
11.3 Smart QinQ Commands ................................................................................. 11-30
11.3.1 vlan-smart-qinq.................................................................................... 11-30
11.3.2 vlan-smart-qinq (10G_Ether interface mode) ......................................... 11-31
11.3.3 vlan-smart-qinq ingress-port ................................................................. 11-32
11.4 Show Commands .......................................................................................... 11-34
11.4.1 show 1588-vlan ................................................................................... 11-34
11.4.2 show ex-switch vlan ............................................................................. 11-34
11.4.3 show ingress-filter interface .................................................................. 11-35
11.4.4 show mvlan-translate ........................................................................... 11-36
11.4.5 show mvlan-translate interface ............................................................. 11-36
11.4.6 show service-port ................................................................................ 11-37
11.4.7 show service-port interface................................................................... 11-38
11.4.8 show vlan............................................................................................ 11-39
11.4.9 show vlan port ..................................................................................... 11-40
11.4.10 show vlan tpid.................................................................................... 11-41
11.4.11 show vlan voip-bind............................................................................ 11-42
11.4.12 show vlan-reserve.............................................................................. 11-42
11.4.13 show vlan-scb-action.......................................................................... 11-43
11.4.14 show vlan-smart-qinq ......................................................................... 11-44
11.4.15 show vlan-smart-qinq global-status ..................................................... 11-45
11.4.16 show vlan-smart-qinq port-status ........................................................ 11-45
11.4.17 show vlan-translate ............................................................................ 11-46
11.4.18 show vlan-xconnect detail .................................................................. 11-47
11.4.19 show vlan-xconnect summary............................................................. 11-48
11.5 Service Port Commands ................................................................................ 11-48
11.5.1 service-port (layer-2 VLAN translation).................................................. 11-48
11.5.2 service-port (description)...................................................................... 11-50
11.5.3 service-port (enable or disable)............................................................. 11-51
11.5.4 service-port (QinQ) .............................................................................. 11-52
11.5.5 service-port (TLS) ................................................................................ 11-53
11.5.6 service-port (VLAN translation) ............................................................. 11-54

11.5.7 service-port (transparent transmission) ................................................. 11-55
11.5.8 service-port (default VLAN) .................................................................. 11-56
Chapter 12 PON Comands....................................................................... 12-1

12.1 PON Basic Command..................................................................................... 12-1
12.1.1 pon...................................................................................................... 12-1
12.2 ONU Type Profile Management ....................................................................... 12-2
12.2.1 onu-type .............................................................................................. 12-2
12.2.2 onu-type-if............................................................................................ 12-4
12.2.3 show onu-type...................................................................................... 12-5
12.2.4 show onu-type-if................................................................................... 12-7
12.3 OLT Performance Management....................................................................... 12-7
12.3.1 item ..................................................................................................... 12-7
12.3.2 item (PROFILE_MAC_ONU configuration mode).................................... 12-8
12.3.3 item (PROFILE_ETH_OLT configuration mode)...................................... 12-9
12.3.4 item (PROFILE_ETH_ONU configuration mode)....................................12-10
12.3.5 perf-clear-current................................................................................. 12-11
12.3.6 perf-clear-current gemport....................................................................12-12
12.3.7 perf-clear-current onu ..........................................................................12-13
12.3.8 perf-eth-olt profile ................................................................................12-13
12.3.9 perf-eth-onu profile ..............................................................................12-14
12.3.10 perf-mac-olt profile.............................................................................12-15
12.3.11 perf-mac-onu profile...........................................................................12-16
12.3.12 perf-profile ........................................................................................12-17
12.3.13 perf-profile onu ..................................................................................12-17
12.3.14 show perf-eth-olt................................................................................12-18
12.3.15 show perf-eth-onu..............................................................................12-19
12.3.16 show perf-mac-olt ..............................................................................12-20
12.3.17 show perf-mac-onu ............................................................................12-21
12.3.18 show performance gemport ................................................................12-22
12.3.19 show performance pon-olt ..................................................................12-22
12.3.20 show performance pon-onu ................................................................12-23
12.4 PON Protection Management.........................................................................12-25
12.4.1 protection............................................................................................12-25
12.4.2 protection member ..............................................................................12-26
12.4.3 protection prop ....................................................................................12-27
12.4.4 protection switch-command..................................................................12-28
12.4.5 show protection group information ........................................................12-29
XI

12.4.6 show protection group list ....................................................................12-30
12.5 Optical Profile Parameter Configuration ..........................................................12-31
12.5.1 show pon power attenuation.................................................................12-31
12.5.2 show pon power olt-rx..........................................................................12-32
12.5.3 show pon power olt-tx ..........................................................................12-33
12.5.4 show pon power onu-rx........................................................................12-33
12.5.5 show pon power onu-tx........................................................................12-34
12.5.6 show pon transceiver-thresh ................................................................12-35
12.5.7 transceiver detect-period......................................................................12-36
12.5.8 transceiver-threshold rx-power .............................................................12-37
12.6 Rogue ONU Detection ...................................................................................12-38
12.6.1 rogue-onu-detect .................................................................................12-38
12.6.2 rogue-onu-state...................................................................................12-39
12.6.3 show pon rogue-onu-detect..................................................................12-40
12.6.4 show pon rogue-onu-info .....................................................................12-40
12.7 ONU In-Band Management ............................................................................12-41
12.7.1 ip-pool ................................................................................................12-41
12.7.2 ip-pool-bind .........................................................................................12-42
12.7.3 show pon ip-pool .................................................................................12-43
12.7.4 show pon ip-pool-bind..........................................................................12-44
12.8 Profile Configuration Management..................................................................12-45
12.8.1 commit................................................................................................12-45
12.8.2 onu-profile...........................................................................................12-46
12.8.3 remote ................................................................................................12-47
12.8.4 revert..................................................................................................12-47
12.8.5 show pon onu onu-profile .....................................................................12-48
12.8.6 show pon onu-profile ...........................................................................12-49
12.9 Other Commands ..........................................................................................12-50
12.9.1 auto-replace-offline-onu .......................................................................12-50
12.9.2 blacklist ..............................................................................................12-51
12.9.3 clear ...................................................................................................12-51
12.9.4 clear onu.............................................................................................12-52
12.9.5 copy epon olt ......................................................................................12-53
12.9.6 copy epon onu ....................................................................................12-54
12.9.7 copy gpon olt ......................................................................................12-55
12.9.8 copy gpon onu ....................................................................................12-55
12.9.9 onu profile power-save.........................................................................12-56
XII

12.9.10 onu profile proto-ctrl...........................................................................12-57
12.9.11 onu profile proto-limit..........................................................................12-58
12.9.12 show onu running config ....................................................................12-60
12.9.13 show pon blacklist .............................................................................12-60
12.9.14 show pon config global.......................................................................12-61
12.9.15 show pon onu power-save state .........................................................12-62
12.9.16 show pon onu profile power-save........................................................12-63
12.9.17 show pon onu profile proto-ctrl............................................................12-63
12.9.18 show pon onu profile proto-limit ..........................................................12-64
12.9.19 show pon onu uncfg...........................................................................12-65
12.9.20 show pon remote-alarm .....................................................................12-66
12.9.21 show pon uncfg-onu-display-info ........................................................12-67
12.9.22 time-sync ..........................................................................................12-68
12.9.23 uncfg-onu-display-info........................................................................12-69
Chapter 13 GPON Commands................................................................. 13-1

13.1 GPON Global Configuration ............................................................................ 13-1
13.1.1 dhcp anti-spoofing autoshutdown-port ................................................... 13-1
13.1.2 gpon .................................................................................................... 13-2
13.1.3 max-bandwidth..................................................................................... 13-2
13.1.4 mop mode............................................................................................ 13-3
13.1.5 onu profile dial-plan .............................................................................. 13-4
13.1.6 onu profile dscp.................................................................................... 13-5
13.1.7 onu profile filter-rule double-tag ............................................................. 13-6
13.1.8 onu profile filter-rule single-tag .............................................................. 13-7
13.1.9 onu profile filter-rule zero-tag................................................................. 13-8
13.1.10 onu profile igmp.................................................................................13-10
13.1.11 onu profile ip......................................................................................13-13
13.1.12 onu profile mgc..................................................................................13-14
13.1.13 onu profile schedule...........................................................................13-16
13.1.14 onu profile sip....................................................................................13-18
13.1.15 onu profile tdm ..................................................................................13-20
13.1.16 onu profile traffic................................................................................13-23
13.1.17 onu profile treat .................................................................................13-24
13.1.18 onu profile vlan..................................................................................13-27
13.1.19 onu profile voip-accesscode ...............................................................13-28
13.1.20 onu profile voip-appsrv.......................................................................13-29
13.1.21 onu profile voip-media........................................................................13-31
XIII

13.1.22 profile tcont .......................................................................................13-34
13.1.23 profile traffic ......................................................................................13-35
13.1.24 show gpon mop mode........................................................................13-36
13.1.25 show gpon onu profile dial-plan ..........................................................13-37
13.1.26 show gpon onu profile dscp ................................................................13-38
13.1.27 show gpon onu profile filter-rule ..........................................................13-38
13.1.28 show gpon onu profile igmp................................................................13-39
13.1.29 show gpon onu profile ip ....................................................................13-40
13.1.30 show gpon onu profile mgc.................................................................13-41
13.1.31 show gpon onu profile schedule..........................................................13-43
13.1.32 show gpon onu profile sip...................................................................13-43
13.1.33 show gpon onu profile tdm .................................................................13-45
13.1.34 show gpon onu profile traffic...............................................................13-46
13.1.35 show gpon onu profile treat ................................................................13-47
13.1.36 show gpon onu profile vlan.................................................................13-47
13.1.37 show gpon onu profile voip-accesscode ..............................................13-48
13.1.38 show gpon onu profile voip-appsrv......................................................13-49
13.1.39 show gpon onu profile voip-media.......................................................13-51
13.1.40 show gpon profile ..............................................................................13-52
13.1.41 show gpon slot config ........................................................................13-53
13.2 GPON OLT Interface Configuration.................................................................13-53
13.2.1 auto-learning.......................................................................................13-53
13.2.2 auto-learning aging-time ......................................................................13-54
13.2.3 ber-interval..........................................................................................13-55
13.2.4 clear ...................................................................................................13-56
13.2.5 cpl ......................................................................................................13-56
13.2.6 discover-period ...................................................................................13-57
13.2.7 fec......................................................................................................13-58
13.2.8 multicast-encrypt .................................................................................13-59
13.2.9 name ..................................................................................................13-59
13.2.10 onu ...................................................................................................13-60
13.2.11 onu-action .........................................................................................13-63
13.2.12 onu-sn ..............................................................................................13-63
13.2.13 range-mode ......................................................................................13-64
13.2.14 resource-id-assign-mode....................................................................13-65
13.2.15 scb-port ............................................................................................13-66
13.2.16 show gpon fec ...................................................................................13-66
XIV

13.2.17 show gpon olt config ..........................................................................13-67
13.2.18 show gpon olt cpl...............................................................................13-68
13.2.19 show gpon olt range-mode .................................................................13-69
13.2.20 uncfg-onu-aging-time .........................................................................13-70
13.3 GPON ONU Interface Configuration ...............................................................13-70
13.3.1 1pps-tod .............................................................................................13-70
13.3.2 action .................................................................................................13-71
13.3.3 authpass-control..................................................................................13-72
13.3.4 clear ...................................................................................................13-73
13.3.5 dba.....................................................................................................13-73
13.3.6 description ..........................................................................................13-74
13.3.7 disable................................................................................................13-75
13.3.8 enable ................................................................................................13-75
13.3.9 encrypt ...............................................................................................13-76
13.3.10 fec ....................................................................................................13-77
13.3.11 gemport ............................................................................................13-78
13.3.12 link-test .............................................................................................13-79
13.3.13 multicast-encrypt ...............................................................................13-80
13.3.14 name ................................................................................................13-80
13.3.15 omcc-bandwidth ................................................................................13-81
13.3.16 omcc-encrypt ....................................................................................13-82
13.3.17 optical-line-number ............................................................................13-83
13.3.18 performance gemport.........................................................................13-83
13.3.19 performance vport .............................................................................13-84
13.3.20 registration-method............................................................................13-85
13.3.21 show gpon onu baseinfo ....................................................................13-86
13.3.22 show gpon onu by .............................................................................13-87
13.3.23 show gpon onu detail-info ..................................................................13-88
13.3.24 show gpon onu distance ....................................................................13-89
13.3.25 show gpon onu gemport.....................................................................13-90
13.3.26 show gpon onu next-available ............................................................13-91
13.3.27 show gpon onu state..........................................................................13-92
13.3.28 show gpon onu tcont..........................................................................13-93
13.3.29 show gpon onu uncfg.........................................................................13-93
13.3.30 show gpon onu vport .........................................................................13-94
13.3.31 shutdown ..........................................................................................13-95
13.3.32 sn-bind .............................................................................................13-96
XV

13.3.33 state .................................................................................................13-97
13.3.34 tcont .................................................................................................13-98
13.3.35 type ..................................................................................................13-98
13.3.36 vport .................................................................................................13-99
13.3.37 vport-map .......................................................................................13-100
13.3.38 vport-mode......................................................................................13-101
13.4 GPON ONU Remote Management ...............................................................13-102
13.4.1 auto-shutdown ..................................................................................13-102
13.4.2 broadcast-limit...................................................................................13-103
13.4.3 cfm ma .............................................................................................13-103
13.4.4 cfm md .............................................................................................13-105
13.4.5 cfm mep ...........................................................................................13-106
13.4.6 dhcp-ip .............................................................................................13-108
13.4.7 dhcp-option60 ...................................................................................13-108
13.4.8 dot1p-map ........................................................................................13-109
13.4.9 dot1x ................................................................................................ 13-111
13.4.10 dot1x ethuni .................................................................................... 13-112
13.4.11 equip-mgmt ..................................................................................... 13-113
13.4.12 ex-vlan............................................................................................ 13-114
13.4.13 ex-vlan-table ................................................................................... 13-115
13.4.14 file-server........................................................................................ 13-116
13.4.15 firewall ............................................................................................ 13-117
13.4.16 firewall ip-filter ................................................................................. 13-117
13.4.17 firewall mac-filter ............................................................................. 13-119
13.4.18 firewall mac-filter-table .....................................................................13-120
13.4.19 firewall port-forward .........................................................................13-121
13.4.20 flow ................................................................................................13-122
13.4.21 flow mode .......................................................................................13-124
13.4.22 gemport ..........................................................................................13-125
13.4.23 http onu-mng-port ............................................................................13-126
13.4.24 igmp ...............................................................................................13-127
13.4.25 igmp monitor ...................................................................................13-128
13.4.26 interface ces....................................................................................13-129
13.4.27 interface eth ....................................................................................13-130
13.4.28 interface pon ...................................................................................13-131
13.4.29 interface pots ..................................................................................13-133
13.4.30 interface video.................................................................................13-134
XVI

13.4.31 interface video-ani ...........................................................................13-134
13.4.32 interface wifi ....................................................................................13-135
13.4.33 ip route ...........................................................................................13-136
13.4.34 ip-host ............................................................................................13-137
13.4.35 ip-service-map.................................................................................13-138
13.4.36 lct ...................................................................................................13-139
13.4.37 loop-detect ......................................................................................13-140
13.4.38 loopback .........................................................................................13-141
13.4.39 mac-filter.........................................................................................13-141
13.4.40 mgc-service ....................................................................................13-142
13.4.41 mgmt-ip ..........................................................................................13-143
13.4.42 mgmt-ip auto-assign ........................................................................13-144
13.4.43 mgmt-ip release...............................................................................13-145
13.4.44 mirror..............................................................................................13-145
13.4.45 mvlan..............................................................................................13-146
13.4.46 multicast vlan tag-strip .....................................................................13-147
13.4.47 name ..............................................................................................13-148
13.4.48 onu-vlan..........................................................................................13-149
13.4.49 password ........................................................................................13-150
13.4.50 performance call-ctrl ........................................................................13-151
13.4.51 performance dot1x ethuni.................................................................13-152
13.4.52 performance ethuni..........................................................................13-153
13.4.53 performance fec ..............................................................................13-153
13.4.54 performance flow .............................................................................13-154
13.4.55 performance gem ............................................................................13-155
13.4.56 performance iphost ..........................................................................13-156
13.4.57 performance mgc ............................................................................13-156
13.4.58 performance multicast......................................................................13-157
13.4.59 performance pw...............................................................................13-158
13.4.60 performance radius..........................................................................13-159
13.4.61 performance rtp ...............................................................................13-159
13.4.62 performance sip...............................................................................13-160
13.4.63 performance switch..........................................................................13-161
13.4.64 performance switchport ethuni..........................................................13-162
13.4.65 performance switchport iphost ..........................................................13-162
13.4.66 performance vlan.............................................................................13-163
13.4.67 performance voice ...........................................................................13-164
XVII

13.4.68 performance voice pots....................................................................13-165
13.4.69 pkt-filter...........................................................................................13-166
13.4.70 pon-onu-mng...................................................................................13-167
13.4.71 power-save .....................................................................................13-167
13.4.72 power-shedding...............................................................................13-168
13.4.73 pppoe .............................................................................................13-170
13.4.74 proto-filter ethuni .............................................................................13-171
13.4.75 proto-proc .......................................................................................13-172
13.4.76 pw delete ........................................................................................13-173
13.4.77 pw optional......................................................................................13-173
13.4.78 pw psn ethernet...............................................................................13-174
13.4.79 pw psn ip ........................................................................................13-175
13.4.80 pw psn mpls ....................................................................................13-176
13.4.81 pw rtp .............................................................................................13-177
13.4.82 pw tdm............................................................................................13-178
13.4.83 reboot .............................................................................................13-179
13.4.84 restore ............................................................................................13-180
13.4.85 restore factory .................................................................................13-181
13.4.86 schedule .........................................................................................13-181
13.4.87 security-ctrl .....................................................................................13-182
13.4.88 security-mgmt .................................................................................13-183
13.4.89 service ............................................................................................13-184
13.4.90 show gpon remote-onu auto-shutdown..............................................13-185
13.4.91 show gpon remote-onu broadcast-limit..............................................13-186
13.4.92 show gpon remote-onu call-record ....................................................13-187
13.4.93 show gpon remote-onu capability......................................................13-188
13.4.94 show gpon remote-onu cfm ma ........................................................13-189
13.4.95 show gpon remote-onu cfm md ........................................................13-190
13.4.96 show gpon remote-onu cfm mep.......................................................13-191
13.4.97 show gpon remote-onu dhcp-ip ........................................................13-192
13.4.98 show gpon remote-onu dhcp-option60 ..............................................13-193
13.4.99 show gpon remote-onu dot1p-map ...................................................13-194
13.4.100 show gpon remote-onu dot1x .........................................................13-194
13.4.101 show gpon remote-onu dot1x ethuni ...............................................13-195
13.4.102 show gpon remote-onu equip .........................................................13-196
13.4.103 show gpon remote-onu ex-vlan.......................................................13-198
13.4.104 show gpon remote-onu ex-vlan flow ................................................13-199
XVIII

13.4.105 show gpon remote-onu ex-vlan-table ..............................................13-200
13.4.106 show gpon remote-onu ex-vlan-table flow........................................13-201
13.4.107 show gpon remote-onu file-server ...................................................13-202
13.4.108 show gpon remote-onu firewall .......................................................13-202
13.4.109 show gpon remote-onu firewall ip-filter ............................................13-203
13.4.110 show gpon remote-onu firewall mac-filter.........................................13-204
13.4.111 show gpon remote-onu firewall mac-filter-table.................................13-205
13.4.112 show gpon remote-onu firewall port-forward.....................................13-205
13.4.113 show gpon remote-onu flow ............................................................13-206
13.4.114 show gpon remote-onu gemport......................................................13-208
13.4.115 show gpon remote-onu igmp...........................................................13-209
13.4.116 show gpon remote-onu igmp monitor...............................................13-210
13.4.117 show gpon remote-onu interface ces ............................................... 13-211
13.4.118 show gpon remote-onu interface eth ...............................................13-212
13.4.119 show gpon remote-onu interface pon...............................................13-213
13.4.120 show gpon remote-onu interface pots..............................................13-213
13.4.121 show gpon remote-onu interface video ............................................13-214
13.4.122 show gpon remote-onu interface video-ani ......................................13-215
13.4.123 show gpon remote-onu interface wifi ...............................................13-216
13.4.124 show gpon remote-onu ip route ......................................................13-217
13.4.125 show gpon remote-onu ip-host........................................................13-218
13.4.126 show gpon remote-onu ip-service-map............................................13-219
13.4.127 show gpon remote-onu lct ..............................................................13-219
13.4.128 show gpon remote-onu loid ............................................................13-220
13.4.129 show gpon remote-onu loop-detect .................................................13-221
13.4.130 show gpon remote-onu loopback ....................................................13-222
13.4.131 show gpon remote-onu mac uni ......................................................13-222
13.4.132 show gpon remote-onu mac-filter ....................................................13-223
13.4.133 show gpon remote-onu mgc-service................................................13-224
13.4.134 show gpon remote-onu mgmt-ip......................................................13-225
13.4.135 show gpon remote-onu mirror .........................................................13-226
13.4.136 show gpon remote-onu mvlan port ..................................................13-227
13.4.137 show gpon remote-onu mvlan.........................................................13-227
13.4.138 show gpon remote-onu name .........................................................13-228
13.4.139 show gpon remote-onu onu-vlan ethuni...........................................13-229
13.4.140 show gpon remote-onu onu-vlan iphost ...........................................13-230
13.4.141 show gpon remote-onu onu-vlan wifi ...............................................13-230
XIX

13.4.142 show gpon remote-onu performance call-ctrl ...................................13-231
13.4.143 show gpon remote-onu performance dot1x ethuni............................13-232
13.4.144 show gpon remote-onu performance ethuni.....................................13-233
13.4.145 show gpon remote-onu performance fec .........................................13-233
13.4.146 show gpon remote-onu performance flow ........................................13-234
13.4.147 show gpon remote-onu performance gem .......................................13-235
13.4.148 show gpon remote-onu performance iphost .....................................13-236
13.4.149 show gpon remote-onu performance mgc........................................13-236
13.4.150 show gpon remote-onu performance multicast.................................13-237
13.4.151 show gpon remote-onu performance pw..........................................13-238
13.4.152 show gpon remote-onu performance radius.....................................13-239
13.4.153 show gpon remote-onu performance rtp ..........................................13-239
13.4.154 show gpon remote-onu performance sip..........................................13-240
13.4.155 show gpon remote-onu performance switch.....................................13-241
13.4.156 show gpon remote-onu performance switchport ethuni .....................13-242
13.4.157 show gpon remote-onu performance switchport iphost .....................13-242
13.4.158 show gpon remote-onu performance vlan........................................13-243
13.4.159 show gpon remote-onu performance voice ......................................13-244
13.4.160 show gpon remote-onu pkt-filter......................................................13-245
13.4.161 show gpon remote-onu port-map ....................................................13-246
13.4.162 show gpon remote-onu power-shedding..........................................13-246
13.4.163 show gpon remote-onu pppoe ........................................................13-248
13.4.164 show gpon remote-onu proto-proc ..................................................13-248
13.4.165 show gpon remote-onu pw .............................................................13-249
13.4.166 show gpon remote-onu schedule ....................................................13-250
13.4.167 show gpon remote-onu security-ctrl.................................................13-251
13.4.168 show gpon remote-onu security-mgmt.............................................13-252
13.4.169 show gpon remote-onu service .......................................................13-253
13.4.170 show gpon remote-onu sip-service..................................................13-253
13.4.171 show gpon remote-onu sntp ...........................................................13-254
13.4.172 show gpon remote-onu ssid info .....................................................13-255
13.4.173 show gpon remote-onu switch ........................................................13-256
13.4.174 show gpon remote-onu switchport...................................................13-257
13.4.175 show gpon remote-onu sys-attr.......................................................13-258
13.4.176 show gpon remote-onu test-result call .............................................13-259
13.4.177 show gpon remote-onu test-result iphost .........................................13-260
13.4.178 show gpon remote-onu test-result ipoe............................................13-260
XX

13.4.179 show gpon remote-onu test-result iptv.............................................13-261
13.4.180 show gpon remote-onu test-result mep ...........................................13-262
13.4.181 show gpon remote-onu test-result mep lm-dm .................................13-263
13.4.182 show gpon remote-onu test-result potsuni .......................................13-263
13.4.183 show gpon remote-onu test-result pppoe.........................................13-264
13.4.184 show gpon remote-onu tr069-mgmt.................................................13-265
13.4.185 show gpon remote-onu traffic-limit ..................................................13-266
13.4.186 show gpon remote-onu veip ...........................................................13-267
13.4.187 show gpon remote-onu vlan ...........................................................13-267
13.4.188 show gpon remote-onu vlan translate..............................................13-269
13.4.189 show gpon remote-onu vlan-filter ....................................................13-270
13.4.190 show gpon remote-onu vlan-filter-mode...........................................13-272
13.4.191 show gpon remote-onu voip ...........................................................13-273
13.4.192 show gpon remote-onu voip-ip........................................................13-274
13.4.193 show gpon remote-onu voip-linestatus ............................................13-275
13.4.194 show gpon remote-onu wan ...........................................................13-276
13.4.195 show gpon remote-onu wan ctrl ......................................................13-277
13.4.196 show gpon remote-onu wan-ip........................................................13-277
13.4.197 show gpon remote-onu weight ........................................................13-278
13.4.198 show gpon remote-onu wifi info ......................................................13-279
13.4.199 sip-service.....................................................................................13-280
13.4.200 sntp ..............................................................................................13-282
13.4.201 ssid auth wep ................................................................................13-283
13.4.202 ssid auth wpa ................................................................................13-286
13.4.203 ssid ctrl .........................................................................................13-287
13.4.204 switch ...........................................................................................13-288
13.4.205 switchport ethuni............................................................................13-289
13.4.206 switchport flow...............................................................................13-290
13.4.207 switchport iphost............................................................................13-291
13.4.208 switchport veip...............................................................................13-292
13.4.209 switchport-bind ..............................................................................13-293
13.4.210 snyn-time ......................................................................................13-294
13.4.211 sys-attr ..........................................................................................13-295
13.4.212 telnet onu-mng-port .......................................................................13-296
13.4.213 test ...............................................................................................13-297
13.4.214 test callee......................................................................................13-297
13.4.215 test caller ......................................................................................13-298
XXI

13.4.216 test iphost .....................................................................................13-299
13.4.217 test ipoe ........................................................................................13-300
13.4.218 test iptv .........................................................................................13-301
13.4.219 test mep linktrace ..........................................................................13-302
13.4.220 test mep lm-dm..............................................................................13-303
13.4.221 test mep loopback..........................................................................13-304
13.4.222 test potsuni....................................................................................13-305
13.4.223 test pppoe .....................................................................................13-305
13.4.224 tr069-mgmt....................................................................................13-306
13.4.225 traffic-limit .....................................................................................13-308
13.4.226 type ..............................................................................................13-309
13.4.227 veip ..............................................................................................13-309
13.4.228 vlan gemport .................................................................................13-310
13.4.229 vlan gemport-mcast .......................................................................13-312
13.4.230 vlan port........................................................................................13-314
13.4.231 vlan wan .......................................................................................13-315
13.4.232 vlan-filter .......................................................................................13-317
13.4.233 vlan-filter-mode..............................................................................13-318
13.4.234 voip config.....................................................................................13-319
13.4.235 voip protocol..................................................................................13-320
13.4.236 voip-ip...........................................................................................13-321
13.4.237 wan ..............................................................................................13-324
13.4.238 wan ctrl .........................................................................................13-325
13.4.239 wan-ip...........................................................................................13-326
13.4.240 weight ...........................................................................................13-328
13.4.241 wifi................................................................................................13-329
Chapter 14 CES Commands .................................................................... 14-1

14.1 CES Global Property Management .................................................................. 14-1
14.1.1 card-frametype ..................................................................................... 14-1
14.1.2 ces ...................................................................................................... 14-2
14.1.3 interface-speed .................................................................................... 14-2
14.1.4 ip-address............................................................................................ 14-3
14.1.5 line-coding ........................................................................................... 14-4
14.1.6 mac-address ........................................................................................ 14-5
14.1.7 perf-clear-current.................................................................................. 14-6
14.1.8 pw ....................................................................................................... 14-7
14.1.9 sdhprot ................................................................................................ 14-8
XXII

14.1.10 sdhprot switch-command .................................................................... 14-9
14.1.11 show ces card-frametype ...................................................................14-10
14.1.12 show ces global-prop ......................................................................... 14-11
14.1.13 show ces sdhprot group count ............................................................ 14-11
14.1.14 show ces sdhprot group prop .............................................................14-12
14.1.15 show ces sdhprot request ..................................................................14-13
14.1.16 show ces sdhprot switch-command.....................................................14-14
14.1.17 show ces tdm-profile ..........................................................................14-14
14.1.18 show performance ces .......................................................................14-15
14.1.19 tdm-profile.........................................................................................14-17
14.2 CES-PW Service Property Management .........................................................14-19
14.2.1 name ..................................................................................................14-19
14.2.2 psn ethernet........................................................................................14-19
14.2.3 psn ip .................................................................................................14-21
14.2.4 psn mef8.............................................................................................14-22
14.2.5 psn mpls-double..................................................................................14-24
14.2.6 show ces pw count ..............................................................................14-25
14.2.7 show ces pw prop detail.......................................................................14-26
14.2.8 tdm-service .........................................................................................14-27
14.3 CES-TDM Interface Property Management .....................................................14-29
14.3.1 admin-status .......................................................................................14-29
14.3.2 au-3....................................................................................................14-29
14.3.3 au-4 tug-3 ...........................................................................................14-30
14.3.4 clock-source........................................................................................14-31
14.3.5 loopback .............................................................................................14-32
14.3.6 perf-clear-current.................................................................................14-33
14.3.7 range..................................................................................................14-34
14.3.8 show ces interface...............................................................................14-35
Chapter 15 Clock Commands.................................................................. 15-1

15.1 Clock Module Management............................................................................. 15-1
15.1.1 card-clock ............................................................................................ 15-1
15.1.2 clock.................................................................................................... 15-2
15.1.3 clock-mode .......................................................................................... 15-3
15.1.4 dpll-adjust ............................................................................................ 15-3
15.1.5 external-clock....................................................................................... 15-4
15.1.6 external-input ....................................................................................... 15-5
15.1.7 external-output ..................................................................................... 15-6
XXIII

15.1.8 internal-output ...................................................................................... 15-7
15.1.9 set....................................................................................................... 15-8
15.1.10 show card-clock.................................................................................. 15-9
15.1.11 show clock config...............................................................................15-10
15.1.12 show clock interface esmc.................................................................. 15-11
15.1.13 show clock interface ssm-send ...........................................................15-12
15.1.14 show clock output ..............................................................................15-12
15.1.15 show clock source active....................................................................15-13
15.1.16 show clock source alarm ....................................................................15-14
15.1.17 source ..............................................................................................15-15
15.1.18 ssm-send ..........................................................................................15-16
15.1.19 ssm-set.............................................................................................15-17
15.1.20 switch ...............................................................................................15-18
15.2 1588 Module Management.............................................................................15-19
15.2.1 1pps ...................................................................................................15-19
15.2.2 ptp......................................................................................................15-20
15.2.3 ptp-add-port ........................................................................................15-21
15.2.4 ptp-adjust............................................................................................15-22
15.2.5 ptp-annnounce-interval ........................................................................15-23
15.2.6 ptp-delay-interval.................................................................................15-24
15.2.7 ptp-destination ....................................................................................15-25
15.2.8 ptp-enable...........................................................................................15-26
15.2.9 ptp-network-protocol ............................................................................15-26
15.2.10 ptp-priority1.......................................................................................15-27
15.2.11 ptp-priority2 .......................................................................................15-28
15.2.12 ptp-source.........................................................................................15-29
15.2.13 ptp-sync-interval ................................................................................15-30
15.2.14 ptp-two-step ......................................................................................15-31
15.2.15 ptp-unicast-enable .............................................................................15-32
15.2.16 show time 1pps .................................................................................15-32
15.2.17 show time ptp ....................................................................................15-33
15.2.18 show time ptp-port-cfg .......................................................................15-34
15.2.19 show time ptp-source.........................................................................15-35
15.2.20 show time tod ....................................................................................15-36
15.2.21 show time utc-offset...........................................................................15-36
15.2.22 tod....................................................................................................15-37
15.2.23 utc-offset...........................................................................................15-38
XXIV

Chapter 16 Ethernet Interface Configuration Commands .................... 16-1
16.1 atm pvc.......................................................................................................... 16-1
16.2 bandwidth-util................................................................................................. 16-2
16.3 byname ......................................................................................................... 16-3
16.4 data-path-mode.............................................................................................. 16-4
16.5 description ..................................................................................................... 16-5
16.6 duplex ........................................................................................................... 16-6
16.7 encapsulation................................................................................................. 16-7
16.8 fcs ................................................................................................................. 16-8
16.9 flowcontrol ..................................................................................................... 16-8
16.10 hybrid-attribute ............................................................................................. 16-9
16.11 linktrap ........................................................................................................16-10
16.12 lock ............................................................................................................ 16-11
16.13 negotiation auto...........................................................................................16-12
16.14 phy-attribute ................................................................................................16-13
16.15 reset ...........................................................................................................16-13
16.16 show interface .............................................................................................16-14
16.17 show interface port-status ............................................................................16-17
16.18 show port-license ........................................................................................16-18
16.19 shutdown ....................................................................................................16-18
16.20 speed .........................................................................................................16-19
Chapter 17 Optical Module Management Commands........................... 17-1

17.1 Optical Module Global Configuration................................................................ 17-1
17.1.1 optical-module alarm-profile .................................................................. 17-1
17.2 Optical Module Port Configuration ................................................................... 17-2
17.2.1 als ....................................................................................................... 17-2
17.2.2 optical-module-alarm-profile .................................................................. 17-3
17.3 Optical Module Display ................................................................................... 17-4
17.3.1 show interface optical-module-info......................................................... 17-4
17.3.2 show interface port-als.......................................................................... 17-5
17.3.3 show optical-module-alarm-profile ......................................................... 17-5
Chapter 18 Port Security Commands ..................................................... 18-1

18.1 eth-switch broadcast-limit................................................................................ 18-2
18.2 eth-switch l2cp ............................................................................................... 18-2
18.3 eth-switch max-frame-length ........................................................................... 18-3
18.4 eth-switch multicast-limit ................................................................................. 18-4
18.5 eth-switch unknowncast-limit ........................................................................... 18-5
XXV

18.6 port-protect .................................................................................................... 18-6
18.7 security ipv6-filter ........................................................................................... 18-6
18.8 security mac-bind ........................................................................................... 18-7
18.9 security mac-filter ........................................................................................... 18-8
18.10 security max-mac-learn (ADSL Interface Mode).............................................. 18-9
18.11 security max-mac-learn (VDSL Interface Mode) .............................................18-10
18.12 security max-mac-learn (GPON ONU Interface Mode) ................................... 18-11
18.13 security max-mac-learn................................................................................18-12
18.14 security packet-limit (ADSL Interface Mode) ..................................................18-12
18.15 security packet-limit (GPON ONU Interface Mode).........................................18-13
18.16 security packet-limit .....................................................................................18-14
18.17 security port-protect .....................................................................................18-15
18.18 security storm-control...................................................................................18-16
18.19 security storm-control (ADSL Interface Mode)................................................18-17
18.20 security storm-control broadcast ...................................................................18-18
18.21 security storm-control multicast ....................................................................18-18
18.22 security user-communication control .............................................................18-19
18.23 security user-communication svlan ...............................................................18-20
18.24 security vlan-limit .........................................................................................18-21
18.25 show eth-switch...........................................................................................18-22
18.26 show eth-switch l2cp....................................................................................18-23
18.27 show eth-switch l2cp-default.........................................................................18-23
18.28 show security interface max-mac-learn .........................................................18-24
18.29 show security interface packet-limit...............................................................18-25
18.30 show security interface storm-control ............................................................18-25
18.31 show security ipv6-filter................................................................................18-26
18.32 show security port-protect ............................................................................18-27
18.33 show security user-communication ...............................................................18-27
18.34 show security usercommunication-control .....................................................18-28
18.35 show security vlan-limit ................................................................................18-29
18.36 uplink-isolate ...............................................................................................18-29
Chapter 19 Port Performance Statistics Commands ............................ 19-1

19.1 clear counter ethernet ..................................................................................... 19-2
19.2 clear counter olt.............................................................................................. 19-2
19.3 clear counter onu............................................................................................ 19-3
19.4 clear counter pon-sport ................................................................................... 19-4
19.5 clear counter pon-vport ................................................................................... 19-4
XXVI

19.6 clear statistics interface................................................................................... 19-5
19.7 clear vlan-statistics ......................................................................................... 19-6
19.8 item ............................................................................................................... 19-6
19.9 item (PROFILE_IF Configuration Mode)........................................................... 19-7
19.10 perf-brg-if profile ........................................................................................... 19-8
19.11 perf-clear-current vport.................................................................................. 19-9
19.12 perf-clear-current .........................................................................................19-10
19.13 perf-eth-if profile ..........................................................................................19-10
19.14 perf-profile eth-if .......................................................................................... 19-11
19.15 perf-profile ..................................................................................................19-12
19.16 performance disable ....................................................................................19-13
19.17 performance enable.....................................................................................19-13
19.18 performance vport .......................................................................................19-14
19.19 show perf-brg-if ...........................................................................................19-15
19.20 show perf-eth-if ...........................................................................................19-15
19.21 show performance dsl-pvc............................................................................19-16
19.22 show performance eth-if...............................................................................19-17
19.23 show statistics interface ...............................................................................19-18
19.24 show statistics interface port-vlan .................................................................19-19
19.25 show statistics multicast-group .....................................................................19-20
19.26 show statistics vlan ......................................................................................19-21
19.27 statistics......................................................................................................19-22
19.28 statistics multicast-group ..............................................................................19-22
19.29 statistics service-port ...................................................................................19-23
19.30 statistics vlan...............................................................................................19-24
Chapter 20 Basic IPv4 Protocol Commands.......................................... 20-1

20.1 arp learn ........................................................................................................ 20-2
20.2 arp protect ..................................................................................................... 20-3
20.3 arp source-filtered .......................................................................................... 20-4
20.4 arp timeout..................................................................................................... 20-5
20.5 arp to-static .................................................................................................... 20-6
20.6 arp to-static (VLAN Interface Configuration Mode) ............................................ 20-7
20.7 clear arp-cache .............................................................................................. 20-7
20.8 clear ip traffic.................................................................................................. 20-8
20.9 clear tcp connect ............................................................................................ 20-9
20.10 clear tcp line................................................................................................20-10
20.11 clear tcp statistics ........................................................................................20-10
XXVII

20.12 clear tcp tcb ................................................................................................ 20-11
20.13 clear tcp tty .................................................................................................20-12
20.14 clear tcp vty.................................................................................................20-12
20.15 ip address ...................................................................................................20-13
20.16 ip arp inspection ..........................................................................................20-14
20.17 ip arp inspection trust...................................................................................20-15
20.18 ip mtu .........................................................................................................20-16
20.19 ip proxy-arp.................................................................................................20-17
20.20 ip redirect....................................................................................................20-18
20.21 ip route .......................................................................................................20-18
20.22 ip source-route ............................................................................................20-20
20.23 ip tcp finwait-time.........................................................................................20-21
20.24 ip tcp queuemax ..........................................................................................20-22
20.25 ip tcp synwait-time .......................................................................................20-22
20.26 ip tcp window-size .......................................................................................20-23
20.27 ip telnet-server ............................................................................................20-24
20.28 ip unreachable.............................................................................................20-25
20.29 ip vrf ...........................................................................................................20-25
20.30 ip vrf forwarding...........................................................................................20-26
20.31 ipv6 nd stale-time ........................................................................................20-27
20.32 ipv6 route....................................................................................................20-28
20.33 ipv6 route-static fast-reroute .........................................................................20-29
20.34 set arp ........................................................................................................20-30
20.35 show arp .....................................................................................................20-30
20.36 show ip arp inspection vlan ..........................................................................20-32
20.37 show ip backup route ...................................................................................20-33
20.38 show ip backup route vrf ..............................................................................20-34
20.39 show ip header logging ................................................................................20-35
20.40 show ip interface .........................................................................................20-36
20.41 show ip interface brief ..................................................................................20-37
20.42 show ip protocol routing ...............................................................................20-37
20.43 show ip protocol routing summary.................................................................20-38
20.44 show ip protocol routing vrf...........................................................................20-39
20.45 show ip protocol routing vrf-summary............................................................20-40
20.46 show ip route...............................................................................................20-41
20.47 show ip route mng .......................................................................................20-42
20.48 show ip route vpn ........................................................................................20-42
XXVIII

20.49 show ip route vrf ..........................................................................................20-43
20.50 show ip route vrf-summary ...........................................................................20-44
20.51 show ip security-audit ..................................................................................20-45
20.52 show ip traffic ..............................................................................................20-45
20.53 show ip vrf ..................................................................................................20-47
20.54 show ip vrf detail..........................................................................................20-48
20.55 show ip vrf interfaces ...................................................................................20-49
20.56 show ip vrf summary ....................................................................................20-50
20.57 show ntp config ...........................................................................................20-51
20.58 show supervlan ...........................................................................................20-51
20.59 show tcp .....................................................................................................20-52
20.60 show tcp brief ..............................................................................................20-54
20.61 show tcp configuration .................................................................................20-55
20.62 show tcp line ...............................................................................................20-56
20.63 show tcp statistics........................................................................................20-57
20.64 show tcp tcb ................................................................................................20-58
20.65 show tcp tty.................................................................................................20-60
20.66 show tcp vty ................................................................................................20-61
20.67 shutdown ....................................................................................................20-62
20.68 supervlan ....................................................................................................20-63
20.69 trace ...........................................................................................................20-64
20.70 vlan ............................................................................................................20-65
Chapter 21 RIP Commands ..................................................................... 21-1

21.1 address-family ipv4......................................................................................... 21-2
21.2 auto-summary ................................................................................................ 21-3
21.3 debug ip rip .................................................................................................... 21-4
21.4 debug ip rip all................................................................................................ 21-4
21.5 debug ip rip database ..................................................................................... 21-5
21.6 debug ip rip events ......................................................................................... 21-6
21.7 debug ip rip trigger ......................................................................................... 21-7
21.8 default-metric ................................................................................................. 21-7
21.9 disable interface ............................................................................................. 21-8
21.10 distance ....................................................................................................... 21-9
21.11 enable interface ...........................................................................................21-10
21.12 flash-update-threshold ................................................................................. 21-11
21.13 ip poison-reverse ......................................................................................... 21-11
21.14 ip rip authentication key ...............................................................................21-12
XXIX

21.15 ip rip authentication key-chain ......................................................................21-13
21.16 ip rip authentication mode ............................................................................21-14
21.17 ip rip interface .............................................................................................21-15
21.18 ip rip neighbor-restrict ..................................................................................21-16
21.19 ip rip notify default route ...............................................................................21-17
21.20 ip rip only-send-subnet.................................................................................21-18
21.21 ip rip originate default route ..........................................................................21-19
21.22 ip rip receive version ....................................................................................21-20
21.23 ip rip send version .......................................................................................21-21
21.24 ip split-horizon .............................................................................................21-22
21.25 ipv6 router rip ..............................................................................................21-23
21.26 maximum-paths...........................................................................................21-24
21.27 neighbor .....................................................................................................21-25
21.28 network.......................................................................................................21-26
21.29 offset-list .....................................................................................................21-27
21.30 output-delay ................................................................................................21-28
21.31 redistribute ..................................................................................................21-29
21.32 router rip .....................................................................................................21-30
21.33 show ip rip ..................................................................................................21-31
21.34 show ip rip database ....................................................................................21-32
21.35 show ip rip database vrf ...............................................................................21-33
21.36 show ip rip interface.....................................................................................21-33
21.37 show ip rip neighbors ...................................................................................21-34
21.38 show ip rip neighbors vrf ..............................................................................21-35
21.39 show ip rip networks ....................................................................................21-36
21.40 show ip rip networks vrf................................................................................21-36
21.41 timers basic.................................................................................................21-37
21.42 validate-update-source.................................................................................21-39
21.43 version........................................................................................................21-39
Chapter 22 OSPF Protocol Commands .................................................. 22-1

22.1 area............................................................................................................... 22-3
22.2 area authentication ......................................................................................... 22-3
22.3 area filter-list .................................................................................................. 22-5
22.4 area nssa....................................................................................................... 22-6
22.5 area range ..................................................................................................... 22-7
22.6 area sham-link ............................................................................................... 22-8
22.7 area stub ......................................................................................................22-10
XXX

22.8 area stub-host ............................................................................................... 22-11
22.9 area virtual-link..............................................................................................22-12
22.10 auto-cost.....................................................................................................22-15
22.11 bfd-all-interface............................................................................................22-16
22.12 capability opaque ........................................................................................22-16
22.13 capability vrf-lite...........................................................................................22-17
22.14 clear ip ospf process ....................................................................................22-18
22.15 clear ip ospf redistribution ............................................................................22-19
22.16 compatible rfc1583 ......................................................................................22-20
22.17 debug .........................................................................................................22-20
22.18 default-metric ..............................................................................................22-21
22.19 disable area ................................................................................................22-22
22.20 disable interface ..........................................................................................22-23
22.21 disable ip ospf .............................................................................................22-24
22.22 distance ospf...............................................................................................22-24
22.23 distribute-list................................................................................................22-25
22.24 domain-id....................................................................................................22-27
22.25 domain-tag..................................................................................................22-28
22.26 enable area.................................................................................................22-29
22.27 enable interface...........................................................................................22-30
22.28 enable ip ospf..............................................................................................22-30
22.29 fast-reroute .................................................................................................22-31
22.30 filter ............................................................................................................22-32
22.31 grace-period................................................................................................22-33
22.32 ip ospf authentication ...................................................................................22-34
22.33 ip ospf authentication-key.............................................................................22-35
22.34 ip ospf bfd ...................................................................................................22-36
22.35 ip ospf cost..................................................................................................22-37
22.36 ip ospf dead-interval ....................................................................................22-38
22.37 ip ospf fast-reroute.......................................................................................22-39
22.38 ip ospf hello-interval.....................................................................................22-40
22.39 ip ospf message-digest-key ..........................................................................22-41
22.40 ip ospf mtu-ignore........................................................................................22-42
22.41 ip ospf network ............................................................................................22-43
22.42 ip ospf packet-statistic..................................................................................22-44
22.43 ip ospf priority..............................................................................................22-44
22.44 ip ospf retransmit-interval .............................................................................22-45
XXXI

22.45 ip ospf transmit-delay...................................................................................22-46
22.46 ipv6 router ospf ...........................................................................................22-47
22.47 max-metric ..................................................................................................22-48
22.48 maximum-paths...........................................................................................22-49
22.49 mpls traffic-eng area ....................................................................................22-50
22.50 mpls traffic-eng router-id ..............................................................................22-50
22.51 neighbor .....................................................................................................22-51
22.52 network.......................................................................................................22-53
22.53 notify default route .......................................................................................22-54
22.54 nsf ..............................................................................................................22-56
22.55 passive-interface .........................................................................................22-56
22.56 redistribute ..................................................................................................22-58
22.57 router ospf ..................................................................................................22-59
22.58 router-id ......................................................................................................22-60
22.59 sequence-backup ........................................................................................22-61
22.60 show ip ospf ................................................................................................22-62
22.61 show ip ospf border-routers ..........................................................................22-64
22.62 show ip ospf border-lfas ...............................................................................22-64
22.63 show ip ospf database .................................................................................22-65
22.64 show ip ospf database asbr-summary ...........................................................22-67
22.65 show ip ospf database database-summary....................................................22-68
22.66 show ip ospf database external ....................................................................22-70
22.67 show ip ospf database network.....................................................................22-71
22.68 show ip ospf database nssa .........................................................................22-72
22.69 show ip ospf database opaque-area .............................................................22-74
22.70 show ip ospf database opaque-link ...............................................................22-76
22.71 show ip ospf database router........................................................................22-78
22.72 show ip ospf database summary...................................................................22-79
22.73 show ip ospf interface ..................................................................................22-81
22.74 show ip ospf mpls ........................................................................................22-82
22.75 show ip ospf neighbor ..................................................................................22-82
22.76 show ip ospf nsf...........................................................................................22-83
22.77 show ip ospf request-list...............................................................................22-85
22.78 show ip ospf retransmission-list ....................................................................22-86
22.79 summary-address........................................................................................22-87
22.80 timers fast-reroute .......................................................................................22-88
22.81 timers lsa-group-pacing................................................................................22-89
XXXII

22.82 timers spf ....................................................................................................22-90
22.83 timers throttle spf .........................................................................................22-91
Chapter 23 BGP Protocol Commands .................................................... 23-1

23.2 address-family ipv4 multicast .......................................................................... 23-4
23.4 address-family vpnv4...................................................................................... 23-6
23.5 aggregate-address ......................................................................................... 23-6
23.6 aggregate-address (VPF-BGP Configuration Mode).......................................... 23-8
23.7 bgp advertisement-time .................................................................................23-10
23.8 bgp always-compare-med .............................................................................. 23-11
23.9 bgp as ..........................................................................................................23-12
23.10 bgp client-to-client reflection .........................................................................23-13
23.11 bgp cluster-id...............................................................................................23-13
23.12 bgp confederation identifier ..........................................................................23-14
23.13 bgp confederation peers ..............................................................................23-15
23.14 bgp dampening ...........................................................................................23-16
23.15 bgp default ipv4-unicast ...............................................................................23-17
23.16 bgp default local-preference .........................................................................23-18
23.17 bgp default route-target filter.........................................................................23-19
23.18 bgp ext-community-type-compatible..............................................................23-20
23.19 bgp fast-external-fallover..............................................................................23-21
23.20 bgp frr.........................................................................................................23-22
23.21 bgp graceful-restart......................................................................................23-22
23.22 bgp graceful-restart restart-time....................................................................23-23
23.23 bgp graceful-restart stalepath-time................................................................23-24
23.24 bgp rapid-convergence ................................................................................23-25
23.25 bgp router-id................................................................................................23-26
23.26 bgp update-delay.........................................................................................23-26
23.27 clear bgp vpnv4 unicast ...............................................................................23-27
23.28 clear bgp vpnv4 unicast dampening ..............................................................23-28
23.29 clear bgp vpnv4 unicast flap-statistics ...........................................................23-29
23.30 clear bgp vpnv4 unicast vrf...........................................................................23-30
23.31 clear ip bgp .................................................................................................23-32
23.32 clear ip bgp dampening................................................................................23-33
23.33 clear ip bgp flap-statistics .............................................................................23-33
23.34 clear ip bgp vrf.............................................................................................23-34
XXXIII

23.35 debug ip bgp ...............................................................................................23-35
23.36 debug ip bgp all ...........................................................................................23-36
23.37 debug ip bgp dampening..............................................................................23-37
23.38 debug ip bgp events ....................................................................................23-37
23.39 debug ip bgp in............................................................................................23-38
23.40 debug ip bgp keepalives ..............................................................................23-39
23.41 debug ip bgp out..........................................................................................23-40
23.42 default-information originate .........................................................................23-40
23.43 default-metric ..............................................................................................23-41
23.44 disable ip bgp ..............................................................................................23-42
23.45 distance bgp................................................................................................23-43
23.46 enable ip bgp ..............................................................................................23-44
23.47 ip as-path access-list ...................................................................................23-45
23.48 ip community-list..........................................................................................23-46
23.49 ip prefix-list..................................................................................................23-47
23.50 maximum-paths...........................................................................................23-49
23.51 maximum-paths ibgp ...................................................................................23-50
23.52 neighbor .....................................................................................................23-51
23.53 neighbor activate .........................................................................................23-52
23.54 neighbor advertisement-interval....................................................................23-53
23.55 neighbor allowas-in......................................................................................23-54
23.56 neighbor default-originate.............................................................................23-56
23.57 neighbor description ....................................................................................23-57
23.58 neighbor ebgp-multihop ...............................................................................23-58
23.59 neighbor fall-over bfd ...................................................................................23-59
23.60 neighbor maximum-prefix.............................................................................23-59
23.61 neighbor next-hop-self .................................................................................23-61
23.62 neighbor originate-interval ............................................................................23-62
23.63 neighbor passive .........................................................................................23-63
23.64 neighbor password ......................................................................................23-64
23.65 neighbor peer-group ....................................................................................23-65
23.66 neighbor prefix-list .......................................................................................23-66
23.67 neighbor remove-private-as..........................................................................23-67
23.68 neighbor route-map .....................................................................................23-68
23.69 neighbor route-reflector-client .......................................................................23-70
23.70 neighbor send-community ............................................................................23-71
23.71 neighbor send-med......................................................................................23-72
XXXIV

23.72 neighbor shut-down .....................................................................................23-73
23.73 neighbor soft-reconfiguration ........................................................................23-74
23.74 neighbor timers ...........................................................................................23-75
23.75 neighbor update-source ...............................................................................23-76
23.76 network.......................................................................................................23-77
23.77 redistribute ..................................................................................................23-78
23.78 router bgp ...................................................................................................23-79
23.79 show bgp all neighbor ..................................................................................23-80
23.80 show bgp all protocol ...................................................................................23-82
23.81 show bgp all summary .................................................................................23-83
23.82 show bgp ipv4 multicast ...............................................................................23-84
23.83 show bgp ipv4 multicast detail ......................................................................23-85
23.84 show bgp ipv4 multicast neighbor .................................................................23-86
23.85 show bgp ipv4 multicast neighbor in..............................................................23-88
23.86 show bgp ipv4 multicast neighbor out............................................................23-88
23.87 show bgp ipv4 multicast summary ................................................................23-89
23.88 show bgp ipv4 unicast..................................................................................23-90
23.89 show bgp ipv4 unicast community-list ...........................................................23-92
23.90 show bgp ipv4 unicast dampening dampened-paths ......................................23-93
23.91 show bgp ipv4 unicast dampening flap-statistics ............................................23-94
23.92 show bgp ipv4 unicast neighbor....................................................................23-94
23.93 show bgp ipv4 unicast neighbor in ................................................................23-96
23.94 show bgp ipv4 unicast neighbor out ..............................................................23-97
23.95 show bgp ipv4 unicast regexp.......................................................................23-98
23.96 show bgp ipv4 unicast summary ...................................................................23-99
23.97 show bgp vpnv4 unicast .............................................................................23-100
23.98 show bgp vpnv4 unicast dampening dampened-paths .................................23-101
23.99 show bgp vpnv4 unicast dampening flap-statistics .......................................23-101
23.100 show bgp vpnv4 unicast dampening parameters........................................23-102
23.101 show bgp vpnv4 unicast detail ..................................................................23-103
23.102 show bgp vpnv4 unicast labels .................................................................23-104
23.103 show bgp vpnv4 unicast neighbor .............................................................23-105
23.104 show bgp vpnv4 unicast neighbor in..........................................................23-105
23.105 show bgp vpnv4 unicast neighbor out........................................................23-106
23.106 show bgp vpnv4 unicast summary ............................................................23-107
23.107 show bgp vpnv4 unicast vrf ......................................................................23-107
23.108 show bgp ipv6 unicast neighbor in ............................................................23-109
XXXV

23.109 show ip as-path-access-list.......................................................................23-109
23.110 show ip bgp neighbor keepalive ................................................................ 23-110
23.111 show ip bgp neighbor vrf-in ....................................................................... 23-111
23.112 show ip bgp neighbor vrf-out..................................................................... 23-112
23.113 show ip bgp peer-group............................................................................ 23-112
23.114 show ip community-list ............................................................................. 23-113
23.115 show ip prefix-list ..................................................................................... 23-114
23.116 synchronization........................................................................................ 23-115
23.117 table-map ................................................................................................ 23-116
23.118 timers bgp ............................................................................................... 23-117
Chapter 24 System Log/Statistical Management Commands .............. 24-1

24.1 clear logging .................................................................................................. 24-1
24.2 logging level................................................................................................... 24-2
24.3 show config-load-fail ....................................................................................... 24-3
24.4 show logging alarm......................................................................................... 24-4
24.5 show logging cmdlog ...................................................................................... 24-5
24.6 show logging configuration.............................................................................. 24-7
24.7 show syslog configuration ............................................................................... 24-8
24.8 syslog facility.................................................................................................. 24-8
24.9 syslog-server host .......................................................................................... 24-9
24.10 write alarmlog..............................................................................................24-12
24.11 write cmdlog ................................................................................................24-13
24.12 write snmplog ..............................................................................................24-14
Chapter 25 AAA Commands.................................................................... 25-1

25.1 aaa accounting............................................................................................... 25-1
25.2 aaa authentication enable ............................................................................... 25-3
25.3 aaa authentication login .................................................................................. 25-4
25.4 aaa authorization............................................................................................ 25-5
25.5 aaa authorization config-commands ................................................................ 25-7
25.6 aaa group-server radius-account ..................................................................... 25-8
25.7 aaa group-server radius-authen....................................................................... 25-8
25.8 aaa group-server tacacs+ ............................................................................... 25-9
25.9 show aaa configuration ..................................................................................25-10
25.10 show user-authen-type................................................................................. 25-11
25.11 user-authentication-type ...............................................................................25-12
25.12 user-authorization-type ................................................................................25-13
Chapter 26 TACACS+ Commands .......................................................... 26-1
XXXVI

26.1 server ............................................................................................................ 26-1
26.2 show tacacs+ configuration ............................................................................. 26-2
26.3 tacacs disable ................................................................................................ 26-3
26.4 tacacs enable................................................................................................. 26-4
26.5 tacacs key-encrypt ......................................................................................... 26-5
26.6 tacacs-client................................................................................................... 26-6
26.7 tacacs-server host .......................................................................................... 26-7
26.8 tacacs-server key ........................................................................................... 26-8
26.9 tacacs-server key clear ................................................................................... 26-9
26.10 tacacs-server packet....................................................................................26-10
26.11 tacacs-server timeout................................................................................... 26-11
Chapter 27 RADIUS Commands.............................................................. 27-1

27.1 algorithm........................................................................................................ 27-1
27.2 algorithm (bras-authgroup mode)..................................................................... 27-2
27.3 alias .............................................................................................................. 27-3
27.4 alias (bras-authgroup mode) ........................................................................... 27-4
27.5 deadtime........................................................................................................ 27-5
27.6 deadtime (bras-authgroup mode)..................................................................... 27-6
27.7 ip mng ........................................................................................................... 27-7
27.8 ip vrf .............................................................................................................. 27-8
27.9 ip vrf (bras-authgroup mode) ........................................................................... 27-9
27.10 local-buffer ................................................................................................... 27-9
27.11 max-retries ..................................................................................................27-10
27.12 max-retries (bras-authgroup mode)............................................................... 27-11
27.13 nas-ip-address ............................................................................................27-12
27.14 nas-ip-address (bras-authgroup Mode) .........................................................27-13
27.15 nas-ipv6-address .........................................................................................27-14
27.16 radius server-port-check ..............................................................................27-14
27.17 retry-timeout................................................................................................27-15
27.18 retry-timeout (bras-authgroup mode).............................................................27-16
27.19 server .........................................................................................................27-17
27.20 server (bras-authgroup mode) ......................................................................27-18
27.21 show configuration radius all ........................................................................27-19
27.22 show configuration radius server-port-check..................................................27-21
27.23 show radius-server accounting-group............................................................27-21
27.24 show radius-server all ..................................................................................27-22
27.25 show radius-server authentication-group .......................................................27-23
XXXVII

27.26 user-name-format ........................................................................................27-24
27.27 user-name-format (bras-authgroup mode) .....................................................27-25
27.28 vendor ........................................................................................................27-26
27.29 vendor (bras-authgroup mode) .....................................................................27-27
Chapter 28 SNMP Commands ................................................................. 28-1

28.1 show snmp .................................................................................................... 28-1
28.2 show snmp config........................................................................................... 28-2
28.3 show snmp engine-id...................................................................................... 28-3
28.4 show snmp group ........................................................................................... 28-4
28.5 show snmp user ............................................................................................. 28-5
28.6 snmp-server access-list .................................................................................. 28-6
28.7 snmp-server community.................................................................................. 28-7
28.8 snmp-server contact ....................................................................................... 28-8
28.9 snmp-server engine-id mode mac.................................................................... 28-8
28.10 snmp-server group ....................................................................................... 28-9
28.11 snmp-server host .........................................................................................28-10
28.12 snmp-server location ...................................................................................28-12
28.13 snmp-server packetsize ...............................................................................28-13
28.14 snmp-server trap-source ..............................................................................28-13
28.15 snmp-server user ........................................................................................28-14
28.16 snmp-server view ........................................................................................28-16
Chapter 29 IP Access Commands .......................................................... 29-1

29.1 DHCP Client Commands ................................................................................ 29-1
29.1.1 ip address dhcp.................................................................................... 29-1
29.1.2 ip dhcp client........................................................................................ 29-2
29.1.3 ip dhcp client class-id............................................................................ 29-3
29.1.4 ip dhcp client client-id ........................................................................... 29-3
29.1.5 ip dhcp client hostname ........................................................................ 29-4
29.1.6 ip dhcp client lease ............................................................................... 29-5
29.1.7 ip dhcp client request............................................................................ 29-6
29.1.8 release ................................................................................................ 29-7
29.1.9 renew .................................................................................................. 29-7
29.2 DHCP Policy Commands ................................................................................ 29-8
29.2.1 dhcp-pool............................................................................................. 29-8
29.2.2 ip dhcp policy ....................................................................................... 29-9
29.2.3 ip dhcp policy (vlan interface mode) ......................................................29-10
29.2.4 relay-agent.......................................................................................... 29-11
XXXVIII

29.2.5 show ip dhcp policy .............................................................................29-12
29.2.6 vrf-instance .........................................................................................29-12
29.3 DHCP Pool Commands .................................................................................29-13
29.3.1 binding................................................................................................29-13
29.3.2 default-router ......................................................................................29-14
29.3.3 dns-server...........................................................................................29-15
29.3.4 ip dhcp pool ........................................................................................29-16
29.3.5 ip-pool ................................................................................................29-17
29.3.6 lease-time ...........................................................................................29-17
29.3.7 option .................................................................................................29-18
29.3.8 show ip dhcp pool................................................................................29-19
29.4 IP Pool Commands........................................................................................29-20
29.4.1 clear ip pool conflict-ip .........................................................................29-20
29.4.2 clear ip pool statistics...........................................................................29-21
29.4.3 conflict-time ........................................................................................29-21
29.4.4 exclude...............................................................................................29-22
29.4.5 ip local pool.........................................................................................29-23
29.4.6 ip pool ................................................................................................29-24
29.4.7 network...............................................................................................29-24
29.4.8 peer default ip pool ..............................................................................29-25
29.4.9 range..................................................................................................29-26
29.4.10 show ip local pool ..............................................................................29-27
29.4.11 show ip local pool conflict-ip ...............................................................29-27
29.4.12 show ip local pool exclude-ip ..............................................................29-28
29.4.13 show ip local pool statistics ................................................................29-29
29.4.14 show ip local pool used-ip ..................................................................29-30
29.5 DHCP Relay/Proxy/Server Commands ...........................................................29-31
29.5.1 algorithm.............................................................................................29-31
29.5.2 bridge-dhcp-relay ................................................................................29-32
29.5.3 cable ip-bundle....................................................................................29-33
29.5.4 cable ip-bundle (VLAN interface configuration mode).............................29-33
29.5.5 deadtime.............................................................................................29-34
29.5.6 description ..........................................................................................29-35
29.5.7 ip dhcp enable.....................................................................................29-36
29.5.8 ip dhcp helper-address policy vclass-id .................................................29-36
29.5.9 ip dhcp logging on ...............................................................................29-37
29.5.10 ip dhcp mode ....................................................................................29-38
XXXIX

29.5.11 ip dhcp proxy client leasetime .............................................................29-39
29.5.12 ip dhcp relay agent ............................................................................29-40
29.5.13 ip dhcp relay forward ip ......................................................................29-41
29.5.14 ip dhcp relay forward reply unrestricted ...............................................29-42
29.5.15 ip dhcp relay max-user.......................................................................29-42
29.5.16 ip dhcp relay pbit ...............................................................................29-43
29.5.17 ip dhcp relay security client server-id...................................................29-44
29.5.18 ip dhcp relay server group ..................................................................29-45
29.5.19 ip dhcp relay server group (vlan interface mode)..................................29-45
29.5.20 ip dhcp relay server policy group ........................................................29-46
29.5.21 ip dhcp relay sync enable...................................................................29-47
29.5.22 ip dhcp server max-user.....................................................................29-48
29.5.23 ip dhcp server relay destination udp port .............................................29-48
29.5.24 kick-off ip dhcp relay user...................................................................29-49
29.5.25 kick-off ip dhcp server user.................................................................29-50
29.5.26 max-retry ..........................................................................................29-51
29.5.27 server ...............................................................................................29-52
29.5.28 server-group......................................................................................29-53
29.5.29 show bridge-dhcp-relay......................................................................29-54
29.5.30 show ip dhcp configuration .................................................................29-54
29.5.31 show ip dhcp proxy client ...................................................................29-55
29.5.32 show ip dhcp relay security client........................................................29-56
29.5.33 show ip dhcp relay server group .........................................................29-57
29.5.34 show ip dhcp relay server policy .........................................................29-57
29.5.35 show ip dhcp relay server state ..........................................................29-58
29.5.36 show ip dhcp relay user .....................................................................29-59
29.5.37 show ip dhcp server user ...................................................................29-60
29.5.38 vclass-id ...........................................................................................29-60
29.6 DHCPv6 Relay Commands ............................................................................29-61
29.6.1 algorithm.............................................................................................29-61
29.6.2 deadtime.............................................................................................29-62
29.6.3 default ................................................................................................29-63
29.6.4 description ..........................................................................................29-64
29.6.5 ipv6 dhcp ............................................................................................29-65
29.6.6 ipv6 dhcp mode...................................................................................29-66
29.6.7 ipv6 dhcp relay agent...........................................................................29-66
29.6.8 ipv6 dhcp relay destination...................................................................29-67
XL

29.6.9 ipv6 dhcp relay forward........................................................................29-68
29.6.10 ipv6 dhcp relay policy.........................................................................29-69
29.6.11 ipv6 dhcp relay policy (vlan interface mode).........................................29-70
29.6.12 ipv6 dhcp relay server........................................................................29-70
29.6.13 max-retry ..........................................................................................29-71
29.6.14 prior..................................................................................................29-72
29.6.15 server ...............................................................................................29-73
29.6.16 show ipv6 dhcp configure...................................................................29-74
29.6.17 show ipv6 dhcp interface....................................................................29-75
29.6.18 show ipv6 dhcp relay policy ................................................................29-75
29.6.19 show ipv6 dhcp relay server ...............................................................29-76
29.6.20 show ipv6 dhcp relay user ..................................................................29-77
29.6.21 vlan ..................................................................................................29-78
29.7 DHCP Snooping Commands ..........................................................................29-79
29.7.1 ip dhcp database write .........................................................................29-79
29.7.2 ip dhcp snooping .................................................................................29-79
29.7.3 ip dhcp snooping (VLAN configuration sub-mode) .................................29-80
29.7.4 ip dhcp snooping (interface mode) ........................................................29-81
29.7.5 ip dhcp snooping clear .........................................................................29-82
29.7.6 ip dhcp snooping clear slot...................................................................29-82
29.7.7 ip dhcp snooping enable ......................................................................29-83
29.7.8 ip dhcp snooping quota........................................................................29-84
29.7.9 ip dhcp snooping quota (DSL interface mode) .......................................29-84
29.7.10 ip dhcp snooping statistics clear dsl ....................................................29-85
29.7.11 ip dhcp snooping statistics clear p2p ...................................................29-86
29.7.12 ip dhcp snooping statistics clear pon ...................................................29-87
29.7.13 show ip dhcp snooping dynamic database...........................................29-87
29.7.14 show ip dhcp snooping dynamic port dsl .............................................29-88
29.7.15 show ip dhcp snooping dynamic port p2p ............................................29-89
29.7.16 show ip dhcp snooping dynamic port pon ............................................29-89
29.7.17 show ip dhcp snooping dynamic port statistics dsl................................29-90
29.7.18 show ip dhcp snooping dynamic port statistics p2p ..............................29-91
29.7.19 show ip dhcp snooping dynamic port statistics pon ..............................29-92
29.7.20 show ip dhcp snooping global.............................................................29-92
29.7.21 show ip dhcp snooping port quota dsl .................................................29-93
29.7.22 show ip dhcp snooping port quota p2p ................................................29-94
29.7.23 show ip dhcp snooping port quota pon ................................................29-95
XLI

29.7.24 show ip dhcp snooping vlan ...............................................................29-95
29.8 DHCPv6 Snooping Commands ......................................................................29-96
29.8.1 ipv6 dhcp database write .....................................................................29-96
29.8.2 ipv6 dhcp snooping..............................................................................29-97
29.8.3 ipv6 dhcp snooping (VLAN configuration sub-mode) ..............................29-98
29.8.4 ipv6 dhcp snooping clear .....................................................................29-99
29.8.5 ipv6 dhcp snooping clear slot ...............................................................29-99
29.8.6 ipv6 dhcp snooping quota ..................................................................29-100
29.8.7 ipv6 dhcp snooping statistics clear dsl.................................................29-101
29.8.8 ipv6 dhcp snooping statistics clear p2p ...............................................29-103
29.8.9 ipv6 dhcp snooping statistics clear pon ...............................................29-103
29.8.10 ipv6 dhcp snooping vlan...................................................................29-105
29.8.11 show ipv6 dhcp snooping .................................................................29-105
29.8.12 show ipv6 dhcp snooping database ..................................................29-106
29.8.13 show ipv6 dhcp snooping dynamic port dsl........................................29-107
29.8.14 show ipv6 dhcp snooping dynamic port p2p ......................................29-108
29.8.15 show ipv6 dhcp snooping dynamic port pon ......................................29-109
29.8.16 show ipv6 dhcp snooping port statistics dsl ....................................... 29-110
29.8.17 show ipv6 dhcp snooping port statistics p2p ...................................... 29-111
29.8.18 show ipv6 dhcp snooping port statistics pon ...................................... 29-112
29.8.19 show ipv6 dhcp snooping quota dsl................................................... 29-113
29.8.20 show ipv6 dhcp snooping quota p2p ................................................. 29-114
29.8.21 show ipv6 dhcp snooping quota pon ................................................. 29-115
29.8.22 show ipv6 dhcp snooping vlan .......................................................... 29-116
29.9 ND Snooping Commands ............................................................................ 29-117
29.9.1 ipv6 nd snooping ............................................................................... 29-117
29.9.2 ipv6 nd snooping clear dsl.................................................................. 29-118
29.9.3 ipv6 nd snooping clear p2p ................................................................ 29-118
29.9.4 ipv6 nd snooping clear pon ................................................................ 29-119
29.9.5 ipv6 nd snooping clear slot.................................................................29-120
29.9.6 ipv6 nd snooping statistics clear dsl ....................................................29-121
29.9.7 ipv6 nd snooping statistics clear p2p...................................................29-122
29.9.8 ipv6 nd snooping statistics clear pon...................................................29-123
29.9.9 ipv6 nd snooping vlan ........................................................................29-123
29.9.10 show ipv6 nd snooping.....................................................................29-124
29.9.11 show ipv6 nd snooping database ......................................................29-125
29.9.12 show ipv6 nd snooping port dsl.........................................................29-126
XLII

29.9.13 show ipv6 nd snooping port p2p .......................................................29-127
29.9.14 show ipv6 nd snooping port pon .......................................................29-127
29.9.15 show ipv6 nd snooping port statistics dsl ...........................................29-128
29.9.16 show ipv6 nd snooping port statistics p2p..........................................29-129
29.9.17 show ipv6 nd snooping port statistics pon..........................................29-130
29.9.18 show ipv6 nd snooping vlan .............................................................29-131
29.10 IP Source Guard Commands......................................................................29-132
29.10.1 ip dhcp snooping binding (gpon onu interface mode)..........................29-132
29.10.2 ip dhcp snooping binding..................................................................29-133
29.10.3 ip dhcp snooping binding (DSL interface mode) .................................29-133
29.10.4 ip dhcp snooping clear (gpon onu interface mode) .............................29-134
29.10.5 ip dhcp snooping clear .....................................................................29-135
29.10.6 ip dhcp snooping clear (DSL interface mode) ....................................29-136
29.10.7 ip-source-guard ...............................................................................29-136
29.10.8 ip-source-guard (pon onu interface mode) .........................................29-137
29.10.9 ip-source-guard name1 pvc range1 (DSL interface mode) ..................29-138
29.10.10 ip-source-guard (p2p interface mode)..............................................29-138
29.10.11 ip-source-guard bind-type ip+mac ...................................................29-139
29.10.12 ip-source-guard ip-limit...................................................................29-140
29.10.13 ip-source-guard ip-spoofing-log clear ..............................................29-141
29.10.14 ip-source-guard ip-spoofing-trap interval .........................................29-141
29.10.15 ip-source-guard port-auto-shutdown................................................29-142
29.10.16 ipv6 dhcp snooping binding ............................................................29-143
29.10.17 ipv6 dhcp snooping binding (DSL interface mode)............................29-143
29.10.18 ipv6 dhcp snooping clear................................................................29-144
29.10.19 ipv6 dhcp snooping clear (DSL interface mode) ...............................29-145
29.10.20 show ip dhcp snooping static database ...........................................29-146
29.10.21 show ip-source-guard.....................................................................29-146
29.10.22 show ip-source-guard bind-type ......................................................29-147
29.10.23 show ip-source-guard ip-spoofing-log..............................................29-148
29.10.24 show ip-source-guard port dsl.........................................................29-148
29.10.25 show ip-source-guard port p2p .......................................................29-149
29.10.26 show ip-source-guard port pon .......................................................29-150
29.10.27 show ip-source-guard port-auto-shutdown .......................................29-151
29.10.28 show ipv6 dhcp snooping static database........................................29-151
Chapter 30 SSH Commands .................................................................... 30-1

30.1 show ssh ....................................................................................................... 30-1
XLIII

30.2 ssh server authentication mode ....................................................................... 30-2
30.3 ssh server authentication type ......................................................................... 30-2
30.4 ssh server enable ........................................................................................... 30-3
30.5 ssh server generate-key.................................................................................. 30-4
30.6 ssh server only ............................................................................................... 30-4
30.7 ssh server version .......................................................................................... 30-5
Chapter 31 History Performance Statistics Commands ....................... 31-1

31.1 his-performance alarm .................................................................................... 31-1
31.2 his-performance auto-upload........................................................................... 31-2
31.3 his-performance sample.................................................................................. 31-2
31.4 his-performance upload 1-day ......................................................................... 31-3
31.5 his-performance upload 15-minute................................................................... 31-4
Chapter 32 Control Panel Safety Commands ........................................ 32-1

32.1 anti-dos ......................................................................................................... 32-1
32.2 anti-dos blocking-time ..................................................................................... 32-2
32.3 anti-dos drop.................................................................................................. 32-3
32.4 anti-dos drv-limit............................................................................................. 32-4
32.5 anti-dos limit-num ........................................................................................... 32-4
32.6 anti-dos shutdown-time................................................................................... 32-5
32.7 clear cpu queue statistics ................................................................................ 32-6
32.8 clear packet-statistics ..................................................................................... 32-7
32.9 control-panel .................................................................................................. 32-7
32.10 cpu .............................................................................................................. 32-8
32.11 packet-limit................................................................................................... 32-9
32.12 show control-panel anti-dos black-table.........................................................32-12
32.13 show control-panel anti-dos black-table slot...................................................32-13
32.14 show control-panel configure........................................................................32-13
32.15 show control-panel cpu queue ......................................................................32-14
32.16 show control-panel cpu queue statistics ........................................................32-15
32.17 show control-panel packet-limit statistics inband ............................................32-16
32.18 show control-panel packet-limit statistics outband ..........................................32-17
32.19 show control-panel packet-limit statistics slot .................................................32-18
Chapter 33 NTP Configuration Commands............................................ 33-1

33.1 ntp authenticate.............................................................................................. 33-1
33.2 ntp authentication-key..................................................................................... 33-2
33.3 ntp broadcast-client ........................................................................................ 33-3
33.4 ntp enable...................................................................................................... 33-4
XLIV

33.5 ntp multicast-client.......................................................................................... 33-4
33.6 ntp poll-interval............................................................................................... 33-5
33.7 ntp server ...................................................................................................... 33-6
33.8 ntp source...................................................................................................... 33-7
33.9 ntp trusted-key ............................................................................................... 33-8
33.10 show ntp status ............................................................................................ 33-9
Chapter 34 QoS Commands .................................................................... 34-1

34.1 Global Commands.......................................................................................... 34-1
34.1.1 qos cos-to-cos-profile ........................................................................... 34-1
34.1.2 qos cos-to-tc-profile .............................................................................. 34-2
34.1.3 qos dscp-to-cos-profile.......................................................................... 34-3
34.1.4 qos dscp-to-drop-profile ........................................................................ 34-4
34.1.5 qos dscp-to-dscp-profile........................................................................ 34-5
34.1.6 qos eth-cos-local-map .......................................................................... 34-6
34.1.7 qos queue-block-profile......................................................................... 34-8
34.1.8 qos queue-map-profile .......................................................................... 34-9
34.1.9 qos queue-shape-profile ...................................................................... 34-11
34.1.10 qos tc-queue-map..............................................................................34-12
34.1.11 qos tc-to-cos-profile ...........................................................................34-13
34.1.12 qos trtcm...........................................................................................34-15
34.2 Ethernet Port Commands...............................................................................34-15
34.2.1 qos cos default-cos..............................................................................34-15
34.2.2 qos cos dscp-remark ...........................................................................34-16
34.2.3 qos drop-procedence...........................................................................34-17
34.2.4 qos dscp dscp-remark .........................................................................34-18
34.2.5 qos queue-block-profile........................................................................34-19
34.2.6 qos traffic-shape..................................................................................34-20
34.2.7 qos trust .............................................................................................34-21
34.3 User Port Commands ....................................................................................34-21
34.3.1 qos cos cos-remark .............................................................................34-21
34.3.4 qos cos-filter .......................................................................................34-24
34.3.5 qos egress-cos cos-remark ..................................................................34-25
34.3.6 qos egress-cos default-cos ..................................................................34-26
34.3.7 qos egress-cos dscp-remark ................................................................34-27
XLV

34.3.9 qos queue-block-profile (gpon onu interface mode)................................34-29
34.3.10 qos queue-map-profile .......................................................................34-30
34.3.11 qos queue-map-profile (gpon onu interface mode) ...............................34-30
34.3.12 qos traffic-shape................................................................................34-31
34.3.13 qos trust............................................................................................34-32
34.4 XDSL Port Commands...................................................................................34-33
34.4.1 qos cos cos-remark .............................................................................34-33
34.4.4 qos cos-filter .......................................................................................34-36
34.4.5 qos inner-cos cos-remark.....................................................................34-37
34.4.6 qos inner-cos default-cos .....................................................................34-38
34.4.7 qos inner-cos dscp-remark...................................................................34-39
34.4.9 qos queue-map-profile .........................................................................34-41
34.4.10 qos trust............................................................................................34-41
34.5 Show Commands ..........................................................................................34-43
34.5.1 show qos cos-to-cos-profile..................................................................34-43
34.5.2 show qos cos-to-tc-profile ....................................................................34-44
34.5.3 show qos dscp-to-cos-profile ................................................................34-45
34.5.4 show qos dscp-to-drop-profile ..............................................................34-46
34.5.5 show qos dscp-to-dscp-profile ..............................................................34-47
34.5.6 show qos eth-cos-local-map.................................................................34-48
34.5.7 show qos interface ..............................................................................34-48
34.5.8 show qos queue-block-profile ...............................................................34-49
34.5.9 show qos queue-map-profile ................................................................34-50
34.5.10 show qos queue-shape-profile............................................................34-52
34.5.11 show qos tc-queue-map .....................................................................34-53
34.5.12 show qos tc-to-cos-profile ..................................................................34-53
34.5.13 show qos trtcm ..................................................................................34-54
Chapter 35 Traffic Profile Commands .................................................... 35-1

35.1 Global Commands.......................................................................................... 35-1
35.1.1 traffic-profile ......................................................................................... 35-1
35.2 User Port Commands ..................................................................................... 35-2
35.2.1 traffic-profile ......................................................................................... 35-2
35.2.2 traffic-profile (ASDL Interface Mode) ...................................................... 35-3
35.2.3 traffic-profile (GPON OLT Interface Mode).............................................. 35-4
XLVI

35.2.4 traffic-profile (GPON ONU Interface Mode)............................................. 35-5
35.3 Show Commands ........................................................................................... 35-5
35.3.1 show traffic-profile ................................................................................ 35-5
Chapter 36 IS-IS Commands ................................................................... 36-1

36.2 area............................................................................................................... 36-3
36.3 authentication................................................................................................. 36-4
36.4 authentication-type ......................................................................................... 36-5
36.5 default-information originate ............................................................................ 36-6
36.6 disable........................................................................................................... 36-8
36.7 disable-snp-authentication .............................................................................. 36-9
36.8 distance ......................................................................................................... 36-9
36.9 distance (IPV6_ISISADDRS Mode) ................................................................36-10
36.10 distribute-list................................................................................................ 36-11
36.11 enable.........................................................................................................36-12
36.12 enable-snp-authentication ............................................................................36-12
36.13 fast-reroute alternate-type ............................................................................36-13
36.14 fast-reroute enable ......................................................................................36-14
36.15 hello padding...............................................................................................36-15
36.16 hostname....................................................................................................36-15
36.17 i-spf ............................................................................................................36-16
36.18 ignore-lsp-errors ..........................................................................................36-17
36.19 ip router isis ................................................................................................36-18
36.20 is-type.........................................................................................................36-18
36.21 isis authentication ........................................................................................36-19
36.22 isis authentication-type.................................................................................36-20
36.23 isis bfd-enable .............................................................................................36-21
36.24 isis circuit-type.............................................................................................36-22
36.25 isis csnp-interval..........................................................................................36-23
36.26 isis hello-interval..........................................................................................36-24
36.27 isis hello-multiplier .......................................................................................36-25
36.28 isis ignore-mtu.............................................................................................36-26
36.29 isis lsp-interval.............................................................................................36-27
36.30 isis max-burst ..............................................................................................36-28
36.31 isis mesh-group ...........................................................................................36-28
36.32 isis metric....................................................................................................36-29
36.33 isis network .................................................................................................36-30
XLVII

36.34 isis priority...................................................................................................36-31
36.35 isis psnp-interval..........................................................................................36-32
36.36 isis restart t1-retry........................................................................................36-33
36.37 isis restart t1-timer .......................................................................................36-34
36.38 isis tag ........................................................................................................36-35
36.39 lsp-mtu .......................................................................................................36-36
36.40 lsp-refresh-time ...........................................................................................36-36
36.41 max-lsp-lifetime ...........................................................................................36-37
36.42 maximum-paths...........................................................................................36-38
36.43 metric-style .................................................................................................36-39
36.44 mpls traffic-eng............................................................................................36-40
36.45 mpls traffic-eng router-id ..............................................................................36-40
36.46 passive-interface .........................................................................................36-41
36.47 redistribute ..................................................................................................36-42
36.48 redistribute (IPV6_ISISADDRS Mode) ..........................................................36-44
36.49 restart enable ..............................................................................................36-45
36.50 restart t2-timer.............................................................................................36-46
36.51 restart t3-timer.............................................................................................36-46
36.52 route-leak....................................................................................................36-47
36.53 router isis ....................................................................................................36-48
36.54 set-overload-bit ...........................................................................................36-49
36.55 set-overload-bit (IPV6_ISISADDRS Mode) ....................................................36-50
36.56 show isis adjacency .....................................................................................36-51
36.57 show isis adjacency up-time .........................................................................36-52
36.58 show isis circuits..........................................................................................36-53
36.59 show isis database ......................................................................................36-54
36.60 show isis database verbose .........................................................................36-57
36.61 show isis fast-reroute-topology .....................................................................36-57
36.62 show isis hostname .....................................................................................36-58
36.63 show isis mesh-groups.................................................................................36-59
36.64 show isis nsf................................................................................................36-60
36.65 show isis topology .......................................................................................36-61
36.66 spf-interval ..................................................................................................36-62
36.67 summary-address........................................................................................36-63
36.68 system-id ....................................................................................................36-65
Chapter 37 MSTP Commands ................................................................. 37-1

37.1 instance ......................................................................................................... 37-2
XLVIII

37.2 name ............................................................................................................. 37-3
37.3 revision.......................................................................................................... 37-3
37.4 show spanning-tree inconsistentports .............................................................. 37-4
37.5 show spanning-tree instance ........................................................................... 37-5
37.6 show spanning-tree interface .......................................................................... 37-6
37.7 show spanning-tree mst configuration .............................................................. 37-7
37.8 show spanning-tree statistics .......................................................................... 37-8
37.9 show spanning-tree transparent .....................................................................37-10
37.10 spanning-tree bpduguard action ...................................................................37-10
37.11 spanning-tree disable (Ethernet interface mode) ............................................ 37-11
37.12 spanning-tree disable...................................................................................37-12
37.13 spanning-tree edged-port (Ethernet interface mode) ......................................37-13
37.14 spanning-tree edged-port .............................................................................37-14
37.15 spanning-tree enable (Ethernet interface mode) ............................................37-14
37.16 spanning-tree enable ...................................................................................37-15
37.17 spanning-tree forward-delay .........................................................................37-16
37.18 spanning-tree guard loop instance ................................................................37-17
37.19 spanning-tree guard root instance.................................................................37-17
37.20 spanning-tree hello-time...............................................................................37-18
37.21 spanning-tree linktype..................................................................................37-19
37.22 spanning-tree max-age ................................................................................37-20
37.23 spanning-tree mcheck..................................................................................37-21
37.24 spanning-tree mode.....................................................................................37-22
37.25 spanning-tree mst configuration....................................................................37-22
37.26 spanning-tree mst hmd5-digest ....................................................................37-23
37.27 spanning-tree mst hmd5-digest auto-update..................................................37-24
37.28 spanning-tree mst hmd5-key ........................................................................37-25
37.29 spanning-tree mst instance (Ethernet interface mode)....................................37-26
37.30 spanning-tree mst instance ..........................................................................37-27
37.31 spanning-tree mst max-hops ........................................................................37-28
37.32 spanning-tree packet-type ............................................................................37-29
37.33 spanning-tree transparent ............................................................................37-30
Chapter 38 LACP Commands.................................................................. 38-1

38.1 clear lacp ....................................................................................................... 38-1
38.2 lacp port-priority ............................................................................................. 38-2
38.3 lacp protection................................................................................................ 38-3
38.4 lacp timeout ................................................................................................... 38-4
XLIX

38.5 show lacp ...................................................................................................... 38-5
38.6 smartgroup .................................................................................................... 38-6
38.7 smartgroup load-balance ................................................................................ 38-8
38.8 smartgroup mode ........................................................................................... 38-9
38.9 smartgroup sys-mac ......................................................................................38-10
38.10 smartgroup sys-priority................................................................................. 38-11
Chapter 39 UAPS Commands ................................................................. 39-1

39.1 bfd................................................................................................................. 39-1
39.2 interval-link-detect .......................................................................................... 39-2
39.3 next-hop ........................................................................................................ 39-3
39.4 port................................................................................................................ 39-5
39.5 port-optical-tx-control ...................................................................................... 39-6
39.6 protect-time.................................................................................................... 39-8
39.7 retry-link-detect .............................................................................................. 39-9
39.8 revertive .......................................................................................................39-10
39.9 show uaps ....................................................................................................39-12
39.10 swap...........................................................................................................39-14
39.11 switch-type ..................................................................................................39-16
39.12 uaps-group..................................................................................................39-18
Chapter 40 ERPS Commands.................................................................. 40-1

40.1 clear .............................................................................................................. 40-1
40.2 debug erps all ................................................................................................ 40-3
40.3 debug erps bytes............................................................................................ 40-3
40.4 debug erps error............................................................................................. 40-4
40.5 debug erps event............................................................................................ 40-5
40.6 debug erps packet .......................................................................................... 40-6
40.7 erps-instance ................................................................................................. 40-7
40.8 erps............................................................................................................... 40-7
40.9 forced-switch.................................................................................................. 40-8
40.10 guard-timer .................................................................................................40-10
40.11 manual-switch ............................................................................................. 40-11
40.12 mode ..........................................................................................................40-12
40.13 monitor .......................................................................................................40-13
40.14 port0...........................................................................................................40-14
40.15 port1...........................................................................................................40-14
40.16 raps-channel ...............................................................................................40-15
40.17 ring-id .........................................................................................................40-16

40.18 show erps brief............................................................................................40-16
40.19 show erps instance ......................................................................................40-17
40.20 traffic-channel..............................................................................................40-18
40.21 wtr-timer .....................................................................................................40-19
Chapter 41 BFD Commands .................................................................... 41-1

41.1 bfd................................................................................................................. 41-1
41.2 ip static-bfd .................................................................................................... 41-2
41.3 show bfd ipv4 neighbors brief .......................................................................... 41-3
41.4 show bfd ipv4 neighbors detail ........................................................................ 41-4
Chapter 42 ACL Commands .................................................................... 42-1

42.1 ACL Basic Configuration ................................................................................. 42-1
42.1.1 acl extended ........................................................................................ 42-1
42.1.2 acl hybrid ............................................................................................. 42-2
42.1.3 acl link ................................................................................................. 42-3
42.1.4 acl standard ......................................................................................... 42-3
42.1.5 acl6 hybrid ........................................................................................... 42-4
42.1.6 name ................................................................................................... 42-5
42.1.7 rule...................................................................................................... 42-6
42.1.8 rule (acl-ext configuration mode) ........................................................... 42-7
42.1.9 rule (acl-link configuration mode) ..........................................................42-10
42.1.10 rule (acl-hyb configuration mode)........................................................ 42-11
42.1.11 rule (ipv6-acl-hyb configuration mode).................................................42-14
42.1.12 time-range ........................................................................................42-18
42.2 ACL QoS ......................................................................................................42-19
42.2.1 clear traffic-statistics ............................................................................42-19
42.2.2 priority-mark........................................................................................42-20
42.2.3 redirect ...............................................................................................42-21
42.2.4 traffic-limit ...........................................................................................42-22
42.2.5 traffic-mirror ........................................................................................42-23
42.2.6 traffic-statistics ....................................................................................42-25
42.2.7 vlan-mark............................................................................................42-26
42.3 ACL Bind ......................................................................................................42-27
42.3.1 ip access-group...................................................................................42-27
42.3.2 ip access-group (Layer-2 fei Interface Mode).........................................42-28
42.3.3 ip access-group (EPON ONU/GPON ONU Interface Mode)....................42-29
42.4 ACL Show.....................................................................................................42-30
42.4.1 show access-list bound........................................................................42-30
LI

42.4.2 show acl .............................................................................................42-30
42.4.3 show qos ............................................................................................42-31
42.4.4 show time-range..................................................................................42-32
42.4.5 show traffic-mirror................................................................................42-33
42.4.6 show traffic-statistics............................................................................42-34
Chapter 43 EFM Commands.................................................................... 43-1

43.1 EFM Global Commands.................................................................................. 43-1
43.1.1 set ethernet-oam disable....................................................................... 43-1
43.1.2 set ethernet-oam enable ....................................................................... 43-2
43.1.3 set ethernet-oam remote-loopback time-out ........................................... 43-2
43.2 EFM Port Commands ..................................................................................... 43-3
43.2.1 set ethernet-oam disable....................................................................... 43-3
43.2.2 set ethernet-oam enable ....................................................................... 43-4
43.2.3 set ethernet-oam link-monitor ................................................................ 43-4
43.2.4 set ethernet-oam period ........................................................................ 43-6
43.2.5 set ethernet-oam remote-loopback ........................................................ 43-7
43.3 EFM Show Commands ................................................................................... 43-8
43.3.1 show ethernet-oam............................................................................... 43-8
43.4 EFM Clear Commands ................................................................................... 43-9
43.4.1 clear ethernet-oam all ........................................................................... 43-9
43.4.2 clear ethernet-oam statistics.................................................................43-10
43.5 EFM Statistics Commands ............................................................................. 43-11
43.5.1 clear perf ethernet-oam link-monitor ..................................................... 43-11
43.5.2 show performance ethernet-oam link-monitor ........................................ 43-11
Chapter 44 Disgnosis Commands .......................................................... 44-1

44.1 ATMPING ...................................................................................................... 44-1
44.1.1 atm oam .............................................................................................. 44-1
44.1.2 ping atm .............................................................................................. 44-2
44.1.3 show atm oam...................................................................................... 44-3
44.2 Loopback Detection........................................................................................ 44-4
44.2.1 loopback-detection ............................................................................... 44-4
44.2.2 pon-loopback-auto-check-time .............................................................. 44-4
44.2.3 pon-loopback-auto-shutdown ................................................................ 44-5
44.2.4 pon-loopback-detection......................................................................... 44-6
44.2.5 show loop-detection global.................................................................... 44-7
44.2.6 show loop-detection interface ................................................................ 44-7
44.2.7 show pon-loopback-detection ................................................................ 44-8
LII

44.3 Port Mirroring ................................................................................................. 44-9
44.3.1 show monitor session ........................................................................... 44-9
44.3.2 monitor session ...................................................................................44-10
Chapter 45 Port Identification Commands............................................. 45-1

45.1 Port Identification Commands.......................................................................... 45-1
45.1.1 port-identification .................................................................................. 45-1
45.1.2 port-identification access-loop-characteristics......................................... 45-2
45.1.3 port-identification access-node-id-type ................................................... 45-3
45.1.4 port-identification access-node-name..................................................... 45-4
45.1.5 port-identification access-node-slave-id ................................................. 45-4
45.1.6 port-identification add-Access-Loop-tag ................................................. 45-5
45.1.7 port-identification add-PPP-tag .............................................................. 45-6
45.1.8 port-identification format-profile ............................................................. 45-7
45.1.9 port-identification format........................................................................ 45-8
45.1.10 port-identification mode....................................................................... 45-9
45.1.11 port-identification operator-profile global ..............................................45-10
45.1.12 port-identification operator-profile vlan ................................................45-10
45.1.13 port-identification operator-profile........................................................ 45-11
45.1.14 port-identification operator-profile (PTP interface mode) .......................45-12
45.1.15 port-identification sub-option remote-id format .....................................45-13
45.1.16 port-identification sub-option remote-id name ......................................45-14
45.1.17 port-identification sub-option remote-id................................................45-14
45.1.18 show port-identification format-profile..................................................45-15
45.1.19 show port-identification global.............................................................45-16
45.1.20 show port-identification mode .............................................................45-17
45.1.21 show port-identification operator-profile global .....................................45-18
45.1.22 show port-identification operator-profile port ........................................45-18
45.1.23 show port-identification operator-profile vlan........................................45-19
45.1.24 show port-identification operator-profile...............................................45-20
45.1.25 show port-identification port................................................................45-21
45.1.26 show port-identification tag-config.......................................................45-21
45.2 DHCPv4-I2 Relay Agent Commands ..............................................................45-22
45.2.1 dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent trust false...........................................................45-22
45.2.2 dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent trust true ............................................................45-23
45.2.3 dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent vlan ...................................................................45-24
45.2.4 dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent ..........................................................................45-25
45.2.5 dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent (PTP interface mode) .........................................45-26
LIII

45.2.6 show dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent global........................................................45-27
45.2.7 show dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent port...........................................................45-27
45.2.8 show dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent vlan all ......................................................45-28
45.3 PPPoE Intermediate Agent Commands ..........................................................45-29
45.3.1 pppoe-intermediate-agent trust false.....................................................45-29
45.3.2 pppoe-intermediate-agent trust true ......................................................45-30
45.3.3 pppoe-intermediate-agent vlan .............................................................45-31
45.3.4 pppoe-intermediate-agent ....................................................................45-32
45.3.5 pppoe-intermediate-agent (PTP interface mode) ...................................45-32
45.3.6 show pppoe-intermediate-agent global..................................................45-33
45.3.7 show pppoe-intermediate-agent port.....................................................45-34
45.3.8 show pppoe-intermediate-agent vlan all ................................................45-35
45.4 DHCPv6-I2 Relay Agent Commands ..............................................................45-36
45.4.3 dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent vlan ...................................................................45-38
45.4.5 dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent (PTP interface mode) .........................................45-39
45.4.6 dhcpv6-l2-relay-mode ..........................................................................45-40
45.4.7 show dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent global........................................................45-41
45.4.8 show dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent port...........................................................45-42
45.4.9 show dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent vlan all ......................................................45-42
45.4.10 show dhcpv6-l2-relay-mode global......................................................45-43
45.5 NDP LIO Commands .....................................................................................45-44
45.5.1 ndp-lio trust false .................................................................................45-44
45.5.2 ndp-lio trust true ..................................................................................45-45
45.5.3 ndp-lio vlan .........................................................................................45-46
45.5.4 ndp-lio ................................................................................................45-47
45.5.5 ndp-lio (GPON ONU interface mode) ....................................................45-48
45.5.6 show ndp-lio global..............................................................................45-48
45.5.7 show ndp-lio port .................................................................................45-49
45.5.8 show ndp-lio vlan all ............................................................................45-50
45.6 Port Identification Format Profile Commands...................................................45-51
45.6.1 port-identification add delimiter .............................................................45-51
45.6.2 port-identification add string .................................................................45-51
45.6.3 port-identification add variable..............................................................45-52
45.6.4 port-identification delete .......................................................................45-55
LIV

45.7 Port Identification Operator Profile Commands ................................................45-56
45.7.7 ndp-lio trust false .................................................................................45-61
45.7.8 ndp-lio trust true ..................................................................................45-62
45.7.9 ndp-lio ................................................................................................45-63
45.7.10 port-identification add-Access-Loop-tag ..............................................45-64
45.7.11 port-identification add-PPP-tag ...........................................................45-65
45.7.12 port-identification format.....................................................................45-66
45.7.13 pppoe-intermediate-agent trust false ...................................................45-67
45.7.14 pppoe-intermediate-agent trust true ....................................................45-68
45.7.15 pppoe-intermediate-agent ..................................................................45-69
Chapter 46 MAC Management Commands ............................................ 46-1

46.1 mac add ........................................................................................................ 46-1
46.2 mac aging-time .............................................................................................. 46-3
46.3 mac delete ..................................................................................................... 46-3
46.4 mac delete all................................................................................................. 46-4
46.5 mac delete dynamic........................................................................................ 46-5
46.6 mac delete permanent .................................................................................... 46-6
46.7 mac delete vlan .............................................................................................. 46-6
46.8 mac monitor-period......................................................................................... 46-7
46.9 mac pool........................................................................................................ 46-8
46.10 mac usage-threshold .................................................................................... 46-9
46.11 show mac....................................................................................................46-10
46.12 show mac aging-time ................................................................................... 46-11
46.13 show mac monitor-info .................................................................................46-12
46.14 show mac pool ............................................................................................46-13
46.15 show mac running .......................................................................................46-14
46.16 show mac system ........................................................................................46-14
46.17 show mac-real-time .....................................................................................46-15
Chapter 47 MAC Anti-Spoofing Commands .......................................... 47-1

47.1 clear security mac-move-log............................................................................ 47-1
47.2 security mac-anti-spoofing .............................................................................. 47-2
LV

47.3 security mac-anti-spoofing uplink-protect ......................................................... 47-2
47.4 security mac-move-report ............................................................................... 47-3
47.5 security mac-move-report interval.................................................................... 47-4
47.6 show security mac-anti-spoofing configuration.................................................. 47-5
47.7 show security mac-move-log ........................................................................... 47-6
Chapter 48 Multicast Commands............................................................ 48-1

48.1 Global IGMP Configuration Commands ........................................................... 48-1
48.1.1 igmp bandwidth-control......................................................................... 48-1
48.1.2 igmp enable ......................................................................................... 48-2
48.1.3 igmp host-tracking ................................................................................ 48-3
48.1.4 igmp log............................................................................................... 48-4
48.1.5 igmp mux-error-info .............................................................................. 48-4
48.1.6 igmp prejoin-interval ............................................................................. 48-5
48.1.7 igmp querygemport-mode ..................................................................... 48-6
48.1.8 igmp span-vlan..................................................................................... 48-6
48.1.9 igmp statistics ...................................................................................... 48-7
48.2 IGMP MVLAN Configuration Commands.......................................................... 48-8
48.2.1 igmp mvlan .......................................................................................... 48-8
48.2.2 igmp mvlan enable ............................................................................... 48-9
48.2.3 igmp mvlan group................................................................................48-10
48.2.4 igmp mvlan group bandwidth................................................................48-10
48.2.5 igmp mvlan group prejoin ..................................................................... 48-11
48.2.6 igmp mvlan group static-port ................................................................48-12
48.2.7 igmp mvlan group-filter ........................................................................48-13
48.2.8 igmp mvlan host-ip ..............................................................................48-14
48.2.9 igmp mvlan host-version ......................................................................48-15
48.2.10 igmp mvlan last-query-count...............................................................48-16
48.2.11 igmp mvlan last-query-interval ............................................................48-16
48.2.12 igmp mvlan priority ............................................................................48-17
48.2.13 igmp mvlan query-interval ..................................................................48-18
48.2.14 igmp mvlan query-max-resp ...............................................................48-19
48.2.15 igmp mvlan receive-port .....................................................................48-19
48.2.16 igmp mvlan robustness ......................................................................48-20
48.2.17 igmp mvlan router-ip ..........................................................................48-21
48.2.18 igmp mvlan snooping-aging-time ........................................................48-22
48.2.19 igmp mvlan source-filter-mode............................................................48-23
48.2.20 igmp mvlan source-port......................................................................48-23
LVI

48.2.21 igmp mvlan ssm-address-range..........................................................48-24
48.2.22 igmp mvlan startup-query-count..........................................................48-25
48.2.23 igmp mvlan startup-query-interval .......................................................48-26
48.2.24 igmp mvlan unsolicited-report-interval .................................................48-26
48.2.25 igmp mvlan version-mode ..................................................................48-27
48.2.26 igmp mvlan work-mode ......................................................................48-28
48.3 IGMP Interface Commands ............................................................................48-29
48.3.1 igmp bandwidth ..................................................................................48-29
48.3.2 igmp enable ........................................................................................48-30
48.3.3 igmp fast-leave ...................................................................................48-31
48.3.4 igmp max-groups ................................................................................48-32
48.3.5 igmp version .......................................................................................48-33
48.4 IGMP Show Commands.................................................................................48-34
48.4.1 show igmp ..........................................................................................48-34
48.4.2 show igmp dynamic-member................................................................48-35
48.4.3 show igmp forwarding-table..................................................................48-36
48.4.4 show igmp interface.............................................................................48-37
48.4.5 show igmp interface dynamic-group-list ................................................48-38
48.4.6 show igmp interface static-group-list .....................................................48-39
48.4.7 show igmp log .....................................................................................48-40
48.4.8 show igmp mp-forwarding-table............................................................48-41
48.4.9 show igmp mp-snooping ......................................................................48-42
48.4.10 show igmp mp-statistics .....................................................................48-43
48.4.11 show igmp mux-error-info ...................................................................48-45
48.4.12 show igmp mvlan...............................................................................48-46
48.4.13 show igmp mvlan group-bandwidth ....................................................48-48
48.4.14 show igmp mvlan group-filter .............................................................48-49
48.4.15 show igmp mvlan group-prejoin .........................................................48-50
48.4.16 show igmp np-statistics ......................................................................48-51
48.4.17 show igmp pon-statistics ....................................................................48-53
48.4.18 show igmp static-member ..................................................................48-54
48.4.19 show igmp statistics...........................................................................48-54
48.5 Global MLD Configuration Commands ............................................................48-56
48.5.1 mld bandwidth-control..........................................................................48-56
48.5.2 mld enable ..........................................................................................48-57
48.5.3 mld host-tracking .................................................................................48-57
48.5.4 mld log................................................................................................48-58
LVII

48.5.5 mld mux-error-info ...............................................................................48-59
48.5.6 mld prejoin-interval ..............................................................................48-60
48.5.7 mld querygemport-mode ......................................................................48-60
48.5.8 mld span-vlan......................................................................................48-61
48.5.9 mld statistics .......................................................................................48-62
48.6 MLD MVLAN Configuration Commands ..........................................................48-63
48.6.1 mld mvlan ...........................................................................................48-63
48.6.2 mld mvlan enable ................................................................................48-63
48.6.3 mld mvlan group..................................................................................48-64
48.6.4 mld mvlan group bandwidth..................................................................48-65
48.6.5 mld mvlan group prejoin.......................................................................48-66
48.6.6 mld mvlan group static-port ..................................................................48-67
48.6.7 mld mvlan group-filter ..........................................................................48-68
48.6.8 mld mvlan host-ip ................................................................................48-69
48.6.9 mld mvlan host-version ........................................................................48-69
48.6.10 mld mvlan last-query-count ................................................................48-70
48.6.11 mld mvlan last-query-interval ..............................................................48-71
48.6.12 mld mvlan priority ..............................................................................48-72
48.6.13 mld mvlan query-interval ....................................................................48-72
48.6.14 mld mvlan query-max-resp .................................................................48-73
48.6.15 mld mvlan receive-port.......................................................................48-74
48.6.16 mld mvlan robustness ........................................................................48-75
48.6.17 mld mvlan router-ip ............................................................................48-76
48.6.18 mld mvlan snooping-aging-time ..........................................................48-76
48.6.19 mld mvlan source-filter-mode .............................................................48-77
48.6.20 mld mvlan source-port .......................................................................48-78
48.6.21 mld mvlan ssm-address-range............................................................48-79
48.6.22 mld mvlan startup-query-count ...........................................................48-79
48.6.23 mld mvlan startup-query-interval.........................................................48-80
48.6.24 mld mvlan unsolicited-report-interval ...................................................48-81
48.6.25 mld mvlan version-mode ....................................................................48-82
48.6.26 mld mvlan work-mode........................................................................48-83
48.7 MLD Interface Commands .............................................................................48-84
48.7.1 mld bandwidth ....................................................................................48-84
48.7.2 mld enable ..........................................................................................48-85
48.7.3 mld fast-leave .....................................................................................48-86
48.7.4 mld max-groups .................................................................................48-87
LVIII

48.7.5 mld version .........................................................................................48-87
48.8 MLD Show Commands ..................................................................................48-88
48.8.1 show mld ............................................................................................48-88
48.8.2 show mld dynamic-member..................................................................48-89
48.8.3 show mld forwarding-table ...................................................................48-91
48.8.4 show mld interface ..............................................................................48-92
48.8.5 show mld interface dynamic-group-list ..................................................48-93
48.8.6 show mld interface static-group-list .......................................................48-94
48.8.7 show mld log.......................................................................................48-95
48.8.8 show mld mp-forwarding-table..............................................................48-96
48.8.9 show mld mp-snooping ........................................................................48-97
48.8.10 show mld mp-statistics .......................................................................48-98
48.8.11 show mld mux-error-info...................................................................48-100
48.8.12 show mld mvlan...............................................................................48-100
48.8.13 show mld mvlan group-bandwidth ....................................................48-103
48.8.14 show mld mvlan group-filter .............................................................48-104
48.8.15 show mld mvlan group-prejoin .........................................................48-104
48.8.16 show mld np-statistics......................................................................48-105
48.8.17 show mld pon-statistics ....................................................................48-107
48.8.18 show mld static-member ..................................................................48-108
48.8.19 show mld statistics...........................................................................48-109
48.9 IPTV Configuration Commands .................................................................... 48-110
48.9.1 iptv cac ............................................................................................. 48-110
48.9.2 iptv cdr.............................................................................................. 48-111
48.9.3 iptv cdr clear ..................................................................................... 48-111
48.9.4 iptv cdr create-period ......................................................................... 48-112
48.9.5 iptv cdr deny-right.............................................................................. 48-113
48.9.6 iptv cdr max-records .......................................................................... 48-114
48.9.7 iptv cdr prw-overcount ....................................................................... 48-114
48.9.8 iptv cdr prw-right................................................................................ 48-115
48.9.9 iptv cdr report .................................................................................... 48-116
48.9.10 iptv cdr report-interval ...................................................................... 48-117
48.9.11 iptv cdr report-threshold ................................................................... 48-117
48.9.12 iptv channel..................................................................................... 48-118
48.9.13 iptv highest-priority .......................................................................... 48-119
48.9.14 iptv ipv6 channel..............................................................................48-120
48.9.15 iptv ipv6 package.............................................................................48-122
LIX

48.9.16 iptv ipv6 sms-server.........................................................................48-123
48.9.17 iptv package....................................................................................48-124
48.9.18 iptv prw ...........................................................................................48-126
48.9.19 iptv sms-server................................................................................48-127
48.9.20 iptv view-profile ...............................................................................48-127
48.10 IPTV Interface Commands .........................................................................48-128
48.10.1 iptv .................................................................................................48-128
48.11 IPTV Show Commands ..............................................................................48-130
48.11.1 show iptv cdr ...................................................................................48-130
48.11.2 show iptv cdr content .......................................................................48-131
48.11.3 show iptv cdr records .......................................................................48-132
48.11.4 show iptv channel ............................................................................48-133
48.11.5 show iptv control..............................................................................48-134
48.11.6 show iptv interface ...........................................................................48-135
48.11.7 show iptv package ...........................................................................48-136
48.11.8 show iptv prw ..................................................................................48-138
48.11.9 show iptv view-profile .......................................................................48-139
Chapter 49 ARP Commands.................................................................... 49-1

49.1 ARP Agent Configuration Commands .............................................................. 49-1
49.1.1 arp-agent ............................................................................................. 49-1
49.2 ARP Agent Show Commands.......................................................................... 49-2
49.2.1 show arp-agent .................................................................................... 49-2
49.3 IP Service ARP Configuration Commands........................................................ 49-2
49.3.1 ip-service arp-anti-spoofing ................................................................... 49-2
49.3.2 ip-service arp-anti-spoofing vlan ............................................................ 49-3
49.3.3 ip-service arp-direct-to-gateway............................................................. 49-4
49.3.4 ip-service arp-filter vlan......................................................................... 49-5
49.3.5 ip-service mac-forced-forwarding........................................................... 49-5
49.3.6 ip-service mac-forced-forwarding vlan.................................................... 49-6
49.3.7 ip-service nd-filter vlan .......................................................................... 49-7
49.4 IP Service ARP Show Commands ................................................................... 49-8
49.4.1 show ip-service arp............................................................................... 49-8
49.4.2 show ip-service arp-anti-spoofing .......................................................... 49-9
49.4.3 show ip-service arp-direct-to-gateway-config .........................................49-10
49.4.4 show ip-service arp-filter ......................................................................49-10
49.4.5 show ip-service gateway ...................................................................... 49-11
49.4.6 show ip-service mac-forced-forwarding .................................................49-12
LX

49.4.7 show ip-service nd-filter .......................................................................49-12
Chapter 50 NS Commands ...................................................................... 50-1

50.1 NS Anti-Spoofing Configuration ....................................................................... 50-1
50.1.1 ipv6 ns-anti-spoofing............................................................................. 50-1
50.2 NS Anti-Spoofing Show .................................................................................. 50-2
50.2.1 show ipv6 ns ........................................................................................ 50-2
50.2.2 show ipv6 ns-anti-spoofing.................................................................... 50-3
Chapter 51 CFM Commands.................................................................... 51-1

51.1 CFM Commands ............................................................................................ 51-1
51.1.1 assign mep .......................................................................................... 51-1
51.1.2 assign mip ........................................................................................... 51-2
51.1.3 ccm ..................................................................................................... 51-3
51.1.4 cfm ...................................................................................................... 51-3
51.1.5 cfm create............................................................................................ 51-4
51.1.6 cfm delete ............................................................................................ 51-5
51.1.7 cfm lbm check multicast ........................................................................ 51-6
51.1.8 cfm lbm check unicast .......................................................................... 51-8
51.1.9 cfm ltm................................................................................................. 51-9
51.1.10 cfm ltr-read trans-id............................................................................ 51-11
51.1.11 cfm md..............................................................................................51-12
51.1.12 create mep........................................................................................51-12
51.1.13 create mip .........................................................................................51-13
51.1.14 create rmep.......................................................................................51-14
51.1.15 create ...............................................................................................51-15
51.1.16 delete mep ........................................................................................51-16
51.1.17 delete mip .........................................................................................51-17
51.1.18 delete ...............................................................................................51-18
51.1.19 l2vpn ................................................................................................51-19
51.1.20 ma....................................................................................................51-19
51.1.21 mep ais-lck-interval............................................................................51-20
51.1.22 mep ais-priority..................................................................................51-21
51.1.23 mep ais.............................................................................................51-22
51.1.24 mep alarm-lowest-pri .........................................................................51-22
51.1.25 mep ccm-check .................................................................................51-23
51.1.26 mep ccm-ltm-priority ..........................................................................51-24
51.1.27 mep ccm-send...................................................................................51-25
51.1.28 mep clear..........................................................................................51-26
LXI

51.1.29 mep client-level .................................................................................51-26
51.1.30 mep dm-rmep....................................................................................51-27
51.1.31 mep dm-send ....................................................................................51-28
51.1.32 mep lm-rmep.....................................................................................51-29
51.1.33 mep lm-send .....................................................................................51-30
51.1.34 mep single-end-lm .............................................................................51-31
51.1.35 mep state..........................................................................................51-32
51.1.36 mep two-dm ......................................................................................51-32
51.1.37 primary .............................................................................................51-33
51.1.38 protect ..............................................................................................51-34
51.1.39 show cfm lmep ..................................................................................51-35
51.1.40 show cfm ma.....................................................................................51-36
51.1.41 show cfm md.....................................................................................51-37
51.1.42 show cfm mp.....................................................................................51-38
51.1.43 show cfm rmep..................................................................................51-39
51.1.44 show cfm status.................................................................................51-40
51.2 CFM Debug Commands ................................................................................51-41
51.2.1 debug cfm all ......................................................................................51-41
51.2.2 debug cfm bytes..................................................................................51-42
51.2.3 debug cfm error...................................................................................51-43
51.2.4 debug cfm events ................................................................................51-44
51.2.5 debug cfm packet ................................................................................51-44
Chapter 52 IPv6 Basic Protocol Commands.......................................... 52-1

52.1 clear nd-cache ............................................................................................... 52-1
52.2 ipv6 address .................................................................................................. 52-2
52.3 ipv6 dad-attemps............................................................................................ 52-4
52.4 ipv6 enable .................................................................................................... 52-5
52.5 ipv6 load-sharing ............................................................................................ 52-5
52.6 ipv6 mtu......................................................................................................... 52-6
52.7 ipv6 nd managed-config-flag ........................................................................... 52-7
52.8 ipv6 nd other-config-flag.................................................................................. 52-8
52.9 ipv6 nd prefix ................................................................................................. 52-9
52.10 ipv6 nd ra-interval ........................................................................................52-10
52.11 ipv6 nd ra-lifetime ........................................................................................ 52-11
52.12 ipv6 nd reachable-time.................................................................................52-12
52.13 ipv6 nd retransmit-time.................................................................................52-13
52.14 ipv6 nd stale-time ........................................................................................52-13
LXII

52.15 ipv6 nd suppress-ra .....................................................................................52-14
52.16 ipv6 nd-proxy ..............................................................................................52-15
52.17 ipv6 route....................................................................................................52-16
52.18 ipv6 route-static fast-reroute .........................................................................52-17
52.19 nd6 add ......................................................................................................52-17
52.20 nd6 delete ...................................................................................................52-18
52.21 ping6 ..........................................................................................................52-19
52.22 show ipv6 interface ......................................................................................52-20
52.23 show ipv6 route ...........................................................................................52-21
52.24 show ipv6 route summary ............................................................................52-22
52.25 show nd6 ....................................................................................................52-23
52.26 telnet6 ........................................................................................................52-24
52.27 trace6 .........................................................................................................52-25
Chapter 53 VMAC Commands................................................................. 53-1

53.1 add Address-Space ........................................................................................ 53-1
53.2 add Circuit-Id ................................................................................................. 53-2
53.3 add Ctrl-Byte.................................................................................................. 53-3
53.4 delete ............................................................................................................ 53-4
53.5 exit ................................................................................................................ 53-5
53.6 show virtual-mac configure.............................................................................. 53-5
53.7 show virtual-mac flexible-syntax-profile ............................................................ 53-6
53.8 show virtual-mac interface............................................................................... 53-7
53.9 show virtual-mac table interface ...................................................................... 53-8
53.10 show virtual-mac table vlan ........................................................................... 53-8
53.11 virtual-mac (GPON ONU Interface Mode) ....................................................... 53-9
53.12 virtual-mac ..................................................................................................53-10
53.13 virtual-mac access-node-id........................................................................... 53-11
53.14 virtual-mac aging-time.................................................................................. 53-11
53.15 virtual-mac delete interface ..........................................................................53-12
53.16 virtual-mac delete vlan .................................................................................53-13
53.17 virtual-mac flexible-syntax-profile ..................................................................53-13
53.18 virtual-mac flexible-syntax-profile active ........................................................53-14
53.19 virtual-mac static .........................................................................................53-15
Chapter 54 MPLS Commands ................................................................. 54-1

54.1 LDP............................................................................................................... 54-1
54.1.1 clear mpls ldp....................................................................................... 54-1
54.1.2 clear mpls ldp neighbor......................................................................... 54-2
LXIII

54.1.3 control-packet with-label ....................................................................... 54-2
54.1.4 mpls g-ach-encapsulation disable.......................................................... 54-3
54.1.5 mpls g-ach-encapsulation enable .......................................................... 54-4
54.1.6 mpls ip................................................................................................. 54-4
54.1.7 mpls ip (vlan interface mode) ................................................................ 54-5
54.1.8 mpls ipv6 ............................................................................................. 54-6
54.1.9 mpls l2vpn graceful-restart .................................................................... 54-7
54.1.10 mpls label range-dynamic ................................................................... 54-8
54.1.11 mpls label range-static ........................................................................ 54-9
54.1.12 mpls ldp access-fec ...........................................................................54-10
54.1.13 mpls ldp advertise-labels....................................................................54-12
54.1.14 mpls ldp backoff ................................................................................54-14
54.1.15 mpls ldp bfd ......................................................................................54-15
54.1.16 mpls ldp discovery .............................................................................54-16
54.1.17 mpls ldp discovery transport-address ..................................................54-17
54.1.18 mpls ldp dynamic-capability................................................................54-18
54.1.19 mpls ldp egress .................................................................................54-19
54.1.20 mpls ldp filter packet for .....................................................................54-20
54.1.21 mpls ldp graceful-restart.....................................................................54-21
54.1.22 mpls ldp helper-mode ........................................................................54-22
54.1.23 mpls ldp holdtime ..............................................................................54-23
54.1.24 mpls ldp implicit-null...........................................................................54-23
54.1.25 mpls ldp ipv6 transport-address ..........................................................54-25
54.1.26 mpls ldp label-distribution...................................................................54-25
54.1.27 mpls ldp label-retention ......................................................................54-26
54.1.28 mpls ldp longest-match ipv4 ...............................................................54-27
54.1.29 mpls ldp lsp-control............................................................................54-28
54.1.30 mpls ldp neighbor ..............................................................................54-29
54.1.31 mpls ldp peer bfd ...............................................................................54-30
54.1.32 mpls ldp request-labels ......................................................................54-31
54.1.33 mpls ldp router-id...............................................................................54-32
54.1.34 mpls ldp style ....................................................................................54-33
54.1.35 mpls ldp target-session ......................................................................54-34
54.1.36 mpls static binding .............................................................................54-35
54.1.37 show label traffic................................................................................54-36
54.1.38 show ipv6 mpls forwarding-table.........................................................54-37
54.1.39 show mpls backup forwarding-table ....................................................54-38
LXIV

54.1.40 show mpls forwarding-table ................................................................54-39
54.1.41 show mpls interface ...........................................................................54-39
54.1.42 show mpls label range .......................................................................54-40
54.1.43 show mpls label state.........................................................................54-41
54.1.44 show mpls ldp backoff........................................................................54-42
54.1.45 show mpls ldp bindings ......................................................................54-43
54.1.46 show mpls ldp bindings summary .......................................................54-44
54.1.47 show mpls ldp discovery ....................................................................54-45
54.1.48 show mpls ldp graceful-restart ............................................................54-46
54.1.49 show mpls ldp neighbor .....................................................................54-46
54.1.50 show mpls ldp parameters..................................................................54-47
54.2 MPLS Configuration ......................................................................................54-48
54.2.1 ip mpls-forwarding ...............................................................................54-48
54.2.2 mac vpn..............................................................................................54-49
54.2.3 mpls load-balance ...............................................................................54-50
54.2.4 show ip mpls-forwarding ......................................................................54-51
54.2.5 show mac vpn .....................................................................................54-52
54.2.6 show mpls load-balance.......................................................................54-52
54.2.7 swap vpn-card.....................................................................................54-53
54.3 MPLS OAM...................................................................................................54-54
54.3.1 ping mpls ............................................................................................54-54
54.3.2 ping mpls pseudowire ..........................................................................54-55
54.3.3 trace mpls ...........................................................................................54-56
54.3.4 trace mpls pseudowire .........................................................................54-57
Chapter 55 L2VPN Commands................................................................ 55-1

55.1 L2VPN Management ...................................................................................... 55-1
55.1.1 broadcast-limit...................................................................................... 55-1
55.1.2 clear l2vpn-flow-stat.............................................................................. 55-2
55.1.3 clear mac-table .................................................................................... 55-2
55.1.4 clear vpls loop-detect............................................................................ 55-3
55.1.5 description ........................................................................................... 55-4
55.1.6 discard-on-learning-failed...................................................................... 55-4
55.1.7 flowstat ................................................................................................ 55-5
55.1.8 isolate.................................................................................................. 55-6
55.1.9 mac aging time..................................................................................... 55-7
55.1.10 mac filter ............................................................................................ 55-7
55.1.11 mac learning....................................................................................... 55-8
LXV

55.1.12 mac limit ............................................................................................ 55-9
55.1.13 mac static .......................................................................................... 55-9
55.1.14 mac withdraw .................................................................................... 55-11
55.1.15 macwithdraw-receive ......................................................................... 55-11
55.1.16 mpls xconnect ...................................................................................55-12
55.1.17 mspw................................................................................................55-13
55.1.18 mtu ...................................................................................................55-14
55.1.19 multicast-limit ....................................................................................55-15
55.1.20 pbit-flowstat.......................................................................................55-15
55.1.21 service-type ......................................................................................55-16
55.1.22 show flowstat ....................................................................................55-17
55.1.23 show l2vpn-flow-stat ..........................................................................55-17
55.1.24 show mac-table summary ..................................................................55-19
55.1.25 show mac-table vfi.............................................................................55-19
55.1.26 show mpls l2transport binding ............................................................55-20
55.1.27 show mpls l2transport binding summary..............................................55-22
55.1.28 show mpls l2transport vc....................................................................55-23
55.1.29 show mpls l2transport vc summary .....................................................55-25
55.1.30 show mpls l2vpn ac ...........................................................................55-26
55.1.31 show mpls l2vpn ac summary.............................................................55-27
55.1.32 show mpls l2vpn service ....................................................................55-28
55.1.33 show mpls l2vpn service summary......................................................55-30
55.1.34 show pbit-flowstat ..............................................................................55-31
55.1.35 show vpls loop-detect ........................................................................55-31
55.1.36 unknowncast-limit ..............................................................................55-32
55.1.37 vfi .....................................................................................................55-33
55.1.38 vll .....................................................................................................55-34
55.2 PW Management...........................................................................................55-34
55.2.1 apply ..................................................................................................55-34
55.2.2 cos-to-tc-profile ...................................................................................55-35
55.2.3 encapsulated-delay .............................................................................55-36
55.2.4 explicit-path ........................................................................................55-37
55.2.5 flow-label-algorithm .............................................................................55-37
55.2.6 flow-label ............................................................................................55-38
55.2.7 flowstat ...............................................................................................55-39
55.2.8 gen-fec-element ..................................................................................55-40
55.2.9 item ....................................................................................................55-41
LXVI

55.2.10 mac learning .....................................................................................55-43
55.2.11 mac limit high-watermark....................................................................55-43
55.2.12 mac limit low-watermark.....................................................................55-44
55.2.13 mode ................................................................................................55-45
55.2.14 mspw-backoff ....................................................................................55-46
55.2.15 next-address .....................................................................................55-46
55.2.16 payload-size......................................................................................55-47
55.2.17 peer..................................................................................................55-48
55.2.18 perf-pw profile ...................................................................................55-49
55.2.19 perf-pw profile (PW Configuration Mode).............................................55-50
55.2.20 pw-explicit-path .................................................................................55-50
55.2.21 pw ....................................................................................................55-51
55.2.22 pw route............................................................................................55-52
55.2.23 pwtype ..............................................................................................55-53
55.2.24 root-leaf ............................................................................................55-54
55.2.25 sequence ..........................................................................................55-54
55.2.26 show l2vpn pw...................................................................................55-55
55.2.27 show l2vpn pw-aii-information.............................................................55-56
55.2.28 show l2vpn pw summary ....................................................................55-57
55.2.29 show pw protocol routing....................................................................55-58
55.2.30 show pw protocol routing summary .....................................................55-59
55.2.31 simulation-mode ................................................................................55-59
55.2.32 static-loopback ..................................................................................55-60
55.2.33 status-notification ..............................................................................55-61
55.2.34 tc-to-cos-profile .................................................................................55-61
55.2.35 ttl......................................................................................................55-62
55.2.36 variation-delay...................................................................................55-63
55.3 PW Redundancy ...........................................................................................55-63
55.3.1 negotiation ..........................................................................................55-63
55.3.2 protect hold-off ....................................................................................55-64
55.3.3 protect mode.......................................................................................55-65
55.3.4 protect switch ......................................................................................55-66
55.3.5 protect-type.........................................................................................55-67
55.3.6 pw-redundancy-group ..........................................................................55-68
55.3.7 pw ......................................................................................................55-69
55.3.8 second-pw ..........................................................................................55-70
55.3.9 show l2vpn pw-redundancy-group ........................................................55-71
LXVII

55.3.10 show l2vpn pw-redundancy-group summary........................................55-72
55.4 PW-CLASS Management...............................................................................55-72
55.4.1 cctype.................................................................................................55-72
55.4.2 control-word ........................................................................................55-73
55.4.3 cvtype.................................................................................................55-74
55.4.4 pw-class .............................................................................................55-75
55.4.5 show l2vpn pw-class............................................................................55-75
55.4.6 show l2vpn pw-class summary .............................................................55-76
55.5 CIP Management ..........................................................................................55-77
55.5.1 cip ......................................................................................................55-77
55.5.2 class-map ...........................................................................................55-77
55.5.3 flowstat ...............................................................................................55-78
55.5.4 mac learning .......................................................................................55-79
55.5.5 match .................................................................................................55-80
55.5.6 mpls l2vpn mapping.............................................................................55-80
55.5.7 oam-mapping ......................................................................................55-82
55.5.8 root-leaf ..............................................................................................55-82
55.5.9 service-type ethernet ...........................................................................55-83
55.5.10 service-type ethernet class-map .........................................................55-84
55.5.11 service-type tdm-relay ........................................................................55-85
55.5.12 show class-map.................................................................................55-86
55.5.13 shutdown ..........................................................................................55-87
55.5.14 xconnect ...........................................................................................55-87
Chapter 56 MPNAT Commands............................................................... 56-1

56.1 clear mpnat trans-table ................................................................................... 56-1
56.2 mpnat onu-ftp................................................................................................. 56-2
56.3 mpnat onu-ftp-data ......................................................................................... 56-3
56.4 mpnat onu-mng-port auto-alloc........................................................................ 56-4
56.5 mpnat onu-mng-vlan....................................................................................... 56-5
56.6 mpnat onu-snmp ............................................................................................ 56-6
56.7 mpnat onu-telnet ............................................................................................ 56-7
56.8 mpnat service service-port .............................................................................. 56-7
56.9 mpnat service telnet-shell ............................................................................... 56-8
56.10 mpnat trans-table ......................................................................................... 56-9
56.11 show mpnat cfg-table ...................................................................................56-10
56.12 show mpnat onu-mng-port............................................................................ 56-11
56.13 show mpnat trans-table................................................................................56-12
LXVIII

56.14 telnet onu....................................................................................................56-13
Chapter 57 Load Balance Commands .................................................... 57-1

57.1 show load-balance ......................................................................................... 57-1
Chapter 58 Service Control Commands................................................. 58-1

58.1 show hotb-state.............................................................................................. 58-1
Chapter 59 PPPoA Commands ............................................................... 59-1

59.1 PPPoA Global Configuration ........................................................................... 59-1
59.1.1 pppoa-pppoe echo-interval.................................................................... 59-1
59.2 PPPoA Show Commands ............................................................................... 59-2
59.2.1 show pppoa-pppoe ............................................................................... 59-2
59.2.2 show pppoa-pppoe interface ................................................................. 59-2
Chapter 60 IPoA Commands ................................................................... 60-1

60.1 IPoA Global Configuration............................................................................... 60-1
60.1.1 ipoa gateway-arp-interval ...................................................................... 60-1
60.1.2 ipoa inatmarp-interval ........................................................................... 60-2
60.1.3 ipoa l2-default-gateway......................................................................... 60-2
60.2 IPoA Port Configuration .................................................................................. 60-3
60.2.1 ipoa ..................................................................................................... 60-3
60.3 IPoA Show Commands................................................................................... 60-4
60.3.1 show ipoa running ................................................................................ 60-4
60.3.2 show ipoa user ..................................................................................... 60-5
LXIX

LXX

About This Manual
Purpose
This manual provides the command information on the ZXA10 C300/C320 Optical Access
Convergence Equipment.
The card slots of C300 and C320 are different, as listed below.
NE Switching and Service Card Slot Uplink Card Slot Common Interface
Control Card Slot Card Slot
C300 10 – 11 2 – 9, 12 – 17 19 – 20 (19-inch 18 (19-inch shelf)

(19-inch shelf) shelf) 20 (21-inch shelf)
2 – 9, 12 – 19 21 – 22 (21-inch
(21-inch shelf) shelf)
C320 3–4 1–2 3–4 N/A
Intended Audience
This document is intended for:
l Installation and debugging engineer
l Network monitoring engineer
l System maintenance engineer
l Data configuration engineer
What Is in This Manual

This manual contains the following chapters:
Chapter Summary
1, Basic System Management Describes the commands related to basic system

management.
2, Hardware Management Describes the commands related to hardware

management.
3, Fan Management Describes the commands related to fan

management.
4, Version Management Describes the commands related to version

management.
5, CPE Version Management Describes the commands related to CPE version

management.
6, User Management Describes the commands related to user

management.

Chapter Summary
7, File System Management Describes the commands related to file system

management.
8, SuperVLAN Commands Describes the commands related to super VLAN.
9, Alarm Management Describes the commands related to alarm

management.
10, Debugging Commands Describes the commands related to debugging.
11, VLAN Commands Describes the commands related to VLAN.
12, PON Commands Describes the commands related to GPON and

EPON common configuration.
13, GPON Commands Describes the commands related to GPON.
14, Port Configuration Describes the commands related to port

configuration.
15, CES Commands Describes the commands related to CES.
16, Clock Commands Describes the commands related to clock.
17, Ethernet Interface Configuration Describes the commands related to Ethernet

Commands interface configuration.
18, Port Security Commands Describes the commands related to port security.
19, Port Performance Statistics Commands Describes the commands related to port
performance statistics.
20, Basic IPv4 Protocol Commands Describes the commands related to basic IPv4
protocol.
21, RIP Commands Describes the commands related to RIP.
22, OSPF Protocol Commands Describes the commands related to OSPF Protocol.
23, BGP Protocol Commands Describes the commands related to BGP Protocol.
24, System Log/Statistical Management Describes the commands related to system

Commands log/statistical management.
25, AAA Commands Describes the commands related to AAA.
26, TACACS+ Commands Describes the commands related to TACACS+.
27, RADIUS Commands Describes the commands related to RADIUS.
28, SNMP Commands Describes the commands related to SNMP.
29, IP Access Commands Describes the commands related to IP access.
30, SSH Commands Describes the commands related to SSH.
31, Historical Performance Statistics Describes the commands related to historical

Commands performance statistics.
II

Chapter Summary
32, Control Panel Safety Commands Describes the commands related to control panel
safety.
33, NTP Configuration Commands Describes the commands related to NTP

configuration.
34, QoS Commands Describes the commands related to QoS.
35, Traffic Profile Commands Describes the commands related to traffic profile.
36, IS-IS Commands Describes the commands related to IS-IS.
37, MSTP Commands Describes the commands related to MSTP.
38, LACP Commands Describes the commands related to LACP.
39, UAPS Commands Describes the commands related to UAPS.
40, EPRS Commands Describes the commands related to EPRS.
41, BFD Commands Describes the commands related to BFD.
42, ACL Commands Describes the commands related to ACL.
43, EFM Commands Describes the commands related to EFM.
44, Disgnosis Commands Describes the commands related to disgnosis.
45, Port Identification Commands Describes the commands related to port

identification.
46, MAC Management Commands Describes the commands related to MAC

management.
47, MAC Anti-Spoofing Commands Describes the commands related to MAC

anti-spoofing.
48, Multicast Commands Describes the commands related to multicast.
49, ARP Commands Describes the commands related to ARP.
50, NS Commands Describes the commands related to NS.
51, CFM Commands Describes the commands related to CFM.
52, IPv6 Basic Protocol Commands Describes the commands related to IPv6 basic
protocol.
53, VMAC Commands Describes the commands related to VMAC.
54, MPLS Commands Describes the commands related to MPLS.
55, L2VPN Commands Describes the commands related to L2VPN.
56, MPNAT Commands Describes the commands related to MPNAT.
57, Load Balance Commands Describes the commands related to load balance.
58, Service Control Commands Describes the commands related to service control.
59, PPPoA Commands Describes the commands related to PPPoA.
III

Chapter Summary
60, IPoA Commands Describes the commands related to IPoA.
Conventions
This manual uses the following typographical conventions:
Typeface Meaning
Italics Variables in commands. It may also refer to other related manuals and documents.
Bold Menus, menu options, function names, input fields, option button names, check boxes,
drop-down lists, dialog box names, window names, parameters, and commands.
Constant Text that you type, program codes, filenames, directory names, and function names.
width
[] Optional parameters.
{} Mandatory parameters.
| Separates individual parameters in a series of parameters.
IV

Chapter 1
Basic System Management
Table of Contents
banner incoming.........................................................................................................1-2
clock set .....................................................................................................................1-3
clock summer-time recurring ......................................................................................1-3
clock timezone ...........................................................................................................1-5
config-filename...........................................................................................................1-6
configure terminal.......................................................................................................1-6
disable .......................................................................................................................1-7
enable ........................................................................................................................1-8
enable secret .............................................................................................................1-9
end...........................................................................................................................1-11
exit ...........................................................................................................................1-12
hostname .................................................................................................................1-13
interface ...................................................................................................................1-13
ip address ................................................................................................................1-15
ping ..........................................................................................................................1-16
ping mng ..................................................................................................................1-17
privilege ...................................................................................................................1-18
restore factory-defaults.............................................................................................1-20
sdisk.........................................................................................................................1-21
set-cputhreshold.......................................................................................................1-21
set-memthreshold ....................................................................................................1-22
show clock ...............................................................................................................1-23
show cputhreshold ...................................................................................................1-24
show memthreshold .................................................................................................1-24
show privilege ..........................................................................................................1-25
show running-config .................................................................................................1-26
show sdisk-status .....................................................................................................1-30
show start running-config .........................................................................................1-31
show system-group ..................................................................................................1-32
show username........................................................................................................1-32
telnet ........................................................................................................................1-34
who ..........................................................................................................................1-34
1-1

ZXA10 C300/C320 Command Reference
1.1 banner incoming

Syntax
banner incoming number1
no banner incoming
Function
This command sets a startup greeting for the system. There is a default welcome greeting
available.
Parameters
Parameter Description Value
number1 Character used as the -

terminator of a welcome
greeting
Mode
Configuration mode: ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
1. Use this command to set the greeting terminator, such as the number symbol (#).
2. Enter the greeting text and end the text with the terminator (#).
The terminator contains only one character. Special characters, such as space and enter
symbol, can be used in the greeting text except the question mark (?). The question mark
(?) cannot be used for any parameter of TEXT type or password because the question
mark is considered as a request for help in the system.
Examples
The following example sets the startup greeting to welcome:
ZXAN(config)#banner incoming #
Enter TEXT message[1-4000 characters]. End with the character '@' or the delimit
ing character '#'.
welcome
#
ZXAN(config)#
Related Commands
None
1-2

Chapter 1 Basic System Management
1.2 clock set

Syntax
clock set time1 name1 number1 number2
Function
This command sets the system clock in standard date and time format.
Parameters
time1 Time of the clock, in format of -

hh:mm:ss
name1 Month -
number1 Date Range: 1–31
number2 Year Range: 2001–2098
Mode
Privileged mode: ZXAN#
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the system clock to 23:12:01, May 23, 2001:
ZXAN#clock set 23:12:01 may 23 2001
Related Commands
1.22 show clock
1.3 clock summer-time recurring

Syntax
clock summer-time recurring name1 name2 name3 name4 time1 name5 name6 name7 time2 [n
umber1 ]
no clock summer-time recurring
Function
This command sets the summer time.
1-3

Parameters
name1 Custom-defined name of the -

summer time
name2 Week number when the summer -

time starts
name3 Date when the summer time -

starts
name4 Month when the summer time -

starts
time1 Time when the summer time -

starts
name5 Week number when the summer -

time ends
name6 Date when the summer time -

ends
name7 Month when the summer time -

ends
time2 Time when the summer time -

ends
number1 Number of minutes added Range: 1–300

based on the standard time Default: 60
(min)
Mode
Configuration mode: ZXAN (config)#
Usage Guidelines
To cancel the summer time, use the no form of this command.
[no] clock summer-time recurring dstname week day month hh:mm:ss week day month
hh:mm:ss [offset]
Examples
The following example shows how to set the summer time. In this example, the summer
time is set from the first week of June to the fourth week of October with an offset of 60
minutes, and is executed every year:
ZXAN(config)#clock summer-time recurring abc 1 monday jun 11:11:11 4 sunday oct 11:11:11 60
1-4

Related Commands
1.22 show clock
1.2 clock set
1.4 clock timezone
show summer-time config
1.4 clock timezone

Syntax
clock timezone name1 number1 [number2 ]
no clock timezone
Function
This command sets the system time zone.
Parameters
name1 Time zone name -
number1 Time offset relative to the UTC Range: -12–13
number2 Time offset relative to the UTC Range: 0–59
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To cancel the setting, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the system time zone:
ZXAN(config)#clock timezone beijing 12

ZXAN(config)#
Related Commands
1.22 show clock
1-5

1.5 config-filename
Syntax
config-filename name1
no config-filename
Function
This command specifies the name of the configuration file that is used to start the NE.
Parameters
name1 Name of the configuration file, -

1–40 visible characters
Mode
MNG interface configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to specify the name of the configuration file used to
start the NE:
ZXAN(config-if)#config-filename startrun.dat
Related Commands
None
1.6 configure terminal

Syntax
configure terminal
Function
This command changes the command mode from privileged mode to global configuration
mode.
Parameters
None
1-6

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to change the command mode from privileged mode to
global configuration mode:
ZXAN#configure terminal
%Info 20272: Enter configuration commands, one per line. End with CTRL/Z.
ZXAN(config)#
Related Commands
1.10 end
1.11 exit
1.7 disable
Syntax
disable [number1 ]
Function
This command lowers current user privilege level. If the specified destination privilege
level is lower than 2, the command mode is changed from privileged mode to user mode.
Parameters
number1 Destination privilege level Range: 0–15
Mode
User mode
Usage Guidelines
The specified destination privilege level must be lower than the current user privilege level
which may not be the initial level defined by users but a level modified by users.
1-7

Examples
(1) The following example shows how to lower a privilege level. In this example, a user
with privilege level of 10 attempts to go back to level 11, but the system prompts for correct
privilege level because the specified destination level must be lower than the current level.
ZXAN#disable 11
%Error 20227: New privilege level must be less than current privilege level
ZXAN#
(2) The following example shows how to lower a privilege level. In this example, a user
with privilege level of 10 returns to level 1, and enters user mode.
ZXAN#disable 1
ZXAN>
Related Commands
1.8 enable
1.25 show privilege
1.8 enable
Syntax
enable [number1 ]
Function
This command modifies the current user privilege when a user is in privileged mode.
Parameters
number1 Current privilege level Range: 0–15
Mode
User mode
Usage Guidelines
1. If the specified destination privilege level is higher than the current level, a password
for destination level access is required (15 by default). If the password has not been
configured yet, the destination privilege is unaccessible.
If the specified destination privilege level is lower than the current level, no passwords are
necessary.
1-8

2. For a user in user mode, this command allows the user to enter privileged mode and
upgrades the privilege level to 15 without parameters.
3. For a user in privileged mode, if the specified destination privilege level is lower than 5,
this command modifies the level to the specified value and allows the user to enter user
mode.
Examples
(1) The following example shows how to enter privileged mode from user mode:
ZXAN>enable 15
Password:
ZXAN#
(2) The following example shows how to modify the privilege level to 9 in privileged mode:
ZXAN#enable 9
ZXAN#show privilege
Current privilege level is 9
Related Commands
1.7 disable
1.9 enable secret

Syntax
enable secret [level number1 ] {0 name1 |5 name2 |name3 }
no enable secret level number1
Function
This command sets a login password for a privileged user.
Parameters
number1 Privilege level Range: 1–15

Default: 15
name1 Privileged password for -

privileged mode access, 3–16
characters
1-9

name2 Encrypted privileged password, -

24 characters
name3 Privileged password for -

privileged mode access, 3–16
characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
(1) The password displayed by the show running-config command is an encrypted
password for a privileged user. The password required by the enable command is a clear
text password for the privileged user.
(2) Either the enable secret 0 password or enable secret password command can be used to
set an unencrypted password.
(3) The enable secret 5 password command can be used to set an encrypted password with
24 characters only when configuration files are loaded. It can not be used when the system
operates normally.
(4) The passwords in the show running-config command and configuration files are in
cipher text.
(5) The enable secret level levelnum password command sets the password for a higher
privilege level access when a user enters privileged mode.
Examples
(1) The following example shows how to set the privileged user password to ZXAN:
ZXAN(config)#enable secret ZXAN
Run the show running-config command to display the configured password with the default
privilege level 15:
!
enable secret level 15 5 nS43rk2arX7/R+RrWDNAaA==
!
(2) The following example shows how to set the password to 'test' to upgrade to privilege
level 10:
ZXAN(config)#enable secret level 10 test
1-10

Run the show running-config command to display the configured password with privilege
level 10:
!
enable secret level 10 5 CY9rzUYh03PK3k6DJie09g==
!
(3) Based on Step 2, the following example shows how to upgrade to privilege level 10
for a user with privilege level 1 by using the enable 10 command, and then enter privileged
mode with the password 'test':
ZXAN>enable 10
Password:
ZXAN#show users
Line User Privilege Host(s) Idle Location
0 con 0 15 idle 00:00:45
*66 vty 0 zte 10 idle 00:00:55 100.100.100.30
User status information before upgrade:

ZXAN#show users
0 con 0 15 idle 00:00:45
66 vty 0 zte 1 idle 00:00:55 100.100.100.30
* 67 vty 1 bbb 12 idle 00:00:00 100.100.100.30
Related Commands
1.8 enable
1.10 end
Syntax
end
Function
This command changes the command mode to privileged mode.
Parameters
None
Mode
All modes except user mode and privileged mode
1-11

Usage Guidelines
This command is applicable to all command modes except user mode and privileged mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to exit configuration mode and return to privileged mode:
ZXAN(config)#end
ZXAN#
Related Commands
1.6 configure terminal
1.11 exit
Syntax
exit
Function
This command is used to log out of the system or return to the previous command mode.
Parameters
None
Mode
All modes
Usage Guidelines
When this command is used in user mode or privileged mode, the current user logs out of
the system. When this command is used in the other modes, the command mode returns
to the previous mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to exit global configuration mode and return to privileged
mode:
ZXAN(config)#exit
ZXAN#
Related Commands
6.10 logout
1-12

6.9 login
1.12 hostname
Syntax
hostname name1
no hostname
Function
This command sets a host name for the system.
Parameters
name1 Host name, 1–32 characters -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The default host name of the system is ZXAN.
The host name becomes effective immediately after this command is executed.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the host name of the system to TEST:
ZXAN(config)#hostname TEST
TEST(config)#
Related Commands
None
1.13 interface
Syntax
interface {byname name1 |interface1 }
no interface {byname name1 |interface1 }
Function
This command enters interface configuration mode or subinterface configuration mode.
1-13

Parameters
name1 Interface alias, 1–32 characters -
interface1 Interface name (for example, -

VLAN subinterface name,
smartgroup name, out-of-band
interface name, and physical
interface name)
Mode
Usage Guidelines
For a subinterface that does not exist, this command creates and enters subinterface
configuration mode.
To delete the configured subinterface and its configuration, use the no form of this
command.
The no form of this command does not work on physical interfaces.
The member interfaces in a link aggregation group must be deleted before the no form of
this command is used.
no interface name1 and no interface interface1 function the same. The parameter name1
cannot be used until it is configured for the interface by running the byname command in
a proper interface mode.
Examples
(1) The following example shows how to create a link aggregation group 'smartgroup1' and
enter link aggregation group interface mode:
ZXAN(config)#interface smartgroup1
ZXAN(config-smartgroup1)#
(2) The following example shows how to create a VLAN 2 subinterface and enter VLAN 2
subinterface mode:
Create a specified VLAN.
ZXAN(config)#vlan 2
ZXAN(config-vlan2)#
Create a VLAN subinterface.

ZXAN(config)#interface vlan 2
ZXAN(config-if-vlan2)#
Create the alias "testvlan2" for the VLAN 2 subinterface.
1-14

ZXAN(config-if-vlan2)#byname testvlan2
Exit interface mode and enter VLAN subinterface mode with the alias.
ZXAN(config)#interface byname testvlan2
(3) The following example shows how to add a GUSQ uplink card to slot 19 and enter
interface mode of the card:
ZXAN(config)#interface gei_1/19/1
ZXAN(config-if)#
(4) The following example shows how to add a GTGO card to slot 5 and enter OLT 1
interface mode:
ZXAN(config)#interface gpon-olt_1/5/1
ZXAN(config-if)#
(5) The following example, based on example (4) above, shows how to register an ONU 1
interface on the OLT 1 interface and enter GPON ONU interface mode:
ZXAN(config-if)#onu 1 type ZTE-F622 sn ZTEG00000001
ZXAN(config-if)#exit
ZXAN(config)#interface gpon-onu_1/5/1:1
ZXAN(config-if)#
Related Commands
1.26
1.14 ip address
Syntax
ip address ip_addr1 ip_addr2
Function
This command configures the IP address of an interface.
Parameters
ip_addr1 IP address of an interface -
ip_addr2 Subnet mask -
Mode
MNG interface configuration mode
1-15

Usage Guidelines
The broadcast address is associated with the interface, and is used to forward direct
broadcasting datagrams, which adds a broadcast routing to the routing table. By default,
the subnet.ones/32 broadcast routing is added to the routing table.
There are four options available for the broadcast address, namely, 255.255.255.255,
subnet.ones, subnet.zeros, and 0.0.0.0. Other addresses are omitted. When
255.255.255.255 or subnet.ones is set as the broadcast address, the subnet.ones/32
broadcast routing is added to the routing table. When subnet.zeros or 0.0.0.0 is set as the
broadcast address, both subnet.zeros/32 and subnet.ones/32 are added to the routing
table.
secondary indicates that the configured interface address is secondary. If the interface
address is configured without this parameter, the configured address is the primary
address of the interface. One interface can be configured with only one primary address
and multiple secondary addresses.
By default, the IP address is not configured for an interface.
To delete the configured IP address, use the no form of this command.
Parameters in the no ip address command are optional. If the command is used with no
parameters, all the configured interface addresses are deleted.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the IP address of an interface. In this
example, the address of management interface is set to 168.1.10.100, and the subnet
mask to 255.255.0.0.
ZXAN(config)#interface vlan mng1
ZXAN(config-if)#ip address 168.1.10.100 255.255.0.0
Related Commands
None
1.15 ping
Syntax
ping [vrf name1 ] ip_addr1
Function
This command checks the accessibility and connectivity of a host.
1-16

Parameters
name1 VPN -
ip_addr1 Destination IP address -
Mode
User mode
Usage Guidelines
This command sends ICMP Echo packets. If the destination receives an ICMP Echo
packet, it will respond with an ICMP Echo Reply packet to the source address. Therefore,
this command is used to diagnose the connectivity of a network.
Examples
The following example shows how to check whether address 100.1.1.49 is accessible:
ZXAN#ping 100.1.1.49
sending 5,100-byte ICMP echos to 100.1.1.49,
timeout is 2 seconds.!!!!!
Success rate is 100 percent(5/5),round-trip
min/avg/max= 0/0/0 ms.
ZXAN#
Related Commands
None
1.16 ping mng

Syntax
ping mng ip_addr1
Function
This command checks the accessibility and connectivity of a management port.
Parameters
Mode
User mode
1-17

Usage Guidelines
This command sends ICMP Echo packets to the IP address of a management port. If the
destination receives an ICMP Echo packet, it will respond with an ICMP Echo Reply packet
to the source address. Therefore, this command is used to diagnose the connectivity of a
router's management port.
Examples
The following example shows how to check whether address 100.1.1.49 is accessible:
ZXAN#ping mng 100.1.1.49 option 10 36 1
sending 10,36-byte ICMP echos to 100.1.1.49,timeout
is 1 seconds.
!!!!!!!!!!
Success rate is 100 percent(10/10),round-trip
min/avg/max= 0/2/20 ms.
ZXAN#
Related Commands
None
1.17 privilege
Syntax
privilege name1 [all ] level number1 LINE1
no privilege name1 [all ] node LINE1
Function
This command configures the privilege level of a command.
Parameters
name1 Mode type. Some common -

modes are available, including
user, configure, and priv.
all All the commands beginning -

with the specified keyword.
number1 Privilege level. Range: 0–15
LINE1 Command keyword. -
1-18

Mode
Usage Guidelines
(1) A command privilege level cannot be higher than 4 in user mode. Otherwise, an error
message is displayed.
(2) A command privilege level cannot be lower than 4 in configuration mode. Otherwise,
an error message is displayed.
(3) To reset the privilege level to the default value, use the no form of this command.
Examples
(1) The following example shows how to change the privilege level of the login command
in user mode to 10:
ZXAN(config)#privilege user level 10 login
%Error 20231: Privilege level in user mode should not be bigger than 4
(2) The following example shows how to change the privilege level of the hostname
command in configuration mode to 4:
ZXAN(config)#privilege configure level 4 hostname
%Error 20232: Privilege level in this mode should not be smaller than 4
ZXAN(config)#
(3) The following example shows how to change the privilege level of the commands
beginning with system-monitor to 15 by using the parameter all:
ZXAN(config)#show privilege cur-mode detail
................................
15 system-monitor
15 system-monitor endless-loop
15 system-monitor endless-loop duration
15 system-monitor endless-loop reboot
15 system-monitor task-suspend-reboot
15 system-monitor watchdog
15 system-monitor watchdog-duration
.........................
The following example shows how to display the configured privilege levels:
ZXAN(config)#show privilege cur-mode detail

................................
12 system-monitor
12 system-monitor endless-loop
1-19

12 system-monitor endless-loop duration

12 system-monitor endless-loop reboot
12 system-monitor task-suspend-reboot
12 system-monitor watchdog
12 system-monitor watchdog-duration
.........................
(4) The following example shows how to set the privilege level of the ssh server only
command in configuration mode to 10:
ZXAN(config)privilege configure level 10 ssh server only
The following example shows how to display the modified privilege level:
ZXAN(config)#show privilege cur-mode node ssh server only
LogicMode Level Command-node
configure 10 ssh server only
ZXAN(config)#
Related Commands
1.25 show privilege
1.18 restore factory-defaults

Syntax
restore factory-defaults
Function
This command restores the default settings.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to restore the default settings:
1-20

ZXAN#restore factory-defaults
Related Commands
None
1.19 sdisk
Syntax
sdisk name1
Function
This command enables or disables the SD card.
Parameters
name1 enable: Enables the SD card. -

disable: Disables the SD card.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the SD card:
ZXAN(config)#sdisk enable
Related Commands
1.27 show sdisk-status
1.20 set-cputhreshold
Syntax
set-cputhreshold [rackno number1 ] [shelfno number2 ] slotno slot1 number3
Function
This command sets a CPU usage threshold.
1-21

Parameters
number1 Rack number Range: 1–3
number2 Shelf number Range: 1–3
slot1 Slot number Range: 2–22
number3 Percentage Range: 1–100
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the CPU usage threshold to 70% for the card in
slot 8 of shelf 1:
ZXAN(config)#set-cputhreshold rackno 1 shelfno 1 slotno 8 70
Related Commands
1.21 set-memthreshold
1.23 show cputhreshold
Syntax
set-memthreshold [rackno number1 ] [shelfno number2 ] slotno slot1 number3
Function
This command sets a memory usage threshold.
Parameters
number3 Percentage Range: 1–100
1-22

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following command shows how to set the memory usage threshold to 70% for the card
in slot 8 of shelf 1:
ZXAN(config)#set-memthreshold rackno 1 shelfno 1 slotno 8 70
Related Commands
1.24 show memthreshold
1.22 show clock

Syntax
show clock
Function
This command displays the system time.
Parameters
None
Mode
All modes except user mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following command shows how to display the system time:
ZXAN#show clock
19:42:03 Mon Apr 21 2012 UTC
Related Commands
1.2 clock set
1-23

1.23 show cputhreshold

Syntax
show cputhreshold [rackno number1 ] [shelfno number2 ] [slotno slot1 ]
Function
This command displays the CPU usage threshold(s).
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display all the CPU threshold for all the slots:
ZXAN#show cputhreshold
Rack Shelf Slot CpuThreshold
---------------------------------
1 1 1 100
1 1 10 100
1 1 11 100
Related Commands
1.24 show memthreshold

Syntax
show memthreshold [rackno number1 ] [shelfno number2 ] [slotno slot1 ]
Function
This command displays the memory usage threshold(s).
1-24

Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the memory usage thresholds of all available
slots:
ZXAN(config)#show memthreshold
Rack Shelf Slot MemThreshold
-------------------------------
1 1 4 100
1 1 7 100
1 1 10 100
1 1 11 100
1 1 21 100
Related Commands
1.25 show privilege

Syntax
show privilege [{cur-mode |show-mode } {detail |level number1 |node LINE1 } ]
Function
This command displays the privilege level of the current terminal and privilege configuration
information about the command.
1-25

Parameters
cur-mode Privilege information about the -

current command mode
show-mode Privilege information about the -

show command mode
detail Privilege level of all commands -

in the specified mode
number1 Specified privilege level Range: 1–15
LINE1 Specified command -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command without a parameter displays the privilege level of the current user.
The privilege level of a telnet user ranges from 1 to 15.
Examples
(1) The following example shows how to log into the NE with 'zte' user privilege (level 15)
and display the privilege level of the user:
ZXAN#show privilege
Current privilege level is 15
(2) The following example shows how to display the privilege level of the username
command in configuration mode:
ZXAN(config)#show privilege cur-mode node username
LogicMode Level Command-node
configure 15 username
ZXAN(config)#
Related Commands
1.17 privilege
1.26 show running-config

Syntax
show running-config [{section | name1 LINE1 |{interface interface1 [| name2 LINE2 ] |module
name3 [| name4 LINE3 ] } |[| name5 LINE4 ] } ]
1-26

Function
This command displays information about the system configurations that have taken effect.
Parameters
section Filtering section. -
name1 Three options are available: -

l begin: All configuration
information is displayed
from the line that starts with
the specified character or
string.
l exclude: The configuration
lines excluding the specified
character or string are
displayed.
l include: All configuration
lines containing the
specified character or
string are displayed.
LINE1 Specified character or string. -
interface1 Interface name. Range: names of all interfaces

that can be configured, such as
epon-olt_rackno/slotno/portno,
epon-onu_rac-
kno/slotno/portno:onuno,
gei_, loopback, mng, null,
smartgroup, supervlan, tunnel,
and vlan

string.
displayed.
1-27

name3 Module name. Range: acl, arpstalarm, tcp,

urpf, vfi, vlan, vrf

string.
displayed.

string.
displayed.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The results of the show run command are filtered with section-based regular expressions.
1-28

A section ends with a "!" mark. Section filtering indicates that all in a section will be echoed
if a line of information within a section meets echo requirements. When section is selected,
the regular expression is a mandatory option.
Examples
(1) The following example shows how to display configuration information about the
interface gpon-olt_1/5/1:
ZXAN#show running-config interface gpon-olt_1/5/1
Building configuration...
interface gpon-olt_1/5/1
shutdown
linktrap disable
!
end
ZXAN#
(2) The following example shows how to display a section containing "alarm":
ZXAN#show running-config section | include alarm
his-performance sample enable
his-performance alarm enable
his-performance auto-upload disable
!
logging alarmlog enable
logging console notification
logging pool-usage-thresh 80
logging level notification
logging trap-enable notification
logging snmplog disable
logging cmdlog disable
logging debuglog disable
syslog facility local0
line console idle-timeout 1000
line console absolute-timeout 1440
line telnet idle-timeout 1000
line telnet absolute-timeout 1440
line telnet users 16
line telnet access-class 49 telnet-only
line telnet access-class 7168 ssh-only
no hotkey ctrl_g
no hotkey ctrl_l
no hotkey ctrl_o
no hotkey ctrl_r
1-29

no hotkey ctrl_s
no hotkey ctrl_t
!
alarm enable
nms-hello-trap disable
alarm trap-confirm retry 1 timeout 30
alarm alarm-profile 11
admin enable
!
alarm alarm-profile test
admin enable
alarm-profile-apply system
!
!
ZXAN#
Related Commands
None
1.27 show sdisk-status

Syntax
show sdisk-status
Function
This command displays status information about the SD card.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the current status of the SD card:
ZXAN#show sdisk-status
Board OnLine Status
-----------------------------------------
1-30

MASTER OFFLINE DISABLED
Related Commands
sdisk enable
1.28 show start running-config

Syntax
show start running-config [sd ] [| name1 LINE1 ]
Function
This command displays the configuration in a configuration file.
Parameters
sd Command configuration in a -
configuration file on the SD card
name1 Used together with rule -

expressions for inclusion or
exclusion, or for matching up
with the rules beginning with an
expression
LINE1 Used together with syntaxes -

for inclusion or exclusion, or
for matching up with the rules
beginning with an expression
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the command configuration containing a rule
expression 'syslog' in a configuration file:
ZXAN(config)#show start running-config | include syslog

1-31

Related Commands
None
1.29 show system-group

Syntax
show system-group
Function
This command displays system information.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display system information:
ZXAN(config)#show system-group
System Description: C300 Version V2.0.0 Software, Copyright (c) by ZTE Corporation Compiled
System ObjectId: .1.3.6.1.4.1.3902.1082.1001.300.1.3
Started before: 0 days, 18 hours, 46 minutes
Contact with: +86-021-68895000
System name: OLTZ2810038MAD511
Location: No.889 BiBo Rd. PuDong District, ShangHai, China
This system primarily offers a set of 78 services
Related Commands
None
1.30 show username

Syntax
show username
1-32

Function
This command displays a list of names and passwords of the users that are allowed to log
in to the system.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display information about the users logging in to the
system:
ZXAN#show username
cli user global configuration
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
name sessions pri OperStatus login-begin login-end expire-date

-----------------------------------------------------------------------
zte 16 10 Normal 08:00:00 18:30:00 2013-02-03 23:59:59
zte10 16 10 Normal 00:00:00 23:59:59 2099-12-31 23:59:59
ZXAN#
Output parameters:
name: user name
sessions: number of the sessions initiated by the login users with the same name
pri: user privilege level
OperStatus: operating status of a user. Normal status is supported currently.
login-begin: starting time for user's login every day.
login-end: end time for user's login every day.
expire-date: the time when a user account is disabled.
Related Commands
6.20 username
1-33

1.31 telnet
Syntax
telnet ip_addr1 [source ip_addr2 ] [vrf name1 ]
Function
This command telnets to other equipment from an OLT.
Parameters
ip_addr2 Source IP address -
name1 VRF instance name -
Mode
User mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to telnet to other equipment from an OLT:
ZXAN#telnet 10.63.198.10
Related Commands
None
1.32 who
Syntax
who
Function
This command displays a list of the users that have logged in to the system.
Parameters
None
1-34

Mode
User mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display a list of the users that have logged in to the
system:
ZXAN#who
* 0 con 0 15 idle 00:00:00
66 vty 0 zte 10 idle 00:54:18 100.100.100.30
67 vty 1 zte10 4 idle 00:57:26 100.100.100.30
68 vty 2 zte10 4 idle 00:56:09 100.100.100.30
ZXAN#
Output parameters:
Parameter
Description
Line
Terminal number for user login. In the example above, the values 0, 66, and 67 indicate
the connection number of control terminals, and the values 0 and 1 after "vty" indicate
virtual terminal numbers.
User
Login user name

Host
IP address of the destination server when a user telnets the server by using the local
equipment as a client. In other cases, it is "idle".
Idle
Idle time when the terminal does not perform any operation.
Location
Address of a client
1-35

Related Commands
None
1-36

Chapter 2
Hardware Management
Table of Contents
add-card.....................................................................................................................2-2
add-rack .....................................................................................................................2-2
add-shelf ....................................................................................................................2-3
add-subcard ...............................................................................................................2-4
clear processor details ...............................................................................................2-5
del-card ......................................................................................................................2-5
del-rack ......................................................................................................................2-6
del-shelf .....................................................................................................................2-7
del-subcard ................................................................................................................2-8
power-enable .............................................................................................................2-8
qry..............................................................................................................................2-9
reboot.......................................................................................................................2-10
reset-card.................................................................................................................2-11
reset-subcard ...........................................................................................................2-11
set-pnp.....................................................................................................................2-12
show card.................................................................................................................2-13
show card type .........................................................................................................2-14
show pnp..................................................................................................................2-15
show processor ........................................................................................................2-15
show rack.................................................................................................................2-16
show shelf ................................................................................................................2-17
show subcard ...........................................................................................................2-18
show switch-board diag-port mode ...........................................................................2-19
show switch-board uplink-port mode ........................................................................2-19
show system-monitor ...............................................................................................2-20
swap ........................................................................................................................2-21
switch-board diag-port ..............................................................................................2-22
switch-board uplink-port ...........................................................................................2-23
system-monitor endless-loop duration ......................................................................2-24
system-monitor endless-loop reboot .........................................................................2-25
system-monitor task-suspend-reboot........................................................................2-26
system-monitor watchdog.........................................................................................2-26
system-monitor watchdog-duration...........................................................................2-27
2-1

2.1 add-card
Syntax
add-card [rackno number1 ] [shelfno number2 ] slotno slot1 name1
Function
This command adds a card.
Parameters
number1 Rack number 1
number2 Shelf number 1
name1 Card type -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to add a GUSQ card in slot 22:
ZXAN(config)#add-card slotno 22 GUSQ
Related Commands
2.6 del-card
2.2 add-rack
Syntax
add-rack rackno number1 racktype name1
Function
This command adds a rack.
2-2

Chapter 2 Hardware Management
Parameters
name1 Rack type -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to add rack 1:
ZXAN(config)#add-rack rackno 1 racktype ETSI21
Related Commands
2.7 del-rack
2.3 add-shelf
Syntax
add-shelf [rackno number1 ] shelfno number2 shelftype name1
Function
This command adds a shelf.
Parameters
name1 Shelf type -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
2-3

Examples
The following example shows how to add shelf 1:
ZXAN(config)#add-shelf rackno 1 shelfno 1 shelftype ETSI_SHELF
Related Commands
2.8 del-shelf
2.4 add-subcard
Syntax
add-subcard [rackno number1 ] [shelfno number2 ] slotno slot1 subcardno number3 name1
Function
This command adds a subcard.
Parameters
number3 Subcard number Range: 1–2
name1 Subcard type -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to add an MAPP subcard:
ZXAN(config)#add-subcard rackno 1 shelfno 1 slotno 11 subcardno 1 ?
CKWSA Uplink optical and clock daughter card
UCDC/1 Uplink optical and clock daughter card
VOIP Voice processor daughter card
2-4

Related Commands
2.9 del-subcard
2.5 clear processor details

Syntax
clear processor details {name1 |name2 }
Function
This command clears the extreme value of the CPU usage.
Parameters
name1 History -
name2 Current -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to clear the extreme value of the CPU usage:
ZXAN#clear processor details current
Related Commands
None
2.6 del-card
Syntax
del-card [rackno number1 ] [shelfno number2 ] slotno slot1
Function
This command deletes a card.
2-5

Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to delete the card in slot 3:
ZXAN(config)#del-card slotno 3
Confirm to delete card? [yes/no]:yes
Related Commands
2.1 add-card
2.7 del-rack
Syntax
del-rack rackno number1
Function
This command deletes a rack.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
2-6

Examples
The following example shows how to delete rack 1:
ZXAN(config)#del-rack rackno 1
Confirm to delete rack? [yes/no]:yes
Related Commands
2.2 add-rack
2.8 del-shelf
Syntax
del-shelf [rackno number1 ] shelfno number2
Function
This command deletes a shelf.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to delete shelf 1:
ZXAN(config)#del-shelf shelfno 1
Confirm to delete shelf? [yes/no]:yes
Related Commands
2.3 add-shelf
2-7

2.9 del-subcard
Syntax
del-subcard [rackno number1 ] [shelfno number2 ] slotno slot1 subcardno number3
Function
This command deletes a subcard.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to delete subcard 1 in slot 10:
ZXAN(config)#del-subcard rackno 1 shelfno 1 slotno 10 subcardno 1
Confirm to delete sub card? [yes/no]:yes
Related Commands
2.4 add-subcard
2.10 power-enable
Syntax
power-enable [rackno number1 ] [shelfno number2 ] slotno slot1
no power-enable [rackno number1 ] [shelfno number2 ] slotno slot1
Function
This command enables or disables power-on for a card in a specified slot.
2-8

Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable power-on for a card in slot 1:
ZXAN#power-enable rackno 1 shelfno 1 slotno 1
Confirm to enable or no enable power to card? [yes/no]:yes
Related Commands
None
2.11 qry
Syntax
qry [rackno number1 ] [shelfno number2 ]
Function
This command determines changeover conditions of the active main control card.
Parameters
Mode
2-9

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to determine changeover conditions of the active main
control card:
ZXAN#qry
MP is ready to changeover!
Related Commands
None
2.12 reboot
Syntax
reboot [rackno number1 ] [shelfno number2 ]
Function
This command reboots an OLT.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to reboot an OLT:
ZXAN#reboot
Related Commands
None
2-10

2.13 reset-card
Syntax
reset-card [rackno number1 ] [shelfno number2 ] slotno slot1
Function
This command resets a card.
Parameters
number3 Slot number Range: 0–22
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to reset the card in slot 1:
ZXAN#reset-card rackno 1 shelfno 1 slotno 1
Confirm to reset card? [yes/no]:yes
Related Commands
2.12 reboot
2.14 reset-subcard
Syntax
reset-subcard [rackno number1 ] [shelfno number2 ] slotno slot1 subcardno number3
Function
This command resets a subcard.
2-11

Parameters
number3 Subcard number 1
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to reset the subcard in slot 10:
ZXAN#reset-subcard rackno 1 shelfno 1 slotno 10 subcardno 1
Confirm to reset subcard? [yes/no]:
Related Commands
None
2.15 set-pnp
Syntax
set-pnp name1
Function
This command enables or disables Plug and Play (PnP) of a card for the NE.
Parameters
name1 PnP configuration switch -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
2-12

Examples
The following example shows how to enable PnP of a card:
ZXAN(config)#set-pnp enable
Related Commands
2.18 show pnp
2.16 show card

Syntax
show card [rackno number1 ] [shelfno number2 ] [slotno slot1 ]
Function
This command displays information about a configured card.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display information about a configured card:
ZXAN#show card
Rack Shelf Slot CfgType RealType Port HardVer SoftVer Status
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 1 1 PRWG PRWG 0 INSERVICE
1 1 10 SCXN SCXN 4 120900 V2.0.0 INSERVICE
1 1 11 SCXN 4 OFFLINE
Related Commands
2.1 add-card
2-13

2.6 del-card
2.17 show card type

Syntax
show card type name1
Function
This command displays card information by card type.
Parameters
name1 Card type -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display card information by card type:
ZXAN#show card type ALL
Position : 1/1/1
Type : PRWG Real Type : PRWG
Status : INSERVICE Port Number : 0
Memory Size : N/A. CPU Type : N/A.
CPU Usage : N/A. Memory Usage : N/A.
Serial Number : ZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZPCB Version : N/A.
CPLD Version : N/A.
Boot Version : N/A.
Software Version : N/A.
Board Up Time : N/A.
Position : 1/1/10
Type : SCXN Real Type : SCXN
Status : INSERVICE Port Number : 4
Memory Size : 1024MB CPU Type : PowerPC Processor
CPU Usage : 15% Memory Usage : 35%
Serial Number : xu jun PCB Version : 120900
CPLD Version : V9.2
2-14

Boot Version : V4.0.0 2013-03-22 10:50:14

Software Version : V2.0.0 2013-03-20 01:01:48
Board Up Time : 0 Days, 0 Hours, 7 Minutes, 7 Seconds
Related Commands
None
2.18 show pnp

Syntax
show pnp
Function
This command displays the PnP state.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the PnP state:
ZXAN#show pnp
Equipment PNP function is enable.
Related Commands
2.15 set-pnp
2.19 show processor

Syntax
show processor [rackno number1 ] [shelfno number2 ] [slotno slot1 ]
2-15

Function
This command displays statistical information about system resources, such as CPU
utilization, memory usage.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command displays statistical resource information about a specified CPU, such as
CPU utilization (displayed at 5-second, 1-minute, and 5-minute intervals respectively),
amount of memory, and memory usage.
Examples
The following example shows how to display statistical information about C320 system
resources:
ZXAN(config)#show processor
Rack Shelf Slot CPU(5s) CPU(1m) CPU(5m) PhyMem(MB) Memory
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 1 1 20% 21% 21% 1024 16%
1 1 2 12% 11% 11% 512 19%
1 1 3 11% 10% 19% 1024 28%
1 1 4 11% 10% 11% 1024 30%
Related Commands
None
2.20 show rack

Syntax
show rack [rackno number1 ]
Function
This command displays information about a rack.
2-16

Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display information about rack 1:
ZXAN#show rack rackno 1
Rack RackType SupShelfNum CfgShelfNum
--------------------------------------------------
1 ETSI21 1 1
Related Commands
2.2 add-rack
2.7 del-rack
2.21 show shelf

Syntax
show shelf [rackno number1 ] [shelfno number2 ]
Function
This command displays information about a configured shelf.
Parameters
Mode
2-17

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display information about a configured shelf:
ZXAN#show shelf shelfno 1
Rack Shelf ShelfType CleiCode Serial-Number
----------------------------------------------------------------
1 1 ETSI_SHELF UNKNOWN UZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZ
Related Commands
2.3 add-shelf
2.8 del-shelf
2.22 show subcard

Syntax
show subcard [rackno number1 ] [shelfno number2 ] [slotno slot1 ] [subcardno number3 ]
Function
This command displays a subcard.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display information about a subcard:
ZXAN#show subcard rackno 1 shelfno 1 slotno 3
2-18

Related Commands
2.4 add-subcard
2.9 del-subcard
2.23 show switch-board diag-port mode

Syntax
show switch-board diag-port mode
Function
This command displays the configuration modes of the diagnostic port on the main control
card.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the configuration modes of the diagnostic
port on the main control card:
ZXAN(config)#show switch-board diag-port mode
switch board diag port is enable.
Related Commands
2.27 switch-board diag-port
2.24 show switch-board uplink-port mode

Syntax
show switch-board uplink-port mode
Function
This command displays the configuration modes of the service port on the main control
card.
2-19

Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the configuration modes of the service port
on the main control card:
ZXAN(config)#show switch-board uplink-port mode
switch board uplink port running mode is disable.
switch board uplink port configure mode is disable.
Related Commands
2.28 switch-board uplink-port
2.25 show system-monitor

Syntax
show system-monitor [rackno number1 ] [shelfno number2 ] [slotno number3 ]
Function
This command displays information about system monitoring.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
2-20

Examples
The following example shows how to display information about system monitoring:
ZXAN#show system-monitor
Loc Cfg Real Watchdog Duration suspendReboot endlessDuration Reboot
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/1/01 GTGH GTGHG disable 3 all 75 disable
1/1/02 GTGO GTGOG disable 3 all 75 disable
1/1/03 SMXA SMXA disable 3 all 75 disable
1/1/04 SMXA SMXA disable 3 all 75 disable
Related Commands
None
2.26 swap
Syntax
swap [rackno number1 ] [shelfno number2 ] [slotno slot1 ]
Function
This command forces an active/standby switch.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to force an active/standby switch:
ZXAN#swap
Related Commands
None
2-21

2.27 switch-board diag-port

Syntax
switch-board diag-port name1
Function
This command sets the configuration modes of the diagnostic port on the main control
card.
Parameters
name1 enable: Enables the diagnostic Default: disable

port on the main control card.
disable: Disables the diagnostic
Mode
Usage Guidelines
A diagnostic port is an electrical interface and used to locate faults for traffic mirroring
by servicing staff. The diagnostic port on the panel is supported only by the SCXN card.
If the diagnostic port is enabled, the egress service flow from the original panel 4 is
interrupted because the diagnostic port shares the same switching chip port with port 4
on the panel of the main control card. In addition, the configuration of the switching chip
port set by the original panel 4 will affect traffic mirroring; therefore, it is necessary to clear
the configuration of the original service port. When the diagnostic port is disabled, the
configuration of the original service port should be resumed. It is the users' responsibility
to ensure both the clearing and resuming operations.
If this command is used for the main control card that does not support the diagnostic port
on the panel, an error message is displayed.
Run the show switch-board diag-port mode command to display the completed
configuration.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the diagnostic port on the panel of the SCXN
card:
ZXAN(config)#switch-board diag-port enable
The configuration will result in the data stream of corresponding uplink port in
terruption!Confirm to execute? [y/n][]y
2-22

Related Commands
2.23 show switch-board diag-port mode
2.28 switch-board uplink-port

Syntax
switch-board uplink-port name1
Function
This command configures the configuration modes of the service port on the main control
card.
Parameters
name1 enable: Enables the service -

disable: Disables the service
Mode
Usage Guidelines
For the SCXN card, the service port on the main control card shares the same switching
chip resource with service port 3 and 4 on the directly-connected uplink card, and the
physical lines are switched by an electronic switch. Therefore, this command acts as an
electronic switch to switch between the service ports on the directly-connected uplink card
and the service port on the SCXN main control card. Other main control cards do not
support the switching executed by this command.
This command is available for all the main control cards. Therefore, it is necessary to
configure a correct default mode for the main cards that do not support service port
switching on the main control card, main control card service port mode for the SMXA
card and non-main control card service port mode for other cards by default.
If this command is used for the main control card that does not support switching, an error
message is displayed. For the SCXN card, the service port on the main control card can
be enabled only in load sharing mode.
Run the show switch-board uplink-port mode command to display the completed
configuration.
2-23

Examples
The following example shows how to enable the service port on the panel of the SCXN
card:
ZXAN(config)#switch-board uplink-port enable
To make configuration changes to take effect, you must write and restart the sys
tem!Press any key to continue.[]y
Related Commands
2.24 show switch-board uplink-port mode
2.29 system-monitor endless-loop duration

Syntax
system-monitor endless-loop duration [rackno number1 ] [shelfno number2 ] slotno number3
value number4
Function
This command modifies the detection threshold of an endless-loop task.
Parameters
number4 Detection threshold of an Range: 1–100

endless-loop task
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to modify the detection threshold of an endless-loop
task:
ZXAN(config)#system-monitor endless-loop duration rackno 1 shelfno 1 slotno 11 value 25
2-24

Related Commands
None
2.30 system-monitor endless-loop reboot

Syntax
system-monitor endless-loop reboot [rackno number1 ] [shelfno number2 ] slotno number3 nam
e1
Function
This command enables the endless-loop reboot strategy for a task.
Parameters
number1 Rack number. Range: 1–3
number2 Shelf number. Range: 1–3
number3 Slot number. Range: 0–22
name1 enable: Enables the -

endless-loop reboot function.
disable: Disables the
endless-loop reboot function.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Run this command to determine whether to reboot a card when the detection threshold of
an endless-loop task is reached.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the endless-loop reboot strategy:
ZXAN(config)#system-monitor endless-loop reboot rackno 1 shelfno 1 slotno 11 enable
Related Commands
None
2-25

2.31 system-monitor task-suspend-reboot

Syntax
system-monitor task-suspend-reboot [rackno number1 ] [shelfno number2 ] slotno number3 na
me1
Function
This command configures a monitoring strategy when a task is suspended.
Parameters
name1 Endless loop strategy -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a monitoring strategy when a task is
suspended:
ZXAN(config)#system-monitor task-suspend-reboot rackno 1 shelfno 1 slotno 11 all
Related Commands
None
2.32 system-monitor watchdog

Syntax
system-monitor watchdog [rackno number1 ] [shelfno number2 ] slotno number3 name1
Function
This command enables or disables a watchdog.
2-26

Parameters
name1 enable: Enables the watchdog -

function.
disable: Disables the watchdog
function.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
With a watchdog enabled, a card is rebooted immediately when the function is disabled.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable a watchdog:
ZXAN(config)#system-monitor watchdog rackno 1 shelfno 2 slotno 3 enable
Related Commands
None
2.33 system-monitor watchdog-duration

Syntax
system-monitor watchdog-duration [rackno number1 ] [shelfno number2 ] slotno number3 value
number4
Function
This command modifies the wait time for endless-loop task monitoring.
Parameters
number4 Watchdog duration Range: 1–60
2-27

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to modify the wait time for endless-loop task monitoring:
ZXAN(config)#system-monitor watchdog-duration rackno 1 shelfno 2 slotno 3 value 34
Related Commands
None
2-28

Chapter 3
Fan Management
Table of Contents
env-switch add-device ................................................................................................3-1
env-switch switch .......................................................................................................3-2
fan control fixed-speed ...............................................................................................3-3
fan control temp_level ................................................................................................3-3
fan epm ......................................................................................................................3-4
fan speed ...................................................................................................................3-5
fan speed-percent-set ................................................................................................3-6
show card-power ........................................................................................................3-7
show card-temperature...............................................................................................3-8
show env-switch device..............................................................................................3-8
show env-switch switch ............................................................................................3-10
show fan ..................................................................................................................3-11
3.1 env-switch add-device

Syntax
env-switch add-device name1
no env-switch add-device name1
Function
This command adds an environmental device.
Parameters
name1 Environmental device name -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Only C320 supports this command.
User can add the device ID from 51 to 100 in the command line, with 1–50 reserved.
3-1

To delete an environmental device, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to add an environmental device:
ZXAN(config)#env-switch add-device power
Related Commands
3.10 show env-switch device
3.2 env-switch switch

Syntax
env-switch switch number1 {device name1 |normal-status number2 |name2 }
no env-switch switch number1
Function
This command associates a device to a switch value.
Parameters
number1 Environmental device name Range: 1–8
number2 Environmental device name Range: 0–1
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Only C320 supports this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to associate a device 'd' to a switch value:
ZXAN(config)#env-switch switch 1 device d
Related Commands
3.11 show env-switch switch
3-2

Chapter 3 Fan Management
3.3 fan control fixed-speed

Syntax
fan control fixed-speed
Function
This command sets the fan control mode to fixed-speed mode (manual regulation).
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Two modes are available for controlling the fans: fixed-speed mode and
temperature-based control mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to switch the fan control mode to fixed-speed mode:
ZXAN(config)#fan control fixed-speed
Related Commands
3.12 show fan
3.4 fan control temp_level

Syntax
fan control temp_level number1 number2 number3 number4 [rackno number5 ] [shelfno number6
]
Function
This command configures four temperature thresholds for fan temperature-based control
mode.
3-3

Parameters
number1 Temperature level one (°C) Range: 10–55
number2 Temperature level two (°C) Range: 15–60

number 1 < number 2 < 60°C
number3 Temperature level three (°C) Range: 20–65

number4 Temperature level four (°C) Range: 25–70

Mode
Usage Guidelines
Two modes are available for controlling the fans: fixed-speed mode and
temperature-based control mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to switch the fan control mode to temperature-based
control mode and set four temperature levels:
ZXAN(config)#fan control temp_level 10 20 30 40
Related Commands
3.12 show fan
3.5 fan epm

Syntax
fan epm {enable |disable }
Function
This command enables the EPM configuration.
3-4

Parameters
enable Enables the EPM configuration. -
disable Disables the EPM configuration. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the EPM configuration:
ZXAN(config)#fan epm enable
Related Commands
3.12 show fan
3.6 fan speed

Syntax
fan speed number1 [fanid number2 ] [rackno number3 ] [shelfno number4 ]
Function
This command sets the speed level of a fan at a fixed speed (only in fixed-speed mode).
Parameters
number1 Fan speed level Range: 0–4
number2 Fan unit number Range: 1–10
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Up to 5 speed levels can be configured, each with a fixed value.
3-5

Examples
The following example shows how to set the speed level of a fan to 2:
ZXAN(config)#fan speed 2
ZXAN(config)#
Related Commands
3.12 show fan
3.7 fan speed-percent-set

Syntax
fan speed-percent-set number1 number2 number3 number4 [rackno number5 ] [shelfno number6
]
Function
This command configures the duty ratio for four fan speed levels.
Parameters
number1 Duty ratio for speed level 1 Range: 10–97
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Run this command to switch between fixed speed and temperature control mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the duty ratio for fan speed level 1 through 4 to
20%, 30%, 40%, and 50% respectively:
ZXAN(config)#fan speed-percent-set 20 30 40 50
3-6

Related Commands
3.12 show fan
3.8 show card-power

Syntax
show card-power [rackno number1 ] [shelfno number2 ] [slotno slot1 ]
Function
This command displays the power consumption of a card.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the power consumption of all card:
ZXAN#show card-power
All cards power:
-----------------------------------
Rack Shelf Slot Power(W)
-----------------------------------
1 1 0 N/A.
1 1 4 33
1 1 10 63
1 1 11 N/A.
1 1 19 14
1 1 20 NOSUPP
Related Commands
None
3-7

3.9 show card-temperature

Syntax
show card-temperature [rackno number1 ] [shelfno number2 ] [slotno slot1 ]
Function
This command displays the temperature of a card.
Parameters
number1 Rack number Range: 1
number2 Shelf number Range: 1
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the temperature of all cards:
ZXAN#show card-temperature
All cards temperature(deg c):
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rack Shelf Slot Temperature Temperature(5m) Temperature(1h) Temperature(24h)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 1 1 N/A. N/A. N/A. N/A.
1 1 10 59 58 58 56
1 1 11 N/A. N/A. N/A. N/A.
Related Commands
None
3.10 show env-switch device

Syntax
show env-switch device
3-8

Function
This command displays the configured environmental devices.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
User can add the device ID from 51 to 100 in the command line, with 1–50 reserved.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the configured environmental device:
ZXAN(config)#show env-switch device
All Existing Env Devices:
------------------------------------------------------------------
1 2nd-Power-Monitor
2 Input-Fan-Monitor
3 Heat-Exchager
4 MAIN-FAIL
5 SENSOR-FAIL
6 RECTIFIER-FAIL
7 LOAD/BATT,MCB-TRIP
8 TEMP.AUX.FAIL
9 SURGE-FILTER-FAIL
10 Distribution-Frame
11 FanTray-Online-Signal
12 Smoke-Sensor-Link
13 Other-Smoke-Sensor
14 Other-Gate-Sensor
15 Digital-AC-Fault
16 Digital-AC-Power-off
17 Digital-Diesel-Alarms
18 AC-Power-Input-Fault
19 Power-Rectifier-Fault
20 Power-Battery-Voltage-Low
21 Power-Load-Fuse-Break
22 AVG-Charging-of-Power-Batteries
23 Power-Output-Voltage-High
24 Defend-Thunder-Equipment-Fault
25 Circuit-Breaker-Trip
26 Storage-Battery-Voltage-Low
3-9

51 d
Related Commands
3.1 env-switch add-device
3.11 show env-switch switch

Syntax
show env-switch switch
Function
This command displays the configured switch values.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the configured switch values:
ZXAN(config)#show env-switch switch
index Trap Normal Current Device
------------------------------------------------------------------
1 disable 0 -2
2 disable 0 -2
3 disable 0 -2
4 disable 0 -2
5 disable 0 -2
6 disable 0 -2
7 disable 0 -2
8 disable 0 -2
Related Commands
3.2 env-switch switch
3-10

3.12 show fan

Syntax
show fan [rackno number1 ] [shelfno number2 ]
Function
This command displays the information of all the fans.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Run this command with parameters, the information of the specified fan is displayed.
Run this command without parameters, the information of all the fans is displayed.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information of all the fans:
ZXAN#show fan
Shelf : 1
epm : disable
FanControlType : fixed-speed
FanSpeedLevelPercent : 25% 36% 50% 75%
HighTemperatureThreshold : 70 (deg c)
Environment Temperature : 59 (deg c)
HighTemperatureProtection : Threshold : N/A.(deg c)
RestartTime: N/A.(Minute)
Upper Fanboard Status : online
All fan units actual status:
----------------------------------------------
FanUnitId SpeedLevel ShiftSpeed(RPM)
----------------------------------------------
1 2 0
2 2 1880
3 2 1800
4 2 1980
----------------------------------------------
3-11

Related Commands
None
3-12

Chapter 4
Version Management
Table of Contents
auto-backup condition cfg-changed ............................................................................4-2
auto-backup period.....................................................................................................4-2
auto-update................................................................................................................4-3
auto-update check-period...........................................................................................4-4
auto-update manual ...................................................................................................4-5
file-server ...................................................................................................................4-6
file-server auto-update ...............................................................................................4-7
file-server boot-server ................................................................................................4-9
file-server performance-server..................................................................................4-10
license install............................................................................................................4-11
manual-backup.........................................................................................................4-12
patch active..............................................................................................................4-12
patch deactive ..........................................................................................................4-13
show auto-backup condition configure......................................................................4-14
show auto-backup period configure ..........................................................................4-15
show auto-backup progress......................................................................................4-15
show auto-update check-period configure ................................................................4-16
show auto-update check-result.................................................................................4-17
show auto-update configure .....................................................................................4-18
show auto-update progress ......................................................................................4-18
show compound-version...........................................................................................4-19
show file-server ........................................................................................................4-20
show license default .................................................................................................4-22
show license individual .............................................................................................4-23
show license install-status ........................................................................................4-25
show license running................................................................................................4-26
show patch-running ..................................................................................................4-27
show patch-saved ....................................................................................................4-28
show updatecpld ......................................................................................................4-29
show version-running ...............................................................................................4-30
show version-saved..................................................................................................4-31
swapver ...................................................................................................................4-32
update-boot..............................................................................................................4-32
update-cpld ..............................................................................................................4-33
4-1

4.1 auto-backup condition cfg-changed

Syntax
auto-backup condition cfg-changed hold-off-time number1 max-hold-off-time number2
no auto-backup condition cfg-changed
Function
This command configures a conditional backup and a delay time for it.
Parameters
number1 Delay hours Range: 1–8760
number2 Maximum hours Range: 1–8760
Mode
Usage Guidelines
An automatic backup server should be configured before backup.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a conditional backup when a configuration
file is changed. In this example, the configuration file is automatically backed up after a
one-hour delay, and is definitely backed up after up to a two-hour delay.
ZXAN(config)#auto-backup condition cfg-changed hold-off-time 1 max-hold-off-time 2
Related Commands
file-server auto-backup
4.14 show auto-backup condition configure
4.1 auto-backup condition cfg-changed
show auto-backup progress condition
4.2 auto-backup period

Syntax
auto-backup period name1 time1 name2 number1 number2 interval number3
no auto-backup period name1
4-2

Chapter 4 Version Management
Function
This command enables automatic backup and sets the start time and interval.
Parameters
name1 File type -
time1 Start time -
name2 Month -
number1 Day Range: 1–31
number3 Interval, in hours Range: 1–8760
Mode
Usage Guidelines
An automatic backup server should be configured before backup.
Examples
The following example shows how to set automatic backups of all types from
2011-1-5 15:00:00 every one hour:
ZXAN(config)#auto-backup period all 15:00:00 jan 5 2011 interval 1
Related Commands
4.15 show auto-backup period configure
show auto-backup progress period
4.3 auto-update
Syntax
auto-update {backup name1 |activate name2 }
Function
This command enables backup and activation for automatic update.
4-3

Parameters
name1 Name of automatic update. -
name2 enable: Enables automatic -

update.
disable: Disables automatic
update.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If backup is enabled, the older version of the NE is backed up to the server before version
update.
If activation is enabled, the line card reboots to run the new version after version update.
The main control card does not reboot, but switches the activation tag to the updated
version instead.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable backup and activation for automatic update:
ZXAN(config)#auto-update backup enable
ZXAN(config)#auto-update activate enable
Related Commands
4.5 auto-update manual
4.4 auto-update check-period

Syntax
auto-update check-period time1 name1 number1 number2 interval number3
no auto-update check-period
Function
This command configures a start time and cycle for an automatic update check.
4-4

Parameters
time1 Start time -
name1 Month -
number1 Date Range: 1–31
number3 Cycle hours Range: 1–8760
Mode
Usage Guidelines
An automatic update server should be configured before automatic update check.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the start time of an automatic update to 2011-1-5;
15:00:00 with a one-hour cycle:
ZXAN(config)#auto-update check-period 15:00:00 jan 5 2011 interval 1
Related Commands
4.7 file-server auto-update
4.17 show auto-update check-period configure
4.18 show auto-update check-result


Syntax
auto-update manual
Function
This command updates the version file checked by an automatic update process to the
NE manually.
Parameters
None
4-5

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to update the version file checked by an automatic
update process to the NE manually:
ZXAN#auto-update manual
Related Commands
auto-update activate
auto-update backup
4.6 file-server
Syntax
file-server name1 name2 server-index number1 [{vrf name3 |mng } ] {ftp ipaddress ip_addr1
[path name4 ] user name5 password name6 |sftp ipaddress ip_addr2 [path name7 ] user name8
password name9 }
no file-server name1 name2 server-index number1
Function
This command configures the file servers for automatic backup and manual backup.
Parameters
name1 File backup mode -
name2 Backup file type -
number1 Server index Range: 1–2
name3 VPN -
mng Management port -
ip_addr1 Server IP address -
4-6

name4 Sub-path name, 3-256 -

characters
name5 User name, 3-35 characters -
name6 Password, 3-35 characters -

characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
A file server must be configured before an automatic or manual backup.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the file server for automatically backing up all file
types. In this example, the server IP address is 136.1.10.200, server index is 1, FTP is
used, relative path is backup, user name is zte, and password is zte.
ZXAN(config)#file-server auto-backup all server-index 1 ftp ipaddress 136.1.10.200 path backup u
Related Commands
4.22 show file-server
4.7 file-server auto-update

Syntax
file-server auto-update server-index number1 [{vrf name1 |mng } ] {ftp ipaddress ip_addr1 [p
ath name2 ] user name3 password name4 |sftp ipaddress ip_addr2 [path name5 ] user name6
password name7 }
no file-server auto-update server-index number1
Function
This command configures information about a file server for an automatic update check.
4-7

Parameters
name1 VPN -

characters

characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
An automatic update server should be configured before automatic update check.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure information about a file server for
an automatic update check. In this example, the IP address of the server is set to
136.1.10.200, the server index to 1, protocol to FTP, path to update, and both the user
name and password to zte.
ZXAN(config)#file-server auto-update server-index 1 ftp ipaddress 136.1.10.200 path
update user zte password zte
Related Commands
show file-server auto-update
4-8

4.8 file-server boot-server

Syntax
file-server boot-server [{vrf name1 |mng } ] {ftp ipaddress ip_addr1 [path name2 ] user name3
password name4 |sftp ipaddress ip_addr2 [path name5 ] user name6 password name7 }
no file-server boot-server
Function
This command configures information about a file server for file upload and download.
Parameters
name1 VPN, 1–32 characters -
name2 Sub-path name, 3–256 -

characters
name3 User name, 3–35 characters -
name4 Password, 3–35 characters -

characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
A file server should be configured before file upload and download.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure information about a file server for file upload
and download. In this example, the IP address of the server is set to 140.1.0.58, protocol
to FTP, path to download, and both user name and password to zte.
ZXAN(config)#file-server boot-server ftp ipaddress 140.1.0.58 path download user zte
password zte
4-9

Related Commands
7.4 file download
7.6 file upload
4.9 file-server performance-server

Syntax
file-server performance-server name1 server-index number1 [{vrf name2 |mng } ] {ftp ipaddre
ss ip_addr1 [path name3 ] user name4 password name5 |sftp ipaddress ip_addr2 [path name6 ]
user name7 password name8 }
no file-server performance-server name1 server-index number1
Function
This command configures the upload-download server for a performance file.
Parameters
name1 Type of the file uploaded -

automatically
name2 VPN -

characters

characters
Mode
4-10

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the upload-download server for a
performance file:
ZXAN(config)#file-server performance-server download server-index 1 ftp ipaddress 140.1.0.58
path download user zte password zte
Related Commands
None
4.10 license install

Syntax
license install name1
Function
This command installs a license file.
Parameters
name1 License file name, 1–64 -

characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to install a license file:
ZXAN#license install trial1.lcs
Related Commands
None
4-11

4.11 manual-backup
Syntax
manual-backup name1
Function
This command implements a manual backup.
Parameters
name1 Backup file type -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
A backup server should be configured before a manual backup.
Examples
The following example shows how to implement a manual backup:
ZXAN#manual-backup all
Related Commands
file-server manual-backup
show auto-backup progress manual
4.12 patch active

Syntax
patch active name1
Function
This command runs the specified patch. The patch is activated immediately and the status
changes to activated.
Parameters
name1 Patch name, 1–32 characters -
4-12

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to activate a patch:
ZXAN#patch active SCXLV10T7_r2.pat
Start active patch (SCXLV10T7_r2.pat)
Active patch (SCXLV10T7_r2.pat) in master board success
Active patch (SCXLV10T7_r2.pat) in slave board success
Related Commands
4.27 show patch-running
4.28 show patch-saved
4.13 patch deactive

Syntax
patch deactive name1
Function
This command stops the specified patch. The patch is deactivated immediately and the
status changes to deactivated.
Parameters
name1 Patch name Range: 1–32 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to deactivate a patch:
ZXAN#patch deactive SCXLV10T7_r2.pat
4-13

Start deactive patch (SCXLV10T7_r2.pat)

Deactive patch (SCXLV10T7_r2.pat) in master board success
Deactive patch (SCXLV10T7_r2.pat) in slave board success
Related Commands
4.14 show auto-backup condition configure

Syntax
show auto-backup condition configure
Function
This command displays configuration information about a conditional backup.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display configuration information about a conditional
backup:
ZXAN#show auto-backup condition configure
Cfg-changed Hold-off-time Max-hold-off-time
------------------------------------------------------
enable 1 2
Related Commands
auto-backup condition
4-14

4.15 show auto-backup period configure

Syntax
show auto-backup period configure
Function
This command displays the automatic backup configuration.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the automatic backup configuration:
ZXAN#show auto-backup period configure
Type Enable Start-time Interval(hours)
---------------------------------------------------
cfg enable 2011-02-12 14:46:00 1
log enable 2011-02-12 14:46:00 1
img enable 2011-02-12 14:46:00 1
Related Commands
4.16 show auto-backup progress

Syntax
show auto-backup progress name1
Function
This command displays information about a backup progress.
4-15

Parameters
name1 Backup type -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command displays the progress of automatic, manual, conditional, and automatic
update backup.
Examples
The following example shows how to display a manual backup progress:
ZXAN#show auto-backup progress manual
FileType : cfg
BackupStatus : backup file done
StartTime : 2001-04-30 18:54:51
TotalFiles : 3
SuccessFiles : 3
CurrFileName : nvram.dat
CurrFileProgress : 100
Related Commands
auto-backup condition
auto-backup
period
auto-update

Syntax
show auto-update check-period configure
Function
This command displays the start time and cycle of an automatic update check.
Parameters
None
4-16

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the start time and cycle of an automatic update
check:
ZXAN#show auto-update check-period configure
Eanble Start-time Interval
------------------------------------------------
enable 2011-01-31 12:12:59 1
Related Commands

Syntax
show auto-update check-result
Function
This command displays the result of an automatic update check.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the result of an automatic update check:
ZXAN#show auto-update check-result
Start-time Check-status Fail-reason
2011-02-22 14:22:00 complete
--------------------------------------------------------------------
4-17

gtgo.fw,scxl.mvr,hutq.fw
Related Commands
4.19 show auto-update configure

Syntax
show auto-update configure
Function
This command displays configuration information about an automatic backup.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display configuration information about an automatic
backup:
ZXAN#show auto-update configure
Backup Active
---------------------------
disable enable
Related Commands
4.20 show auto-update progress

Syntax
show auto-update progress
4-18

Function
This command displays the progress of an automatic backup.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the progress of an automatic backup:
ZXAN#show auto-update progress
Status Num Done Name Size Prog
---------------------------------------------------------------
update complete 3 3 hutq.fw 9120211 100%
Update List:
---------------------------------------------------------------
gtgo.fw,scxl.mvr,hutq.fw
Activate Detail:
Rack Shelf Slot CfgType UpdateState
---------------------------------------------------------------
1 1 21 HUTQ active
1 1 11 SCXL not active
1 1 10 SCXL not active
1 1 5 GTGO active
Related Commands
4.21 show compound-version

Syntax
show compound-version name1
Function
This command displays compound version file information.
4-19

Parameters
name1 Version file name, 1–32 -

characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display a compound version file:
ZXAN#show compound-version GTGOC.FW
FileName Format CompoundFlag BuildTime FileLength
------------------------------------------------------------
zx2763.bin.z BIN 0 2011-10-14 02:01:52 4716190
zx27634.bin. BIN 0 2011-10-14 02:02:05 4996696
zBIN
zx276103.bin BIN 0 2011-10-14 02:02:12 2270952
.BIN
zx2761031.bi BIN 0 2011-10-14 02:02:19 1850095
nBIN
gtgoc090201. BIN 0 2011-10-14 02:02:19 21346
jBIN
gtgqc090201. BIN 0 2011-10-14 02:02:20 19020
jBIN
gtgoc100700. BIN 0 2011-10-14 02:02:20 21505
jBIN
gtgqc100700. BIN 0 2011-10-14 02:02:21 19654
jBIN
Related Commands
download
4.22 show file-server

Syntax
show file-server name1
4-20

Function
This command displays configuration information about a file server.
Parameters
name1 Server type -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the configuration of a manual backup server:
ZXAN#show file-server manual-backup
FileType : Cfg
ServerIndex : 1
ProtocolType: Ftp Server-IpAddr: 10.63.196.58
Username : target
Password : ********
Path : backup
FileType : Cfg
ServerIndex : 2
Not configuration
FileType : Log
ServerIndex : 1
Username : target
Password : ********
Path : backup
FileType : Log
ServerIndex : 2
Not configuration
FileType : Img
ServerIndex : 1
Username : target
4-21

Password : ********
Path : backup
FileType : Img
ServerIndex : 2
Not configuration
Related Commands
None
4.23 show license default

Syntax
show license default
Function
This command displays the default values of the control items in a license file.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the default values of the control items in a
license file:
ZXAN#show license default
Source: Default
Function NeedReboot Status

---------------------------------------------------------
LCS_SSH_FUNCTION NO Enable
LCS_SFTP_FUNCTION NO Enable
LCS_CFM_FUNCTION NO Enable
LCS_IPV6_FUNCTION YES Enable
LCS_MPLS_FUNCTION YES Enable
LCS_1588_FUNCTION NO Enable
4-22

LCS_EOAM_FUNCTION NO Enable
LCS_ROUTER_PROTOCOL_FUNCTION NO Enable
LCS_H248_FUNCTION NO Enable
LCS_MGCP_FUNCTION NO Enable
LCS_SIP_FUNCTION NO Enable
LCS_ISDN_FUNCTION NO Enable
LCS_ISDN2B_FUNCTION NO Enable
LCS_E1_FUNCTION NO Enable
LCS_V5_FUNCTION NO Enable
LCS_MULTICAST_FUNCTION NO Enable
Performance NeedReboot Status

---------------------------------------------------------
LCS_POTS_PORT_NUM NO 100
LCS_MULTICAST_NUM YES 128
LCS_FE_UPSTREAM_PORT_NUM NO 64
LCS_GE_UPSTREAM_PORT_NUM NO 64
LCS_GE_DOWNSTREAM_PORT_NUM NO 64
LCS_XGE_UPSTREAM_PORT_NUM NO 64
LCS_40GE_UPSTREAM_PORT_NUM NO 32
LCS_XGE_DOWNSTREAM_PORT_NUM NO 64
LCS_40GE_DOWNSTREAM_PORT_NUM NO 64
LCS_ADSL2_PLUS_PORT_NUM NO 256
LCS_VDSL2_PORT_NUM NO 256
LCS_GPON_DOWNSTREAM_PORT_NUM NO 64
LCS_FE_DOWNSTREAM_PORT_NUM NO 100
Related Commands
None
4.24 show license individual

Syntax
show license individual name1
Function
This command displays the details of a license file.
Parameters
name1 License file name, 1–64 -

characters
4-23

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the details of a license file:
ZXAN#show license individual trial1.lcs
Sn: 100000153191-000000000000-1301060003
Type: Trial
EffectDate: 2012-12-10 00:00:00
InvalidDate: 2013-11-30 00:00:00
AwakeDate: 2013-08-31 00:00:00
Function Status
---------------------------------------
LCS_SSH_FUNCTION Enable
LCS_SFTP_FUNCTION Enable
LCS_CFM_FUNCTION Enable
LCS_IPV6_FUNCTION Enable
LCS_MPLS_FUNCTION Enable
LCS_1588_FUNCTION Enable
LCS_EOAM_FUNCTION Enable
LCS_ROUTER_PROTOCOL_FUNCTION Enable
LCS_H248_FUNCTION Enable
LCS_MGCP_FUNCTION Disable
LCS_SIP_FUNCTION Disable
LCS_ISDN_FUNCTION Disable
LCS_ISDN2B_FUNCTION Disable
LCS_E1_FUNCTION Disable
LCS_V5_FUNCTION Disable
LCS_MULTICAST_FUNCTION Disable
Performance Status
---------------------------------------
LCS_POTS_PORT_NUM 1024
LCS_MULTICAST_NUM 248
LCS_FE_UPSTREAM_PORT_NUM 32
LCS_GE_UPSTREAM_PORT_NUM 32
LCS_GE_DOWNSTREAM_PORT_NUM 64
LCS_XGE_UPSTREAM_PORT_NUM 16
LCS_40GE_UPSTREAM_PORT_NUM 8
4-24

LCS_XGE_DOWNSTREAM_PORT_NUM 32
LCS_40GE_DOWNSTREAM_PORT_NUM 16
LCS_ADSL2_PLUS_PORT_NUM 1024
LCS_VDSL2_PORT_NUM 512
LCS_GPON_DOWNSTREAM_PORT_NUM 128
LCS_FE_DOWNSTREAM_PORT_NUM 64
Related Commands
None
4.25 show license install-status

Syntax
show license install-status
Function
This command displays the installation status of a license file.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the installation status of a license file:
ZXAN#show license install-status
Status: Success
FileName: trial1.lcs
FailReason: None
Related Commands
None
4-25

4.26 show license running

Syntax
show license running
Function
This command displays control information about the license file running currently.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display control information about the license file
running currently:
ZXAN#show license running
Status: Waitfor effective time
FileName: trial1.lcs
Source: Default
Function NeedReboot Status

---------------------------------------------------------
LCS_SSH_FUNCTION NO Enable
LCS_SFTP_FUNCTION NO Enable
LCS_CFM_FUNCTION NO Enable
LCS_IPV6_FUNCTION YES Enable
LCS_MPLS_FUNCTION YES Enable
LCS_1588_FUNCTION NO Enable
LCS_EOAM_FUNCTION NO Enable
LCS_ROUTER_PROTOCOL_FUNCTION NO Enable
LCS_H248_FUNCTION NO Enable
LCS_MGCP_FUNCTION NO Enable
LCS_SIP_FUNCTION NO Enable
LCS_ISDN_FUNCTION NO Enable
LCS_ISDN2B_FUNCTION NO Enable
LCS_E1_FUNCTION NO Enable
LCS_V5_FUNCTION NO Enable
4-26

LCS_MULTICAST_FUNCTION NO Enable
Performance NeedReboot Status

---------------------------------------------------------
LCS_POTS_PORT_NUM NO 100
LCS_MULTICAST_NUM YES 128
LCS_FE_UPSTREAM_PORT_NUM NO 64
LCS_GE_UPSTREAM_PORT_NUM NO 64
LCS_GE_DOWNSTREAM_PORT_NUM NO 64
LCS_XGE_UPSTREAM_PORT_NUM NO 64
LCS_40GE_UPSTREAM_PORT_NUM NO 32
LCS_XGE_DOWNSTREAM_PORT_NUM NO 64
LCS_40GE_DOWNSTREAM_PORT_NUM NO 64
LCS_ADSL2_PLUS_PORT_NUM NO 256
LCS_VDSL2_PORT_NUM NO 256
LCS_GPON_DOWNSTREAM_PORT_NUM NO 64
LCS_FE_DOWNSTREAM_PORT_NUM NO 100
Related Commands
None

Syntax
show patch-running
Function
This command displays the operating status of the patches in the system.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the operating status of the patches in the
system:
4-27

ZXAN#show patch-running
Position PatchFile PatchTag ActiveTime
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/1/20 cickv200_r2.pat 2.0 2001-01-01 00:01:30
1/1/20 cickv200_r3.pat 2.0 2001-01-01 00:01:28
1/1/20 cickv200_r5.pat 2.0 2001-01-01 00:01:32
Related Commands

Syntax
show patch-saved [name1 ]
Function
This command displays the saved patches that are available to be activated.
Parameters
name1 Patch name -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the saved patches:
ZXAN#show patch-saved
Position PatchFile PatchTag BuildTime PatchLen Actived
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/1/11 cickv200_r0.pat 2.0 2013-05-20 11:52:31 778 No
1/1/11 cickv200_r1.pat 2.0 2013-05-20 11:52:40 778 No
1/1/11 cickv200_r2.pat 2.0 2013-05-20 11:52:47 778 Yes
1/1/11 cickv200_r3.pat 2.0 2013-05-20 11:52:53 778 Yes
1/1/11 cickv200_r4.pat 2.0 2013-05-20 11:52:59 778 No
1/1/11 cickv200_r5.pat 2.0 2013-05-20 11:53:06 778 Yes
1/1/11 cickv200_r6.pat 2.0 2013-05-20 11:53:12 778 No
4-28

1/1/11 cickv200_r7.pat 2.0 2013-05-20 11:53:19 778 No

1/1/11 cickv200_r8.pat 2.0 2013-05-20 11:53:26 778 No
1/1/11 cickv200_r9.pat 2.0 2013-05-20 11:53:33 778 No
Related Commands
4.29 show updatecpld

Syntax
show updatecpld [rackno number1 ] [shelfno number2 ] [slotno slot1 ]
Function
This command displays information about CPLD update.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
NextRebootUpdate is an update flag. YES indicates that a CPLD update is implemented
during next reboot, and NO indicates that a CPLD is not implemented during next reboot.
LastUpdateResult is an update status flag. SUCCESS indicates that the previous reboot
is successful, and FAIL indicates that the previous reboot fails.
Examples
The following example shows how to display CPLD update information:
ZXAN#show updatecpld
Rack Shelf Slot RealType NextResetUpdate LastUpdateResult Version
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 1 10 SCXN NO SUCCESS V9.2
Related Commands
4.34 update-cpld
4-29

4.30 show version-running

Syntax
show version-running [rackno number1 ] [shelfno number2 ] [slotno slot1 ]
Function
This command displays information about the versions that are running on all cards in a
shelf.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information about the versions that are
running on all cards in shelf 1:
ZXAN#show version-running
PhyLoc FileType VerType VerTag BuildTime VerLenth
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/1/5 GTGOC MVR V1.2.1 2011-10-14 02:01:22 1526914

1/1/5 GTGOC FW V1.2.1 2011-10-14 02:01:52 13916098
1/1/5 GTGOC BT V1.2.1 2011-09-07 12:08:39 399524
1/1/10 SCXM MVR V1.2.1 2011-10-14 12:17:12 8758345
1/1/10 SCXM BT V1.2.1 2011-08-12 10:13:59 447952
1/1/13 ETGO MVR V1.2.1 2011-10-14 01:31:15 4400997
1/1/13 ETGO FW V1.2.1 2011-10-14 01:31:48 1430175
1/1/13 ETGOF BT V1.2.1 2011-09-07 12:08:38 236716
1/1/14 GTGOC MVR V1.2.1 2011-10-14 02:01:22 1526914
1/1/14 GTGOC FW V1.2.1 2011-10-14 02:01:52 13916098
1/1/14 GTGOC BT V1.2.1 2011-09-07 12:08:39 399524
4-30

Related Commands
download
4.31 show version-saved

Syntax
show version-saved {master |slave }
Function
This command displays information about the software version files saved in a card.
Parameters
master Active main control card -
slave Standby man control card -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display information about the version files saved in
the main control card:
ZXAN#show version-saved master
PhyLoc FileName VerType VerTag BuildTime Length Active
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1/1/11 gucd.fw FW V2.0.0 2013-07-08 01:13:26 177438
1/1/11 gucd.mvr MVR V2.0.0 2013-07-15 14:31:03 2239114
1/1/11 scxn.fw FW V2.0.0 2013-09-17 00:25:39 8345585
1/1/11 scxn0.mvr MVR V2.0.0 2013-09-17 20:28:02 22027077 1
1/1/11 scxn1.mvr MVR V2.0.0 2013-09-17 19:29:23 22028403 0
Related Commands
None
4-31

4.32 swapver
Syntax
swapver
Function
This command specifies the version file to be started next time. It can be used to swap
between the active and standby versions.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to swap the version file:
ZXAN#swapver
Swap active version OK
Related Commands
None
4.33 update-boot
Syntax
update-boot [rackno number1 ] [shelfno number2 ] slotno slot1
Function
This command updates the boot version file and write it into a Bootrom.
4-32

Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to update the boot version file of a card:
ZXAN#update-boot slotno 7
........................................[Successfully]
Related Commands
None
4.34 update-cpld
Syntax
update-cpld [rackno number1 ] [shelfno number2 ] slotno slot1 swtval number3
Function
This command sets an update flag for a CPLD version file.
Parameters
number3 Configuration switch Range: 0–1
Mode
4-33

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set an update flag for a CPLD version file:
ZXAN#update-cpld slotno 7 swtval 1
Cpld update flag is set successfully
Related Commands
4.29 show updatecpld
4-34

Chapter 5
CPE Version Management
Table of Contents
action .........................................................................................................................5-1
description..................................................................................................................5-2
equipment-type ..........................................................................................................5-3
match-vertag ..............................................................................................................5-4
mode..........................................................................................................................5-4
parallel-limitation ........................................................................................................5-5
range..........................................................................................................................5-6
remote-unit abort ........................................................................................................5-7
remote-unit activate....................................................................................................5-8
remote-unit commit.....................................................................................................5-8
remote-unit task .........................................................................................................5-9
remote-unit update ...................................................................................................5-10
remote-unit update-and-reboot .................................................................................5-11
remote-unit update-commit.......................................................................................5-12
remote-unit update-reonline......................................................................................5-12
service-type..............................................................................................................5-13
show remote-unit information ...................................................................................5-14
show remote-unit summary-of ..................................................................................5-15
show remote-unit task ..............................................................................................5-16
show remote-unit update-status ...............................................................................5-17
task abort .................................................................................................................5-18
task add ...................................................................................................................5-19
task delete................................................................................................................5-19
task restart ...............................................................................................................5-20
vendor-name ............................................................................................................5-21
version-file................................................................................................................5-21
5.1 action
Syntax
action name1
Function
This command specifies an RU version management action.
5-1

Parameters
name1 RU version management action -
Mode
RU-TASK mode
Usage Guidelines
One of the following RU actions can be specified:
l update: Downloads the required version.
l reboot: Reboots the RU.
l update-and-reboot: Downloads the required version, activates the version, and sets
the version as default. This action completes the entire version update procedure.
l update-commit: Activates the RU version and sets this version as default.
l update-reonline: Activates the version and sets this version as default upon the next
login.
Examples
The following example shows how to specify an RU version management action:
ZXAN(config)#remote-unit task test
ZXAN(ru-task)#action update-and-reboot
Related Commands
None
5.2 description
Syntax
description name1
Function
This command adds a description for an RU task.
Parameters
name1 Task description, 1–128 -

characters
5-2

Chapter 5 CPE Version Management
Mode
RU-TASK mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to add a description for an RU task:
ZXAN(config)#remote-unit task test
ZXAN(ru-task)# description test
Related Commands
None
5.3 equipment-type
Syntax
equipment-type name1
Function
This command specifies the actual equipment type of an RU in a task.
Parameters
name1 Actual equipment type, 1–64 -

characters
Mode
RU-TASK mode
Usage Guidelines
Enter the actual equipment type in this command, such as F460 or F420.
Do not enter the configured equipment type in this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to specify the actual equipment type:
ZXAN(cpe-task)# equipment-type f460g
5-3

Related Commands
None
5.4 match-vertag
Syntax
match-vertag name1 name2
Function
This command compares the version numbers of RUs with the benchmark version number.
Parameters
name1 Matching rule -
name2 Benchmark version number, -

1–16 characters
Mode
RU-TASK mode
Usage Guidelines
This command only compares the current vertag string of an RU with the vertag string
specified in the command.
The matching rule "equal" or "unequal" is recommended depending on the RU version
used in the network. Do not use "above" or "below".
Examples
The following example shows how to compare version numbers
ZXAN(cpe-task)# match-vertag unequal v1.0
Related Commands
None
5.5 mode
Syntax
mode name1
5-4

Function
This command configures the task mode.
Parameters
name1 Task mode -
Mode
RU-TASK mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the task mode:
ZXAN(cpe-task)# mode both
Related Commands
None
5.6 parallel-limitation
Syntax
parallel-limitation number1
Function
This command limits the maximum number of RUs that can be concurrently updated by a
task for a card.
Parameters
number1 Maximum number of RUs that Range: 0–1024

can be concurrently updated Default: 64
Mode
RU-TASK mode
5-5

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the maximum number of concurrently-updated
RUs:
ZXAN(cpe-task)# parallel-limitation 16
Related Commands
None
5.7 range
Syntax
range {ne |port interface1 }
Function
This command configures an effective range for a task.
Parameters
ne Updates versions of all RUs -

connected to the NE.
port Updates versions for RUs -

connected to a specific port.
interface1 Port number. -
Mode
RU-TASK mode
Usage Guidelines
To add multiple ports to an effective range, execute the range port command multiple times
and specify one required port each time.
Examples
l The following command shows how to allow version updates of all RUs connected to
the NE:
ZXAN(ru-task)# range ne
5-6

l The following command shows how to allow version updates of the RUs connected
to two ports, gpon-olt_1/5/1 and gpon-olt_1/5/2:
ZXAN(ru-task)# range port gpon-olt_1/5/1
ZXAN(ru-task)# range port gpon-olt_1/5/2
Related Commands
None
5.8 remote-unit abort

Syntax
remote-unit abort {type name1 |interface1 name2 }
Function
This command aborts the current version management action on an RU.
Parameters
name1 RU type name, 1–16 characters -
interface1 Port number -
name2 RU list name, 1–64 characters -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to abort the version management action on the RU 1
that is connected to gpon-olt_1/2/1:
ZXAN#remote-unit abort gpon-olt_1/2/1 1

ZXAN#
Related Commands
None
5-7

5.9 remote-unit activate

Syntax
remote-unit activate {type name1 |interface1 name2 }
Function
This command activates the version of an RU.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to activate the version of the RU 1 that is connected to
gpon-olt_1/8/1:
ZXAN#remote-unit activate gpon-olt_1/8/1 1

ZXAN#
Related Commands
None
5.10 remote-unit commit

Syntax
remote-unit commit {type name1 |interface1 name2 }
Function
This command sets an RU version as the default boot version.
5-8

Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the version of the RU that is connected to the
interface gpon-olt_1/2/1 as the default boot version:
ZXAN#remote-unit commit gpon-olt_1/2/1 1
ZXAN#
Related Commands
None
5.11 remote-unit task

Syntax
remote-unit task name1
Function
This command enters RU task configuration mode.
Parameters
name1 Task name, 1–64 characters -
Mode
5-9

Usage Guidelines
The following example shows how to enter RU task configuration mode:
Examples
The following example shows how to enter RU task configuration mode:
ZXAN(config)#remote-unit task test1
ZXAN(ru-task)#
Related Commands
None
5.12 remote-unit update

Syntax
remote-unit update name1 {type name2 |interface1 name3 }
Function
This command downloads an RU of a specified version to update the RU.
Parameters
name1 RU version name, 1–64 -

characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to download the RU that is connected to the interface
epon-olt_1/14/1:
ZXAN#remote-unit update f460914.bin epon-olt_1/14/1 1
5-10

ZXAN#
Related Commands
None
5.13 remote-unit update-and-reboot

Syntax
remote-unit update-and-reboot name1 {type name2 |interface1 name3 }
Function
This command updates an RU of a specified version and reboots it.
Parameters

characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to update the RU that is connected to the interface
gpon-olt_1/2/1 and reboot it:
ZXAN#remote-unit update-and-reboot f460914.bin gpon-olt_1/2/1 1
Related Commands
None
5-11

5.14 remote-unit update-commit

Syntax
remote-unit update-commit name1 {type name2 |interface1 name3 }
Function
This command executes update and commit operations for an RU to update the version
and set it to the default version.
Parameters

characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
epon-olt_1/14/1 and set it to the default version:
ZXAN#remote-unit update-commit f460914.bin epon-olt_1/14/1 1
ZXAN#
Related Commands
None
5.15 remote-unit update-reonline

Syntax
remote-unit update-reonline name1 {type name2 |interface1 name3 }
5-12

Function
This command updates an RU and sets it as the default version when it logs in again.
Parameters

characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
epon-olt_1/14/1 and set it as the default version when it logs in again:
ZXAN#remote-unit update-reonline f460914.bin epon-olt_1/14/1 1
ZXAN#
Related Commands
None
5.16 service-type
Syntax
service-type name1
Function
This command configures a service type for a task.
Parameters
name1 Service type: GPON or EPON -
5-13

Mode
RU-TASK mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the service type to EPON:
ZXAN(cpe-task)# service-type epon
Related Commands
None
5.17 show remote-unit information

Syntax
show remote-unit information interface1 name1
Function
This command displays the information about an RU.
Parameters
name1 Specified RU -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
RU information includes the vender name, device name, and the status of the current
version. To query the information about multiple RUs, set an RU list before using this
command.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information about an RU:
ZXAN#sho remote-unit information gpon-olt_1/14/1 1
gpon-onu_1/14/1: 1
RuVendorName : ZTEG
5-14

RuType : F600G
Region 1
Vertag : V2.0.0P2T2
Commited : No
Activated : No
Valid : Yes
Region 2
Vertag : V2.0.0P2T1
Commited : Yes
Activated : Yes
Valid : Yes
ZXAN#
Related Commands
None
5.18 show remote-unit summary-of

Syntax
show remote-unit summary-of {task name1 |manual } [{operating |fail |success } ]
Function
This command shows the brief information about manual updates or updates initiated by
a task.
Parameters
task Summary of updates initiated by -

a specific task
manual Summary of manual updates -
operating Locations of the RUs that are -

being updated
fail Locations of RUs that failed to -

be updated
success Locations of RUs that are -

successfully updated
5-15

Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command shows the brief information about manual updates or updates initiated by
a task, including the locations of RUs that are being updated, are waiting for update, are
successfully updated, and failed to be updated.
To show the summary of updates initiated by command lines, which are also manual
updates, use the manual option in this command.
Examples
a. The following example shows how to display the summary of current manual updates:
ZXAN#show remote-unit summary-of manual
Operating:
Waiting:
Fail:
Success:
epon-onu_1/10/3: 1
b. The following example shows how to display the summary of updates initiated by the
task abc:
ZXAN#show remote-unit summary-of task abc

Operating:
Waiting:
Fail:
Success:
epon-onu_1/10/3: 1
Related Commands
None
5.19 show remote-unit task

Syntax
show remote-unit task [name1 ]
Function
This command displays RU task parameters.
5-16

Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display RU task parameters:
ZXAN#show remote-unit task test
Related Commands
5.11 remote-unit task
5.20 show remote-unit update-status

Syntax
show remote-unit update-status interface1 name1
Function
This command displays the update information about a specified RU.
Parameters
name1 Specified RU -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Update information includes the action being performed, current update process, and
failure reasons. To query the information about multiple RUs, set an RU list before using
this command.
5-17

Examples
The following example shows how to display the update information about a specified RU:
ZXAN#show remote-unit update-status epon-olt_1/10/3 1
epon-onu_1/10/3: 1
Taskname :
Manual
Action :
Update
Status :
In-progress
Progress : 4%
Failreason :
None
Committime :
Related Commands
None
5.21 task abort

Syntax
task abort
Function
This command aborts an RU task.
Parameters
None
Mode
RU-TASK mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following command shows how to abort an RU task:
ZXAN(ru-task)#task abort
5-18

Related Commands
None
5.22 task add

Syntax
task add
Function
This command adds an RU task.
Parameters
None
Mode
RU-TASK mode
Usage Guidelines
This command can be used to add an RU task only after all required parameters are
configured.
Examples
The following example shows how to add an RU task:
ZXAN(ru-task)#task add
Related Commands
None
5.23 task delete

Syntax
task delete
Function
This command deletes an RU task.
Parameters
None
5-19

Mode
RU-TASK mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to delete an RU task:
ZXAN(ru-task)#task delete
Related Commands
None
5.24 task restart

Syntax
task restart
Function
This command restarts an RU task.
Parameters
None
Mode
RU-TASK mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to restarts an RU task:
ZXAN(ru-task)# task restart
Related Commands
None
5-20

5.25 vendor-name
Syntax
vendor-name name1
Function
This command specifies the vendor name for an RU task.
Parameters
name1 Vendor name, 1–20 characters -
Mode
RU-TASK mode
Usage Guidelines
To obtain the vendor name of an RU, use the show remote-unit information command.
Examples
The following example shows how to specify a vendor name for an RU task:
ZXAN(ru-task)#vendor-name ZTE
Related Commands
None
5.26 version-file
Syntax
version-file name1
Function
This command specifies the name of the version file for an update task.
Parameters
name1 Name of the required version -

file, 1–64 characters
5-21

Mode
RU-TASK mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to specify the name of the version file required for an
RU update task:
ZXAN(ru-task)#version-file f420.bin
Related Commands
None
5-22

Chapter 6
User Management
Table of Contents
exit .............................................................................................................................6-1
line console 0 .............................................................................................................6-2
line console absolute-timeout .....................................................................................6-3
line console idle-timeout .............................................................................................6-3
line telnet absolute-timeout.........................................................................................6-4
line telnet access-class...............................................................................................6-5
line telnet idle-timeout ................................................................................................6-6
line telnet users ..........................................................................................................6-7
login ...........................................................................................................................6-8
logout .........................................................................................................................6-8
show history ...............................................................................................................6-9
show line-configuration.............................................................................................6-10
show terminal ...........................................................................................................6-11
telnet onu .................................................................................................................6-12
terminal length..........................................................................................................6-12
user password..........................................................................................................6-13
user-authentication-type ...........................................................................................6-14
user-authorization-type.............................................................................................6-15
user-suspend ...........................................................................................................6-16
username .................................................................................................................6-18
username expire-date ..............................................................................................6-19
username login-range ..............................................................................................6-20
6.1 exit
Syntax
exit
Function
This command exits the device or returns to the previous mode.
Parameters
None
6-1

Mode
Privileged mode, user mode
Usage Guidelines
In user and privileged modes, execute this command to exit the device. In other modes,
execute this command to return to the previous mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to exit global configuration mode and return to privileged
mode:
ZXAN(config)#exit
ZXAN#
Related Commands
6.10 logout
6.9 login
6.2 line console 0

Syntax
line console 0
Function
This command enters line configuration mode.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enter line configuration mode:
ZXAN(config)#line console 0
ZXAN(config-line)#
6-2

Chapter 6 User Management
Related Commands
None
6.3 line console absolute-timeout

Syntax
line console absolute-timeout number1
no line console absolute-timeout
Function
This command sets the total use time of the serial-port terminal. After the time expires,
the serial-port terminal session is closed.
Parameters
number1 Total use time of the serial-port terminal Range: 0–10000

(min) Default: 1440
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command can be used together with the line console idle-timeout command to close
a serial-port terminal session after a period.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the total use time of the serial-port terminal to 30
minutes:
ZXAN(config)#line console absolute-timeout 30
Related Commands
6.4 line console idle-timeout

Syntax
line console idle-timeout number1
6-3

no line console idle-timeout
Function
This command sets the idle time of the serial port terminal. After this command is executed,
if there is no keyboard input in the specified period, the serial-port terminal session is
closed.
Parameters
number1 Idle time of the serial port terminal (min) Range: 0–1000
Default: 15
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command can be used together with the line console absolute-timeout command to
close a serial-port terminal session after a period.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the idle time of the serial port terminal to 30
minutes:
ZXAN(config)#line console idle-timeout 30
Related Commands
6.5 line telnet absolute-timeout

Syntax
line telnet absolute-timeout number1
no line telnet absolute-timeout
Function
This command sets the total use time of the Telnet terminal. After the time expires, the
Telnet session is closed and the terminal is disconnected.
6-4

Parameters
number1 Total use time of the Telnet terminal (min) Range: 0–10000
Default: 1440
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command can be used together with the line telnet idle-timeout command to close a
Telnet terminal session after a period.
Examples
The following example shows how to total use time of the Telnet terminal to 30 minutes:
ZXAN(config)#line telnet absolute-timeout 30
Related Commands
6.7 line telnet idle-timeout
6.6 line telnet access-class

Syntax
line telnet access-class number1 [{telnet-only |ssh-only } ]
no line telnet access-class
Function
This command specifies the IP addresses that can log in to the Telnet terminal. By default,
all login addresses are allowed.
Parameters
number1 Access address list number Range: 1–99
telnet-only For Telnet terminals only -
ssh-only For SSH terminals only -
Mode
6-5

Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to specify the login IP addresses to access the Telnet
terminal:
ZXAN(config)#line telnet access-class 2
Related Commands
acl stand number

Syntax
line telnet idle-timeout number1
no line telnet idle-timeout
Function
This command sets the idle time of the Telnet terminal. After this command is executed,
if there is no keyboard input in the specified period, the Telnet terminal session is closed
and the terminal is disconnected.
Parameters
number1 Idle time of the Telnet terminal (min) Range: 0–1000

Default: 15
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command can be used together with the line telnet absolute-timeout command to close
a Telnet terminal session after a period.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the idle time of the Telnet terminal to 30 minutes:
ZXAN(config)#line telnet idle-timeout 30
ZXAN(config)#
6-6

Related Commands
line telnet absolute-time
6.8 line telnet users

Syntax
line telnet users number1
Function
This command sets the total number of logged-in users through Telnet.
Parameters
number1 Total number of logged-in users Range: 1–16

through Telnet
Mode
Usage Guidelines
(1) If online users reach the maximum number, the system prompts "Logged-on user is full"
when a new user logs in.
(2) If it is necessary to modify the number, the new number should not be
greater than the number of current online users. Otherwise, the system prompts
"%Code 5017: Configure error, the number of online user is larger than configuration."
Examples
(1) The following example shows how to the total number of logged-in users through Telnet
to 4:
ZXAN(config)#line telnet users 4
(2) The following example shows that the system displays an error message when the total
number of allowed logged-in users is set to 2 whereas the number of current online users
is 4:
ZXAN(config)#line telnet users 2

%Code 5018: Configure error, the number of online user is larger than configuration.
ZXAN(config)#
6-7

Related Commands
None
6.9 login
Syntax
login
Function
This command changes a login user name.
Parameters
None
Mode
User mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to log in to the device as the user zxan:
ZXAN#login
Username:admin
Password:
ZXAN#
Related Commands
6.10 logout
6.10 logout
Syntax
logout
Function
This command logs out of the NE.
6-8

Parameters
None
Mode
User mode
Usage Guidelines
After this command is executed, the device is disconnected.
Examples
None
Related Commands
6.9 login
6.11 show history

Syntax
show history
Function
This command displays a record of the commands that have been entered.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
A maximum of the last ten commands can be displayed.
Examples
The following example shows how to show the command history:
ZXAN#show history
who
show ip route
en
6-9

Related Commands
None
6.12 show line-configuration

Syntax
show line-configuration
Function
This command displays the configuration information about serial port and Telnet login.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to display total time and idle time for serial port login and Telnet
login, and IP restrictions against Telnet login.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the configurations information about serial
port and Telnet login:
ZXAN(config)#show line-configuration
line console idle-timeout 15
line console absolute-timeout 1440
line telnet idle-timeout 15
line telnet absolute-timeout 1440
line telnet access-class 49 telnet-only
Related Commands

6.6 line telnet access-class

6-10

6.13 show terminal

Syntax
show terminal
Function
This command displays information about the current user terminal.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The displayed terminal information includes the terminal ID, type, window size, and login
restriction window.
Examples
The following example shows how to display information about the current login terminal:
ZXAN#show terminal
Line 67, Location: "", Type: "ANSI"
Length: 8 lines, Width: 80 columns
Telnet idle-timeout is: 00:03:00
Telnet absolute-timeout is: 1d00h00m
Baud rate (TX/RX) is 9600/9600
Capabilities: none
Time since activation: 00:01:03
Editing is enabled.
History is enabled, history size is 10.
Telnet access-class is: EMPTY!
ZXAN#
Related Commands
None
6-11

6.14 telnet onu

Syntax
telnet onu interface1
Function
This command telnets to an ONU from the CLI of an OLT.
Parameters
interface1 Destination ONU interface -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to telnet to the gpon-onu_1/12/1:1:
ZXAN#telnet onu gpon-onu_1/12/1:1
Related Commands
None
6.15 terminal length

Syntax
terminal length number1
no terminal length
Function
This command sets the number of lines displayed on a terminal (when it is logged through
a telnet program) at a time.
6-12

Parameters
number1 Number of lines displayed on a Range: 0–512

terminal at a time (0 indicates
that lines are displayed
continuously without paging)
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the number of lines displayed on a terminal (when
it is logged through a telnet program) at a time to 5:
ZXAN#terminal length 5
Related Commands
None
6.16 user password

Syntax
user password name1
Function
This command allows a user to log in to the NE and to modify his own password.
Parameters
name1 Clear text password, 8–16 -

characters
Mode
6-13

Usage Guidelines
(1) A user cannot log in to the NE through a serial port with his user name but instead enters
privileged mode with the enable command. Therefore, a message, "%Code 48446: user
not exist.", is displayed when this command is executed.
(2) The new password must be configured different from the old password; otherwise, an
error message is displayed.
(3) Acceptable characters for the parameter password:
0123456789abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz_ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ`*-
=~!@#$%^&（）_+[]{}|;':,./<>\\
Examples
The following example shows that an error message is displayed when the new password
is the same as the old password:
ZXAN#user password zteZTE00
%Code 48445: new password same as old password.
ZXAN#
(2) The following example shows how to modify the user password successfully:
ZXAN#user password zteZTE 11
ZXAN#
Related Commands
1.30 show username
6.17 user-authentication-type
Syntax
user-authentication-type {local |aaa [{chap |pap |ascii |zte-ascii } ] }
Function
This command configures user authentication mode for a Telnet login. Local authentication
is configured by default. For AAA authentication, the CHAP protocol is used by default.
Parameters
local Local authentication -
aaa AAA authentication -
chap CHAP for Tacplus authentication -
6-14

pap PAP for Tacplus authentication -
ascii ASCII for Tacplus authentication -
zte-ascii ZTE-ASCII for Tacplus -

authentication
Mode
Usage Guidelines
For local authentication, a user name and password must be available in the NE.
Otherwise, a telnet user cannot log in. For AAA authentication, the IP address of an
authentication server must be configured and the AAA service (Tacplus or Radius) must
be enabled for the server.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the Telnet user authentication mode to 'aaa' with
the default CHAP protocol used:
ZXAN(config)#user-authentication-type aaa
Related Commands
6.18 user-authorization-type
25.10 show user-authen-type
Syntax
user-authorization-type {local |aaa }
Function
This command configures user authorization for a Telnet login. Local authorization is
configured by default.
Parameters
local Local authorization -
aaa AAA authorization (Tacplus or -

Radius)
6-15

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set user authorization to AAA:
ZXAN(config)#user-authorization-type aaa
Related Commands
1.31 telnet
6.19 user-suspend
Syntax
user-suspend {mode name1 |time number1 |retry-times number2 }
Function
This command configures the lock mode, locking time period, and number of user's login
retries.
Parameters
name1 Lock mode. Four options are Default: none

available: ip, ipandusername,
username, and none.
number1 Locking time period. When Range: 30–1440

this time expires, the user is Default: 30
unlocked (min).
number2 Number of user's login retries. Range: 1–10

If a user attempts to log in for Default: 3
more than this configured times,
he will be locked.
Mode
6-16

Usage Guidelines
(1) Lock by ip: If the number of failed login attempts of a user with a certain IP address is
more than the configured number of retries, the user will be locked when he attempts to
log in again with the same IP address, even though he is authenticated successfully.
(2) Lock by username: If the number of failed login attempts of a user with a certain name
is more than the configured number of retries, the user will be locked when he attempts to
log in again with the same user name, even though he is authenticated successfully.
(3) Lock by ipandusername: If the number of failed login attempts of a user with a certain
IP address and name is more than the configured number of retries, the user will be locked
when he attempts to log in again with the same IP address and name, even though he is
authenticated successfully.
(4) The parameter none indicates that the user is not locked.
(5) If the number of failed login attempts is more than or equal to the configured number of
retries, the user will be locked and cannot log in to the NE even though he is authenticated
successfully until the locking time expires.
Examples
(1) The following example shows how to lock a user by user name:
ZXAN(config)#user-suspend mode username
(2) The following example shows how to set the locking time period to 30 minutes:
ZXAN(config)#user-suspend time 30
(3) The following example shows how to set the number of user's login retries to 3:
ZXAN(config)#user-suspend retry-times 3
(4) The following example shows how to lock a user "aaa". In this example, the user fails to
be authenticated for three times. Then he logs in again and is authenticated successfully,
and he is locked.
Username:aaa
Password:
Error: Login attempts with wrong password exceeded 3 times, This account is locked out
for 30 minutes !
Username:
Related Commands
1.30 show username
6-17

6.20 username
Syntax
username name1 password {0 name2 |7 name3 |name4 } [max-sessions number1 ] [privilege nu
mber2 ]
no username name5
Function
This command configures the login user name and password.
Parameters
name1 User name without blank -

spaces, 1–16 characters
name2 Cleartext password without -

blank spaces, 3–16 characters
name3 Ciphertext password without -

bland spaces, encrypted by
md5, used only to load a
configuration file, 24 visible
characters
name4 Cleartext password without -

blank spaces, 3–16 characters
number1 Number of sessions Range: 1–16

Default: 16
number2 User privilege Range: 0–15

Default: 1
name5 User name without blank -

spaces, 1–16 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
(1) Acceptable characters for the parameter usename:
0123456789abcdefghijklmorqrstuvwxyz_
(2) Acceptable characters for the parameter password:
0123456789abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz_ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ`*-=~!@
#$%^&（）_+[]{}|;':,./<>\\
6-18

(3) Only the user with privilege level 15 can create and delete users.
(4) Both the username username password 0 password and username username password
password commands require an unencrypted password.
The username username password 7 password command sets an encrypted password only
when configuration files are loaded. It cannot be used when the system operates normally.
(5) To delete the user name and password, use the no form of this command.
Examples
(1) The following example shows how to set the password of the login user "abc" to "zte":
ZXAN(config)#username abc password zte
ZXAN(config)#
(2) The following example shows how to set a ciphertext password when the NE is in
execution status:
ZXAN(config)#username Admin password 7 12345678asdfghjk12345678 privilege 15
%Code 78472: Error Run-time configuration, can't enter the password in the cipher text.
(3) The following example shows how to set the password of the login user "abc" to
"zteZTE000":
ZXAN(config)#username abc password zteZTE000
ZXAN(config)#
Related Commands
1.30 show username
6.21 username expire-date

Syntax
username expire-date name name1 datetime date1 time1
Function
This command sets the time when a user account is disabled.
6-19

Parameters
name1 User name, 1–16 visible -

characters
date1 Date, in the format of -

Month-Date-Year
time1 Time, in the format of -

Hour:Minute:Second
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The expiry date of a user account must be later than 2011-1-1.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the expiry time of the user account zte to
2013-02-03 23:59:59:
ZXAN(config)#username expire-date name zte datetime 02-03-2013 23:59:59
To view the configuration, run the show running-config command.

ZXAN(config)#show running-config | include username
username zte password 7 4YaO+GmDEHa9ybAv75aS/g== privilege 10
username zte password 7 4YaO+GmDEHa9ybAv75aS/g== max-sessions 16
username login-range name zte login-begin 08:00:00 login-end 18:30:00
username expire-date name zte datetime 02-03-2013 23:59:59
Related Commands
None
6.22 username login-range

Syntax
username login-range name name1 login-begin time1 login-end time2
Function
This command configures a time period for user login every day.
6-20

Parameters
name1 User name, 1–16 visible -

characters
time1 Starting time, in the format of -

Hour:Minute:Second
time2 End time, in the format of -

Hour:Minute:Second
Mode
Usage Guidelines
A user can log in only within the specified time period, from 00:00:00 to 23:59:59 by default.
Examples
The following example shows how to modify the login time period for the user zte to
[08:00:00,18:30:00]:
ZXAN(config)#username login-range name zte login-begin 08:00:00 login-end 18:30:00
ZXAN(config)#
To view the configuration, run the show running-config command.

ZXAN(config)#show running-config | include username
username zte password 7 4YaO+GmDEHa9ybAv75aS/g== privilege 10
username zte password 7 4YaO+GmDEHa9ybAv75aS/g== max-sessions 16
username login-range name zte login-begin 08:00:00 login-end 18:30:00
Related Commands
None
6-21

This page intentionally left blank.
6-22

Chapter 7
File System Management
Table of Contents
auto-write ...................................................................................................................7-1
file copy......................................................................................................................7-2
file delete....................................................................................................................7-3
file download ..............................................................................................................7-4
file sync ......................................................................................................................7-6
file upload...................................................................................................................7-6
show auto-write ..........................................................................................................7-8
show file .....................................................................................................................7-9
show sync-status......................................................................................................7-10
write .........................................................................................................................7-10
7.1 auto-write
Syntax
auto-write {number1 |name1 |time1 {everyday |name2 number2 number3 } }
Function
This command configures automatic saving of configuration files.
Parameters
number1 Number of hours after which Range: 1–24

configuration files are saved Default: 1
automatically (hour).
name1 enable: Enables the automatic -

saving of configuration files.
disable: Disables the automatic
saving of configuration files.
time1 Time when configuration files

are automatically saved.
Format: hh:mm:ss.
everyday Configuration files are saved -

automatically every day.
7-1

name2 Month. -
number2 Day. Range: 1–31
number3 Year. Range: 2001–2098
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Either of the following automatic saving modes can be configured:
l Saving configuration files automatically at a particular time everyday.
l Saving configuration files automatically at a particular time on a specific day.
If both modes are configured, the latter configured mode is effective. To show the effective
automatic saving mode, use the show auto-write command.
Examples
l The following example shows how to enable the automatic saving of configuration
files:
ZXAN(config)#auto-write enable
l The following example shows how to set a schedule for automatic saving of
configuration files that starts the saving at 12:00:00 everyday:
ZXAN(config)#auto-write 12:00:00 everyday
ZXAN(config)#
l The following example shows how to set a schedule for automatic saving of
configuration files that starts the saving at 12:00:00 on May. 1, 2012:
ZXAN(config)#auto-write 12:00:00 may 1 2012
ZXAN(config)#
Related Commands
7.7 show auto-write
7.2 file copy

Syntax
file copy name1 name2 {srcdev name3 } {dstdev name4 }
7-2

Chapter 7 File System Management
Function
This command copies files between the Flash and SD card of the main control card.
Parameters
name1 File type -
name2 Source file name, 1–64 -

characters
name3 Source device name -
name4 Destination device name -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The SD card must be on line and enabled.
Crash files, alarm and command line logs can be copied only from the Flash to the SD
card.
Examples
The following example shows how to copy the gucd.fw file from the Flash to the SD card:
ZXAN#file copy version gucd.fw srcdev flash dstdev sdcard
Start copying file
…
file copied successfully.
Related Commands
sdisk enable
7.3 file delete

Syntax
file delete name1 name2 [device name3 ]
Function
This command deletes a file from the Flash of the main control card. If the standby card
is inactive, the file with the same name on the standby card will also be deleted.
7-3

Parameters
name1 File type -
name2 File name, 1–64 characters -
name3 Device name -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The wildcard (*) can be used in this command to delete a specific type of files (*.suff) or
all files (*.*) in a directory.
This command can also delete the files from the SD card of the main control card.
To delete the files on the SD card, the card must be on line and enabled.
Examples
The following example shows how to delete the cick.bt file from the SD card:
ZXAN#file delete version cick.bt device sdcard
Confirm to delete?[yes/no]:y
Start deleting file
deleting cick.bt..
Successfully
Related Commands
sdisk enable
7.4 file download

Syntax
file download name1 name2 [device name3 ] [[{vrf name4 |mng } ] {ftp ipaddress ip_addr1 [path
name5 ] user name6 password name7 |tftp ipaddress ip_addr2 |sftp ipaddress ip_addr3 [path
name8 ] user name9 password name10 } ]
Function
This command downloads a file to the Flash of the main control card. If the standby card
is inactive, the file will also be downloaded to the standby card.
7-4

Parameters
name1 File type -
name3 Device name -

characters

characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The wildcard (*) can be used in this command to download a specific type of files (*.suff)
or all files (*.*) in a directory.
This command supports FTP/SFTP/TFTP protocols.
This command can also download files to the SD card of a main control card.
To download files to the SD card, the card must be on line and enabled.
A file server can be configured with the file-server boot-server command before file
download, or with this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to download a version file of the main control card:
ZXAN#file download version scxn_lx.mvr ftp ipaddress 10.63.196.66 user target password target
Downloading from host(10.63.196.66)
Transfering file SCXN_LX.MVR ................................................................
.................................................................................Successfully
7-5

Related Commands
sdisk enable
7.5 file sync

Syntax
file sync name1 [name2 ]
Function
This command makes a synchronization between active and standby files with specified
file type and name. If no file names are specified, all the files of the type are synchronized.
Parameters
name1 File type -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to synchronize version files:
ZXAN#file sync version
Related Commands
show
sync-status
7.6 file upload

Syntax
file upload name1 name2 [device name3 ] [[{vrf name4 |mng } ] {ftp ipaddress ip_addr1 [path
name5 ] user name6 password name7 |tftp ipaddress ip_addr2 |sftp ipaddress ip_addr3 [path
name8 ] user name9 password name10 } ]
7-6

Function
This command uploads files from the Flash and SD card of the main control card.
Parameters
name1 File type -
name3 Device name -

characters

characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The wildcard (*) can be used in this command to upload a specific type of files (*.suff) or
all files (*.*) in a directory.
This command supports FTP/SFTP/TFTP protocols.
To upload the files on the SD card, the card must be on line and enabled.
A file server can be configured with the file-server boot-server command before file upload,
or with this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to upload a version file of the main control card:
ZXAN#file upload version scxl.mvr ftp ipaddress 140.1.0.58 user zte password zte
Uploading file to host(140.1.0.58)
7-7

Uploading file scxl.mvr ...

.........[Successfully]
Related Commands
sdisk enable
7.7 show auto-write

Syntax
show auto-write
Function
This command displays the configuration of the automatic saving function.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command displays the configuration of the automatic saving function, such as whether
the automatic saving of configuration files is enabled, and the automatic saving schedule.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the configuration of the automatic saving
function:
ZXAN(config)#show auto-write
auto-write global configuration:

------------------------------------------
auto-write enable
auto-write 12:00:00 everyday
ZXAN(config)#
Related Commands
7.1 auto-write
7-8

7.8 show file

Syntax
show file name1 [device name2 ]
Function
This command displays information about files.
Parameters
name1 File type -
name2 Device name -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display information about files:
ZXAN#show file version
Files of version:
attribute size date time name
-rwx 524288 Jan-01-1970 00:07:17 scxn.bt
-rwx 4114701 Feb-11-2001 17:41:52 scxn.fw
-rwx 4904260 Feb-11-2001 18:10:44 gtghg.mvr
-rwx 183191 Feb-11-2001 23:59:44 gucd.fw
-rwx 2219352 Feb-10-2001 23:05:50 cick.mvr
-rwx 143250 Feb-11-2001 18:11:02 gtghg.fw
-rwx 2006408 Feb-12-2001 00:01:30 gucd.mvr
-rwx 16557345 Jul-04-2012 08:45:45 SMXA_LX.MVR
-rwx 43700 Jan-01-1970 00:01:15 sotest
-rwx 21032862 Jan-01-1970 00:02:11 scxn0.mvr
-rwx 14597905 Jan-01-1970 00:02:00 scxn1.mvr
Current directory 11 files total
Total disk size: 243269632 bytes (167247872 bytes free)
Related Commands
None
7-9

7.9 show sync-status

Syntax
show sync-status
Function
This command displays the synchronization status.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the synchronization status:
ZXAN#show sync-status
Related Commands
None
7.10 write
Syntax
write
Function
This command saves the configuration of the equipment.
Parameters
None
Mode
7-10

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to save the configuration of the equipment:
ZXAN#write
Backuping old configuration into flash...
Collecting configuration into memory...
Writing configuration into flash...[OK]
ZXAN#
Related Commands
None
7-11

7-12

Chapter 8
SuperVLAN Commands
Table of Contents
arp-broadcast .............................................................................................................8-1
inter-subvlan-routing...................................................................................................8-2
ip supervlan pool ........................................................................................................8-3
ip-pool-filter ................................................................................................................8-3
show supervlan ip-pool...............................................................................................8-4
supervlan inter-subvlan-routing ..................................................................................8-5
8.1 arp-broadcast
Syntax
arp-broadcast {enable |disable }
Function
This command enables or disables ARP broadcast from a super VLAN to all its
sub-VLANs/physical interfaces.
Parameters
enable Enables ARP broadcast. -
disable Disables ARP broadcast. -
Mode
SuperVLAN interface mode
Usage Guidelines
This command prevents the broadcast storm from decreasing the system processing
efficiency, and provides a configurable ARP broadcast function for users. To check the
configuration, run the show running-config command on a super VLAN interface.
By default, ARP broadcast is disabled on all sub-VLANs or physical interfaces.
8-1

Examples
The following example shows how to enable ARP broadcast from super VLAN 1 to all its
sub-VLANs:
ZXAN(config)#interface supervlan1
ZXAN(config-supervlan1)#arp-broadcast enable
Related Commands
None
8.2 inter-subvlan-routing
Syntax
inter-subvlan-routing {enable |disable }
Function
This command enables or disables routing between sub-VLANs.
Parameters
enable Enables routing between -

sub-VLANs.
disable Disables routing between -

sub-VLANs.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To check the configuration, run the show running-config command on a super VLAN
interface.
By default, routing between sub-VLANs are enabled.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the routing between sub-VLANs on super
VLAN 1:
ZXAN(config-supervlan1)#inter-subvlan-routing enable
8-2

Chapter 8 SuperVLAN Commands
Related Commands
None
8.3 ip supervlan pool

Syntax
ip supervlan pool ip_addr1 ip_addr2
no ip supervlan pool ip_addr1 ip_addr2
Function
This command binds a serial of IP addresses to a VLAN/physical interface.
Parameters
ip_addr1 Start IP address, in dotted -

decimal notation
ip_addr2 End IP address, in dotted -

decimal notation
Mode
VLAN configuration sub-mode: ZXAN(config-vlanNumber)#
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to bind the IP addresses from 192.168.1.1 to
192.168.1.128 to VLAN 4:
ZXAN(config)#vlan 4
ZXAN(config-vlan4)#ip supervlan pool 192.168.1.1 192.168.1.128
Related Commands
8.5 show supervlan ip-pool
8.4 ip-pool-filter
Syntax
ip-pool-filter {enable |disable }
8-3

Function
This command enables or disables the super VLAN IP pool filtering function.
Parameters
enable Enables super VLAN IP pool -

filtering.
disable Disables super VLAN IP pool -

filtering.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
After the super VLAN IP pool address segment is configured, if the received packet does
not comply with the legal address segment, the packet will be discarded. To check the
configuration, run the show running-config command on a super VLAN interface.
By default, the super VLAN IP pool filtering function is enabled.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the super VLAN IP pool filtering function on
super VLAN 1:
ZXAN(config-supervlan1)#ip-pool-filter enable
Related Commands
20.58 show supervlan
8.5 show supervlan ip-pool

Syntax
show supervlan ip-pool [number1 ]
Function
This command displays all IP pools bound to a VLAN.
8-4

Chapter 8 SuperVLAN Commands
Parameters
number1 Super VLAN ID Range: 1–255
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display all IP pools bound to a super VLAN:
ZXAN#show supervlan ip-pool
The supervlan ip pool count is 0
SN Address Address Internal External Subvport SupervlanID
begin end vlanid vlanid
Session-no
Related Commands
8.6 supervlan inter-subvlan-routing

Syntax
supervlan inter-subvlan-routing {enable |disable }
Function
This command enables or disables routing between sub-VLANs.
Parameters
enable Enables routing between -

sub-VLANs.
disable Disables routing between -

sub-VLANs.
Mode
8-5

Usage Guidelines
To check the configuration, run the show running-config command on a super VLAN
interface.
By default, routing between sub-VLANs is enabled.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable routing between sub-VLANs:
ZXAN(config)#supervlan inter-subvlan-routing enable
Related Commands
8-6

Chapter 9
Alarm Management
Table of Contents
alarm..........................................................................................................................9-1
alarm alarm-profile .....................................................................................................9-2
alarm confirm .............................................................................................................9-3
alarm filter ..................................................................................................................9-4
alarm trap-confirm ......................................................................................................9-5
alarm-index ................................................................................................................9-5
alarm-profile-apply......................................................................................................9-7
clear alarm pool..........................................................................................................9-9
nms-hello-trap ..........................................................................................................9-10
nms-hello-trap interval ..............................................................................................9-10
show alarm configure ...............................................................................................9-11
show alarm counter ..................................................................................................9-12
show alarm filter .......................................................................................................9-13
show alarm pool .......................................................................................................9-14
show alarm profile ....................................................................................................9-16
9.1 alarm
Syntax
alarm {enable |disable }
Function
This command enables or disables the alarm function.
Parameters
enable Enables the alarm function. -
disable Disables the alarm function. -
Mode
9-1

Usage Guidelines
By default, the alarm function is enabled.
When the alarm function is disabled, alarms are not reported, added to the alarm pool or
deleted from the alarm pool.
Examples
l The following example shows how to enable the alarm function:
ZXAN(config)#alarm enable
l The following example shows how to disable the alarm function:

ZXAN(config)#alarm disable
Related Commands
9.11 show alarm configure
9.2 alarm alarm-profile

Syntax
alarm alarm-profile name1
no alarm alarm-profile name1
Function
This command configures an alarm profile.
Parameters
name1 Name of the alarm profile to be -

created, 1–32 visible characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure an alarm profile ddd:
ZXAN(config)#alarm alarm-profile ddd
ZXAN(config-almprofile)#
9-2

Chapter 9 Alarm Management
Related Commands
9.15 show alarm profile
9.6 alarm-index
9.7 alarm-profile-apply
9.3 alarm confirm

Syntax
alarm confirm
no alarm confirm
Function
This command enables alarm confirmation.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l By default, alarm confirmation is enabled.
l When alarm confirmation is enabled, a confirmation is required for each reported
alarm (SNMP trap). After reporting an SNMP trap, the NE waits for a confirmation
response from the NMS. If no confirmation is received, the NE retransmits the trap. To
set the number of retransmission times, use the alarm trap-confirm retry command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable alarm confirmation:
ZXAN(config)#alarm confirm
Related Commands
9.5 alarm trap-confirm
9-3

9.4 alarm filter

Syntax
alarm filter source-code number1 dest-code number2
no alarm filter source-code number1 dest-code number2
Function
This command configures a source alarm and a destination alarm (a suppressed alarm).
Parameters
number1 Source alarm code Range: 1–65535
number2 Destination alarm code (filtered Range: 1–65535

alarm code)
Mode
Usage Guidelines
(1) This function does not work on notifications, but alarms instead.
(2) This function does not work until a suppressed alarm source occurs. When the
suppressed alarm source is cleared, this function is inactive.
(3) This is a location-based function, that is, alarms are downward filtered based on the
location (such as, shelf number, slot number, port number, ONU number, and UNI number)
of a source alarm. For example, if the shelf number of a source alarm is 1, the destination
alarms that occurrd on shelf 1 are all filtered.
(4) The filtered alarms are discarded without being stored to alarm logs or alarm pools.
Examples
The following example shows how to filter destination alarm 40713 with source alarm
33065:
ZXAN(config)#alarm filter Source-Code 33065 Dest-Code 40713
Related Commands
9.13 show alarm filter
9-4

9.5 alarm trap-confirm

Syntax
alarm trap-confirm retry number1 timeout number2
no alarm trap-confirm
Function
This command sets the maximum number of trap retransmissions and the retransmission
interval for alarm confirmation.
Parameters
number1 Maximum number of Range: 1–3

retransmissions
number2 Retransmission interval (sec) Range: 1–60
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l By default, trap retransmission is not disabled.
l Alarm confirmation must be enabled before using this command. To enable alarm
confirmation, use the alarm confirm command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the maximum number of trap retransmissions to
3 and the retransmission interval to 20 seconds:
ZXAN(config)# trap-confirm retry 3 timeout 20
Related Commands
9.3 alarm confirm
9.6 alarm-index
Syntax
alarm-index number1 {code number2 |cause number3 affect name1 } {severity name2 |status na
me3 }
9-5

no alarm-index number4
Function
This command configures alarm suppression rules for an alarm profile.
Parameters
number1 Rule index Range: 1–32
number2 Codes of alarms to be Range: 1–65535

suppressed, 65535 indicating
all alarms
number3 Alarm cause, 0 indicating all Range: 0–1024

causes
name1 Alarm impact, including -

ALL-SERVICE-AFFECT,
NOT-SERVICE-AFFECT,
SERVICE-AFFECT, and
UNKNOWN-SERVICE-
AFFECT
name2 Alarm level, including critical, -

major, minor, warnings, and
indeterminate
name3 Alarm suppression rule, -

including NALARM,
NALARM-QI, NALARM-QICD,
and NALARM-TI
number4 Rule index Range: 1–32
Mode
ALARM_PROFILE configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
(1) Suppression rules for an alarm profile:
alarm cause + affect + admin status
alarm code + admin status
admin status:
NALARM permanent suppression
NALARM-QI inversion, an alarm does not be suppressed any longer after it is cleared.
(2) NALARM-QICD and NALARM-TI are not supported
9-6

(3) A rule can be added to suppress an alarm with a specific code (65535) or all alarms
with any codes.
(4) Multiple rules can be added in an alarm profile. An alarm code cannot be involved in
different rules.
(5) If a rule involves all alarm codes, other rules involving specific alarm codes are invalid.
Examples
The following example shows how to enter ALARM_PROFILE mode:
ZXAN(config)#alarm alarm-profile test
Then configure the alarm suppression rules with this command:

1) The following example shows how to add a permanent suppression rule for all alarms:
ZXAN(config-almprofile)#alarm-index 1 code 65535 status NALARM
2) The following example shows how to add a permanent suppression rule for alarm 33065:
Related Commands
Syntax
alarm-profile-apply {system |shelf number1 [slot number2 ] |port interface1 |onu interface2 }
no alarm-profile-apply {system |shelf number1 [slot number2 ] |port interface1 |onu interface2 }
Function
This command configures the location where an alarm profile is applied, or the place where
the alarm profile works.
9-7

Parameters
system Applies an alarm profile to the -

entire system.
number1 Applies an alarm profile to alarm 1

sources in shelf 0.
number2 Applies an alarm profile to alarm Range: 1–22

sources in a specific slot.
interface1 Applies an alarm profile to alarm -

sources at a specific OLT port.
interface2 Applies an alarm profile to alarm -

sources in a specific ONU.
Mode
ALARM_PROFILE configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
An alarm profile can be applied to alarm sources at a specific location for suppressing
all alarms or particular alarms occurring at this location. The location can be the entire
system, a shelf, a slot, a port, or an ONU.
This command is used after an alarm suppression rule is configured.
Examples
l The following example shows how to apply the alarm profile to the entire system:
ZXAN(config-almprofile)#alarm-profile-apply system
l The following example shows how to apply the alarm profile to slot 3:
ZXAN(config-almprofile)#alarm-profile-apply shelf 1 slot 3
l The following example shows how to apply the alarm profile to all alarms with alarm
code 33065 in the entire system:
ZXAN(config-almprofile)#alarm-profile-apply system
Related Commands
9-8

9.6 alarm-index
9.8 clear alarm pool

Syntax
clear alarm pool [{alarmCode number1 |alarmID number2 } ]
Function
This command clears alarms in the alarm pool.
Parameters
number1 Alarm code. Range: 1–65535

Alarms with this alarm code are
to be cleared.
number2 Alarm event ID. Range: 1–4294967295

Alarms with this alarm event ID
are to be cleared.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command can be used to remove all alarms, alarms with a specific alarm code, or
alarms with a specific alarm event ID from the alarm pool.
Examples
l The following example shows how to clear all alarms in the alarm pool:
ZXAN#clear alarm pool
l The following example shows how to clear alarms with the alarm code 33065:
ZXAN#clear alarm pool alarmCode 33065
l The following example shows how to clear alarms with the alarm event ID 5:
ZXAN#clear alarm pool alarmID 5
Related Commands
9.14 show alarm pool
9-9

9.9 nms-hello-trap
Syntax
nms-hello-trap {enable |disable }
Function
This command enables or disables the function to send heartbeat traps to the NMS.
Parameters
enable Enables the function to send -

heartbeat traps to the NMS.
disable Disables the function to send -

heartbeat traps to the NMS.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the function to send heartbeat traps to the
NMS:
ZXAN(config)#nms-hello-trap enable
Related Commands
9.10 nms-hello-trap interval
9.10 nms-hello-trap interval

Syntax
nms-hello-trap interval number1
no nms-hello-trap interval
Function
This command sets an interval to send heartbeat traps to the NMS.
9-10

Parameters
number1 Interval to send heartbeat traps Range: 1–600

to the NMS (sec)
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The NMS trap function should be enabled before the NMS trap interval is set.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the function to send heartbeat traps to the
NMS and set the trap interval to 600 seconds:
ZXAN(config)#nms-hello-trap enable
ZXAN(config)#nms-hello-trap interval 600
Related Commands
9.9 nms-hello-trap

Syntax
show alarm configure
Function
This command displays the alarm management configuration.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
9-11

Examples
The following example shows how to display the configuration of alarm management
functions:
ZXAN#show alarm configure
alarm enable
nms-hello-trap disable
nms-hello-trap interval 120
ZXAN#
Related Commands
None
9.12 show alarm counter

Syntax
show alarm counter
Function
This command displays alarm statistics, such as the number of the alarms reported from
a service, the number of the alarms successfully added to the alarm pool.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The alarm counter can be emptied. When a new alarm occurs, it is added to a
corresponding statistical item.
Examples
The following example shows how to display alarm statistics:
ZXAN#show alarm counter
alarmReport: 42 alarmConfirm: 0
alarmNullPointer: 0 alarmInvalidMsgType: 0
alarmInvalidReportType: 0 alarmInvalidLevel: 0
alarmInvaideMibOid: 0 alarmInvalidAlarmId: 0
9-12

alarmInvalidRecNum: 0 alarmLogFuncNull: 0
alarmIdNotExist: 0 alarmRecordExist: 0
alarmPoolFull: 0 alarmPoolOverflow: 0
alarmInformPoolFull: 0 alarmInformPoolOverflow: 0
alarmPoolInsOk: 24 alarmGetRegIndexFail : 0
alarmSendToRosSuc: 42 alarmSendTrapSuc: 24
alarmSendToRosFail: 0 alarmSendTrapFail: 0
alarmGetAlarmRegSuc: 51 alarmGetStrFuncSuc: 0
alarmGetAlarmRegFail: 0 alarmGetStrFuncFail: 0
alarmAddToPoolSuc: 24 alarmInformSendTrapSuc: 3
alarmAddToPoolFail: 0 alarmInformSendTrapFail: 0
alarmGetLogFuncSuc: 54 alarmGetByAlarmIdOk: 0
alarmGetLogFuncFail: 0 alarmGetByAlarmIdFail: 0
alarmRestoreDelSuc: 0 alarmBadTypeFromRos: 0
alarmRestoreDelFail: 0 alarmRecvFromRos: 24
alarmInformRecvFromRos: 3 alarmRestoreRecvFromRos: 0
alarmRecordUpdate: 0 alarmGetRegInfoFail: 0
alarmCreateReqFail: 0 alarmBindValueFail: 0
alarmEncodeReqFail: 0 alarmAllocMemFail: 0
alarmUnsupportBindType: 0 alarmUnsupportMibVar: 0
alarmRecvDup: 0 alarmInformNotSendTrap: 0
ZXAN#
Related Commands
clear alarm counter
9.13 show alarm filter

Syntax
show alarm filter
Function
This command displays filtered alarm items.
Parameters
None
Mode
9-13

Usage Guidelines
"alarm filter source-code 11 dest-code 12" is a default filtered item. The items listed under
it are valid filtering rules.
Examples
The following example shows how to display filtered alarm items:
ZXAN(config)#show alarm filter
All the Alarm Filter configuration:
alarm filter source-code 11 dest-code 12
alarm filter source-code 33065 dest-code 40713
ZXAN(config)#
Related Commands
9.4 alarm filter
9.14 show alarm pool

Syntax
show alarm pool [{alarm-id number1 |summary |alarm-code number2 } ]
Function
This command displays information about the alarms in the current alarm pool.
Parameters
number1 Information about an alarm with Range: 1–4294967295

a specific ID
summary Number of alarms in the current -

alarm pool
number2 Information about an alarm with Range: 1–4294967295

a specific alarm code
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to query information about current alarms or all alarms in the system
in terms of alarm IDs.
9-14

Examples
(1) The following example shows how to display information about all the alarms in the
current alarm pool:
ZXAN#show alarm pool
Alarm records:
Alarm ID : 3
Alarm Code : 33065
Alarm Level : critical
Alarm Time : 01.01.2001-00:00:16-UTC
AlarmDesInfo: Sysctl alarm : board out of use in shelf 1 slot 0
Alarm ID : 4
Alarm Code : 33065
Alarm Time : 01.01.2001-00:00:16-UTC
Alarm ID : 5
Alarm Code : 33065
Alarm Time : 01.01.2001-00:00:16-UTC
Alarm ID : 6
Alarm Code : 33065
Alarm Time : 01.01.2001-00:00:16-UTC
ZXAN#
(2) The following example shows how to display the total number of alarms in the alarm
pool:
ZXAN#show alarm pool summary
Current all msan alarm numbers : 4
(3) The following example shows how to display information about the alarm with the alarm
ID 6:
ZXAN#show alarm pool alarm-id 6
Alarm ID : 6
Alarm Code : 33065
Alarm Time : 01.01.2001-00:00:16-UTC
9-15


ZXAN#
Related Commands
9.8 clear alarm pool

Syntax
show alarm profile [name1 ]
Function
This command displays a list of all available alarm profiles or the configuration of a specific
alarm profile.
Parameters
name1 Name of the alarm profile to be -

displayed
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
(1) The following example shows how to display a list of all available alarm profiles in the
system:
ZXAN(config-almprofile)#show alarm profile
alarm alarm-profile 11
alarm alarm-profile test
(2) The following example shows how to display the configuration of a specific alarm profile:
ZXAN(config-almprofile)#show alarm profile test
admin enable
All the alarm profile item(s):
alarm-index 1 code 65535 status NALARM
All the alarm profile apply item(s):
alarm-profile-apply system
9-16

ZXAN(config-almprofile)#
Related Commands
alarm alarm-prof
ile
9.6 alarm-index
9-17

9-18

Chapter 10
Debugging Commands
Table of Contents
debug all ..................................................................................................................10-3
debug arp.................................................................................................................10-4
debug dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent all ...............................................................................10-5
debug dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent data ............................................................................10-6
debug dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent error............................................................................10-7
debug dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent event ..........................................................................10-8
debug dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent all ...............................................................................10-8
debug dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent data ............................................................................10-9
debug dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent error..........................................................................10-10
debug dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent event ........................................................................ 10-11
debug ip .................................................................................................................10-12
debug ip destination ...............................................................................................10-13
debug ip dhcp.........................................................................................................10-14
debug ip icmp.........................................................................................................10-15
debug ip icmp detail ...............................................................................................10-15
debug ip interface...................................................................................................10-16
debug ip ospf adj....................................................................................................10-17
debug ip ospf all .....................................................................................................10-18
debug ip ospf cspf ..................................................................................................10-19
debug ip ospf database-timer .................................................................................10-20
debug ip ospf events ..............................................................................................10-20
debug ip ospf flood .................................................................................................10-21
debug ip ospf lsa-generation ..................................................................................10-22
debug ip ospf nsf....................................................................................................10-23
debug ip ospf packet ..............................................................................................10-24
debug ip ospf retransmission..................................................................................10-24
debug ip ospf spf....................................................................................................10-25
debug ip ospf spf external ......................................................................................10-26
debug ip ospf spf inter ............................................................................................10-27
debug ip ospf spf intra ............................................................................................10-28
debug ip protocol....................................................................................................10-28
debug ip rip ............................................................................................................10-29
debug ip rip database.............................................................................................10-30
debug ip rip events .................................................................................................10-31
debug ip rip trigger .................................................................................................10-31
debug ip source......................................................................................................10-32
debug ip tcp all .......................................................................................................10-33
10-1

debug ip tcp driver..................................................................................................10-34

debug ip tcp driver-pak ...........................................................................................10-35
debug ip tcp packet ................................................................................................10-36
debug ip tcp transactions........................................................................................10-36
debug ip udp ..........................................................................................................10-37
debug l2vpn ac event .............................................................................................10-38
debug l2vpn instance event ....................................................................................10-39
debug l2vpn pw-bind event.....................................................................................10-40
debug l2vpn pw-bind-to-ldp event...........................................................................10-41
debug lacp all .........................................................................................................10-41
debug lacp fsm.......................................................................................................10-42
debug lacp packet ..................................................................................................10-43
debug mpls label ....................................................................................................10-44
debug mpls label ip ................................................................................................10-45
debug mpls ldp advertisements ..............................................................................10-46
debug mpls ldp all ..................................................................................................10-47
debug mpls ldp bindings.........................................................................................10-47
debug mpls ldp hot-backup batch ...........................................................................10-48
debug mpls ldp hot-backup real-time ......................................................................10-49
debug mpls ldp l2vpn event ....................................................................................10-50
debug mpls ldp l2vpn fsm.......................................................................................10-50
debug mpls ldp messages received........................................................................10-51
debug mpls ldp messages sent ..............................................................................10-52
debug mpls ldp session io ......................................................................................10-53
debug mpls ldp session state-machine ...................................................................10-54
debug mpls ldp transport connections ....................................................................10-54
debug mpls ldp transport events.............................................................................10-55
debug mpls lspv error .............................................................................................10-56
debug mpls lspv event............................................................................................10-57
debug mpls lspv packet ..........................................................................................10-58
debug mpls lspv tlv.................................................................................................10-59
debug mstp agreement...........................................................................................10-61
debug mstp all........................................................................................................10-61
debug mstp bpdu-rx ...............................................................................................10-62
debug mstp bpdu-tx................................................................................................10-63
debug mstp errors ..................................................................................................10-64
debug mstp flush....................................................................................................10-64
debug mstp info......................................................................................................10-65
debug mstp migration.............................................................................................10-66
debug mstp proposals ............................................................................................10-67
debug mstp roles....................................................................................................10-67
debug mstp state....................................................................................................10-68
debug mstp tc.........................................................................................................10-69
debug mstp timers..................................................................................................10-70
debug ndp-lio all.....................................................................................................10-70
10-2

Chapter 10 Debugging Commands
debug ndp-lio data..................................................................................................10-71

debug ndp-lio error .................................................................................................10-72
debug ndp-lio event................................................................................................10-73
debug port-identification all.....................................................................................10-74
debug port-identification data .................................................................................10-74
debug port-identification error.................................................................................10-75
debug port-identification event................................................................................10-76
debug portloc-profile all ..........................................................................................10-77
debug portloc-profile data.......................................................................................10-78
debug portloc-profile error ......................................................................................10-79
debug portloc-profile event .....................................................................................10-80
debug pppoe-intermediate-agent all .......................................................................10-81
debug pppoe-intermediate-agent data ....................................................................10-81
debug pppoe-intermediate-agent error ...................................................................10-82
debug pppoe-intermediate-agent event ..................................................................10-83
terminal monitor .....................................................................................................10-84
10.1 debug all

Syntax
debug all
no debug all
Function
This command enables all the debug functions.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, all the debug commands are invalid.
If the debug all function is enabled, the system is busy with outputting of debug information.
This may affect the network performance. Therefore, in normal cases, do not enable the
debug-all function.
To disable all the debug functions, use the no form of this command.
10-3

Examples
The following example enables all the debug functions:
ZXAN#debug all
All possible debugging has been turned on
Related Commands
All the debug commands
10.98 terminal monitor
10.2 debug arp

Syntax
debug arp {packets {interface interface1 |{source |destination } {ip_addr1 |hexadecimal1 } } |tr
ace {receive |send } {source |destination } {ip_addr2 |hexadecimal2 } |all }
no debug arp {packets {interface interface1 |{source |destination } {ip_addr1 |hexadecimal1 }
|all } |trace {receive |send } {source |destination } {ip_addr2 |hexadecimal2 } |all }
Function
This command enables the debug function of the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP).
Parameters
packets Packets based. -
interface Interface based. -
interface1 Interface name. -
source Source address based. -
destination Destination address based. -
ip_addr1 IP address. -
hexadecimal1 MAC address. -
trace Trace. -
receive Receives trace. -
send Sends trace. -
all All information based. -
10-4

Mode
Usage Guidelines
To disable the debug function of ARP, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable all debug functions of ARP:
ZXAN#debug arp all
ARP debugging is on
Related Commands
10.3 debug dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent all

Syntax
debug dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent all
no debug dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent all
Function
This command enables all the debug functions for the DHCP-Option82.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To disable all the debug functions for the DHCP-Option82, use the no form of this
command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable all the debug functions for the
DHCP-Option82:
10-5

Related Commands
10.4 debug dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent data
10.5 debug dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent error
10.6 debug dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent event

Syntax
debug dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent data interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport number3 } ]
no debug dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent data interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport number3
}]
Function
This command enables the debug function for the DHCP-Option82 data.
Parameters
interface1 Interface name -
number1 Virtual port ID Range: 1–128
number2 PVC ID Range: 1–10
number3 sport ID Range: 1–128
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To disable the debug function for the DHCP-Option82 data, use the no form of this
command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function for the DHCP-Option82
data:
debug dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent data gpon-onu_1/4/1:1
Related Commands
10-6


Syntax
debug dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent error interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport number3 } ]
no debug dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent error interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport number3
}]
Function
This command enables the debug function for the DHCP-Option82 error packets received.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To disable the debug function for the DHCP-Option82 error packets received, use the no
form of this command.
Examples
error packets received:
debug dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent error gpon-onu_1/4/1:1
Related Commands
10-7


Syntax
debug dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent event interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport number3 } ]
no debug dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent event interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport number3
}]
Function
This command enables the debug functions to trigger DHCP-Option82 status change.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To disable the debug functions to trigger DHCP-Option82 status change, use the no form
of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable all the debug functions to trigger
DHCP-Option82 status change:
debug dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent event gpon-onu_1/4/1:1
Related Commands

Syntax
10-8

no debug dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent all
Function
This command enables all the debug functions for the DHCP-Option18.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To disable all the debug functions for the DHCP-Option18, use the no form of this
command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable all the debug functions for the
DHCP-Option18:
ZXAN#debug dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent all
Related Commands

Syntax
debug dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent data interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport number3 } ]
no debug dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent data interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport number3
}]
Function
This command enables the debug functions for the DHCP-Option18 data.
10-9

Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To disable the debug functions for the DHCP-Option18 data, use the no form of this
command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug functions for the DHCP-Option18
data:
ZXAN#debug dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent data gpon-onu_1/4/1:1
Related Commands

Syntax
debug dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent error interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport number3 } ]
no debug dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent error interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport number3
}]
Function
This command enables the debug function for the DHCP-Option18 error packets received.
10-10

Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To disable the debug function for the DHCP-Option18 error packets received, use the no
Examples
ZXAN#debug dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent error gpon-onu_1/4/1:1
Related Commands

Syntax
debug dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent event interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport number3 } ]
no debug dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent event interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport number3
}]
Function
This command enables the debug functions to trigger DHCP-Option18 status change.
10-11

Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To disable the debug functions to trigger DHCP-Option18 status change, use the no form
of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug functions to trigger DHCP-Option18
status change:
ZXAN#debug dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent event gpon-onu_1/4/1:1
Related Commands
10.11 debug ip
Syntax
debug ip
no debug ip
Function
This command enables the debug function of the IP protocol, displays the debug
information about IP protocol processing, and shows whether the device is sending or
receiving IP packets.
Parameters
None
10-12

Mode
Privileged mode: ZXAN#, invisible configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
To disable the debug function of the IP protocol, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function of the IP protocol:
ZXAN#debug ip
IP debugging is on
Related Commands
10.12 debug ip destination

Syntax
debug ip destination ip_addr1
no debug ip destination ip_addr1
Function
This command enables the IP protocol debug function for the specified destination
address, displays debug information about IP protocol processing and shows whether the
device is sending or receiving IP packets with the specified destination address.
Parameters
ip_addr1 IP address -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To disable the debug function, use the no for of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the IP protocol debug function for the
destination address 192.168.36.3:
10-13

ZXAN#debug ip destination 192.168.36.3

IP destination debugging is on
Related Commands
10.13 debug ip dhcp

Syntax
debug ip dhcp {[interface interface1 ] |[mac hexadecimal1 [vrf-instance name1 ] ] |[ip ip_addr1
[vrf-instance name2 ] ] |[vlan number1 ] |[invlan number2 [exvlan number3 ] ] |[exvlan number4
]}
no debug ip dhcp
Function
This command enables the DHCP relay and DHCP server debug functions.
Parameters
hexadecimal1 User's MAC address -
name1 VRF name -
name2 VRF name -
number1 VLAN ID Range: 1–4094
number2 inner VLAN ID Range: 1–4094
number3 Outer VLAN ID Range: 1–4094
number4 Outer VLAN ID Range: 1–4094
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To disable the debug function, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the DHCP relay and DHCP server debug
functions:
10-14

ZXAN#debug ip dhcp
DHCP debugging is on
Related Commands
10.14 debug ip icmp

Syntax
debug ip icmp
no debug ip icmp
Function
This command enables the debug function of the ICMP protocol, displays the debug
information about ICMP protocol processing, and shows whether the device is sending
or receiving ICMP packets.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To disable the debug function of the ICMP protocol, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function of the ICMP protocol:
ZXAN#debug ip icmp
ICMP debugging is on
Related Commands
10.15 debug ip icmp detail

Syntax
debug ip icmp detail
10-15

no debug ip icmp detail
Function
This command enables the debug function of the Internet Control Message Protocol
(ICMP), displays the detailed debug information about ICMP protocol processing, and
shows the details of the ICMP packets that are sent to and received by the device.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To disable the detailed debug function of the ICMP protocol, use the no form of this
command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function of the ICMP protocol and
display the detailed debug information about ICMP protocol processing:
ZXAN#debug ip icmp detail
ICMP detail debugging is on
Related Commands
10.16 debug ip interface

Syntax
debug ip interface interface1
no debug ip interface interface1
Function
This command enables the debug function for the IP protocols that the specified interface
sends and receives, and displays the debug information about IP protocol processing.
10-16

Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To disable the debug function for the IP protocol that the specified interface sends and
receives, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function for the IP protocols that
are sent or received on the interface 'loopback1':
ZXAN#debug ip interface loopback1
IP interface debugging is on
Related Commands
terminal monitor
10.17 debug ip ospf adj

Syntax
debug ip ospf adj
no debug ip ospf adj
Function
This command enables the function to send back the debug information about OSPF
adjacent events.
Parameters
None
Mode
10-17

Usage Guidelines
Adjacent events mainly include neighbor events, state transition, Hello packet receiving,
processing, and sending, and link status request packet receiving, processing, and
sending.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the function to send back the debug
information about OSPF adjacent events:
ZXAN#debug ip ospf adj
OSPF adjacency events debugging is on
Related Commands
10.18 debug ip ospf all

Syntax
debug ip ospf all
no debug ip ospf all
Function
This command enables all the debug functions for Open Shortest Path First (OSPF)
information.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to enable all the debug functions for OSPF:
ZXAN#debug ip ospf all
All OSPF debugging has been turned on
10-18

Related Commands
10.19 debug ip ospf cspf

Syntax
debug ip ospf cspf
no debug ip ospf cspf
Function
This command enables the debug function for OSPF constraint-based shortest path
calculation.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is mainly used for the debug related to traffic engineering path calculation.
To disable the debug function for OSPF constraint-based shortest path calculation, use
the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function for OSPF constraint-based
shortest path calculation:
ZXAN#debug ip ospf cspf
OSPF cspf events debugging is on
Related Commands
10-19

10.20 debug ip ospf database-timer

Syntax
debug ip ospf database-timer
no debug ip ospf database-timer
Function
This command enables the function to send back the debug information about timer events
of the OSPF link status database.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
information about timer events of the OSPF link status database:
ZXAN#debug ip ospf database-timer
OSPF timer events debugging is on
Related Commands
10.21 debug ip ospf events

Syntax
debug ip ospf events
no debug ip ospf events
Function
This command enables the function to send back the debug information about OSPF major
events.
10-20

Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Major events mainly include: selection of the Designated Routers (DR) and Backup
Designate Router (BDR), receiving, processing, and sending of description packets of the
link status database, and OSPF interface status transition.
Examples
information about OSPF major events:
ZXAN#debug ip ospf events
OSPF events debugging is on
Related Commands
10.22 debug ip ospf flood

Syntax
debug ip ospf flood
no debug ip ospf flood
Function
flooding events.
Parameters
None
Mode
10-21

Usage Guidelines
Flooding events mainly include: flooding event processing, OSPF response packet
processing, and OSPF update packet receiving, processing, and sending.
Examples
information about OSPF flooding events:
ZXAN#debug ip ospf flood
OSPF flood debugging is on
Related Commands
10.23 debug ip ospf lsa-generation

Syntax
debug ip ospf lsa-generation
no debug ip ospf lsa-generation
Function
This command enables the function to send back the debug information about OSPF Link
Status Announcement (LSA) generation events.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The LSA generation events include: router LSA, network LSA, network summary LSA, AS
border router LSA generation, LSA addition, deletion, and update.
Examples
information about OSPF LSA generation events:
10-22

ZXAN#debug ip ospf lsa-generation

OSPF summary lsa generation debugging is on
Related Commands
10.24 debug ip ospf nsf

Syntax
debug ip ospf nsf
no debug ip ospf nsf
Function
This command enables the switch for sending back the debug information about OSPF
Graceful Restart (GR) events.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command displays the information about the router, which acts as the party which
starts GR or assists in starting GR.
Examples
information about OSPF GR events:
ZXAN#debug ip ospf nsf

OSPF non-stop forwarding event debugging is on
Related Commands
10-23

10.25 debug ip ospf packet

Syntax
debug ip ospf packet
no debug ip ospf packet
Function
packet receiving and sending events and monitoring all received and sent OSPF packets.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
information about OSPF packet receiving and sending events:
ZXAN#debug ip ospf packet
OSPF packet debugging is on
Related Commands
10.26 debug ip ospf retransmission

Syntax
debug ip ospf retransmission
no debug ip ospf retransmission
Function
retransmission queue events.
10-24

Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
information about OSPF retransmission queue events:
ZXAN#debug ip ospf retransmission
OSPF retransmission events debugging is on
Related Commands
10.27 debug ip ospf spf

Syntax
debug ip ospf spf
no debug ip ospf spf
Function
This command enables the function to send back the debug information about OSPF route
calculation events.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Route calculation events include: Calculation of routes in an area by use of the Dijkstra
algorithm, calculation and addition of routes between areas, and addition of external routes
of an AS.
10-25

Examples
information about OSPF route calculation events:
ZXAN#debug ip ospf spf
OSPF spf external events debugging is on
OSPF spf inter events debugging is on
OSPF spf intra events debugging is on
Related Commands
10.28 debug ip ospf spf external
10.29 debug ip ospf spf inter
10.30 debug ip ospf spf intra
10.28 debug ip ospf spf external

Syntax
debug ip ospf spf external
no debug ip ospf spf external
Function
This command enables the function to send back the debug information about external
routes of an AS in the OSPF route calculation events.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command displays major events that occur during OSPF external route calculation.
Examples
information about external routes of an AS in the OSPF route calculation events:
10-26

ZXAN#debug ip ospf spf external

OSPF spf external events debugging is on
Related Commands
10.29 debug ip ospf spf inter

Syntax
debug ip ospf spf inter
no debug ip ospf spf inter
Function
This command enables the function to send back the debug information about internal
routes of an area in the OSPF route calculation events.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command displays major events that occur during OSPF internal route calculation.
Examples
information about internal routes of an area in the OSPF route calculation events:
ZXAN#debug ip ospf spf inter

OSPF spf inter events debugging is on
Related Commands
10-27

10.30 debug ip ospf spf intra

Syntax
debug ip ospf spf intra
no debug ip ospf spf intra
Function
This command enables the function to send back the debug information about intra-area
routes in the OSPF route calculation events.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command displays major events that occur during OSPF intra-area route calculation.
Examples
information about intra-area routes in the OSPF route calculation events:
ZXAN#debug ip ospf spf intra
OSPF spf intra events debugging is on
Related Commands
10.31 debug ip protocol

Syntax
debug ip protocol number1
no debug ip protocol number1
10-28

Function
This command enables the debug function of the IP protocol with the specified upper-layer
protocol number and displays the debug information about IP protocol processing.
Parameters
number1 Protocol ID Range: 0–255
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function for IP protocol 0:
ZXAN#debug ip protocol 0
IP protocol number debugging is on
Related Commands
10.32 debug ip rip

Syntax
debug ip rip
no debug ip rip
Function
This command traces the basic process of receiving and sending RIP packets.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To stop tracing, use the no form of this command.
10-29

Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function to trace the basic process
of receiving and sending RIP packets:
ZXAN#debug ip rip
RIP protocol debugging is on
Related Commands
10.33 debug ip rip database

Syntax
debug ip rip database
no debug ip rip database
Function
This command traces the changes in the Routing Information Protocol (RIP) routing table.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To stop tracing, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function to trace the changes in
the RIP routing table:
ZXAN#debug ip rip database

RIP database events debugging is on
Related Commands
10-30

10.34 debug ip rip events

Syntax
debug ip rip events
no debug ip rip events
Function
This command traces the events that are related to RIP, such as the interface status.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To stop event tracing, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function to trace the events that
are related to RIP:
ZXAN#debug ip rip events
RIP event debugging is on
Related Commands
10.35 debug ip rip trigger

Syntax
debug ip rip trigger
no debug ip rip trigger
Function
This command traces RIP trigger events, such as timer timeout.
Parameters
None
10-31

Mode
Usage Guidelines
To stop event tracing, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function for tracing RIP trigger
events:
ZXAN#debug ip rip trigger

RIP trigger debugging is on
Related Commands
10.36 debug ip source

Syntax
debug ip source ip_addr1
no debug ip source ip_addr1
Function
This command enables the IP protocol debug function for the specified source address,
displays the debug information about IP protocol processing, and shows whether the
device is sending and receiving IP packets with the specified source address.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To disable the IP protocol debug function for the specified source address, use the no form
of this command.
10-32

Examples
The following example shows how to enable the IP protocol debug function for the source
address 192.168.6.6:
ZXAN#debug ip source 192.168.6.6
IP source debugging is on
Related Commands
10.37 debug ip tcp all

Syntax
debug ip tcp all
no debug ip tcp all
Function
This command enables all the debug functions for TCP.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to enable all the functions for TCP:
ZXAN#debug ip tcp all
All TCP debugging has been turned on
Related Commands
10-33

10.38 debug ip tcp driver

Syntax
debug ip tcp driver
no debug ip tcp driver
Function
This command enables the debug function to display the information related to TCP
connections.
After the function is enabled, the following information is output:
TCP connection actively open
TCP connection passively open

TCP connection setup timer
TCP connection normally close
TCP connection abnormally close
After the function is disabled with the no form of this command, no information is output.
After a user logs in to the device, information about TCP events of BGP and FTP (excluding
telnet) is displayed.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function to display the information
related to TCP connections:
ZXAN#debug ip tcp driver

TCP driver event debugging is on
Related Commands
10-34

10.39 debug ip tcp driver-pak

Syntax
debug ip tcp driver-pak
no debug ip tcp driver-pak
Function
This command enables the debug function for the management information in the TCP
buffer.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
After the function is enabled, the following information is output: an output packet is put
in the output queue, size of a sent packet, size of a received packet, a packet deleted
from the queue because the number of received out-of-sequence packets exceeds the
maximum limit (25 by default).
After a user logs in to ZXAN, additional information about TCP events of BGP and FTP
(excluding telnet) is displayed.
After the debug function is disabled with the no form of this command, the information is
not output.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function for the management
information in the TCP buffer:
ZXAN#debug ip tcp driver-pak
TCP driver verbose debugging is on
Related Commands
10-35

10.40 debug ip tcp packet

Syntax
debug ip tcp packet
no debug ip tcp packet
Function
This command enables the debug function for information such as the source and
destination of the sent and received TCP packets.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If the function is enabled, after TCP packets are sent and received, the following
information of the packets is output: source address, destination address, port, sequence
number, confirmation number, receive window, and control bit.
After a user logs in to ZXAN, information about sending and receiving TCP packets of BGP
and FTP (excluding telnet) is displayed.
not output.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function for information such as
the source and destination of the sending and receiving TCP packets:
ZXAN#debug ip tcp packet
TCP Packet debugging is on
Related Commands
10.41 debug ip tcp transactions

Syntax
debug ip tcp transactions
10-36

no debug ip tcp transactions
Function
This command enables the debug function for TCP status transition.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
After the function is enabled, information about TCP special events are output,
including destination IP address, port, and MSS announcement of the TCP connection,
retransmission timer time, retransmission after timeout, finite state machine transition,
and TCP control block release.
After a user logs in to ZXAN, information about TCP special events of BGP and FTP
(excluding telnet) is displayed.
not output.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function for TCP status transition:
ZXAN#debug ip tcp transactions
TCP special debugging is on
Related Commands
10.42 debug ip udp

Syntax
debug ip udp
no debug ip udp
Function
This command enables the debug function for information such as the source and
destination of the sending and receiving UDP packets.
10-37

Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If the function is enabled, after a UDP packet is sent or received, the source, destination
address, and port of the UDP packet, and the size of the UDP packet are displayed.
After a user logs in to the device, the information is displayed.

not output.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable debug function for UDP packet information
(such as TCP state transition):
ZXAN#debug ip udp
UDP packet debugging is on
Related Commands
10.43 debug l2vpn ac event

Syntax
debug l2vpn ac event
no debug l2vpn ac event
Function
This command enables the debug function to send back AC events.
Parameters
None
Mode
10-38

Usage Guidelines
This command is used to display the binding events between the AC and L2VPN.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function to send back AC events:
ZXAN#debug l2vpn ac event
L2VPN AC event debugging is on
Jan 1 05:23:11: tick:1942950 AC add ID 3 L2VPN: INST vpls interface: cip3
Related Commands
10.44 debug l2vpn instance event

Syntax
debug l2vpn instance event
no debug l2vpn instance event
Function
This command enables the debug function to send back L2VPN instance events.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to display such events as the creation and deletion of L2VPN
instances.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function to send back L2VPN
instance events:
ZXAN#debug l2vpn instance event

L2VPN instance event debugging is on
Jan 1 05:31:06: tick:1990519 L2VPN: INST vpws add ID 1 type 2
10-39

Related Commands
10.45 debug l2vpn pw-bind event

Syntax
debug l2vpn pw-bind event
no debug l2vpn pw-bind event
Function
This command enables the debug function to send back the binding events between the
PW and L2VPN.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to display the binding and unbinding between PW and L2VPN
instances.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function to send back the binding
events between the PW and L2VPN:
ZXAN#debug l2vpn pw-bind event
L2VPN PW bind event debugging is on
Jan 1 05:36:01: tick:2019983 PW: pw1 bind INST vpls parse hubspoke 0
Jan 1 05:36:01: tick:2019984 PW: pw1 ID 2 bind INST 1 check
Jan 1 05:36:01: tick:2019984 PW: pw1 ID 2 bind INST 1 add
Related Commands
10-40

10.46 debug l2vpn pw-bind-to-ldp event

Syntax
debug l2vpn pw-bind-to-ldp event
no debug l2vpn pw-bind-to-ldp event
Function
This command enables the debug function to send back the binding events between the
L2VPN and LDP.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to display the binding events between the L2VPN instances and
LDP peer ends through a PW.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function to send back the binding
events between the L2VPN and LDP:
ZXAN#debug l2vpn pw-bind-to-ldp event
L2VPN PW bind to LDP event debugging is on
Jan 1 05:40:03: tick:2044279 PWID 2 bind INST 1 to LDP peer 2.2.2.1
Related Commands
10.47 debug lacp all

Syntax
debug lacp all
no debug lacp all
Function
This command enables all the debug functions for Link Aggregation Control Protocol
(LACP) information.
10-41

Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To disable all LACP debug functions, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable all the debug functions for LACP:
ZXAN#debug lacp all
LACP all debugging is on
Related Commands
10.48 debug lacp fsm

Syntax
debug lacp fsm [interface interface1 ]
no debug lacp fsm
Function
This command enables the debug function for the LACP state machine.
Parameters
interface1 Name of an interface in a link -

aggregation group, for example,
smartgroup1
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If no parameter is specified, this command is applied to the debug function for all the LACP
state machines.
10-42

To disable the debug function for the LACP state machine, use the no form of this
command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function for the LACP state
machine:
ZXAN#debug lacp fsm
LACP FSM debugging is on
Related Commands
10.49 debug lacp packet

Syntax
debug lacp packet [interface interface1 ]
no debug lacp packet
Function
This command enables all the LACP debug functions.
Parameters
interface1 Name of a member interface in -

a link aggregation group
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If no parameter is specified, this command is applied to of all the member interfaces of a
link aggregation group.
To disable all the LACP debug functions, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function for LACP packet receiving
and sending:
ZXAN#debug lacp packet
10-43

LACP packet debugging is on
Related Commands
10.50 debug mpls label

Syntax
debug mpls label
no debug mpls label
Function
This command enables the debug function to send back MPLS packets.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
With this function enabled, the received and sent packets with an MPLS tag can be
displayed.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function to send back MPLS
packets:
ZXAN#debug mpls label
MPLS label debugging is on
ZXAN#terminal monitor
ZXAN#
Jan 1 03:59:12: MPLS: vlan20 rx Len 62 Stack { 0 0 63 }
45 C0 00 3A 1F 6E 40 00 40 06 14 8C 02 02 02 01 01 01 01 01
81 FE 02 86 B4 71 8A AC 0E 16 BF 67 50 18 19 20 85 61 00 00
00 01 00 0E 02 02 02 01 00 00 02 01 00 04 00 00 73 FD
Jan 1 03:59:12: MPLS: vlan20 tx Len 40 Stack { 17 0 255 }

45 C0 00 28 22 AF 00 00 FF 06 92 5C 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 01
02 86 81 FE 0E 16 BF 67 B4 71 8A BE 50 10 F8 AA 1F F3 00 00
10-44

Related Commands
10.51 debug mpls label ip

Syntax
debug mpls label ip
no debug mpls label ip
Function
This command enables the debug function to send back MPLS packets (including IP
protocols).
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
With this function enabled, the received and sent IP packets with an MPLS label can be
displayed.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function to send back MPLS
packets (including IP protocols):
ZXAN#debug mpls label ip
MPLS label IP debugging is on
ZXAN#
Jan 1 03:59:12: MPLS: vlan20 rx Len 62 Stack { 0 0 63 }
45 C0 00 3A 1F 6E 40 00 40 06 14 8C 02 02 02 01 01 01 01 01
81 FE 02 86 B4 71 8A AC 0E 16 BF 67 50 18 19 20 85 61 00 00
00 01 00 0E 02 02 02 01 00 00 02 01 00 04 00 00 73 FD
Jan 1 03:59:12: MPLS: vlan20 tx Len 40 Stack { 17 0 255 }

45 C0 00 28 22 AF 00 00 FF 06 92 5C 01 01 01 01 02 02 02 01
02 86 81 FE 0E 16 BF 67 B4 71 8A BE 50 10 F8 AA 1F F3 00 00
10-45

Related Commands
10.50 debug mpls label
10.52 debug mpls ldp advertisements

Syntax
debug mpls ldp advertisements
no debug mpls ldp advertisements
Function
This command enables the debug function to send back LDP tags and address
advertisements.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to display information about the addresses and tags advertised to
every neighbor.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function to send back LDP tags
and address advertisements:
ZXAN#debug mpls ldp advertisements

LDP label and address advertisements debugging is on
ZXAN#
Jan 1 04:12:25: tagcon: peer 2.2.2.1:0 : advertise 1.1.1.1
Jan 1 04:12:25: tagcon: peer 2.2.2.1:0 : advertise 20.20.20.1
Jan 1 04:12:25: tagcon: peer 2.2.2.1:0 : advertise 1.1.1.1/32,label 0
Related Commands
10-46

10.53 debug mpls ldp all

Syntax
debug mpls ldp all
no debug mpls ldp all
Function
This command enables the debug function to send back information about LDP operation.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to display all the events that occurred during LDP operation.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function to send back information
about LDP operation:
ZXAN#debug mpls ldp all
All LDP debugging is on
Related Commands
10.54 debug mpls ldp bindings

Syntax
debug mpls ldp bindings
no debug mpls ldp bindings
Function
This command enables the debug function to send back LDP tag binding.
Parameters
None
10-47

Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to display the tag binding process.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function to send back LDP tag
binding:
ZXAN#debug mpls ldp bindings

LDP Label Information Base (LIB) changes debugging is on
Jan 1 04:26:44: tagcon: tibent(20.20.0.0/16): created; find route tags request
Jan 1 04:26:44: tagcon: tibent(20.20.0.0/16/vlan20/0.0.0.0): created; find route ob request
Jan 1 04:26:44: tagcon: tibent(20.20.0.0/16): pop tag assigned
Jan 1 04:26:44: tagcon: tibent(1.1.1.1/32): created; find route tags request
Jan 1 04:26:44: tagcon: tibent(1.1.1.1/32/loopback1/0.0.0.0): created; find route ob request
Jan 1 04:26:44: tagcon: tibent(1.1.1.1/32): pop tag assigned
Related Commands
10.55 debug mpls ldp hot-backup batch

Syntax
debug mpls ldp hot-backup batch
no debug mpls ldp hot-backup batch
Function
This command enables the debug function for batch synchronization to send back LDP
tags.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to display batch synchronization of LDP tags.
10-48

Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function for batch synchronization
to send back LDP tags:
ZXAN#debug mpls ldp hot-backup batch
LDP label batch hot backup debugging is on
Related Commands
10.56 debug mpls ldp hot-backup real-time

Syntax
debug mpls ldp hot-backup real-time
no debug mpls ldp hot-backup real-time
Function
This command enables the debug function for real-time synchronization to send back LDP
tags.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to display real-time synchronization of LDP tags.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function for real-time
synchronization to send back LDP tags:
ZXAN#debug mpls ldp hot-backup real-time

LDP lable real-time backup debugging is on
Related Commands
10-49

10.57 debug mpls ldp l2vpn event

Syntax
debug mpls ldp l2vpn event
no debug mpls ldp l2vpn event
Function
This command enables the debug function to send back L2VPN tag mapping messages.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to display the interaction of L2VPN tag mapping messages.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function to send back L2VPN tag
mapping messages:
ZXAN#debug mpls ldp l2vpn event

LDP L2VPN event debugging is on
Jan 1 04:35:50: l2vpn: Received label mapping msg
vc type 4, cbit 0, vc id 10, group id 1, vc label 16, mtu 1500, vccv 0
Jan 1 04:35:50: l2vpn: Sending label mapping msg
vc type 4, cbit 0, vc id 10, group id 0, vc label 17, mtu 1518, vccv 0
Related Commands
10.58 debug mpls ldp l2vpn fsm

Syntax
debug mpls ldp l2vpn fsm
no debug mpls ldp l2vpn fsm
10-50

Function
This command enables the debug function to send back information about the L2VPN
state machine.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to display the operating status and changes of the L2VPN state
machine.
Examples
about the L2VPN state machine:
ZXAN#debug mpls ldp l2vpn fsm
LDP L2VPN fsm debugging is on
Jan 1 04:40:48: L2VPN VPLS: L2VPN_Negotiate is OK!
Jan 1 04:40:48: L2VPN (128): VC creat! VCID: 10
Jan 1 04:40:50:
Pwe3 rcv ldp aii msg:nexthop 16843010
Related Commands
10.59 debug mpls ldp messages received

Syntax
debug mpls ldp messages received
no debug mpls ldp messages received
Function
This command enables the debug function to send back the messages received through
LDP.
Parameters
None
10-51

Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to display the messages received through LDP, for example, the
keepalive message.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function to send back the messages
received through LDP:
ZXAN#debug mpls ldp messages received
LDP received messages debugging is on
Jan 1 04:47:18: ldp: Rcvd keepalive msg from 2.2.2.1:0
Related Commands
10.60 debug mpls ldp messages sent

Syntax
debug mpls ldp messages sent
no debug mpls ldp messages sent
Function
This command enables the debug function to send back the messages sent through LDP.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to display the messages sent through LDP, for example, the
keepalive message.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function to send back the messages
sent through LDP:
10-52

ZXAN#debug mpls ldp messages sent

LDP sent messages debugging is on
Jan 1 04:50:46: ldp: Sent keepalive msg to 2.2.2.1:0
Related Commands
10.61 debug mpls ldp session io

Syntax
debug mpls ldp session io
no debug mpls ldp session io
Function
This command enables the debug function to send back LDP session messages.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to display LDP session messages.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function to send back LDP session
messages:
ZXAN#debug mpls ldp session io

LDP session I/O debugging is on
Jan 1 04:52:58: baseMsg : uBit = 0; msgType = 0x201; msgLength = 4; msgId = 0x4d
Jan 1 04:52:59: baseMsg : uBit = 0; msgType = 0x201; msgLength = 4; msgId = 0x79dd
Related Commands
10-53

10.62 debug mpls ldp session state-machine

Syntax
debug mpls ldp session state-machine
no debug mpls ldp session state-machine
Function
This command enables the debug function to send back information about the LDP session
state machine.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to display the changes in the LDP session state machine and the
events resulting in the changes.
Examples
about the LDP session state machine:
ZXAN#debug mpls ldp session state-machine
LDP session state machine (low level) debugging is on
Jan 1 04:57:07: ldp: ptcl_adj:1.1.1.2:0: state 1, event: 0xe
Jan 1 04:57:13: ldp: ptcl_adj:2.2.2.1:0: state 1, event: 0xe
Jan 1 04:57:13: ldp: ptcl_adj:1.1.1.2:0: state 2, event: 0x200
Jan 1 04:57:13: ldp: ptcl_adj:1.1.1.2:0: state from 2 to 3, event: 0x200
Jan 1 04:57:13: ldp: ptcl_adj:1.1.1.2:0: state 3, event: 0x201
Jan 1 04:57:13: ldp: ptcl_adj:1.1.1.2:0: state from 3 to 5, event: 0x201
Related Commands
10.63 debug mpls ldp transport connections

Syntax
debug mpls ldp transport connections
no debug mpls ldp transport connections
10-54

Function
This command enables the debug function to send back information about the LDP
transport layer.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to display the interaction between the LDP transport layer and
neighbors.
Examples
about the LDP transport layer:
ZXAN#debug mpls ldp transport connections
LDP transport connection debugging is on
Jan 1 05:05:06: ldp: Opening listen port 646 for 2.2.2.1,2.2.2.1
Jan 1 05:05:09: ldp: ldp conn is up; 1.1.1.1:646<-->2.2.2.1:33299
Related Commands
10.64 debug mpls ldp transport events

Syntax
debug mpls ldp transport events
no debug mpls ldp transport events
Function
This command enables the debug function to send back LDP messages.
Parameters
None
Mode
10-55

Usage Guidelines
This command is used to display the process of LDP neighbor discovery and adjacency
relation establishment.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function to send back LDP
messages:
ZXAN#debug mpls ldp transport events
LDP transport events debugging is on
ZXAN#
Jan 1 05:10:22: ldp: Rcvd ldp hello; vlan20, from 2.2.2.1(2.2.2.1:0), MsgId: 31680
Jan 1 05:10:22: ldp: New adj from 2.2.2.1(2.2.2.1:0), 2.2.2.1
Jan 1 05:10:22: ldp: Opening listen port 646 for 2.2.2.1,2.2.2.1
Jan 1 05:10:27: ldp: Send ldp hello; vlan20, src/dst 20.20.20.1(1.1.1.1)/224.0.0.2 , MsgId: 4
Jan 1 05:10:27: ldp: Rcvd ldp hello; vlan20, from 20.20.20.2(1.1.1.2:0), MsgId: 3187
Jan 1 05:10:32: ldp: Send ldp hello; vlan20, src/dst 20.20.20.1(1.1.1.1)/224.0.0.2 , MsgId: 5
Jan 1 05:10:32: ldp: Send ldp hello; src/dst 1.1.1.1(1.1.1.1)/2.2.2.1 , MsgId: 2
Jan 1 05:10:32: ldp: ldp conn is up; 1.1.1.1:646<-->2.2.2.1:33301
Related Commands
10.65 debug mpls lspv error

Syntax
debug mpls lspv error [{ipv4 ip_addr1 number1 |traffic-eng number2 |pseudowire ip_addr2 vc
-id number3 |source ip_addr3 } ]
no debug mpls lspv error
Function
This command enables the debug function to send back LSP PING errors.
Parameters
ip_addr1 Destination IPv4 address -
number1 IP address mask Range: 0–32
number2 Tunnel ID Range: 1–8192
ip_addr2 Pseudo wire IP address -
10-56

number3 VC-ID Range: 1–2
ip_addr3 Source address pinged -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to display LSP PING errors.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function to send back LSP PING
errors:
ZXAN#debug mpls lspv error
LSP PING error debugging is on
Related Commands
10.66 debug mpls lspv event

Syntax
debug mpls lspv event [{ipv4 ip_addr1 number1 |traffic-eng number2 |pseudowire ip_addr2 vc
-id number3 |source ip_addr3 } ]
no debug mpls lspv event
Function
This command enables the debug function to send back LSP PING events.
Parameters
10-57

Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to display LSP PING events.
Examples
events:
ZXAN#debug mpls lspv event
LSP PING event debugging is on
ZXAN#ping mpls ipv4 2.2.2.1 32
sending 5,100-byte MPLS echos to 2.2.2.1,timeout is 2 seconds.
Codes: '!' - success, 'Q' - request not transmitted,

'.' - timeout, 'U' - unreachable,
'R' - downstream router but not target
Jan 1 05:46:50:
LSPV: Sender_handle:19947540, Event Echo Request Start
Related Commands
10.67 debug mpls lspv packet

Syntax
debug mpls lspv packet [{ipv4 ip_addr1 number1 |traffic-eng number2 |pseudowire ip_addr2
vc-id number3 |source ip_addr3 } ]
no debug mpls lspv packet
Function
This command enables the debug function to send back LSP PING packets.
Parameters
10-58

Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to display the detailed information about LSP PING packets.
Examples
packets:
ZXAN#debug mpls lspv packet
LSP PING packet debugging is on

Jan 1 05:51:54:
LSPV: Echo Request Send
00 01 00 00 01 02 00 00 01 34 D2 5C 00 00 00 01
00 00 52 7A 01 42 2D 3A 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 01 00 0C 00 01 00 05 02 02 02 01 20 00 00 00
Related Commands
10.68 debug mpls lspv tlv

Syntax
debug mpls lspv tlv [{ipv4 ip_addr1 number1 |traffic-eng number2 |pseudowire ip_addr2 vc-id
number3 |source ip_addr3 } ]
no debug mpls lspv tlv
10-59

Function
This command enables the debug function for the TLV to send back LSP PING packets.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to display the detailed information about LSP PING packets.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function for the TLV to send back
LSP PING packets:
ZXAN#debug mpls lspv tlv
LSP PING tlv debugging is on

Jan 1 05:58:13:
LSPV SEND: version:1,msg type:1,reply mode:2,return code:0,
return subcode:0,sender handle:20603740:,sequence number:1
LSPV :ipv4 prefix:2.2.2.1,ipv4 prefix length:32
.
Related Commands
10-60

10.69 debug mstp agreement

Syntax
debug mstp agreement [interface interface1 instance number1 ]
no debug mstp agreement
Function
This command enables the debug function for fast switchover negotiation of the Multiple
Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP).
Parameters
number1 Instance number Range: 0–32
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function for MSTP fast switchover
negotiation:
ZXAN#debug mstp agreement
Spanning-tree role transition agreement event debugging is on
Related Commands
10.70 debug mstp all

Syntax
debug mstp all
no debug mstp all
10-61

Function
This command enables all the debug functions for Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol
(MSTP).
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to enable all the debug functions for MSTP:
ZXAN#debug mstp all
Spanning-tree all debugging is on
Related Commands
10.71 debug mstp bpdu-rx

Syntax
debug mstp bpdu-rx [interface interface1 ]
no debug mstp bpdu-rx
Function
This command enables the debug function for the received MSTP packets.
Parameters
Mode
10-62

Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function for the received MSTP
packets:
ZXAN#debug mstp bpdu-rx
Spanning-tree received BPDUs debugging is on
Related Commands
10.72 debug mstp bpdu-tx

Syntax
debug mstp bpdu-tx [interface interface1 ]
no debug mstp bpdu-tx
Function
This command enables the debug function for the sent MSTP packets.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function for the sent MSTP packets:
ZXAN#debug mstp bpdu-tx
Spanning-tree transmitted BPDUs debugging is on
Related Commands
10-63

10.73 debug mstp errors

Syntax
debug mstp errors
no debug mstp errors
Function
This command enables the debug function for MSTP errors.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function for MSTP errors:
ZXAN#debug mstp errors
Spanning-tree errors debugging is on
Related Commands
10.74 debug mstp flush

Syntax
debug mstp flush [interface interface1 instance number1 ]
no debug mstp flush
Function
This command enables the debug function for MAC address deletion in MSTP.
10-64

Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function for MAC address deletion
in MSTP:
ZXAN#debug mstp flush
Spanning-tree flush MAC event debugging is on
Related Commands
10.75 debug mstp info

Syntax
debug mstp info [interface interface1 instance number1 ]
no debug mstp info
Function
This command enables the debug function for MSTP state machine information.
Parameters
Mode
10-65

Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function for MSTP state machine
information:
ZXAN#debug mstp info
Spanning-tree port information state machine debugging is on
Related Commands
10.76 debug mstp migration

Syntax
debug mstp migration [interface interface1 ]
no debug mstp migration
Function
This command enables the debug function for the state machine information for MSTP
migration.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function for the state machine
information for MSTP migration:
ZXAN#debug mstp migration
Spanning-tree protocol migration state machine debugging is on
10-66

Related Commands
10.77 debug mstp proposals

Syntax
debug mstp proposals [interface interface1 instance number1 ]
no debug mstp proposals
Function
This command enables the debug function for negotiation request information of MSTP
fast switchover.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function for negotiation request
information of MSTP fast switchover:
ZXAN#debug mstp proposals
Spanning-tree role transition proposals event debugging is on
Related Commands
10.78 debug mstp roles

Syntax
debug mstp roles [instance number1 ]
no debug mstp roles
10-67

Function
This command enables the debug function for state machine information of MSTP instance
calculation.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function for state machine
information of MSTP instance calculation:
ZXAN#debug mstp roles
Spanning-tree port roles select state machine debugging is on
Related Commands
10.79 debug mstp state

Syntax
debug mstp state [interface interface1 ]
no debug mstp state
Function
This command enables the debug function for the port status synchronization information
about MSTP ports.
Parameters
Mode
10-68

Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function for the port status
synchronization information about MSTP ports:
ZXAN#debug mstp state
Spanning-tree port state transition state machine debugging is on
Related Commands
10.80 debug mstp tc

Syntax
debug mstp tc [interface interface1 instance number1 ]
no debug mstp tc
Function
This command enables the debug function for state machine information of MSTP topology
changes.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function for state machine
information of MSTP topology changes:
ZXAN#debug mstp tc
Spanning-tree topology change state machine debugging is on
10-69

Related Commands
10.81 debug mstp timers

Syntax
debug mstp timers
no debug mstp timers
Function
This command enables the debug function for information about the MSTP timer.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To disable this debug function, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function for information about the
MSTP topology state machine:
ZXAN#debug mstp timers
Spanning-tree timers event debugging is on
Related Commands
10.82 debug ndp-lio all

Syntax
debug ndp-lio all
no debug ndp-lio all
Function
This command enables all the debug functions for NDP-LIO.
10-70

Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to enable all the debug functions for NDP-LIO:
debug ndp-lio all
Related Commands
10.83 debug ndp-lio data

Syntax
debug ndp-lio data interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport number3 } ]
no debug ndp-lio data interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport number3 } ]
Function
This command enables the debug function for the NDP-LIO error packets received.
Parameters
interface1 - -
Mode
10-71

Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function for the NDP-LIO error
packets received:
ZXAN#debug ndp-lio data gpon-onu_1/4/1:1
Related Commands
10.84 debug ndp-lio error

Syntax
debug ndp-lio error interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport number3 } ]
no debug ndp-lio error interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport number3 } ]
Function
This command enables the debug function for NDP-LIO errors.
Parameters
interface1 - -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function for NDP-LIO errors:
10-72

debug ndp-lio error gpon-onu_1/4/1:1
Related Commands
10.85 debug ndp-lio event

Syntax
debug ndp-lio event interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport number3 } ]
no debug ndp-lio event interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport number3 } ]
Function
This command enables the debug function for NDP-LIO status change errors.
Parameters
interface1 - -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function for NDP-LIO status change
errors:
debug ndp-lio event gpon-onu_1/4/1:1
Related Commands
10-73

10.86 debug port-identification all

Syntax
debug port-identification all
no debug port-identification all
Function
This command enables all the debug functions for port identification configuration.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To disable all the debug functions for port identification configuration, use the no form of
this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable all the debug functions for port identification
configuration:
ZXAN#debug port-identification all
Related Commands
10.87 debug port-identification data
10.88 debug port-identification error
10.89 debug port-identification event

Syntax
debug port-identification data interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport number3 } ]
no debug port-identification data interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport number3 } ]
10-74

Function
This command enables the debug function for the port identification data.
Parameters
interface1 Interface number -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To disable the debug function for the port identification data, use the no form of this
command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function for the NDP-LIO error
packets received:
ZXAN#debug port-identification data gpon-onu_1/4/1:1
Related Commands

Syntax
debug port-identification error interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport number3 } ]
no debug port-identification error interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport number3 } ]
Function
This command enables the debug function for the port identification error packets received.
10-75

Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To disable the debug function for the port identification error packets received, use the no
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function for the port identification
ZXAN#debug port-identification error gpon-onu_1/4/1:1
Related Commands

Syntax
debug port-identification event interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport number3 } ]
no debug port-identification event interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport number3 } ]
Function
This command enables the debug function to trigger port identification status changes.
Parameters
10-76

Mode
Usage Guidelines
To disable the debug function to trigger port identification status changes, use the no form
of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function to trigger port identification
status changes:
ZXAN#debug port-identification event gpon-onu_1/4/1:1
Related Commands
10.90 debug portloc-profile all

Syntax
debug portloc-profile all
no debug portloc-profile all
Function
This command enables all the debug functions for port identification profiles.
Parameters
None
Mode
10-77

Usage Guidelines
To disable all the debug functions for port identification profiles, use the no form of this
command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug functions for all the port
identification profiles:
debug portloc-profile all
Related Commands
10.93 debug portloc-profile event
10.92 debug portloc-profile error
10.91 debug portloc-profile data

Syntax
debug portloc-profile data interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport number3 } ]
no debug portloc-profile data interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport number3 } ]
Function
This command enables the debug function for the port location profile error packets
received.
Parameters
interface1 - -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To disable the debug function for the port location profile error packets received, use the
no form of this command.
10-78

Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function for the port location profile
ZXAN#debug portloc-profile data gpon-onu_1/4/1:1
Related Commands

Syntax
debug portloc-profile error interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport number3 } ]
no debug portloc-profile error interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport number3 } ]
Function
This command enables the debug function for port location profile errors.
Parameters
interface1 - -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To disable the debug function for port location profile errors, use the no form of this
command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function for port location profile
errors:
debug portloc-profile error gpon-onu_1/4/1:1
10-79

Related Commands

Syntax
debug portloc-profile event interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport number3 } ]
no debug portloc-profile event interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport number3 } ]
Function
This command enables the debug function for status change errors of port location profiles.
Parameters
interface1 - -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To disable the debug function for status change errors of port location profiles, use the no
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function for status change errors
of port location profiles:
debug portloc-profile event gpon-onu_1/4/1:1
Related Commands
10-80

10.94 debug pppoe-intermediate-agent all

Syntax
debug pppoe-intermediate-agent all
no debug pppoe-intermediate-agent all
Function
This command enables all the debug functions for the PPPoE-Plus.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To disable all the debug functions for the PPPoE-Plus, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable all the debug functions for the PPPoE-Plus:
debug pppoe-intermediate-agent all
Related Commands
10.97 debug pppoe-intermediate-agent event
10.96 debug pppoe-intermediate-agent error
10.95 debug pppoe-intermediate-agent data

Syntax
debug pppoe-intermediate-agent data interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport number3
}]
no debug pppoe-intermediate-agent data interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport num
ber3 } ]
Function
This command enables the debug function for the PPPoE-Plus data.
10-81

Parameters
interface1 - -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To disable the debug function for the PPPoE-Plus data, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function for the PPPoE-Plus data:
debug pppoe-intermediate-agent data gpon-onu_1/4/1:1
Related Commands

Syntax
debug pppoe-intermediate-agent error interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport numbe
r3 } ]
no debug pppoe-intermediate-agent error interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport num
ber3 } ]
Function
This command enables the debug function for the PPPoE-Plus error packets received.
Parameters
interface1 - -
10-82

Mode
Usage Guidelines
To disable the debug function for the PPPoE-Plus error packets received, use the no form
of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function for the PPPoE-Plus error
packets received:
debug pppoe-intermediate-agent error gpon-onu_1/4/1:1
Related Commands

Syntax
debug pppoe-intermediate-agent event interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport numbe
r3 } ]
no debug pppoe-intermediate-agent event interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport num
ber3 } ]
Function
This command enables the debug function to trigger port identification status changes.
Parameters
interface1 - -
10-83

Mode
Usage Guidelines
To disable the debug function to trigger port identification status changes, use the no form
of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function for PPPoE-Plus events:
debug pppoe-intermediate-agent event gpon-onu_1/4/1:1
Related Commands

Syntax
terminal monitor
no terminal monitor
Function
This command outputs debug information to the current terminal.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To stop debug information output to the current terminal, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to output debug information to the current terminal:
10-84

Related Commands
All the debug commands
10-85

10-86

Chapter 11
VLAN Commands
Table of Contents
Global Commands....................................................................................................11-1
Commands at DSL User Side................................................................................. 11-16
Smart QinQ Commands ......................................................................................... 11-30
Show Commands ................................................................................................... 11-34
Service Port Commands......................................................................................... 11-48
11.1 Global Commands

11.1.1 1588-bind
Syntax
1588-bind
no 1588-bind
Function
This command configures a VLAN to 1588 VLAN.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To reset the configured VLAN to the common VLAN, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure VLAN 10 to 1588 VLAN:
ZXAN(config)#vlan 10
ZXAN(config-vlan10)#1588-bind
11-1

Related Commands
11.4.1 show 1588-vlan
11.1.2 default-vlan
Syntax
default-vlan name1
Function
This command enables or disables the global default-VLAN attribute.
Parameters
name1 enable: Enables the global Default: disable

default-VLAN attribute.
disable: Disables the global
default-VLAN attribute.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, VLAN 1 is invalid even though it has been configured for a port.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the global default-VLAN attribute:
ZXAN(config)#default-vlan enable
ZXAN(config)#
Related Commands
None
11.1.3 description
Syntax
description name1
no description
11-2

Chapter 11 VLAN Commands
Function
This command provides a description for a VLAN.
Parameters
name1 VLAN description, 1–64 -

characters, composed of letters,
numbers, and underlines
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To delete the description, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the description of VLAN 2 and VLAN 3 to
"dialing-network":
ZXAN(config)#vlan 2
ZXAN(config-vlan2)#description dialing-network
ZXAN(config-vlan2)#exit
ZXAN(config)#vlan 3
ZXAN(config-vlan3)#description dialing-network
Related Commands
None
11.1.4 ex-switch
Syntax
ex-switch vlan range1
no ex-switch vlan range1
Function
This command configures a VLAN to learn MAC addresses on the FPGA.
Parameters
range1 VLAN list Range: 1–4094
11-3

Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to configure VLAN-based MAC storage locations.
To delete this configuration and configure a VLAN to learn MAC addresses on the switching
chip, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure VLAN 200 to learn MAC addresses on the
FPGA:
ZXAN(config)#ex-switch vlan 200
Related Commands
11.4.2 show ex-switch vlan
11.1.5 multicast-packet
Syntax
multicast-packet name1
Function
This command configures the VLAN-based multicast packet flood type.
Parameters
name1 Flood-all: floods all multicast -

packets
Flood-unknown : floods
unknown packets
Drop-unknown: drops unknown
packets
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, the VLAN-based multicast packet flood type is flood-unknown.
11-4

Examples
The following example shows how to set the multicast packet flood type for VLAN 2 to
drop-unknown:
ZXAN(config)#vlan 2
ZXAN(config-vlan2)#multicast-packet drop-unknown
Related Commands
11.4.8 show vlan
11.1.6 mvlan-translate
Syntax
mvlan-translate number1 to {number2 |untagged }
no mvlan-translate number1 to {number2 |untagged }
Function
This command configures PON-based MVLAN translation rules.
Parameters
number1 MVLAN ID Range: 1–4094
number2 CVLAN ID Range: 1–4094
untagged untagged -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
A multicast VLAN must be set before the translation items are configured.
This command supports the VLAN translation of downlink multicast data packets and
protocol packet.
This command does not support 1:N translation, but 1:1 translation instead.
Up to 16 translation items can be configured manually.
To cancel the configured translation rules, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the rules for translation from MVLAN 100
to CVLAN 150:
11-5

ZXAN(config)#mvlan-translate 100 to 150
Related Commands
11.4.4 show mvlan-translate
11.1.7 name
Syntax
name WORD1
no name
Function
This command configures a VLAN name.
Parameters
WORD1 VLAN name, up -

to 32 characters,
beginning with a
letter followed by
letters, numbers,
and underlines
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To restore the default name, use the no form of this command.
By default, the name of VLAN 1 is VLAN0001, name of VLAN 100 is VLAN0100, and so
on.
Examples
The following example shows how to change the name of VLAN 2 to "v2":
ZXAN(config)#vlan 2
ZXAN(config-vlan)#name v2
Related Commands
11.4.8 show vlan
11-6

11.1.8 tpid
Syntax
tpid outer name1 inner name2
Function
This command configures the global ingress TPID list.
Parameters
name1 Outer TPID, in format of -

0xHHHH[,0xHHHH]
name2 Inner TPID, in format of -

0xHHHH[,0xHHHH]
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If an egress TPID of a port is configured, it should be also added in the global ingress TPID
list.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the global outer TPID to 0x8100,0x9100 and inner
TPID to 0x8100:
ZXAN(config)#tpid outer 0x8100,0x9100 inner 0x8100
Related Commands
11.2.14 switchport tpid
11.4.10 show vlan tpid
11.1.9 tpid (VLAN configuration sub-mode)

Syntax
tpid hexadecimal1
Function
This command configures the TPID for a VLAN.
11-7

Parameters
hexadecimal1 TPID, in format of 0xHHHH -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
(1) When the egress TPID of a port is VLAN-based, the TPID of the VLAN is used to send
packets.
(2) The configured VLAN TPID should be included in the global TPID list.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the TPID for VLAN 100:
ZXAN(config-vlan100)#tpid 0x8100
Related Commands
11.4.8 show vlan
11.1.10 vlan
Syntax
vlan {number1 |name WORD1 }
no vlan {number1 |name WORD1 }
Function
This command creates a VLAN and enters the VLAN configuration mode.
Parameters
number1 VLAN Range: 1–4094
name VLAN-name -
WORD1 VLAN name Up to 32 characters, beginning with a

letter followed by letters, numbers, and
underlines
11-8

Mode
Usage Guidelines
To delete the VLAN, use the no form of this command.
During the deletion of an VLAN, an error is prompted if a VLAN is VLAN 1, an L3 VLAN
interface has been created, or IGMP Snooping has been configured.
Examples
The following example shows how to create VLAN 2:
ZXAN(config)#vlan 2
ZXAN(config-vlan2)#
Related Commands
11.4.8 show vlan
11.1.11 vlan (VLAN_DB configuration mode)

Syntax
vlan {range1 [name WORD1 ] |WORD2 name WORD3 }
no vlan WORD4 [name ]
Function
This command creates VLANs in batches.
Parameters
range1 VLAN list Range: 1–4094
name Name -
WORD1 Specified VLAN name -
WORD2 Existing VLAN name -
WORD3 New VLAN name -
WORD4 VLAN name or VLAN list -
Mode
VLAN_DB configuration mode: ZXAN(vlan)#
11-9

Usage Guidelines
The configured VLAN name can be used for a single VLAN. Multiple VLANs are not allowed
to share the same name.
When VLANs are deleted in batches, an error message will be displayed if one VLAN
is VLAN 1, or a layer-3 VLAN interface has been created, or IGMP Snooping has been
configured.
To delete the created VLANs, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to create VLAN 2 through VLAN 100:
ZXAN(config)#vlan database
ZXAN(vlan)#vlan 2-100
Related Commands
11.1.12 vlan database

Syntax
vlan database
Function
This command creates VLANs in batches.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To deleted the VLANs, use the no form of this command.
Different VLANs must have different names.
During VLAN deletion in batches, an error is prompted if a VLAN is VLAN 1, an L3 VLAN
interface has been created, or IGMP Snooping has been configured.
Examples
The following example shows how to create VLANs 2–100 in batches:
ZXAN(config)#vlan database
11-10

ZXAN(vlan)#vlan 2-100
Related Commands
11.1.13 vlan-reserve
Syntax
vlan-reserve name1 name2
no vlan-reserve name1 name2
Function
This command configures a reserved VLAN.
Parameters
name1 VLAN list -
name2 Type of a reserved VLAN -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The available types of a reserved VLAN include gpon, in-voip, out-voip, pwe3-atm,
pwe3-cpu, pwe3-tdm, and vpn.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a reserved VLAN:
ZXAN(config)#vlan-reserve 2000,2001 gpon
Related Commands
11.4.12 show vlan-reserve
11.1.14 vlan-scb-action
Syntax
vlan-scb-action interface interface1 {vlan-remove {number1 |vlan number2 |svlan number3 vlan
{number4 |any } } |vlan-translate {vlan number5 user-vlan number6 |svlan number7 vlan {numb
er8 |any } user-vlan number9 } }
11-11

no vlan-scb-action interface interface1 {vlan-remove {number1 |vlan number2 |svlan number3

vlan {number4 |any } } |vlan-translate {vlan number5 user-vlan number6 |svlan number7 vlan
{number8 |any } user-vlan number9 } }
Function
This command configures the VLAN processing of downlink broadcast flood packets for
EPON cards.
Parameters
interface To specify an interface -
number3 SVLAN ID Range: 1–4094
any Mode -
number6 User VLAN ID Range: 1–4094
number7 SVLAN ID Range: 1–4094
number9 User VLAN ID Range: 1–4094
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This function is designed to solve the problem of failure to translate TK-chip downlink
broadcast packets into a subscriber VLAN.
The following functions are supported:
1. Striping of only an outer VLAN
2. Single-layer VLAN translation
3. Double-layer VLAN translation with an outer VLAN stripped
Examples
The following example shows how to strip a single-layer VLAN:
ZXAN(config)#vlan-scb-action interface epon-olt_1/4/1 vlan-translate svlan 200 vlan
100 user-vlan 100
11-12

The following example shows how to configure single-layer VLAN translation:

ZXAN(config)#vlan-scb-action interface epon-olt_1/4/1 vlan-translate svlan 200 vlan
100 user-vlan 10
Related Commands
11.4.13 show vlan-scb-action
11.1.15 vlan-translate
Syntax
vlan-translate ingress-port interface1 {user-vlan number1 |user-outer-vlan number2 user-inne
r-vlan number3 } vlan number4 [svlan number5 ] [name1 ]
no vlan-translate {interface interface1 |ingress-port interface1 {user-vlan number1 |user-outer

-vlan number2 user-inner-vlan number2 } }
Function
This command configures VLAN translation rules based on a PON interface. The outer
VLAN is optional.
Parameters
ingress-port To specify an interface -
number1 VLAN carried on a user packet Range: 1–4094
number2 Outer VLAN carried on a user packet Range: 1–4094
number3 Inner VLAN carried on a user packet Range: 1–4094
vlan To specify a VLAN -
number4 Inner VLAN carried on the translated Range: 1-4094

packet
number5 Outer VLAN carried on the translated Range: 1-4094

packet
name1 1:1 or N:1 -
interface To specify an interface -
Mode
11-13

Usage Guidelines
This command configures the VLAN translation rule based on a PON interface. The
configuration rules must be different from the service-port rules or Q-in-Q rules, and the
user VLAN must be different from the basic VLAN of an ONU interface under a PON
interface. The VLAN translation rules based on ONU is configured by the service-port
command.
To cancel the setting, use the no form of this command. You can delete one or multiple
VLAN translation rules in batches.
Examples
The following example shows how to set VLAN translation based on a PON interface:
ZXAN(config)#vlan-translate ingress-port gpon-olt_1/4/1 user-vlan 10 vlan 20 svlan 30
The following example shows how to delete a specified VLAN translation rule:
ZXAN(config)#no vlan-translate ingress-port gpon-olt_1/4/1 user-vlan 10
Related Commands
11.4.17 show vlan-translate
11.1.16 voip-bind
Syntax
voip-bind
no voip-bind
Function
This command configures a VLAN to a VOIP VLAN for the voice narrowband service.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To reset the configured VLAN to the common VLAN, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure VLAN 20 to a VOIP VLAN:
11-14

ZXAN(config-vlan20)#voip-bind
Related Commands
11.4.11 show vlan voip-bind
11.1.17 xconnect
Syntax
xconnect name1 [cvlan number1 ]
Function
This command configures a vlan-xconnect rule, which specifies whether to perform
switching based on SVLAN or SVLAN+CVLAN for the dedicated channel of a specific
user interface and uplink interface.
Parameters
name1 Enable or disables a -

vlan-xconnect rule
number1 Inner VLAN of the vlan-xconnect Range: 1–4094

rule
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to configure a 1:1 VLAN rule.
The uplink interface can be of smartgroup type.
Once the user interface, uplink interface, and whether to use svlan or svlan+cvlan are
specifed, the user data packets are directly sent to the uplink interface without learning
MAC+VLAN if the VLAN data accords with SVLAN or SVLAN+CVLAN.
The VLAN that has been configured with an xconnect rule can have only one uplink
interface and user interface.
To delete the rule, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set an xconnect rule for VLAN 100:
11-15

ZXAN(config-if)#service-port 1 user-vlan 100 vlan 100

ZXAN(config-if)#switchport vlan 100 tag
ZXAN(config-vlan100)#xconnect enable
Related Commands
11.4.18 show vlan-xconnect detail
11.2 Commands at DSL User Side

11.2.1 ingress-filter
Syntax
ingress-filter name1
Function
This command enables or disables the ingress-filter attribute of a port.
Parameters

ingress-filter attribute.
ingress-filter attribute.
Mode
Layer 2 FEI interface mode, L2 GEI interface mode, 10G_Ether interface mode:
ZXAN(config-if)#
Usage Guidelines
If the ingress-filter attribute of a port is enabled, it is necessary to check whether the VLAN
of ingress packets match up with the port. If the ingress-filter attribute is disabled, such a
check is not required.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the ingress-filter attribute of a port:
ZXAN(config-if)#ingress-filter enable
11-16

ZXAN(config-if)#
Related Commands
11.4.3 show ingress-filter interface
11.2.2 mvlan-translate
Syntax
mvlan-translate number1 to {number2 |untag } [pvc number3 ]
no mvlan-translate [pvc number3 ]
Function
This command configures MVLAN translation rules for a DSL port.
Parameters
number1 MVLAN Range: 1–4094
number2 CVLAN Range: 1–4094
untag Untag -
Mode
PTP interface mode, GPON ONU interface mode, and ADSL interface mode
Usage Guidelines
To cancel the configured translation rules, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the rules for translation from MVLAN 100
to CVLAN 120 for the port vdsl_1/7/1:
ZXAN(config)#interface vdsl_1/7/1
ZXAN(config-if)#mvlan-translate 100 to 120
Related Commands
11.4.5 show mvlan-translate interface
11-17

11.2.3 switchport default vlan

Syntax
switchport default vlan WORD1 [name1 ]
no switchport default vlan
Function
This command adds a hybrid port to a default VLAN and modifies the PVID of the port. If
the VLAN does not exist, it will be created.
Parameters
WORD1 VLAN name or VLAN ID -
name1 VLAN -
Mode
L2 FEI interface mode, L2 GEI interface mode, 10G_Ether interface mode:
ZXAN(config-if)#
Usage Guidelines
By default, a layer-2 port is located in VLAN 1. Use this command to set the default VLAN
of the port and modify the PVID.
A port in access mode can be added to a VLAN only with this command.
To delete the port from the VLAN and restore the default PVID 1, use the no form of this
command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the default VLAN to 100:
ZXAN(config-if)#switchport default vlan 100
Related Commands
11.4.9 show vlan port
11.2.4 switchport mode

Syntax
switchport mode name1 [untagged ] [single-tagged ] [double-tagged ]
11-18

Function
This command configures the VLAN port link mode for a port. By default, trunk is
configured for an Ethernet port and smartgroup, hybrid for a PON subscriber port, and
access for a DSL subscriber port.
Parameters
name1 Mode name: access, trunk, or -

hybrid
untagged Untagged packet (for GPON -

ONU interface mode)
single-tagged Single-tagged packet (for -

GPON ONU interface mode)
double-tagged Double-tagged packet (for -

GPON ONU interface mode)
Mode
Layer-2 FEI interface mode, L2 GEI interface mode, 10G_Ether interface mode:
ZXAN(config-if)#
Usage Guidelines
A port in trunk mode receives only tagged packets, while a port in hybrid mode receives
both tagged and untagged packets. A port in trunk mode can be directly switched to hybrid
mode. For switching between other modes, the tagged or untagged VLAN where the port
is located should be deleted (except VLAN 1).
A port in access mode belongs to only one VLAN.
An uplink port cannot be configured to access mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the VLAN link mode of a port to trunk:
ZXAN(config-if)#switchport mode trunk
Related Commands
11-19

11.2.5 switchport priority-cvlan

Syntax
switchport priority-cvlan number1 cvlan {number2 |WORD1 } [pvc number3 ]
no switchport priority-cvlan number1 [pvc number3 ]
Function
This command configures the priority CVLAN mapping relationship for a port.
Parameters
number1 Priority level Range: 0–7
number2 Added inner VLAN ID Range: 1–4094
WORD1 Added inner VLAN name -
Mode
ADSL interface mode, VDSL interface mode, and SHDSL interface mode
Usage Guidelines
The priority VLAN mapping must be enabled before the priority CVLAN is configured.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the priority CVLAN for a port:
ZXAN(config-if)#switchport priority-cvlan 1 cvlan 100
Related Commands
11.2.6 switchport priority-vlan

Syntax
switchport priority-vlan number1 vlan {number2 |WORD1 } [pvc number3 ]
no switchport priority-vlan number1 [pvc number3 ]
Function
This command configures the priority VLAN mapping relationship for a port.
11-20

Parameters
number2 Added outer VLAN ID Range: 1–4094
WORD1 Added outer VLAN name -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The priority VLAN mapping must be enabled before the priority VLAN is configured.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the priority VLAN for a port:
ZXAN(config-if)#switchport priority-vlan 1 vlan 100
Related Commands
11.2.7 switchport priority-vlan-mapping

Syntax
switchport priority-vlan-mapping name1 [pvc number1 ]
Function
This command enables or disables the priority VLAN mapping attribute for a DSL port.
Parameters
name1 enable -
disable
Mode
11-21

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the priority VLAN mapping attribute for a DSL
port:
ZXAN(config-if)#switchport priority-vlan-mapping enable
Related Commands
11.2.8 switchport protocol-cvlan

Syntax
switchport protocol-cvlan hexadecimal1 cvlan {number1 |WORD1 } [pvc number2 ]
no switchport protocol-cvlan hexadecimal1 [pvc number2 ]
Function
This command configures the protocol CVLAN mapping relationship for a port.
Parameters
hexadecimal1 Protocol type -
number1 Added inner VLAN ID Range: 1–4094
WORD1 Added inner VLAN name -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The protocol VLAN mapping must be enabled before the protocol CVLAN is configured.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the protocol CVLAN for a port:
11-22

ZXAN(config-if)#switchport protocol-cvlan 0x0800 cvlan 100
Related Commands
11.2.9 switchport protocol-vlan

Syntax
switchport protocol-vlan hexadecimal1 vlan {number1 |WORD1 } [pvc number2 ]
no switchport protocol-vlan hexadecimal1 [pvc number2 ]
Function
This command configures the protocol VLAN mapping relationship for a port.
Parameters
hexadecimal1 Protocol type -
number1 Added outer VLAN ID Range: 1–4094
WORD1 Added outer VLAN name -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The protocol VLAN mapping must be enabled before the protocol VLAN is configured.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the protocol VLAN for a port:
ZXAN(config-if)#switchport protocol-vlan 0x0800 vlan 100
Related Commands
11-23

11.2.10 switchport protocol-vlan-mapping

Syntax
switchport protocol-vlan-mapping name1 [pvc number1 ]
Function
This command enables or disables the protocol VLAN mapping attribute for a DSL port.
Parameters
name1 enable -
disable
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the protocol VLAN mapping attribute for a
DSL port:
ZXAN(config-if)#switchport protocol-vlan-mapping enable
Related Commands
11.2.11 switchport qinq

Syntax
switchport qinq vlan WORD1 svlan WORD2 [name1 ] [pvc number1 ]
no switchport qinq vlan WORD1 svlan WORD1 [name1 ] [pvc number1 ]
Function
This command configures QinQ translation rules for a DSL port.
11-24

Parameters
WORD1 Subscriber packet VLAN name. -
WORD2 Translated outer VLAN name. -
name1 When both the VLAN ID and -

SVLAN ID are represented with
ranges, for example, VLAN ID
2,4–6 and SVLAN ID 20,22–24,
this parameter indicates that
one value from the VLAN ID
range corresponds to one value
from the SVLAN ID range, that
is, for instance, VLAN ID 2
corresponds to SVLAN ID 20.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure QinQ translation rules for the port
vdsl_1/7/1:
ZXAN(config-if)#switchport qinq vlan 10 svlan 200
Related Commands
11.2.12 switchport tls

Syntax
switchport tls name1
Function
This command enables or disables the Transparent LAN Service (TLS) attribute for a port.
11-25

Parameters
name1 enable: Enables the TLS Default: disable

attribute for a port.
disable: Disables the TLS
attribute for a port.
Mode
L2 GEI interface mode and 10G_Ether interface mode: ZXAN(config-if)#, ADSL interface
mode
Usage Guidelines
For a port in access mode, the TLS remains disabled. For a port in trunk or hybrid mode,
when the attribute of the TLS is switched from enable to disable, the TLS VLAN is changed
to 1 automatically.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the TLS attribute of a DSL port:
ZXAN(config-if)#switchport tls enable
Related Commands
11.2.13 switchport tls vlan

Syntax
switchport tls vlan {number1 |WORD1 }
Function
This command configures the TLS VLAN mapping relationship for a port. With the TLS
enabled, the default TLS VLAN of the user port is 1.
Parameters
number1 TLS-VLAN ID Range: 1–4094
WORD1 VLAN name -
11-26

Mode
L2 GEI interface mode and 10G_Ether interface mode: ZXAN(config-if)#, PTP interface
mode
Usage Guidelines
The TLS VLAN cannot be configured until the TLS is enabled. With the TLS VLAN
configured, all the TLS streams are tagged with the TLS VLAN.
A VDSL port without a PVC tag added works as a PTM port.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the TLS VLAN attribute for a DSL port:
ZXAN(config-if)#switchport tls vlan 20
Related Commands
11.2.14 switchport tpid

Syntax
switchport tpid {hexadecimal1 |vlan |port }
Function
This command configures the TPID attribute for a port.
Parameters
hexadecimal1 TPID type -
vlan Based on VLAN -
port Based on port -
Mode
L2 FEI interface mode, L2 GEI interface mode, and 10G_Ether interface mode:
ZXAN(config-if)#
Usage Guidelines
The TPID value cannot be the values of some protocols, such as 0x0806 and 0x0800.
11-27

Examples
The following example shows how to configure the TPID attribute for the port gei_1/19/1:
ZXAN(config-if)#switchport tpid 0x9100
Related Commands
11.2.15 switchport translate

Syntax
switchport translate vlan WORD1 [cvlan WORD2 ] svlan WORD3 [name1 ] [pvc number1 ]
no switchport translate vlan WORD1 [cvlan WORD1 ] svlan WORD1 [name1 ] [pvc number1 ]
Function
This command configures VLAN translation rules for a DSL port.
Parameters
WORD1 Subscriber packet VLAN name. -
WORD2 Translated inner VLAN name. -
WORD3 Translated outer VLAN name. -
name1 When the VLAN ID, CVLAN -

ID, and SVLAN ID are all
represented with ranges, for
example, VLAN ID 2,4–6,
CVLAN ID 10,12–14, and
SVLAN ID 20,22–24, this
parameter indicates that one
value from the VLAN ID range
corresponds to one value from
the CVLAN ID range and one
value from the SVLAN ID range,
that is, for instance, VLAN ID 2
corresponds to CVLAN ID 10
and SVLAN ID 20.
Mode
11-28

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure VLAN translation rules for the port
vdsl_1/7/1:
ZXAN(config-if)#switchport translate vlan 10 cvlan 100 svlan 200
Related Commands
11.2.16 switchport vlan

Syntax
switchport vlan WORD1 {tag |untag }
no switchport vlan WORD1
Function
This command adds a port to a VLAN. If the VLAN does not exist, it will be created.
Parameters
WORD1 VLAN ID or VLAN name. -
tag Indicates that a port is added to -

a VLAN with a tag.
untag Indicates that a port is added to -

a VLAN without a tag.
Mode
L2 FEI interface mode, L2 GEI interface mode, and 10G_Ether interface mode:
ZXAN(config-if)#
Usage Guidelines
A port in trunk mode can be added to a VLAN only with a tag attached.
The mode for a port to add to a VLAN depends on the VLAN mode of the port.
This command cannot be used for a port in access mode.
11-29

To delete the port from the VLAN, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the interface gei_1/19/1 with VLAN 100,
102–110:
ZXAN(config-if)#switchport vlan 100,102-110 tag
Related Commands
11.3 Smart QinQ Commands

11.3.1 vlan-smart-qinq
Syntax
vlan-smart-qinq name1
Function
This command enables or disables the global smart Q-in-Q function.
Parameters
name1 enable: Enables the global -

smart Q-in-Q function.
smart Q-in-Q function.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
After the global smart Qi-inQ function changes to disabled, the configured vlan-smart-qinq
rule is still available in the software and can be viewed through the show vlan-smart-qinq
command. However, the entry is deleted from the hardware configuration, meaning that
the smart Q-in-Q service will be interrupted.
After the global smart Qi-inQ function changes to enabled, the system sends the hardware
entry again and validate the service. In this case, the interrupted service is restored.
11-30

Examples
The following example shows how to enable the global smart Q-in-Q function:
ZXAN(config)#vlan-smart-qinq enable
Related Commands
11.4.15 show vlan-smart-qinq global-status
11.3.2 vlan-smart-qinq (10G_Ether interface mode)

Syntax
vlan-smart-qinq name1
Function
This command enables or disables the VLAN-smart-QinQ function of an interface.
Parameters

VLAN-smart-QinQ function
of an interface.
VLAN-smart-QinQ function
of an interface.
Mode
10G_Ether interface mode: ZXAN(config-if)#, PortChL2 interface mode, and GPON OLT
interface mode
Usage Guidelines
The global VLAN-smart-QinQ function must be enabled before the VLAN-smart-QinQ is
enabled for an interface. When the enabling status of the VLAN-smart-QinQ of a PON port
is changed from enable to disable, all the VLAN-smart-QinQ rules for this port are deleted.
Users should use this command with caution.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the VLAN-smart-QinQ of the port
gpon-olt_1/5/1:
ZXAN(config-if)# vlan-smart-qinq enable
11-31

Related Commands
11.4.16 show vlan-smart-qinq port-status
11.3.3 vlan-smart-qinq ingress-port

Syntax
vlan-smart-qinq ingress-port interface1 {cvlan number1 [to number2 ] [{ether-type hexadecima
l1 |cos number3 } ] |{ether-type hexadecimal2 |cos number4 } } svlan number5 [newcos number6 ]
no vlan-smart-qinq ingress-port interface1 {cvlan number1 [to number2 ] [{ether-type hexadeci
mal1 |cos number3 } ] |{ether-type hexadecimal2 |cos number4 } } svlan number5 [newcos numbe
r6 ]
Function
This command configures smart Q-in-Q VLAN rules.
Parameters
number1 Begin CVLAN Range: 1–4094
number2 End CVLAN Range: 1–4094
hexadecimal1 Ethernet type -
hexadecimal2 Ethernet type -
number5 SVLAN Range: 1–4094
Mode
Usage Guidelines
A smart Q-in-Q rule supports seven modes:
l Based on a single CVLAN
l Based on a CVLAN range
l Based on a COS
l Based on an Ethernet type
l Based on single CVLAN+COS
l Based on single CVLAN+Ehternent
11-32

l Based on a transparent VLAN

One interface can be configured with multiple modes. The pre-defined sequence applies
in case of conflict.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure smart Q-in-Q rules based on a CVLAN
range:
ZXAN(config)#vlan-smart-qinq ingress-port epon-olt_1/3/1 cvlan
100 to 110 svlan 200
The following example shows how to configure smart Q-in-Q rules based on a priority:
ZXAN(config)#vlan-smart-qinq ingress-port epon-olt_1/3/1 cos 7
svlan 201
The following example shows how to configure smart Q-in-Q rules based on an Ethernet
type:
ZXAN(config)#vlan-smart-qinq ingress-port epon-olt_1/3/1
ether-type 0x0806 svlan 202
The following example shows how to configure smart Q-in-Q rules based on CVLAN+
priority:
20 to 20 cos 6 svlan 203
The following example shows how to configure smart Q-in-Q rules based on
CVLAN+Ethernet type:
21 to 21 ether-type 0x0809 svlan 204
The following example shows how to delete a configured smart Q-in-Q rule:
ZXAN(config)#no vlan-smart-qinq ingress-port epon-olt_1/3/1 cvlan
100 to 110 svlan 200
Related Commands
11.4.14 show vlan-smart-qinq
11-33

11.4 Show Commands

11.4.1 show 1588-vlan
Syntax
show 1588-vlan
Function
This command displays all the 1588 VLANs created in the system.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the created 1588 VLANs:
ZXAN(config)#show 1588-vlan
All created 1588 vlan:
10
Related Commands
None
11.4.2 show ex-switch vlan

Syntax
show ex-switch vlan
Function
This command displays the VLANs of which the MAC addresses are stored in the FPGA
chip.
Parameters
None
11-34

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the VLANs of which the MAC addresses are
stored in the FPGA chip:
ZXAN(config)#show ex-switch vlan
All External Switch Vlan Number: 102
Details are following:
10,101-200,300
Related Commands
None
11.4.3 show ingress-filter interface

Syntax
show ingress-filter interface interface1 [{vport number1 } ]
Function
This command displays the ingress-filter attribute for a port.
Parameters
number1 PON virtual port ID Range: 1–32
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the ingress-filter attribute for a port:
ZXAN(config-if)#show ingress-filter interface gei_1/19/1
11-35

ingress-filter status : enable

ZXAN(config-if)#
Related Commands
None
11.4.4 show mvlan-translate

Syntax
show mvlan-translate
Function
This command displays PON-based MVLAN translation rules.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display PON-based MVLAN translation rules:
ZXAN(config)#show mvlan-translate
Mvlan Cvlan
----------------------------------------
100 150
Related Commands
None
11.4.5 show mvlan-translate interface

Syntax
show mvlan-translate interface interface1 [{pvc number1 } ]
Function
This command displays MVLAN translation rules for a DSL port.
11-36

Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display MVLAN translation rules for a DSL port:
ZXAN(config)#show mvlan-translate interface vdsl_1/7/1
Mvlan Cvlan
----------------------------------------
100 120
Related Commands
None
11.4.6 show service-port

Syntax
show service-port shelf number1 slot number2
Function
This command displays the configured service ports (by slot number).
Parameters
number2 Slot number of a card Range: 0–22
Mode
11-37

Usage Guidelines
The slot number of the main control card cannot be designated.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the service ports by slot number:
ZXAN(config)#show service-port shelf 1 slot 4
Interface epon-onu_1/4/1:1
Sport Vport BeginVid EndVid OuterVid InnerVid UserPrio Dscp Etype Filter Vlan C
os SVlan SCos Tls Mode Ingress Egress Queue Status Enable
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------
1 1 22 22 -- -- -- -- -- -- 22 -
- 22 -- -- 1:1 -- -- -- -- YES
Sport total number:
1
Related Commands
None
11.4.7 show service-port interface

Syntax
show service-port interface interface1 [number1 ]
Function
This command displays the configured service ports (by interface).
Parameters
number1 Service port ID Range: 1–128
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
11-38

Examples
The following example shows how to display the service ports configured for the port
epon-onu_1/4/1:1:
ZXAN(config)#show service-port interface epon-onu_1/4/1:1
Interface epon-onu_1/4/1:1
Sport Vport BeginVid EndVid OuterVid InnerVid UserPrio Dscp Etype Filter Vlan C
os SVlan SCos Tls Mode Ingress Egress Queue Status Enable
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------
1 1 22 22 -- -- -- -- -- -- 22 -
- 22 -- -- 1:1 -- -- -- -- YES
Sport total number:
1
ZXAN(config)#
Related Commands
None
11.4.8 show vlan

Syntax
show vlan {number1 |name WORD1 }
Function
This command displays the configuration of a specified VLAN.
Parameters
name VLAN name -
WORD1 Specified VLAN name -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command displays information about the ports added to a VLAN.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the configuration of VLAN 22:
11-39

ZXAN(config-if)#show vlan 100

vlanid :100
name :VLAN0100
description :N/A
multicast-packet:flood-unknown
tpid :0x8100
port(untagged):
port(tagged):
gpon-onu_1/4/1:1:1
Related Commands
None

Syntax
show vlan port interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 } ]
Function
This command displays layer-2 VLAN configuration information, including basic VLAN,
TLS, and TLS VLAN configuration.
Parameters
number1 Virtual PON port ID Range: 1–128
number2 Specified PVC ID Range: 1–10
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the VLAN configuration of the interface
gpon-onu_1/4/1:1:
ZXAN(config-if)#show vlan port gpon-onu_1/4/1:1
PortMode Pvid CPvid Tpid/mode TLSStatus TLSVlan
11-40

-------------------------------------------------------
hybrid>=0 1 0 0x8100/PORT disable 0
UntaggedVlan:
1
TaggedVlan:
100
Related Commands
None

Syntax
show vlan tpid [shelf number1 slot number2 ]
Function
This command displays the global TPID list.
Parameters
number2 Slot number of a card Range: 0–22
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the global TPID list:
ZXAN(config)#show vlan tpid
Outer Tpid: 0x8100 0x9100
Inner Tpid: 0x8100
Related Commands
None
11-41

11.4.11 show vlan voip-bind

Syntax
show vlan voip-bind
Function
This command displays all the VOIP VLANs created in the system.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the created VOIP VLANs:
ZXAN(config)#show vlan voip-bind
All created voip vlan:
20
Related Commands
None
11.4.12 show vlan-reserve

Syntax
show vlan-reserve {|}
Function
This command displays the configuration of a reserved VLAN.
Parameters
None
Mode
11-42

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the configuration of a reserved VLAN:
ZXAN(config)#show vlan-reserve
VlanId Status Purpose
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4091 used out-voip
4092 used in-voip
4094 used gpon
Related Commands
None
11.4.13 show vlan-scb-action

Syntax
show vlan-scb-action [interface interface1 ]
Function
This command displays the VLAN translation rules of downlink broadcast flood packets for
EPON cards.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the VLAN translation rules of downlink
broadcast flood packets for EPON cards:
ZXAN(config)#show vlan-scb-action
Interface Svlan Vlan User-vlan
------------------------------------------------------------------
11-43

epon-olt_1/5/1 200 100 10
Related Commands
None
11.4.14 show vlan-smart-qinq

Syntax
show vlan-smart-qinq [ingress-port interface1 [svlan number1 ] ]
Function
This command displays the smart Q-in-Q VLAN rules.
Parameters
number1 SVLAN ID Raneg: 1–4094
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display all Q-in-Q VLAN rules:
ZXAN(config)#show vlan-smart-qinq
smart-qinq item num(used): 1
Ingress-Port Begin- End- EType Cos Svlan NewCos GroupId Status
Vid Vid
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
epon-olt_1/4/3 22 22 ---- 3 22 -- -- OK
Related Commands
11-44


Syntax
show vlan-smart-qinq global-status
Function
This command displays the global smart Q-in-Q status.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the global smart Q-in-Q status:
ZXAN#show vlan-smart-qinq global-status
global-status: enable
Related Commands

Syntax
show vlan-smart-qinq port-status ingress-port interface1
Function
This command displays the VLAN smart Q-in-Q status of a specified interface.
Parameters
11-45

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the VLAN smart Q-in-Q status of the interface
gpon-olt_1/2/1:
ZXAN#show vlan-smart-qinq port-status ingress-port gpon-olt_1/2/1
port-status: gpon-olt_1/2/1 disable
Related Commands
11.4.17 show vlan-translate

Syntax
show vlan-translate [ingress-port interface1 ]
Function
This command displays all the VLAN translation rules or the VLAN translation rules of a
specified PON interface.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display all the VLAN translation rules:
ZXAN(config)#show vlan-translate
11-46

Ingress-Port User-Vlan OuterVid InnerVid Vlan Svlan TransMode Sta

tus
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---
gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 vport 1 100 -- -- 200 -- -- --
gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 vport 1 101 -- -- 201 -- -- --
ZXAN(config)#
Related Commands
None
11.4.18 show vlan-xconnect detail

Syntax
show vlan-xconnect detail [svlan number1 [cvlan number2 ] ]
Function
This command displays the xconnect configuration rule.
Parameters
number1 SCLAN value of the xconnect Range: 1–4094

rule
number2 CVLAN value of the xconnect Range: 1–4094

rule
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the xconnect configuration details:
ZXAN(config)#show vlan-xconnect detail

User-Port Uplink-Port Svlan Cvlan Status
------------------------------------------------------------
gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 vport 1 gei_1/19/1 100 -- --
ZXAN(config)#
11-47

Related Commands
None
11.4.19 show vlan-xconnect summary

Syntax
show vlan-xconnect summary
Function
This command displays all the VLANs configured with xconnect rules.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display all the VLANs configured with xconnect rules:
ZXAN(config)#show vlan-xconnect summary
All Xconnect Vlan Number: 2
Details are following:
2000,3950
Related Commands
None
11.5 Service Port Commands

11.5.1 service-port (layer-2 VLAN translation)
Syntax
service-port number1 [{vport number2 |ethuni name1 } ] user-outer-vlan number3 user-inner-
vlan number4 vlan number5 [new-cos number6 ] [svlan number7 [new-cos number8 ] ] [name2 ]
[ingress name3 ] [egress name4 ] [packet-filter {user-define name5 |name6 } ] [queue-no number9
]
11-48

no service-port number1
Function
This command creates a service port under a designated port for ONU-based layer-2 VLAN
translation.
Parameters
name1 PON port name -
number3 Outer VLAN ID attached to a Range: 1–4094

subscriber packet
number4 Inner VLAN ID attached to a Range: 1–4094

subscriber packet
number5 Translated inner VLAN ID Range: 1–4094
number6 Translated inner VLAN priority Range: 0–7
number7 Translated outer VLAN ID Range: 1–4094
number8 Translated outer VLAN priority Range: 0–7
name2 VLAN translation type 1:1/N:1 -
name3 Ingress traffic profile -
name4 Egress traffic profile -
name5 Custom-defined protocol type -

for packet filtering
name6 Standard protocol type -

IPOE/PPPOE for packet
filtering
number9 QoS queue ID Range: 0–7
Mode
GPON ONU and EPON ONU interface mode
Usage Guidelines
When an ONU is configured with a service port, the PON-based configuration (such as
QinQ, VLAN-translate) on the PON port does not work on the ONU, but instead the service
port rules.
11-49

Examples
The following example shows how to configure layer-2 VLAN translation rules under the
port gpon-onu_1/4/1:1:
ZXAN(config-if)#service-port 1 user-outer-vlan 100 user-inner-vlan 10 vlan 20 svlan 200
Related Commands
11.5.2 service-port (description)

Syntax
service-port number1 [{vport number2 |ethuni name1 } ] description name2
no service-port number1 description
Function
This command configures description information for a service port.
Parameters
name2 Description name of a service -

port
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To delete the configured description information, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to describe service-port 1 under the port
gpon-onu_1/4/1:1 as 'test':
ZXAN(config-if)#service-port 1 description test
11-50

Related Commands
11.5.3 service-port (enable or disable)

Syntax
service-port number1 [{vport number2 |ethuni name1 } ] name2
no service-port
Function
This command enables or disables a service port.
Parameters
name2 enable: Enables a service port. -

disable: Disables a service port.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable service-port 1 under the port
gpon-onu_1/4/1:1:
ZXAN(config-if)#service-port 1 enable
Related Commands
11-51

11.5.4 service-port (QinQ)

Syntax
service-port number1 [{vport number2 |ethuni name1 } ] user-vlan number3 [to number4 ] [{user-
priority number5 |user-etype {user-define name2 |name3 } } ] svlan number6 [new-cos number7 ]
[ingress name4 ] [egress name5 ] [packet-filter {user-define name6 |name7 } ] [queue-no number8
]
Function
This command creates a service port under a designated port for ONU-based QinQ rule
configuration.
Parameters
number3 Start VLAN ID attached to a Range: 1–4094

subscriber packet
number4 End VLAN ID attached to a Range: 1–4094

subscriber packet
name2 Custom-defined Ethernet type -
name3 Standard Ethernet type, in -

0xHHHH format
number7 Outer VLAN priority Range: 0–7


filtering
11-52

Mode
Usage Guidelines
port rules.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure QinQ rules under the port
gpon-onu_1/4/1:1:
ZXAN(config-if)#service-port 1 user-vlan 20 to 30 user-priority 2 svlan 33
Related Commands
11.5.5 service-port (TLS)

Syntax
service-port number1 [{vport number2 |ethuni name1 } ] other-all tls-vlan number3 [queue-no
number4 ]
Function
This command configures a TLS business scenario.
Parameters
number3 VLAN ID added to the outer of Range: 1–4094

the packets from a subscriber
port
Mode
11-53

Usage Guidelines
The TLS attribute of a service port is enabled by default before the TLS-VLAN of the service
port is configured.
To delete the configured TLS business scenario, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a TLS business scenario:
ZXAN(config-if)#service-port 1 other-all tls-vlan 300
Related Commands
11.5.6 service-port (VLAN translation)

Syntax
service-port number1 [{vport number2 |ethuni name1 } ] user-vlan number3 [{user-priority numb
er4 |user-etype {user-define name2 |name3 } } ] vlan number5 [new-cos number6 ] [svlan number7
[new-cos number8 ] ] [name4 ] [ingress name5 ] [egress name6 ] [packet-filter {user-define name7
|name8 } ] [queue-no number9 ]
Function
This command creates a service port under a designated port for ONU-based VLAN
translation.
Parameters
number3 VLAN ID attached to a Range: 1–4094

subscriber packet
name2 Custom-defined Ethernet type -
name3 Standard Ethernet type, in -

0xHHHH format
11-54

number6 Translated inner VLAN priority Range: 0–7
number8 Translated outer VLAN priority Range: 0–7
name4 VLAN translation type 1:1/N:1 -


filtering
Mode
Usage Guidelines
port rules.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure VLAN translation rules under the port
gpon-onu_1/4/1:1:
ZXAN(config-if)#service-port 1 user-vlan 20 user-priority 2 vlan 22
ZXAN(config-if)#service-port 2 user-vlan 30 user-etype user-define 0x9100 vlan 32
ZXAN(config-if)#service-port 3 user-vlan 40 vlan 42 svlan 50
Related Commands
11.5.7 service-port (transparent transmission)

Syntax
service-port number1 [{vport number2 |ethuni name1 } ] user-vlan number3 [to number4 ] trans
parent
11-55

Function
This command creates a service port under a designated port for ONU-based transparent
transmission VLANs.
Parameters
number3 Start VLAN ID attached to a Range: 1–4094

subscriber packet
number4 End VLAN ID attached to a Range: 1–4094

subscriber packet
Mode
Usage Guidelines
port rules.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure transparent transmission VLAN 20 to 30
under the port gpon-onu_1/4/1:1:
ZXAN(config-if)#service-port 1 user-vlan 20 to 30 transparent
Related Commands
11.5.8 service-port (default VLAN)

Syntax
service-port number1 [{vport number2 |ethuni name1 } ] user-vlan untagged vlan number3
11-56

Function
This command creates a service port under a designated port to add a device default VLAN
ID based on an ONU for untagged packets.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
port rules.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the default VLAN to VLAN 10 under the port
gpon-onu_1/4/1:1:
ZXAN(config-if)#service-port 1 user-vlan untagged vlan 10
Related Commands
11-57

11-58

Chapter 12
PON Comands
Table of Contents
PON Basic Command ..............................................................................................12-1
ONU Type Profile Management ................................................................................12-2
OLT Performance Management................................................................................12-7
PON Protection Management.................................................................................12-25
Optical Profile Parameter Configuration..................................................................12-31
Rogue ONU Detection............................................................................................12-38
ONU In-Band Management ....................................................................................12-41
Profile Configuration Management .........................................................................12-45
Other Commands ...................................................................................................12-50
12.1 PON Basic Command

12.1.1 pon
Syntax
pon
Function
This command enters PON mode.
Parameters
None
Mode
ZXAN (config)#
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enter PON mode:
ZXAN(config)#pon
ZXAN(config-pon)#
12-1

Related Commands
None
12.2 ONU Type Profile Management

12.2.1 onu-type
Syntax
onu-type name1 {gpon [description name2 ] [max-tcont number1 ] [max-gemport number2 ] [m
ax-switch-perslot number3 ] [max-flow-perswitch number4 ] [max-iphost number5 ] [service-a
bility N:1 name3 1:M name4 1:P name5 ] [service-mgmt-via-non-omci WiFi name6 ] [omci-s
end-mode {async |sync } ] [default-multicast-range {none |all-inclusive } ] |epon [{description
WORD1 |{[protect-type name7 ] [speed name8 ] }} ] }
no onu-type name1
Function
This command creates an ONU type and sets the properties related to the ONU type.
Parameters
name1 ONU type name, 1–64 -

characters.
gpon GPON ONU type. -
name2 ONU type description, range: -

1–64 characters.
number1 Maximum number of T-CONTs, 1–255

and the default value is 255.
number2 Maximum number of 1–255

GEM Ports, and the default
value is 255.
number3 Maximum number of Bridges of 1–255

each slot, and the default value
is 255.
number4 Maximum number of uplink 1–255

interfaces of each Bridge, and
the default value is 255.
12-2

Chapter 12 PON Comands
number5 Maximum number of IP hosts, 0–255

and the default value is 255.
name3 Whether the N:1 service is -

supported. N:1 indicates bridge
connections between multiple
UNIs and one ANI. By default,
the N:1 service is supported.
name4 Whether the 1:M service is -

supported. 1:M indicates
the 801.1p priority mapping
between a single UNI and
multiple ANIs. By default, the
1:M service is supported.
name5 Whether the 1:P service is -

supported. 1:P indicates the
VLAN filtering between a single
UNI and multiple ANIs. By
default, the 1:P service is
supported.
name6 Whether the WiFi service is -

not managed by the OMCI and
whether OLTs compare and
deliver default WiFi-related ME
values created by the ONU.
enable: non-OMCI
manageable, not comparing
and issuing data;
disable: OMCI manageable,
comparing and issuing data;
The default value is disable.
async Sets that the OMCI delivers -

default ME values in xxx mode.
sync OMCI is issued in -

synchronization mode.
none Uses the ONU default value. -
all-includsive 224.0.0.0–239.255.255.255. -
epon EPON ONU type. -
WORD1 ONU type description, range: -

1–64 characters.
12-3

name7 Protection type. The value -

range is {none|typec|typed},
and the default value is none.
name8 ONU PON interface rate. -

The value range is,
1g, 10g-symmetric, and
10g-asymmetric.
10g-symmetric:10 GB
symmetric.
10g-asymmetric:10 GB,
asymmetric.
The default value is 1g.
Mode
pon global configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
There are default ONU types. Users cannot delete or modify the default types, and cannot
add or delete user interfaces to them. To distinguish GPON ONU from EPON ONU type
profiles, it is recommended to add a GPON mark to such type profiles. For example,
ZTEG-F820/ZTEG-F822/ZTEG-9806H.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a new GPON ONU type whose name is
"ZTEG-F888":
ZXAN(config)#pon
ZXAN(config-pon)# onu-type ZTE-F888 gpon description new-onu
Related Commands
None
12.2.2 onu-type-if
Syntax
onu-type-if name1 name2
no onu-type-if name1 name2
12-4

Function
This command adds a user interface for an ONU type.
Parameters
name1 ONU type name, range: 1–64 -

characters.
name2 ONU user interface description: -

type_slot/portlist, range: 1–31
characters.
l type: prefix, which can be
eth_, e1_ , t1_, ds1_, pots_,
rf_, or wifi_.
l slot: the value range is
0–255.
l portlist: port list, the value
range is 1–255. Users can
enter ports in batches.
Mode
ZXAN(config-pon)#
Usage Guidelines
The default ONU types cannot be deleted or modified, and no user interface can be added
to or deleted from them.
Examples
The following example shows how to add user interfaces for the ONU type whose name
is "ZTE-F888":
ZXAN(config)#pon
ZXAN(config-pon)# onu-type-if ZTE-F888 eth_0/1-4
Related Commands
12.2.4 show onu-type-if
12.2.3 show onu-type

Syntax
show onu-type [name1 [name2 ] ]
12-5

Function
This command queries ONU type information.
Parameters
name1 GPON/EPON ONU type -

information

characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to query all ONU type information:
ZXAN(config-pon)#show onu-type gpon
ONU type name: ZTE-F601
PON type: gpon
Description: 1ETH
Max T-CONT: 8
Max GEM port: 32
Max switch per slot: 8
Max flow per switch: 8
Max iphost: 2
Service ability N:1: support
Service ability 1:M: support
Service ability 1:P: support
WIFI mgmt via non OMCI: disable
OMCI send mode: async
Default multicast range: none
... ...
Related Commands
None
12-6

12.2.4 show onu-type-if

Syntax
show onu-type-if name1
Function
This command queries the user interface information of an ONU type.
Parameters

characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to query the user interface information of the ONU type
whose name is "ZTE-F888":
ZXAN(config-pon)#show onu-type-if ZTE-F888
Onu type name : ZTE-F888
Interface list
eth_0/1
eth_0/2
eth_0/3
eth_0/4
Related Commands
None
12.3 OLT Performance Management

12.3.1 item
Syntax
item name1 name2 name3 alarm number1 restore number2
12-7

no item name1 name2 name3
Function
This command sets the parameters related to OLT MAC performance alarms at the PON
interface.
Parameters
name1 Alarm type -
name2 Statistical duration: 15 minutes -
name3 The uppermost/upper/low/low- -

est threshold
number1 Alarm threshold 0–9223372036854775807
number2 Alarm recovery threshold 0–9223372036854775807
Mode
PROFILE_MAC_OLT configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to set the parameters related to OLT MAC performance
alarms at the PON interface:
ZXAN(config)#perf-mac-olt profile zte
ZXAN(config-mac-perf-olt)#item err 15-min low alarm 1000 restore 2000
Related Commands
None
12.3.2 item (PROFILE_MAC_ONU configuration mode)

Syntax
Function
This command sets the parameters related to ONU MAC performance alarms at the PON
interface.
12-8

Parameters
name1 Alarm type -
name2 Statistic duration: 15 minutes or -

one day

est threshold
number2 Alarm clearing threshold 0–9223372036854775807
Mode
PROFILE_MAC_ONU configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to set the parameters related to ONU MAC performance
alarms at the PON interface:
ZXAN(config)#perf-mac-onu profile zte
ZXAN(config-mac-perf-onu)#item erri 15-min low alarm 1000 restore 2000
Related Commands
None
12.3.3 item (PROFILE_ETH_OLT configuration mode)

Syntax
Function
This command sets the parameters related to OLT Ethernet performance alarms at the
PON interface.
12-9

Parameters
name1 Alarm type -

one day

est threshold
Mode
PROFILE_ETH_OLT configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to sets the parameters related to OLT Ethernet
performance alarms at the PON interface:
ZXAN(config)#perf-eth-olt profile zte
ZXAN(config-eth-perf-olt)#item tx-jabs 15-min low alarm 1000 restore 2000
Related Commands
None
12.3.4 item (PROFILE_ETH_ONU configuration mode)

Syntax
Function
This command sets the parameters related to ONU Ethernet performance alarms at the
PON interface.
12-10

Parameters
name1 Alarm type -

one day

est threshold
Mode
PROFILE_ETH_ONU configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to set the parameters related to ONU Ethernet
performance alarms at the PON interface:
ZXAN(config)#perf-eth-onu profile zte
ZXAN(config-eth-perf-onu)#item rx-jabs 15-min low alarm 1000 restore 2000
Related Commands
None
12.3.5 perf-clear-current
Syntax
perf-clear-current name1 [name2 ]
Function
This command clears current performance statistics at the OLT PON interface.
Parameters
name1 To clear Ethernet/MAC statistics -
name2 To clear 15-min/1-day statistics -
12-11

Mode
gpon olt interface mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to clear current 15-minute Ethernet performance
statistics at an OLT interface:
ZXAN(config-if)#perf-clear-current eth 15min
Related Commands
None
12.3.6 perf-clear-current gemport

Syntax
perf-clear-current gemport number1
Function
This command clears current performance statistics at the GEM port.
Parameters
number1 GEM port index 1–255
Mode
gpon onu interface mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to clear current performance statistics at a GEM port:
ZXAN(config-if)#perf-clear-current gemport 1
12-12

Related Commands
None
12.3.7 perf-clear-current onu

Syntax
perf-clear-current onu name1 [name2 ]
Function
This command clears current performance statistics at the OLT ONU interface
Parameters
name1 To clear Ethernet/MAC statistics -
name2 To clear 15-min/1-day statistics -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to clear current Ethernet performance statistics at an
ONU interface:
ZXAN(config-if)#perf-clear-current onu eth
Related Commands
None
12.3.8 perf-eth-olt profile

Syntax
perf-eth-olt profile name1
no perf-eth-olt profile name1
12-13

Function
This command creates an alarm profile for Ethernet performance statistics at the OLT
interface, and the corresponding configuration mode is entered.
Parameters
name1 Profile name, range: 1–32 -

characters.
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to create an alarm profile for Ethernet performance
statistics at the OLT interface:
ZXAN(config)#
ZXAN(config)#perf-eth-olt profile zte
ZXAN(config-eth-perf-olt)#
Related Commands
None
12.3.9 perf-eth-onu profile

Syntax
perf-eth-onu profile name1
no perf-eth-onu profile name1
Function
This command creates an alarm profile for Ethernet performance statistics at the ONU
Parameters
name1 Profile name, 1–32 characters. -
12-14

Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to create an alarm profile for Ethernet performance
statistics at the ONU interface:
ZXAN(config)#
ZXAN(config)#perf-eth-onu profile zte
ZXAN(config-eth-perf-onu)#
Related Commands
None
12.3.10 perf-mac-olt profile

Syntax
perf-mac-olt profile name1
no perf-mac-olt profile name1
Function
This command creates an alarm profile for MAC performance statistics at the OLT
Parameters

characters.
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
12-15

Examples
The following example shows how to create an alarm profile for MAC performance statistics
at the OLT interface:
ZXAN(config)#
ZXAN(config)#perf-mac-olt profile zte
ZXAN(config-mac-perf-olt)#
Related Commands
None
12.3.11 perf-mac-onu profile

Syntax
perf-mac-onu profile name1
no perf-mac-onu profile name1
Function
This command creates an alarm profile for MAC performance statistics at the ONU
Parameters

characters.
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to create an alarm profile for MAC performance statistics
at the ONU interface:
ZXAN(config)#
ZXAN(config)#perf-mac-onu profile zte
ZXAN(config-mac-perf-onu)#
12-16

Related Commands
None
12.3.12 perf-profile
Syntax
perf-profile name1 name2
no perf-profile name1
Function
This command applies a performance alarm profile to an PON OLT interface.
Parameters
name1 Ethernet/MAC alarm -
name2 Profile name, 1–32 characters -
Mode
gpon olt interface mode, epon olt interface mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to apply performance alarm profile to an PON OLT
interface:
ZXAN(config-if)#perf-profile eth abc apply
Related Commands
12.3.14 show perf-eth-olt
12.3.16 show perf-mac-olt
12.3.13 perf-profile onu

Syntax
perf-profile onu name1 name2
no perf-profile onu name1
12-17

Function
This command applies an performance alarm profile on an ONU.
Parameters
name1 Ethernet/MAC alarm -
name2 Profile name 1–32 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to apply a performance alarm profile on an ONU:
ZXAN(config-if)#perf-profile onu eth abc
Related Commands
12.3.15 show perf-eth-onu
12.3.17 show perf-mac-onu
12.3.14 show perf-eth-olt

Syntax
show perf-eth-olt profile [name1 ]
Function
This command displays the OLT Ethernet performance statistics alarm profile.
Parameters
Mode
12-18

Usage Guidelines
Before query the profile, you need to create the profile using the command perf-eth-olt.
Examples
The following example shows how to query the OLT Ethernet performance statistics alarm
profile zte:
ZXAN#show perf-eth-olt profile zte
perf-eth-olt profile zte
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
item: tx-bytes 15-min high alarm 1000000 restore 80000
ZXAN#show perf-eth-olt profile
perf-eth-olt profile
--------------------------------
NO.1 profile : p1
NO.2 profile : abc
NO.3 profile : 123
Related Commands
12.3.8 perf-eth-olt profile
12.3.15 show perf-eth-onu

Syntax
show perf-eth-onu profile [name1 ]
Function
This command displays the ONU Ethernet performance statistics alarm profile.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Before query the profile, you need to create the profile using the command perf-eth-onu.
12-19

Examples
The following example shows how to query the ONU Ethernet performance statistics alarm
profile zte:
ZXAN#show perf-eth-onu profile zte
perf-eth-onu profile zte
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
item: tx-pkts 15-min high alarm 100000 restore 10000
ZXAN#show perf-eth-onu profile
perf-eth-onu profile
--------------------------------
NO.1 profile : p1
NO.2 profile : abc
NO.3 profile : 123
Related Commands
12.3.9 perf-eth-onu profile
12.3.16 show perf-mac-olt

Syntax
show perf-mac-olt profile [name1 ]
Function
This command displays the OLT MAC performance statistics alarm profile.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Before query the profile, you need to create the profile using the command perf-mac-olt.
Examples
The following example shows how to query the OLT MAC performance statistics alarm
profile zte:
ZXAN#show perf-mac-olt profile zte
perf-mac-olt profile zte
12-20

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
item:crc-error-packets 15-min high alarm 1000000 restore 80000
ZXAN#show perf-mac-olt profile
perf-mac-olt profile
--------------------------------
NO.1 profile : p1
NO.2 profile : abc
NO.3 profile : 123
Related Commands
12.3.10 perf-mac-olt profile
12.3.17 show perf-mac-onu

Syntax
show perf-mac-onu profile [name1 ]
Function
This command displays the ONU MAC performance statistics alarm profile.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Before query the profile, you need to create the profile using the command perf-mac-onu.
Examples
The following example shows how to query the ONU MAC performance statistics alarm
profile zte:
ZXAN#show perf-mac-onu profile zte
perf-mac-onu profile zte
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
item: crc-error-packets 15-min high alarm 1000000 restore 80000
ZXAN#show perf-mac-onu profile
perf-mac-onu profile
--------------------------------
NO.1 profile : p1
12-21

NO.2 profile : abc

NO.3 profile : 123
Related Commands
12.3.11 perf-mac-onu profile
12.3.18 show performance gemport

Syntax
show performance gemport interface1 number1
Function
This command displays the performance statistics at the GEM port.
Parameters
interface1 GPON ONU interface, format: -

gpon-onu_shelf/slot/olt:onu
number1 GEM port index 1–255
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to query the the performance statistics at the GEM port:
ZXAN(config-if)#show performance gemport gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 1
Related Commands
None
12.3.19 show performance pon-olt

Syntax
show performance pon-olt {eth interface1 |mac interface2 } {current |current-15min-interval
|current-1day-interval |his-15min-interval number1 |his-1day-interval number2 }
12-22

Function
This command displays the performance statistics at the OLT interface.
Parameters
eth Ethernet statistics -
interface1 PON OLT interface, format: -

epon-olt_shelf/slot/port or
gpon-olt_shelf/slot/port
mac MAC statistics -

current Current statistics -
current-15min-interval Current 15-minute statistics -
current-1day-interval Current 1-day statistics -
number1 History 15-minute statistics 1–96
number2 History 1-day statistics 1–7
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to query the current performance statistics at the OLT
interface:
ZXAN#show performance pon-olt eth gpon-olt_1/3/1 current
Related Commands
None
12.3.20 show performance pon-onu

Syntax
show performance pon-onu {eth interface1 |mac interface2 } {current |current-15min-interval
|his-15min-interval number1 ||}
12-23

Function
This command queries the performance statistics at the ONU interface.
Parameters
eth Ethernet statistics. -
interface1 PON ONU interface, format: -

epon-onu_shelf/slot/port:onu or
gpon-onu_shelf/slot/port:onu.
mac MAC statistics. -

epon-onu_shelf/slot/port:onu or
gpon-onu_shelf/slot/port:onu.
current Current statistics. -
current-15min-interval Current 15-minute statistics. -
number1 Historical 15-minute statistics. 1–1
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to query the current performance statistics at the ONU
interface:
ZXAN#show performance pon-onu eth gpon-onu_0/3/1:1 current
Related Commands
None
12-24

12.4 PON Protection Management

12.4.1 protection
Syntax
protection group name1 {workpon interface1 protectpon interface2 name2 |dual-parenting-wo
rk workpon interface3 protectpon name3 peer-ip ip_addr1 name4 |dual-parenting-protect wo
rkpon name5 protectpon interface4 peer-ip ip_addr2 name6 }
no protection group name1
Function
This command creates a protection group.
Parameters
name1 Protection group name, range: -

1–32 characters.
interface1 Working PON interface. -
interface2 Protective PON interface. -
name2 Protection type. -
dual-parenting-work Inter-NE protecting the local -

interface as protective interface.
interface3 Working PON interface. -
name3 Protective PON interface. -
ip_addr1 IP address of the opposite host. -
dual-parenting-protect Inter-NE protecting the local -

interface as protective interface.
name5 Working PON interface. -
interface4 Protective PON interface. -
ip_addr2 IP address of the opposite host. -
Mode
12-25

Usage Guidelines
The two mutually protective PON interfaces must be of the same PON interface type, and
one PON interface cannot belong to different protection groups at the same time.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a protection group whose name is "ZTE“.
In this example, the 1/3/1 PON interface and 1/4/1 PON interface are set to be mutually
protective.
ZXAN(config)#pon
ZXAN(config-pon)#protection group ZTE workpon epon-olt_1/3/1 protectpon epon-olt_1/4/1
typeB
Related Commands
None
12.4.2 protection member

Syntax
protection member group name1 onu-list name2 [peer-onu-list name3 ]
no protection member group name1 onu-list name2
Function
This command creates a member of a typeC/D protection group.
Parameters

1–32 characters.
name2 ONU ID list of the working -

interface, range: 1–64
characters.
name3 ONU ID of the protective -

characters.
Mode
12-26

Usage Guidelines
This command is only valid for typeC/D protection groups.
In intra-NE protection mode, the ONU of a specified onuList must exist under the working
interface, and may not exist under the protective interface.
In auto-mode, all ONUs under the PON interfaces will be automatically added to the
protection group, and users need not specify an ONU list.
The ONU information of a protection group will be automatically updated with the
adding/deleting operations on ONUs. The ONU IDs under the working interface and the
protective interface must be the same.
In automatic mode, group members cannot be deleted.
In inter-NE protection mode, the onuList parameter represents the ONU ID of the PON
interface of the local NE.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a protection group whose name is "d" and how
to cancel the protection of the member whose ONU ID is 10 under the working interface.
In this example, the ONU ID under the working interface is 10, and the ONU ID under the
protective interface is 20.
ZXAN(config-pon)#protection member group d onu-list 10 peer-onu-list 20
ZXAN(config-pon)#no protection member group d onu-list 10
ZXAN(config-pon)#
Related Commands
None
12.4.3 protection prop

Syntax
protection prop group name1 {[mode name2 ] [wtr number1] }
Function
This command sets the property information of a protection group.
12-27

Parameters

1–32 characters.
name2 Protection mode (revertive or -

non-revertive).
number1 Interval of waiting for recovery, 0–86400

unit: second.
Mode
ZXAN(config-pon)#
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set properties of a protection group whose name is
ZTE:
ZXAN(config)#pon
ZXAN(config-pon)#protection prop group ZTE mode non-revertive wtr 120
Related Commands
None
12.4.4 protection switch-command

Syntax
protection switch-command group name1 [onu-list name2] {name3 name4|lock-out-protect}
no protection switch-command group name1 [onu-list name2]
Function
This command sets switching modes of the working interface and protective interface of a
protection group. There is no switching by default.
12-28

Parameters

1–32 characters.
name2 ONU ID list of the working -

characters.
name3 Forcedly switching to protection -

| Manual switchover.
name4 Synchronizing data from -

the protective interface
to the working interface |
Synchronizing data from
the working interface to the
protective interface.
lock-out-protect Locking the protection channel. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The priority of switchover requests are described as follows (from the highest to the lowest):
Locking the protection channel -> Forcedly switching to protection -> Forcedly switching
to work -> Manually switching to protection -> Manually switching to work
Examples
The following example shows how to forcedly switch to protection:
ZXAN(config)#pon
ZXAN(config-pon)#protection switch-command group ZTE force w2p
Related Commands
None
12.4.5 show protection group information

Syntax
show protection group information [name1]
12-29

Function
This command displays the information of a specified protection group.
Parameters
name1 PON protection group name, -

range: 1–32 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information of a protection group:
ZXAN(config-pon)#show protection group information zte
Name : zte
System model: self-contained
Peer host IP: N/A
Protection type : typeB
Work channel interface : gpon-olt_1/15/1
Protect channel interface: gpon-olt_1/15/2
Protection mode: non-revertive
Time to restore(s): 120
Active channel: work-channel
Alarm request:
Work channel: OLTSF
Protect channel: OLTSF
External request: no-request
Related Commands
None
12.4.6 show protection group list

Syntax
show protection group list
12-30

Function
This command lists the created protection groups.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to list the created protection groups:
ZXAN(config)#show protection group list
Related Commands
None
12.5 Optical Profile Parameter Configuration

12.5.1 show pon power attenuation
Syntax
show pon power attenuation interface1
Function
This command queries the optical power loss between the OLT and the ONU.
Parameters

epon-onu_shelf/slot/olt:onu or
gpon-onu_shelf/slot/olt:onu.
Mode
12-31

Usage Guidelines
This command requires that there is at least one optical module; otherwise, the command
result will be N/A
Examples
The following example shows how to query the optical power loss between the OLT and
the ONU:
ZXAN(config)#show pon power attenuation gpon-onu_1/6/1:1
OLT ONU Attenuation
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
up Rx :-22.672 Tx:1.250 23.922
down Tx :2.199 Rx:-22.756 24.955
Related Commands
None
12.5.2 show pon power olt-rx

Syntax
show pon power olt-rx interface1
Function
This command queries the receiving optical power at the OLT.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
result will be N/A
Examples
The following example shows how to query the receiving optical power at the OLT:
12-32

ZXAN(config-gpon)#show pon power olt-rx gpon-onu_1/6/1:1

Rx power: -22.687(dbm)
Related Commands
None
12.5.3 show pon power olt-tx

Syntax
show pon power olt-tx interface1
Function
This command queries the transmitting optical power at the OLT.
Parameters

epon-olt_shelf/slot/olt or
gpon-olt_shelf/slot/olt.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
result will be N/A
Examples
The following example shows how to query the transmitting optical power at the OLT:
ZXAN(config-pon)#show pon power olt-tx gpon-olt_1/3/1
Tx power: 2.106(dbm)
Related Commands
None
12.5.4 show pon power onu-rx

Syntax
show pon power onu-rx interface1
12-33

Function
This command queries the receiving optical power at the ONU.
Parameters
interface1 PON interface, format: -

epon-onu_shelf/slot/olt:onu,
gpon-onu_shelf/slot/olt:onu,
epon-olt_shelf/slot/olt, or
Mode
Usage Guidelines
result will be N/A
Examples
The following example shows how to query the receiving optical power at the ONU:
ZXAN#show pon power onu-rx gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Onu Rx power
------------------------------------
gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 N/A
Related Commands
None
12.5.5 show pon power onu-tx

Syntax
show pon power onu-tx interface1
Function
This command queries the transmitting optical power at the ONU.
12-34

Parameters
interface1 PON interface, format: -

epon-onu_shelf/slot/olt:onu,
gpon-onu_shelf/slot/olt:onu,
epon-olt_shelf/slot/olt, or
Mode
Usage Guidelines
result will be N/A
Examples
The following example shows how to query the transmitting optical power at the ONU:
ZXAN#show pon power onu-tx gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Onu Tx power
------------------------------------
gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 N/A
Related Commands
None
12.5.6 show pon transceiver-thresh

Syntax
show pon transceiver-thresh interface1
Function
This command displays the optical parameter threshold information of a specified PON
interface.
Parameters
Parameter Description Range

12-35

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows ow to display eceiving optical power threshold of OLT:1/3/1:
ZXAN(config)#show pon transceiver-thresh gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Rx power threshold(dbm) :
Upper alarm: -3.000 Lower alarm : -34.000
Upper warning:-3.000 Lower warning :-34.000
Detect period: 900
Related Commands
None
12.5.7 transceiver detect-period

Syntax
transceiver detect-period interface1 number1
Function
This command configures the detection period for receiving optical power.
Parameters
interface1 PON ONU inter- -

face, format: epon-
onu_shelf/slot/oltId:onuId or
gpon-onu_shelf/slot/oltId:onuId.
number1 Detection period. 60–4294967295

Unit: second.
Default value: 900 seconds.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
12-36

Examples
The following example shows how to configure the detection period for receiving optical
power to 120 seconds:
ZXAN(config-pon)#transceiver detect-period gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 120
Related Commands
None
12.5.8 transceiver-threshold rx-power

Syntax
transceiver-threshold rx-power interface1 [{[high-alarm name1] [high-warning name2] [low-w
arning name3] [low-alarm name4] } ]
Function
This command sets the receiving optical module alarm thresholds for a specified PON.
Parameters
interface1 PON ONU inter- -

face, format: epon-
onu_shelf/slot/oltId:onuId or
gpon-onu_shelf/slot/oltId:onuId.
name1 Alarm threshold upper limit. -

Range: 1–16 characters.
Type: float, -34.0 to -3.0dBm.
Default value: -3.0 dBm.
name2 Notification threshold upper -

limit.
name3 Notification threshold lower limit. -

name4 Alarm threshold lower limit. -

12-37

Mode
Usage Guidelines
The receiving optical power alarm thresholds must be configured for a specified ONU.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the receiving optical power alarm thresholds for
a specified PON.
ZXAN(config-pon)#transceiver-thresh rx-power gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 upper-alarm -5 upper-warning -10 lower-
Related Commands
None
12.6 Rogue ONU Detection

12.6.1 rogue-onu-detect
Syntax
rogue-onu-detect number1 {disable|enable locate {disable|enable auto-shutdown name1}}
Function
This command sets the rogue ONU detection function.
Parameters
number1 Slot number of a card, range: 1–19

1–9, 12–19
disable Disabling the rogue ONU -

detection function.
enable Enabling the rogue ONU -

detection function.
name1 Whether to enable the automatic -

disabling rogue ONU function.
Mode
12-38

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the rogue ONU detection function for the
service card at slot 5:
ZXAN(config-pon)#rogue-onu-detect 5 enable locate disable
Related Commands
None
12.6.2 rogue-onu-state
Syntax
rogue-onu-state name1 [duration {forever |number1 } ]
Function
This command sets the rogue ONU state.
Parameters
name1 Rogue ONU state, -

{on | off | shutdown}
forever Sets the state duration to forever -
number1 Sets the state duration, in 1–255

minutes
Mode
GPON ONU interface mode and EPON ONU interface mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the rogue ONU state:
ZXAN(config-if)#rogue-onu-state shutdown
12-39

Related Commands
None
12.6.3 show pon rogue-onu-detect

Syntax
show pon rogue-onu-detect [number1]
Function
This command queries the rogue ONU detection configuration.
Parameters
number1 Slot number, range: 2–6, 9–14 1–14
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to query the rogue ONU detection configuration at slot
3:
ZXAN#show pon rogue-onu-detect 3

Card Detect state Locate state Auto Shutdown
...................................................
0/3 disable N/A N/A
ZXAN#
Related Commands
None
12.6.4 show pon rogue-onu-info

Syntax
show pon rogue-onu-info interface1
12-40

Function
This command display detected information about the rogue ONU.
Parameters

gpon-olt_shelf/slot/olt
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display detected information about the rogue ONU:
ZXAN(config-if)#show pon rogue-onu-info gpon-olt_1/3/1
Related Commands
None
12.7 ONU In-Band Management

12.7.1 ip-pool
Syntax
ip-pool name1 begin ip_addr1 end ip_addr2 ip_addr3 vlan number1 priority number2 route ip_
addr4 ip_addr5 ip_addr6
no ip-pool name1
Function
This command creates an IP address pool.
12-41

Parameters
name1 IP address pool name, range: -

1–64 characters.
ip_addr1 Starting address of the IP -

address pool.
ip_addr2 Ending address of the IP -

address pool.
ip_addr3 Mask of the IP address pool. -
number1 A marked VLAN ID. 1–4094
number2 A marked 802.1p priority. 0–7
ip_addr5 IP mask. -
ip_addr6 Gateway. -
Mode
ZXAN(config-pon)#
Usage Guidelines
A referred IP address pool cannot be deleted or modified. To cancel the setting, use the
Examples
The following example shows how to create an IP address pool:
ZXAN(config)#pon
ZXAN(config-pon)#ip-pool test begin 10.1.1.2 end 10.1.1.254 255.255.255.0

vlan 100 priority 5 route 10.10.10.0 255.255.255.0 10.1.1.1
Related Commands
12.7.3 show pon ip-pool
12.7.2 ip-pool-bind
Syntax
ip-pool-bind interface1 name1
no ip-pool-bind interface1
12-42

Function
This command binds an IP address pool at the OLT PON interface.
Parameters


1–64 characters
Mode
ZXAN(config-pon)#
Usage Guidelines
One PON interface can only be bound with an IP address pool. It can be bound with a
new IP address pool only after the old bound IP address pool is unbound. To cancel the
setting, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to bind the gpon-olt_1/3/1 interface to the IP address
pool whose name is "test":
ZXAN(config-pon)#ip-pool-bind gpon-olt_1/3/1 test
Related Commands
12.7.4 show pon ip-pool-bind
12.7.3 show pon ip-pool

Syntax
show pon ip-pool [name1 ]
Function
The command views an IP address pool.
Parameters

1–64 characters.
12-43

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to view the IP address pool whose name is "test":
ZXAN(config-pon)#show pon ip-pool
IP pool name :test

Begin IP :10.1.1.2
End IP :10.1.1.254
Mask :255.255.255.0
Vlan :100
Priority :5
Subnet :10.10.10.0
Netmask :255.255.255.0
Nexthop :10.1.1.1
Related Commands
None
12.7.4 show pon ip-pool-bind

Syntax
show pon ip-pool-bind {interface1 |name1 }
Function
This command views the information of the IP address pool bound at an interface.
Parameters

epon-olt_shelf/slot/oltId or
gpon-olt_shelf/slot/oltId.

1–64 characters.
12-44

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to view the information of the IP address pool bound at
the gpon-olt_0/3/1 interface:
ZXAN(config-pon)#show pon ip-pool-bind gpon-olt_0/3/1
OLT: gpon-olt_0/3/1
IP pool name: test
Related Commands
None
12.8 Profile Configuration Management

12.8.1 commit
Syntax
commit
Function
This command updates the modified configuration of a profile to an ONU that uses the
profile.
Parameters
None
Mode
GPON line configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
None
12-45

Examples
None
Related Commands
None
12.8.2 onu-profile
Syntax
onu-profile name1 name2
no onu-profile name1 name2
Function
This command creates an EPON/GPON service configuration profile, and enters the
corresponding configuration profile mode.
Parameters
name1 Whether to create a GPON or -

EPON profile.
Mode
PON global configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
l The system supports only GPON profiles.
l After a profile is created successfully, users can execute ZXAN(config-if)#onu <onu
ID> profile to apply the configuration to a specific ONU.
l After a profile is modified, users can execute the commit command to update the
configuration of the ONU that uses the profile, or execute the revert command to
cancel the update.
l To cancel the setting, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a GPON service configuration profile whose
name is "zte“. After the profile is created, the corresponding configuration mode is entered.
ZXAN(config-pon)#onu-profile gpon zte
ZXAN(config-gpon-line)#
12-46

Related Commands
12.8.1 commit
12.8.3 remote
Syntax
remote
Function
This command enters the remote profile configuration mode.
Parameters
None
Mode
GPON line configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to create a GPON service configuration profile with the
name zte and enter the remote configuration mode:

ZXAN(config-gpon-line)#remote
ZXAN(config-gpon-remote)#
Related Commands
None
12.8.4 revert
Syntax
revert
Function
This command cancels the modified configuration applied on an ONU profile.
12-47

Parameters
None
Mode
gpon-line configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
None
Related Commands
None
12.8.5 show pon onu onu-profile

Syntax
show pon onu onu-profile interface1
Function
This command displays the information of the profiles associated with a PON ONU
interface.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information of the profiles associated with
gpon-onu_1/3/1:1:
12-48

ZXAN(config-if)#show pon onu onu-profile gpon-onu_1/3/1:1

Profile Configure result Last handle
----------------------------------------------------------------
int_line 0 0
Related Commands
None
12.8.6 show pon onu-profile

Syntax
show pon onu-profile name1 [name2 [cfg [committed ] ] ]
Function
This command displays all profiles.
Parameters
name1 Whether to display -

GPON/EPON profile
information.
cfg Whether to display the profile -

configuration.
committed Whether to display associated -

information of the profile.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display all the profiles:
ZXAN(config-if)#show pon onu-profile gpon
ProfileName
----------------
int_line
test_line
12-49

f622_line
Related Commands
None
12.9 Other Commands

12.9.1 auto-replace-offline-onu
Syntax
auto-replace-offline-onu number1 name1
Function
This command enables/disables the automatic-replace-offline-onu function.
Parameters
number1 Slot number, range: 1–9, 12–19. 1–19
name1 Whether to enable the -

automatic-replace-offline-onu
function.
Mode
ZXAN(config-pon)#
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the automatic-replace-offline-onu function at
slot 3:
ZXAN(config)#pon
ZXAN(config-pon)#auto-replace-offline-onu 3 enable
Related Commands
None
12-50

12.9.2 blacklist
Syntax
blacklist sn name1
no blacklist sn name1
Function
This command configures the ONU blacklist on a PON interface.
Parameters
name1 ONU SN -
Mode
gpon olt interface mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the ONU blacklist on a PON interface:
ZXAN(config)#int gpon-olt_1/3/1
ZXAN(config-if)#blacklist sn ZTEG00000001
Related Commands
None
12.9.3 clear
Syntax
clear interface1
Function
This command clears all data at a PON interface.
12-51

Parameters

Mode
ZXAN(config-pon)#
Usage Guidelines
Before configure the PON protection, you need to clear ONU configuration on the
protective PON port.
Examples
The following example shows how to clear ONU configuration at the gpon-olt_1/3/1
interface:
ZXAN(config)#pon
ZXAN(config-pon)#clear gpon-olt_1/3/1
[Successful]
ZXAN(config-pon)#
Related Commands
This command can also be used in OLT interface mode:
ZXAN(config-if)#clear
12.9.4 clear onu

Syntax
clear onu interface1
Function
This command clears all service configuration at an ONU interface.
Parameters

12-52

Mode
ZXAN(config-pon)#
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to clear all service configuration at an ONU interface:
ZXAN(config)#pon
ZXAN(config-pon)#clear onu gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Related Commands
This command can also be used in ONU interface mode:
12.9.5 copy epon olt

Syntax
copy epon olt interface1 interface2
Function
This command copies data between EPON PON interfaces.
Parameters
interface1 Source EPON OLT interface, -

format: epon-olt_shelf/slot/olt
interface2 Destination EPON OLT -

interface, format:
epon-olt_shelf/slot/olt
Mode
ZXAN(config-pon)#
Usage Guidelines
None
12-53

Examples
The following example shows how to copy data from the epon-olt_1/6/1 interface to the
epon-olt_1/6/2 interface:
ZXAN(config-pon)#copy epon olt epon-olt_1/6/1 epon-olt_1/6/2
Related Commands
None
12.9.6 copy epon onu

Syntax
copy epon onu interface1 interface2
Function
This command copies data between EPON ONUs.
Parameters
interface1 Source EPON ONU -

interface, format:
epon-onu_shelf/slot/olt:onu
interface2 Destination EPON ONU -

interface, format:
Mode
ZXAN(config-pon)#
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to copy data from epon-onu_1/6/1:1 to
epon-onu_1/6/1:2:
ZXAN(config-pon)#copy epon onu epon-onu_1/6/1:1 epon-onu_1/6/1:2
Related Commands
None
12-54

12.9.7 copy gpon olt

Syntax
copy gpon olt interface1 interface2
Function
This command copies data between GPON PON interfaces.
Parameters
interface1 Source GPON OLT interface, -

format: gpon-olt_shelf/slot/olt
interface2 Destination GPON OLT -

interface, format:
gpon-olt_shelf/slot/olt
Mode
ZXAN(config-pon)#
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to copy data from the gpon-olt_1/3/1 interface to the
gpon-olt_1/3/2 interface:
ZXAN(config-pon)#copy gpon olt gpon-olt_1/3/1 gpon-olt_1/3/2
Related Commands
None
12.9.8 copy gpon onu

Syntax
copy gpon onu interface1 interface2
Function
This command copies data between GPON ONUs.
12-55

Parameters
interface1 Source GPON ONU -

interface, format:
interface2 Destination GPON ONU -

interface, format:
Mode
ZXAN(config-pon)#
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to copy data from gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 to
gpon-onu_1/3/1:2:
ZXAN(config-pon)#copy gpon onu gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 gpon-onu_1/3/1:2
Related Commands
None
12.9.9 onu profile power-save

Syntax
onu profile power-save name1 mode {auto |{[doze name2 ] [cyclic-sleep name3 ] [deep-sleep na
me4 ] }} max-sleep-interval number1 min-aware-interval number2 min-hold-interval number3
no onu profile power-save name1
Function
This command configures an ONU power saving profile.
Use the no form command to delete the profile.
Parameters
auto Auto mode -
12-56

name2 Enable/disable doze mode -
name3 Enable/disable cyclic sleep -

mode
name4 Enable/disable deep sleep -

mode
number1 Maximum sleep interval, unit: 0–4294967295

125 us
number2 Minimum awareness interval, 0–4294967295

unit: 125 us
number3 Minimum holding interval, unit: 0–65535

125 us
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to create an ONU power saving profile zte:
ZXAN(config)#pon
ZXAN(config-pon)#onu profile power-save test mode deep-sleep enable doze enable
cyclic-sleep enable max-sleep-interval 10 min-aware-interval 10 min-hold-interval 10
Related Commands
12.9.16 show pon onu profile power-save
12.9.10 onu profile proto-ctrl

Syntax
onu profile proto-ctrl name1 [{[dhcp-relay name2 ] [dhcp-option82 name3 ] [pppoe-intermedi
ate name4 ] [arp-inspection name5 ] [iptv-age-by-dhcp-lease name6 ] } ]
no onu profile proto-ctrl name1
Function
This command configures an ONU protocol control profile.
12-57

Parameters

characters.
name2 Whether to enable the DHCP -

relay function.

DHCP option82 function.
name4 Whether to enable the PPPoE -

mediation function.

ARP detecting function.
name6 Whether to enable the function -

of making the IPTV aging time
equal to the DHCP leasing time.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to create an ONU protocol control profile whose name
is "zte":
ZXAN(config)#pon
ZXAN(config-pon)#onu profile proto-ctrl zte dhcp-relay enable
Related Commands
13.4.75 proto-proc
12.9.11 onu profile proto-limit

Syntax
onu profile proto-limit name1 [{[arp number1 ] [dhcp number2 ] [pppoe number3 ] [igmp numb
er4 ] [cfm number5 ] } ]
no onu profile proto-limit name1 [{[arp ] [dhcp ] [pppoe ] [igmp ] [cfm ] } ]
12-58

Function
This command configures an ONU protocol rate-limit profile.
Parameters

characters.
number1 ARP frame rate limit, and there 0–65534

is no limit by default.
number2 DHCP frame rate limit, and 0–65534

there is no limit by default.
number3 PPPoE frame rate limit, and 0–65534

there is no limit by default.
number4 IGMP frame rate limit, and there 0–65534

number5 CFM frame rate limit, and there 0–65534

arp Cancel the ARP frame rate limit. -
dhcp Cancel the DHCP frame rate -

limit.
pppoe Cancel the PPPoE frame rate -

limit.
igmp Cancel the IGMP frame rate -

limit.
cfm Cancel the CFM frame rate limit. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to create an ONU protocol rate-limit profile whose name
is "zte":
ZXAN(config)#pon
ZXAN(config-pon)#onu profile proto-limit zte arp 1000 pppoe 1000
12-59

Related Commands
13.4.75 proto-proc
12.9.12 show onu running config

Syntax
show onu running config interface1
Function
This command displays the running configuration of a PON ONU interface.
Parameters
interface1 ONU interface, format: -

or gpon-onu_shelf/slot/olt:onu
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the running configuration of an ONU interface:
ZXAN#show onu running config gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Related Commands
None
12.9.13 show pon blacklist

Syntax
show pon blacklist interface1
Function
This command displays the blacklist at a PON OLT interface.
12-60

Parameters

epon-olt_shelf/slot/oltId or
gpon-olt_shelf/slot/oltId
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the blacklist at a PON OLT interface:
ZXAN(config)#show pon blacklist gpon-olt_1/3/1
mac-sn
----------
ZTEG00010002
ZTEG0001000A
ZTEG0001000B
ZTEG0001000C
ZTEG0001000D
ZTEG0001000E
Related Commands
None
12.9.14 show pon config global

Syntax
show pon config global
Function
This command displays the global PON configuration.
Parameters
None
Mode
12-61

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the global PON configuration:
ZXAN(config)#show pon config global
time-sync state: disable
Related Commands
None
12.9.15 show pon onu power-save state

Syntax
show pon onu power-save state interface1
Function
This command displays the information about ONU power saving status.
Parameters

gpon-onu_shelf/slot/oltId:onuId
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information about ONU power saving
status:
ZXAN(config-pon)#show pon onu power-save state gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Related Commands
None
12-62

12.9.16 show pon onu profile power-save

Syntax
show pon onu profile power-save [name1 ]
Function
This command displays the information about an ONU power saving profile.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information about an ONU power saving
profile:
ZXAN#show pon onu profile power-save p1
Profile name: p1
Doze: enable
Cyclic sleep: enable
Deep sleep: enable
Max sleep interval:10000(a count of 125 microsecond frames)
Min aware interval:10000(a count of 125 microsecond frames)
Min hold interval: 8000(a count of 125 microsecond frames)
Related Commands
12.9.9 onu profile power-save
12.9.17 show pon onu profile proto-ctrl

Syntax
show pon onu profile proto-ctrl [name1 ]
Function
This command displays the information of an ONU protocol control policy profile.
12-63

Parameters

characters.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information of an ONU protocol control
policy profile:
ZXAN(config-pon)#show pon onu profile proto-ctrl
Profile-name: zte
DHCP relay: disable
DHCP option82: disable
PPPoE intermediate: disable
ARP inspection: disable
IPTV age by DHCP lease: enable
Related Commands
12.9.18 show pon onu profile proto-limit

Syntax
show pon onu profile proto-limit [name1]
Function
This command displays the information of the ONU protocol threshold policy profile.
Parameters

characters.
Mode
12-64

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information of the ONU protocol threshold
policy profile:
ZXAN(config-pon)#show pon onu profile proto-limit
Profile-name:zte
ARP: no limit
DHCP: no limit
PPPoE: no limit
IGMP: no limit
CFM: no limit
ZXAN(config-pon)#
Related Commands
12.9.19 show pon onu uncfg

Syntax
show pon onu uncfg [{number1 |interface1[number2] } ] [[mac] [sn] [pw] [hexpw] [loid] [loidpw]
[model] [version] ]
Function
This command displays the information of unconfigured ONUs.
Parameters
number1 Slot number, range: 2–9, 12–19. 2–19

number2 ONU ID. 1–128
mac ONU MAC address. -
sn ONU serial number. -
pw ONU password. -
hexpw ONU hexadecimal password. -
12-65

loid ONU LOID. -
loidpw ONU LOID and password. -
model ONU mode1. -
version ONU version. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Users can execute the uncfg-onu-display-info to set the number of items to be displayed.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information of unconfigured ONUs:
ZXAN#show pon onu uncfg
OltIndex LOID
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
gpon-olt_0/3/1 123456789
Related Commands
12.9.23 uncfg-onu-display-info
12.9.21 show pon uncfg-onu-display-info
12.9.20 show pon remote-alarm

Syntax
show pon remote-alarm interface1
Function
This command displays the last three remote ONU alarms.
Parameters
interface1 ONU interface name, format: -

Mode
12-66

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the last three remote ONU alarms:
ZXAN(config-if)#show pon remote-alarm gpon-onu_1/5/1:1
1: Alarm 36614,occurred at 11:26:32 05/15/2013 UTC,Gpon onu Battery Missing:
shelf 1 slot 5 olt 1 onu 1
2: Restore 36627,occurred at 11:10:23 05/15/2013 UTC,Gpon onu SD Alarm:shelf
1 slot 5 olt 1 onu 1,uni:1
3: Alarm 36627,occurred at 11:10:22 05/15/2013 UTC,Gpon onu SD Alarm:shelf 1
slot 5 olt 1 onu 1,uni:1
Related Commands
None

Syntax
show pon uncfg-onu-display-info
Function
This command queries the number of items of the unconfigured ONUs to be displayed.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to query the number of items of the unconfigured ONUs
to be displayed:
ZXAN(config-pon)#show pon uncfg-onu-display-info
Column of unconfigured ONU( * means visible)
MAC :
SN :
12-67

PW :
HEXPX :
LOID :*
LOIDPW :
MODEL :
VERSION :
ZXAN(config-pon)#
Related Commands
12.9.22 time-sync
Syntax
time-sync {disable |enable }
Function
This command disables or enables the time synchronization between OLT and ONU.
Parameters
disable To disable the time -

synchronization between
OLT and ONU
enable To enable the time -

synchronization between
OLT and ONU
Mode
ZXAN(config-pon)#
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the time synchronization between OLT and
ONU:
ZXAN(config)#pon
ZXAN(config-pon)#time-sync enable
12-68

Related Commands
None
Syntax
uncfg-onu-display-info [{[mac] [sn] [pw] [hexpw] [loid] [loidpw] [model] [version] } ]
Function
This command sets the items of the unconfigured ONUs to be displayed.
Parameters
mac Unconfigured ONU MAC -

address.
sn Unconfigured ONU serial -

number.
pw Unconfigured ONU password. -
hexpw Unconfigured ONU hexadecimal -

password.
loid Unconfigured ONU logical ID. -
loidpw Unconfigured ONU logical ID -

and password.
model Unconfigured ONU model. -
version Unconfigured ONU version. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the number of items of the unconfigured ONUs
to be displayed:
ZXAN(config)#pon
ZXAN(config-pon)#uncfg-onu-display-info loid
12-69

Related Commands
12-70

Chapter 13
GPON Commands
Table of Contents
GPON Global Configuration .....................................................................................13-1
GPON OLT Interface Configuration ........................................................................13-53
GPON ONU Interface Configuration .......................................................................13-70
GPON ONU Remote Management.......................................................................13-102
13.1 GPON Global Configuration

13.1.1 dhcp anti-spoofing autoshutdown-port
Syntax
dhcp anti-spoofing autoshutdown-port slot number1 {enable [closetime number2 ] |disable }
Function
This command configures port auto-shutdown of Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
(DHCP) anti-spoofing.
Parameters
number1 Slot number. 1–9, 12–19
enable Enables this function. -
number2 Time period that the port is disabled, 60–1800

unit: seconds.
disable Disables this function. -
Mode
Gigabit Passive Optical Network (GPON) global configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
None
13-1

Examples
The following example shows how to enable port auto-shutdown of DHCP anti-spoofing
on slot 3:
ZXAN(config)#gpon
ZXAN(config-gpon)#dhcp anti-spoofing autoshutdown-port slot 3 enable
Related Commands
None
13.1.2 gpon
Syntax
gpon
Function
This command enters GPON mode.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enter GPON mode:
ZXAN(config)#gpon
ZXAN(config-gpon)#
Related Commands
None
13.1.3 max-bandwidth
Syntax
max-bandwidth number1
13-2

Chapter 13 GPON Commands
Function
This command configures the maximum GPON bandwidth.
Parameters
number1 Maximum bandwidth, unit: 0–2488320

Kbps, default: 0
Mode
GPON global configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the maximum bandwidth to 10000 Kbps:
ZXAN(config)#gpon
ZXAN(config-gpon)#max-bandwidth 10000
Related Commands
None
13.1.4 mop mode

Syntax
mop mode {itu-t |ctc }
Function
This command configures multicast model defined by the International Telecommunication
Union - Telecommunication Standardization Sector (ITU-T) standard or China
Telecommunications Corporation (CTC) standard.
Parameters
itu-t Multicast model defined by the ITU-T -

standard.
ctc Multicast model defined by the CTC -

standard.
13-3

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure multicast model defined by the CTC
standard:
ZXAN(config)#gpon
ZXAN(config-gpon)#mop mode ctc
Related Commands
None
13.1.5 onu profile dial-plan

Syntax
onu profile dial-plan name1 [{[critical-timeout number1 ] [partial-timeout number2 ] [format
name2 ] [digit-map name3 ] }]
no onu profile dial-plan name1
Function
This command creates a dialing plan profile.
Parameters
name1 Name of the dialing plan profile 1–64 characters
number1 Timeout of critical dialed number 0–65535

mapping processing, unit: ms
number2 Timeout of partial dialed number 0–65535

mapping processing, unit: ms
name2 Dialing plan format -
name3 Digit map of the dialing plan 1–254 characters
Mode
13-4

Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to create a dialing plan profile whose name is test. In
this example, the dialing plan rule is 1234|**##|x.T:
ZXAN(config-gpon)#onu profile dial-plan test digit-map 1234|**##|x.T
Related Commands
13.1.25 show gpon onu profile dial-plan
13.1.6 onu profile dscp

Syntax
onu profile dscp name1 dscp2pbit name2
no onu profile dscp name1
Function
This command creates a DSCP to P-bit mapping profile.
Parameters
name2 Name of the priority mapping table, 1–255 characters

format: X(-X):X[,....,X(-X):X]
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to create a DSCP to P-bit mapping profile with the name
of zte:
ZXAN(config-gpon)#onu profile dscp abc dscp2pbit 0-7:0,8-15:1,16-23:2,24-31:3,
32-39:4,40-47:5,48-55:6,56-63:7
13-5

Related Commands
13.1.26 show gpon onu profile dscp
13.1.7 onu profile filter-rule double-tag

Syntax
onu profile filter-rule double-tag name1 [{[{src-ipv4 ip_addr1 |dst-ipv4 ip_addr2 |src-mac he
xadecimal1 |dst-mac hexadecimal2 |src-l4-port number1 |dst-l4-port number2 |src-ipv6 ipv6_
addr1 |dst-ipv6 ipv6_addr2 |traffic-class number3 |flow-label number4 } ] [name2 ] [inner-pri
number5 ] [inner-vlan number6 ] [inner-tpid name3 ] [outer-pri number7 ] [outer-vlan number8
] [outer-tpid name4 ] }]
no onu profile filter-rule double-tag name1
Function
This command creates a mapping rule profile for filtering the double-tagged frames of an
expanded VLAN.
Parameters
name1 Name of the mapping rule profile 1–64 characters
ip_addr1 Source IPv4 address -
hexadecimal1 Source MAC address -
hexadecimal2 Destination MAC address -
number1 Source layer 4 port number 1–65535
number2 Destination layer 4 port number 1–65535
ipv6_addr1 Source IPv6 address -
ipv6_addr2 Destination IPv6 address -
number3 Flow type 0–255
number4 Flow tag 0–1048575
name2 Ethernet frame type -
number5 Filtered inner 802.1p priority 0–7
number6 Filtered inner VID 0–4094
name3 Inner TPID mapping mode -
number7 Filtered outer 802.1p priority 0–7
13-6

number8 Filtered outer VID 0–4094
name4 Outer TPID mapping mode -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to create a mapping rule profile for filtering
double-tagged Ethernet frames of inner VLAN 100. The mapping rule profile name is
test:
ZXAN(config-gpon)#onu profile filter-rule double-tag test inner-vlan 100
ZXAN(config-gpon)#
Related Commands
None
13.1.8 onu profile filter-rule single-tag

Syntax
onu profile filter-rule single-tag name1 [{[{src-ipv4 ip_addr1 |dst-ipv4 ip_addr2 |src-mac hexad
ecimal1 |dst-mac hexadecimal2 |src-l4-port number1 |dst-l4-port number2 |src-ipv6 ipv6_addr1
|dst-ipv6 ipv6_addr2 |traffic-class number3 |flow-label number4 } ] [name2 ] [inner-pri number5
] [inner-vlan number6 ] [inner-tpid name3 ] }]
no onu profile filter-rule single-tag name1
Function
This command creates a mapping rule profile for filtering the single-tagged frames of an
expanded VLAN.
Parameters
name1 Name of the mapping rule profile 1–64 characters
13-7

number5 Filtered inner 802.1p priority 0–7
number6 Filtered inner VID 0–4094
name3 Outer TPID mapping mode -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to create a mapping rule profile with the name of
single-tag-vid100 for filtering the single-tagged Ethernet frames of inner VLAN 100:
ZXAN(config-gpon)#onu profile filter-rule single-tag single-tag-vid100 inner-vlan 100

ZXAN(config-gpon)#
Related Commands
None
13.1.9 onu profile filter-rule zero-tag

Syntax
onu profile filter-rule zero-tag name1 [{[name2 ] [{src-ipv4 ip_addr1 |dst-ipv4 ip_addr2 |src-
mac hexadecimal1 |dst-mac hexadecimal2 |src-l4-port number1 |dst-l4-port number2 |src-ipv6
ipv6_addr1 |dst-ipv6 ipv6_addr2 |traffic-class number3 |flow-label number4 } ] }]
no onu profile filter-rule zero-tag name1
13-8

Function
This command creates a mapping rule profile for filtering the untagged frames of an
expanded VLAN.
Parameters
name1 Name of the mapping rule 1–64 characters

profile
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to create a mapping rule profile with the name of test1
for filtering the untagged Ethernet frames whose source IP address is 10.10.10.99:
ZXAN(config-gpon)#onu profile filter-rule zero-tag test1 src-ipv4 10.10.10.99

ZXAN(config-gpon)#
Related Commands
None
13-9

13.1.10 onu profile igmp

Syntax
onu profile igmp name1 [{[version name2 ] [work-mode name3 ] [fast-leave name4 ] [robustness
{copy-from-query |number1 } ] [proxy-ip ip_addr1 ] [query-interval number2 ] [query-max-resp
number3 ] [last-query-interval number4 ] [non-match-group name5 ] [rate-limit number5 ] [tag
{transparent |add pri number6 vlan number7 |replace [pri number8 ] vlan number9 } ] [down-tag
{transparent |strip |add pri number10 vlan number11 |replace [pri number12 ] vlan number13
} ] [iptv-package {[dynamic1 name6 ] [dynamic2 name7 ] [dynamic3 name8 ] [dynamic4 name9
] [dynamic5 name10 ] [dynamic6 name11 ] [dynamic7 name12 ] [dynamic8 name13 ] [static
name14 ] }] }]
no onu profile igmp name1 [rate-limit ] [iptv-package [dynamic [number14 ] ] [static ] ]
Function
This command configures an Optical Network Unit (ONU) multicast profile.
Parameters
name1 Multicast profile name. 1–64 characters
name2 IGMP version. -
name3 IGMP working mode. -
name4 Enables or disables fast leaving, default: -

disabled.
copy-from-query Copies the robust value from the query -

packet.
number1 Robust value. 1–255
ip_addr1 IP address of the proxy. -
number2 Common query time interval, unit: 0–4294967295

seconds, default: 125.
number3 Maximum response time to a query packet, 0–4294967295

unit: 0.1 second, default: 100.
number4 Group specific time interval, unit: 0.1 0–4294967295

second, default: 10.
name5 Operation on an unmatched group. Forward, Discard
number5 Upstream IGMP rate limit, unit: 0–4294967295

messages/second, default: 0, indicating
unlimited.
13-10

transparent IGMP flows are permitted in the upstream -

direction.
number6 Adds an upstream multicast IGMP packet 0–7

priority.
number7 Adds an upstream multicast IGMP packet 1–4094

VLAN ID.
number8 Replaces an upstream multicast IGMP 0–7

packet priority.
number9 Replaces an upstream multicast IGMP 1-4094

packet VLAN ID.
strip Removes a downstream IGMP packet and -

multicast flow tag.
number10 Adds a downstream IGMP packet and 0–7

multicast flow priority.
number11 Adds a downstream IGMP packet and 1–4094

multicast flow VLAN ID.
number12 Replaces a downstream IGMP packet and 0–7

multicast flow priority.
number13 Replaces a downstream IGMP packet and 1–4094

multicast flow VLAN ID.
name6 Specifies the name for correlated dynamic 1–32 characters.

package 1.

package 2.

package 3.

package 4.

package 5.

package 6.

package 7.

package 8.
13-11

name14 Specifies the name for the correlated static 1–32 characters.
package.
rate-limit Upstream IGMP rate limiting. -
iptv-package Correlated package. -
dynamic Correlated dynamic package. -
number14 Static package number. 1–8
static Correlated static package. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure an ONU multicast profile:
ZXAN(config)#igmp mvlan 700
ZXAN(config)#igmp mvlan 700 group 235.0.4.1 to 235.0.4.5
ZXAN(config)#igmp mvlan 700 source-port gei_1/21/1
ZXAN(config)#igmp mvlan 700 receive gpon-onu_1/4/1:1 vport 1
ZXAN(config)#igmp mvlan 700 work-mode snooping
ZXAN(config)#igmp mvlan 700 group 235.0.4.1 bandwidth 12000
ZXAN(config)#iptv channel mvlan 700 group 235.0.4.1 to 235.0.4.5
ZXAN(config)#iptv package name ACDE
ZXAN(config)#iptv package ACDE channel mvlan 700 group 235.0.4.1 watch
Complete!
ZXAN(config)#iptv package ACDE channel mvlan 700 group 235.0.4.3 to 235.0.4.5 watch
..Complete!
ZXAN(config)#iptv package name ABCDE
ZXAN(config)#iptv package ABCDE channel mvlan 700 group 235.0.4.1 to 235.0.4.5 watch
....Complete!
ZXAN(config)#gpon
ZXAN(config-gpon)#onu profile igmp ACDE work-mode snooping
fast-leave enable rate-limit 16 robustness 2 iptv-package dynamic1 ACDE
ZXAN(config-gpon)#onu profile igmp ABCDE work-mode snooping
fast-leave enable rate-limit 16 robustness 2 iptv-package dynamic1 ABCDE
13-12

Related Commands
13.1.28 show gpon onu profile igmp
13.1.11 onu profile ip

Syntax
onu profile ip name1 gateway ip_addr1 [primary-dns ip_addr2 [second-dns ip_addr3 ] ]
no onu profile ip name1
Function
This command creates an ONU IP profile.
Parameters
name1 IP profile name 1–64 characters
ip_addr1 Default gateway -
ip_addr2 Primary Domain Name System (DNS) -

server address
ip_addr3 Secondary DNS server address -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to create an ONU IP profile with the name of zte:
ZXAN(config)#gpon
ZXAN(config-gpon)#onu profile ip zte gateway 10.63.10.254
Related Commands
None
13-13

13.1.12 onu profile mgc

Syntax
onu profile mgc name1 [{[heart-beat name2 ] [rtp-link-detect name3 ] [num-match-shortest na
me4 ] [digit-map long-timer number1 short-timer number2 start-timer number3 ] [heart-beat-in
terval number4 ] [min-rereg-timer number5 max-rereg-timer number6 ] [regmsg-retran-timer
number7 total-retran-time number8 ] [passive-heart-beat name5 ] [min-avalanche-timer numb
er9 max-avalanche-timer number10 ] |{[msg-format name6 ] [version number11 ] [max-retry-
time number12 ] [max-retry-attempts number13 ] [service-change-delay number14 ] [ss name7
] [user-tid {default prefix name8 |prefix name9 [postfix-len number15 ] postfix-start number16
} ] [rtp-tid {default |prefix name10 [postfix-len number17 ] postfix-start number18 } ] }|{[port
number19 [{dscp number20 |tos number21 } ] ] [media port number22 [{dscp number23 |tos num
ber24 } ] ] }|{[{server1 |server2 } name11 [validate {disable |basic username name12 password
name13 |md5 username name14 password name15 realm name16 } ] ] }} ]
no onu profile mgc name1 [server1 ] [server2 ] [ss ]
Function
This command creates an ONU Media Gateway Controller (MGC) profile.
Parameters
name1 MGC profile name. 1–64 characters
name2 Heartbeat report. -
name3 Enables or disables RTP line detection. -
name4 Enables or disables shortest digit matching. -
number1 Long timer of digit map processing, unit: ms. 2000–60000
number2 Short timer of digit map processing, unit: ms. 2000–60000
number3 Digit matching starting time, unit: ms. 2000–60000
number4 Heartbeat interval, unit: ms. 10000–86400000
number5 Minimum reregistration time, unit: ms. 0–500000
number6 Maximum reregistration time, unit: ms. 0–500000
number7 Registration message retransmission time, 100–50000

unit: ms.
number8 Total transmission time, unit: ms. 100–50000
name5 Enables or disables passive heartbeat. -
number9 Minimum avalanche time, unit: ms. 0–500000
number10 Maximum avalanche time, unit: ms. 0–500000
13-14

name6 Message format: {text-long|text-short|binary}, -

default: text-long.
number11 Version number. 1–255
number12 Maximum retry time of the MGC session, unit: 0–65535

seconds.
number13 Maximum number of message retransmission 0–65535

times.
number14 Delay time of service state switch due to line 0–65535

service state switch, unit: seconds.
name7 SS vendor ID. 1–4 characters
default Default user TID. -
name8 Prefix of the default user TID. 1–25 characters
name9 User TID prefix. 1–128 characters
number15 User TID suffix length. 1–7 bytes
number16 Starting number of the user TID suffix. 0–9
name10 RTP TID prefix. 1–8 characters
number17 RTP TID suffix length. 1–7 bytes
number18 Starting number of the RTP TID suffix. 0–9
number19 UDP port number. 1–65535
number20 DSCP value. 0–63
number21 TOS value. 0–7
media Media. -
number22 UDP port number. 1–65535
number24 TOS value. 0–7
server1 Primary MGC server address. -
server2 Secondary MGC server address. -
name11 MGC server address, IP address or URL. 1–128 characters
disable Disables the MGC server. -
name12 User name for MGC server basic 1–25 characters

authentication.
name13 Password for MGC server basic authentication. 1–25 characters
name14 User name for MGC server MD5 authentication 1–25 characters
name15 Password for MGC server MD5 authentication. 1–25 characters
13-15

name16 Domain name for MGC server MD5 1–25 characters

authentication.
ss SS vendor ID. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure an ONU MGC profile:
ZXAN(config-gpon)#onu profile mgc test1 server1 10.63.10.1 validate basic username aaa
password bbb
ZXAN(config-gpon)#onu profile mgc test1 ss CZTE
Related Commands
13.1.30 show gpon onu profile mgc
13.1.13 onu profile schedule

Syntax
onu profile schedule name1 {mode name2 |queue-map number1 number2 number3 number4 nu
mber5 number6 number7 number8 |queue-weight number9 number10 [number11 number12 [nu
mber13 number14 [number15 number16 [number17 number18 [number19 number20 [number21
number22 [number23 number24 ] ] ] ] ] ] ] }
no onu profile schedule name1
Function
This command creates an ONU scheduling profile.
Parameters
name1 Profile name. 1–64 characters
name2 Scheduling mode WRR, SP, SP+WRR,

Default: uses the ONU default configuration. default
The queue-map or queue-weight configuration
is ineffective.
13-16

number1 Priority 0 is mapped to the queue. 0–7
number9 Queue 0. 0–7
number10 Weight of queue 0. 0–15
Mode
Usage Guidelines
When you carry out ths command by using a specified profile name for the first time,
it indicates to create the profile. When you carry out this command for second time, it
indicates to modify the profile. A profile that is used cannot be deleted or modified.
13-17

By default, the NE creates a profile with the name of default. This profile uses ONU
default scheduling mode. Other parameters are invalid.
Examples
The following example shows how to create an ONU scheduling profile with the following
configurations:
l Scheduling mode: SP+WRR
l Queue mapping: Priorities 0 and 1 are mapped to queue 0. Priorities 2 and 3 are
mapped to queue 1. Priorities 4 and 5 are mapped to queue 2. Priorities 6 and 7 are
mapped to queue 3.
l Queue weights: The weight of queue 0 is 10, the weight of queue 1 is 5, and the
weights of queues 2 and 3 are not configured. Queues 0 and 1 use Weighted Round
Robin (WRR), and queues 2 and 3 use Strict Priority (SP).
ZXAN(config)#gpon
ZXAN(config-gpon)# onu profile schedule schedule_test mode sp-wrr
ZXAN(config-gpon)# onu profile schedule schedule_test queue-map 0 0 1 1 2 2 3 3
ZXAN(config-gpon)# onu profile schedule schedule_test queue-weight 0 10 1 5
Related Commands
13.1.31 show gpon onu profile schedule
13.1.14 onu profile sip

Syntax
onu profile sip name1 [proxy name2 ] [outbound name3 ] [registrar name4 ] [validate {disable
|basic username name5 password name6 |md5 username name7 password name8 realm name9
} ] [port number1 [{dscp number2 |tos number3 } ] ] [media port number4 [{dscp number5 |tos
number6 } ] ] [dns1 ip_addr1 [dns2 ip_addr2 ] ] [reg-exp-time number7 ] [rereg-time number8 ] [ss
name10 ] [dial-plan name11 ] [release-time number9 ] [roh-time number10 ] [heart-beat {disable
|enable interval number11 } ] [appsrv name12 ] [accesscode name13 ] [user-domain name14 ]
no onu profile sip name1 [ss ] [dial-plan ] [appsrv ] [accesscode ]
Function
This command configures an ONU Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) profile.
Parameters
name2 Proxy server address, which is an IP address -

or a URL
13-18

name3 Outbound proxy server address, which is an -

IP address or a URL
name4 Registration server address, which is an IP -

address or a URL
disable No registration or authentication -
name5 Basic authentication user name defined by 1–25 characters

RFC2617
name6 Basic authentication password defined by 1–25 characters

RFC2617
name7 MD5 digest authentication user name defined 1–25 characters

by RFC2069
name8 MD5 digest authentication password defined 1–25 characters

by RFC2069
name9 MD5 digest authentication domain name -

defined by RFC2069
number1 UDP port number 1–65535
number2 DSCP value 0–63
number3 TOS value 0–7
media Media -
number4 UDP port number 1–65535
number5 DSCP value 0–63
number6 TOS value 0–7
ip_addr1 Primary DNS address -
ip_addr2 Secondary DNS address -
number7 Registration timeout time, unit: seconds, 0–4294967295

default: 3600
number8 Reregistration timeout time, unit: seconds, 0–4294967295

default: 3600
name10 SS vendor ID 1–4 characters
name11 Associated dialing plan profile name -
number9 Releasing timer, unit: seconds, default: 10 0–255
number10 ROH timer, unit: seconds, default: 15 0–255
enable Heartbeat message reporting -
number11 Heartbeat reporting interval, unit: seconds 1–65535
name12 VoIP application profile name 1–64 characters
13-19

name13 Access code profile name 1–64 characters
name14 Hose or domain name of the user SIP -

address
ss SS vendor ID -
dial-plan Associated dialing plan profile -
appsrv VoIP application profile -
accesscode Access code profile -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to create an ONU SIP profile:
ZXAN(config-gpon)#onu profile sip test1 proxy 10.63.10.1 validate basic
username aaa password bbb
ZXAN(config-gpon)#onu profile sip test1 ss CZTE dial-plan plan1
Related Commands
13.1.32 show gpon onu profile sip
13.1.15 onu profile tdm

Syntax
onu profile tdm name1 {[jtrbfr-max number1 ] [jtrbfr-desire number2 ] [rtp {disable |enable
ssrc number3 number4 ptype number5 number6 clk-ref number7 timestamp-mode name2 [expe
cted-ptype number8 number9 ] [expected-ssrc number10 number11 ] } ] |policy [{[fill-plc name3
] [misconn-pktdlr number12 ] [misconn-pktclr number13 ] [loss-pktdlr number14 ] [loss-pktclr
number15 ] [buf-dlr number16 ] [buf-clr number17 ] [malform-pktdlr number18 ] [malform-pk
tclr number19 ] [rbtx-set number20 ] [rbtx-clr number21 ] [rbrx-plc name4 ] [lbrx-plc name5 ]
[ses-thresh number22 ] }] }
no onu profile tdm name1
Function
This command configures a Time Division Multiplexing (TDM) property profile.
13-20

Parameters
number1 Maximum depth of jitter buffer from PSN to TDM, which 0–65535
must be a multiple of 125 us frame rate, default: 0.
number2 Standard depth of jitter buffer from PSN to TDM, which 0–65535
must be a multiple of 125 us frame rate, default: 0.
rtp RTP header. -
disable Disables the RTP header. -
enable Enables the RTP header. -
number3 RTP synchronization payload SSRC, clock 0–4294967295

synchronization source of the payload channel from TDM
to PSN.
number4 RTP synchronization source independent signaling SSRC 0–4294967295
number5 Payload channel. 96–127
number6 Signaling channel. 0 indicates that signaling and payload 0, 96–127

use the same channel.
number7 Clock reference frequency, unit: 8 kHz. 0–65535
name2 Timestamp mode. unknown,

absolute,
differential
number8 Expected payload channel. 0–255
number9 Expected signaling channel. 0–255
number10 Expected payload channel SSRC. 0–4294967295
number11 Signaling channel SSRC. 0–4294967295
policy Fill policy. -
name3 Percentage of incorrectly connected packet alarm -

policies, default: 0, which indicates to use the ONT
internal policy.
number12 Percentage of incorrectly connected packet alarm 1–100

internal policy.
number13 Percentage of incorrectly connected packet alarm 0–99

clearance policies, default: 255, which indicates to use
the ONT internal policy.
number14 Percentage of lost packet alarm policies, default: 0, which 1–100

indicates to use the ONT internal policy.
13-21

number15 Percentage of lost packet alarm clearance policies, 0–99

default: 255, which indicates to use the ONT internal
policy.
number16 Percentage of buffer overflow/underflow alarm policies, 1–100

default: 0, which indicates to use the ONT internal policy.
number17 Percentage of buffer overflow/underflow alarm clearance 0–99

internal policy.
number18 Percentage of abnormal packet alarm policies, default: 0, 1–100

which indicates to use the ONT internal policy.
number19 Percentage of abnormal packet alarm clearance policies, 0–99

default: 255, which indicates to use the ONT internal
policy.
number20 Number of the succeeding lost packets from TDM to 0–255

PSN, which lead to R-bit (remote packet loss) settings.
Default: 0, which indicates to use the ONT internal policy.
number21 Number of the succeeding valid packets from TDM to 0–255

PSN, which lead to R-bit (remote packet loss) clearance.
name4 Processing action on detecting a remote fault (R-bit being -

set).
l p0: no action (default).
l p1: generates the RAI/REI/RDI code.
l p2: sends the channel idle signaling and the idle
channel payload to all the DS0s that contain the
service.
name5 Processing action on detecting a remote TDM fault (L-bit -

being set).
l p0: generates AIS (default).
l p1: sends the last received packet again.
l p2: sends the channel idle signaling and the idle
channel payload to all the DS0s that contain the
service.
number22 Number of the lost, incorrect, and unavailable packets 0–65535

during the one second interval increased in the
PSN-to-TDM direction by a severely error second timer.
Mode
13-22

Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to create a TDM profile with the name of test and RTP
header disabled:
ZXAN(config-gpon)#onu profile tdm test rtp disable
ZXAN(config-gpon)#
Related Commands
13.1.33 show gpon onu profile tdm
13.1.16 onu profile traffic

Syntax
onu profile traffic name1 sir number1 pir number2 [{[cbs number3 pbs number4 ] [colour-mode
name2 ] [ingress-colour-marking name3 ] [egress-colour-marking name4 ] [meter-type name5
] }]
no onu profile traffic name1
Function
This command creates an ONU traffic profile.
Parameters
number1 Average information rate, unit: Kbps. 0–10000000
number2 Peak information rate, unit: Kbps. 0–10000000
number3 Committed block size, unit: bytes. 0–1023000
number4 Peak block size, unit: bytes. 0–1023000
name2 Coloring mode -

l colour-blind: ignores the color tag that enters the
packet.
l colour-aware: considers the color tag that enters
the packet.
13-23

name3 Coloring mode of ingress packets. This parameters is -

effective when colour-mode is set to colour-aware.
Default: no-marking, which indicates that packets are
not colored.
name4 Coloring mode of egress packets. -

l no-marking (default): Packets are not colored.
l internal-marking: The existing color tags of the
packets are not changed. The internal coloring
method is used.
name5 Coloring algorithm reference standard. -

l not-specified (default): uses the private algorithm.
l rfc4115: refers to RFC 4115.
l rfc2698: refers to RFC 2698.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to create an ONU traffic profile with the following
configurations:
l SIR: 10000 Kbps
l PIR: 20000 Kbps
l Ignores the color tag that enters the packet.
l The egress packets are not colored.
ZXAN(config-gpon)# onu profile traffic traffic1 sir 10000
pir 20000 colour-mode colour-blind egress-colour-marking no-marking
Related Commands
13.1.34 show gpon onu profile traffic
13.1.17 onu profile treat

Syntax
onu profile treat name1 [{discard |{[remove-tag number1 ] [inner-pri {insert number2 |name2 }
] [inner-vlan {insert number3 |name3 } ] [inner-tpid name4 ] [outer-pri {insert number4 |name5
} ] [outer-vlan {insert number5 |name6 } ] [outer-tpid name7 ] }} ]
13-24

no onu profile treat name1
Function
This command creates an expanded VLAN processing rule profile.
Parameters
discard Discards tags. -
number1 Number of tags to be removed. 0–2

If this parameter is set to 1 for a double-tagged
frame, it indicates to remove the outer tag. By
default, the value is 0.
inner-pri Inner 802.1p priority adding mode. -
number2 Add the specified priority. 0–7
name2 l copy-inner: copies the 802.1p priority from the -

inner tag of the received frame.
l copy-outer: copies the 802.1p priority from the
outer tag of the received frame.
inner-vlan Inner VID adding mode. -
number3 Add the specified VID. 0–4095
name3 l copy-inner: copies the VID from the inner tag -

of the received frame.
l copy-outer: copies the VID from the outer tag
name4 Inner TPID adding mode. -
number4 Priority added by outer 802.1p priority adding mode. 0–7
name5 Outer 802.1p priority adding mode. -

l copy-inner: copies the 802.1p priority from the
inner tag of the received frame.
l copy-outer: copies the 802.1p priority from the
outer tag of the received frame.
outer-vlan Outer 802.1p priority adding mode. -
number5 VID added by outer VID adding mode. 0–4095
13-25

name6 Outer VID adding mode. -

l copy-inner: copies the VID from the inner tag
l copy-outer: copies the VID from the outer tag
name7 Outer TPID adding mode. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Inner and outer TPID adding modes are as follows:
mode0: copies the TPID (including the DE bit) from the inner tag of the received frame.
mode1: copies the TPID (including the DE bit) from the outer tag of the received frame.
mode2: The TPID is the pre-configured egress TPID value, and the DE bit is copied from
the inner tag of the received frame.
mode3: The TPID is the pre-configured egress TPID value, and the DE bit is copied from
the outer tag of the received frame.
mode4: TPID=0x8100.
mode5: Reserved.
mode6: The TPID is the pre-configured egress TPID value. DE bit = 0.
mode7: The TPID is the pre-configured egress TPID value. DE bit = 1.
Examples
The following example shows how to create an Ethernet frame processing rule profile with
the following configurations:
l Profile name: add-outer-vid200
l One outer tag is added.
l Outer VID: 200
ZXAN(config-gpon)#onu profile treat add-outer-vid200 outer-vlan insert 200
Related Commands
13.1.35 show gpon onu profile treat
13-26

13.1.18 onu profile vlan

Syntax
onu profile vlan name1 tag-mode {tag cvlan number1 [pri number2 ] |vlan-stacking svlan num
ber3 [cvlan number4 [pri number5 ] ] }
no onu profile vlan name1
Function
This command creates an ONU VLAN profile.
Parameters
tag-mode VLAN tag mode -
tag Tag mode -
number1 CVLAN ID 1–4094
number2 Priority 0–7
vlan-stacking VLAN stacking -
number3 SVLAN ID 1–4094
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to create an ONU VLAN profile with the name of zte:
ZXAN(config)#gpon
ZXAN(config-gpon)#onu profile vlan zte tag-mode tag cvlan 100
Related Commands
None
13-27

13.1.19 onu profile voip-accesscode

Syntax
onu profile voip-accesscode name1 [{[cancel-call-waiting name2 ] [call-hold name3 ] [call-park
name4 ] [cid-activate name5 ] [cid-deactivate name6 ] [no-disturb-activation name7 ] [no-distu
rb-deactivation name8 ] [no-disturb-pin-change name9 ] [emergency-srv-num name10 ] [inter
com-service name11 ] [unattend-blind-call-transfer name12 ] [attend-call-transfer name13 ] }]
no onu profile voip-accesscode name1
Function
This command configures a Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) access code profile.
Parameters
name2 Cancels call waiting, which must be the 1–5 characters

following characters: 0..9, *, #.
name3 Call hold, which must be the following 1–5 characters

characters: 0..9, *, #.
name4 Call park, which must be the following 1–5 characters

name5 Enables caller ID display, which must be the 1–5 characters

name6 Disables caller ID display, which must be the 1–5 characters

name7 Enables no disturb, which must be the 1–5 characters

name8 Disables no disturb, which must be the 1–5 characters

name9 PIN change for no disturb, which must be the 1–5 characters
name10 Emergent service number, which must be the 1–5 characters

name11 Internal service, which must be the following 1–5 characters

name12 Unattended call transfer, which must be the 1–5 characters

name13 Attended call transfer, which must be the 1–5 characters

13-28

Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a VoIP access code profile:
ZXAN(config)#gpon
ZXAN(config-gpon)#onu profile voip-accesscode access cancel-call-waiting 12365
attend-call-transfer 12345
Related Commands
None
13.1.20 onu profile voip-appsrv

Syntax
onu profile voip-appsrv name1 [{[calling-num name2 ] [calling-name name3 ] [cid-blocking nam
e4 ] [cid-num-permanent-status name5 ] [cid-name-permanent-status name6 ] [anonymous-cid
-blocking name7 ] [call-waiting name8 ] [cid-announcement name9 ] [3way name10 ] [call-transf
er name11 ] [call-hold name12 ] [call-park name13 ] [no-disturb name14 ] [emergency-call-flash
name15 ] [emergency-originate-hold name16 ] [6way name17 ] [message-waiting-splash-ring
name18 ] [message-waiting-dial-tone name19 ] [message-waiting-visual name20 ] [call-forward
ing-ind name21 ] [direct-connect-feature name22 ] [dialtone-delay name23 ] [direct-connect-uri
name24 [validate {disable |basic username name25 password name26 |md5 username name27
password name28 realm name29 } ] ] [bridge-line-agent-uri name30 [validate {disable |basic us
ername name31 password name32 |md5 username name33 password name34 realm name35 } ]
] [conference-factory-uri name36 [validate {disable |basic username name37 password name38
|md5 username name39 password name40 realm name41 } ] ] }]
no onu profile voip-appsrv name1
Function
This command configures a VoIP service profile.
Parameters
name2 Enables or disables the calling number. -
13-29

name3 Enables or disables the calling name. -
name4 Enables or disables CID blocking. -
name5 Enables or disables permanently reserving -

CID number.
name6 Enables or disables permanently reserving -

CID name.
name7 Enables or disables anonymous CID -

blocking.
name8 Enables or disables call waiting. -
name9 Enables or disables caller ID display. -
name10 Enables or disables three-party conference. -
name11 Enables or disables call transfer. -
name12 Enables or disables call hold. -
name13 Enables or disables call park. -
name14 Enables or disables no disturb. -
name15 Enables or disables temporary emergent -

service.
name16 Enables or disables reserving original -

emergent service.
name17 Enables or disables six-party conference. -
name18 Enables or disables message waiting -

splashing ring.
name19 Enables or disables message waiting -

special dial tone.
name20 Enables or disables visual message waiting. -
name21 Enables or disables forwarding call -

indication.
name22 Enables or disables direct connection. -
name23 Enables or disables dialing tone delay. -
name24 Direct connection URI. 1–128 characters
disable Authentication is not required. -
name25 Basic authentication user name. 1–25 characters
name26 Basic authentication password. 1–25 characters
name27 MD5 authentication user name. 1–25 characters
13-30

name28 MD5 authentication password. 1–25 characters
name29 MD5 authentication domain name. 1–25 characters
name30 Bridge connection URI. 1–128 characters
name36 Institute URI. 1–128 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a VoIP service profile:
ZXAN(config-gpon)#onu profile voip-appsrv pro1 emergency-call-flash enable
conference-factory-uri 10.20.30.2 validate basic username zte password zte
Related Commands
None
13.1.21 onu profile voip-media

Syntax
onu profile voip-media name1 [{encoding {name2 [codec name3 ] [pkt-period number1 ] [sile
nce-suppress name4 ] |fax-mode name5 |oob-dtmf name6 } |service [announce-type name7 ]
[echo-cancel name8 ] [country-code number2 ] [signal-pri {no-change |number3 } ] [media-pri
{no-change |number4 } ] [jitter {fix target number5 [max number6 ] |adaptive min number7 max
13-31

number8 } ] |rtp [min-port number9 ] [max-port number10 ] [dscp-mark number11 ] [event [pig
gyback name9 ] [tone name10 ] [dtmf name11 ] [cas name12 ] ] } ]
no onu profile voip-media name1
Function
This command configures a VoIP media parameter profile.
Parameters
encoding Encoding parameter. -
name2 Primary, secondary, third, or forth selection. -
name3 Coding mode. -
number1 Packet interval, unit: ms. 10–30
name4 Enables or disables silence suppression. -
name5 Fax mode, transparent or T.38. -
name6 Enables or disables out-of-band DTMF -

transmission.
service Service parameter. -
name7 Prompt tone selection when there is no call on -

hook-off.
name8 Enables or disables echo cancellation. -
number2 Country code. 0–65535
no-change Does not change the signaling 802.1p priority -

mark.
number3 Changes the signaling 802.1p priority mark to a 0–7

specified one forcibly.
number4 Changes the media 802.1p priority mark to a 0–7

specified one forcibly.
fix Jitter buffer parameter configuration. -

fix indicates to use the fixed value and the jitter is
kept within a preset target.
number5 Jitter keeping time, unit: ms. 0–65535
number6 Maximum jitter keeping time, unit: ms. 0–65535
adaptive Jitter buffer parameter configuration. -

adaptive indicates auto adaptation.
number7 Jitter lower limit, unit: ms, default: 20. 0–200
13-32

number8 Jitter upper limit, unit: ms. 0–65535
rtp RTP parameter configuration. -
number9 Minimum RTP port number. 0–65535
number10 Maximum RTP port number. 0–65535
number11 RTP DSCP mark. 0–63
name9 Enables or disables the message carrying event. -
name10 Enables or disables the signaling tone event. -
name11 Enables or disables the DTMF event. -
name12 Enables or disables the channel associated -

signaling event.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a VoIP media parameter profile:
ZXAN(config-gpon)#onu profile voip-media test encoding 1st
codec cn pkt-period 20 silence-suppress on
ZXAN(config-gpon)#onu profile voip-media test encoding 2nd
codec cn pkt-period 20 silence-suppress on
ZXAN(config-gpon)#onu profile voip-media test encoding 3rd
codec mpa pkt-period 20 silence-suppress off
ZXAN(config-gpon)#onu profile voip-media test encoding 4th
codec dvi4-rate22khz pkt-period 30 silence-suppress off
ZXAN(config-gpon)#onu profile voip-media test encoding fax-mode t38
ZXAN(config-gpon)#onu profile voip-media test encoding oob-dtmf enable
ZXAN(config-gpon)#onu profile voip-media test service announce-type
fast-busy jitter adaptive min 100 max 200
ZXAN(config-gpon)#onu profile voip-media test rtp min-port 50050 max-port 50060
event piggyback enable cas enable
Related Commands
13.1.39 show gpon onu profile voip-media
13-33

13.1.22 profile tcont

Syntax
profile tcont name1 type {1 fixed number1 |2 assured number2 |3 assured number3 maximum
number4 |4 maximum number5 |5 fixed number6 assured number7 maximum number8 }
no profile tcont name1
Function
This command creates a GPON bandwidth property profile.
Parameters
name1 T-CONT profile name 1–64 characters
1 Profile type 1 -
number1 Fixed bandwidth, unit: Kbps 64–2488320
2 Profile type 2 -
number2 Assured bandwidth, unit: Kbps 64–2488320
3 Profile type 3 -
number4 Maximum bandwidth, unit: Kbps 64–2488320
4 Profile type 4 -
5 Profile type 5 -
number6 Fixed bandwidth, unit: Kbps 64–2488320
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The configuration requirements of different T-CONT profiles are as follows:
T-CONT Fixed Assured Maximum Description

Profile Type Bandwidth Bandwidth Bandwidth
1 Required - - -
13-34

T-CONT Fixed Assured Maximum Description

Profile Type Bandwidth Bandwidth Bandwidth
2 - Required - -
3 - Required Required Assured bandwidth ≤

Maximum bandwidth
4 - - Required -
5 Required Required Required Fixed bandwidth +

Assured bandwidth ≤
Maximum bandwidth
Examples
The following example shows how to create a GPON bandwidth property profile:
ZXAN(config)#gpon
ZXAN(config-gpon)#profile tcont T1-100M type 1 fix 100000
ZXAN(config-gpon)#profile tcont T2-100M type 2 assured 100000

ZXAN(config-gpon)#profile tcont T3-100M type 3 assured 10000 maximum 100000
ZXAN(config-gpon)#profile tcont T4-100M type 4 maximum 100000
ZXAN(config-gpon)#profile tcont T5-100M type 5 fix 10000 assured 100000 max 1000000
ZXAN(config-gpon)#
Related Commands
None
13.1.23 profile traffic

Syntax
profile traffic name1 sir number1 pir number2 [cbs number3 pbs number4 ]
no profile traffic name1
Function
This command creates a GPON traffic profile.
13-35

Parameters
name1 Traffic profile name 1–64 characters
number1 Assured information rate, unit: 0–10000000

Kbps
number2 Peak information rate, unit: 64–10000000

Kbps
number3 Assured burst size, unit: kbytes 0–1023
number4 Peak burst size, unit: kbytes 0–1023
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to create a GPON traffic profile:
ZXAN(config-gpon)#profile traffic traffic1 sir 10000 pir 20000
ZXAN(config-gpon)#
Related Commands
None
13.1.24 show gpon mop mode

Syntax
show gpon mop mode
Function
This command shows the GPON multicast model configuration information.
Parameters
None
Mode
13-36

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the GPON multicast model configuration information:
ZXAN#show gpon mop mode
mode: ctc
ZXAN#
Related Commands
None
13.1.25 show gpon onu profile dial-plan

Syntax
show gpon onu profile dial-plan [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the detailed information about a network dialing plan.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the detailed information about a network dialing plan:
ZXAN(config-if)#show gpon onu profile dial-plan
Profile name: aaa
Critical timeout:100
Partial timeout: 1000
Format: H.248
Digit map: X*.X.#|#X.*.X.##
2#X.*.X.T|#X.*.X.
#T
13-37

Related Commands
13.1.5 onu profile dial-plan
13.1.26 show gpon onu profile dscp

Syntax
show gpon onu profile dscp [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the detailed information about a DSCP to 802.1p mapping profile.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the current DSCP profile:
ZXAN(config-gpon)#show gpon onu profile dscp
Profile name: test
Dscp2Pbit mapping: 8-15:1,16-23:2,24-31:3,32-39:4,40-47:5,48-55:6,56-63:7
Related Commands
13.1.6 onu profile dscp
13.1.27 show gpon onu profile filter-rule

Syntax
show gpon onu profile filter-rule [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the detailed information about an expanded VLAN filtering rule
profile.
13-38

Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the detailed information about the current expanded VLAN
filtering rule profile:
ZXAN(config-gpon)#show gpon onu profile filter-rule
Profile name: test
Tag num: 2
Ether type: IGMP
Inner priority: 8
Inner VID: 100
Inner TPID: mode0
Outer priority: 8
Outer VID: 200
Outer TPID: mode0
Related Commands
onu profile filter-rule
13.1.28 show gpon onu profile igmp

Syntax
show gpon onu profile igmp [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the configuration information about the Optical Network Unit (ONU)
IGMP profile.
Parameters
13-39

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the configuration information about the ONU IGMP profile:
ZXAN(config-gpon)#show gpon onu profile igmp
Profile name: test
Version: v2
Work mode: snooping
Fast leave: disable
Robustness: copy-from-query
Proxy IP: 0.0.0.0
Query interval: 125
Query max resp: 100
Last query interval: 10
Nonmatch group: discard
Rate limit: 0
Up stream tag: transparent
Down stream tag: transparent
IPTV package dynamic1: cctv
IPTV package dynamic2:
IPTV package static:
Related Commands
13.1.10 onu profile igmp
13.1.29 show gpon onu profile ip

Syntax
show gpon onu profile ip [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the detailed information about the IP profile.
13-40

Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the detailed information about the IP profile:
ZXAN#show gpon onu profile ip
Profilename: zte
Gateway: 10.63.10.254
Primary DNS: 0.0.0.0
Secondary DNS: 0.0.0.0
ZXAN#
Related Commands
None
13.1.30 show gpon onu profile mgc

Syntax
show gpon onu profile mgc [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the detailed information about the Media Gateway Controller (MGC)
profile.
Parameters
Mode
All modes except user mode.
13-41

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the detailed information about the MGC profile:
ZXAN(config-gpon)#show gpon onu profile mgc
Profile name: test
Server1: 10.63.10.1
Validation scheme: disable
Username: N/A
Password: N/A
Realm: N/A
Server2: 10.63.10.2
Username: N/A
Password: N/A
Realm: N/A
UDP port: 2944
DSCP/TOS: 0
Media UDP port: 2944
Media DSCP/TOS: 0
Message format: text long
Version: 1
Maximum retry time: 0(s)
Maximum retry attempts: 0(s)
Service change delay: 0(s)
Softswitch vendor:
User TID:
Prefix:
RTP TID: default
Heart beat: service change
RTP link detect: disable
Number shortest match: disable
Digit map long timer: 20000(ms)
Digit map short timer: 5000(ms)
Digit map start timer: 10000(ms)
Heart beat interval: 60000(ms)
Rereg timer min: 60000(ms)
Rereg timer max: 120000(ms)
Regmsg retran timer: 2000(ms)
Total retran timer: 10000(ms)
13-42

Related Commands
13.1.12 onu profile mgc
13.1.31 show gpon onu profile schedule

Syntax
show gpon onu profile schedule [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the detailed information about the ONU scheduling profile.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the detailed information about the ONU scheduling profile:
ZXAN(config-gpon)#show gpon onu profile schedule
Profile name: default
Schedule mode : default
Profile name: schedule_test
Schedule mode : sp + wrr
queue map(prio->queue)#: 0->0 1->0 2->2->1 3->1 4->2 5->2 6->3 7->3
queue weight(queue->weight):0->10 1->5
Related Commands
None
13.1.32 show gpon onu profile sip

Syntax
show gpon onu profile sip [name1 ]
13-43

Function
The following example shows the configuration information about the ONU Session
Initiation Protocol (SIP) profile.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the configuration information about the ONU SIP profile:
ZXAN(config-gpon)#show gpon onu profile sip
Profile name : test
Proxy server: 10.63.10.1
Outbound proxy: 10.63.10.1
Registrar: 10.63.10.1
UDP port: 5060
DSCP/TOS: 0
Media UDP port: 5060
Media DSCP/TOS: 0
DNS1: 0.0.0.0
DNS2: 0.0.0.0
Registration expiration time: 3600(s)
Re-registration time: 360(s)
User domain: zte.com.cn
Softswitch vendor: ZTE
Dial plan table name: N/A
Release timer: 10(s)
ROH timer: 15(s)
Link test: disable
Link test interval: N/A
Appsrv:
Accesscode:
Related Commands
13.1.14 onu profile sip
13-44

13.1.33 show gpon onu profile tdm

Syntax
show gpon onu profile tdm [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the detailed information about the Time Division Multiplexing (TDM)
property profile.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the detailed information about the current TDM property
profile:
ZXAN(config-gpon)#show gpon onu profile tdm
Tdm profile name: pw1
Jitter buffer max depth: 300
Jitter buffer desire depth: 0
Fill policy: ont-default
Misconnected packers declare: 0
Misconnected packers clear: 255
Loss packers declare: 0
Loss packers clear: 255
Buffer declare: 0
Buffer clear: 255
Malformed packets declare: 0
Malformed packets clear: 255
R bit transmit set: 0
R bit transmit clear: 0
R bit receive policy: p0
L bit receive policy: p0
Ses threshold: 3
RTP information: ignore
13-45

Related Commands
13.1.15 onu profile tdm
13.1.34 show gpon onu profile traffic

Syntax
show gpon onu profile traffic [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the detailed information about the ONU traffic profile.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the detailed information about the ONU traffic profile:
ZXAN(config-gpon)#show gpon onu profile traffic
Profile name : traffic1
SIR: 10000
PIR: 20000
CBS: 0
PBS: 0
color mode: colour-blind
Ingress colour marking:no-marking
Egress colour marking: no-marking
Meter type not-specified
Related Commands
None
13-46

13.1.35 show gpon onu profile treat

Syntax
show gpon onu profile treat [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the detailed information about the expanded VLAN processing rule
profile.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the detailed information about the current expanded VLAN
processing rule profile:
ZXAN#show gpon onu profile treat

TreatName: add-outer-vid200
TagsToRemove: 0
OuterprioMapMode: insert
OuterPrio: 0
OutervidMapMode: insert
OuterVid: 200
OuterTPID: mode4
ZXAN#
Related Commands
13.1.17 onu profile treat
13.1.36 show gpon onu profile vlan

Syntax
show gpon onu profile vlan [name1 ]
13-47

Function
This command shows the detailed information about the VLAN profile.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the detailed information about the VLAN profile:
ZXAN#show gpon onu profile vlan
Profile name: mgmt

Tag mode: tag
CVLAN: 101
CVLAN priority:0
ZXAN#
Related Commands
None
13.1.37 show gpon onu profile voip-accesscode

Syntax
show gpon onu profile voip-accesscode [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the detailed information about the VoIP access code profile.
Parameters
13-48

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the detailed information about the VoIP access code profile:
ZXAN(config-gpon)#show gpon onu profile voip-accesscode
Profile name: test
Cancel call waiting:
Call hold: *#06#
Call park: *#08#
CID activate:
CID deactivate:
No disturb activation:
No disturb deactivation:
No disturb pin change:
Emergency service num:
Intercom service:
Unattend blind call transfer:
Attend call transfer:
Related Commands
13.1.19 onu profile voip-accesscode
13.1.38 show gpon onu profile voip-appsrv

Syntax
show gpon onu profile voip-appsrv [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the detailed information about the VoIP application service profile.
Parameters
Mode
All modes except user mode.
13-49

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the detailed information about the VoIP application service
profile:
ZXAN(config-gpon)#show gpon onu profile voip-appsrv
Profile name: test
Calling num: disable
Calling name: disable
CID blocking: disable
CID num permanent status: disable
CID name permanent status: disable
Anonymous CID blocking: disable
Call waiting: disable
CID announcement: disable
3way: disable
Call transfer: disable
Call hold: enable
Call park: disable
No disturb: disable
Emergency call flash: disable
Emergency originate hold: disable
6way: disable
Message waiting splash ring: disable
Message waiting special dial tone: disable
Message waiting visual indication: disable
Call forwarding ind: disable
Direct connect feature: disable
Dialtone delay: disable
Direct connect URI:
Username:
Password:
Realm:
Bridge line agent URI:
Username:
Password:
Realm:
Conference factory URI:
Username:
Password:
13-50

Realm:
Related Commands
13.1.20 onu profile voip-appsrv
13.1.39 show gpon onu profile voip-media

Syntax
show gpon onu profile voip-media [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the detailed information about the VoIP media traffic profile.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the detailed information about the GPON VoIP media traffic
profile:
ZXAN(config-gpon)#show gpon onu profile voip-media
Profile name: test
Encoding:
1st - Codec: pcmu, Packet period: 10, Silence suppression: off
2nd - Codec: pcmu, Packet period: 10, Silence suppression: off
3rd - Codec: pcmu, Packet period: 10, Silence suppression: off
4th - Codec: pcmu, Packet period: 10, Silence suppression: off
Fax mode: passthru , OOB DTMF: enable
Service:
Announcement type: na
Jitter: fix, Buffer target=0, max=0
Echo cancel: on
Country code: 0
Signal 802.1p priority: no change
Media 802.1p priority: no change
13-51

RTP:
Port: min=50000, max=60000
DSCP mark: 46
Event: piggyback=disable, tone=disable, DTMF=disable, CAS=disable
Related Commands
13.1.21 onu profile voip-media
13.1.40 show gpon profile

Syntax
show gpon profile name1 [name2 ]
Function
This command shows the configuration information about the GPON profile.
Parameters
name1 T-CONT or traffic profile -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the configuration information about the GPON T-CONT
profile:
ZXAN#show gpon profile tcont
Profile name :default
Type FBW(kbps) ABW(kbps) MBW(kbps)
1 10000 0 0
Related Commands
None
13-52

13.1.41 show gpon slot config

Syntax
show gpon slot config number1
Function
This command shows the configuration information about a specified GPON slot and the
DHCP anti-spoofing auto shutdown state.
Parameters
number1 Slot number 1–9, 12–19
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the configuration information about a specified GPON slot
and the DHCP anti-spoofing auto shutdown state:
ZXAN#show gpon slot config 3
DHCP anti-spoofing autoshutdown-port status: disabled.
ZXAN#
Related Commands
None
13.2 GPON OLT Interface Configuration

13.2.1 auto-learning
Syntax
auto-learning {enable |disable }
Function
This command configures the default Optical Network Unit (ONU) auto-learning mode of
the PON interface. By default, it is disabled.
13-53

Parameters
enable Enables auto learning. -
disable Disables auto learning. -
Mode
GPON OLT interface mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the ONU auto-learning mode:
ZXAN(config-if)#auto-learning enable
Related Commands
None
13.2.2 auto-learning aging-time

Syntax
auto-learning aging-time number1
Function
This command configures the aging time in auto learning mode.
Parameters
number1 Aging time, unit: seconds 2–3600
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
13-54

Examples
The following example shows how to set the aging time in auto learning mode to 100
seconds:
ZXAN(config-if)#auto-learning aging-time 100
Related Commands
None
13.2.3 ber-interval
Syntax
ber-interval number1
Function
This command configures the Bit Error Rate (BER) detection and reporting interval time of
an OLT interface.
Parameters
number1 Interval time, unit: ms, default: 1–536870911

5000
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the BER interval time to 1000 ms:
ZXAN(config-if)#ber-interval 1000
Related Commands
None
13-55

13.2.4 clear
Syntax
clear
Function
This command clears all the ONU data of an OLT interface.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
For the creation of a protection group, the protective interface needs to have no ONU
configuration. In this case, you can use this command to delete the existing configurations.
Examples
The following example shows how to clear all the ONU configuration data from the PON
interface:
Related Commands
Commands for clearing PON interface configurations in PON global mode:
ZXAN(config)#pon
ZXAN(config-pon)#clear gpon-olt_1/3/1
13.2.5 cpl
Syntax
cpl {disable |enable [min name1 max name2 ] }
Function
This command enables or disables the automatic optical power adjustment function.
13-56

Parameters
disable Disables the automatic optical -

power adjustment function
enable Enables the automatic optical -

power adjustment function
name1 Minimum optical power value -
name2 Maximum optical power value -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the automatic optical power adjustment
function. In this example, the optical power range is -30dBm to -12dBm.
ZXAN(config-if)#cpl enable min -30 max -12
Related Commands
None
13.2.6 discover-period
Syntax
discover-period new-onu number1 miss-onu number2
Function
This command configures the period of discovering new registered ONUs or offline ONUs.
Parameters
number1 Period of discovering new registered ONUs, unit: 2–3600

seconds
number2 Period of discovering offline ONUs, unit: seconds 0–300
13-57

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the period of discovering new registered
ONUs or offline ONUs:
ZXAN(config-if)#discover-period new-onu 10 miss-onu 10
Related Commands
None
13.2.7 fec
Syntax
fec name1
Function
This command configures the Forward Error Correction (FEC) function of a GPON OLT
interface.
Parameters
name1 Configures the downstream FEC function or -

does not configure the function.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the FEC function of OLT interface 1 in slot 3:
ZXAN(config-if)#fec downstream
13-58

Related Commands
None
13.2.8 multicast-encrypt
Syntax
multicast-encrypt name1
Function
This command enables or disables PON interface multicast encryption.
Parameters
name1 Enables or disables PON -

interface multicast encryption
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
This example shows how to enable PON interface multicast encryption:
ZXAN(config-if)#multicast-encrypt enable
Related Commands
Commands for enabling or disabling ONU multicast encryption:
13.2.9 name
Syntax
name WORD1
no name
13-59

Function
This command configures the alias of an OLT interface.
Parameters
WORD1 OLT interface alias 1–127 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the alias of an OLT interface:
ZXAN(config-if)#name zte
Related Commands
None
13.2.10 onu
Syntax
onu number1 {profile name1 |type name2 {sn name3 [vport-mode name4 ] |pw name5 [sn name6
] [vport-mode name7 ] |hpw name8 [sn name9 ] [vport-mode name10 ] |sn+pw name11 name12
[vport-mode name13 ] |sn+hpw name14 name15 [vport-mode name16 ] |loid name17 [sn name18
] [vport-mode name19 ] |loid+pw name20 name21 [sn name22 ] [vport-mode name23 ] |rid name
24 [sn name25 ] [vport-mode name26 ] |sn+rid name27 name28 [vport-mode name29 ] |loid+hpw
name30 name31 [sn name32 ] [vport-mode name33 ] } }
no onu number1 [profile ]
Function
This command registers a specified ONU to the current OLT interface.
13-60

Parameters
number1 ONU ID. 1–128
name1 Name of the performance management profile to 1–64 characters

be used on the ONU.
name2 ONU type, which can be queried by the 1–64 characters

show onu-type gpon command.
name3 SN registration mode. The ONU SN consists of -

Vendor-ID + special-sn. The vendor ID is four
characters and the special SN is eight characters.
name4 Virtual port mode, default: gemport. onu, gemport, manual
name5 Password registration mode. 1–10 characters
name6 The ONU SN consists of Vendor-ID + special-sn. -

The vendor ID is four characters and the special
SN is eight characters.
name8 Hexadecimal password. 1–20 characters


name12 ONU password. 1–10 characters

name17 LOID. 1–24 characters
name18 The ONU SN consists of Vendor-ID + special-sn.

13-61

name21 ONU password. 1–10 characters

name24 RID. 1–36 characters


name28 RID. 1–36 characters

profile - -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to register the ONU to OLT interface gpon-olt_1/3/1:
ZXAN(config-if)#onu 1 type ZTE-F622 sn ZTEG00000001
13-62

Related Commands
None
13.2.11 onu-action
Syntax
onu-action name1
Function
This command enables or disables the ONU on an OLT interface.
Parameters
name1 Enables or disables the ONU on an OLT -

interface.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to disable the ONU on an OLT interface:
ZXAN(config-if)#onu-action deactive
Related Commands
None
13.2.12 onu-sn
Syntax
onu-sn {enable |disable }
Function
This command enables all the ONUs that are forbidden to get online on an OLT interface,
or disables all ONUs.
13-63

Parameters
enable Enables all the ONUs that are forbidden to -

get online on an OLT interface.
disable Disables all ONUs on an OLT interface. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable all the ONUs that are forbidden to get online
on an OLT interface:
ZXAN(config-if)#onu-sn enable
Related Commands
None
13.2.13 range-mode
Syntax
range-mode number1 number2
Function
This command configures the distance measurement range of an OLT interface.
Parameters
number1 Distance measurement range of an OLT 0–600

interface, unit: 100 m
number2 Maximum distance measurement range of 0–600

an OLT interface, unit: 100 m
Mode
13-64

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the distance measurement range of
gpon-olt_1/3/1 to 20–40 km:
ZXAN(config-if)#range-mode 200 400
Related Commands
None
13.2.14 resource-id-assign-mode
Syntax
resource-id-assign-mode {mode1 |mode2 }
Function
This command configures the allocation mode of the Alloc-ID and Port ID.
Parameters
mode1 Mode 1: The OLT automatically allocates the -

Alloc-ID and Port ID.
mode2 Mode 1: The OLT manually allocates the Alloc-ID -

and Port ID.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the allocation mode of the Alloc-ID and
Port ID to mode 1:
ZXAN(config-if)#resource-id-assign-mode mode1
13-65

Related Commands
None
13.2.15 scb-port
Syntax
scb-port number1
Function
This command configures the Single Copy Broadcast (SCB) port.
Parameters
number1 Port number 129–4096
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the SCB port to 130:
ZXAN(config-if)#scb-port 130
Related Commands
None
13.2.16 show gpon fec

Syntax
show gpon fec [interface1 ]
Function
This command shows the FEC configuration information on a GPON OLT interface.
13-66

Parameters
interface1 GPON OLT interface, format: gpon- -

olt_shelf/slot/oltId
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the FEC configuration information on a GPON OLT interface:
ZXAN#show gpon fec gpon-olt_1/3/1
Interface mode
--------------------------------
gpon-olt_1/3/1 none
Related Commands
None
13.2.17 show gpon olt config

Syntax
show gpon olt config interface1
Function
This command shows the GPON OLT interface configuration.
Parameters
interface1 GPON OLT interface, format: -

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
13-67

Examples
The following example shows the GPON OLT interface configuration:
ZXAN(config)#show gpon olt config gpon-olt_1/3/1
OLT: gpon-olt_1/3/1 ONU: OLT-1
Discovering ONU: 10 Missing ONU: 5
Range mode(100m): 0 - 200
Uncfg ONU aging time: 300(s)
Auto learn: disable
SCB port: 4095
FEC: none
Resource ID assign mode: mode1
Multicast encryption: disable
Related Commands
None
13.2.18 show gpon olt cpl

Syntax
show gpon olt cpl interface1
Function
This command shows the configuration of the automatic optical adjustment of a PON
interface.
Parameters

gpon-olt_shelf/slot/oltId.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the automatic optical adjustment of the specified PON
interface:
ZXAN(config)#show gpon olt cpl gpon-olt_1/8/1
13-68

Cpl flag: disable

Cpl min value: -30.000
Cpl max value: -12.000
Related Commands
None
13.2.19 show gpon olt range-mode

Syntax
show gpon olt range-mode interface1
Function
This command shows the distance measurement configuration on an OLT interface.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the distance measurement configuration on an OLT
interface:
ZXAN#show gpon olt range-mode gpon-olt_1/3/1
OltInterface Base-distance(100m) Maximum-distance(100m)
---------------------------------------------------------------------
gpon-olt_1/3/1 0 200
Related Commands
None
13-69

13.2.20 uncfg-onu-aging-time
Syntax
uncfg-onu-aging-time number1
Function
This command configures the ONU auto learning aging time that is not configured on an
OLT interface.
Parameters
number1 Aging time, unit: seconds 2–3600
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the ONU auto learning aging time that is
not configured on an OLT interface to 200 seconds:
ZXAN(config-if)#uncfg-onu-aging-time 200
Related Commands
None
13.3 GPON ONU Interface Configuration

13.3.1 1pps-tod
Syntax
1pps-tod {enable |disable }
Function
This command specifies whether to send 1pps ToD messages to the ONU.
13-70

Parameters
enable Enables sending 1pps ToD -

messages to the ONU
disable Disables sending 1pps ToD -

messages to the ONU
Mode
GPON ONU interface mode and GPON line configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to send 1pps ToD messages to the ONU:
ZXAN(config-if)#1pps-tod enable
Related Commands
None
13.3.2 action
Syntax
action name1
Function
This command enables or disables an Optical Network Unit (ONU).
Parameters
name1 Enables or disables an ONU. -
Mode
GPON ONU interface mode
Usage Guidelines
None
13-71

Examples
The following example shows how to enable an ONU:
ZXAN(config-if)#action active
Related Commands
None
13.3.3 authpass-control
Syntax
authpass-control number1
Function
This command configures whether to send a notification to the Network Management
System (NMS) when the ONU gets online.
Parameters
number1 Notification ID. 0–10

0 indicates not to send a notification to the NMS.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure not to send a notification to the NMS when
the ONU gets online:
ZXAN(config)#int gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
ZXAN(config-if)#authpass-control 0
Related Commands
None
13-72

13.3.4 clear
Syntax
clear
Function
This command resets the service configuration of the ONU interface to the initial state.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to reset the service configuration of the ONU interface
to the initial state:
Related Commands
Commands for clearing ONU configuration data in PON global mode:
ZXAN(config)#pon
ZXAN(config-pon)#clear onu gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
13.3.5 dba
Syntax
dba mode name1
Function
This command configures the GPON ONU Dynamic Bandwidth Allocation (DBA) mode.
13-73

Parameters
name1 DBA mode SR, NSR, Hybrid
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the ONU DBA mode to hybrid:
XAN(config)#int gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
ZXAN(config-if)#dba mode hybrid
Related Commands
None
13.3.6 description
Syntax
description WORD1
no description
Function
This command configures the ONU interface description information.
Parameters
WORD1 ONU description 1–127 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
13-74

Examples
The following example shows how to configure the description information about an ONU
interface to onu1:
ZXAN(config-if)#description onu1
Related Commands
None
13.3.7 disable
Syntax
disable
Function
This command disables the ONU.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to disable the ONU:
ZXAN(config-if)#disable
Related Commands
13.3.8 enable
13.3.8 enable
Syntax
enable
13-75

Function
This command enables the ONU.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the ONU:
ZXAN(config-if)#enable
Related Commands
13.3.7 disable
13.3.9 encrypt
Syntax
encrypt number1 {enable [{downstream |bidirection } ] |disable }
Function
This command enables or disables GPON Encapsulation Method (GEM) port encryption
by the ONU.
Parameters
number1 GEM port ID. 1–255
enable Enables GEM port encryption. -
downstream Enables downstream encryption -
bidirection Enables dual-direction encryption -
disable Disables GEM port encryption –
13-76

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable encryption for GEM port 1:
ZXAN(config-if)#encrypt 1 enable
Related Commands
None
13.3.10 fec
Syntax
fec {none |upstream }
Function
This command configures GPON ONU Forward Error Correction (FEC).
Parameters
none Disables FEC. -
upstream Enables upstream FEC. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable FEC for ONU:
ZXAN(config-if)#fec upstream
13-77

Related Commands
None
13.3.11 gemport
Syntax
gemport number1 {{[down-queue-map-id number2 ] [up-queue-map-id number3 ] }|state name1
|traffic-limit {[upstream name2 ] [downstream name3 ] }|[name name4 ] [portid number4 ] tcont
number5 [[queue number6 ] ] }
no gemport number1
Function
This command configures the GEM port properties.
Parameters
number2 Queue ID mapped by downstream data. 0–7
number3 Queue ID mapped by upstream data. 0–3
name1 GEM port state, enabled or disabled. -
traffic-limit GEM port rate limiting. -
name2 Upstream rate limiting profile name 1–64 characters
name3 Downstream rate limiting profile name 1–64 characters
name4 GEM port name 1–63 characters
number4 Port ID 129–4095
number5 T-CONT index 1–255
number6 Priority queue ID of GEM port upstream data on the 0–7

ONU
Mode
Usage Guidelines
You need to create the T-CONT first. To configure GEM port rate limiting, you need to
configure the rate limiting profile in global GPON mode. Using the default profile indicates
not to use rate limiting.
13-78

Examples
The following example shows how to configure the GEM port properties:
ZXAN(config)#inter gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
ZXAN(config-if)#gemport 1 tcont 1
ZXAN(config-if)#gemport 1 traffic-limit upstream default downstream default
Related Commands
None
13.3.12 link-test
Syntax
link-test test-times number1
Function
This command tests the line status between the OLT and ONU.
Parameters
number1 Number of sent GEM port frames 1–100
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to test the line status between the OLT and ONU:
ZXAN(config-if)#link-test test-times 10
Sending 10 GEM frames to gpon-onu_1/3/1:1.
..........
Success rate is 0 percent (0/10)
ZXAN(config-if)#
Related Commands
None
13-79

13.3.13 multicast-encrypt
Syntax
multicast-encrypt name1
Function
This command enables or disables ONU multicast encryption.
Parameters
name1 Enables or disables ONU -

multicast encryption
Mode
GPON ONU interface mode, GPON Line configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
The PON interface multicast encryption controls whether PON interface multicast data can
be encrypted. The ONU multicast encryption controls whether the ONU can decrypt and
receive encrypted multicast streams.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable ONU multicast encryption:
Related Commands
Commands for enabling PON interface multicast encryption:
13.3.14 name
Syntax
name WORD1
no name
Function
This command configures the ONU alias.
13-80

Parameters
WORD1 ONU alias 1–127 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the ONU alias:
ZXAN(config-if)#name zte
Related Commands
None
13.3.15 omcc-bandwidth
Syntax
omcc-bandwidth name1
no omcc-bandwidth
Function
This command configures the ONU OMCI channel bandwidth.
Parameters
name1 Bandwidth profile name 1–64 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Before configuring the ONU OMCI channel bandwidth, use the ZXAN(config-gpon)#profil
e tcont command to create a T-CONT profile.
13-81

Examples
The following example shows how to configure the ONU OMCI channel bandwidth:
ZXAN(config-if)#omcc-bandwidth tcont1
Related Commands
13.1.22 profile tcont
13.3.16 omcc-encrypt
Syntax
omcc-encrypt name1
Function
This command enables or disables the ONU Management and Control Channel (OMCC)
encryption function.
Parameters
name1 Enables or disables the OMCC encryption -

function.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the OMCC encryption function:
ZXAN(config-if)#omcc-encrypt enable
Related Commands
None
13-82

13.3.17 optical-line-number
Syntax
optical-line-number WORD1
no optical-line-number
Function
This command configures the number for an ONU optical line to facilitate network
management.
Parameters
WORD1 Optical line number -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure an ONU optical line number:
ZXAN(config-if)#optical-line-number No.889-BiboRd
Related Commands
None
13.3.18 performance gemport

Syntax
performance gemport number1 name1
Function
This command enables or disables GEM port performance statistics.
13-83

Parameters
number1 GEM port ID 1–255
name1 Enables or disables -

performance statistics
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to start GEM port performance statistics:
ZXAN(config-if)#performance gemport 1 start
Related Commands
None
13.3.19 performance vport

Syntax
performance vport number1 name1
Function
This command enables or disables VPORT performance statistics.
Parameters
number1 Virtual port ID 1–128
name1 Enables or disables statistics -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
13-84

Examples
The following example shows how to enable VPORT performance statistics on the ONU
interface:
ZXAN(config-if)#performance vport 1 start
Related Commands
None
13.3.20 registration-method
Syntax
registration-method {sn name1 {[pw name2 ] |[hpw name3 ] } |pw name4 |hpw name5 |loid name6
{[pw name7 ] |[hpw name8 ] } }
Function
This command modifies the ONU registration mode.
Parameters
name1 SN registration mode: vendor ID + serial 1–12 characters

number
name2 Password registration mode 1–10 characters
name3 Hexadecimal password registration mode 1–20 characters
name5 Hexadecimal password registration mode 1–20 characters
name6 Logical ID registration mode 1–24 characters
name8 Hexadecimal password registration mode 1–24characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to modify the ONU registration mode to sn:
13-85

ZXAN(config-if)#registration-method pw zte123
Related Commands
None
13.3.21 show gpon onu baseinfo

Syntax
show gpon onu baseinfo interface1 [number1 ]
Function
This command shows the basic configuration information about a GPON ONU.
Parameters

number1 ONU ID 1–128
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the basic configuration information about a GPON ONU:
ZXAN(config)#show gpon onu baseinfo gpon-olt_1/3/1

OnuIndex Type Mode AuthInfo State
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 ZTE-F621 sn SN:ZTEG00000004 ready
Related Commands
None
13-86

13.3.22 show gpon onu by

Syntax
show gpon onu by {sn-pw name1 name2 |sn name3 |pw name4 |loid name5 }
Function
This command shows the information about an ONU based on the key information.
Parameters
name1 ONU serial number, consisting of the vendor ID -

and special SN.
Vendor ID: four characters, special SN: eight
characters.
name2 ONU password 1–10 characters
name3 ONU serial number, consisting of the vendor ID -

and special SN.
Vendor ID: four characters, special SN: eight
characters.
name4 ONU password 1–10 characters
name5 ONU LOID 1–24 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the information about an ONU:
ZXAN#show gpon onu by sn ZTEGC1000150

SearchResult
-----------------
gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
gpon-onu_1/3/3:1
gpon-onu_1/5/1:1
gpon-onu_1/6/1:2
ZXAN#
13-87

Related Commands
None
13.3.23 show gpon onu detail-info

Syntax
show gpon onu detail-info interface1
Function
This command shows the detailed information about a GPON ONU.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the detailed information about a GPON ONU:
ZXAN(config)#show gpon onu detail-info gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
ONU interface: gpon-onu_1/3/1:1

Name: ONU-1:1
Type: ZTE-F621
State: ready
Admin state: enable
Phase state: OffLine
Authentication mode: sn
SN Bind: enable with SN check
Serial number: ZTEG00000004
Password:
Device ID:
Description: ONU-1:1
Vport mode: gemport
DBA Mode: Hybrid
ONU Status: enable
13-88

OMCI BW Profile: enable

Line Profile: N/A
Service Profile: N/A
Alarm Profile: N/A
Performance Profile: N/A
ONU Distance: N/A
Online Duration: 0h 0m 0s
FEC: none
1PPS+ToD: disable
Multicast encryption:disable
Multicast encryption current state:N/A
------------------------------------------
Authpass Time OfflineTime Cause
1 0000-00-00 00:00:00 0000-00-00 00:00:00
2 0000-00-00 00:00:00 0000-00-00 00:00:00
3 0000-00-00 00:00:00 0000-00-00 00:00:00
4 0000-00-00 00:00:00 0000-00-00 00:00:00
5 0000-00-00 00:00:00 0000-00-00 00:00:00
6 0000-00-00 00:00:00 0000-00-00 00:00:00
7 0000-00-00 00:00:00 0000-00-00 00:00:00
8 0000-00-00 00:00:00 0000-00-00 00:00:00
9 0000-00-00 00:00:00 0000-00-00 00:00:00
10 0000-00-00 00:00:00 0000-00-00 00:00:00
Related Commands
None
13.3.24 show gpon onu distance

Syntax
show gpon onu distance interface1
Function
This command shows the ONU distance.
Parameters

Mode
13-89

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU distance:
ZXAN#show gpon onu distance gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Eqd (bit) Distance(m)
.......................................
265644 8
ZXAN#
Related Commands
None
13.3.25 show gpon onu gemport

Syntax
show gpon onu gemport interface1 [number1 [number2 ] ]
Function
This command shows the configuration information about a GPON GEM port.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None.
Examples
The following example shows the configuration information about a GPON GEM port:
ZXAN#show gpon onu gemport gpon-olt_1/3/1 1
OLT: gpon-olt_1/3/1
13-90

ONU: 1
GEM port: 1
Name: gemport1
T-CONT: 1
Port ID: 129
GEM port direction: both
Encrypt status: disable
Default queue: 0
Down traffic profile name: default
Up traffic profile name: default
Status: active
Down queue map ID: 0
Up queue map ID: 0
Related Commands
None
13.3.26 show gpon onu next-available

Syntax
show gpon onu next-available name1 interface1
Function
This command shows the next GEM port ID that can be obtained by the ONU.
Parameters
name1 Query type: GEMport -

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the next GEM port ID that can be obtained by the ONU:
ZXAN#show gpon onu next-available gemport gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
13-91

4.
ZXAN#
Related Commands
None
13.3.27 show gpon onu state

Syntax
show gpon onu state [interface1 {[number1 ] |[name1 ] } ]
Function
This command shows the GPON ONU state.
Parameters

name1 ONU state -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the state of the ONU on OLT interface 1 in slot 3 of shelf 1:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon onu state gpon-olt_1/3/1

OnuIndex Admin State OMCC State O7 State Phase State
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 enable enable operation working
ONU Number: 1/1
Related Commands
None
13-92

13.3.28 show gpon onu tcont

Syntax
show gpon onu tcont interface1 [number1 [number2 ] ]
Function
This command shows the configuration information about the GPON T-CONT.
Parameters

number2 T-CONT ID 1–255
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the configuration information about the GPON T-CONT:
ZXAN(config-gpon)#show gpon onu tcont gpon-olt_1/3/1 1
Name: tcont1
OLT: gpon-olt_1/3/1
ONU: 1
T-CONT: 1
Alloc ID: 256
DBA gap mode: mode2
Using following bandwidth profile:
Profile name: default
Related Commands
None
13.3.29 show gpon onu uncfg

Syntax
show gpon onu uncfg [interface1 [number1 ] ]
13-93

Function
This command shows the unauthorized ONU information.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the information about the unauthorized ONUs on OLT
interface 1 in slot 3 of shelf 1:
ZXAN#show gpon onu uncfg gpon-olt_1/3/1
OnuIndex Sn State
-----------------------------------------------------------
gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 ZTEG70002876 unknown
ZXAN(config-if)#
Related Commands
None
13.3.30 show gpon onu vport

Syntax
show gpon onu vport interface1 [number1 [number2 ] ]
Function
This command shows the GPON ONU VPORT information.
13-94

Parameters

number2 vport ID 1–128
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU VPORT information on OLT interface 1 in slot 3 of
shelf 1:
ZXAN#show gpon onu vport gpon-olt_1/3/1 1
ONU interface: gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Vport: 1
Map type: 1:1
GEM port: 1
CoS: 0
VLAN: 0
Related Commands
None
13.3.31 shutdown
Syntax
shutdown
no shutdown
Function
This command shows how to enable or disable an interface. By default, it is enabled.
Parameters
None
13-95

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable interface gei_1/21/1:
ZXAN(config-if)#no shutdown
Related Commands
None
13.3.32 sn-bind
Syntax
sn-bind {enable [{sn |both } ] |disable |update-sn }
Function
This command enables or disables the SN binding of ONU authentication.
Parameters
enable Enables SN binding, which is effective only in PW -

registration mode. It indicates that the password is
bound with the SN of the ONU that is discovered for
the first time.
sn SN binding. -
both Both binding. -
disable Disables SN binding. -
update-sn Cancels the binding relation between the ONU and -

the SN and can rebind the ONU. This parameter is
effective only when the ONU is in PW mode and SN
binding is enabled.
Mode
13-96

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the SN binding of ONU authentication:
ZXAN(config-if)#sn-bind enable
Related Commands
None
13.3.33 state
Syntax
state name1
Function
This command modifies the state of a specified ONU.
Parameters
name1 Enables or disables OMCC. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the ONU state to ready:
ZXAN(config-if)#state ready
ZXAN(config-if)#
Related Commands
None
13-97

13.3.34 tcont
Syntax
tcont number1 [name name1 ] [allocid number2 ] {gap name2 |profile name3 }
no tcont number1
Function
This command configures T-CONT properties.
Parameters
name1 T-CONT name 1–64 characters
number2 Alloc-ID 256–4095
name2 DBA mode -
name3 Name of the bandwidth profile used by 1–64 characters

the T-CONT, which can be shown by the
show gpon profile command
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure T-CONT properties:
ZXAN(config-if)#tcont 1 profile default
Related Commands
None
13.3.35 type
Syntax
type name1
no type
13-98

Function
This command configures the ONU type.
Parameters
name1 ONU type name 1–64 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
universalOnuType is used to interwork with an ONU of an unknown type. Because the
UNI type is unknown, the UNI user port information cannot be queried.
Generally, the ONU type is configured to the type that is known.

The supported ONU type can be queried by the show onu-type command. The ONU type
can be created by the onu-type command in PON interface mode.
The type name can be modified only when the ONU has no service data configured.
Examples
The following example shows how to modify an ONU type:
ZXAN(config-if)#type ZTE-F621
Related Commands
None
13.3.36 vport
Syntax
vport number1 [name name1 ] [map-type name2 ]
no vport number1
Function
This command creates an ONU VPORT.
13-99

Parameters
name1 Virtual port name 1–64 characters
name2 Mapping type COS, VLAN, COS + VLAN, 1:1
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to create VPORT 1 with the mapping type of COS:
ZXAN(config-if)#vport 1 name vport map-type cos
ZXAN(config-if)#
Related Commands
None
13.3.37 vport-map
Syntax
vport-map number1 number2 [{[vlan number3 ] [cos number4 ] } ]
no vport-map number1 number2 [{[vlan number3 ] [cos number4 ] } ]
Function
This command creates the mapping relation between a VPORT and a GEM port.
Parameters
number3 VLAN ID 1–4094
number4 COS priority 0–7
13-100

Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to creates the mapping relation between VPORT 1 and
GEM port 1:
ZXAN(config-if)#vport-map 1 1 vlan 200 cos 1
ZXAN(config-if)#
Related Commands
None
13.3.38 vport-mode
Syntax
vport-mode {onu |gemport |manual } [def-map-type name1 ]
Function
This command configures the ONU VPORT mode.
Parameters
onu ONU mode -
gemport GEM port mode -
manual Manual mode -
name1 Default mapping type COS, VLAN, COS + VLAN, 1:1
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the ONU VPORT mode to ONU mode:
13-101

ZXAN(config-if)#vport-mode onu
ZXAN(config-if)#
Related Commands
None
13.4 GPON ONU Remote Management

13.4.1 auto-shutdown
Syntax
auto-shutdown [hold-time number1 ] [revert-time number2 ]
Function
This command configures the Optical Network Unit (ONU) auto shutdown function after
an ONU Ethernet port is looped.
Parameters
number1 Duration that the loop-back port keeps 60–86400

disabled, unit: seconds
number2 Duration that the non-loop-back port keeps 15–86400

enabled, unit: second
Mode
GPON ONU MNG mode, GPON remote ONU configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the ONU auto shutdown function and set
the revert–time to 15 seconds:
ZXAN(config)#pon-onu-mng gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#auto-shutdown revert-time 15
Related Commands
None
13-102

13.4.2 broadcast-limit
Syntax
broadcast-limit {cpu |ethuni name1 } number1
no broadcast-limit {cpu |ethuni name1 }
Function
This command configures ONU multicast packet rate limiting.
Parameters
cpu CPU -
name1 Ethernet port, format: eth_slot/port 1–31 characters
number1 Packet rate, unit: pps, default: 100 1–4294967295
Mode
GPON ONU MNG mode and GPON remote ONU configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the ONU multicast packet rate limiting:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#broadcast-limit ethuni eth_0/1 1000
Related Commands
13.4.91 show gpon remote-onu broadcast-limit
13.4.3 cfm ma
Syntax
cfm ma number1 number2 {[name {primary-vid |integer number3 |vpn-id name1 |name2 } ] [vlan
name3 ] [mhf-creation name4 ] [senderid name5 ] [ccm {disable |interval name6 } ] }
no cfm ma number1 number2
13-103

Function
This command configures a CFM Maintenance Association (MA) in the specified MD
and specifies the parameters such as name, CCM time interval, managed VLANs, MHF
creation policy, Sender ID TLV filling policy.
Parameters
number1 MD ID. 1–16
number2 MA ID correlated with the MD. 1–32
primary-vid MA name format 1: primary VLAN ID. -
number3 MA name format 2: 2-byte integer. 0–65535
name1 MA name format 3: VPN ID, OUI (3 characters) -

+ hexadecimal index (aabbccdd).
name2 MA name format 4: printable characters string. 1–45 characters
name3 VLAN table correlated with the MA, 1–64 -

characters, up to 12 VLAN IDs.
The first VLAN indicates the primary VLAN.
name4 MHF creation policy. none, default, explicit,

defer
name5 Sender ID TLV filling policy. none, defer
disable Disables CCM sending. -
name6 CCM sending interval 3.33 ms, 10 ms, 100

ms, 1 s, 10 s, 1 min,
10 min
Mode
GPON ONU MNG mode
Usage Guidelines
Before configuring ONU MA properties, use the ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#cfm md command
to create the MD properties first.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a CFM MA in the specified MD:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#cfm ma 2 1 name test-ma-2-1

ccm interval 100ms
13-104

Related Commands
None
13.4.4 cfm md
Syntax
cfm md number1 {[name {dns name1 |mac name2 |icc-based name3 |name4 } ] [level number2 ]
[mhf-creation name5 ] [senderid name6 ] }
no cfm md number1
Function
This command configures a CFM Maintenance Domain (MD) and specifies the parameters
such as name, level, MHF creation policy, Sender ID TLV filling policy.
Parameters
number1 MD ID 1–16
name1 MD name format 1: DNS format, which is the 1–45 characters

global unique text character string obtained by
the DNS name
name2 MD name format 2: MAC address, format: 19 characters

aabb.ccdd.eeff:xxyy
name3 MD name format 3: ITU carrier ID + locally 13 characters

allocated UMC ID
name4 MD name format 4: printable characters string 1–45 characters
number2 MD level 0–7
name5 MHF creation policy. none, default, explicit,

defer
name6 Sender ID TLV filling policy: none -
Mode
GPON ONU MNG mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to create an ONU MD:
13-105

ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#cfm md 1 name test-md-1 level 5
Related Commands
None
13.4.5 cfm mep

Syntax
cfm mep number1 number2 {ethuni name1 number3 |ais {disable |enable [period name2 ] [prior
ity number4 ] [level number5 ] } |alarm {[thresh name3 ] [declare-soak-time number6 ] [clear-s
oak-time number7 ] }|{[ccm name4 ] [server name5 ] [direction name6 ] [state name7 ] [priority
number8 ] [rmep name8 ] [egress-id {default |name9 } ] [primary-vlan {from-ma |number9 } ] }}
no cfm mep number1 number2
Function
This command creates a Maintenance association End Point (MEP) that is correlated with
an ONU Ethernet user port, and specifies the parameters such as MEP Id, primary VLAN,
other correlated VLANs, CCM interval, and the associated MD name and level.
To simplify configurations, the first command is used to create an MEP. The parameters
not configured in the command use the default values. The second command is used to
modify the parameters of the created MEP.
Parameters
number2 MA ID. 1–32
name1 Ethernet port, format: eth_slot/port. 1–31 characters
number3 MEP ID. 1–8191
disable Disables the AIS function. -
enable Enables the AIS function. -
name2 Sending period. -
number4 Priority. 0–7
number5 User MEP maintenance level. 0–7
alarm Alarm. -
name3 Alarm threshold mode. -
13-106

number6 Alarm announcement preparation time, 250–1000

unit: 10 ms.
number7 Alarm clearance preparation time, unit: 250–1000

10 ms.
name4 Enables or disables the MEP to generate -

continuous detection messages.
name5 Enables or disables MEP on the Y.1731 -

server.
name6 Direction. upstream, downstream
name7 State. lock, unlock
name8 MEP ID list. 1–64 characters
default Default egress ID. -
name9 Egress ID. 1–19 characters
from-ma Primary VLAN obtained from the MA. -
number9 Primary VLAN ID 1–4094
Mode
GPON ONU MNG mode
Usage Guidelines
Because the MEP is correlated with a bridge port, a UNI bridge port must already exists.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure an MEP (MEP ID 111) that is correlated
with bridge port eth_0/1:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#cfm mep 1 1 ethuni eth_0/1 1
Related Commands
None
13-107

13.4.6 dhcp-ip
Syntax
dhcp-ip ethuni name1 {name2 }
Function
This command configures Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) IP address
obtaining control on an Ethernet user port.
Parameters
name2 IP address obtaining mode: -

l no-ctrl (default): no control
l from-onu: obtained from the ONU
l from-internet: obtained from the Internet
l forbidden
Mode
Usage Guidelines
When the DHCP server is enabled for the ONU and the device under the Ethernet user
port obtains the IP address in DHCP mode, the IP address is processed in accordance
with the configured IP address obtaining control mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the Ethernet user port eth_0/1 to obtain an
IP address from the ONU:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#dhcp-ip ethuni eth_0/1 from-onu
Related Commands
None
13.4.7 dhcp-option60
Syntax
dhcp-option60 {enable name1 |disable }
13-108

Function
This command configures the ONU DHCP option 60 function.
Parameters
enable Enables the DHCP option 60 function. -
name1 Vendor ID. 1–128 characters
disable Disables the DHCP option 60 function. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the DHCP option 60 function:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#dhcp-option60 enable 123456
Related Commands
None
13.4.8 dot1p-map
Syntax
dot1p-map [flow number1 ] [{[unmark-option name1 ] [{dscp2prio name2 |ipp2pri name3 |tos2
pri name4 } ] [def-pri number2 ] }]
Function
This command configures the mapping properties of 802.1p service priorities.
13-109

Parameters
number1 Service flow ID. 1–255
name1 Processing mode of the Ethernet frames -

without 802.1p priorities.
l def-pri: default priority mode
l dscp2prio: DSCP to 802.1p mapping
mode
name2 64 DSCP priorities are mapped to eight DSCP priority value

802.1p priorities. range: 0–63
Format: 0-15:0, 16-31:1, 32-47:2, 48-63:3. 802.1p priority value
The unspecified priorities are mapped to range: 0–7
priority 0.
name3 Eight IP priorities are mapped to eight IP priority value range:

802.1p priorities. 0–7
Format: 0-2:0, 3-4:1, 5-6:2, 7:3. 802.1p priority value
priority 0.
name4 16 TOS priorities are mapped to eight TOS priority value

802.1p priorities. range: 0–15
Format: 0-2:0, 3-5:1, 6-10:2, 11-15:3. 802.1p priority value
priority 0.
number2 Default priority. 0–7
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the mapping mode of 802.1p service
priorities to the default 0:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#dot1p-map flow 2 unmark-option def-pri def-pri 0
Related Commands
None
13-110

13.4.9 dot1x
Syntax
dot1x [cid-prefix name1 ] [fallback name2 ] [auth-server1 name3 ] [shared-secret1 name4 ] [a
uth-server2 name5 ] [shared-secret2 name6 ] [auth-server3 name7 ] [shared-secret3 name8 ]
[proxy ip_addr1 ]
no dot1x [{[cid-prefix ] [auth-server1 ] [shared-secret1 ] [auth-server2 ] [shared-secret2 ] [aut
h-server3 ] [shared-secret3 ] [proxy ] } ]
Function
This command configures ONU 802.1x properties.
Parameters
name1 Circuit ID prefix 1–128 characters
name2 Fallback policy, indicating to allow or deny allow, deny

802.1x session when there is no external
authentication server
name3 First RADIUS server address 1–128 characters
name4 Shared secret of the first RADIUS server 1–25 characters
name5 Second RADIUS server address 1–128 characters
name6 Shared secret of the second RADIUS server 1–25 characters
name7 Third RADIUS server address 1–128 characters
name8 Shared secret of the third RADIUS server 1–25 characters
ip_addr1 Proxy server IP address -
cid-prefix Circuit ID prefix -
auth-server1 First RADIUS server address -
shared-secret1 Shared secret of the first RADIUS server -
auth-server2 Second RADIUS server address -
shared-secret2 Shared secret of the second RADIUS server -
auth-server3 Third RADIUS server address -
shared-secret3 Shared secret of the third RADIUS server -
proxy Proxy server -
Mode
13-111

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure ONU 802.1x properties:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#dot1x fallback allow
Related Commands
None
13.4.10 dot1x ethuni

Syntax
dot1x ethuni name1 {force name2 |[{[auth name3 ] [direction name4 ] [quiet-period number1 ]
[timeout-period number2 ] [key-tx name5 ] } ] }
Function
This command configures 802.1x properties of an Ethernet user port.
Parameters
name2 Port execution action. reauth, unauth, auth
name3 Enables or disables authorization. -
name4 Management control direction. Upstream and

downstream,
downstream
number1 EAP request interval, unit: seconds 0–65535
number2 ONU waiting response time, unit: seconds, 0–65535

default: 30.
name5 Enables or disables key sending. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
13-112

Examples
The following example shows how to configure the 802.1x properties of Ethernet user port:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#dot1x ethuni eth_4/1 auth enable
Related Commands
None
13.4.11 equip-mgmt
Syntax
equip-mgmt {battery-backup name1 |state name2 |sec-mode name3 }
Function
This command configures ONU equipment information.
Parameters
name1 Whether to enable the secondary battery -

monitoring.
name2 ONU administrative status. lock, unlock
name3 Encryption mode. AES, null
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the ONU to enable the secondary battery
monitoring:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#equip-mgmt battery-monitor enable
Related Commands
None
13-113

13.4.12 ex-vlan
Syntax
ex-vlan {[switchport ] ethuni name1 |flow number1 |veip number2 |wifi name2 } [{[input-tpid
hexadecimal1 ] [output-tpid hexadecimal2 ] [down-mode name3 ] [dscp2pbit name4 ] }]
no ex-vlan {[switchport ] ethuni name1 |flow number1 |veip number2 |wifi name2 }
Function
This command configures ONU extended VLAN properties.
Parameters
switchport UNI bridge port -
number1 Service flow ID 1–255
number2 Virtual Ethernet interface ID 1–255
name2 WiFi port, format: wifi_slot/port 1–31 characters
hexadecimal1 TPID used for ingress filtering, hexadecimal -

ABCD, such as 9100
hexadecimal2 TPID used for egress filtering, hexadecimal -

ABCD, such as 9100
name3 Downstream processing mode no-operation,

inverse-upstream
name4 DSCP profile name 1–64 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure ONU extended VLAN properties:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#ex-vlan ethuni eth_0/1 input-tpid 0x9100
13-114

Related Commands
None
13.4.13 ex-vlan-table
Syntax
ex-vlan-table {[switchport ] ethuni name1 |flow number1 |veip number2 |wifi name2 } rule name3
treat name4
no ex-vlan-table {[switchport ] ethuni name1 |flow number1 |veip number2 |wifi name2 } rule
name3
Function
This command configures the extended VLAN mapping items of an ONU.
Parameters
switchport UNI bridge port -
number2 Virtual Ethernet interface ID 1–255
name3 Matching rule profile name 1–64 characters
name4 Processing rule profile name 1–64 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Before configuring the extended VLAN mapping items of an ONU, use the ZXAN(config-
gpon)#onu profile filter-rule and ZXAN(config-gpon)#onu profile trea commands to create
the corresponding profiles.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the extended VLAN mapping items of an
ONU:
13-115

ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#ex-vlan-table ethuni eth_0/1 rule single-tag-vid100

treat add-outer-vid200
Related Commands
None
13.4.14 file-server
Syntax
file-server name1 name2 username name3 password name4
no file-server
Function
This command configures the ONU configuration file server.
Parameters
name1 Server address -
name2 Configuration file name -
username User name -
name3 Server authentication user -

name
password Password -
name4 Server authentication password -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the ONU configuration file server:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#file-server 10.67.9.10 cfg.dat username zte password zte
Related Commands
None
13-116

13.4.15 firewall
Syntax
firewall {disable |enable [{[level name1 ] [anti-hack name2 ] }] }
Function
This command configures the firewall level and anti-hack function of an ONU.
Parameters
disable Disables the firewall. -
enable Enables the firewall. -
name1 Firewall level, including low, medium, and high. -
name2 Enables or disables anti-hack. -
Mode
GPON remote ONU configuration mode, GPON ONU MNG mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the firewall function for an ONU:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#firewall enable
Related Commands
None
13.4.16 firewall ip-filter

Syntax
firewall ip-filter number1 {[state name1 ] [mode name2 ] [protocol name3 ] [src-ip ip_addr1 [to
ip_addr2 ] ] [src-port number2 [to number3 ] ] [dst-ip ip_addr3 [to ip_addr4 ] ] [dst-port number4
[to number5 ] ] [ingress {lan |iphost number6 |ethuni name4 } ] [egress {lan |iphost number7
|ethuni name5 } ] }
no firewall ip-filter number1 [{[src-ip ] [src-port ] [dst-ip ] [dst-port ] [ingress ] [egress ] }]
13-117

Function
This command configures the firewall IP filter of an ONU.
Parameters
number1 Firewall IP address filtering ID. 1–255
name1 Enables or disables the filtering function. -
name2 Filtering mode. permit, discard
name3 Protocol type. TCP, UDP, TCP-UDP,

ICMP, all
ip_addr1 Starting address of the source IP address, -

default: 0.0.0.0.
ip_addr2 Ending address of the source IP address, -

default: 0.0.0.0.
number2 Starting ID of the source port, default: 0 1–65535
number3 Ending ID of the source port, default: 0. 1–65535
ip_addr3 Starting address of the destination IP address, -

default: 0.0.0.0.
ip_addr4 Ending address of the destination IP address, -

default: 0.0.0.0.
number4 Starting ID of the destination port, default: 0. 1–65535
number5 Ending ID of the destination port, default: 0. 1–65535
lan Ingress type: LAN port. -
number6 IP host ID. 1–255
name4 Ingress type: Ethernet UNI port, format: 1–31 characters

eth_slot/port.
name5 Egress type: Ethernet UNI port, format: 1–31 characters

eth_slot/port.
src-ip Source IP address. -
src-port Source port number. -
dst-ip Destination IP address. -
dst-port Destination port number. -
ingress Ingress. -
egress Egress. -
13-118

Mode
Usage Guidelines
To cancel the filter conditions or delete the filter, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the firewall IP filter of an ONU:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#firewall ip-filter 1 state enable protocol

udp src-ip 10.1.1.1 to 10.1.1.255 src-port 5060 ingress iphost 1
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#firewall ip-filter 2 state enable protocol

tcp dst-ip 192.168.1.1 dst-port 21 egress ethuni eth_0/1
Related Commands
None
13.4.17 firewall mac-filter

Syntax
firewall mac-filter number1 hexadecimal1 [name1 ] [protocol name2 ]
no firewall mac-filter number1
Function
This command configures the firewall MAC filtering of an ONU.
Parameters
number1 Firewall MAC address filtering ID 1–255
hexadecimal1 MAC address, format: XXXX.XXXX.XXXX -
name1 Filtering direction. -
name2 Filtering protocol IP, all
Mode
13-119

Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the firewall MAC filtering of an ONU:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#firewall mac-filter 1 00d0.d0d0.0101 dst protocol ip
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#firewall mac-filter 2 00d0.d0d0.0101 dst protocol all
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#firewall mac-filter 3 00d0.d0d0.0102 src protocol ip
Related Commands
13.4.18 firewall mac-filter-table
13.4.18 firewall mac-filter-table

Syntax
firewall mac-filter-table [{[state name1 ] [mode name2 ] } ]
no firewall mac-filter-table
Function
This command configures the firewall MAC address filtering of an ONU.
Parameters
name1 Enables or disables ONU firewall MAC -

address filtering.
name2 Filtering mode. permit, discard
Mode
Usage Guidelines
13-120

Examples
The following example shows how to configure the firewall MAC address filtering of an
ONU:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#firewall mac-filter-table state enable mode permit
Related Commands
None
13.4.19 firewall port-forward

Syntax
firewall port-forward number1 [state name1 ] [iphost number2 ] [protocol name2 ] [wan-ip ip_a
ddr1 [to ip_addr2 ] ] [wan-port number3 [to number4 ] ] [{lan-mac hexadecimal1 |lan-ip ip_addr3
} ] [lan-port number5 [to number6 ] ]
no firewall port-forward number1 [wan-ip ]
Function
This command configures ONU firewall port forwarding from a public network to a private
network.
Parameters
number1 Firewall port forwarding ID. 1–255
name1 Enables or disables firewall port forward -

filtering.
number2 IP host ID, default: 1. 1–255
name2 Filtering protocol. TCP, UDP,

TCP-UDP
ip_addr1 Starting IP address of the WAN, default: -

0.0.0.0.
ip_addr2 Ending IP address of the WAN, default: -

0.0.0.0.
number3 Starting port number of the WAN, default: 0. 1–65535
number4 Ending port number of the WAN, default: 0. 1–65535
hexadecimal1 LAN MAC address, format: -

XXXX.XXXX.XXXX.
13-121

ip_addr3 LAN IP address. -
number5 Starting port number of the LAN. 1–65535
number6 Ending port number of the LAN. 1–65535
wan-ip WAN IP address. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To cancel the matching conditions or delete port forwarding, use the no form of this
command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure firewall port forwarding:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#firewall port-forward 1 state enable protocol

udp wan-ip 10.1.1.1 to 10.1.1.255 wan-port 5060 lan-ip 192.168.1.10 lan-port 2000
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#firewall port-forward 2 state enable iphost 2

protocol tcp wan-ip 11.1.1.1 wan-port 21 lan-mac 00d0.d0d0.0101 lan-port 1000
Related Commands
None
13.4.20 flow
Syntax
flow number1 {{[pri number2 ] [vlan number3 ] }|[{switch name1 |ethuni name2 |eth-flow number4
|iphost number5 |down-multicast name3 } ] }
no flow number1 [pri number2 vlan number3 ]
Function
This command configures or adds the Tag Control Information (TCI) items corresponding
to service flows.
13-122

Parameters
number1 Flow ID. 1–255
number2 802.1p priority of service flow. 0–7
number3 VLAN ID of service flow. 1–4094
name1 Layer 2 switching bridge port number, format: 1–31 characters

switch_slot/port. It indicates that the flow is the
upstream service flow switched through layer 2.
name2 Ethernet port, format: switch_slot/port. It indicates 1–31 characters

that the flow is the upstream service flow mapped
from the UNI through 802.1p.
number4 CES user port ID. It indicates that the flow is the 1–65535
upstream service flow mapped from the Ethernet
flow through 802.1p.
number5 IP host ID. It indicates that the flow is the upstream 1–255
service flow mapped from the IP host through
802.1p.
name3 Layer 2 switching bridge port number, format: 1–31 characters

switch_slot/port. The bridge and downstream
multicast are correlated.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to create an upstream flow switched through layer 2
and with the VLAN ID of 100:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#flow 1 vid 100
Related Commands
None
13-123

13.4.21 flow mode

Syntax
flow mode number1 tag-filter name1 untag-filter name2
Function
This command configures the flow matching mode.
Parameters
number1 Flow ID 1–255
name1 Tagged frame filtering mode transparent, discard, forward, pri-filter,

vlan-filter, pri-vlan-filter, pri-match,
vlan-match, pri-vlan-match
name2 Untagged frame filtering mode transparent, discard
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the matching mode of flow 1 as follows:
l Tagged frames are matched according to VIDs.
l Unmatched frames are discarded.
l Untagged frames are discarded.
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#flow mode 1 tag-filter vlan-match untag-filter

discard
Related Commands
None
13-124

13.4.22 gemport
Syntax
gemport number1 [{traffic-limit [downstream name1 ] [upstream name2 ] |{[flow number2 ] [do
t1p-list name3 ] }|{[up-queue-map name4 ] [down-queue number3 [uni name5 ] ] }|loop name6 } ]
no gemport number1 [traffic-limit {downstream |upstream |all } ]
Function
This command configures a GEM port connection that is correlated with the flow and
802.1p priority, configures ONU GEM port upstream priority queue mapping, downstream
queues and UNI, and configures ONU GEM port rate limiting.
Parameters
traffic-limit Rate limiting management. -
name1 Downstream rate limiting, correlated with the -

ONU profile traffic profile.
name2 Upstream rate limiting, correlated with the ONU -

profile traffic profile.
number2 Flow mapped to the GEM port. 1–255
name3 802.1p priority list mapped to GEM ports, in x,y,z -

format or x-z format.
name4 Upstream data on a GEM port, which can be 1–128 characters

mapped to queues with different upstream
priorities according to different p-bits.
Format: p1:q1[,p2-p3:q2...].
number3 Downstream priority queue ID. 0–7

All the downstream data under the GEM port is
sent to the priority queue.
name6 Enables or disables loop-back. -
downstream Downstream. -
upstream Upstream. -
all Upstream and downstream. -
Mode
13-125

Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the correlation between flow 1 and GEM
port 1:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#gemport 1 flow 1
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#
Related Commands
None
13.4.23 http onu-mng-port

Syntax
http onu-mng-port {alloc |free }
Functions
This command allocates or releases an HTTP management port for the ONU.
Parameters
alloc Allocates an HTTP management -

port for the ONU
free Releases the HTTP -

management port of the
ONU
Format
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to allocate an HTTP management port for the ONU:
ZXAN(config-if)#http onu-mng-port alloc
ZXAN(config-if)#show mpnat onu-mng-port all
13-126

onu-mng-port alloc num:1

Onu-Pos Mng-TcpPort Protocol-Type
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 20001 http
ZXAN(config-if)#http onu-mng-port free
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ZXAN(config-if)#
Related Commands
None
13.4.24 igmp
Syntax
igmp name1 [{[max-groups number1 ] [max-bandwidth number2 ] [bandwidth-enforce name2 ]
[profile name3 ] }]
no igmp name1 [{[max-groups ] [max-bandwidth ] [profile ] }]
Function
This command configures the ONU user port IGMP parameters and associate them with
an IGMP profile.
Parameters
name1 Ethernet or VEIP port, format: eth_slot/port, 1–31 characters

veip_slot/port.
number1 Number of maximum groups. 1–65535
number2 Maximum ingress dynamic bandwidth, unit: 1–4294967295

Kbps.
name2 Enables or disables forcible excessive bandwidth -

prohibition.
name3 IGMP profile name. 1–64 characters
max-groups Number of maximum synchronization groups. -
max-bandwidth Maximum ingress dynamic bandwidth. -
profile IGMP profile. -
13-127

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the ONU Ethernet user port IGMP
parameters and associate them with an IGMP profile:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#igmp eth_0/1 profile test
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#igmp eth_0/1 max-groups 1024
Related Commands
None
13.4.25 igmp monitor

Syntax
igmp monitor name1
no igmp monitor name1
Function
This command configures the ONU multicast monitoring function.
Parameters
name1 Ethernet or VEIP port, format: eth_slot/port, 1–31 characters

veip_slot/port.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
13-128

Examples
The following example shows how to configure the ONU multicast monitoring function for
Ethernet port eth_0/1:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#igmp monitor eth_0/1
Related Commands
None
13.4.26 interface ces

Syntax
interface ces name1 [{[state name2 ] [type number1 ] [loop name3 ] [ds1-framing name4 ] [line
-coding name5 ] [line-length number2 ] [ds1-mode name6 ] [arc name7 arc-interval number3 ]
[line-type name8 ] }]
Function
This command configures properties of a CES user port.
Parameters
name1 CES user port, format: ces_slot/port 1–31 characters
name2 Port administrative state lock, unlock
number1 Expected card type 0–255
name3 Loop-back control noloop, lineloop, opsloop1,

opsloop2, opsloop3, payloadloop
name4 DS1 frame structure, default: extendsuper, g704, jtg704, super,

extendedsuper unframe
name5 Encoding mechanism ami, b3zs, b8zs, hdb3
number2 Cable length 0–255
name6 DS1 mode -
nanme7 Alarm suppression disable, enable
number3 Alarm suppression time, unit: 0–255

minutes
name8 Line type 3plcp, ds3cbitparity,

ds3clearchannel, ds3m23,
ds3syntran, e3framed, other
13-129

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the state of a CES user port to lock:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#interface ces ces_0/1 state lock
Related Commands
None
13.4.27 interface eth

Syntax
interface eth name1 [{[state name2 ] [arc name3 arc-interval number1 ] [type number2 ] [speed
name4 ] [loop name5 ] [mtu number3 ] [pause-time number4 ] [wiring name6 ] [l2l3 name7 ]
[pppoe-filter name8 ] [power-control name9 ] }]
Function
This command configures properties of an Ethernet user port.
Parameters
name2 Port administrative state. lock, unlock
name3 Alarm suppression disable, enable
number1 Suppression time, unit: minutes. 0–255

255: permanent suppression.
number2 Expected card type, default: 0. 0–255
name4 Port duplex mode and rate. auto, full-10, full-100,

full-1000, half-10,
half-100
name5 Enables or disables port loop-back. -
number3 Maximum transfer unit, unit: bytess. 64–8192
13-130

number4 Time for the peer end to pause sending 0–65535

packets requested by the pause frame.
name6 Cable type. dce, dte
name7 The UNI works in layer 2 bridge mode or -

layer 3 IP mode.
name8 PPPoE packet filtering control. -

l Enable: Only PPPoE packets are
permitted.
l Disable: All types of packets are
permitted.
name9 Power control, whether provides power -

supply for external devices through the port.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the state of an Ethernet user port to lock:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)# interface eth eth_0/1 state lock
Related Commands
None
13.4.28 interface pon

Syntax
interface pon name1 {gem-blocklen number1 |sf-thresh number2 sd-thresh number3 |rx-optical-
thresh low {ont-internal-policy |name2 } upper {ont-internal-policy |name3 } |tx-optical-thresh
low {ont-internal-policy |name4 } upper {ont-internal-policy |name5 } |alarm {enable |disable
[alarm-disable-interval number4 ] } }
Function
This command configures the BER thresholds of SF/SD alarms on the ONU PON port.
13-131

Parameters
name1 PON number, format: pon_slot/port. 1–31 characters
number1 GEM block length, default: 48. 0–65535
number2 SFi/SF alarm BER threshold, default: 5. 3–8
number3 SDi/SD alarm BER threshold, default: 9. 4–10
rx-optical-thresh Alarm threshold of the receiving optical rate. -
ont-internal-policy ONU internal policy. -
name2 Minimum alarm threshold of the receiving optical -27 dBm to -8 dBm
rate, precision: 0.5 dBm.
name3 Maximum alarm threshold of the receiving optical -27 dBm to -8 dBm
tx-optical-thresh Alarm threshold of the sending optical rate. -
name4 Minimum alarm threshold of the sending optical -0.5 dBm to -5 dBm
name5 Maximum alarm threshold of the sending optical -0.5 dBm to -5 dBm
enable Enables alarm report. -
disable Disables alarm report. -
number4 Time period during which alarm report is disabled, 0–255

unit: minutes. This parameter is effective only
when alarm report is disabled.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The BER threshold unit is dB. For example, 3 indicates -3 dB.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the thresholds of SF/SD alarms on the PON port
to -4 dB and -8 dB:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#interface pon pon_0/1 sf-thresh 4 sd-thresh 8
Related Commands
None
13-132

13.4.29 interface pots

Syntax
interface pots name1 [{[state name2 ] [[arc name3 ] arc-interval number1 ] [impedance number2
] [tx-path name4 ] [rx-gain name5 ] [tx-gain name6 ] }]
Function
This command configures properties of a Plain Old Telephone Service (POTS) user port.
Parameters
name1 POTS port, format: pots_slot/port 1–31 characters
number1 Suppression time, unit: minutes 0–255

255: permanent suppression
number2 Impedance, default: 0 0–4
name4 Onhook transmission mode fulltimeOnHook,

parttimeOnHook
name5 Received signal gain, precision: 0.1 dB, -12.0 dB to 6.0 dB

default: 0
name6 Sent signal gain, precision: 0.1 dB, default: 0 -12.0 dB to 6.0 dB
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the state of a POTS user port to lock:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#interface pots pots_0/1 state lock
Related Commands
None
13-133

13.4.30 interface video

Syntax
interface video name1 [{[state name2 ] [arc name3 arc-interval number1 ] [power-control name4
] }]
Function
This command configures properties of a video port.
Parameters
name1 Video port, format: video_slot/port 1–31 characters

name4 Power control, whether provides power supply -

for external devices through the port
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the state of a video port to lock:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#interface video video_0/1 state lock
Related Commands
None
13.4.31 interface video-ani

Syntax
interface video-ani {[state name1 ] [arc number1 arc-interval number2 ] [pilot-frequency num
ber3 ] [optical-thresh lower name2 upper name3 ] [agc-mode {disable |{broadband |optical }
offset name4 } ] }
13-134

Function
This command configures the video Access Node Interface (ANI) of an ONU port.
Parameters
name1 Port administrative state. lock, unlock
name2 Alarm suppression. disable, enable
number1 Suppression time, unit: minutes. 0–255

255: permanent suppression.
number2 Pilot frequency, unit: Hz. 0–4294967295
name3 Optical power lower threshold, granularity: 0.1 -12.0 dBm to 6.0 dBm
dB.
name4 Optical power upper threshold, granularity: 0.1 -12.0 dBm to 6.0 dBm
dB.
disable Disables AGC. -
broadband AGC mode: broadband. -
optical Optical power. -
name5 AGC optical power compensation, step length: -12.8 dB to 12.7 dB

0.1 dB.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the state of a video ANI to lock:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#interface video-ani state lock
Related Commands
None
13.4.32 interface wifi

Syntax
interface wifi name1 {[state name2 ] [arc name3 arc-interval number1 ] }
13-135

Function
This command configures the properties of a Wireless Fidelity (WiFi) port.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the state of a WiFi port to lock:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#interface wifi wifi_0/1 state lock
Related Commands
None
13.4.33 ip route
Syntax
ip route ip_addr1 ip_addr2 {[ip_addr3 ] [output-port number1 ] }
no ip route ip_addr1 ip_addr2
Function
This command creates an ONU static route.
13-136

Parameters
ip_addr1 Subnet ID -
ip_addr3 Next-hop IP address -
number1 Output port 1–255
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to route the packets that are sent to network 131.108.0.0
to the router whose address is 131.108.6.6:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#ip route 131.108.0.0 255.255.0.0 131.108.6.6
Related Commands
None
13.4.34 ip-host
Syntax
ip-host number1 {dhcp-enable name1 ping-response name2 traceroute-response name3 [ipsta
ck-enable name4 ] |id name5 |ip ip_addr1 mask ip_addr2 [gateway ip_addr3 ] |primary-dns
ip_addr4 [second-dns ip_addr5 ] }
no ip-host number1
Function
This command configures the properties of an ONU IP host.
Parameters
number1 IP host ID 1–255
name1 DHCP enable, disable
name2 Ping response enable, disable
13-137

name3 Trace response enable, disable
name4 IP stack enable, disable
name5 ONU host ID, default: 25 null bytes 1–25 characters
ip_addr2 IP mask -
ip_addr3 IP gateway address -
ip_addr4 Primary DNS address -
ip_addr5 Secondary DNS address -
Mode
GPON ONU MNG mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the DNS for an ONU IP host:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#ip-host 1 primary-dns 192.168.1.1 second-dns 192.168.1.10
Related Commands
None
13.4.35 ip-service-map
Syntax
ip-service-map number1 host number2
no ip-service-map number1
Function
This command configures the mapping relation between an IP host and a service.
13-138

Parameters
number1 Service ID 1–24
host Host -
number2 Host ID 1–255
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the mapping relation between an IP host
and a service:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#ip-service-map 1 host 1
Related Commands
None
13.4.36 lct
Syntax
lct {disable |enable }
Function
This command configures the Local Craft Terminal (LCT) function for an ONU.
Parameters
disable Disables LCT for an ONU. -
enable Enables LCT for an ONU. -
Mode
13-139

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable LCT for an ONU:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#lct enable
Related Commands
None
13.4.37 loop-detect
Syntax
loop-detect ethuni name1 name2
Function
This command configures the loop-back detection function for an Ethernet port.
Parameters
name2 Enables or disables loop-back detection. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable loop-back detection for an Ethernet port:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#loop-detect ethuni eth_0/1 enable
Related Commands
None
13-140

13.4.38 loopback
Syntax
loopback
no loopback
Function
This command enables ONU loop-back.
Parameters
None
Mode
GPON ONU MNG mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to enable loop-back:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#loopback
Related Commands
None
13.4.39 mac-filter
Syntax
mac-filter {ethuni name1 |flow number1 |iphost number2 } hexadecimal1 name2 [name3 ]
no mac-filter {ethuni name1 |flow number1 |iphost number2 } hexadecimal1
Function
This command creates MAC address filtering items on a user port.
13-141

Parameters
hexadecimal1 MAC address, format: XXXX.XXXX.XXXX. -
name2 Forwards or discards filtered packets. -
name3 Source or destination MAC address. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to create MAC address filtering items of the IP host on
an ONU to discard the filtered packets:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#mac-filter iphost 1 0000.0000.1111 discard
Related Commands
None
13.4.40 mgc-service
Syntax
mgc-service name1 profile name2 [signal name3 ] [media-profile name4 ]
no mgc-service name1
Function
This command configures the POTS MGC service when the VoIP protocol is H.248 or
MGCP.
13-142

Parameters
name2 MGC profile name 1–64 characters
name3 Signaling encoding -
name4 Media profile name 1–64 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This service can be configured when the VoIP protocol is H.248 or MGCP, and the
correlated MGC profile needs to be created first.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the POTS MGC service:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#mgc-service pots_0/1 profile test1
Related Commands
None
13.4.41 mgmt-ip
Syntax
mgmt-ip ip_addr1 ip_addr2 vlan number1 priority number2 route ip_addr3 ip_addr4 ip_addr5
[host number3 ]
Function
This command configures the management IP address of a GPON ONU.
Parameters
ip_addr1 -
ip_addr2 -
number1 1–4094
number2 0–7
13-143

ip_addr3 -
ip_addr4 -
ip_addr5 -
number3 1–255
Mode
GPON ONU MNG mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configuration the management IP address of a GPON
ONU:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#mgmt-ip 10.2.3.4 255.0.0.0 vlan 3 priority 1 route 10.3.2.5
255.0.0.0 10.2.3.6 host 3
Related Commands
None
13.4.42 mgmt-ip auto-assign

Syntax
mgmt-ip auto-assign [host number1 ]
Function
This command configures auto assignment of management IP addresses from the address
pool by an ONU.
Parameters
number1 IP host number 1–255
Mode
GPON ONU MNG mode
Usage Guidelines
None
13-144

Examples
The following example shows how to configure auto assignment of management IP
addresses from the address pool by an ONU:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#mgmt-ip auto-assign host 1
Related Commands
None
13.4.43 mgmt-ip release

Syntax
mgmt-ip release
Function
This command releases the management IP address of an ONU.
Parameters
None
Mode
GPON ONU MNG mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to release the management IP address of an ONU:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#mgmt-ip release
Related Commands
None
13.4.44 mirror
Syntax
mirror ethuni name1 gemport number1 direction name2
no mirror ethuni name1
13-145

Function
This command configures the ONU mirroring function.
This command configures the mirroring of the service data on a UNI interface at the
specified direction from a GEM port.
Parameters
name2 Mirroring direction upstream, downstream,

upstream and downstream
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the mirroring of the service data on a UNI
interface at the specified direction from a GEM port:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#mirror ethuni eth_0/1 gemport 1 direction both
Related Commands
None
13.4.45 mvlan
Syntax
mvlan name1
no mvlan {name1 |all }
Function
This command configures a GPON ONU multicast VLAN.
13-146

Parameters
name1 Multicast VLAN list, format: 1–64 characters

X,X...or X-X.
The VLAN ID ranges from 1
to 4094. Up to 12 VLANs are
supported.
all Clears all the configured -

multicast VLANs.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a ONU multicast VLAN:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#mvlan 100
Related Commands
None
13.4.46 multicast vlan tag-strip

Syntax
mvlan tag name1 {strip |transparent |translate name2 }
Function
This command configures the downstream multicast VLAN tag processing policy under
the GPON ONU UNI port.
13-147

Parameters
name1 Ethernet UNI, format: 1–31 characters

eth_slot/port
strip Enables downstream multicast -

VLAN tag removing
transparent Transparent downstream -

multicast stream transmission
name2 Downstream multicast VLAN 1–255 characters

translation item, format:
mcVlan:userVlan[, …].
One multicast VLAN and one
user VLAN form a group, and up
to six groups can be configured.
The multicast VLAN and user
VLAN are separated by a colon,
and the groups are separated
by commas.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable multicast VLAN tag removing for an Ethernet
port:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#mvlan tag eth_0/1 strip
Related Commands
None
13.4.47 name
Syntax
name name1
no name
13-148

Function
This command sets the ONU alias.
Parameters
name1 ONU alias -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the ONU alias:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#name ZTE
Related Commands
None
13.4.48 onu-vlan
Syntax
onu-vlan {ethuni name1 |iphost number1 |wifi name2 } [{[up-mode name3 ] [up-pri number2
up-vlan number3 ] [down-mode name4 ] }]
no onu-vlan {ethuni name5 |iphost number1 |wifi name2 }
Function
This command configures the ONT VLAN properties.
Parameters
name1 Ethernet UNI, format: eth_slot/port 1–31 characters
number1 IP host ID 1-255
13-149

name3 Upstream mode transparent, overwrite,

add, add-pvid
number2 Upstream priority 0–7
number3 Upstream VLAN ID 1–4094
name4 Downstream mode transparent, untag,

delete-pvid
name5 Ethernet UNI, format: eth_slot/port 1–31 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the ONT VLAN properties:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#onu-vlan ethuni eth_0/1 up-mode transparent down-mode untag
Related Commands
None
13.4.49 password
Syntax
password name1
Function
This command configures the ONU password.
Parameters
name1 Password 1–10 characters
Mode
GPON ONU MNG mode
13-150

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the ONU password to zte:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#password zte
Related Commands
None
13.4.50 performance call-ctrl

Syntax
performance call-ctrl name1 name2
Function
This command configures the ONU call control performance statistics.
Parameters
name1 POTS port, format: pots_slot/port. 1–31 characters
name2 Starts or stops performance statistics. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to start ONU call control performance statistics:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#performance call-ctrl pots_0/1 start
Related Commands
None
13-151

13.4.51 performance dot1x ethuni

Syntax
performance dot1x ethuni name1 {start [thresh name2 ] |stop |thresh name3 }
no performance dot1x ethuni name1 thresh
Function
This command configures 802.1x performance statistics for an ONU Ethernet UNI.
Parameters
start Starts performance statistics. -
name2 Performance statistics threshold profile name. 1–63 characters
stop Stops performance statistics. -

This parameter is effective when performance
statistics is enabled.
thresh Clear the performance statistics threshold. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to start 802.1x performance statistics for an ONU
Ethernet UNI:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#performance dot1x ethuni eth_0/1 start
Related Commands
None
13-152

13.4.52 performance ethuni

Syntax
performance ethuni name1 {start |stop }
Function
This command configures ONU Ethernet performance statistics.
Parameters
name1 Ethernet port, format: eth_slot/port, where slot 1–31 character

uses the slot number and port uses the port
number.
stop Ends performance statistics. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to start ONU Ethernet performance statistics:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#performance ethuni eth_0/1 start
Related Commands
None
13.4.53 performance fec

Syntax
performance fec name1
Function
This command configures ONU FEC performance statistics.
13-153

Parameters
name1 Starts or stops performance -

statistics.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to start ONU FEC performance statistics:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#performance fec start
Related Commands
None
13.4.54 performance flow

Syntax
performance flow number1 name1
Function
This command configures ONU service flow performance statistics.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
13-154

Examples
The following example shows how to start ONU service flow performance statistics:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#performance flow 1 start
Related Commands
None
13.4.55 performance gem

Syntax
performance gem number1 name1
Function
This command configures ONU GEM port performance statistics.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to start ONU GEM port performance statistics:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#performance gem 1 start
Related Commands
None
13-155

13.4.56 performance iphost

Syntax
performance iphost number1 name1
Function
This command configures ONU IP host performance statistics.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to start ONU IP host performance statistics:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#performance iphost 1 start
Related Commands
None
13.4.57 performance mgc

Syntax
performance mgc number1 name1
Function
This command configures ONU MGC performance statistics.
13-156

Parameters
number1 MGC ID 1–65535
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to start ONU MGC performance statistics:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#performance mgc 1 start
Related Commands
None
13.4.58 performance multicast

Syntax
performance multicast {[ethuni name1 ] [vlan number1 ] }{start |stop }
Function
This command configures ONU multicast performance statistics.
Parameters
Mode
13-157

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to start ONU multicast performance statistics:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#performance multicast ethuni eth_0/1 start
Related Commands
None
13.4.59 performance pw
Syntax
performance pw name1 name2
Function
This command configures ONU virtual circuit performance statistics.
Parameters
name1 CES port, format: ces_slot/port 1–31 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to start ONU virtual circuit performance statistics:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#performance pw ces_0/1 start
Related Commands
None
13-158

13.4.60 performance radius

Syntax
performance radius {start [thresh name1 ] |stop |thresh name2 }
no performance radius threshold
Function
This command configures ONU Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS)
Parameters

threshold Clears the performance statistics threshold. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to start ONU RADIUS performance statistics:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#performance radius start
Related Commands
None
13.4.61 performance rtp

Syntax
performance rtp name1 name2
13-159

Function
This command configures ONU RTP performance statistics.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to start ONU RTP performance statistics:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#performance rtp pots_0/1 start
Related Commands
None
13.4.62 performance sip

Syntax
performance sip number1 name1
Function
This command enables ONU SIP performance statistics.
Parameters
number1 SIP agent ID 1–255

performance statistics
Mode
13-160

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable ONU SIP performance statistics:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#performance sip 1 start
Related Commands
None
13.4.63 performance switch

Syntax
performance switch name1 name2
Function
This command configures ONU bridge port performance statistics.
Parameters
name1 Bridge port, format: switch_slot/port 1–31 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to start ONU bridge port performance statistics:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#performance switch switch_0/1 start
Related Commands
None
13-161

13.4.64 performance switchport ethuni

Syntax
performance switchport ethuni name1 name2
Function
This command configures performance statistics for an ONU UNI bridge port.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to start performance statistics for an ONU UNI bridge
port:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#performance switchport ethuni eth_0/1 start
Related Commands
None
13.4.65 performance switchport iphost

Syntax
performance switchport iphost number1 name1
Function
This command configures performance statistics for an IP host bridge port.
13-162

Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to start performance statistics for an IP host bridge port:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#performance switchport iphost 1 start
Related Commands
None
13.4.66 performance vlan

Syntax
performance vlan ethuni name1 number1 {start [thresh name2 ] |stop [thresh name3 ] }
no performance vlan ethuni name1 number1 thresh
Function
This command configures ONU VLAN performance statistics.
Parameters
13-163


thresh Clears performance statistics threshold. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to start ONU VLAN performance statistics:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#performance vlan ethuni eth_0/1 1 start
Related Commands
None
13.4.67 performance voice

Syntax
performance voice name1
Function
This command starts or stops global performance statistics for the GPON ONU voice
quality.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
13-164

Examples
The following example shows how to start global performance statistics for the voice quality
of gpon-onu_1/3/1:1:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#performance voice start
Related Commands
None
13.4.68 performance voice pots

Syntax
performance voice pots name1 name2
Function
This command starts or stops voice quality performance statistics for a GPON ONU voice
port.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to start voice quality performance statistics for voice
port pots_0/1 of gpon-onu_1/3/1:1:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#performance voice pots pots_0/1 start
Related Commands
None
13-165

13.4.69 pkt-filter
Syntax
pkt-filter {ethuni name1 |flow number1 |iphost number2 } [{[ipv4-mcast name2 ] [ipv6-mcast
name3 ] [ipv4-broadcast name4 ] [rarp name5 ] [ipx name6 ] [netbeui name7 ] [appletalk name8
] [bpdu name9 ] [arp name10 ] [pppoe name11 ] }]
Function
This command configures packet filtering for a layer 2 bridge port.
Parameters
name2 Forwards or discards IPv4 multicast packets. -
name3 Forwards or discards IPv6 multicast packets. -
name4 Forwards or discards IPv4 broadcast packets. -
name5 Forwards or discards RARP packets. -
name6 Forwards or discards IPX packets. -
name7 Forwards or discards NetBEUI packets. -
name8 Forwards or discards Apple Talk packets. -
name9 Forwards or discards BPDU packets. -
name10 Forwards or discards ARP packets. -
name11 Forwards or discards PPPoE packets. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure packet filtering for a layer 2 bridge port:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#pkt-filter ethuni eth_0/1 pppoe discard rarp
forward
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#
13-166

Related Commands
None
13.4.70 pon-onu-mng
Syntax
pon-onu-mng interface1
Function
This command enters GPON ONU remote management mode.
Parameters
interface1 EPON or GPON ONU interface, format: -

epon-onu_shelf/slot/olt:onu or gpon-
onu_shelf/slot/olt:onu
Mode
ZXAN (config)#
Usage Guidelines
Before entering remote configuration mode, register the ONU in GPON OLT interface
mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to enter remote management mode of ONU 1 under
OLT interface 1 in slot 3 of shelf 1:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#
Related Commands
None
13.4.71 power-save
Syntax
power-save profile name1
no power-save profile
13-167

Function
This command configures ONU power saving.
Parameters
name1 Power saving profile name 1–32 characters
Mode
GPON ONU MNG mode
Usage Guidelines
Before configuring power saving, enter PON global mode and use the onu profile power-s
ave command to create a power saving profile.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure ONU power saving through the profile
named test:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#power-save profile test
Related Commands
None
13.4.72 power-shedding
Syntax
power-shedding [restore-interval number1 ] [{[data {immediate |interval number2 } ] [voice {i
mmediate |interval number3 } ] [video-overlay {immediate |interval number4 } ] [video-return
{immediate |interval number5 } ] [dsl {immediate |interval number6 } ] [atm {immediate |inter
val number7 } ] [ces {immediate |interval number8 } ] [frame {immediate |interval number9 } ]
[sonet {immediate |interval number10 } ] }]
no power-shedding {data |voice |video-overlay |video-return |dsl |atm |ces |frame |sonet |all }
Function
This command disables the specified services when the ONU uses the standby battery
due to external AC power failure. It helps reduce power consumption.
13-168

Parameters
number1 Power timer restoration time, unit: second(s). 0–65535
immediate Disables the data service immediately. -
number2 Interval of disabling the data service, unit: 2–65535

second(s).
number3 Interval of disabling the voice service, unit: 2–65535

second(s).
number4 Interval of disabling the video overlap service, 2–65535

unit: second(s).
number5 Interval of disabling the video back transmission 2–65535

service, unit: second.
number6 Interval of disabling the DSL service, unit: 2–65535

second(s).
number7 Interval of disabling the ATM service, unit: 2–65535

second(s).
number8 Interval of disabling the CES service, unit: 2–65535

second(s).
number9 Interval of disabling the frame service, unit: 2–65535

second(s).
number10 Interval of disabling the SDH-SONET service, 2–65535

unit: second(s).
data Data service. -
voice Voice service. -
video-overlay Video overlap service. -
video-return Video back transmission service. -
dsl DSL service. -
atm ATM service. -
ces CES service. -
frame Frame service. -
sonet SDH-SONET service. -
all All services. -
Mode
13-169

Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to disable the specified service to reduce power
consumption:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#power-shedding restore-interval 23 data interval 23
Related Commands
None
13.4.73 pppoe
Syntax
pppoe [{[number1 ] [nat name1 ] [auth name2 ] [connect name3 ] [release-timer {internal |numb
er2 } ] [user name4 password name5 ] }]
no pppoe [number1 ]
Function
This command configures ONU PPPoE.
Parameters
number1 Host ID. 1–255
name1 Enables or disables the NAT state. -
name2 Authentication mode. auto, chap, pap
name3 Connection mode. always, on-demand,

manual
internal Uses the ONU internal policy. -
number2 Releasing time, unit: second(s) 1–65535, default:

1200.
name4 User name. 1–25 characters
name5 Password. 1–25 characters
Mode
GPON ONU MNG mode
13-170

Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure ONU PPPoE:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#pppoe 1 connect manual
Related Commands
None
13.4.74 proto-filter ethuni

Syntax
proto-filter ethuni name1 forward name2 [vlan name3 ]
Function
This command configures ONU Ethernet port protocol filtering.
Parameters
name2 Enables or disables forwarding. -
name3 VLAN list. Up to 12 items are supported. 1–60 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure Ethernet port protocol filtering for port
eth_0/1:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#proto-filter ethuni eth_0/1 forward enable vlan 1-3
Related Commands
None
13-171

13.4.75 proto-proc
Syntax
proto-proc [ethuni name1 ] {[ctrl name2 ] [limit name3 ] }
no proto-proc [ethuni name1 ] [{[ctrl ] [limit ] }]
Function
This command configures the ONU protocol processing policy.
Parameters
name2 Protocol control profile name 1–64 characters
name3 Protocol packet rate limiting profile name 1–64 characters
ctrl Protocol packet control profile -
limit Protocol packet limiting profile -
Mode
GPON ONU MNG mode
Usage Guidelines
Before configuring the ONU protocol processing policy, use the ZXAN(config-pon)#onu pr
ofile proto-ctrl and ZXAN(config-pon)#onu profile proto-limit commands to create profiles.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the protocol processing policy for port
eth_0/1 of gpon-onu_1/3/1:1:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#proto-proc ethuni eth_0/1 ctrl zte limit zte
Related Commands
13-172

13.4.76 pw delete
Syntax
pw delete name1
Function
This command deletes a Pseudo Wire (PW).
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to delete a PW:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#pw delete ces_0/1
Related Commands
None
13.4.77 pw optional
Syntax
pw optional name1 {[service-type name2 ] [signalling name3 ] [arc name4 arc-interval number1
]}
Function
This command configures PW optional properties.
13-173

Parameters
name2 Service type -
name3 Signaling type -
number1 Alarm suppression time, unit: minutes 0–255

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure PW optional properties:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#pw optional ces_0/1 service-type basic-unstructure
Related Commands
None
13.4.78 pw psn ethernet

Syntax
pw psn ethernet name1 [switch name2 ] dst-mac hexadecimal1 loopback name3 tx-payload-ecid
hexadecimal2 tx-signalling-ecid hexadecimal3 [expected-payload-ecid hexadecimal4 expected-
signalling-ecid hexadecimal5 ] tag-policy {untag |tag [{[pri number1 ] [vlan number2 ] }] }
Function
This command creates a PW over Ethernet.
Parameters
name2 Layer 2 bridge port, format: switch_slot/switch 1–31 characters
13-174

name3 Loop-back -
hexadecimal2 Sent load ECID, in hexadecimal format, ended -

with 0x102, format: 0xXXXXX102
hexadecimal3 Sent signaling ECID, in hexadecimal format, four -

bytes
hexadecimal4 Expected load ECID, in hexadecimal format, -

ended with 0x102, format: 0xXXXXX102
hexadecimal5 Expected signaling ECID, in hexadecimal format, -

four bytes
untag Untagged mode -
tag Tagged mode -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how create a PW over Ethernet:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#pw psn ethernet ces_0/1 dst-mac 0000.1111.2222 looploopback

disable tx-payload-ecid 0x00004102 tx-singalling-ecid 0x00000000 expected-payload-ecid
0x00004102 expected-signalling-ecid 0x00000000 tag-policy untag
Related Commands
None
13.4.79 pw psn ip
Syntax
pw psn ip name1 near-end-ip number1 [host number2 ] far-end-ip name2 [dscp number3 ]
Function
This command creates a PW over IP.
13-175

Parameters
number1 Local TCP/UDP port number 0–65535
number2 Local IP host ID 1–255
name2 Remote IP address, format: udp://domain:port 1–128 characters

or udp://IPaddress:port
number3 Local IP host ID 0-63
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a PW over IP.
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#pw psn ip ces_0/1 near-end-ip 5060 far-end-ip

udp://192.168.100.221:5000
Related Commands
None
13.4.80 pw psn mpls

Syntax
pw psn mpls name1 cip number1 [channel name2 ]
Function
This command creates a PW over MPLS.
13-176

Parameters
name1 CES user port, format: 1–31 characters

ces_slot/port
number1 CIP ID 1–2048
name2 Timeslot channel list -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Before creating a PW over MPLS, use the ZXAN(config)#cip 1 command to create a CIP
and perform related configurations.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a PW over MPLS:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#pw psn mpls ces_0/1 cip 1 channel 1-16
Related Commands
None
13.4.81 pw rtp
Syntax
pw rtp name1 payload-ssrc number1 signalling-ssrc number2 payload-ptype number3 signalli
ng-ptype number4 {[expected-payload-ssrc number5 expected-signalling-ssrc number6 ] [expe
cted-payload-ptype number7 expected-signalling-ptype number8 ] [clock-reference number9 ]
[rtp-ts-mode name2 ] }
Function
This command configures PW RTP properties.
Parameters
name1 CES user port, format: ces_slot/port. 1–31 characters
number1 Payload SSRC. 0–4294967295
number2 Signaling SSRC. 0–4294967295
13-177

number3 Payload channel, in the range 96–127 0–255
number4 Signaling channel, 0 indicates signaling and 0–255

payload use the same channel.
number5 Expected load channel. 0–4294967295
number6 SSRC of the expected signaling channel. 0–4294967295
number7 Expected load channel. 0–255
number8 Expected signaling channel. 0–255
number9 Clock frequency, unit: 8kHz, default: 1 0–65535
name2 RTP timestamp mode. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure PW RTP properties:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#pw rtp ces_0/1 payload-ssrc 2 signalling-ssrc 3 payload-ptype 4
signalling-ptype 0 expected-payload-ptype 0 expected-signalling-ptype 4
clock-reference 2 rtp-ts-mode absolute
Related Commands
None
13.4.82 pw tdm
Syntax
pw tdm name1 payload-size number1 [payload-delay number2 ] timing-mode name2 [tdm-pro
file name3 ]
Function
This command configures PW Time Division Multiplexing (TDM) properties.
13-178

Parameters
number1 Load size, unit: bytes, default: 256 0–65535
number2 Number of 125 microsecond frames, default: 1 0–255
name2 Timing mode -
name3 TDM profile name 1–64 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure PW TDM properties:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#pw tdm ces_0/1 payload-size 32 timing-mode differential-timing
Related Commands
None
13.4.83 reboot
Syntax
reboot
Function
This command reboots the ONU.
Parameters
None
Mode
GPON ONU MNG mode
Usage Guidelines
None
13-179

Examples
The following example shows how to reboot the ONU:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#reboot
Related Commands
None
13.4.84 restore
Syntax
restore
Function
This command restores the ONU configuration data to the factory default settings. The
OLT delivers the configuration data to the ONU again.
Parameters
None
Mode
GPON ONU MNG mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to restore the ONU data configuration to the factory
default settings:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#restore
Related Commands
None
13-180

13.4.85 restore factory

Syntax
restore factory
Function
This command restores the ONU data and OLT data on the ONU to the factory default
settings. The OLT delivers the configuration data to the ONU again.
Parameters
None
Mode
GPON ONU MNG mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to restore the ONU data and OLT data on the ONU to
the factory default settings:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#restore factory
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#
Related Commands
None
13.4.86 schedule
Syntax
schedule name1 profile name2
no schedule name1 profile
Function
This command configures ONU Ethernet user port scheduling, correlating the user port to
a scheduling profile.
13-181

Parameters
name2 Scheduling profile name 1–64 characters
profile Scheduling profile name -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure ONU Ethernet user port scheduling,
correlating the user port to a scheduling profile
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#schedule eth_0/1 profile test
Related Commands
None
13.4.87 security-ctrl
Syntax
security-ctrl {disable |enable psk name1 }
Function
This command enables security enhancement control.
Parameters
disable Disables security enhancement control. -
enable Enables security enhancement control. -
name1 Pre-shared key, 1–32 hexadecimal characters, -

such as '0'-'9', 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'.
Mode
13-182

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable security enhancement control and set a
pre-shared key.
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#security-ctrl enable psk a1a2a3a4a5a6a7a8b1b2b3b4b5b6b7b8
Related Commands
None
13.4.88 security-mgmt
Syntax
security-mgmt number1 [{[state name1 ] [mode name2 ] [ingress-type {name3 |iphost number2 }
] [start-src-ip ip_addr1 end-src-ip ip_addr2 ] [protocol {[web ] [ftp ] [telnet ] }] }]
no security-mgmt number1
Function
This command configures ONU security management.
Parameters
number1 Service control rule ID. 1–65535

administrative state.
name2 Service control mode. -
name3 Ingress type. -
ip_addr1 Starting IPv4 address. -
ip_addr2 Ending IPv4 address. -
web Service protocol: HTTP -
ftp Service protocol: FTP -
telnet Service protocol: TELNET -
Mode
13-183

Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure ONU security management:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#security-mgmt 1 mode forward
Related Commands
None
13.4.89 service
Syntax
service name1 gemport number1 [{ethuni name2 |iphost number2 } ] [{[cos name3 ] [vlan name4
] |[untag ] } ]
no service name1
Function
This command configures mapping relations between the ONU PON service flows and
user ports as well as GEM ports.
Parameters
name1 Service name. 1–32 characters

This parameter indicates that multiple bridges
are to be used, that is, one port corresponds
to one bridge.
13-184

name3 COS list for service mapping, format: X,X... 1–32 characters
or X-X, separated by commas.
The repeat COS values are ineffective, and
up to eight COS values can be specified.
name4 VLAN list for service mapping, format: X,X... 1–64 characters
or X-X, separated by commas.
The repeat VLAN values are ineffective, and
up to 12 VLAN values can be specified. If this
parameter is not specified, the service are not
mapped according to VLANs.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The service command supports creation and deletion, but does not support modification.
The service command conflicts with the flow and gemport flow commands.
The service transparent mode, CoS mapping mode, VLAN mapping mode, CoS+VLAN
mapping mode, and port mapping mode are exclusive with each on an ONU.
Untagged services and tagged services (CoS mapping, VLAN mapping, and CoS+VLAN
mapping) can coexist on an ONU.
Examples
The following example shows how to map the VLAN 100 data of the ONU to gemport 1
and map the untag data to gemport 2:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#service 1 gemport 1 vlan 100
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#service 2 gemport 2 untag
Related Commands
None
13.4.90 show gpon remote-onu auto-shutdown

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu auto-shutdown interface1
13-185

Function
This command shows the ONU auto shutdown configuration information.
Parameters
interface1 GPON ONU interface, format: gpon- -

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU auto shutdown configuration information:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu auto-shutdown gpon-onu_0/3/1:1
Hold time: 60(s)
Revert time: 15(s)
ZXAN#
Related Commands
None
13.4.91 show gpon remote-onu broadcast-limit

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu broadcast-limit {cpu interface1 |ethuni interface2 [name1 ] }
Function
This command shows the ONU broadcast packet rate limiting information.
Parameters


13-186

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU broadcast packet rate limiting information:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu broadcast-limit ethuni gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Interface: eth_0/1
Limit rate: 100
Interface: eth_0/2
Limit rate: 100
Interface: eth_0/3
Limit rate: 100
Interface: eth_0/4
Limit rate: 100
ZXAN#
Related Commands
13.4.92 show gpon remote-onu call-record

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu call-record interface1 [name1 ]
Function
This command shows VoIP call records.
Parameters

13-187

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows VoIP call records:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu call-record gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Related Commands
None
13.4.93 show gpon remote-onu capability

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu capability interface1
Function
This command shows the ONU capability.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU capability:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu capability gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
TCONT number: 6
GEMPort number: 32
Total priority queue number: 54
Up priority queue number: 48
13-188

Down priority queue number: 6

Traffic scheduler number: 6
Traffic management option: priority controlled
Total UNI number: 9
Ethernet UNI number: 7 (GE:3 FE:4)
CES UNI number: 0
POTS UNI number: 2
Video UNI number: 1
WiFi UNI number: 0
IP host number: 2
VEIP number: 0
Operation Id: N/A
CTC spc version: N/A
ONU type: N/A
Tx power supply control: N/A
ZXAN#
Related Commands
None
13.4.94 show gpon remote-onu cfm ma

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu cfm ma interface1 [number1 [number2 ] ]
Function
This command shows the ONU CFM MA configuration information.
Parameters

number2 MA ID 1–32
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
13-189

Examples
The following example shows the ONU CFM MA configuration information:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu cfm ma gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
MD index: 1
MA index: 1
Name(primary VID): 0
CCM interval: 100ms
Primary VLAN: 0
Normal VLANs:
MHF creation: defer
Sender ID: defer
Related Commands
None
13.4.95 show gpon remote-onu cfm md

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu cfm md interface1 [number1 ]
Function
This command shows the ONU CFM MD configuration information.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU CFM MD configuration information:
13-190

ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu cfm md gpon-onu_1/3/1:1

MD index: 1
Name:
Level: 1
MHF creation: none
Sender ID: none
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#
Related Commands
None
13.4.96 show gpon remote-onu cfm mep

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu cfm mep interface1 [number1 [number2 ] ]
Function
This command shows the ONU CFM Maintenance End Point (MEP) information.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the MEP information:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu cfm mep gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
MD index: 1
MA index: 1
Port: eth_0/1
MEP ID: 111
13-191

CCM: enable
Y.1731 server: disable
Direction: down
Primary VLAN: inherit from MA
Administrative state: unlock
CCM&LTM priority: 7
Egress identifier: default
RMEP IDs: 222
AIS: disable
Fault alarm threshold: mode2(Alarm generated only by one of : MACstatus,RemoteCCM,
ErrorCCM,XconCCM)
Alarm declare soak time: 250 (unit:10ms)
Alarm clear soak time: 1000 (unit:10ms)
Related Commands
None
13.4.97 show gpon remote-onu dhcp-ip

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu dhcp-ip ethuni interface1 [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the DHCP IP address assignment mode on an ONU Ethernet port.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the DHCP IP address obtaining method of an Ethernet user
port:
13-192

ZXAN(config)#show gpon remote-onu dhcp-ip ethuni gpon-onu_1/14/1:1
Interface: eth_0/1
DHCP IP obtain control mode:no control
Related Commands
dhcp-ip ethuni
13.4.98 show gpon remote-onu dhcp-option60

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu dhcp-option60 interface1
Function
This command shows the ONU DHCP option 60 configuration.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU DHCP option 60 configuration:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu dhcp-option60 gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Option60 status: disable
ZXAN#
Related Commands
None
13-193

13.4.99 show gpon remote-onu dot1p-map

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu dot1p-map flow interface1 [number1 ]
Function
This command shows the 802.1p mapper configuration information.
Parameters
flow Service flow -

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the configuration information on the 802.1p mapper
correlated with flow 1:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu dot1p-map flow gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 1
Related Commands
None
13.4.100 show gpon remote-onu dot1x

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu dot1x interface1
Function
This command shows the ONU 802.1x configuration information.
13-194

Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU 802.1x configuration information:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu dot1x gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Circuit ID profix:
Fllback policy: allow
Auth server1:
Share secret:
Auth server2:
Share secret:
Auth server3:
Share secret:
Proxy: 0.0.0.0
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#
Related Commands
None
13.4.101 show gpon remote-onu dot1x ethuni

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu dot1x ethuni interface1 [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the 802.1x configuration information on an ONU UNI.
13-195

Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the 802.1x configuration information on an ONU UNI:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu dot1x ethuni gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 eth_0/1
Port: eth_0/1
Dot1x state: disable
Direction: both
Quiet period: 0
Timeout period: 30
Key Tx state: disable
Auth PAE State: N/A
Back end auth state:N/A
Ctrl port status: N/A
Operate direction: N/A
Reauth period 0
Reauth status: disable
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#
Related Commands
None
13.4.102 show gpon remote-onu equip

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu equip interface1
Function
This command shows the ONU device information, including administrative status, standby
battery status, security, device ID, OMCC version, start time, and system uptime.
13-196

Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU device information:
ZXAN(config)#show gpon remote-onu equip gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Vendor ID: ZTEG

Version: V3.0
SN: ZTEG00000001
Admin status: unlock
Battery monitor: false
Security mode: aes
Product code: 0
Total Priority queue num: 28
Total traffic schedule num: 7
Traffic management option: priority-controlled
Operate status: enable
Equipment ID: F627
OMCC version: a0
Security capability: aes
Model: F627
Survival time: N/A
Total GEM port num: 256
System uptime: 0
Related Commands
None
13-197

13.4.103 show gpon remote-onu ex-vlan

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu ex-vlan {[switchport ] ethuni interface1 [name1 ] |veip interface2 [num
ber1 ] |wifi interface3 [name2 ] }
Function
This command shows the extended VLAN tag configuration information on a specified
layer 2 bridge port.
Parameters
switchport Bridge port -

veip VEIP port -

number1 VEIP ID 1-255
wifi WiFi port -

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the extended VLAN tag configuration information on the
layer 2 bridge port that is correlated with Ethernet port 0/1:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu ex-vlan ethuni gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Uni: eth_0/1
InputTPID: 0x8100
OutputTPID: 0x8100
DownMode: inverse-upstream
13-198

Related Commands
None
13.4.104 show gpon remote-onu ex-vlan flow

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu ex-vlan flow interface1 [number1 ]
Function
This command shows the extended VLAN tag configuration information on a specified
service flow.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the extended VLAN tag configuration information on service
flow 1:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu ex-vlan flow gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 1
Flow ID: 1
InputTPID: 0x8100
OutputTPID: 0x8100
DownMode: inverse-upstream
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#
Related Commands
None
13-199

13.4.105 show gpon remote-onu ex-vlan-table

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu ex-vlan-table {wifi interface1 [name1 ] |[switchport ] ethuni interface2
[name2 ] |veip interface3 [number1 ] } [rule name3 ]
Function
This command shows the extended VLAN mapping item configuration on a layer 2 bridge
port.
Parameters
wifi WiFi port -

switchport Bridge port -

veip VEIP port -

number1 VEIP ID 1–255
name3 Rule profile name 1–64 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the extended VLAN mapping item configuration on the layer
2 bridge port that is correlated with Ethernet port 0/1:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu ex-vlan-table ethuni gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 eth_0/1
Uni: eth_0/1
Filter: 840_5
Treat: 700_6
13-200

Related Commands
None
13.4.106 show gpon remote-onu ex-vlan-table flow

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu ex-vlan-table flow interface1 [flow number1 [name1 ] ]
Function
This command shows the extended VLAN mapping item configuration on a specified
service flow.
Parameters

name1 Rule profile name 1–64 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the extended VLAN mapping item configuration on a
specified service flow:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu
ex-vlan-table flow gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 flow 1
Flow ID: 1
Filter: single-tag-vid100
Treat: add-outer-vid200
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#
Related Commands
None
13-201

13.4.107 show gpon remote-onu file-server

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu file-server interface1
Function
This command shows the ONU file server configuration.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU file server configuration:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu file-server gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
File server: 10.1.1.1
File name: cfg.xml
Username: zte
Password: zte
Related Commands
None
13.4.108 show gpon remote-onu firewall

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu firewall interface1
Function
This command shows the ONU firewall configuration information.
13-202

Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU firewall configuration information:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu firewall gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
State:enable
Level:low
Anti-hacking protection:disable
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#
Related Commands
None
13.4.109 show gpon remote-onu firewall ip-filter

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu firewall ip-filter interface1 [number1 ]
Function
This command shows the IP filtering configuration information on the ONU firewall.
Parameters

number1 IP filtering ID 1–255
Mode
13-203

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the IP filtering configuration information on the ONU firewall:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu firewall ip-filter gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Related Commands
None
13.4.110 show gpon remote-onu firewall mac-filter

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu firewall mac-filter interface1 [number1 ]
Function
This command shows the MAC filtering configuration information on the ONU firewall.
Parameters

number1 MAC filtering ID 1–255
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the MAC filtering configuration information on the ONU
firewall:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu firewall mac-filter gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Related Commands
None
13-204

13.4.111 show gpon remote-onu firewall mac-filter-table

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu firewall mac-filter-table interface1
Function
This command shows the MAC filtering table configuration information on the ONU firewall.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the MAC filtering table configuration information on the ONU
firewall:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu firewall

mac-filter-table gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
State:disable
Mode:permit
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#
Related Commands
None
13.4.112 show gpon remote-onu firewall port-forward

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu firewall port-forward interface1 [number1 ]
Function
This command shows the forward filtering configuration information on the ONU firewall.
13-205

Parameters

number1 Forward filtering port ID 1–255
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the forward filtering configuration information on the ONU
firewall:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu firewall port-forward gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
ID: 1
Status: disable
IP Host: 1
Protocol: tcp
WAN IP: not filter
WAN port: 1-65535
LAN MAC: 1111.1111.1111
LAN port: 1-65535
Related Commands
None
13.4.113 show gpon remote-onu flow

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu flow interface1 [flow number1 ]
Function
This command shows the flow information.
13-206

Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the flow information on ONU 1 under port 1 in slot 3 of shelf
0:
ZXAN(config)#show gpon remote-onu flow gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Flow ID: 1
Interface: switch_0/1
Tag filter: vlan-match
Untag filter: discard
TCI items:
Priority VID
----------------------------------
0 100
Flow ID: 2
Interface: switch_0/1
Tag filter: vlan-match
Untag filter: discard
TCI items:
Priority VID
----------------------------------
0 200
Flow ID: 255

Interface: Down multicast :switch_0/1
Tag filter: transparent
Untag filter: transparent
13-207

Related Commands
None
13.4.114 show gpon remote-onu gemport

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu gemport interface1 [traffic-limit ] [queue-map ] [number1 ]
Function
This command shows the GEM port information.
Parameters

traffic-limit GEM port rate limiting information -
queue-map GEM port queue mapping information -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the GEM port information:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu gemport gpon-onu_1/8/1:1
GEM port: 1
Flow ID: 1
Priority list: 0
Loop: disable
GEM port: 2
Flow ID: 2
Priority list: 1
Loop: disable
Related Commands
None
13-208

13.4.115 show gpon remote-onu igmp

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu igmp {ethuni interface1 [name1 ] |veip interface2 [number1 ] }
Function
This command shows the ONU multicast configuration information.
Parameters
ethuni Ethernet port -

veip VEIP port -

number1 VEIP port number 1–255
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU multicast configuration information:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu igmp ethuni gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 eth_0/1
Interface: eth_0/1
Max groups: 0
Max bandwidth: 0
Bandwidth enforce: disable
Profile: test
13-209

Related Commands
None
13.4.116 show gpon remote-onu igmp monitor

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu igmp monitor {dynamic-group {ethuni interface1 [name1 ] |veip interf
ace2 [number1 ] } |interface3 [{ethuni name2 |veip number2 } ] }
Function
This command shows the ONU multicast monitoring configuration information.
Parameters
dynamic-group Dynamic group -

veip VEIP port -


Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU multicast monitoring configuration information:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu igmp monitor gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Interface: eth_0/1
13-210

Current multicast bandwidth:0(kbps)

Join message counter:0
Bandwidth exceeded counter:0
Dynamic group number: 0
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#
Related Commands
None
13.4.117 show gpon remote-onu interface ces

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu interface ces interface1 [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the CES user port properties.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the CES user port properties:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu interface ces gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Related Commands
None
13-211

13.4.118 show gpon remote-onu interface eth

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu interface eth interface1 [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the Ethernet user port properties.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the properties of Ethernet user port eth_0/1:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu interface eth gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 eth_0/1
Interface: eth_0/1
Speed status: N/A
Operate status:N/A
Admin status: lock
Arc: 0
Arc-interval 0
Expect-type: 242
Speed config: auto
Eth-loop: disable
Max-frame: 1632
Pause-time: 0
Wiring : dce
BridgeOrIP: either
PPPOE-filter: disable
Power-control: disable
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#
13-212

Related Commands
None
13.4.119 show gpon remote-onu interface pon

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu interface pon interface1 [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the PON port properties.
Parameters

name1 PON port format: pon_slot/port 1–31 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the PON port properties:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu interface pon gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Related Commands
None
13.4.120 show gpon remote-onu interface pots

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu interface pots interface1 [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the Plain Old Telephone Service (POTS) user port properties.
13-213

Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the POTS user port properties:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu interface pots gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 pots_0/1
Interface: pots_0/1
Operate status:N/A
HookState: N/A
Arc: 0
Arc-interval: 0
Impedance : 0
Tx-path: fulltimeOnHook
Rx-gain: +0.0(db)
Tx-gain: +0.0(db)
ZXAN#
Related Commands
None
13.4.121 show gpon remote-onu interface video

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu interface video interface1 [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the video user port properties.
13-214

Parameters

name1 Video port, format: video_slot/port 1–31 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the video user port properties:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu interface video gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Related Commands
None
13.4.122 show gpon remote-onu interface video-ani

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu interface video-ani interface1
Function
This command shows the video ANI port properties.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
13-215

Examples
The following example shows the video ANI port properties:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu interface video-ani gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Operate status: disabled
ARC: disabled
ARC-interval: 0(min)
Frequency range low: noLowBand
Frequency range high: noHighBand
Signal capability: noCapability
Optical signal level: N/A(dBm)
Pilot signal level: N/A(dBuV)
Signal level min: -30.0(dBm)
Signal level max: -30.0(dBm)
Pilot frequency: 0(Hz)
AGC mode: disable
AGC setting: N/A(dB)
Video lower optical threshold: -9.5(dBm)
Video upper optical threshold: +2.5(dBm)
ZXAN#
Related Commands
None
13.4.123 show gpon remote-onu interface wifi

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu interface wifi interface1 [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the WiFi port properties.
Parameters

Mode
13-216

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the WiFi port properties:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu interface wifi gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Related Commands
None
13.4.124 show gpon remote-onu ip route

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu ip route interface1
Function
This command shows the ONU IP route information.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU IP route information:
ZXAN(config-if)#show gpon remote-onu ip route gpon-onu_1/5/5:1
Related Commands
None
13-217

13.4.125 show gpon remote-onu ip-host

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu ip-host interface1 [number1 ]
Function
This command shows the configuration information on the ONU host IP address.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the configuration information on the ONU host IP address:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu ip-host gpon-onu_0/3/1:1 1
Host ID: 1
Host name:
Identify:
IP addres: 10.1.1.1
Mask: 255.255.255.0
Gateway: 10.1.1.254
Primary DNS: 0.0.0.0
Second DNS: 0.0.0.0
DHCP enable: disable
Ping response: disable
Traceroute response:disable
MAC address: 0000.0000.0000
Current IP address: 0.0.0.0
Current mask: 0.0.0.0
Current gateway: 0.0.0.0
Current primary DNS:0.0.0.0
Current second DNS: 0.0.0.0
13-218

Domain name:
Related Commands
None
13.4.126 show gpon remote-onu ip-service-map

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu ip-service-map interface1 [number1 ]
Function
This command shows the mapping information between an IP address and a service.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the mapping information between an IP address and a
service:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu ip-service-map gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Service ID: 1
Host ID: 1
Related Commands
13.4.35 ip-service-map
13.4.127 show gpon remote-onu lct

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu lct interface1
13-219

Function
This command shows the configuration information on the ONU local maintenance terminal
function.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the configuration information on the ONU local maintenance
terminal function:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu lct gpon-onu_0/3/1:1
LCT status: enable
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#
Related Commands
None
13.4.128 show gpon remote-onu loid

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu loid interface1
Function
This command shows the ONU LOID information.
Parameters

13-220

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU LOID information.
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu loid gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Related Commands
None
13.4.129 show gpon remote-onu loop-detect

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu loop-detect ethuni interface1 [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the configuration information on the ONU UNI loop detection
function.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the configuration information on the ONU UNI loop detection
function:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu loop-detect ethuni gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 eth_0/1
Interface: eth_0/1
13-221

Loop detect: enable

ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#
Related Commands
None
13.4.130 show gpon remote-onu loopback

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu loopback interface1
Function
This command shows the configuration information on the ONU loop-back function.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the configuration information on the ONU loop-back function:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu loopback gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Loopback status: disable
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#
Related Commands
None
13.4.131 show gpon remote-onu mac uni

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu mac uni interface1 [name1 ]
13-222

Function
This command shows the ONU UNI MAC address.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU UNI MAC address:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu mac uni gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Related Commands
None
13.4.132 show gpon remote-onu mac-filter

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu mac-filter {ethuni interface1 name1 |flow interface2 number1 |iphost
interface3 number2 } [hexadecimal1 ]
Function
This command shows the MAC address filtering configuration information on the layer 2
bridge port.
Parameters

13-223



hexadecimal1 MAC address -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the MAC address filtering configuration information on the
layer 2 bridge port correlated with Ethernet port 0/1:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu mac-filter ethuni gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 eth_0/1
Related Commands
None
13.4.133 show gpon remote-onu mgc-service

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu mgc-service interface1 [name1 ]
Function
This command displays the POTS MGC service configuration.
Parameters

name1 POTS port, format: 1–31 characters

pots_slot/port
13-224

Mode
Any mode except user mode
Usage Guidelines
This command can be configured when the VoIP protocol is H.248 or MGCP. In addition,
the associated MGC profile must have been created.
Example
The following example shows how to display the POTS MGC service configuration:
ZXAN(confg-gpon)#show gpon remote-onu mgc-service gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Related Commands
None
13.4.134 show gpon remote-onu mgmt-ip

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu mgmt-ip interface1
Function
This command shows the ONU management IP configuration information.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the management IP configuration information of the ONU:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu mgmt-ip gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
IP: 1.1.1.1
Mask: 255.255.255.0
13-225

Vlan: 100
Priority: 0
Subnet: 0.0.0.0
Netmask: 0.0.0.0
Nexthop: 1.1.1.10
Related Commands
None
13.4.135 show gpon remote-onu mirror

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu mirror ethuni interface1 [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the ONU mirroring configuration information.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU mirroring configuration information:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu mirror ethuni gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
interface: eth_0/1
mirror gemport : 1
direction : both
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#
Related Commands
None
13-226

13.4.136 show gpon remote-onu mvlan port

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu mvlan port interface1
Function
This command shows the ONU multicast VLAN stripping and translation information.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU multicast VLAN stripping and translation
information:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu mvlan port gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Eth port Tag operation TransList
-------------------------------------------------------------
eth_0/1 transparent N/A
Related Commands
None
13.4.137 show gpon remote-onu mvlan

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu mvlan interface1
Function
This command shows the ONU multicast VLAN configuration information.
13-227

Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU multicast VLAN configuration information:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu mvlan gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Multicast VLAN: 100
Related Commands
None
13.4.138 show gpon remote-onu name

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu name interface1
Function
This command shows the ONU alias.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
13-228

Examples
The following example shows the ONU alias:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu name gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Name:ZTE_HELLO
Related Commands
None
13.4.139 show gpon remote-onu onu-vlan ethuni

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu onu-vlan ethuni interface1 [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the VLAN configuration information on an ONU Ethernet UNI.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the VLAN configuration information on an ONU Ethernet
UNI:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu onu-vlan ethuni gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Related Commands
None
13-229

13.4.140 show gpon remote-onu onu-vlan iphost

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu onu-vlan iphost interface1 [number1 ]
Function
This command shows the VLAN configuration information on an ONU IP host.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the configuration information on an ONU IP host:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu onu-vlan iphost gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Related Commands
None
13.4.141 show gpon remote-onu onu-vlan wifi

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu onu-vlan wifi interface1 [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the VLAN configuration information on an ONU WiFi port.
13-230

Parameters

name1 WiFi port format: wifi_slot/port 1–31 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the VLAN configuration information on an ONU WiFi port:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu onu-vlan wifi gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Related Commands
None
13.4.142 show gpon remote-onu performance call-ctrl

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu performance call-ctrl [history ] interface1 [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the ONU call control performance statistics data.
Parameters
history History 15-minute statistics -

Mode
13-231

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU call control performance statistics data:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu performance call-ctrl gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Related Commands
None
13.4.143 show gpon remote-onu performance dot1x ethuni

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu performance dot1x ethuni [history ] interface1 [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the ONU Ethernet UNI 802.1x performance statistics data.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU Ethernet UNI 802.1x performance statistics data:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu performance dot1x ethuni gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 eth_0/1
Related Commands
None
13-232

13.4.144 show gpon remote-onu performance ethuni

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu performance ethuni [history ] interface1 [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the ONU Ethernet performance statistics data.
Parameters
interface1 - -
name1 Detailed statistics type -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU Ethernet performance statistics data:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu performance ethuni gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 eth_0/1
Related Commands
None
13.4.145 show gpon remote-onu performance fec

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu performance fec [history ] interface1
Function
This command shows the ONU FEC performance statistics data.
13-233

Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU FEC performance statistics data:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu performance fec gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Related Commands
None
13.4.146 show gpon remote-onu performance flow

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu performance flow [history ] interface1 [number1 ]
Function
This command shows the ONU service flow performance statistics data.
Parameters

Mode
13-234

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU service flow performance statistics data:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu performance flow gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 1
Related Commands
None
13.4.147 show gpon remote-onu performance gem

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu performance gem [history ] interface1 [number1 ]
Function
This command shows the ONU GEM port statistics data.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU GEM port performance statistics data:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu performance gem gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 1
Related Commands
None
13-235

13.4.148 show gpon remote-onu performance iphost

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu performance iphost [history ] interface1 [number1 ]
Function
This command shows the ONU IP host performance statistics data.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU IP host performance statistics data:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu performance iphost gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 1
Related Commands
None
13.4.149 show gpon remote-onu performance mgc

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu performance mgc [history ] interface1 [number1 ]
Function
This command shows the ONU MGC performance statistics data.
13-236

Parameters

number1 MGC ID 1–65535
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU MGC performance statistics data:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu performance mgc gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 1
Related Commands
None
13.4.150 show gpon remote-onu performance multicast

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu performance multicast [history ] interface1 [{[ethuni name1 ] [vlan nu
mber1 ] }]
Function
This command shows the ONU multicast performance statistics data.
Parameters

13-237

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU multicast performance statistics data:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu performance multicast gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 ethuni eth_0/1
Related Commands
None
13.4.151 show gpon remote-onu performance pw

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu performance pw [history ] interface1 [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the ONU PW performance statistics data.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU PW performance statistics data:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu performance pw gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
13-238

Related Commands
None
13.4.152 show gpon remote-onu performance radius

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu performance radius [history ] interface1
Function
This command shows the ONU RADIUS performance statistics data.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU RADIUS performance statistics data:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu performance radius gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Related Commands
None
13.4.153 show gpon remote-onu performance rtp

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu performance rtp [history ] interface1 [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the ONU RTP performance statistics data.
13-239

Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU RTP performance statistics data:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu performance rtp gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Related Commands
None
13.4.154 show gpon remote-onu performance sip

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu performance sip [history ] interface1 [number1 ]
Function
This command shows the ONU SIP performance statistics data.
Parameters

number1 SIP client 1–65535
Mode
13-240

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU SIP performance statistics data:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu performance sip gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 1
Related Commands
None
13.4.155 show gpon remote-onu performance switch

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu performance switch [history ] interface1 [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the ONU bridge statistics data.
Parameters

name1 Bridge, format: switch_slot/switch 1–31 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU bridge port statistics data:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu performance switch gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 switch_0/1
Related Commands
None
13-241

13.4.156 show gpon remote-onu performance switchport ethuni

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu performance switchport ethuni [history ] interface1 [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the ONU UNI bridge port statistics data.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU UNI bridge port statistics data:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu performance switchport ethuni gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 eth_0/1
Related Commands
None
13.4.157 show gpon remote-onu performance switchport iphost

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu performance switchport iphost [history ] interface1 [number1 ]
Function
This command shows the IP host bridge port performance statistics data.
13-242

Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the IP host bridge port performance statistics data:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu performance switchport iphost gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 1
Related Commands
None
13.4.158 show gpon remote-onu performance vlan

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu performance vlan [history ] interface1 [ethuni name1 number1 ]
Function
This command shows the ONU VLAN performance statistics data.
Parameters

Mode
13-243

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU VLAN performance statistics data:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu performance vlan gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Related Commands
None
13.4.159 show gpon remote-onu performance voice

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu performance voice [history ] interface1 [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the ONU voice quality statistics data.
Parameters
history History statistics data -

Mode
Usage Guidelines
When the voice port parameter is specified, this command shows the statistics data on a
port. Otherwise, it shows the global statistics data.
Examples
The following example shows the ONU voice quality statistics data:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu performance voice gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Related Commands
None
13-244

13.4.160 show gpon remote-onu pkt-filter

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu pkt-filter {ethuni interface1 name1 |flow interface2 number1 |iphost in
terface3 number2 }
Function
This command shows the packet filtering configuration information on a layer 2 bridge.
Parameters



Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the packet filtering configuration information on layer 2 bridge
port correlated with Ethernet port 0/1:
ZXAN(config)#show gpon remote-onu pkt-filter ethuni gpon-onu_1/3/1:1

eth_0/1
Interface: eth_0/1
IPv4 multicast:forward IPv6 multicast:forward
IPv4 broadcast:forward RARP: forward
IPX: forward NetBEUI: forward
AppleTalk: forward bpdu: forward
ARP: forward PPPoE: forward
13-245

Related Commands
None
13.4.161 show gpon remote-onu port-map

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu port-map interface1 [slot number1 ]
Function
This command shows the ONU port distribution information.
Parameters

number1 Slot number 0–255
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU port distribution information:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu port-map gpon-onu_1/5/1:1
Related Commands
None
13.4.162 show gpon remote-onu power-shedding

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu power-shedding interface1
Function
This command shows the ONU power shedding information.
13-246

Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU power shedding information:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu power-shedding gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Restore power timer reset interval 0s
Data shedding interval 100s
Voice shedding interval disable
Video overlay shedding interval disable
Video return shedding interval disable
DSL shedding interval disable
ATM shedding interval disable
CES shedding interval disable
Frame shedding interval disable
Sonet shedding interval disable
Shedding status:
Data class restore
Voice class restore
Video overlay class restore
Video return class restore
DSL class restore
ATM class restore
CES class restore
Frame class restore
Sonet class restore
Related Commands
None
13-247

13.4.163 show gpon remote-onu pppoe

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu pppoe interface1 [number1 ]
Function
This command shows the ONU PPPoE configuration information.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU PPPoE configuration information:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu pppoe gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Host ID: 1
NAT: disable
Mode: auto
Connect: always
Release timer: 1200 (s)
Username:
Password:
Status: unconfigured
Online duration: 0 (s)
Related Commands
None
13.4.164 show gpon remote-onu proto-proc

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu proto-proc {ethuni interface1 [name1 ] |interface2 }
13-248

Function
This command shows the ONU protocol processing policy.
Parameters
ethuni - -

name1 Ethernet port, format: 1–31 characters

eth_slot/port

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU protocol processing policy:
ZXAN(config-pon)#sho gpon remote-onu proto-proc gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
protocol control profile: none

protocol limit profile: none
ZXAN(config-pon)#
Related Commands
None
13.4.165 show gpon remote-onu pw

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu pw interface1 [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the PW configuration information.
13-249

Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the PW configuration information:
ZXAN(config)#show gpon remote-onu pw gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Related Commands
None
13.4.166 show gpon remote-onu schedule

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu schedule interface1 [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the Ethernet port scheduling.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
13-250

Examples
The following example shows the Ethernet port scheduling:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu schedule gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Interface : eth_0/1
Schedule profile: N/A
Related Commands
None
13.4.167 show gpon remote-onu security-ctrl

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu security-ctrl interface1
Function
This command shows the ONU security enhancement control configuration information.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU security enhancement control configuration
information:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu security-ctrl gpon-onu_0/3/1:1
Security-ctrl state: disable
Psk:
Olt supported crypto: AES-CMAC-128, HMAC-SHA-256, HMAC-SHA-512
Ont selected crypto: NONE
Ont authen state: Inactive
Ont key name: 00000000000000000000000000000000
13-251

ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#
Related Commands
None
13.4.168 show gpon remote-onu security-mgmt

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu security-mgmt interface1 [number1 ]
Function
This command shows the ONU security management information.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU security management information:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu security-mng gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Service control index: 1

State: disable
Control mode: permit
Service list: Web FTP Telnet
Ingress type: WAN
Start source IP: 0.0.0.0
End source IP: 0.0.0.0
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#
13-252

Related Commands
None
13.4.169 show gpon remote-onu service

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu service interface1 [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the service mapping relations configured on the ONU.
Parameters

name1 Service name 1–32 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the service mapping relations configured on the ONU:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu service gpon-onu_1/8/1:1

Service name GEM port IfId CoS VLAN
--------------------------------------------------------
1 1 -- 0 100
2 2 -- 1 200
Related Commands
None
13.4.170 show gpon remote-onu sip-service

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu sip-service interface1 [name1 ]
13-253

Function
This command shows the POTS SIP configuration information.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
This service can be configured when the VoIP protocol is SIP, and the correlated SIP profile
needs to be created first.
Examples
The following example shows the POTS SIP configuration information:
ZXAN(confg-gpon)#show gpon remote-onu sip-service gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Related Commands
None
13.4.171 show gpon remote-onu sntp

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu sntp interface1
Function
This command shows the ONU time configuration information.
Parameters

Mode
13-254

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU time configuration information:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu sntp gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Time Zone: GMT-02:00
Master Time Server: 10.63.10.1
Slave Time Server: 10.63.10.2
Interval: 86400
Daylight Saving Time: disabled
DSCP: 0
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#
Related Commands
None
13.4.172 show gpon remote-onu ssid info

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu ssid info interface1 [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the ONU SSID configuration information.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU WiFi port configuration information:
13-255

ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu ssid info gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 wifi_0/1

Interface: wifi_0/1
Name:
MAC: N/A
Hide: disable
User isolation: enable
Max users: 32
Current users: N/A
Authentication algorithm: WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK
Encryption: TKIP and AES
Key: by ONU default
Key update interval: 600s
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#
Related Commands
None
13.4.173 show gpon remote-onu switch

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu switch interface1 [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the layer 2 bridge configuration information.
Parameters

name1 Bridge port, format: switch_slot/port 1–31 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the layer 2 bridge configuration information:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu switch gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 switch_0/1
13-256

Related Commands
None
13.4.174 show gpon remote-onu switchport

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu switchport {ethuni interface1 [name1 ] |flow interface2 [number1 ] |iph
ost interface3 [number2 ] |wifi interface4 [name2 ] |veip interface5 [number3 ] }
Function
This command shows the configuration information on a layer 2 bridge port.
Parameters

flow Service flow -

iphost IP host -

wifi WiFi port -

veip VEIP port -

Mode
13-257

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the configuration information on the layer 2 bridge port that
is correlated with Ethernet port 0/1:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu switchport ethuni gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 eth_0/1
Interface name: eth_0/1
Switch port: switch_0/1
Priority: 0 Path cost: 1
STP: true Encap method: llc
LAN FCS: forward MAC address: 0000.0000.0000
Traffic limit: None
Address learn depth: 0
Related Commands
None
13.4.175 show gpon remote-onu sys-attr

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu sys-attr interface1
Function
This command shows the ONU system attributes.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU system attributes:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu sys-attr gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
13-258

CPU usage: 0%
Memory usage: 0%
CPU usage threshold: 100%
Memory usage threshold:100%
Related Commands
None
13.4.176 show gpon remote-onu test-result call

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu test-result call interface1 name1
Function
This command shows the ONU call simulation test result.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU call simulation test result:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu test-result call gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 pots_0/1
Status:
test not started
Port Status:
idle
Failure Reason:
other
delay:
0.0
13-259

Related Commands
None
13.4.177 show gpon remote-onu test-result iphost

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu test-result iphost interface1 number1
Function
This command shows the ONU IP host test result.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU IP host test result:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu test-result iphost gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 1
Test item:
Status:
test not started
Result:
Related Commands
None
13.4.178 show gpon remote-onu test-result ipoe

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu test-result ipoe interface1 name1
13-260

Function
This command shows the ONU Internet Protocol over Ethernet (IPoE) emulation test result.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU IPoE test result:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu test-result ipoe gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 eth_0/1
Status:
test not started
Related Commands
None
13.4.179 show gpon remote-onu test-result iptv

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu test-result iptv interface1 name1
Function
This command shows the ONU Internet Protocol Television (IPTV) emulation test result.
Parameters

13-261

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU IPTV test result:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu test-result iptv gpon-onu_0/3/1:1 eth_0/1
Status:
test not started
Related Commands
None
13.4.180 show gpon remote-onu test-result mep

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu test-result mep interface1 number1 number2
Function
This command shows the ONU MEP test result.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU MEP test result:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu test-result mep gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 1 1
13-262

Status: test not started
Related Commands
None
13.4.181 show gpon remote-onu test-result mep lm-dm

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu test-result mep lm-dm interface1 number1 number2
Function
This command shows the ONU MEP LM-DM test result.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU MEP LM-DM test result:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu test-result mep lm-dm gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 1 1
Related Commands
None
13.4.182 show gpon remote-onu test-result potsuni

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu test-result potsuni interface1 name1
13-263

Function
This command shows the ONU POTS test result.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU POTS test result:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu test-result potsuni gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 pots_0/1
Status:
test not started
Result:
Related Commands
None
13.4.183 show gpon remote-onu test-result pppoe

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu test-result pppoe interface1 name1
Function
This command shows the ONU PPPoE emulation test result.
Parameters

13-264

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU PPPoE test result:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu test-result pppoe gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 eth_0/1
Status:
test not started
Related Commands
None
13.4.184 show gpon remote-onu tr069-mgmt

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu tr069-mgmt interface1 [number1 ]
Function
This command shows the ONU TR069 management and configuration information.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU TR069 configuration of the interface
gpon-onu_1/3/1:1:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu tr069-mgmt gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
13-265

VEIP ID: 1
Admin status: lock
ACS:
Tag: priority : 7, vlan : 4095
Related Commands
13.4.224 tr069-mgmt
13.4.185 show gpon remote-onu traffic-limit

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu traffic-limit interface1 [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the ONU rate limiting information.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU rate limiting information:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu traffic-limit gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Interface prio VLAN ether-type cir limit/mark prio1 prio2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
eth_0/1 any any any 100 mark 0 1
Related Commands
None
13-266

13.4.186 show gpon remote-onu veip

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu veip interface1 [number1 ]
Function
This command shows the configuration information on a virtual Ethernet interface.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the configuration information on a virtual Ethernet interface:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu veip gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
VEIP ID: 1
Operate status: disable
Interdomain name:
Port: none
IANA assigned port:none
Related Commands
None
13.4.187 show gpon remote-onu vlan

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu vlan {eth interface1 [name1 ] |wifi interface2 [name2 ] |veip interface3
[name3 ] |gemport interface4 [number1 ] |gemport-mcast interface5 [number2 ] |wan interface6
[number3 ] }
13-267

Function
This command shows the ONU VLAN processing information.
Parameters
eth Ethernet port -

wifi WiFi port -

veip VEIP port -

name3 VEIP ID 1–255
gemport GEM port -

gemport-mcast Multicast GEM port -

number2 Multicast GEM port ID 1
wan WAN port -

number3 WAN ID 1–255
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
13-268

Examples
The following example shows the VLAN processing information on ONU Ethernet port
eth_0/1;
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu vlan eth gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 eth_0/1
Interface Mode Def-VID Def-Prio Vlan-list
............................................................................
eth_0/1 tag 100 0 --
Related Commands
None
13.4.188 show gpon remote-onu vlan translate

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu vlan translate {eth interface1 [name1 ] |wifi interface2 [name2 ] |veip
interface3 [name3 ] |gemport interface4 [number1 ] |gemport-mcast interface5 [number2 ] |wan
interface6 [number3 ] }
Function
This command shows the port VLAN translation rule.
Parameters
eth - -

wifi - -

veip - -

name3 VEIP ID 1–255
gemport - -

13-269

gemport-mcast - -

number2 Multicast GEM port ID 1
wan - -

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the port VLAN translation rule:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#$emote-onu vlan translate eth gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 eth_0/1
Interface Vlan Prio CVlan CVlan-Prio SVlan SVlan-Prio
............................................................................
eth_0/1 100 -- -- -- 200 --
Related Commands
None
13.4.189 show gpon remote-onu vlan-filter

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu vlan-filter {ethuni interface1 [name1 ] |iphost interface2 [number1 ] |wifi
interface3 [name2 ] |veip interface4 [number2 ] }
Function
This command shows VLAN filtering items.
13-270

Parameters

iphost IP host -

wifi WiFi port -

veip VEIP port -

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the VLAN filtering items on Ethernet port eth_0/1:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu vlan-filter ethuni gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 eth_0/1
Interface Priority VLAN ID
...................................................................
eth_0/1 0 100
Related Commands
None
13-271

13.4.190 show gpon remote-onu vlan-filter-mode

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu vlan-filter-mode {ethuni interface1 [name1 ] |iphost interface2 [number1
] |wifi interface3 [name2 ] |veip interface4 [number2 ] }
Function
This command shows the VLAN filtering mode.
Parameters

iphost IP host -

wifi WiFi port -

veip VEIP port -

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the VLAN filtering mode on Ethernet port eth_0/1:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu vlan-filter-mode ethuni gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Interface Name: eth_0/1
13-272

Tag filter mode: vlan-match

Untag filter mode:discard
Related Commands
None
13.4.191 show gpon remote-onu voip

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu voip interface1
Function
This command shows the VoIP configuration.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows the VoIP configuration:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu voip gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Protocol used: none

Available protocol: N/A
Config method used: default
Available config method:N/A
Config state: inactive
Config server:
File version:
IP mode: single
13-273

Related Commands
None
13.4.192 show gpon remote-onu voip-ip

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu voip-ip interface1 [slot number1 [media ] ]
Function
This command shows the VoIP IP configuration.
Parameters

media Media -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the VoIP IP configuration:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu voip-ip gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Slot index: 0
Mode: DHCP
ONU identifier: zte
Ping response: enable
Traceroute response: disable
VLAN tag mode: tag
CVLAN: 10
CVLAN priority: 0
SVLAN: 0
Current IP: 0.0.0.0
Current primary DNS: 0.0.0.0
13-274

Current secondary DNS: 0.0.0.0

Domain name:
Host name:
MAC address: 0000.0000.0000
IP host ID: 2
Related Commands
None
13.4.193 show gpon remote-onu voip-linestatus

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu voip-linestatus interface1 [name1 ]
Function
This command shows the VoIP link status.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the VoIP link status:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu voip-linestatus gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Interface: pots_0/1
Code used: N/A
Service status: N/A
Session type: N/A
Call period 1: 0
2: 0
Call dest address 1:
13-275

2:
Related Commands
None
13.4.194 show gpon remote-onu wan

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu wan interface1 [number1 ]
Function
This command shows the ONU WAN configuration information.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the ONU WAN configuration information:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu wan gpon-onu_1/8/1:1
WAN index: 1
Service: Internet
Host ID: 1
PPPoE connect mode: always
PPPoE release timer: 1200 (s)
PPPoE proxy: disable
MTU: ont internal policy
Ethernet UNI: 1 2 3 4
SSID:
Online duration: 0(s)
13-276

Related Commands
None
13.4.195 show gpon remote-onu wan ctrl

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu wan ctrl interface1
Function
This command shows the global WAN connection configuration parameters.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the global WAN connection configuration parameters:
ZXAN(config-if)#show gpon remote-onu wan ctrl gpon-onu_1/3/1:1

Max users: by ONU default
Related Commands
None
13.4.196 show gpon remote-onu wan-ip

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu wan-ip interface1 [number1 ]
Function
This command shows the WAN IP configuration information.
13-277

Parameters

number1 WAN IP ID 1–255
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the WAN IP configuration information:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#show gpon remote-onu wan-ip gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
WAN idex: 1
Mode: DHCP
ONU identifier: zte
Ping response: enable
Traceroute response: disable
VLAN tag mode: tag
CVLAN: 10
CVLAN priority: 0
SVLAN: 0
Current IP: 0.0.0.0
Current primary DNS: 0.0.0.0
Current secondary DNS: 0.0.0.0
Domain name:
Host name:
MAC address: 0000.0000.0000
IP host ID: 1
Related Commands
None
13.4.197 show gpon remote-onu weight

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu weight interface1
13-278

Function
This command shows the T-CONT queue weight.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the T-CONT queue weight:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu weight gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
T-CONT Queue Weight
--------------------------------------
1 1 1
1 2 1
1 3 1
1 4 1
Related Commands
None
13.4.198 show gpon remote-onu wifi info

Syntax
show gpon remote-onu wifi info interface1
Function
This command shows the WiFi global parameter configuration.
Parameters

13-279

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows the WiFi global parameter configuration:
ZXAN#show gpon remote-onu wifi info gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Admin status: enable
Operate status: N/A
Radio measurement: enable
SSID isolation: not isolated
Work mode: 802.11b-11g-11n
Bandwidth: 20(MHz)
SGI status: disable
Current regulatory domain: China
Channel: auto
Tx rate: auto
Transmitting power: 100%
QoS type: WMM
ZXAN#
Related Commands
None
13.4.199 sip-service
Syntax
sip-service name1 profile name2 userid name3 [username name4 password name5 ] [display-n
ame name6 ] [vmail-server name7 ] [vmail-validate {disable |basic username name8 password
name9 |md5 username name10 password name11 realm name12 } ] [vmail-subscript-time num
ber1 ] [signal name13 ] [media-profile name14 ]
no sip-service name1
Function
This command configures the POTS SIP service.
13-280

Parameters
name2 SIP service profile name 1–64 characters
name3 User address ID 1–128 characters
name4 User name 1–50 characters
name5 Password 1–25 characters
name6 Displayed name 1–25 characters
name7 Voice mail server 1–128 characters
disable Not to authenticate the voice mail server -
name8 Voice mail server user name 1–25 characters
name9 Voice mail server password 1–25 characters
name10 Voice mail server MD5 user name 1–25 characters
name11 Voice mail server MD5 password 1–25 characters
name12 Voice mail server MD5 domain name 1–25 characters
number1 Voice mail subscription period, unit: seconds, 0–4294967295

default: 3600
name13 Signaling encoding selection -
name14 Media profile name 1–64 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the POTS SIP service
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#sip-service pots_0/1 profile test1 userid 68895000 username 5000

password 5000 display-name ztesh vmail-server 10.63.10.1 vmail-validate md5 username
test password test realm test vmail-expiration 7200
Related Commands
13.4.170 show gpon remote-onu sip-service
13-281

13.4.200 sntp
Syntax
sntp time-zone name1 master-server ip_addr1 slave-server ip_addr2 [dscp number1 ] [daylight
-saving-time name2 ] [interval number2 ]
Function
This command configures the simple network time management properties.
Parameters
name1 Time zone, format: GMT-01:00 or GMT+01:00. 1–9 characters
ip_addr1 Primary time server address. -
ip_addr2 Secondary time server address. -
name2 Enables or disables daylight saving time. -

Default: disabled.
number2 Time synchronization interval, unit: seconds, 0–4294967295

default: 86400.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the time zone to GMT+8, primary server
to 1.2.3.4, and secondary serer to 1.2.3.6 for gpon-onu_1/3/1:1:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#sntp time-zoon GMT+08:00 master-server 1.2.3.4 slave server 1.2.3.5
Related Commands
None
13-282

13.4.201 ssid auth wep

Syntax
ssid auth wep name1 {open-system [encrypt {disable |{40bit {[name2 name3 name4 name5 [defa
ult-key number1 ] ] |[hex name6 name7 name8 name9 ] } [default-key number2 ] |104bit {[name10
name11 name12 name13 [default-key number3 ] ] |[hex name14 name15 name16 name17 ] } [defau
lt-key number4 ] } } ] |shared-key [{40bit {[name18 name19 name20 name21 [default-key number5
] ] |[hex name22 name23 name24 name25 ] } [default-key number6 ] |104bit {[name26 name27
name28 name29 [default-key number7 ] ] |[hex name30 name31 name32 name33 ] } [default-key
number8 ] } ] }
Function
This command configures Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) encryption mode for a WiFi
port.
Parameters
name1 WiFi port, format: wifi_slot/port. 1–31 characters
open-system Authentication mode: open system. -
disable Disables encryption. -
40bit WEP encryption level: 40bit. -
name2 ASCII code key 1, which must be five characters. -
number1 Default key, default: 1. 1–4
name6 Hexadecimal key 1, which must be 10 characters -

and the characters must be '0'-'9', 'a'-'f', 'A'-'F'.



104bit WEP encryption level: 40bit. -
name10 ASCII code key 1, which must be 13 characters. -
13-283





shared-key Authentication mode: shared key. -





13-284




Mode
Usage Guidelines
l An ONU WiFi port supports WEP and Wi-Fi Protected Access (WPA) encryption
modes. The default mode is WPA. The following command is the default configuration.
After this command is carried out, the script is not displayed.
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#ssid auth wpa wifi_0/1 wpa-wpa2-psk encrypt tkip-aes key-update-interval 6
l To restore the default key value for WEP and WPA encryption modes, run the following
commands:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#ssid auth wep wifi_0/1 open-system encrypt disable
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#ssid auth wpa wifi_0/1 key default
l Restore the default key value in the following conditions:
The key is not entered when you switch between WEP mode and WPA mode.
The key is not entered when you switch the key length in WEP mode.
l Keep the key value in the following conditions:
The key is not entered but the key length does not change when you switch between
open-system and shared-key in WEP mode.
The key is not entered when you switch between wpa-psk, wpa2-psk, and
wpa-wpa2-psk in WPA mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure WEP encryption mode for a WiFi port:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#ssid auth wep wifi_0/1 open-system encrypt
40bit hex 0102030E0F 1112131E1F 2122232E2F 313333E3F1 default-key 1
Related Commands
13.4.202 ssid auth wpa
13.4.203 ssid ctrl
13-285

13.4.202 ssid auth wpa

Syntax
ssid auth wpa name1 [name2 ] [encrypt name3 ] [key {default |name4 } ] [key-update-interval
number1 ]
Function
This command configures WPA encryption mode for a WiFi port.
Parameters
name2 Authentication mode, default: wpa-wpa2-psk. wpa-psk, wpa2-psk,

wpa-wpa2-psk
name3 WPA encryption algorithm, default: tkip-aes. wep, tkip, wep-tkip

aes, wep-aes, tkip-aes,
wep-tkip-aes
default Restores to the default key. -
name4 Key. 8–63 characters
number1 Key update period, unit: seconds, default: 100–1000

600.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l An ONU WiFi port supports WEP and Wi-Fi Protected Access (WPA) encryption
modes. The default mode is WPA. The following command is the default configuration.
After this command is carried out, the script is not displayed.
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#ssid auth wpa wifi_0/1 wpa-wpa2-psk encrypt tkip-aes key-update-interval 600
l To restore the default key value for WEP and WPA encryption modes, run the following
commands:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#ssid auth wep wifi_0/1 open-system encrypt disable
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#ssid auth wpa wifi_0/1 key default
l Restore the default key value in the following conditions:
The key is not entered when you switch between WEP mode and WPA mode.
The key is not entered when you switch the key length in WEP mode.
l Keep the key value in the following conditions:
13-286

The key is not entered but the key length does not change when you switch between
open-system and shared-key in WEP mode.
The key is not entered when you switch between wpa-psk, wpa2-psk, and
wpa-wpa2-psk in WPA mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure WPA encryption mode for a WiFi port:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#ssid auth wpa wifi_0/1 wpa2-psk
key 12345678 key-update-interval 200
Related Commands
13.4.201 ssid auth wep
13.4.203 ssid ctrl
13.4.203 ssid ctrl

Syntax
ssid ctrl name1 {[name name2 ] [hide name3 ] [user-isolation name4 ] [max-users number1 ] }
no ssid ctrl name1 name
Function
This command configures ONU WiFi port management.
Parameters
name2 SSID name. 1–32 characters
name3 Enables or disables SSID broadcast. -
name4 Enables or disables SSID internal user isolation. -
number1 Maximum number of SSID users. 1–32
name SSID name. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To enable or disable the WiFi service SSID, run the following command:
13-287

ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#interface wifi wifi_0/1 state

lock Deactivate
unlock Activate
Examples
The following example shows how to configure ONU WiFi port properties:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#ssid ctrl wifi_0/1 name SSID1
hide disable user-isolation enable max-users 10
Related Commands
None
13.4.204 switch
Syntax
switch name1 {[stp name2 ] [learn name3 ] [local-switch name4 ] [pri number1 ] [max-age numb
er2 ] [hello-time number3 ] [forward-delay number4 ] [unknownMac-discard name5 ] [addr-le
arn-depth number5 ] [aging-time number6 ] }
Function
This command configures MAC bridge properties.
Parameters
name1 MAC bridge, format: switch_slot/switch, where 1–31 characters

switch indicates the bridge ID.
name2 Enables or disables SIP algorithm for the MAC -

bridge.
name3 Enables or disables learning for the MAC bridge. -
name4 Enables or disables UNI local switch for the MAC -

bridge.
number1 MAC bridge priority. 0–65535
number2 Maximum life circle of a spanning tree item, unit: 6–40

seconds.
number3 Hello packet interval, unit: seconds. 1–10
number4 Forwarding delay time, unit: seconds. 4–30
13-288

name5 Whether to discard the packets with unknown -

MAC addresses.
l Disable: flood
l Enable: discard
number5 Maximum number of learnt UNI addresses. 0 0–255

indicates no limiting.
number6 Address aging time, unit: seconds. 10–1000000
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the ONU MAC bridge parameters:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#switch switch_0/1 forward-delay 4 hello-time 1
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#
Related Commands
None
13.4.205 switchport ethuni

Syntax
switchport ethuni name1 {traffic-limit {in name2 |out name3 } |{[pri number1 ] [path-cost numb
er2 ] [stp name4 ] [encap-method name5 ] [lan-fcs name6 ] [addr-learn-depth number3 ] }}
no switchport ethuni name1 traffic-limit {in |out |all }
Function
This command configures Ethernet UNI bridge port properties.
Parameters
name2 Inbound rate limiting profile name. 1–64 characters
13-289

name3 Outbound rate limiting profile name. 1–64 characters
number1 Port priority. 0–65535
number2 Path from the port to the root bridge. 0–65535
name4 Enables or disables port SIP. -
name5 Frame encapsulation mode. -
name6 Whether to forward FCS bytes. forward, discard
number3 Address learning depth. 0 indicates no limiting. 0–255
in Deletes inbound traffic limiting. -
out Deletes outbound traffic limiting. -
all Deletes inbound and outbound traffic limiting. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure Ethernet UNI bridge port properties and
enable SIP:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#switchport ethuni eth_0/1 stp enable
Related Commands
None
13.4.206 switchport flow

Syntax
switchport flow number1 [{[pri number2 ] [path-cost number3 ] [stp name1 ] [lan-fcs name2 ]
[addr-learn-depth number4 ] }]
Function
This command configures flow bridge port properties.
13-290

Parameters
number3 Path loss from the port to the root bridge. 0–65535
number4 Address learning depth. 0 indicates no limiting. 0–255
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
he following example shows how to configure flow bridge port properties and enable SIP:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#switchport flow 1 stp enable
Related Commands
None
13.4.207 switchport iphost

Syntax
switchport iphost number1 {[pri number2 ] [path-cost number3 ] [stp name1 ] [lan-fcs name2 ]
[addr-learn-depth number4 ] }
Function
This command configures IP host bridge port properties.
Parameters
number3 Path loss from the port to the root bridge. 0–65535
13-291

number4 Address learning depth. 0 indicates no 0–255

limiting.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure IP host bridge port properties and enable
SIP:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#switchport iphost 1 stp enable
Related Commands
None
13.4.208 switchport veip

Syntax
switchport veip number1 {traffic-limit {in name1 |out name2 } |{[pri number2 ] [path-cost numb
er3 ] [stp name3 ] [encap-method name4 ] [lan-fcs name5 ] [addr-learn-depth number4 ] }}
no switchport veip number1 traffic-limit {in |out |all }
Function
This command configures VEIP bridge port properties.
Parameters
name1 Inbound rate limiting profile name. 1–64 characters
name2 Outbound rate limiting profile name. 1–64 characters
number3 Path from the port to the root bridge. 0–65535
13-292

name4 Frame encapsulation mode. -
number4 Address learning depth. 0 indicates no 0–255

limiting.
in Deletes inbound traffic limiting. -
out Deletes outbound traffic limiting. -
all Deletes inbound and outbound traffic limiting. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure VEIP bridge port properties and enable
SIP:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#switchport veip 1 stp enable
Related Commands
None
13.4.209 switchport-bind
Syntax
switchport veip number1 {traffic-limit {in name1 |out name2 } |{[priority number2 ] [path-cost
number3 ] [stp name3 ] [encap-method name4 ] [lan-fcs name5 ] [addr-learn-depth number4 ] } }
no switchport veip number1 traffic-limit {in |out |all }
Function
This command binds the UNI with a layer 2 bridge.
13-293

Parameters
name1 MAC bridge port, format: switch_slot/switch, where 1–31 character

switch indicates the bridge ID
number2 Virtual Ethernet interface number 1–255
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to bind the UNI with a layer 2 bridge:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#switchport-bind switch_0/1 ethuni eth_0/1
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#
Related Commands
None
13.4.210 snyn-time
Syntax
sync-time
Function
This command synchronizes all the performance statistics starting time points. All the
performance statistics values are reset to 0 and the statistics are restarted.
Parameters
None
Mode
GPON ONU MNG mode
13-294

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to synchronize all the performance statistics starting
time points:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#sync-time
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#
Related Commands
None
13.4.211 sys-attr
Syntax
sys-attr {[cpu-thresh number1 ] [mem-thresh number2 ] }
Function
This command configures ONU system properties.
Parameters
number1 CPU usage threshold, unit: %, default: 100 0–100
number2 Memory usage threshold, unit: %, default: 0-100

100
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the ONU system properties:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#sys-attr cpu-thresh 80 mem-thresh 80
13-295

Related Commands
None
13.4.212 telnet onu-mng-port

Syntax
telnet onu-mng-port {alloc |free }
Function
This command allocates or releases a TELNET management port of the ONU.
Parameters
alloc Allocates a TELNET -

management port for the
ONU
free Releases the TELNET -

management port of the
ONU
Format
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to allocate a TELNET management port for the ONU:
ZXAN(config-if)#telnet onu-mng-port alloc
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 20001 telnet
ZXAN(config-if)#telnet onu-mng-port free
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ZXAN(config-if)#
13-296

Related Commands
None
13.4.213 test
Syntax
test
Function
This command tests ONU diagnosis.
Parameters
None
Mode
GPON ONU MNG mode and EPON ONU MNG mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to start the ONU diagnosis test:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#test
Related Commands
None
13.4.214 test callee

Syntax
test callee name1 {stop |start [ring number1 ] [duration number2 ] }
Function
This command tests the ONU called party.
13-297

Parameters
stop Stops the test. -
start Starts the test. -
number1 Ring duration, unit: seconds, default: 4. 0–4294967295
number2 Test duration, unit: seconds. 60–300
Mode
GPON ONU MNG mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to start the test of the ONU called party:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#test callee pots_0/1 start
Related Commands
None
13.4.215 test caller

Syntax
test caller name1 {stop |start dial name2 [duration number1 ] }
Function
This command tests the ONU calling party.
Parameters
name2 Dialed number. 1–20 characters
number1 Test duration, unit: seconds. 60–300
13-298

Mode
GPON ONU MNG mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to start the test of the ONU calling party:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#test caller pots_0/1 start dial 123456
Related Commands
None
13.4.216 test iphost

Syntax
test iphost number1 name1 ip_addr1
Function
This command tests the ONU IP host.
Parameters
name1 Test item -
Mode
GPON ONU MNG mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to start the ONU IP host ping test:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#test iphost 1 ping 1.1.1.1
13-299

Related Commands
None
13.4.217 test ipoe

Syntax
test ipoe name1 {stop |start {username name2 password name3 [mac hexadecimal1 ] [vlan numb
er1 ] [timeout number2 ] |mac hexadecimal2 option60 name4 [vlan number3 ] [timeout number4
]}}
Function
This command implements the ONU IPoE test.
Parameters
stop Stops the IPoE test. -
start Starts the IPoE test. -
number1 VLAN ID. 0–4094
number2 Timeout time, unit: second, default: 30 5–60
name4 option60 ID. 1–128 characters
number4 Timeout time, unit: second, default: 30 5–60
Mode
GPON ONU MNG mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to start the IPoE test through the user name and
password:
13-300

ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#test ipoe eth_0/1 start
username zte password zte vlan 100 time 5
The following example shows how to stop the IPoE test:

ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)# test ipoe eth_0/1 stop
Related Commands
None
13.4.218 test iptv

Syntax
test iptv name1 {stop |start ip ip_addr1 [vlan number1 pri number2 ] [duration number3 ] }
Function
This command implements the ONU IPTV test.
Parameters
stop Stops the IPoE test. -
start Starts the IPoE test. -
ip_addr1 Multicast address. -
number1 If the VLAN is not configured, it indicates the 1–4094

VLAN ID of the untagged packet that enters the
ONU user port.
number3 Test time. 1–300
Mode
GPON ONU MNG mode
Usage Guidelines
l The ONU needs to configure a filtering rule for untagged packets and tag them.
l The ONU needs to configure a filtering rule for tagged packets and translate the VLAN
or transparently transmit them.
13-301

Examples
The following example shows how to start the ONU IPTV test:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#test iptv eth_0/1 start ip 224.1.1.1 duration 20
Related Commands
None
13.4.219 test mep linktrace

Syntax
test mep linktrace number1 number2 {mac-addr hexadecimal1 |mep-id number3 } max-hop-co
unt number4 [use-fdb-only name1 ]
Function
This command tests ONU MEP line trace.
Parameters
number3 MEP ID 1–8191
number4 Maximum number of hops 1–255
name1 Whether to use the common MAC address -

forwarding table only
Mode
GPON ONU MNG mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to start the test of ONU MEP line trace:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#test mep linktrace 1 1 mac-addr 1111.1111.1111 max-hop-count 10
13-302

Related Commands
None
13.4.220 test mep lm-dm

Syntax
test mep lm-dm number1 number2 {stop |start {[name1 ] [name2 ] }{mac-addr hexadecimal1 {[d
rop-eligibility name3 ] [pri number3 ] [interval name4 ] [count number4 ] }|mep-id number5 [{[d
rop-eligibility name5 ] [pri number6 ] [interval name6 ] [count number7 ] }] } }
Function
This command tests ONU MEP LM-DM.
Parameters
number2 MA ID. 1–32
name1 LM type. -
name2 DM type. -
name3 Whether to enable drop eligibly. -
name4 Interval. -
number4 Number of times. 1–1024
name6 Interval. -
number7 Number of times. 1–1024
Mode
GPON ONU MNG mode
Usage Guidelines
None
13-303

Examples
The following example shows how to start the ONU MEP LM-DM test:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng#test mep lm-dm 1 1 start one-way mac-addr 1111.1111.1111 pri 1
Related Commands
None
13.4.221 test mep loopback

Syntax
test mep loopback number1 number2 {mac-addr hexadecimal1 |mep-id number3 } repeat-count
number4 [pri number5 drop-eligibility name1 ]
Function
This command tests the ONU MEP loop-back.
Parameters
number4 Number of repeat times. 1–1024
Mode
GPON ONU MNG mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to start the test of the ONU MEP loop-back:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#test mep loopback 1 1 mac-addr 1111.1111.1111 repeat-count 100
13-304

Related Commands
None
13.4.222 test potsuni

Syntax
test potsuni name1 name2 [name3 ]
Function
This command tests the ONU voice port.
Parameters
name2 Test item -
name3 Normal test or force test -
Mode
GPON ONU MNG mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to start the test of ONU voice port pots_0/1:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#test potsuni pots_0/1 battery normal
Related Commands
None
13.4.223 test pppoe

Syntax
test pppoe name1 {stop |start username name2 password name3 [[auth name4 ] [vlan number1
]]}
13-305

Function
This command tests ONU PPPoE.
Parameters
name4 PPPoE authentication mode. -
number1 VLAN ID used by the data flow test. 0–4094
Mode
GPON ONU MNG mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to start the ONU PPPoE test:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#test pppoe eth_0/1 start username zte password zte
Related Commands
None
13.4.224 tr069-mgmt
Syntax
tr069-mgmt number1 [{[{untag |tag pri number2 vlan number3 } ] [state name1 ] [acs name2
[validate {disable |basic username name3 password name4 |md5 username name5 password
name6 realm name7 } ] ] }]
no tr069-mgmt number1 acs
Function
This command configures the ONU TR069 management channel parameters.
13-306

Parameters
number1 VEIP ID 1-255
untag Untagged mode -
tag Tagged mode -
name1 Administrative state, default: lock -
name2 ACS server name, in IP address or 1–128 characters

URL format
disable No authentication -
basic Basic authentication mode -
name3 Basic authentication user name 1–25 characters
name4 Basic authentication password 1–25 characters
md5 MD5 authentication mode -
name5 MD5 authentication user name 1–50 characters
name6 MD5 authentication password 1–25 characters
name7 MD5 authentication domain name 1–25 characters
acs ACS server -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the ONU TR069 management channel
parameters:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#tr069-mgmt 1 state unlock
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#tr069-mgmt 1 acs 10.63.10.1 validate basic username zte password zte
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#tr069-mgmt 1 tag pri 5 vlan 100
13-307

Related Commands
13.4.184 show gpon remote-onu tr069-mgmt
13.4.225 traffic-limit
Syntax
traffic-limit name1 [pri number1 ] [vlan number2 ] [eth-type name2 ] cir number3 [pri1 number4
pri2 number5 ]
no traffic-limit name1 [pri number1 ] [vlan number2 ] [eth-type name2 ]
Function
This command configures rate limiting for an ONU Ethernet user port.
Parameters
name2 Ethernet frame filtering type -
number3 Average information rate, unit: kbps For the 0–4294967295

broadcast packet type, the unit is pps.
number4 Priority 1, labeled when the rate is lower than 0–7

the CIR.
number5 Priority 2, labeled when the rate is higher than 0–7

the CIR.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure rate limiting for Ethernet user port eth_0/1:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#traffic-limit eth_0/1 cir 1000 pri1 1 pri2 2
13-308

Related Commands
None
13.4.226 type
Syntax
type name1
Function
This command configures the ONU type in the remote management profile.
Parameters
name1 ONU type 1–64 characters
Mode
GPON remote ONU configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
Use the show onu-type command to obtain the ONU type name.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the ONU type ZTE-F660 in the remote
management profile zte:
ZXAN(config-gpon-line)#remote
ZXAN(config-gpon-remote)#type ZTE-F660
Related Commands
None
13.4.227 veip
Syntax
veip number1 [{[state name1 ] [inter-domain name2 ] [port [name3 ] number2 host number3 ] }]
no veip number1 {[inter-domain ] [port ] }
Function
This command configures the virtual Ethernet interface of an ONU.
13-309

Parameters
name1 Administrative state unlock, lock
name2 Inter- domain name 1–25 characters
port IANA distributed port -
name3 Port type UDP, TCP
number2 Port number 1–65535
inter-domain Inter-domain name -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the virtual Ethernet interface of the ONU:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#veip 1 state lock
Related Commands
None
13.4.228 vlan gemport

Syntax
vlan gemport number1 {vlan name1 |mode {transparent |trunk |tag [vlan number2 ] [pri num
ber3 ] |hybrid [def-vlan number4 ] [def-pri number5 ] } |translate vlan number6 [pri number7 ]
[cvlan number8 [cvlan-pri number9 ] ] svlan number10 [svlan-pri number11 ] }
no vlan gemport number1 {vlan name1 |translate vlan number2 [pri number3 ] |mode }
Function
This command configures the VLAN processing rule for a GEM port.
13-310

Parameters
name1 VLAN ID list, format: X,X... or X-X. -
transparent Transparent transmission mode. -
trunk Trunk mode: Only the configured tagged -

packets are permitted, other tagged packets
are denied, and untagged packets are
discarded.
tag Tagged mode: Untagged packets are -

transmitted in the upstream direction after
being tagged with the PVID, and tagged
packets are discarded. The parameter is
optional. If it is not configured, the VLAN ID is
1 and the priority is 0 by default.
hybrid Hybrid mode: Untagged packets are permitted -

after being tagged with the PVID. Only the
configured tagged packets are permitted,
and other tagged packets are denied. The
parameter is optional. If it is not configured, the
VLAN ID is 1 and the priority is 0 by default.
number4 Default VLAN ID. 1–4094
number6 VLAN ID before translation. 1–4094
number7 Priority before translation. 0–7
number8 CVLAN ID after translation. 1–4094
number9 CVLAN priority after translation. 0–7
number10 SVLAN ID after translation. 1–4094
number11 SVLAN priority after translation. 0–7
mode Operation mode. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
13-311

Examples
The following example shows how to configure the translation rule for a GEM port:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#vlan gemport 1 translate vlan 1 cvlan 2 svlan 3
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#
Related Commands
show gpon remote-onu vlan gemport
13.4.229 vlan gemport-mcast

Syntax
vlan gemport-mcast number1 {vlan name1 |mode {transparent |trunk |tag [vlan number2 ] [pri
number3 ] |hybrid [def-vlan number4 ] [def-pri number5 ] } |translate vlan number6 [pri number7
] [cvlan number8 [cvlan-pri number9 ] ] svlan number10 [svlan-pri number11 ] }
no vlan gemport-mcast number1 {vlan name1 |translate vlan number2 [pri number3 ] |mode }
Function
This command configures the VLN processing rule of a multicast GEM port.
Parameters
number1 Multicast GEM port index. 1–1
name1 Configured VLAN ID list, format: -

X,X...or X-X.
transparent Transparent mode. -
trunk Aggregation mode: Only -

configured tag packets are
passed. Untag packets are
discarded.
tag Tag mode: Untag packets -

are tagged with pvid and
transmitted upwards. Tag
packets are discarded. The tag
mode parameters are optional
and the defaults are: VLAN= 1
and priority = 0.
13-312

hybrid Hybrid mode: Untag packets -

passed. Only configured tag
packets are passed. The hybrid
and the defaults are def-vlan = 1
and def-prio = 0.
number4 Default VLAN ID 1–4094
number5 Default priority 0–7
number6 VLAN ID before conversion 1–4094
number7 Priority before conversion 0–7
number8 CVLAN ID after conversion 1–4094
number9 CVLAN priority after conversion 0–7
number10 SVLAN ID after conversion 1–4094
number11 SVLAN priority after conversion 0–7
mode Operation mode -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the conversion rule of a multicast GEM
port:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#vlan gemport-mcast 1 translate vlan 1 cvlan 2 svlan 3
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#
Related Commands
show gpon remote-onu vlan gemport-mcast
13-313

13.4.230 vlan port

Syntax
vlan port name1 {vlan name2 |mode {transparent |trunk |tag [{[vlan number1 ] [pri number2 ]
}] |hybrid [{[def-vlan number3 ] [def-pri number4 ] }] } |translate vlan number5 [pri number6 ]
[cvlan number7 [cvlan-pri number8 ] ] svlan number9 [svlan-pri number10 ] }
no vlan port name1 {vlan name2 |translate vlan number1 [pri number2 ] |mode }
Function
This command configures a VLAN conversion rule.
Parameters
name1 Ethernet/WIFI port or VEIP 1–31 characters

port, format: eth_slot/port,
wifi_slot/port, and veip_port.

X,X...or X-X.

discarded.

and priority = 0.

and def-prio = 0.
number3 Default VLAN ID 1–4094
13-314

number4 Default priority 0–7
number5 VLAN ID before conversion 1–4094
number6 Priority before conversion 0–7
number7 CVLAN ID after conversion 1–4094
number8 CVLAN priority after conversion 0–7
number9 SVLAN ID after conversion 1–4094
number10 SVLAN priority after conversion 0–7
mode Operation mode -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a VLAN conversion rule for port eth_0/1:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#vlan port eth_3/1 translate vlan 1 cvlan 2 svlan 3
Related Commands
show gpon remote-onu vlan eth
show gpon remote-onu vlan wifi
show gpon remote-onu vlan veip
13.4.231 vlan wan

Syntax
vlan wan number1 {vlan name1 |mode {transparent |trunk |tag [vlan number2 ] [pri number3 ]
|hybrid [def-vlan number4 ] [def-pri number5 ] } |translate vlan number6 [pri number7 ] [cvlan
number8 [cvlan-pri number9 ] ] svlan number10 [svlan-pri number11 ] }
no vlan wan number1 {vlan name1 |translate vlan number2 [pri number3 ] |mode }
Function
This command configures the VLAN processing rule of a WAN connection.
13-315

Parameters
number1 WAN connection index. 1–255

X,X...or X-X.

discarded.

and priority = 0.

and def-prio = 0.
number4 Default VLAN ID. 1–4094
number6 VLAN ID before conversion. 1–4094
number7 Priority before conversion. 0–7
number8 CVLAN ID after conversion. 1–4094
number9 CVLAN priority after conversion. 0–7
number10 SVLAN ID after conversion. 1–4094
number11 SVLAN priority after conversion. 0–7
mode Operation mode. -
Mode
13-316

Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the translation rule of a WAN connection:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#vlan wan 1 translate vlan 1 cvlan 2 svlan 3
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#
Related Commands
show gpon remote-onu vlan wan
13.4.232 vlan-filter
Syntax
vlan-filter {ethuni name1 |iphost number1 |wifi name2 |veip number2 } pri number3 vlan numb
er4
no vlan-filter {ethuni name1 |iphost number1 |wifi name2 |veip number2 } priority number3 vlan
number4
Function
This command creates a VLAN filtering item.
Parameters
name2 WIFI port, format: wifi_slot/port 1–31 characters
number2 Virtual Ethernet interface 1–255
number3 Priority for filtering 0–7
number4 VLAN ID for filtering 1–4094
Mode
Usage Guidelines
13-317

Examples
The following example shows how to create a VLAN filtering item:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#vlan-filter ethuni eth_0/1 pri 0 vlan 10
Related Commands
None
13.4.233 vlan-filter-mode
Syntax
vlan-filter-mode {ethuni name1 |iphost number1 |wifi name2 |veip number2 } tag-filter name3
untag-filter name4
no vlan-filter-mode {ethuni name1 |iphost number1 |wifi name2 |veip number2 }
Function
This command creates a VLAN filtering mode.
Parameters
name2 WIFI port, format: wifi_slot/port 1–31 characters
number2 Virtual Ethernet interface 1–255
name3 Tagged frame filtering mode -
name4 Untagged frame filtering mode -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to creates a VLAN filtering mode:
13-318

ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#vlan-filter-mode ethuni eth_0/1 tag-filter

discard untag-filter transparent
Related Commands
None
13.4.234 voip config

Syntax
voip config {[retrieve ] [method name1 ] [server name2 [validate {disable |basic username name3
password name4 |md5 username name5 password name6 realm name7 } ] ] }
no voip config server
Function
This command configures VoIP global parameters.
Parameters
retrieve Notifies the ONU to obtain a new profile. -
name1 VoIP service usage mode. -
name2 Server name, in IP address or URL address 1–128 characters

format.
validate Server authentication. -
disable Disables authentication. -
basic Basic authentication mode. -
md5 MD5 authentication mode. -
server Configuration server. -
Mode
13-319

Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure VoIP global parameters:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#voip config server 1.1.1.1
validate basic username zte password zte
Related Commands
None
13.4.235 voip protocol

Syntax
voip protocol {none |sip |h248 [{domain name1 |equip-name name2 } ] |mgcp [domain name3 ]
[reg-mode name4 ] [line name5 ] } [mode name6 ]
Function
This command configures the VoIP protocol.
Parameters
none No VoIP protocol is enabled. -
sip Configures the VoIP protocol to SIP. -
h248 Configures the VoIP protocol to H.248. -
name1 Domain name. 1–128 characters
name2 Device name. 1–25 characters
mgcp Configures the VoIP protocol to MGCP. -
name3 Domain name. 1–128 characters
name4 Registration mode. wildcard, individual
name5 Line ID. -
name6 IP distribution mode. single-ip, dual-ip, multi-ip

Default: single-ip
Mode
13-320

Usage Guidelines
l If the domain name is specified, the MID uses the domain name. If the equipment
name is specified, the MID uses the equipment name. If the domain name or the
equipment name is not specified, the MID uses IPv4.
l The IP distribution modes are described as follows:
à single-ip: The entire ONU uses one IP address, and the media and signaling use
one IP address. In the ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#voip-ip command, the slotno and
media parameters are ineffective.
à dual-ip: The entire ONU can use up to two IP addresses. If one IP address is
used, the media and signaling use the same IP address. If two IP addresses are
used, one is for the media and the other is for the signaling. In the ZXAN(gpon-
onu-mng)#voip-ip command, the slotno parameter is ineffective.
à multi-ip: The entire ONU can use multiple IP addresses. Each slot can be
configured with two or one IP address depending on whether the media parameter
is configured.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the VoIP protocol for port gpon-onu_0/3/1:1
to SIP:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#voip protocol sip
Related Commands
13.4.236 voip-ip
13.4.236 voip-ip
Syntax
voip-ip [media ] {ping-response name1 traceroute-response name2 |mode {pppoe [auth name3 ]
username name4 password name5 vlan-profile name6 [slot number1 ] [host number2 ] |dhcp [id
name7 ] vlan-profile name8 [slot number3 ] [host number4 ] |static ip-profile name9 ip-address
ip_addr1 mask ip_addr2 vlan-profile name10 [slot number5 ] [host number6 ] } }
no voip-ip [slot number1 ] [media ]
Function
This command configures the VoIP IP protocol.
13-321

Parameters
media Media. -
name1 Enables or disables ping response. -
name2 Enables or disables route trace response. -
pppoe IP access mode: PPPoE. -
name3 PPPoE dialing validation type. auto, CHAP, PAP
name6 VLAN profile name. 1–64 characters
number1 Slot number of the voice module. 0–8

For multiple IP, set the actual slot number .
For single IP and dual IP, the value is 0.
0 for single IP and dual IP.
dhcp IP access mode: DHCP. -
name7 ONU ID. 1–25 characters

static IP access mode: static address allocation -

protocol.
name9 IP profile name. 1–64 characters
ip_addr2 Mask. -

Mode
13-322

Usage Guidelines
The parameters for this command are described as follows:
l The host optional parameter is used to specify an IP host. If this parameter is not
specified, the internal automatically distributed IP host is used.
l The slot optional parameter is used to specify a slot for the ONU that requires multiple
voice modules. For an ONU that requires only one voice module, you do not need to
set this parameter or you can set it to 0.
l The media optional parameter is used to specify whether the media and signaling use
the same IP address.
à One record (without the media parameter) indicates that the media and signaling
use the same IP address.
à Two records indicate that the media and signaling use different IP addresses. The
first record is for the signaling and the second one is for the media. The second
record has the media parameter.
l The media and signaling under the same ONU can only use the same mode, PPPoE,
static, or DHCP.
l When using the no form of this command, delete the voice service configuration first.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the VoIP IP protocol to static:
ZXAN(config-gpon)#onu profile ip test gateway 1.2.3.1
ZXAN(config-gpon)#onu profile vlan vlan-test tag-mode tag cvlan 100
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#voip-ip mode static ip-profile test ip-address 1.2.3.4 mask
255.255.255.0 vlan-profile vlan-test
The following example shows how to set the VoIP IP protocol to DHCP:
ZXAN(config-gpon)# onu profile vlan vlan-test tag-mode tag cvlan 100
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#voip-ip mode dhcp vlan-profile vlan-test
The following example shows how to set the VoIP IP protocol to PPPoE:
ZXAN(config-gpon)#onu profile vlan vlan-test tag-mode tag cvlan 100

ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#voip-ip mode pppoe username abcdef password 111111 vlan-profile
vlan-test
Related Commands
None
13-323

13.4.237 wan
Syntax
wan number1 [{[mtu number2 ] [ethuni name1 ] [ssid name2 ] }] service {[voip ] [tr069 ] [other
mvlan number3 ] [internet [host number4 [pppoe [[connect name3 ] [proxy name4 ] [release-tim
er {internal |number5 } ] ] ] ] ] }
no wan number1
Function
This command configures the ONU WAN properties.
Parameters
number2 Maximum transmission unit 64–2000
name1 Ethernet interface list correlated with the 1–38 characters

WAN, interface number range: 1–16
name2 SSID list correlated with the WAN, range: 1–38 characters
1–16
service Service type carried by the WAN -
voip VoIP -
tr069 TR069 -
other Other services -
number3 Multicast VLAN 1–4094
internet Internet service -
number4 IP host ID correlated with the WAN 1–255
pppoe PPPoE parameters -
name3 PPPoE connection mode -
name4 Whether to enable agent mode, default: -

disabled
internal Releasing time, which uses the default time -

of the ONU, default: 1200 seconds
number5 Releasing time, unit: seconds 1–65535
Mode
13-324

Usage Guidelines
The parameters for this command are described as follows:
l The mtu, ethuni, and ssid optional parameters must be configured before the service
is specified.
l If there are other service types besides the Internet service, the Internet service should
be configured after the other services.
l If the services contain the Internet service and the connect, proxy, and release-timer
parameters all need to be configured, they are configured in the following sequence:
connect, proxy, and release-timer.
l On IP host can be correlated with only one WAN. If multiple WANs are correlated with
one IP host, the configuration will fail and the system will prompt that IP hosts conflict.
Examples
The following example shows how to configures the ONU WAN properties when the
specified services contain the Internet service and the host is specified:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#wan 1 ethuni 1-16 ssid 1-16 mtu 2000 service internet host 1
specified services contain the Internet service and the host is not specified:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#wan 2 ethuni 1,3,5 mtu 1000 ssid 2,4,6 service internet
specified services contain other services but do not contain the Internet service:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#wan 3 ethuni 1 ssid 3 service other mvlan 1000
Related Commands
None
13.4.238 wan ctrl

Syntax
wan ctrl max-users {default |no-limit |number1 }
Function
This command configures the global ONU WAN connection parameters.
13-325

Parameters
max-users Specifies the maximum number -

of users that can be connected
to the WAN.
default Default ONU configurations. -
no-limit No limitation. -
number1 Maximum number of users that 0–253

are allowed to access the WAN.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the maximum number of users to be
connected to the WAN:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#wan ctrl max-users 10
Related Commands
None
13.4.239 wan-ip
Syntax
wan-ip [number1 ] {ping-response name1 traceroute-response name2 |mode {dhcp [id name3 ]
vlan-profile name4 [host number2 ] |static ip-profile name5 ip-address ip_addr1 mask ip_addr2
vlan-profile name6 [host number3 ] |pppoe [auth name7 ] username name8 password name9
vlan-profile name10 [host number4 ] } }
no wan-ip [number1 ]
Function
This command configures the ONU IP properties.
13-326

Parameters
number1 WAN IP ID. 1–255
name1 Enables or disables ping response. -
name2 Enables or disables route trace response. -
dhcp IP access mode: DHCP -
name3 ONU ID. 1–25 characters
static IP access mode: static address allocation -

protocol.
name5 IP profile name. 1–64 characters
ip_addr2 Mask. -
pppoe IP access mode: PPPoE. -
name7 PPPoE dialing authentication type. auto, CHAP, PAP
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If the WAN ID is not specified, it is 1 by default. If the host ID is not specified, it is allocated
automatically.
The ping-response and traceroute-response parameters can be configured only after the
WAN ID is configured. By default, ping-response is enabled and traceroute-response is
disabled.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the allocation mode to DHCP:
13-327

ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#wan-ip 1 mode dhcp id id1 vlan-profile v1 host 1
The following example shows how to set the allocation mode to static:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#wan-ip 1 mode static ip-profile ip1
ip 10.10.10.2 mask 255.255.255.0 vlan-profile v1 host 1
The following example shows how to set the allocation mode to PPPoE:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#wan-ip 1 mode pppoe auth pap username aa password bb vlan-profile v1
host 1
Related Commands
13.1.11 onu profile ip
13.1.18 onu profile vlan
13.4.240 weight
Syntax
weight tcont number1 queue number2 number3
Function
This command configures the T-CONT queue weight.
Parameters
number2 Queue ID 0–7
number3 Queue weight 0–255
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the T-CONT queue weight:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#weight tcont 1 queue 1 30
13-328

Related Commands
None
13.4.241 wifi
Syntax
wifi name1 [radio-measure name2 ] [ssid-isolate name3 ] [work-mode {name4 |802.11b-11g-11n
[bandwidth name5 ] [sgi name6 ] } ] [domain name7 ] [channel number1 ] [tx-rate name8 ] [tx-p
ower-percent name9 ] [qos-type name10 ]
Function
This command configures the WiFi global parameters.
Parameters
name1 Enables or disables the global WiFi function, -

default: enabled.
name2 Enables or disables the wireless measurement -

function, default: enabled.
name3 Enables or disables the separation function -

between SSIDs, default: disabled.
name4 Wireless communication mode. -

l 802.11b: IEEE802.11b
l 802.11g: IEEE802.11g
l 802.11n: IEEE802.11n
l 802.11b-11g: IEEE802.11b and
IEEE802.11g hybrid mode
802.11b-11g-11n Wireless communication mode, indicating the -

hybrid mode of IEEE802.11b, IEEE802.11g, and
IEEE802.11n, which is the default mode.
name5 Bandwidth, default: 20 MHz. 20 mhz, 40 mhz
name6 Enables or disables the SGI function, default: -

disabled.
13-329

name7 Zone. -
l chn: China
l rus: Russia
l bra: Brazil
l can: Canada
l egy: Egypt
l fra: France
l ger: Germany
l gre: Greece
l chn-hk: Hong Kong, China
l ita: Italia
l kor: Korea
l esp: Espana
l uk: UK
l usa: USA
l por: Poland
l ltu: LTU
Default: China
number1 Channel ID. 0–13

Default: 0, which indicates automatically
selecting channel.
name8 Sending rate. auto, 1, 2, 5.5, 11, 6,

Default: auto, which indicates auto negotiation. 9, 12, 18, 24, 36, 48,
Unit: Mbps. 54
name9 Sending power, unit: %, default: 100. 100, 80, 60, 40, 20
name10 QoS type, default: WMM. disable, wmm ssid
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l When the registration zone is set to Brazil, the working mode can only be set to
802.11b.
l When the registration zone is set to Canada or USA, the channel can only be set to
0–11.
l When the working mode is set to 802.11b, the sending rate can only be set to auto, 1
Mbps, 2 Mbps, 5.5 Mbps, or 11 Mbps.
Examples
The following example shows how to disable ONU WiFi globally:
13-330

ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#wifi disable
The following example shows how to enable ONU WiFi globally and configure the
parameters:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#wifi enable radio-measure enable ssid-isolate disable
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#wifi enable work-mode 802.11b domain usa channel 1 tx-rate 11
Related Commands
None
13-331

13-332

Chapter 14
CES Commands
Table of Contents
CES Global Property Management...........................................................................14-1
CES-PW Service Property Management ................................................................14-19
CES-TDM Interface Property Management ............................................................14-29
14.1 CES Global Property Management

14.1.1 card-frametype
Syntax
card-frametype slotno number1 {unframed |framed name1 }
Function
This command is used to configure the structure attributes of a card frame.
Parameters
unframed Unframed -
name1 Framed master/subordinate -

mode
Mode
CES global configuration mode: ZXAN(config-ces)#
Usage Guidelines
The card to be configured by using this command must support the switch between the
framed mode and the unframed mode. The CTUB card is included.
By default, the card is configured to be in unframed mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the mode of the CTUB card in Slot 3 to be framed
master.
14-1

ZXAN(config)#ces
ZXAN(config-ces)# card-frametype slotno 3 framed master
Related Commands
14.1.11 show ces card-frametype
14.1.2 ces
Syntax
ces
Function
This command enters CES global configuration mode.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enter CES global configuration mode:
ZXAN(config)#ces
ZXAN(config-ces)#
Related Commands
None
14.1.3 interface-speed
Syntax
interface-speed slotno number1 name1
Function
This command is used to configure the SDH interface speed.
14-2

Chapter 14 CES Commands
Parameters
name1 SDH interface speed -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The card to be configured by using this command must be SDH card. the CTLA card is
included.
For the CTLA card, when the speed is set to 155M (STM-1), two optical interfaces are
available. When the speed is set to 622M (STM-4), only one optical interface is available.
The default speed is 155M (STM-1).
Examples
The following example shows how to set the interface speed of the CTLA card in slot 15
to 622M (STM-4):
ZXAN(config)#ces
ZXAN(config-ces)# interface-speed slotno 15 622M
Related Commands
14.3.8 show ces interface
14.1.4 ip-address
Syntax
ip-address ipv4 ip_addr1 name1
no ip-address
Function
This command configures the source IP address.
Parameters
name1 Slot number and port number -
14-3

Mode
ces global configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
l For the PDH cards, including CTBB, CTTB, and CTUB, each card only has one IP
address.
l For the SDH cards, including CTLA, each card has two IP addresses for two user
interfaces.
l By default, the source IP address is an IPv4 address in the format of 192.192.192.x,
X is “Slot number * 2” and “Slot number *2 +1”.
l The source IP address cannot be modified when a PW exists in the corresponding
slot.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the source IP address:
ZXAN(config-ces)#ip-address ipv4 100.1.1.1 5/1
Related Commands
14.1.12 show ces global-prop
14.1.5 line-coding
Syntax
line-coding slotno number1 name1
Function
This command is used to configure the code type of the PDH interface.
Parameters
name1 Code type -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l The card to be configured by using this command must be card with the PDH
interfaces, including CTBB, CTTB, and CTUB.
14-4

l This command is used to configure the code type of all the PDH interfaces on one
card.
l For E1 interface card, including CTBB and CTUB, the default code type is HDB3, and
it can set to be HDB3 or AMI.
l For the T1 interface card, including CTTB, the default code type is B8ZS, and it can
be set to be B8ZS or AMI.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the interface code type of the CTTB card in slot
7 to AMI:
ZXAN(config)#ces
ZXAN(config-ces)#line-coding slotno 7 AMI
Related Commands
14.1.6 mac-address
Syntax
mac-address hexadecimal1 name1
Function
This command configures a source MAC address.
Parameters
hexadecimal1 MAC address in dotted -

hexadecimal format.
name1 Slot number and port number. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l For the PDH cards, including CTBB, CTTB, and CTUB, each card only has one MAC
address.
l For the SDH cards, including CTLA, each card has two MAC addresses for two user
interfaces.
l By default, the source MAC address is 0015.EB72.X, X is “Slot number * 2” and “Slot
number *2 +1”.
14-5

l The source MAC address cannot be modified when a PW exists in the corresponding
slot.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a source MAC address:
ZXAN(config-ces)#mac-address 0015.eb72.0001 5/1
Related Commands
Syntax
perf-clear-current {ms |rs |msrei |b3 name1 |b3rei name2 } {15-min |data }
Function
This command is used to clear the SDH performance data.
Parameters
ms ms performance point -
rs rs performance point -
msrei msrei performance point -
b3 b3 performance point -
name1 SDH AU number selection, in -

format of augno/auno
b3rei b3rei performance point -

15-min SDH performance data within -

the current 15 minutes
data All SDH performance data -
Mode
TDM interface mode
14-6

Usage Guidelines
l This command is used to clear the SDH performance data within the 15 minutes or
clear all the SDH performance data.
l When the SDH performance data within the 15 minutes is cleared, the history data is
not be cleared.
l When all the SDH performance data is cleared, both the SDH performance data within
the 15 minutes and the history data are cleared.
l The SDH performance data includes b3, b3rei, ms, msrei, rs, v5, and v5rei data.
Examples
The following example shows how to clear the rs performance data within the 15 minutes
for the CTLA 1 port in slot 5:
ZXAN(config)#interface tdm_1/5/1
ZXAN(config-if)#perf-clear-current rs 15-min
Related Commands
14.1.8 pw
Syntax
pw name1
no pw name1
Function
This command creates a PW and starts ces-pw configuration mode.
Parameters
name1 PW name -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To delete a PW, use the no pw command.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a PW and starts ces-pw configuration mode:
14-7

ZXAN(config)#ces
ZXAN(config-ces)#pw pw_1/12/1
ZXAN(config-ces-pw)#
Related Commands
None
14.1.9 sdhprot
Syntax
sdhprot group name1 worksdhport name2 protectsdhport name3 1plus1
no sdhprot group name1
Function
This command creates an SDH protection group.
Parameters
name1 Protection group name -
name2 Working port name, in format of -

tdm_shelf/slot/port
name3 Protection port name, in format -

of tdm_shelf/slot/port
1plus1 1+1 protection -
Mode
CES global configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
l The SDH interfaces to be configured with this command must be SDH interfaces.
l Make sure that the two SDH interfaces to be configured do not belong to other
protection groups before using this command.
l The corresponding inline interfaces of the two SDH interfaces are added to only one
VLAN, and the VLAN ID is the same.
l Only 1+1 protection mode for the SDH interfaces between two cards is supported.
l To delete the configured SDH protection groups, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to create an SDH protection group "sdhprotect":
14-8

ZXAN(config)#ces
ZXAN(config-ces)#sdhprot group sdhprotect worksdhport tdm_1/3/1 protectsdhport tdm_1/4/1 1plus1
Related Commands
14.1.13 show ces sdhprot group count
14.1.14 show ces sdhprot group prop
14.1.10 sdhprot switch-command

Syntax
sdhprot switch-command group name1 {name2 name3 |lockoutprotect }
no sdhprot switch-command group name1
Function
This command initiates a protection switching.
Parameters
name1 Protection group name. -
name2 Switching mode: forcible or force or manual

manual.
name3 Switching direction: -

l p2w: from protection port to
working port
l w2p: from working port to
protection port
lockoutprotect Locks the protection channel. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l To cancel the switching configuration, use the no sdhprot switch-command command.
l When this command initiates a forcible switching, the current working card does not
respond to any other switching command or switching request triggered by alarm
unless the forcible switching command is cancelled.
l When this command initiates a manual switching, the current working card responds to
other switching commands. If an alarm occurs in the current working card, the system
switches to the protection card. After the alarm is cleared, the system automatically
switches to the working card.
14-9

Examples
The following example shows how to initiate a forcible protection switching from the
working port to the protection port:
ZXAN(config)#ces
ZXAN(config-ces)#sdhprot switch-command group aaa force w2p
Related Commands
14.1.15 show ces sdhprot request
14.1.11 show ces card-frametype

Syntax
show ces card-frametype [slot number1 ]
Function
This command is used to display the frame type information of the CES card.
Parameters
Mode
All the modes except the user mode
Usage Guidelines
This command can be used to display the frame type information of the card in one slot or
all the CES card in one shelf.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the frame type information of the CTUB card
in Slot 6:
ZXAN(config)#show ces card-frametype slot 6
slot frametype clockmode cardtype
-------------------------------------------------------------
6 framed master CTUB
Related Commands
14.1.1 card-frametype
14-10


Syntax
show ces global-prop [name1 ]
Function
This command displays CES global configuration.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display CES global configuration:
ZXAN(config)# show ces global-prop
slot/port sourceMac source IP
---------------------------------------------------
4/1 0015.eb72.0008 120.1.1.1
11/1 0015.eb72.0016 N/A
11/2 0015.eb72.0017 N/A
Related Commands
14.1.6 mac-address
14.1.4 ip-address

Syntax
show ces sdhprot group count
Function
This command displays the count of existing SDH protection groups.
14-11

Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to display only the protection group number and name.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the count of existing SDH protection groups:
ZXAN(config)# show ces sdhprot group count
Related Commands
14.1.9 sdhprot

Syntax
show ces sdhprot group prop [name1 ]
Function
This command displays the details of an SDH protection group.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to display the detailed configuration information of the SDH
protection group.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the details of an SDH protection group:
14-12

ZXAN(config)# show ces sdhprot group prop
Related Commands
14.1.9 sdhprot
14.1.15 show ces sdhprot request

Syntax
show ces sdhprot request [group name1 ]
Function
This command displays all switching requests of an SDH protection group, including alarm
requests and external switching requests.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command can be used to display the alarm information of the highest level, external
configuration commands, and the request information resulting in the SDH protection group
changeover.
Examples
The following example shows how to display all switching requests of the SDH protection
group with the name “test”:
ZXAN(config)#show ces sdhprot request

Name: zte
Protect interface: tdm_1/17/1
Work interface: tdm_1/5/1
Alarm request:
WorkChannel: LOS
ProtectChannel: LOS
External request: no-request
Highest local request: no-request
14-13

Related Commands
14.1.16 show ces sdhprot switch-command

Syntax
show ces sdhprot switch-command [group name1 ]
Function
This command displays switching commands related to an SDH protection group.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display switching commands related to an SDH
protection group:
ZXAN(config)# show ces sdhprot switch-command
group name switch-mode
................................................................
zte force_p2w
Related Commands
14.1.17 show ces tdm-profile

Syntax
show ces tdm-profile [name1 ]
Function
This command displays the details of a TDM profile.
14-14

Parameters
name1 Profile name -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the details of available TDM profile for PW:
ZXAN(config)#show ces tdm-profile
Profile name : zte

Payload size(bytes) : 32 Reorder: enable
RtpHdr : used Ssrcval: 0
JtrBfr : 2000 Payload suppression: disable
ConsecPktsInSynch : 2 PktsOutSync : 10
PacketReplacePolicy : AIS AlarmThreshold(ms): 2500
ClearAlarmThreshold(ms):10000 TimeStampMode: differential
QueueSize(bytes): 5
Related Commands
14.1.19 tdm-profile
14.1.18 show performance ces

Syntax
show performance ces {ms interface1 |msrei interface2 |b3rei name1 |b3 name2 |rs interface3
|wanport name3 } {current |current-15min-interval |his-15min-interval number1 }
Function
This command displays CES performance.
14-15

Parameters
ms ms performance -
interface1 SDH interface, in format of -

tdm_shelf/slot/port
msrei msrei performance -

tdm_shelf/slot/port
b3rei b3rei performance -
name1 SDH AU number -

selection, in format of
shelf/slot/port/augno/auno
b3 b3 performance -
name2 SDH AU number -

selection, in format of
shelf/slot/port/augno/auno
rs rs performance -

tdm_shelf/slot/port
wanport PW performance -
name3 PW name -
current Current value -
current-15min-interval Performance data within the -

current 15 minutes
number1 History data Range: 1–96
Mode
All the modes except the user mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to display the performance data of b3, b3rei, ms, msrei, rs, v5, v5rei,
and wanport.
For the SDH card (CTLA), all the performance data can be displayed.
For PDH cards (CTBB, CTTB, and CTUB), only wanport performance data can be
displayed.
The wanport for PW performance cannot be displayed until after the PW is configured.
SDH performance (b3, b3rei, ms, msrei, rs, v5, and v5rei) can be displayed at any time.
14-16

Examples
The following example shows how to display the wanport performance of pw_1/5/1:
ZXAN(config-ces)#show performance ces wanport pw_1/5/1 current
CES-PW pw_1/5/1 current performance data:
------------------------------------------------
CesPwEarlyPkts :0;
CesPwLatePkts :0;
CesPwUnderrunPkts :0;
CesPwLostPkts :0;
CesPwRxPkts :0;
CesPwTxPkts :0;
CesPwCurQueueLen :0;
CesPwAvgQueueLen :0;
CesPwMaxQueueLen :0;
CesPwMinQueueLen :0;
Related Commands
None
14.1.19 tdm-profile
Syntax
tdm-profile name1 number1 reorder name2 {[rtpHdr name3 number2 ] [jtrBfr number3 ] [payloa
dSuppression name4 ] [inSyncPkts number4 ] [outSyncPkts number5 ] [pktReplacePolicy name5
] [almThreshold number6 ] [clrAlmThreshold number7 ] }timestamp-mode name6 number8
no tdm-profile name1
Function
This command configures a TDM profile.
Parameters
name1 Profile name. -
number1 Payload size. Range: 24–1500
name2 Enables or disables the -

resorting function.
name3 Whether RTP header is -

required.
number2 SSRC. Range: 0–4294967295
14-17

number3 Jitter buffer size. Range: 1–4294967295
name4 Whether payload suppression -

is required.
number4 InSyncPkts size. Range: 1–4294967295
number5 OutSyncPkts size. Range: 1–4294967295
name5 Packet replacement policy. -
number6 Threshold for alarm reporting. Range: 1–4294967295
number7 Threshold for alarm clearing. Range: 1–4294967295
name6 Time stamp format. -
number8 Queue size power. Range: 1–10
Mode
ces global configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
l To cancel the setting, use the no tdm-profile command.
l A TDM profile can only be configured before this profile is applied to a PW. After the
profile is applied to a PW, this profile cannot be modified or deleted.
l TDM profiles applied to the same slot must have the same RTP.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a TDM profile:
ZXAN(config)#ces
ZXAN(config-ces)#tdm-profile zte 64 reorder
enable rtpHdr enable 0 jtrBfr 2000 payloadSuppression
disable inSyncPkts 2 outSyncPkts 10 pktReplacePolicy ais
almThreshold 2500 clrAlmThreshold 10000 timestamp-mode
absolute 6
Related Commands
ZXAN(config-ces)#show ces tdm-profile
14-18

14.2 CES-PW Service Property Management

14.2.1 name
Syntax
name name1
Function
This command configures a PW alias.
Parameters
name1 PW alias -
Mode
ces-pw configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
The PW alias is only available in the NMS. It cannot be displayed on a CLI.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a PW alias:
ZXAN(config)#ces
ZXAN(config-ces-pw)#name zte
Related Commands
None
14.2.2 psn ethernet

Syntax
psn ethernet name1 name2 dst-mac hexadecimal1 vlan number1 [cvlan number2 ] [priority num
ber3 ]
Function
This command configures the Ethernet packet attributes at the PW packet switching side.
14-19

Parameters
name1 Inbound label in the form of -

0xXXXXX102.
The PWs of the same slot have
different common attributes.
name2 Outbound label in the form of -

0xXXXXX102.
The PWs of the same slot have
different common attributes.
hexadecimal1 Specifies the format of the MAC -

address: hexadecimal digits
separated by dots. The MAC
address range is not limited.
number1 VLAN ID. Range: 1–4094
number2 CVLAN ID. Range: 0–4096
number3 Priority. Range: 0–7

Default: 7.
A greater value indicates a
higher priority.
Mode
CES-PW configuration mode: ZXAN(config-ces)#
Usage Guidelines
l The psn ethernet command and the tdm-service command are both used to perform
one PW configuration.
l To configure one PW, it is necessary to select one command among the psn ethernet,
psn ip, psn mef8, and psn mpls-double commands, and use the tdm-service command.
l When TDM interface bound with the PW is added to the protection group, the cvlan
parameter of the command is not specified, the value will be generated automatically,
otherwise the protection does not work.
l Because the PW service has a high requirements on the network, it is recommend to
specify a higher value for the priority parameter.
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the PSN Ethernent attribute of pw_1/5/1:
ZXAN(config)#ces
14-20

ZXAN(config-ces-pw)#psn ethernet 0x1102 0x1102

dst-mac 0015.eb72.0002 vlan 1000 priority 7
Related Commands
14.2.3 psn ip
14.2.4 psn mef8
14.2.5 psn mpls-double
14.2.8 tdm-service
14.2.6 show ces pw count
14.2.7 show ces pw prop detail
14.2.3 psn ip
Syntax
psn ip number1 number2 ipv4 ip_addr1 dst-mac hexadecimal1 vlan number3 [cvlan number4 ]
[priority number5 ]
Function
This command configures the attributes IP packets at PW packet switching side.
Parameters
number1 Source UDP port. Range: 0–4294967295
number2 Destination UDP port. Range: 0–4294967295
hexadecimal1 MAC address in dotted -

hexadecimal format.
number3 VLAN ID. Range: 1–4094
number4 Priority. Range: 0–7

Default: 7.
A greater value indicates a
higher priority.
Mode
14-21

Usage Guidelines
l The psn ip command and the tdm-service command are both used to perform one PW
configuration.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the PSN IP attributes of pw_1/5/1:
ZXAN(config)#ces
ZXAN(config-ces-pw)#psn ip 1 1 ipv4 192.168.0.1
Related Commands
14.2.2 psn ethernet
14.2.4 psn mef8

14.2.8 tdm-service
14.2.4 psn mef8

Syntax
psn mef8 name1 name2 dst-mac hexadecimal1 vlan number1 [cvlan number2 ] [priority number3
]
Function
This command configures the attributes of the Ethernet packets defined by MEF8 protocol
at the PW packet switching side.
14-22

Parameters
name1 Inbound label in the decimal or -

hexadecimal form
name2 Outbound label in the decimal -

or hexadecimal form
hexadecimal1 The destination MAC address in -

dotted form
number3 VLAN priority Range: 0–7

Default: 7
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l The psn mef8 command and the tdm-service command are both used to perform one
PW configuration.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the attributes of psn mef8 of pw_1/5/1:
ZXAN(config)#ces
ZXAN(config-ces-pw)#psn mef8 1 1 dst-mac 0015.eb72.0002 vlan 100 priority 7
Related Commands
Related Commands
14.2.2 psn ethernet
14.2.3 psn ip
14-23

14.2.8 tdm-service

Syntax
psn mpls-double name1 name2 name3 name4 dst-mac hexadecimal1 vlan number1 [cvlan numb
er2 ] [priority number3 ]
Function
This command configures the attributes of the MPLS double-tagged packets at the PW
packet switching side.
Parameters
name1 Inbound label in the decimal or Range: 1–1048575

hexadecimal form
name2 Outbound label in the decimal Range: 1–1048575

or hexadecimal form
name3 Inbound label in the decimal or Range: 1–1048575

hexadecimal form
name4 Outbound label in the decimal Range: 1–1048575

or hexadecimal form
hexadecimal1 The destination MAC address in -

dotted form
number3 VLAN priority Range: 0–7

Default: 7
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l The psn mpls-double command and the tdm-service command are both used to
perform one PW configuration.
14-24

Examples
The following example shows how to configure the attribute of psn mpls-double of
pw_1/5/1:
ZXAN(config)#ces
ZXAN(config-ces-pw)#psn mpls-double 1 1 1 1
Related Commands
14.2.2 psn ethernet
14.2.3 psn ip
14.2.4 psn mef8
14.2.8 tdm-service

Syntax
show ces pw count
Function
This command queries existing PWs.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l This command is only used to display the PW name created, and the detailed
configuration information will not be displayed.
14-25

l After the command is executed, the status information of the PW is displayed. Active
indicates the configuration is completed, and Inactive indicates that the configuration
is not completed.
Examples
The following example shows how to query existing PWs:
ZXAN(config)#show ces pw count
PW Status
------------------------------------------
pw_1/5/1 Active
Related Commands
55.2.21 pw

Syntax
show ces pw prop detail name1
Function
This command is used to display the detailed configuration information of a PW.
Parameters
name1 PW name (shelf/slot/pwId) -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command can be used to query the details of multiple PWs at a time.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the detailed configuration information of a
PW (pw_1/5/1):
ZXAN(config)#show ces pw prop detail pw_1/5/1
pw pw_1/5/1
PwType: e1Satop PsnType: ethernet Admin-status: enable
OuterInboundLabel:N/A OuterOutboundLabel:N/A
14-26

InboundLable :0x1102 OutboundLable :0x1102
Service prop:
Using tdm interface: tdm_1/5/1.1/1/1/1/1
Using TimeSlot : N/A
TDM-prop profile : default
Psn prop:
Destination Mac Address: 0015.EB72.0002
SVlan ID: 100
CVlan ID: 1024
priority: 7
Card prop:
Card interface : 5/1
Source Mac Address: 0015.EB72.000A
Source IP Address : 192.192.192.10
Related Commands
55.2.21 pw
14.2.8 tdm-service
Syntax
tdm-service type name1 rate number1 {name2 |name3 |name4 } [timeslot name5 ] [tdm-profile-
name name6 ]
Function
This command configures service-side properties of a PW.
Parameters
name1 User interface type -
number1 TDM interface, E1:32, T1: 24 Range: 0–4294967295
name2 PDH user interface in the form -

of tdm_shelf/slot/e1
name3 SDH AU-4-TU-12 mapping user -

interface in the form of tdm_she-
lf/slot/port.augno/1/tug3/tug2/e1
14-27

name4 SDH AU-3-TU-11 mapping user -

interface in the form of tdm_sh-
elf/slot/port.augno/au3/tug2/t1
name5 User interface time slot, -

represented with -, such as
1–10, 15–20
name6 The attribute profile name of the -

associated TDM
Mode
ces-pw configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
l The RTP attributes of all the TDM attribute profiles related to the PW in one slot must
be the same.
l It is necessary to configure the timeslot parameter for the framed PW configuration.
The timeslot parameter will not be configured for the unframed PW configuration.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the tdm-service attribute of pw_1/5/1:
ZXAN(config)#ces
ZXAN(config-ces-pw)#tdm-service type e1Satop rate 32
tdm_1/5/1.1/1/1/1/1
Related Commands
14.2.2 psn ethernet
14.2.3 psn ip
14.2.4 psn mef8

14-28

14.3 CES-TDM Interface Property Management

14.3.1 admin-status
Syntax
admin-status name1
Function
This command enables or disables the administration on ports of a PW.
Parameters
name1 PW name -
Mode
TDM interface mode: ZXAN(config-if)#
Usage Guidelines
l This command is used to power down or up a user port.
l For the PDH interface, if it is not bound with the PW, the user interface is shut down,
and this command does not work.
l For the SDH interface, the user interface is open , and this command works.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the administration on PW 1/5/1:
ZXAN(config-if)#admin-status enable
Related Commands
14.3.2 au-3
Syntax
au-3 name1
Function
This command enters au-3 configuration mode.
14-29

Parameters
name1 SDH AU3 number selection in -

the form of augNo/au3
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l The card to be configured by using this command must be SDH card. The CTLA card
is included.
l In AU-3 configuration mode, the mapping type of the SDH is changed to AU-3-TU-11
from a mapping type other than AU-3.
l Only when none of the time slots of all the interfaces in one slot is bound with PW,
can the mapping type be modified.
Examples
The following example shows how to enter the AU-3 configuration mode for the CTLA 1
interface in slot 5:
ZXAN(config-if)#au-3 1/1
ZXAN(config-if-au3)#
Related Commands
14.3.3 au-4 tug-3
14.3.3 au-4 tug-3

Syntax
au-4 tug-3 name1
Function
This command starts au-4 tug-3 configuration mode.
14-30

Parameters
name1 SDH AU4 TUG3 number -

selection in the form of
augNo/au4/tug3
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l The card to be configured by using this command must be SDH card. The CTLA card
is included.
l Only when none of the time slots of all the interfaces in one slot is bound with PW,
can the mapping type be modified.
Examples
The following example shows how to enter the AU-4 TUG-3 configuration mode for the
CTLA 1 interface in slot 5:
ZXAN(config-if)#au-4 tug-3 1/1/1
ZXAN(config-if-tug3)#
Related Commands
14.3.2 au-3
14.3.4 clock-source
Syntax
clock-source name1
Function
This command configures the transmit clock source of a TDM interface.
Parameters
name1 Default: adaptive -
14-31

Mode
Usage Guidelines
The default clock source configuration is adaptive. The clock source configuration of a
TDM interface cannot be modified if this interface is associated with a PW.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the transmit clock source of TDM interface
1 in slot 6 to differential:
ZXAN(config-if)#clock-source differential
Related Commands
14.3.5 loopback
Syntax
loopback name1
Function
This command configures the loopback mode of a TDM interface.
Parameters
name1 Interface loopback type -
Mode
tdm interface mode
Usage Guidelines
l This command is used to configure the loopback type of the TDM interface. When the
interface is SDH interface, the whole interface will be configured. When the interface
is PDH interface, the PDH interface is configured.
l The loopback mode of a TDM interface can be set to noLoop, lineloop, or inwardloop.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the loopback type of the interface of CTLA in slot
5 to inwardLoop:
14-32

ZXAN(config-if)#loopback inwardLoop
Related Commands
Syntax
perf-clear-current {ms |rs |msrei |b3 name1 |b3rei name2 } {15-min |data }
Function
This command is used to clear the SDH performance data.
Parameters
ms ms performance point -
rs rs performance point -
msrei msrei performance point -
b3 b3 performance point -

b3rei b3rei performance point -

15-min SDH performance data within -

the current 15 minutes
data All SDH performance data -
Mode
TDM interface mode
Usage Guidelines
l This command is used to clear the SDH performance data within the 15 minutes or
clear all the SDH performance data.
l When the SDH performance data within the 15 minutes is cleared, the history data is
not be cleared.
l When all the SDH performance data is cleared, both the SDH performance data within
the 15 minutes and the history data are cleared.
14-33

l The SDH performance data includes b3, b3rei, ms, msrei, rs, v5, and v5rei data.
Examples
The following example shows how to clear the rs performance data within the 15 minutes
for the CTLA 1 port in slot 5:
ZXAN(config-if)#perf-clear-current rs 15-min
Related Commands
14.3.7 range
Syntax
range
Function
This command displays the port range in a mode.
Parameters
None
Mode
10G_Ether interface mode: ZXAN(config-if)#, PTP interface mode, and GPON OLT
interface mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the port range:
ZXAN(gpon-onu-mng)#range
Portlist of the range: gpon-onu_1/2/1:1
Related Commands
None
14-34


Syntax
show ces interface {name1 }
Function
This command displays the configuration of an interface or a list of interfaces.
Parameters
name1 TDM Interface name -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l When this command is used to display the PDH card information, only the PDH
interface configuration information is displayed.
l When this command is used to display the SDH card information, the SDH interface
configuration information is displayed. The SDH time slot information is also displayed
based on the mapping type. If the mapping type is other, no time slot information is
displayed.
l This command can also be used to display the configuration information of the
specified interfaces in batch.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the configuration of the interface tdm_1/6/1:
ZXAN(config)#show ces interface tdm_1/6/1
Interface :tdm_1/6/1
Line type : e1 Line coding :HDB3
Admin status : enable Opr status :N/A
Clock source : adaptive Clock status :FREERUN
Loop status : noLoop Impedance :75 Ohm
Related Commands
14.3.1 admin-status
14.3.4 clock-source
14.3.5 loopback
14-35

14-36

Chapter 15
Clock Commands
Table of Contents
Clock Module Management ......................................................................................15-1
1588 Module Management .....................................................................................15-19
15.1 Clock Module Management

15.1.1 card-clock
Syntax
card-clock slotno number1 name1
no card-clock slotno number1
Function
This command configures a clock source for a card.
Parameters
number1 Slot number 1–22 (except the slot number

for the main control card)
name1 Clock source selected for the -

card
Mode
Clock global configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
l This command can be used to modify the clock source of a card.
l If a card already has a clock source, the clock source will be modified by this command
when the card is restarted.
l If a card has no clock source or the clock source of the card is deleted by the no form
of this command, the selection of clock source depends on the default running status
of the card version.
15-1

Examples
The following example shows how to select the backplane clock (clock from the main
control card) as the system clock of the CTLA card in slot 5:
ZXAN(config)#clock
ZXAN(config-clock)#card-clock slotno 5 backplane
Related Commands
15.1.10 show card-clock
15.1.2 clock
Syntax
clock
Function
This command enters clock configuration mode. Clock-related functions can only be
configured in clock configuration mode.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enter clock configuration mode:
ZXAN(config)#clock
ZXAN(config-clock)#
Related Commands
None
15-2

Chapter 15 Clock Commands
15.1.3 clock-mode
Syntax
clock-mode name1
Function
This command configures the clock source selection mode: QL-enabled or QL-disabled.
Parameters
name1 Enables or disables clock -

source selection based on QL.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to modify the QL-based clock source selection mode. It determines
whether the clock system selects a clock source based on QL. If the selection mode is set
to ql-disable, the input clock quality will not be considered during clock source selection.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the clock mode to QL-disabled:
ZXAN(config)#clock
ZXAN(config-clock)#clock-mode ql-disable
Related Commands
15.1.11 show clock config
15.1.4 dpll-adjust
Syntax
dpll-adjust {[range name1 number1 ] [offset name2 number2 ] }
Function
This command adjusts the size and benchmark of the window for pull-in and pull-out of
clock signals.
15-3

Parameters
name1 Adjustment action. -

ADD: increases the threshold.
DEC: decreases the threshold.
number1 Specifies the amount of window 0–20

size adjustment.
Unit: ppm.
name2 Specifies the direction for -

moving the benchmark.
number2 Specifies the amount for moving 0–20

the benchmark.
Unit: ppm.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l This command is used to adjust the window size and benchmark for pull-in and pull-out
of clock signals. It is a debugging command that will not be saved.
l If the command is executed two times consecutively, the second adjustment is based
on the previous adjustment result instead of the initial window size and benchmark.
Examples
The following example shows how to move the clock pull-in and pull-out benchmark 10
ppm in the left direction and increase the window size by 10 ppm:
ZXAN(config)#clock
ZXAN(config-clock)#dpll-adjust offset left 10 range add 10
Related Commands
None
15.1.5 external-clock
Syntax
external-clock {balance |unbalance }
Function
This command selects a port for the input and output of an external clock.
15-4

Parameters
balance Balanced port -
unbalance Unbalanced port -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l This command is used to select a port for the input and output of an external clock
based on impedance attribute.
l This command must be configured in accordance with the actually required port type.
For example, if the balanced port of a CICK card is configured for the input and output
of an external clock, the unbalanced port of the card cannot be used for external
clocks.
Examples
The following example shows how to select the balanced port of a CICK card for the input
and output of external clocks:
ZXAN(config)#clock
ZXAN(config-clock)#external-clock balance
Related Commands
15.1.6 external-input
Syntax
external-input name1 ssm name2 mode name3
Function
This command configures the attributes of an input external clock.
Parameters
name1 Port for the input external clock -

Format: shelf/slot/port
name2 Priority of the input clock source -
name3 Mode of the input external clock -
15-5

Mode
Usage Guidelines
l This command is used to configure the attributes of an input external clock, including
the priority and signal type.
l Before using this command, execute the source command to configure the input
external clock source.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the priority of the input clock of the CICK
card in slot 20 to 11 and the signal type to bits:
ZXAN(config)#clock
ZXAN(config-clock)#source 1/20/1 type external priority 1
ZXAN(config-clock)#external-input 1/20/1 ssm qlsec mode bits
Related Commands
15.1.17 source
15.1.7 external-output
Syntax
external-output {{[minssm name1 ] [mode name2 ] }|name3 }
no external-output
Function
This command configures the output attributes of an external clock.
Parameters
name1 Specifies the threshold that -

determines whether to output
an external clock.
name2 Specifies the signal type of the -

output external clock.
name3 Selects an output mode for the -

external clock.
15-6

Mode
Usage Guidelines
l This command is used to configure the output attributes of an external clock, including
the signal type of the external clock and the threshold for outputting the external clock.
l The output mode parameter (open, close, or auto) specified in the command is used
for debugging, which will not be saved. In auto mode, the external clock is output only
when the quality level of the system clock is higher than the specified threshold.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the threshold for outputting an external
clock to 11 and configure the signal type of the external clock to “bits”:
ZXAN(config)#clock
ZXAN(config-clock)#external-output minssm qlsec mode bits
Related Commands
15.1.8 internal-output
Syntax
internal-output slot number1 port name1 name2
Function
This command configures one or more clock switches on the main control card for a card
in a slot or the cards in all slots.
Parameters
number1 Slot number. 0–255

255 indicates all slots.
name1 Clock type. -
name2 Turns on or off the clock -

switches.
Mode
15-7

Usage Guidelines
l This command is used to adjust the clock switch on the main control card for a specific
slot or adjust the clock switches for all slots.
l This command is used for debugging and will not be saved.
l The system enables the clocks of all types for all slots by default.
Examples
The following example shows how to turn on the clock switches corresponding to all clock
types on the main control card for the CICK card in slot 20:
ZXAN(config)#clock
ZXAN(config-clock)#internal-output slot 20 port all on
Related Commands
None
15.1.9 set
Syntax
set {[wtr number1 ] [holdofftime number2 ] }
Function
This command configures the alarm WTR time and alarm hold-off time.
Parameters
number1 WTR time 0–12

Unit: minutes
Default: 5
number2 Hold-off time 300–1800

Unit: milliseconds
Default: 300
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to modify the alarm WTR time and alarm hold-off time.
l The WTR time refers to a time period that the system must wait before acknowledging
a detected alarm.
15-8

l The hold-off time refers to a time period that the system must wait before
acknowledging the clearing of an alarm.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the alarm WTR time to 500 ms and the alarm
hold-off time to 10 minutes:
ZXAN(config)#clock
ZXAN(config-clock)#set holdofftime 500 wtr 10
Related Commands
15.1.10 show card-clock

Syntax
show card-clock [slotno number1 ]
Function
This command displays the clock source information of a card.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to query the clock source information of a card, including the
configured clock source and the actual clock source in use.
Examples
The following example shows how to query the clock source information of the CTLA card
in slot 5:
ZXAN(config-clock)#show card-clock slotno 5

slotno: 5
card-clock config:backplane
card-clock state: backplane
15-9

Related Commands
15.1.1 card-clock

Syntax
show clock config [name1 ]
Function
This command displays the input clock source and output clock configuration.
Parameters
name1 Selects a main control card or -

standby main control card.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to query the configuration of input clock sources and output clocks.
The command result contains the port number, clock source type, clock source priority,
quality level, external clock mode, current clock source selection, remarks, WTR time,
hold-off time, QL mode, and the selection of input and output ports. The remarks in
the result indicate the external command for clock source selection and whether the
corresponding clock is an input or output clock.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the configuration of input clock sources and
output clocks:
ZXAN(config)#show clock config

interface type priority ssm mode status remarks
......................................................................
1/20/1 external 1 qlsec bits - source
1/20/3 external 253 qlsec bits - output
clock source count: 1;
wtr 10 minutes; holdofftime 500 ms;QL-disable
external-clock: balance
15-10

Related Commands
15.1.3 clock-mode
15.1.5 external-clock
15.1.9 set
15.1.17 source
15.1.19 ssm-set
15.1.12 show clock interface esmc

Syntax
show clock interface esmc [name1 ]
Function
This command displays the ESMC information on a port.
Parameters
name1 Port of an input clock source -

Format: shelf/slot/port
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to query the ESMC information, including the corresponding port, port
type, and whether the ESMC is enabled.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the ESMC information on a port:
ZXAN(config)#show clo interface esmc
interface port_type esmc
.............................................
1/22/1 synce enable
Related Commands
15.1.20 switch
15-11

15.1.13 show clock interface ssm-send

Syntax
show clock interface ssm-send [name1 ]
Function
This command displays the configured SSM in packets sent through a port.
Parameters
name1 Specifies an input clock port in -

shelf/slot/port format.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the SSM configured in packets that are sent through a port.
The command results contain the port number, port type, and the configured SSM.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the configured SSM in packets sent through
a port:
ZXAN(config)#show clock interface ssm-send
interface port_type ssm-send
.............................................
1/22/1 synce qlsec
Related Commands
15.1.18 ssm-send
15.1.14 show clock output

Syntax
show clock output
Function
This command displays the attributes of output clocks.
15-12

Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the attributes of output clocks. The command results contain
the priority threshold for outputting a clock, clock signal type (bits or hz), and the status of
the output configuration switch.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the attributes of output clocks:
ZXAN(config-clock)#show clock output
Related Commands
15.1.15 show clock source active

Syntax
show clock source active
Function
This command displays the current SEC reference clock in use.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the current clock source of the system. The command
results contain the corresponding port, clock type, quality level, and working status of the
clock source, and indicate the existence of any input clock source warning and external
command.
15-13

Examples
The following example shows how to display the information of the current clock source
used by the system:
ZXAN(config)#show clock source active
interface : 1/10/0
type : internal
ssm-ql : qldnu
status : free_run
warning : loss of timing inputs
operation : none
Related Commands
15.1.17 source
15.1.20 switch
15.1.16 show clock source alarm

Syntax
show clock source alarm
Function
This command displays alarms related to the input clock source.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to query alarms related to the input clock source. The command results
contain the port, type, and priority of the input clock source, the received SSM, and the
alarm type.
Examples
The following example shows how to query alarms related to the input clock source:
ZXAN(config)#show clock source alarm
interface type priority ssm-received alarm
...........................................................................
1/20/1 external 1 undef loss of signal
15-14

Related Commands
15.1.17 source
15.1.17 source
Syntax
source name1 {type name2 priority number1 |priority number2 }
no source {priority number3 |id name1 }
Function
This command adds or modifies a clock source.
Parameters
name1 Clock source input port, in the -

format of shelf/slot/port
name2 Clock source type -
number1 Clock source priority 1–250
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l Use this command to add a clock source or modify the attributes of a clock source.
l The port number, clock source type, and priority must be specified when this command
is used to add a clock source.
l Only the priority of a clock source can be modified by this command.
l To configure an input external clock, the external-input command must be used in
addition to the source command.
l To delete a clock source, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to add an input external clock source in bits mode. The
corresponding port is CICK1 port in slot 20, and the quality level is 11.
ZXAN(config)#clock
ZXAN(config-clock)#external-input 1/20/1 quality sec mode bits
15-15

Related Commands
15.1.16 show clock source alarm
15.1.18 ssm-send
Syntax
ssm-send name1 name2
no ssm-send name1
Function
This command configures the SSM byte in transmitted packets.
Parameters
name1 Transmit port in the format of -

shelf/slot/port
name2 Quality level -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to modify the SSM byte in transmitted packets. After this command
is executed, the SSM byte is set to the configured value in all packets sent through the
specified port.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the SSM byte to 11 for packets sent through port
1 of the HUVQ card in slot 21:
ZXAN(config)#clock
ZXAN(config-clock)#ssm-send 1/21/1 qlsec
Related Commands
15.1.13 show clock interface ssm-send
15-16

15.1.19 ssm-set
Syntax
ssm-set name1 name2
no ssm-set name1
Function
This command configures the SSM byte of a clock source.
Parameters
name1 Clock source input port in the -

format of shelf/slot/port
name2 Quality level -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l Use this command to specify the SSM value for a clock source.
l Use the source command to add the clock source first before using the ssm-set
command to configure the SSM value.
l After this command is executed, the system selects a clock source based on the
configured SSM value regardless of the actual SSM value in the received clock source.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the SSM value to 11 for the clock source
input from port 1 of the CICK card in slot 20:
ZXAN(config)#clock
ZXAN(config-clock)#external-input 1/20/1 quality sec mode bits
ZXAN(config-clock)#ssm-set 1/20/1 qlsec
Related Commands
15.1.17 source
15-17

15.1.20 switch
Syntax
switch {name1 name2 name3 |name4 name5 }
Function
This command configures an external command for clock source selection and the ESMC
switch.
Parameters
name1 External command. -
name2 Enables or disables the external -

command.
name3 Clock source input port in the -

format of shelf/slot/port.
name4 External command. -
name5 Enables or disables the external -

command.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure an external command for clock source selection and the
ESMC switch.
This command can be used to select a clock source forcibly, select a clock source manually,
disable a clock source, set a clock source as an internal clock forcibly, or hold on the clock
source, and enable or disable the ESMC.
Examples
The following example shows how to forcibly set the clock source input through port 1 of
the CICK card in slot 20 as the current system clock:
ZXAN(config)#clock
ZXAN(config-clock)#switch force set 1/20/1
Related Commands
15-18

15.1.12 show clock interface esmc
15.2 1588 Module Management

15.2.1 1pps
Syntax
1pps priority number1 {ptp |1pps reference name1 } name2
no 1pps name2
Function
This command configures a 1PPS clock source for the main control card.
Parameters
Parameter Meaning Value
number1 1PPS priority. 1–255

A smaller value indicates a
higher priority.
ptp Clock source type. -

A PTP clock is restored from the
PTP protocol.
1pps Clock source type. -

1PPS and TOD is obtained
through transparent
transmission.
name1 1PPS signal type. -

TTL indicates the 1PPS signal
is input through a coxial cable.
422 indicates that the 1PPS
signal is input through an RJ45
connector.
Mode
PTP configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
l Use this command when a main control card requires a 1PPS clock source.
15-19

l This command is only applicable to a CICK card, meaning that only a CICK card
provides an input of 1PPS clock source.
l This command cannot be used if a ptp command has been executed.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the input from port 1 of the CICK card in
slot 20 as a 1PPS clock source with a priority of 1:
ZXAN(config)#ptp
ZXAN(config-ptp)#1pps priority 1 1pps reference 422 20/1
Related Commands
15.2.16 show time 1pps
15.2.2 ptp
Syntax
ptp name1 {ip ip_addr1 |mac } {[name2 ] [domain number1 ] [packet-type name3 ] [interval nu
mber2 ] [step-mode name4 ] [name5 ] }
no ptp name5
Function
This command configures the PTP mode.
Parameters
name1 Specifies the PTP mode. -

Only the slave mode is available.
ip_addr1 Configures the encapsulation -

type to layer-3 encapsulation,
and sets the PTP local IP
address.
mac Configures the encapsulation -

type to layer-2 encapsulation.
name2 Determines whether to enable -

the synchronous Ethernet
mode.
number1 Specifies the PTP domain 0–255

number.
15-20

name3 Enables the unicast or multicast -

mode.
number2 Specifies the time interval for –8 to 0

sending PTP packets.
name4 Configures the PTP one-step or -

two-step mode.
name5 Specifies the slot number and -

port number.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l The PTP mode must be configured for 1588 synchronization. This command is only
applicable to a main control card that uses a 9510 chip.
l The domain specified in this command must be the same domain of the PTP master.
l Only one PTP slave can be configured.
l If the unicast mode is used for time synchronization, the ptp-source command must
be configured.
l If the synchronous Ethernet mode is used, the source command must be used to
configure the clock source from the synchronous Ethernet.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the PTP mode to the layer-2 multicast
synchronous Ethernet mode:
ZXAN(config)#ptp
ZXAN(config-ptp)#ptp slave mac packet-type multicast sync-hybrid
Related Commands
15.1.17 source
15.2.12 ptp-source
15.2.17 show time ptp
15.2.3 ptp-add-port
Syntax
ptp-add-port name1
15-21

no ptp-add-port name1
Function
This command adds a PTP master port.
Parameters
name1 Slot number/port number -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l A physical port supports the PTP master only after it is configured as a PTP master
port.
l To delete a PTP master port, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure port 1 of the FTGKB card in slot 5 as a
PTP master port:
ZXAN(config)#ptp
ZXAN(config-ptp)#ptp-add-port 5/1
Related Commands
15.2.18 show time ptp-port-cfg
15.2.4 ptp-adjust
Syntax
ptp-adjust number1 [slotno number2 ]
Function
This command calibrates the phase of a 1PPS output.
Parameters
number1 Phase adjustment amount. –1000000 to 1000000

Unit: nanosecond.
15-22

Mode
Usage Guidelines
l This command supports phase calibration in two modes: global phase calibration and
card-based phase calibration. If no slot number is specified in the command, the
phase calibration is implemented on a global basis. If a slot number is specified in the
command, the phase calibration is implemented on the card in the slot.
l The adjustment amount must be determined in accordance with the value measured
by an instrument.
Examples
The following example shows how to advance the output phase of the GTGOE card in slot
5 with an amount of 100 ns:
ZXAN(config)#ptp
ZXAN(config-ptp)#ptp-adjust 100 slotno 5
Related Commands
None
15.2.5 ptp-annnounce-interval
Syntax
ptp-annnounce-interval number1
Function
This command configures the rate for sending global announcement messages.
Parameters
number1 Specifies an exponent to –4 to 0

determine the rate for sending
announcement messages.
Mode
15-23

Usage Guidelines
l The announcement message rate is two raised by the exponent specified in the
command. For example, if the exponent is set to –4 in the command, the message
rate is two raised by the exponent –4. The default message rate is 0.
l After this command is executed, the rate for sending announcement messages
through each master port on the device is set to the configured value.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the rate of sending announcement messages to
16 per second:
ZXAN(config)#ptp
ZXAN(config-ptp)#ptp-annnounce-interval -4
Related Commands
None
15.2.6 ptp-delay-interval
Syntax
ptp-delay-interval number1 name1
Function
This command configures the rate for sending delay request messages.
Parameters
number1 Specifies an exponent to –4 to 0

determine the rate for sending
delay request messages.
name1 Slot number/port number. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The delay request message rate is two raised by the exponent specified in the command.
For example, if the exponent is set to –4 in the command, the message rate is two raised
by the exponent –4.
The default exponent is –4.
15-24

Examples
The following example shows how to set the rate for sending delay request messages on
port 1 of the FTGKB card in slot 5 to 16 per second:
ZXAN(config)#ptp
ZXAN(config-ptp)#ptp-delay-interval -4 5/1
Related Commands
15.2.7 ptp-destination
Syntax
ptp-destination ip_addr1 name1
no ptp-destination ip_addr1 name1
Function
This command adds a slave node address (layer 2 or layer 3) to a port in unicast mode.
Parameters
ip_addr1 IP address of the slave node -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l The slave node added by this command is only available in unicast mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to add a slave node address (192.168.0.110) to port 1
of the FTGKB card in slot 5:
ZXAN(config)#ptp
ZXAN(config-ptp)#ptp-destination 192.168.0.110 5/1
Related Commands
None
15-25

15.2.8 ptp-enable
Syntax
ptp-enable name1
no ptp-enable name1
Function
This command enables the PTP master function of a PTP master port.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command serves as an functional switch of the PTP master port. It is used to enable
the PTP master function for a PTP master port. To cancel the setting, use the no form of
this command.
The PTP master function is disabled by default.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the PTP master function for port 1 of the
FTGKB board in slot 5:
ZXAN(config)#ptp
ZXAN(config-ptp)#ptp-enable 5/1
Related Commands
15.2.9 ptp-network-protocol
Syntax
ptp-network-protocol name1 name2
Function
This command configures the message encapsulation type of the PTP master.
15-26

Parameters
name1 Master message encapsulation -

type: IEEE 802.3 (layer 2) or
IPv4 (layer 3)
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the message encapsulation type of the PTP master. Two
types are supported: IEEE 802.3 (layer 2) and IPv4 (layer 3). The default encapsulation
type is IPv4 (layer 3).
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the master message encapsulation type
on port 1 of the FTGKB card in slot 5 to IEEE 802.3 (layer 2):
ZXAN(config)#ptp
ZXAN(config-ptp)#ptp-network-protocol ieee802.3 5/1
Related Commands
15.2.10 ptp-priority1
Syntax
ptp-priority1 number1
Function
This command globally configures the priority 1 field in announce messages sent by the
PTP master.
Parameters
number1 Specifies the value of the priority 0–255

1 field.
Default: 128.
15-27

Mode
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to modify the value of the priority 1 field in announce messages
globally for the master. After this command is executed, the priority 1 field in all announce
messages sent by the master of the device is set to the configured value.
Examples
The following example shows how to globally configure the priority 1 field value to 1 for the
master:
ZXAN(config)#ptp
ZXAN(config-ptp)#ptp-priority1 1
Related Commands
None
15.2.11 ptp-priority2
Syntax
ptp-priority2 number1
Function
This command globally configures the priority 21 field in announce messages sent by the
PTP master.
Parameters
number1 Specifies the value of the priority 0–255

2 field.
Default: 128.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to modify the value of the priority 2 field in announce messages
globally for the master. After this command is executed, the priority 2 field in all announce
messages sent by the master of the device is set to the configured value.
15-28

Examples
The following example shows how to globally configure the priority 2 field value to 1 for the
master:
ZXAN(config)#ptp
ZXAN(config-ptp)#ptp-priority2 1
Related Commands
None
15.2.12 ptp-source
Syntax
ptp-source {ip ip_addr1 |mac hexadecimal1 } [adjust number1 ]
no ptp-source {ip ip_addr1 |mac hexadecimal1 }
Function
This command configures the MAC address or IP address for a 1588 clock source.
Parameters
ip_addr1 Specifies the source IP address -

of the PTP clock.
hexadecimal1 Specifies the MAC address of -

the PTP clock.
number1 Specifies the amount for phase –1000000 to 1000000

adjustment between the master
and the slave.
Unit: nanoseconds.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l Use this command to configure the MAC address or IP address for the 1588
clock source when the unicast mode is used for 1588 clock synchronization. The
encapsulation type specified by the ptp command determines whether MAC address
(layer–2 encapsulation) or IP address (layer-3 encapsulation) should be specified in
this command.
15-29

l Before using this command, execute the ptp command to configure the PTP mode. To
delete the PTP source, use the no form of this command to delete the MAC address
or IP address first, and then execute the no ptp command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the MAC address of the 1588 clock source
to 1234.1234.1234 when the layer-2 encapsulation type is configured:
ZXAN(config)#ptp
ZXAN(config-ptp)#ptp-source mac 1234.1234.1234
Related Commands
15.2.2 ptp
15.2.19 show time ptp-source
15.2.13 ptp-sync-interval
Syntax
ptp-sync-interval number1 name1
Function
This command configures the rate for sending synchronization messages.
Parameters
number1 Exponent that determines the –4 to 0

synchronization message rate
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The synchronization message rate is two raised by the exponent specified in the command.
For example, if the exponent is set to –4 in the command, the synchronization message
rate is two raised by the exponent –4. The default exponent is –4.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the synchronization message rate on port 1 of
the FTGKB card in slot 5 to 16 per second:
15-30

ZXAN(config)#ptp
ZXAN(config-ptp)#ptp-sync-interval -4 5/1
Related Commands
15.2.14 ptp-two-step
Syntax
ptp-two-step name1
Function
This command globally configures one-step mode or two-step mode.
Parameters
name1 Enables or disables two-step -

mode.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l If the two-step mode is disabled, the PTP uses the one-step mode. If the two-step
mode is enabled, the PTP uses the two-step mode.
l After this command is executed, the one-step mode or two-step mode is applied to all
master ports on the device.
l The PTP uses the one-step mode by default.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the PTP two-step mode on a global basis:
ZXAN(config)#ptp
ZXAN(config-ptp)#ptp-two-step disable
Related Commands
None
15-31

15.2.15 ptp-unicast-enable
Syntax
ptp-unicast-enable name1
no ptp-unicast-enable name1
Function
This command configures the addressing type on a port to multicast or unicast.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l The default addressing type is multicast. After this command is executed, the
addressing type is set to unicast.
l To cancel the setting and restore the default addressing type (multicast), use the no
Examples
The following example shows how to set the addressing type on port 1 of the FTGKB card
in slot 5 to unicast:
ZXAN(config)#ptp
ZXAN(config-ptp)#ptp-unicast-enable 5/1
Related Commands
15.2.16 show time 1pps

Syntax
show time 1pps
Function
This command displays the configuration and status of the transparent 1PPS clock.
15-32

Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the current configuration and status of the
1PPS clock:
ZXAN(config)#show time 1pps
slot/port type priority 1pps-ref status work-status 1pps-ref-status
................................................................................
..
20/1 1pps 1 422 unavailable N/A N/A
1pps-input configure count: 1
Related Commands
15.2.1 1pps
15.2.17 show time ptp

Syntax
show time ptp
Function
This command displays the PTP configuration and state.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to query the PTP configuration and state. The 1588 state and UTC
time are also displayed in the command result.
15-33

The “aligned” state means a locked state.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the PTP configuration and state:
ZXAN(config)#show time ptp
slot/port : 10/1
ptp state : slave
domain : 0
address : 192.168.2.11
sync mode : sync-hyb
address mode: multicast
step mode : one_step
lock state : freerun
interval : -4
utc time : 1970-01-01 00:00:00
protocol : ipv4
ptp configure count: 1
Related Commands
15.2.2 ptp
15.2.12 ptp-source

Syntax
show time ptp-port-cfg
Function
This command displays the configuration of a PTP master port.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to display the configuration of a PTP master port. The command result
contains the attributes of the PTP master port, including the slot number/port number,
15-34

whether the node is enabled, encapsulation type, addressing type, synchronization

message rate, and the delay request message rate.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the configuration of the PTP master port:
ZXAN(config-ptp)#show time ptp-port-cfg
Related Commands
15.2.3 ptp-add-port
15.2.13 ptp-sync-interval
15.2.8 ptp-enable
15.2.9 ptp-network-protocol
15.2.6 ptp-delay-interval
15.2.15 ptp-unicast-enable
15.2.19 show time ptp-source

Syntax
show time ptp-source
Function
This command displays the configuration of PTP sources.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the PTP source configuration:
ZXAN(config)#show time ptp-source
addr adjust layer2
................................
10.10.10.12 0 n
time source count: 1
15-35

Related Commands
None
15.2.20 show time tod

Syntax
show time tod
Function
This command displays the TOD configuration.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to query the TOD configuration. The command result contains the
format and time of the current input TOD.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the TOD configuration:
ZXAN(config)#show time tod
slot/port mode utc
........................................................................
20/1 china-mobile 2105-01-15 10:03:44
TOD input configure count: 1
Related Commands
15.2.22 tod
15.2.21 show time utc-offset

Syntax
show time utc-offset
Function
This command displays the leap seconds between UTC time and GPS time.
15-36

Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to query the leap seconds between UTC time and GPS time.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the leap seconds between UTC time and
GPS time:
ZXAN(config)#show time utc-offset
UTC = GPS+20s
Related Commands
15.2.23 utc-offset
15.2.22 tod
Syntax
tod name1 name2
no tod name2
Function
This command configures the TOD format of transparent clocks.
Parameters
name1 TOD format -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l This command must be used when transparent transport of TOD is configured.
l This command is only applicable to TOD messages input by a CICK card.
15-37

Examples
The following example shows how to set the format of TOD messages input by the CICK
card in slot 20 to the China Mobile format:
ZXAN(config)#ptp
ZXAN(config-ptp)#tod china-mobile 20/1
Related Commands
15.2.20 show time tod
15.2.23 utc-offset
Syntax
utc-offset number1
Function
This command configures the leap seconds between UTC and GPS time.
Parameters
number1 Time difference between UTC –255 to 255

time and GPS time
Unit: seconds
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the leap seconds between UTC time and GPS time for
calibration.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the leap seconds between UTC time and
GPS time to 20 seconds:
ZXAN(config)#ptp
ZXAN(config-ptp)#utc-offset 20
Related Commands
15.2.21 show time utc-offset
15-38

Chapter 16
Ethernet Interface
Configuration Commands
Table of Contents
atm pvc ....................................................................................................................16-1
bandwidth-util ...........................................................................................................16-2
byname ....................................................................................................................16-3
data-path-mode........................................................................................................16-4
description................................................................................................................16-5
duplex ......................................................................................................................16-6
encapsulation ...........................................................................................................16-7
fcs ............................................................................................................................16-8
flowcontrol................................................................................................................16-8
hybrid-attribute .........................................................................................................16-9
linktrap ...................................................................................................................16-10
lock ........................................................................................................................ 16-11
negotiation auto......................................................................................................16-12
phy-attribute ...........................................................................................................16-13
reset.......................................................................................................................16-13
show interface ........................................................................................................16-14
show interface port-status ......................................................................................16-17
show port-license ...................................................................................................16-18
shutdown................................................................................................................16-18
speed .....................................................................................................................16-19
16.1 atm pvc

Syntax
atm pvc number1 vpi number2 vci number3
no atm pvc number1
Function
This command configures the status, VPI, and VCI for a PVC.
16-1

Parameters
number1 PVC ID 1–10
number2 VPI 0–255
number3 VCI 0–65535
Mode
l ADSL interface mode
l VDSL interface mode
l SHDSL interface mode
Usage Guidelines
l This command is only valid for an interface in ATM mode.
l The VPI and VCI of a PVC must be consistent with those configured on the Modem.
l This command cooperates with the PVC switch to determine the validity of PVC
configuration. The configuration is valid only when the PVC switch is turned on,
meaning the PVC is enabled.
l The VCI must be greater than or equal to 32 when VPI is 0.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the status, VPI, and VCI for a PVC (pvc1) of an
ADSL port:
ZXAN(config)#interface adsl_1/2/1
ZXAN(config-if)#atm pvc 1 vpi 100 vci 200
Related Commands
show running-config interface
16.2 bandwidth-util
Syntax
bandwidth-util {out-thresh number1 |in-thresh number2 }
Function
This command sets bandwidth utilization thresholds.
16-2

Chapter 16 Ethernet Interface Configuration Commands
Parameters
number1 Threshold of uplink bandwidth 0–100

utilization
number2 Threshold of downlink 0–100

bandwidth utilization
Mode
Layer-2 fei interface mode, Layer-2 gei interface mode, and 10G Ethernet interface mode:
ZXAN(config-if)#
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the threshold of downlink bandwidth utilization
for an interface:
zxan(config-if)#bandwidth-util in-thresh 50
Related Commands
16.3 byname
Syntax
byname name1
no byname
Function
This command sets an alias for an interface.
Parameters
name1 Interface alias –
Mode
l VLAN interface configuration mode: ZXAN(config-if-vlanNumber)
16-3

l TUNNEL configuration mode

l E1 controller configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
l To delete the alias name, use the no form of this command.
l After an alias is set for an interface, you can use this alias to start the configuration
mode of this interface.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the alias of an interface (gei_1/3/1) to ether1 and
use this alias to enter the configuration mode of this interface:
ZXAN(config-if)#byname ether1
ZXAN(config-if)#exit
ZXAN(config)#interface byname ether1
ZXAN(config-if)#
Related Commands
16.16 show interface
16.4 data-path-mode
Syntax
data-path-mode name1
Function
This command configures the working mode of a port.
Parameters
name1 Several modes are optional. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The mode is changed in interface mode of the VD card.
When the working mode of a port changes, all related data of the port is cleared, including
VLAN information. You need to re-configure the port for successful service provisioning.
16-4

The default working mode is AUTO. If a port does not support AUTO, the default mode is
ATM.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the working mode of a port to ATM:
ZXAN(config-if)#data-path-mode atm
Related Commands
16.5 description
Syntax
description LINE1
no description
Function
This command adds a description for an interface.
Parameters
LINE1 Interface description –
Mode
l Layer–2 gei interface mode and 10G Ethernet interface mode: ZXAN(config-if)#
l GPON OLT interface mode
Usage Guidelines
To delete the interface description, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to add a description for a GE interface:
ZXAN(config-if)#description "this is GigabitEthernet Interface"
Related Commands
16-5

16.6 duplex
Syntax
duplex {half |full }
no duplex
Function
This command configures the duplex mode of an interface.
Parameters
half Half duplex mode -
full Full duplex mode -
Mode
ZXAN(config-if)#
Usage Guidelines
l To restore the default setting, use the no form of this command.
l FE/GE electrical interfaces support both half duplex and full duplex modes; while
FE/GE/10GE optical interfaces support only full duplex mode.
l Before configuring the duplex mode of an interface, disable auto-negotiation on the
interface. It is not allowed to configure the duplex mode of an interface when the
auto-negotiation is enabled.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the duplex mode of the interface gei_1/3/1 to full
duplex:
ZXAN(config-if)#no negotiation auto
ZXAN(config-if)#duplex full
Related Commands
16-6

16.7 encapsulation
Syntax
encapsulation name1 [pvc number1 ]
Function
This command sets the encapsulation mode for a PVC port.
Parameters
name1 Encapsulation mode 0. EOA_LLC (default)

1. EOA_VC_MUX,
2. PPPOA_LLC,
3. PPPOA_VC_MUX,
5. IPOA_LLC,
8. IPOA_VC_MUX
9. AOE
10. MODEM_MNG
11. AUTO (auto-negotiation)
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The default encapsulation mode for PVC8 is MODEM_MNG. The default encapsulation
mode for the other PVCs is EOA_LLC.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the encapsulation mode to EOA_VC_MUX for
pvc1:
ZXAN(config-if)#encapsulation EOA_VC_MUX
Related Commands
16-7

16.8 fcs
Syntax
fcs thresh number1
Function
This command sets the FCS error threshold for a port.
Parameters
number1 FCS error threshold 0–10000
Mode
ZXAN(config-if)#
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the FCS error threshold for a port:
ZXAN(config-if)#fcs 200
Related Commands
16.9 flowcontrol
Syntax
flowcontrol {enable |disable }
no flowcontrol
Function
This command enables or disables flow control for an Ethernet interface.
16-8

Parameters
enable Enables flow control. -
disable Disables flow control. -
Mode
l Layer–2 gei interface mode and 10G Ethernet interface mode: ZXAN(config-if)#
l PTP interface mode
Usage Guidelines
l To disable flow control, use the no flowcontrol or flowcontrol disable command.
l By default, the flow control function of an Ethernet interface is disabled.
Examples
The following example shows how to disable flow control on the Ethernet interface
gei_1/3/1:
ZXAN(config-if)#flowcontrol disable
Related Commands
16.10 hybrid-attribute
Syntax
hybrid-attribute {fiber |copper }
Function
This command configures the media attribute of a GE interface: fiber or copper.
Parameters
fiber Fiber -
copper Copper -
Mode
l Layer-2 gei interface mode
16-9

l 10G Ethernet interface mode: ZXAN(config-if)#
Usage Guidelines
This command can only be used for interfaces that support fiber-to-copper or
copper-to-fiber media conversion.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the media attribute of the interface (gei_1/3/1) to
copper:
ZXAN(config-if)#hybrid-attribute copper
Related Commands
16.11 linktrap
Syntax
linktrap {disable |enable }
Function
This command configures the warning methods for interface linkup or interface linkdown.
Parameters
disable Do not send warning messages -

to the NMS when the interface
link status changes.
alarm Send warning or warning -

recovery messages to NMS
when the interface status
changes.
Mode
16-10

Usage Guidelines
In Ethernet interface mode, the warning method for linktrap can be set to disable or alarm.
The linktrap warning method is set to alarm by default. When the interface link is down,
the NE sends warning messages to NMS.
Down warning: When the interface link is up, the link down messages are removed, and
link recovery messages are generated.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the linktrap warning method of interface gei_1/3/1
to alarm.
ZXAN(config-if)#linktrap alarm
Related Commands
show running interface
16.12 lock
Syntax
lock
no lock
Function
This command locks a PON port.
Parameters
None
Mode
l EPON OLT interface mode
Usage Guidelines
l To unlock a PON port, use the no form of this command.
l Each port is unlocked by default.
l After a PON port is locked, ONU alarms at this port are not reported while OLT alarms
are reported.
l After a port is unlocked, the port status changes to active (no shutdown).
16-11

Examples
The following example shows how to lock PON port 1 in slot 2:
ZXAN(config-if)# lock
Related Commands
16.13 negotiation auto

Syntax
negotiation auto
no negotiation auto
Function
This command enables auto-negotiation for an Ethernet interface.
Parameters
None
Mode
ZXAN(config-if)#
Usage Guidelines
l To disable auto-negotiation, use the no form of this command.
l By default, auto-negotiation is enabled for each Ethernet interface.
l The speed of an Ethernet interface can be forcibly set to 10 Mbps, 100 Mbps,
or 1000 Mbps. Before setting the speed for an interface, you must disable
auto-negotiation of this interface. When the auto-negotiation of an interface is
enabled, you cannot forcibly set a speed for the interface.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable auto-negotiation for the interface gei_1/3/1:
ZXAN(config-if)# negotiation auto
Related Commands
16-12

16.14 phy-attribute
Syntax
phy-attribute {lan |wan }
Function
This command configures the physical layer attribute of an interface.
Parameters
lan LAN -
wan WAN -
Mode
l 40G Ethernet interface mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is only applicable to interfaces that support 10G Ethernet. The default
physical layer attribute is LAN.
Examples
ZXAN(config-if)#phy-attribute wan
Related Commands
ZXAN(config-if)#sho running-config interface
16.15 reset
Syntax
reset
Function
This command resets a PON OLT interface.
Parameters
None
16-13

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to reset a PON interface:
ZXAN(config-if)#reset
Related Commands
None

Syntax
show interface interface1
Function
This command displays the attributes and statistical information of an interface.
Parameters
Mode
Any mode except user name
Usage Guidelines
If the interface name is unknown, use a question mark (?) in the command to obtain the
name information of all interfaces.
Examples
l The following example shows how to display the information of a loopback interface
with a name of “loopback1”:
ZXAN(config)#show interface loopback1
loopback1 is up, line protocol is up
Description is none
16-14

Keepalive set:10 sec

Internet address is unassigned
MTU 1500 bytes
MRU 1500 bytes BW 8000000 Kbits
l The following example shows how to display the information of an interface with a
name of “null1”:
ZXAN(config)#show interface null1
null1 is up, line protocol is up
Description is none
Keepalive set:10 sec BW 10000000 Kbits
name of “smartgroup1”:
ZXAN#show interface smartgroup1
smartgroup1 is up, line protocol is down
Description is none
VLAN mode is hybrid, pvid 1
name of “VLAN1”:
ZXAN#show interface vlan1
vlan1 is up, line protocol is up
Description is none
MAC address is 00d0.d0c7.ffe0
ARP Timeout:00:05:00
Internet address is unassigned
MTU 1500 bytes
MRU 1500 bytes BW 1000000 Kbits
name of “gei_1/21/1”:
ZXAN#show interface gei_1/21/1
gei_1/21/1 is down, line protocol is down
Description is none
The port is optical
Duplex full
scramble payload-enable
VLAN mode is access, pvid 1 BW 1000000 Kbits
Last clearing of "show interface" counters never
120 seconds input rate : 0 Bps, 0 pps
120 seconds output rate: 0 Bps, 0 pps
Interface peak rate :
input 0 Bps, output 0 Bps
16-15

Interface utilization: input 0%, output 0%

Input:
Packets : 0 Bytes : 0
Unicasts : 0 Multicasts: 0
Broadcasts : 0 Undersize : 0
Oversize : 0 CRC-ERROR : 0
Dropped : 0 Fragments : 0
Jabber : 0 MacRxErr : 0
Output:
Packets : 0 Bytes : 0
Unicasts : 0 Multicasts: 0
Broadcasts : 0 Collision : 0
LateCollision: 0
Total:
64B : 0 65-127B : 0
128-255B : 0 256-511B : 0
512-1023B : 0 1024-2018B: 0
The following explains the output parameters in the command result:
Parameter Description
gei_1/21/1 is down Indicates the physical status of the port: up (available) or

down (unavailable).
line protocol is up Indicates whether the link layer protocol is enabled: up

(enabled) or down (disabled).
Description Port description.
Duplex Indicates the working mode of the port: full duplex or half
duplex.
The port is electric Indicates whether the port is an electrical port or an optical
port.
vlan VLAN information of the port.
MTU MTU value of the port.
BW Bandwidth of the port.
MAC MAC address of the port.
Input, Output, and Total Data statistics on the port.
Related Commands
None
16-16

16.17 show interface port-status

Syntax
show interface port-status interface1
Function
This command displays the basic attributes of an Ethernet interface.
Parameters

A range of Ethernet interfaces
can be specified for displaying
the attributes of multiple
interfaces.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the basic attributes of the Ethernet interface
“gei_1/21/4”:
ZXAN(config)#show interface port-status gei_1/21/4
------------------------------------------------------------------
Port hybrid Status Native VLAN Negotiation Status
------------------------------------------------------------------
gei_1/21/4 electric 1 enable
------------------------------------------------------------------
Speed (Mbps) Duplex Flow-Ctrl Admin Status Link
------------------------------------------------------------------
10000 full disable activate down
Related Commands
None
16-17

16.18 show port-license

Syntax
show port-license [detail ]
Function
This command displays the capacity configuration of a port.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the capacity configuration of a port:
ZXAN(config)#show port-license
License Capability :100000
Configuration Capability :2
Related Commands
None
16.19 shutdown
Syntax
shutdown
no shutdown
Function
This command enables or disables an interface.
Parameters
None
16-18

Mode
ZXAN(config-if)#
Usage Guidelines
l By default, each interface is enabled.
l The shutdown command disables all the functions of an interface. But it does not
influence the physical status (up or down) of the interface.
l After an interface is disabled, the Admin status of the interface changes to “deactive”
and the Link status changes to “down”.
l The shutdown and lock commands are mutually excluded. You can only use the shut
down or no shutdown command on an interface in “unlock” status.
Examples
The following example shows how to shut down the uplink port gei_1/3/1:
ZXAN(config-if)#shutdown
Related Commands
16.20 speed
Syntax
speed {10 |100 |1000 }
no speed
Function
This command configures the speed of an interface to 10 Mbps, 100 Mbps, 1000 Mbps,
or 10000 Mbps.
Parameters
10 Sets the interface speed to 10 -

Mbps.

Mbps.
16-19


Mbps.
10000 Sets the interface speed to -

10000 Mbps.
Mode
ZXAN(config-if)#
Usage Guidelines
l To restore the default interface speed, use the no form of this command.
l Disable the auto-negotiation function before using this command. It is not allowed to
configure the interface speed when the auto-negotiation function is enabled.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the speed of the interface gei_1/3/1 to 1000 Mbps:
ZXAN(config-if)#no negotiation auto
ZXAN(config-if)#speed 1000
Related Commands
16-20

Chapter 17
Optical Module Management
Commands
Table of Contents
Optical Module Global Configuration ........................................................................17-1
Optical Module Port Configuration ............................................................................17-2
Optical Module Display.............................................................................................17-4
17.1 Optical Module Global Configuration

17.1.1 optical-module alarm-profile
Syntax
optical-module alarm-profile {name1 }
no optical-module alarm-profile {name1 }
Function
This command creates or modifies an optical module alarm profile.
Parameters
name1 Name of a profile to be created -

or modified
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to create an optical module alarm profile, or modify an existing optical
module alarm profile.
To delete an optical module alarm profile, use the no form of this command.
Before deleting a profile, ensure that the profile is not loaded by any port.
The default optical module alarm profile cannot be deleted.
17-1

Examples
The following example shows how to create an optical module alarm profile with a name
of “prf”:
ZXAN(config)#optical-module alarm-profile prf
Related Commands
17.3.3 show optical-module-alarm-profile
17.2 Optical Module Port Configuration

17.2.1 als
Syntax
als {{[OpenTime number1 ] [CloseTime number2 ] [LosCloseTime number3 ] }|enable |disable }
no als
Function
This command configures the startup time, shutdown time, and the shutdown delay time
due to LOS for an optical port.
Parameters
number1 - 50–20000
number2 - 20–2000
number3 - 5–50
enable - -
disable - -
Mode
l Layer-2 gei interface mode and 10G_Ether interface mode: ZXAN(config-if)#
Usage Guidelines
Use this command in interface mode to configure the startup time, shutdown time, and the
shutdown delay time due to LOS for an optical interface. This command is applicable to
three types of optical interfaces, such as GPON EPON uplink optical interfaces.
17-2

Chapter 17 Optical Module Management Commands
Examples
ZXAN(config-if)#als CloseTime 20 OpenTime 50 LosCloseTime 10
Related Commands
17.3.2 show interface port-als
17.2.2 optical-module-alarm-profile
Syntax
optical-module-alarm-profile {name1 }
no optical-module-alarm-profile {name1 }
Function
This command configures an optical module alarm profile for a port.
Parameters
name1 Name of the optical module -

alarm profile to be configured
Mode
l 10G_Ether interface mode: ZXAN(config-if)#
Usage Guidelines
This command is applicable to GPON interface cards, EPON interface cards, and uplink
cards.
Examples
The following examples shows how to configure the optical module alarm profile with a
name of “opt_prf1” for the uplink port 1/13/1:
ZXAN(config-if)#optical-module-alarm-profile opt_prf1
Related Commands
17-3

17.3 Optical Module Display

17.3.1 show interface optical-module-info
Syntax
show interface optical-module-info interface1
Function
This command displays the optical module information of an optical port.
Parameters
interface1 Port name -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config-if)#Show interface optical-module-info gei_1/8/1
Optical module information:gei_1/8/1
Basic-info:
Vendor-Name : N/A Vendor-Pn : N/A
Vendor-Sn : N/A Version-Lev : N/A
Production-Date: N/A Module-Type : N/A
Wavelength : N/A Connector : N/A
Fiber-Type : N/A
Material-Number: N/A
Register-Data : N/A
Diagnostic-info:
RxPower : N/A TxPower : N/A
Bias-Current : N/A Laser-Rate : N/A
Temperature : N/A Supply-Vol : N/A
Alarm-thresh:
RxPower-Upper : 3 (dbm) RxPower-Lower : -34(dbm)
TxPower-Upper : 9 (dbm) TxPower-Lower : -14(dbm)
Bias-Upper : 131(mA) Bias-Lower : 0 (mA)
Voltage-Upper : 7 (v) Voltage-Lower : 0 (v)
Temperature-Upper: 90 (c) Temperature-Lower: -45(c)
17-4

Chapter 17 Optical Module Management Commands
ZXAN(config-if)#
Related Commands
None
17.3.2 show interface port-als

Syntax
show interface port-als interface1
Function
This command displays the ALS configuration, including the startup time, shutdown time,
and the shutdown delay time due to LOS.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to query the ALS configuration on an optical interface. Specify the port
name of the optical interface in the command.
Examples
ZXAN(config-if)#show interface port-als gei_1/19/3
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Port(100ms) Opentime(T1) CloseTime(T2) LosCloseTime(T3)
-----------------------------------------------------------------
gei_1/19/3 50 20 10
Related Commands
17.2.1 als

Syntax
show optical-module-alarm-profile [name1 ]
17-5

Function
This command displays the names of all existing global optical module alarm profiles or
the details of a specific profile.
Parameters
name1 Name of a specific optical -

module alarm profile
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If no profile name is specified in the command, the names of all existing optical module
alarm profiles will be listed in the command result.
If a profile name is specified in the command, the detailed information of this profile will be
displayed.
Examples
show optical-module-alarm-profile
ZXAN(config)#show optical-module-alarm-profile
NOTE! DEFAULT_ALARM_PROFILE can't be modified or deleted.
Related Commands
17.1.1 optical-module alarm-profile
17-6

Chapter 18
Port Security Commands
Table of Contents
eth-switch broadcast-limit .........................................................................................18-2
eth-switch l2cp .........................................................................................................18-2
eth-switch max-frame-length ....................................................................................18-3
eth-switch multicast-limit...........................................................................................18-4
eth-switch unknowncast-limit ....................................................................................18-5
port-protect...............................................................................................................18-6
security ipv6-filter .....................................................................................................18-6
security mac-bind .....................................................................................................18-7
security mac-filter .....................................................................................................18-8
security max-mac-learn (ADSL Interface Mode) .......................................................18-9
security max-mac-learn (VDSL Interface Mode) .....................................................18-10
security max-mac-learn (GPON ONU Interface Mode) ........................................... 18-11
security max-mac-learn ..........................................................................................18-12
security packet-limit (ADSL Interface Mode) ...........................................................18-12
security packet-limit (GPON ONU Interface Mode) .................................................18-13
security packet-limit................................................................................................18-14
security port-protect................................................................................................18-15
security storm-control .............................................................................................18-16
security storm-control (ADSL Interface Mode) ........................................................18-17
security storm-control broadcast.............................................................................18-18
security storm-control multicast ..............................................................................18-18
security user-communication control ......................................................................18-19
security user-communication svlan.........................................................................18-20
security vlan-limit....................................................................................................18-21
show eth-switch......................................................................................................18-22
show eth-switch l2cp ..............................................................................................18-23
show eth-switch l2cp-default...................................................................................18-23
show security interface max-mac-learn...................................................................18-24
show security interface packet-limit ........................................................................18-25
show security interface storm-control......................................................................18-25
show security ipv6-filter ..........................................................................................18-26
show security port-protect ......................................................................................18-27
show security user-communication.........................................................................18-27
show security usercommunication-control ..............................................................18-28
show security vlan-limit...........................................................................................18-29
uplink-isolate ..........................................................................................................18-29
18-1

18.1 eth-switch broadcast-limit

Syntax
eth-switch broadcast-limit number1 [burst-size number2 ]
no eth-switch broadcast-limit
Function
This command configures a limit on global broadcast packets.
Parameters
number1 Number of allowable broadcast 0–65534

packets per second
number2 Bucket size of broadcast Range: 4–16384

packets Default: 512
Unit: kb
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command can only be used in global configuration mode.
To cancel the limit on global broadcast packets, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the number of allowable broadcast packets per
second to 200 pps:
ZXAN(config)#eth-switch broadcast-limit 200
Related Commands
18.25 show eth-switch
18.2 eth-switch l2cp

Syntax
eth-switch l2cp vlan number1 name1 mac hexadecimal1 hexadecimal2 {forward |block }
no eth-switch l2cp vlan number1 name1 mac hexadecimal1 hexadecimal2
18-2

Chapter 18 Port Security Commands
Function
This command configures an L2CP entry.
Parameters
number1 ID of the VLAN to which an 1–4094

L2CP entry will be added.
name1 VLAN mask of the entry. -
hexadecimal1 MAC address that must start -

with 0180.C2.
hexadecimal2 MAC mask that must start with -

FFFF.FF.
forward Configures the forwarding mode -

to transparently transfer the
entry.
block Configures the forwarding mode -

to discard the entry.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To delete an L2CP entry, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to create an L2CP entry with a valid VLAN ID and mask,
valid MAC address (starting with 0180.c2) and MAC mask, and with transparent forwarding
mode:
ZXAN(config)#eth-swith l2cpl vlan 4094 0xfff mac 00d0.d023.1258 ffff.ffff.ffff forward
Related Commands
18.26 show eth-switch l2cp
18.3 eth-switch max-frame-length

Syntax
eth-switch max-frame-length number1
18-3

no eth-switch max-frame-length
Function
This command configures the maximum length of transmission frames globally.
Parameters
number1 Maximum allowable length of 1518–9600

transmission frames
Default: 1600
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To disable the limit on the length of transmission frames globally, use the no form of this
command.
Examples
The following example shows how to disable the limit on the length of transmission frames
globally:
ZXAN(config)#no eth-switch max-frame-length
Related Commands
18.4 eth-switch multicast-limit

Syntax
eth-switch multicast-limit number1
no eth-switch multicast-limit
Function
This command configures a limit on global multicast packets.
Parameters
number1 Number of allowable multicast 0–65534

packets per second
18-4

Mode
Usage Guidelines
To cancel the limit on global multicast packets, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the number of allowable multicast packets per
second to 100 pps:
ZXAN(config)#eth-switch multicast-limit 100
Related Commands
18.5 eth-switch unknowncast-limit

Syntax
eth-switch unknowncast-limit number1
no eth-switch unknowncast-limit
Function
This command configures a limit on unknown packets.
Parameters
number1 Number of allowable unknown 0–65534

packets per second
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command can only be used on global configuration mode.
To cancel the limit on unknown packets, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the limit on unknown packets to 1000 pps:
18-5

ZXAN(config)#eth-switch unknowncast-limit 1000
Related Commands
18.6 port-protect
Syntax
port-protect {enable |disable }
Function
This command configures the user isolation (port protection) function for uplink ports.
Parameters
enable Enables the port protection -

function.
disable Disables the port protection -

function.
Mode
Layer-2 fei interface mode, Layer-2 gei interface mode, 10G Ethernet interface mode:
ZXAN(config-if)#
Usage Guidelines
By default, the port protection function is disabled for uplink ports.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the port protection function for an uplink port:
ZXAN(config-if)#port-protect enable
Related Commands
None
18.7 security ipv6-filter

Syntax
security ipv6-filter vlan number1 name1
18-6

no security ipv6-filter [vlan number1 name1 ]
Function
This command configures the global IPv6 packet filtering function.
Parameters
name1 VLAN mask -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config)#security ipv6-filter vlan 100 0xfff ?
<cr>
Related Commands
ZXAN(config)#show security ipv6-filter
18.8 security mac-bind

Syntax
security mac-bind hexadecimal1 vport number1
no security mac-bind hexadecimal1 vport number1
Function
This command binds a MAC address to a user port.
Parameters
number1 Vport ID 1–128
18-7

Mode
Usage Guidelines
If no MAC address is bound to a user port, all packets will be permitted on the port
regardless of the MAC addresses in these packets.
If a specific MAC address is bound to the user port, only packets containing a source MAC
address same as the bound MAC address can be forwarded through this port.
Examples
ZXAN(config-if)#security mac-bind 0180.c200.0050 vport 1 ?
<cr>
Related Commands
18.8 security mac-bind
18.9 security mac-filter

Syntax
security mac-filter hexadecimal1 vport number1
no security mac-filter hexadecimal1 vport number1
Function
This command configures the MAC address based filtering function for a user port.
Parameters
hexadecimal1 MAC address for packet filtering -
Command
Usage Guidelines
If no MAC address is specified for packet filtering on a user port, all packets will be
permitted by the port regardless of the MAC addresses in these packets.
If a MAC address is specified for packet filtering, the packets containing a source MAC
address same as the specified MAC address will be denied by the port. The packets
containing other MAC addresses will be permitted.
18-8

Examples
ZXAN(config-if)#security mac-filter 0180.c200.0050 vport 1 ?
<cr>
Related Commands
show security interface mac-filter
18.10 security max-mac-learn (ADSL Interface Mode)

Syntax
security max-mac-learn number1 pvc number2
no security max-mac-learn pvc number2
Function
This command configures a limit on PVC-based MAC address learning.
Parameters
number1 Maximum number of MAC 0–8192

addresses that can be learned
number2 ID of the PVC that the MAC 1–10

address learning limit is
configured for
Command
ADSL interface mode
Usage Guidelines
The maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned depends on the card type
and hardware solution.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the maximum number of MAC addresses that
can be learned on PVC 1 of an ADSL port to 100:
ZXAN(config-if)#security max-mac-learn 100 pvc 1
Related Commands
18.28 show security interface max-mac-learn
18-9

18.11 security max-mac-learn (VDSL Interface Mode)

Syntax
security max-mac-learn number1 [{vlan number2 |pvc number3 } ]
no security max-mac-learn [{vlan number2 |pvc number3 } ]
Function
This command configures the maximum number of allowable learned MAC address on a
PVC of an VDSL port or a VLAN of an SHDSL port.
Parameters
number1 Maximum number of allowable 0–8192

learned MAC addresses
number2 ID of the VLAN on which the 1–4094

limit of learned MAC address is
configured
number3 ID of the PVC on which the 1–10

limit of learned MAC address is
configured
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l Only one of the port-based limit and the VLAN-based limit on the number of learned
MAC addresses can be configured.
l An SHDSL card does not support the coexistence of ATM configuration and PTM
configuration. A VDSL card supports the coexistence of ATM and PTM configurations.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the maximum number of allowable learned MAC
addresses on VLAN 100 of a VDSL port to 26:
ZXAN(config-if)#security max-mac-learn 26 vlan 100
Related Commands
18-10

18.12 security max-mac-learn (GPON ONU Interface

Mode)
Syntax
security max-mac-learn number1 vport number2
no security max-mac-learn vport number2
Function
This command configures the maximum number of allowable learned MAC addresses on
a vport of a GPON ONU interface.
Parameters

number2 ID of the vport that the limit 1–128

of learned MAC address is
configured for
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l Before configuring the maximum number of allowable MAC addresses on a vport,
ensure that the vport has been created.
l The maximum number of allowable learned MAC addresses that can be configure
depends on the card type.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the maximum number of allowable learned MAC
addresses on vport 1 of a GPON ONU interface to 25:
ZXAN(config-if)#security max-mac-learn 25 vport 1
Related Commands
18-11

18.13 security max-mac-learn

Syntax
security max-mac-learn number1 [vlan number2 ]
no security max-mac-learn [vlan number2 ]
Function
This command configures the port-based or VLAN-based limit on the number of allowable
learned MAC addresses for a P2P interface.
Parameters

number2 ID of the VLAN that the 1–4094

maximum number of allowable
learned MAC addresses is
configured for
Mode
PTP interface mode
Usage Guidelines
Only one of the port-based and the VLAN-based limit on the number of allowable learned
MAC addresses can be configured.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the port-based maximum number of allowable
learned MAC addresses for a P2P interface to 10:
ZXAN(config-if)#security max-mac-learn 10
Related Commands
18.14 security packet-limit (ADSL Interface Mode)

Syntax
security packet-limit name1 rate number1 direction name2 [pvc number2 ]
no security packet-limit name1 direction name2 [pvc number2 ]
18-12

Function
This command configures a protocol-based packet rate limit.
Parameters
name1 Protocol type -
number1 Packet rate limit 0–65535
name2 Data stream direction -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Use this command in interface mode to configure a protocol-based packet rate limit for an
interface.
Examples
ZXAN(config-if)#security packet-limit dhcpv4 rate 40 direction ingress pvc 2
Related Commands
18.29 show security interface packet-limit
18.15 security packet-limit (GPON ONU Interface Mode)

Syntax
security packet-limit name1 rate number1 direction name2 vport number2
no security packet-limit name1 direction name2 vport number2
Function
This command configures a protocol-based packet rate limit for a GPON ONU interface.
18-13

Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Use this command in GPON ONU interface mode to configure a protocol-based packet
rate limit for an interface.
Examples
ZXAN(config-if)#security packet-limit dhcpv4 rate 20 direction ingress vport 1
Related Commands
18.16 security packet-limit

Syntax
security packet-limit name1 rate number1 direction name2
no security packet-limit name1 direction name2
Function
This command configures a protocol-based packet rate limit.
Parameters
Mode
PTP interface mode
18-14

Usage Guidelines
Use this command in PTP interface mode to configure a protocol-based packet rate limit
on an interface.
Examples
ZXAN(config-if)#security packet-limit dhcpv4 40
Related Commands
show security interface packet-limit gei_1/3/1
18.17 security port-protect

Syntax
security port-protect {enable |disable }
Function
This command configures the global port protection function.
Parameters
enable Enables global port protection. -
disable Disables global port protection. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the global port protection function:
ZXAN(config)#security port-protect enable
Related Commands
18.32 show security port-protect
18-15

18.18 security storm-control

Syntax
security storm-control {broadcast |multicast |unknowncast } {rate number1 |vlan number2 rate
number3 [burst number4 ] }
no security storm-control {broadcast |multicast |unknowncast } [vlan number2 ]
Function
This command configures a packet rate limit for storm control in a VLAN.
Parameters
broadcast The rate limit is set for broadcast -

packets.
multicast The rate limit is set for multicast -

packets.
unknowncast The rate limit is set for unknown -

packets.
number1 Packet rate limit. 0–65535

Unit: pps.

Unit: kbps.
number4 Bucket size. 1–1023

Unit: kb.
Default: 1023
Mode
PTP interface mode
Usage Guidelines
Two rate limiting modes can be configured: rate limiting on a port, and rate limiting on a
port and a VLAN.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a packet rate limit for storm control on the
port gei_1/8/1 of the FTGKB card:
18-16

ZXAN(config-if)# security storm-control broadcast rate 200

ZXAN(config-if)# security storm-control broadcast vlan 100 rate 600 burst 200
Related Commands
show running-config interface gei_1/8/1
18.19 security storm-control (ADSL Interface Mode)

Syntax
security storm-control name1 rate number1 direction name2 [pvc number2 ]
no security storm-control name1 direction name2 [pvc number2 ]
Function
This command configures a protocol-based packet rate limit for storm control on a port of
a DSL card.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Use this command in interface mode to configure a packet limit rate for storm control on
an interface.
Examples
ZXAN(config-if)#security storm-control broadcast rate 100 direction ingress pvc 2
Related Commands
18.30 show security interface storm-control
18-17

18.20 security storm-control broadcast

Syntax
security storm-control broadcast rate number1 direction egress vport number2
no security storm-control broadcast direction egress vport number2
Function
This command configures a rate limit on broadcast packets for storm control on a vport.
Parameters

Unit: kbps.
Default: no limit.
egress Specifies that the rate limit -

applies to egress packets.
number2 Vport ID. 1–256

Default: 1.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure a rate limit on broadcast packets on a vport.
Examples
ZXAN(config-if)#security storm-control broadcast rate 89 direction egress vport 1 ?
<cr>
Related Commands
18.20 security storm-control broadcast
18.21 security storm-control multicast

Syntax
security storm-control multicast rate number1 direction egress
18-18

no security storm-control multicast direction egress
Function
This command configures a rate limit on multicast packets for storm control on a GPON
OLT port.
Parameters

Unit: kbps.
Default: no limit.
egress Specifies that the rate limit -

applies to egress packets.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Use this command in GPON OLT interface mode to configure a rate limit on multicast
packets for an OLT interface.
Examples
ZXAN(config-if)#security storm-control multicast rate 876 direction egress ?
<cr>
Related Commands
18.21 security storm-control multicast
18.22 security user-communication control

Syntax
security user-communication control {enable |disable }
Function
This command configures the global VLAN interworking function.
18-19

Parameters
enable Enables the global VLAN -

interworking function.
disable Disables the global VLAN -

interworking function.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the global VLAN interworking function:
ZXAN(config)#security user-communication control enable
Related Commands
show security usercommunication
18.23 security user-communication svlan

Syntax
security user-communication svlan number1 [cvlan number2 ]
no security user-communication svlan number1 [cvlan number2 ]
Function
This command configures a global VLAN interworking entry.
Parameters
Mode
18-20

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a global VLAN interworking entry. In the
example, set SVLAN to 100 and set CVLAN to 200.
ZXAN(config)#security user-communication svlan 100 cvlan 200
Related Commands
18.33 show security user-communication
18.24 security vlan-limit

Syntax
security vlan-limit vlan number1 rate number2 {downstream |upstream }
no security vlan-limit vlan number1 {downstream |upstream }
Function
This command configures a global VLAN-based rate limit policy.
Parameters
number2 Rate limit. 64–10000000

Unit: kbps.
Granularity: 64 kbps
downstream Specifies that the rate limit -

is applicable in downstream
direction.
upstream Specifies that the rate limit is -

applicable in upstream direction.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l This command is used for global configuration.
l A valid rate limit is a multiple of the granularity 64 kbps. For example, if the rate limit
is set to 65 kbps, the actual valid rate limit is 64 kbps.
18-21

l If the downstream direction is specified in the command, the rate limit policy will apply
to all uplink ports. If the upstream direction is specified in the command, the rate limit
policy will apply to all inner ports except uplink ports.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a VLAN-based rate limit policy:
ZXAN(config)#security vlan-limit vlan 200 rate 64 upstream
Related Commands
18.35 show security vlan-limit

Syntax
show eth-switch
Function
This command displays the global packet rate limit and port protection configuration.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the global packet rate limit and port protection
configuration:
ZXAN#show eth-switch
Related Commands
None
18-22


Syntax
show eth-switch l2cp
Function
This command queries L2CP configuration entries.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config)#show eth-switch l2cp
Related Commands
18.27 show eth-switch l2cp-default

Syntax
show eth-switch l2cp-default
Function
This command queries the global default L2CP configuration entries.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
18-23

Examples
ZXAN(config)#show eth-switch l2cp-default
Related Commands
18.27 show eth-switch l2cp-default

Syntax
show security interface max-mac-learn interface1 [vport number1 ]
Function
This command displays the maximum number of allowable learned MAC addresses
configured on a port.
Parameters
interface1 Specifies the interface name for -

displaying the maximum number
of allowable learned MAC
addresses on the interface.
number1 Vport ID. 1–128
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The parameter vport is required when the interface is an ONU interface.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the maximum number of allowable learned
MAC addresses configured for a VDSL interface:
show security interface max-mac-learn vdsl_1/4/1
Related Commands
18.13 security max-mac-learn
18-24


Syntax
show security interface packet-limit interface1 [name1 number1 ]
Function
This command displays the protocol-based rate limit configuration on an interface.
Parameters
name1 Bridge port type -
number1 Bridge port number 1–128
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config)#sho security interface packet-limit vdsl_1/4/1
protocol :ingress egress
arp :unsupported unsupported
bpdu :unlimited unsupported
cfm :unsupported unsupported
dhcpv4 :unlimited unsupported
dhcpv6 :unlimited unsupported
icmpv4 :unsupported unsupported
icmpv6 :unsupported unsupported
Related Commands
18.16 security packet-limit

Syntax
show security interface storm-control interface1 [name1 number1 ] [vlan ]
18-25

Function
This command displays the store control configuration on a port.
Parameters
name1 Bridge port type -
number1 Bridge port number 1–128
vlan VLAN ID -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to query the storm control configuration of a PTP card:
ZXAN#show security interface storm-control gei_1/8/1
ZXAN#show security interface storm-control gei_1/8/1 vlan
Related Commands
18.31 show security ipv6-filter

Syntax
show security ipv6-filter
Function
This command displays the configured IPv6 packet filter entries.
Parameters
None
Mode
18-26

Usage Guidelines
ZXAN(config)#show security ipv6-filter
Examples
ZXAN(config)#sho security ipv6-filter
Related Commands
show security ipv6-filter
18.32 show security port-protect

Syntax
show security port-protect
Function
This command displays whether the global port protection function is enabled.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config)#show security port-protect
Global port protect enable
Related Commands
18.17 security port-protect
18.33 show security user-communication

Syntax
show security user-communication
18-27

Function
This command queries global VLAN interworking configuration entries.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config)#show security user-communication
vlan-communication item:
Svlan Cvlan
-------------
Related Commands
18.34 show security usercommunication-control

Syntax
show security usercommunication-control
Function
This command displays whether the global VLAN interworking function is enabled.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
18-28

Examples
ZXAN(config)#show security usercommunication-control
User-communication: Disable
Related Commands

Syntax
show security vlan-limit
Function
This command displays the information of global VLAN-based rate limit policies.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(conifg)#show security vlan-limit
the total vlan-limit rule numbers : 0
Related Commands
18.36 uplink-isolate
Syntax
uplink-isolate {enable |disable }
Function
This command configures the port isolation function.
18-29

Parameters
enable Enables the port isolation -

function.
disable Disables the port isolation -

function.
Mode
ZXAN(config-if)#
Usage Guidelines
The command is available only for uplink boards.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the port isolation function for uplink port
gei_1/19/1:
ZXAN(config-if)#uplink-isolate enable
Related Commands
None
18-30

Chapter 19
Port Performance Statistics
Commands
Table of Contents
clear counter ethernet ..............................................................................................19-2
clear counter olt........................................................................................................19-2
clear counter onu .....................................................................................................19-3
clear counter pon-sport.............................................................................................19-4
clear counter pon-vport.............................................................................................19-4
clear statistics interface ............................................................................................19-5
clear vlan-statistics ...................................................................................................19-6
item ..........................................................................................................................19-6
item (PROFILE_IF Configuration Mode) ...................................................................19-7
perf-brg-if profile.......................................................................................................19-8
perf-clear-current vport .............................................................................................19-9
perf-clear-current....................................................................................................19-10
perf-eth-if profile .....................................................................................................19-10
perf-profile eth-if ..................................................................................................... 19-11
perf-profile..............................................................................................................19-12
performance disable...............................................................................................19-13
performance enable ...............................................................................................19-13
performance vport ..................................................................................................19-14
show perf-brg-if ......................................................................................................19-15
show perf-eth-if ......................................................................................................19-15
show performance dsl-pvc......................................................................................19-16
show performance eth-if .........................................................................................19-17
show statistics interface..........................................................................................19-18
show statistics interface port-vlan ...........................................................................19-19
show statistics multicast-group ...............................................................................19-20
show statistics vlan.................................................................................................19-21
statistics .................................................................................................................19-22
statistics multicast-group ........................................................................................19-22
statistics service-port..............................................................................................19-23
statistics vlan..........................................................................................................19-24
19-1

19.1 clear counter ethernet

Syntax
clear counter ethernet [interface1 ]
Function
This command clears statistics of a port.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to clear statistics of only Ethernet ports.
Examples
The following example shows how to clear statistics of interface gei_1/3/1:
ZXAN#clear counter ethernet gei_1/3/1
Related Commands
19.2 clear counter olt

Syntax
clear counter olt interface1
Function
This command clears the statistic data of a PON interface.
Parameters
interface1 OLT interface name -
19-2

Chapter 19 Port Performance Statistics Commands
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to clear the statistic data of a PON interface:
ZXAN#clear counter olt gpon-olt_1/12/1
Related Commands
None
19.3 clear counter onu

Syntax
clear counter onu interface1
Function
This command clears the statistic data of the ONU.
Parameters
interface1 ONU interface name -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to clear the statistic data of the ONU:
ZXAN#clear counter onu gpon-onu_1/4/1:1
Related Commands
19-3

19.4 clear counter pon-sport

Syntax
clear counter pon-sport interface1 sport number1
Function
This command clears the statistic data of a service port on a PON board.
Parameters
interface1 ONU interface name -
number1 Service port number 1–128
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to clear the statistic data of service port 1 on
epon-onu_1/5/1:1:
ZXAN#clear counter pon-sport epon-onu_1/5/1:1 sport 1
Related Commands
None
19.5 clear counter pon-vport

Syntax
clear counter pon-vport interface1 vport number1
Function
This command clears statistics of a VPORT of a GPON board.
19-4

Parameters
interface1 ONU Interface name -
number1 irtual port number 1–256
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to clear statistics of VPORT 1 of GPON-ONU_1/2/1:1:
ZXAN#clear counter pon-vport gpon-onu_1/2/1:1 vport 1
Related Commands
show performance pon-vport
19.6 clear statistics interface

Syntax
clear statistics interface interface1 vlan number1
Function
This command clears the statistics of the specified interface and VLAD.
Parameters
interface1 Interface mode -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Only ports of the FTGKB card support this command.
19-5

Examples
ZXAN(config)#clear statistics interface gei_1/10/1 vlan 100
Related Commands
ZXAN(config)#show statistics interface port-vlan
19.7 clear vlan-statistics

Syntax
clear vlan-statistics svlan number1 [cvlan number2 ]
Function
This command clears the global VLAN statistics.
Parameters
number1 SVLAN 1–4094
number2 CVLAN 1–4094
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to clear the global VLAN statistics:
ZXAN(config)#clear vlan-statistics svlan 100
Related Commands
ZXAN(config)#show statistics vlan svlan 100
19.8 item
Syntax
19-6

Function
This command configures the items in an alarm template, such as thresholds for alarm
raising and clearing.
Parameters
name1 Item to be configured -
name2 Time granularity for statistics -
name3 Threshold type -
number1 Threshold for alarm raising 1–9223372036854775807
number2 Threshold for alarm clearing 1–9223372036854775807
Mode
PROFILE_IF configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config)#perf-eth-if profile eth
ZXAN(config-perf-if)#item in_bcast_pks 15min highest alarm 4444 restore 3333
Related Commands
19.20 show perf-eth-if
19.9 item (PROFILE_IF Configuration Mode)

Syntax
Function
This command configures the items in an alarm template, such as thresholds for alarm
raising and clearing.
19-7

Parameters
name1 Item to be configured -
name3 Threshold type -
number1 Threshold for alarm raising 1–4294967295
number2 Threshold for alarm clearing 1–4294967295
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Before using this command, ensure that the alarm template to be configured is available.
Examples
ZXAN(config)#perf-brg-if profile brg-prf
ZXAN(config-perf-brgport)#item IN_OCTETS 15m HIGH alarm 9917 restore 8888
Related Commands
19.19 show perf-brg-if
19.10 perf-brg-if profile

Syntax
perf-brg-if profile name1
no perf-brg-if profile name1
Function
This command creates an alarm template for bridge port performance statistics.
Parameters
name1 Template name Maximum length: 32 characters
Mode
19-8

Usage Guidelines
l To delete the alarm template, use the no form of this command.
l Before deleting the alarm template, unload the template from all related bridge ports.
Examples
The following example shows how to create an alarm template in global mode:
ZXAN(config)#perf-brg-if profile brg-prf
Related Commands
19.11 perf-clear-current vport

Syntax
perf-clear-current vport number1 [name1 ]
Function
This command cancels performance collection on a vport.
Parameters
number1 vport number 1–128
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config)# interface gpon-onu_1/2/1:1
ZXAN(config-if)# perf-clear-current vport 1
Related Commands
show performance pon-vport
19-9

19.12 perf-clear-current
Syntax
perf-clear-current [name1 ]
no perf-clear-current
Function
This command cancels performance collection on an uplink port.
Parameters
name1 Statistics type -
Mode
ZXAN(config-if)#
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config-if)# perf-clear-current
Related Commands
19.13 perf-eth-if profile

Syntax
perf-eth-if profile name1
no perf-eth-if profile name1
Function
This command creates an alarm profile for uplink port performance statistics.
19-10

Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l To delete the alarm profile, use the no form of this command.
l Before deleting the alarm profile, unload the profile from all related uplink ports.
Examples
The following example shows how to create an alarm profile (name: eth) in global mode:
ZXAN(config)#perf-eth-if profile eth
Related Commands
19.14 perf-profile eth-if

Syntax
perf-profile eth-if {name1 }
no perf-profile eth-if
Function
This command loads an alarm profile to an uplink port.
Parameters
name1 Alarm profile name -
Mode
ZXAN(config-if)#
Usage Guidelines
To unload the alarm profile from an uplink port, use the no form of this command.
19-11

Examples
The following example shows how to load an existing profile (name: eth) to an uplink port
(gei_1/3/1):
ZXAN(config-if)# perf-profile eth-if eth
Related Commands
19.15 perf-profile
Syntax
perf-profile pvc number1 {name1 }
no perf-profile pvc number1
Function
This command loads an alarm profile to an ADSL, VDSL, or SHDSL interface.
Parameters
name1 Alarm template to be loaded -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Before using this command, ensure that the alarm profile to be loaded is available.
Examples
The following example shows how to load an existing alarm profile:
ZXAN(config-if)# perf-profile pvc 1 profile
Related Commands
19-12

19.16 performance disable

Syntax
performance disable pvc number1
Function
This command disables performance collection on a PVC.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config-if)#performance disable pvc 1
Related Commands
19.17 performance enable

Syntax
performance enable pvc number1
Function
This command enables performance collection on a PVC.
Parameters
19-13

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config-if)#performance enable pvc 1
Related Commands
19.18 performance vport

Syntax
performance vport number1 name1
Function
This command starts or stops performance statistics on a vport.
Parameters
number1 vport number. 1–128
name1 Starts or stops performance -

statistics.
Mode
l GPON ONU interface mode
l GPON line configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to start vport performance statistics on an ONU
interface:
19-14

ZXAN(config-if)#performance vport 1 start
Related Commands
None

Syntax
show perf-brg-if profile [name1 ]
Function
This command displays the configuration of an alarm profile used for bridge port
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config-perf-brgport)#show perf-brg-if profile
PM-BRGPORT alarm profile:
----------------------------------------
NO.1 profile : brg-prf
Related Commands

Syntax
show perf-eth-if profile [name1 ]
19-15

Function
This command displays the configuration of an alarm profile used for uplink port
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If the profile name is not specified in this command, only the profile name will be displayed
in the command result.
If the profile name is specified in this command, the detailed information of the profile will
be displayed in the command result.
Examples
ZXAN(config-perf-if)#show perf-eth-if profile
PM-ETHPORT alarm profile:
-------------------------------------
NO.1 profile : eth
Related Commands
19.21 show performance dsl-pvc

Syntax
show performance dsl-pvc interface1 [pvc number1 ] {current |current-15min-interval |curren
t-1day-interval |his-15min-interval number2 |his-1day-interval number3 }
Function
This command displays performance statistics on a bridge port.
Parameters
interface1 Interface -
19-16

current Real-time data -
current-15min-interval Performance statistics in the -

last 15 minutes
current-1day-interval Performance statistics in the -

last 24 hours
number2 Historical 15-minute statistics 1–2
number3 Historical 24-hour statistics 1
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config-if)#show performance dsl-pvc vdsl_1/2/1 pvc 1 current
-----------------------------------------------------------
Input:
Byte :0 UcastPkts :0
McastPkts :0 BcastPkts :0
Output:
Byte :0 UcastPkts :0
McastPkts :0 BcastPkts :0
Related Commands
19.8 item
19.17 performance enable
19.16 performance disable
19.22 show performance eth-if

Syntax
show performance eth-if interface1 {current |current-15min-interval |current-1day-interval
|his-15min-interval number1 |his-1day-interval number2 }
Function
This command displays performance statistics on an Ethernet port.
19-17

Parameters
current Real-time statistics. -
current-15min-interval Statistics of the last 15 minutes. -
current-1day-interval Statistics of the last 24 hours. -
number1 Historical 15-minute statistics. 1–2
number2 Historical 24-hour statistics. 1
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config-if)#show performance eth-if gei_1/3/1 current
----------------------------------------------------------------
Input:
Byte :279990596 Packets :275686
UcastPkts :0 McastPkts :0
BcastPkts :270889 OversizePkts :0
FcsErrors :4797 AlignErrs :0
UndersizePkts:0
Output:
Byte :0 Packets :0
UcastPkts :0 McastPkts :0
BcastPkts :0 PausePkts :0
DiscardPkts :0 Collisions :0
SingColls :0 MultiColls :0
Related Commands
19.8 item
19.23 show statistics interface

Syntax
show statistics interface interface1 sport number1
19-18

Function
This command displays the statistics of a sport of a PON interface.
Parameters
number1 Sport name 1–128
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the statistics of a sport of a PON interface:
ZXAN(config)#sho statistics interface gpon-onu_1/12/1:1 sport 1
Related Commands
None
19.24 show statistics interface port-vlan

Syntax
show statistics interface port-vlan interface1 vlan number1
Function
This command displays the statistics of the specified port and VLAN.
Parameters
Mode
19-19

Usage Guidelines
Only ports of the FTGKB card support this command.
Examples
ZXAN(config)#sho statistics interface port-vlan gei_1/5/1 vlan 100
Related Commands
None
19.25 show statistics multicast-group

Syntax
show statistics multicast-group [number1 ]
Function
This command displays the statistics of a multicast group.
Parameters
number1 Index of the multicast group 1–4
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Use the ZXAN(config)#sho statistics multicast-group command to check the index of the
multicast group.
Then, use the ZXAN(config)#sho statistics multicast-group 1 command to check the
statistics.
The configuration of multicast-group statistics.
num groupIp vlan
—————————
1 224.1.1.1 100
2 224.1.1.2 100
Examples
The following example shows how to display the statistics of a multicast group:
19-20

ZXAN(config)#sho statistics multicast-group

num groupIp vlan
---------------------------
1 224.1.1.1 100
2 224.1.1.2 100
ZXAN(config)#sho statistics multicast-group 1
groupIp:224.1.1.1
vlanId :100
multicast-rate (kbps) informantion:
---------------------------------
Peak Rate :0(kbps)
Valley Rate :0(kbps)
Average Rate :0(kbps)
Current Rate :0(kbps)
Related Commands
None
19.26 show statistics vlan

Syntax
show statistics vlan [svlan number1 [cvlan number2 ] ]
Function
This command displays the global VLAN statistics.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the global VLAN statistics:
19-21

ZXAN(config)#sho statistics vlan svlan 100
Related Commands
None
19.27 statistics
Syntax
statistics vlan number1
no statistics vlan number1
Function
This command configures the statistical items based on port and VLAN.
Parameters
Mode
PTP interface mode
Usage Guidelines
Only FTGKB cards support this command.
Examples
ZXAN(config-if)#statistics vlan 100
Related Commands
ZXAN(config-if)#sho statistics interface port-vlan gei_1/5/1 vlan 100
19.28 statistics multicast-group

Syntax
statistics multicast-group ip_addr1 vlan number1
no statistics multicast-group ip_addr1 vlan number1
Function
This command configures the multicast groups on which to collect statistics.
19-22

Parameters
ip_addr1 IP address of the multicast -

group
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Configure the multicast groups on which to collect statistics. Then, check the related rate
information.
Examples
ZXAN(config)#statistics multicast-group 224.1.1.2 vlan 100
Related Commands
ZXAN(config)#show statistics multicast-group
num groupIp vlan
—————————
1 224.1.1.1 100
2 224.1.1.2 100
19.29 statistics service-port

Syntax
statistics service-port number1 name1
Function
This command starts or stops the statistics on a service port.
19-23

Parameters
name1 l Start: starts statistics -

l Stop: stops statistics
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to start statistics on service port 1:
ZXAN(config-if)#statistics service-port 1 start
Related Commands
None
19.30 statistics vlan

Syntax
statistics vlan svlan number1 [cvlan number2 ]
no statistics vlan svlan number1 [cvlan number2 ]
Function
This command configures the statistical items based on VLAN.
Parameters
Mode
19-24

Usage Guidelines
In global mode, configure the VLAN items on which to collect statistics, then, check the
statistics based on VLAN.
Examples
ZXAN(config)#statistics vlan svlan 100
Related Commands
ZXAN(config)#show statistics vlan
vlan statistics rules:
svlan cvlan
—————————
100
ZXAN(config)#show statistics vlan svlan 100
19-25

19-26

Chapter 20
Basic IPv4 Protocol
Commands
Table of Contents
arp learn...................................................................................................................20-2
arp protect................................................................................................................20-3
arp source-filtered ....................................................................................................20-4
arp timeout ...............................................................................................................20-5
arp to-static ..............................................................................................................20-6
arp to-static (VLAN Interface Configuration Mode)....................................................20-7
clear arp-cache ........................................................................................................20-7
clear ip traffic............................................................................................................20-8
clear tcp connect ......................................................................................................20-9
clear tcp line ...........................................................................................................20-10
clear tcp statistics ...................................................................................................20-10
clear tcp tcb............................................................................................................ 20-11
clear tcp tty.............................................................................................................20-12
clear tcp vty............................................................................................................20-12
ip address ..............................................................................................................20-13
ip arp inspection .....................................................................................................20-14
ip arp inspection trust .............................................................................................20-15
ip mtu .....................................................................................................................20-16
ip proxy-arp ............................................................................................................20-17
ip redirect ...............................................................................................................20-18
ip route...................................................................................................................20-18
ip source-route .......................................................................................................20-20
ip tcp finwait-time ...................................................................................................20-21
ip tcp queuemax.....................................................................................................20-22
ip tcp synwait-time..................................................................................................20-22
ip tcp window-size ..................................................................................................20-23
ip telnet-server .......................................................................................................20-24
ip unreachable........................................................................................................20-25
ip vrf .......................................................................................................................20-25
ip vrf forwarding......................................................................................................20-26
ipv6 nd stale-time ...................................................................................................20-27
ipv6 route ...............................................................................................................20-28
ipv6 route-static fast-reroute ...................................................................................20-29
set arp....................................................................................................................20-30
20-1

show arp ................................................................................................................20-30

show ip arp inspection vlan ....................................................................................20-32
show ip backup route .............................................................................................20-33
show ip backup route vrf.........................................................................................20-34
show ip header logging...........................................................................................20-35
show ip interface ....................................................................................................20-36
show ip interface brief ............................................................................................20-37
show ip protocol routing..........................................................................................20-37
show ip protocol routing summary ..........................................................................20-38
show ip protocol routing vrf.....................................................................................20-39
show ip protocol routing vrf-summary .....................................................................20-40
show ip route..........................................................................................................20-41
show ip route mng ..................................................................................................20-42
show ip route vpn ...................................................................................................20-42
show ip route vrf.....................................................................................................20-43
show ip route vrf-summary .....................................................................................20-44
show ip security-audit .............................................................................................20-45
show ip traffic .........................................................................................................20-45
show ip vrf..............................................................................................................20-47
show ip vrf detail ....................................................................................................20-48
show ip vrf interfaces..............................................................................................20-49
show ip vrf summary ..............................................................................................20-50
show ntp config ......................................................................................................20-51
show supervlan ......................................................................................................20-51
show tcp.................................................................................................................20-52
show tcp brief .........................................................................................................20-54
show tcp configuration............................................................................................20-55
show tcp line ..........................................................................................................20-56
show tcp statistics ..................................................................................................20-57
show tcp tcb ...........................................................................................................20-58
show tcp tty ............................................................................................................20-60
show tcp vty ...........................................................................................................20-61
shutdown................................................................................................................20-62
supervlan ...............................................................................................................20-63
trace.......................................................................................................................20-64
vlan ........................................................................................................................20-65
20.1 arp learn

Syntax
arp learn
no arp learn
20-2

Chapter 20 Basic IPv4 Protocol Commands
Function
This command enables dynamic ARP entry learning.
Parameters
None
Mode
l supervlan interface mode
Usage Guidelines
After the dynamic ARP learning is enabled, the ARP learns and adds dynamic ARP entries.
After the dynamic ARP learning is disabled, the ARP no longer learns and adds dynamic
ARP entries.
To disable the function, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable dynamic ARP entry learning:

ZXAN(config-if-vlan200)#arp learn
Related Commands
20.35 show arp
20.2 arp protect

Syntax
arp protect {interface |mac |whole } {limit-num } number1
no arp protect {interface |mac |whole }
Function
This command configures the ARP protection mode based on interface, MAC address, or
on the whole, and set the threshold for ARP protection.
20-3

Parameters
interface ARP protection mode based on -

interface
mac ARP protection mode based on

MAC address
whole ARP protection mode based on

the whole
limit-num ARP protection threshold -
number1 ARP threshold threshold Range: 1–65535
Mode
Usage Guidelines
After the ARP protection mode and threshold are configured, a packet will be discarded if
the ARP threshold is reached, and an alarm message will be printed.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the ARP protection mode and set the
protection threshold to 2000:
ZXAN(config)#arp protect interface limit-num 2000
Related Commands
20.35 show arp
20.3 arp source-filtered

Syntax
arp source-filtered
no arp source-filtered
Function
This command enables the source-based ARP filtering.
Parameters
None
20-4

Mode
Usage Guidelines
When the ARP filtering function is enabled on an interface, the interface filters ingress ARP
packets by source address. If the source address in an ARP packet does not belong to
the network segment of the interface, this packet will not be processed.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the source-based ARP filtering on an
interface:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan200)#arp source-filtered
Related Commands
20.35 show arp
20.4 arp timeout

Syntax
arp timeout number1
no arp timeout
Function
This command configures the aging time of ARP entries in the ARP cache.
Parameters
number1 Aging time of ARP entries 1–2147483
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is neglected on non-Ethernet interfaces.
To view the configured aging time of ARP entries, use the show running-config command.
20-5

To restore the default aging time, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the aging time of ARP entries in the ARP
cache to 10000 seconds:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan100)#arp timeout 10000
Related Commands
20.35 show arp
20.5 arp to-static

Syntax
arp to-static
no arp to-static
Function
This command enables automatic binding of dynamic ARP entries in the ARP cache.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
When the automatic binding is enabled, all dynamic ARP entries are bound to TS IDs of
the corresponding static ARP entries.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable automatic binding of ARP dynamic entries in
the ARP cache:
ZXAN(config)#arp to-static
Related Commands
20.35 show arp
20-6

20.6 arp to-static (VLAN Interface Configuration Mode)

Syntax
arp to-static
no arp to-static
Function
This command enables automatic binding of dynamic ARP entries in the ARP cache.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
When the automatic binding is enabled, all dynamic ARP entries in the ARP cache of the
interface are converted into static ARP entries marked with TS.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable automatic binding of dynamic ARP entries in
the ARP cache:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan11)#arp to-static
Related Commands
20.35 show arp
20.7 clear arp-cache

Syntax
clear arp-cache [{[interface interface1 [{ip_addr1 |permanent |static |dynamic |dynamic-force
|dhcp |hexadecimal1 } ] ] |{permanent |static |ip_addr2 |dynamic-force |dhcp } } ]
Function
This command clears all dynamic ARP entries in the ARP cache on an interface.
20-7

Parameters
permanent Permanent ARP entries -
static Static ARP entries -
dynamic Dynamic ARP entries -
dynamic-force Dynamic binding -
dhcp ARP entries bound to DHCP -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If no parameter is specified in the command, the dynamic ARP entries in the ARP cache
on all the interfaces will be cleared. If an interface name is specified in the command, the
dynamic ARP entries in the ARP cache on the specified interface will be cleared.
Examples
The following example shows how to clear the dynamic ARP entries in the ARP cache on
the interface “vlan2”:
ZXAN#clear arp-cache interface vlan 2
Related Commands
20.35 show arp
20.8 clear ip traffic

Syntax
clear ip traffic
Function
This command clears information about IP transmission.
Parameters
None
20-8

Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command clears the statistics of transmitted IP packets.
Examples
The following example shows how to clear information about IP transmission:
ZXAN#clear ip traffic
Related Commands
20.52 show ip traffic
20.9 clear tcp connect

Syntax
clear tcp connect {ip_addr1 |mng ip_addr2 |vrf name1 ip_addr3 } number1 ip_addr4 number2
Function
This command clears TCP connections, such as Telnet, FTP, and BGP connections.
Parameters
ip_addr1 Local IP address -
ip_addr2 IP address of local out-of-band -

management interface
name1 VRF name -
number1 Local port number 1–65535
ip_addr3 Remote IP address -
number2 Remote port number 1–65535
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
20-9

Examples
The following example shows how to clear a Telnet connection:
ZXAN#clear tcp connect 168.1.168.168 23 168.1.16.140 1456
Related Commands
None
20.10 clear tcp line

Syntax
clear tcp line number1
Function
This command clears a TCP connection (Telnet connection only).
Parameters
number1 TTY line number Range: 66–81
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN#clear tcp line 66
Related Commands
None
20.11 clear tcp statistics

Syntax
clear tcp statistics
20-10

Function
This command clears the statistics of TCP packets.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to clear the statistics of TCP packets:
ZXAN#clear tcp statistics
Related Commands
None
20.12 clear tcp tcb

Syntax
clear tcp tcb number1
Function
This command clears a TCP connection (a Telnet, FTP, or BGP connection) corresponding
to a certain transmission control module.
Parameters
number1 TCB address 0–1
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
20-11

Examples
The following example shows how to clear a TCP connection:
ZXAN#clear tcp tcb 3261896
Related Commands
None
20.13 clear tcp tty

Syntax
clear tcp tty number1
Function
This command clears a TCP connection (Telnet connection only) corresponding to a certain
control terminal.
Parameters
number1 Control terminal number Range: 66–81
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN#clear tcp tty 66
Related Commands
None
20.14 clear tcp vty

Syntax
clear tcp vty number1
20-12

Function
This command clears a TCP connection (Telnet connection only) corresponding to a certain
virtual terminal.
Parameters
number1 Virtual terminal number Range: 0–15
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN#clear tcp vty 0
Related Commands
None
20.15 ip address
Syntax
ip address ip_addr1 ip_addr2 [{ip_addr3 |secondary } ]
no ip address [ip_addr1 ip_addr2 ]
Function
This command configures the IP address of an interface.
Parameters
ip_addr1 IPv4 address -
ip_addr2 Subnet mask of the IPv4 -

address
ip_addr3 Broadcast address of the subnet -
secondary Secondary address of the -

subnet
20-13

Mode
l Loopback interface mode
Usage Guidelines
The broadcast address is associated with the interface, and is used to forward direct
broadcasting datagrams, which adds a broadcast routing to the routing table. By default,
the subnet.ones/32 broadcast route is added to the routing table.
There are four options available for the broadcast address, namely, 255.255.255.255,
subnet.ones, subnet.zeros, and 0.0.0.0. Other addresses are omitted. When
255.255.255.255 or subnet.ones is set as the broadcast address, the subnet.ones/32
broadcast route is added to the routing table. When subnet.zeros or 0.0.0.0 is set as the
broadcast address, both subnet.zeros/32 and subnet.ones/32 are added to the routing
table.
secondary indicates that the configured interface address is secondary. If the interface
address is configured without this parameter, the configured address is the primary
address of the interface. One interface can be configured with only one primary address
and multiple secondary addresses.
Parameters in the no ip address command are optional. If the command is used with no
parameters, all the configured interface addresses are deleted.
By default, the IP address is not configured for an interface.
To delete the configured address, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the IP address of the interface “VLAN 100” to
168.1.10.100 and the subnet mask to 255.255.0.0:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan100)#ip address 168.1.10.100 255.255.0.0
Related Commands
20.40 show ip interface
20.16 ip arp inspection

Syntax
ip arp inspection vlan WORD1
no ip arp inspection vlan WORD1
20-14

Function
This command enables dynamic ARP DHCP inspection for a VLAN.
Parameters
WORD1 VLAN ID -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
When ARP DHCP inspection is enabled for an interface VLAN, the VLAN inspects ingress
ARP packets and discards unmatched packets.
By default, ARP DHCP inspection is disabled.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable dynamic ARP inspection for VLAN 100:
ZXAN(config)#ip arp inspection vlan 100
Related Commands
ZXAN(config)#show ip arp inspection vlan
20.17 ip arp inspection trust

Syntax
ip arp inspection trust
no ip arp inspection trust
Function
This command configures a trust port for dynamic ARP DHCP inspection.
Parameters
None
Mode
10G Ethernet interface mode: ZXAN(config-if)#
20-15

Usage Guidelines
If a port is configured as a trust port, this port will not perform DHCP inspection on ingress
ARP packets.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the port gei_1/4/3 as a trust port:
ZXAN(config-if)#ip arp inspection trust
Related Commands
20.36 show ip arp inspection vlan
20.18 ip mtu
Syntax
ip mtu number1
no ip mtu
Function
This command sets the MTU size of IP packets that an interface can process.
Parameters
number1 MTU size 128–1500
Mode
Usage Guidelines
An interface is configured with a default MTU size. The default MTU size is generally
set to 1500 bytes, and 1476 bytes for an tunnel interface. The MTU size may vary from
different network sections. To improve network performance, the ip mtu command is used
to change the MTU size.
To restore the default MTU size, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the MTU size of the interface “vlan 100” to 1000:
20-16


ZXAN(config-if-vlan100)#ip mtu 1000
Related Commands
20.19 ip proxy-arp
Syntax
ip proxy-arp
no ip proxy-arp
Function
This command enables the proxy ARP function for an interface.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If proxy ARP is enabled for an interface, it would be better to configure ARP source address
filtering. Thus, the ARP messages from other network sections than that the interface
belongs to can be filtered. The show running-config command displays configurations of
the interface, excluding default configurations.
By default, the proxy ARP function is disabled. In the same network segment, the proxy
ARP function is only available for users in layer-2 isolation scenario.
To disable this function, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the proxy ARP function for the interface “vlan
100”:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan100)#ip proxy-arp
Related Commands
20-17

20.20 ip redirect
Syntax
ip redirect
no ip redirect
Function
This command enables a router to send redirect messages.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
A routing path is not always optimal. For example, a router may be constrained to forward
a packet via the same receiving port. In that case, the router software sends an ICMP
redirect message to the sender of this packet, and informs the sender to send the packet
to another router in the same subnet.
By default, this function is enabled.
To disable the router from sending redirect messages, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the redirect message sending function for the
interface “vlan 2”:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan2)#ip redirect
Related Commands
20.21 ip route
Syntax
ip route {mng ip_addr1 ip_addr2 ip_addr3 |[vrf name1 ] ip_addr4 ip_addr5 {ip_addr6 |interface1
[ip_addr7 ] } } [{[global ] [number1 ] [tag number2 ] [slave ] }]
20-18

no ip route {mng ip_addr1 |[vrf name1 ] ip_addr1 } ip_addr2 [number1 ] [tag number2 ]
Function
This command configures a static route.
Parameters
ip_addr1 Destination IP address or -

subnet address.
ip_addr2 Subnet mask. -
ip_addr3 Next-hop address. -
name1 VRF name. -
ip_addr4 Destination IP address of -

destination subnet address.
ip_addr5 Subnet mask. -
interface1 Type of the output interface. -
global Sets the next-hop address as a -

global.
number1 Route entry priority. 1–255
number2 A tag value, used for route 150–255

matching and controlling route
reallocation.
slave ID of the backup route -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The distance metric parameter is equivalent to the priority of the routing protocol. The
smaller it is, the higher the priority. By default, the priority of static routes is higher than
dynamic routes. However, the dynamic router with higher priority is configured.
The tag parameter corresponds to the tag value in the IP routing table of the routing
protocol. Two static routes to the same destination network (with different next hop
addresses) do not have the same tag value.
To delete the configured static route, use the no form of this command.
20-19

Examples
The following examples show how to configure a static route. In the first example, the
packet sent to the destination network whose IP address is 131.108.0.0 is routed to the
router whose IP address is 131.108.6.6.
ZXAN(config)#ip route 131.108.0.0 255.255.0.0 131.108.6.6
In the second example, the distance metric of the static route is set to 110. Then, if there is
no dynamic route information about the distance metric less than 110 available, the packet
sent to the destination network whose IP address is 10.0.0.0 is routed to the router whose
IP address is 131.108.3.4.
ZXAN(config)#ip route 10.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 131.108.3.4 110
Related Commands
20.46 show ip route
20.22 ip source-route
Syntax
ip source-route
no ip source-route
Function
This command enables the router to process datagrams with IP source route options.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The router software checks IP header options of each packet. The options include
Strict Source Route, loose Source Route, Record Route, and Time stamp. If the software
detects that one of the options is valid, it executes appropriate operation. If a packet with
an invalid option is detected, the software sends an ICMP parameter problem message
to the source route of the packet and discards the packet.
IP allows a source host to designate a path (also known as source route) in advance
through the IP network. If a source route is designated, the software forwards packets
through the designated path. The command is used when it is necessary to force a packet
20-20

transmitted through the designated path. By default, datagrams are processed through
the source route.
To disable the router to process datagrams with IP source route options, use the no form
of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the router to process datagrams with IP source
route options:
ZXAN(config)#ip source-route
Related Commands
None
20.23 ip tcp finwait-time

Syntax
ip tcp finwait-time number1
no ip tcp finwait-time
Function
This command configures the waiting time for TCP disconnection.
Parameters
number1 Time to wait for TCP Range: 300–600

disconnection
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To reset the configured time to the default value, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the waiting time as 400 seconds for TCP
disconnection:
ZXAN(config)#ip tcp finwait-time 400
20-21

Related Commands
None
20.24 ip tcp queuemax

Syntax
ip tcp queuemax number1
no ip tcp queuemax
Function
This command configures the maximum number of outgoing packets of a TCP connection.
It does not work on currently established Telnet.
Parameters
number1 Number of packets Range: 5–50
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To reset the configured number to the default value, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the maximum number of TCP outgoing
packets as 40:
ZXAN(config)#ip tcp queuemax 40
Related Commands
None
20.25 ip tcp synwait-time

Syntax
ip tcp synwait-time number1
no ip tcp synwait-time
20-22

Function
This command configures the waiting time for new TCP connection attempt. It works for
later established TCP connection.
Parameters
number1 Time to wait for the TCP Range: 30–80

connection
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the waiting time for new TCP connection
attempt as 50 seconds:
ZXAN(config)#ip tcp synwait-time 50
Related Commands
None
20.26 ip tcp window-size

Syntax
ip tcp window-size number1
no ip tcp window-size
Function
This command configures the TCP window size of a listener. It does not work on currently
established TCP connection.
Parameters
number1 TCP window size of a listener Range: 100–16000
20-23

Mode
Usage Guidelines
To reset the configured size to the default value, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the TCP window size of a listener as 2000
bytes:
ZXAN(config)#ip tcp window-size 2000
Related Commands
None
20.27 ip telnet-server
Syntax
ip telnet-server name1
Function
This command enables or disables telnet login to the NE.
Parameter
name1 Enables or disables telnet login. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If telnet to the NE is disabled, all existing telnet connections will be disconnected from the
NE.
Examples
l The following example shows how to enable telnet login to the NE:
ZXAN(config)#ip telnet-server enable
l The following example shows how to disable telnet login to the NE:
ZXAN(config)#ip telnet-server disable
20-24

Related Commands
None
20.28 ip unreachable
Syntax
ip unreachable
no ip unreachable
Function
This command enables the sending of ICMP unreachable messages.
Parameters
None
Mode
l loopback interface mode
Usage Guidelines
To disable the sending of ICMP unreachable messages, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the sending of ICMP unreachable messages:
ZXAN(config-if)#ip unreachable
Related Commands
20.29 ip vrf
Syntax
ip vrf name1
no ip vrf name1
20-25

Function
This command configures a VPN instance and enters VRF configuration mode.
Parameters
name1 VRF name 1–32 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The VRF name is locally valid and will be used when an interface is bound to the VPN.
To delete a VPN instance, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a VPN instance whose name is zte:
ZXAN(config)#ip vrf zte
Related Commands
20.53 show ip vrf
20.30 ip vrf forwarding

Syntax
ip vrf forwarding name1
no ip vrf forwarding
Function
This command associates a VRF with an interface.
Parameters
Mode
20-26

Usage Guidelines
This command re-configures the IP address after deleting the original IP address of the
interface. By default, the global routing table is associated with the interface.
To cancel the association, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to associate a VPN instance whose name is zte with
the interface VLAN 100:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan100)#ip vrf forwarding zte
Related Commands
20.29 ip vrf
20.31 ipv6 nd stale-time

Syntax
ipv6 nd stale-time number1
no ipv6 nd stale-time
Function
This command configures the aging time of ND entries in stale state.
Parameters
number1 Aging time Range: 1–1440

Unit: minutes
Mode
Usage Guidelines
RFC specifies the aging time (24 hours) of ND entries in stale state. This command allows
you to change the aging time as required.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the aging time to 20 hours:
ZXAN(config)#ipv6 nd stale-time 1200
20-27

Related Commands
show nd6 cache
20.32 ipv6 route

Syntax
ipv6 route v6mask1 {ipv6_addr1 [interface1 ] |interface2 } [{[number1 ] [tag number2 ] }]
no ipv6 route v6mask1 [{ipv6_addr1 [interface1 ] |interface2 } [{[number1 ] [tag number2 ] }] ]
Function
This command configures an IPv6 static route with an administrative distance.
Parameters
v6mask1 Destination network number -

and mask length of the static
route.
ipv6_addr1 Next-hop address. -
interface1 Next-hop interface name. -
interface2 Next-hop interface name. -
number1 Administrative distance. Range: 1–254

A route with shorter Default: 1
administrative distance has
higher priority than other routes
with the same destination
network and mask length.
number2 Route tag. 150–255
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If the next-hop address of a static route is the local address of a link, the interface name
must be specified in the command for successfully route configuration.
Two static routes with the same destination network number and mask length are not
allowed.
The next-hop address cannot be the address of the static route.
To delete a static route, use the no form of this command.
20-28

l If the next hop information is not specified, the no ipv6 route command will delete
the static route with matching destination network number and mask length. If no
matching static route is located, no prompt will be displayed.
l If the next hop information is specified, the no ipv6 route command will delete the
static route with matching destination network number, mask length, and next hop
information. If no matching static route is located, an error message will be displayed.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a static route to 2000::0/60 with the
administrative distance of 100. The next hop of this route is 3000::2.
ZXAN(config)#ipv6 route 2000::0/60 3000::2 100
Related Commands
52.23 show ipv6 route
20.33 ipv6 route-static fast-reroute

Syntax
ipv6 route-static fast-reroute
no ipv6 route-static fast-reroute
Function
This command enables fast reroute for IPv6 static routes.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
When fast reroute is enabled for IPv6 static routes, the system can perform primary/backup
route switching as required.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable fast reroute for IPv6 static routes:
ZXAN(config)#ipv6 route-static fast-reroute
Related Commands
20-29

20.34 set arp

Syntax
set arp {permanent |static } ip_addr1 hexadecimal1
Function
This command binds an IP address to a MAC address.
Parameters
permanent Permanent ARP entry -
static Static ARP entry -
ip_addr1 IP address to be bound -
hexadecimal1 MAC address to be bound -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is neglected on non-Ethernet interfaces. To view the binding between
IP address and MAC address on an Ethernet interface, use the show running-config
command.
Examples
The following example shows how to bind an IP address (168.10.1.1) to a MAC address
(000a.010c.e2c6) on a VLAN 2 interface:
ZXAN(config-if)#set arp static 168.10.1.1 000a.010c.e2c6
Related Commands
20.35 show arp
20.35 show arp

Syntax
show arp [{vrf name1 |{dynamic |static |arp-to-static } [interface1 ] [| name2 LINE1 ] |ip_addr1
|interface interface2 [{ip_addr2 [detail ] |hexadecimal1 } ] |[{[invlanID number1 ] [exvlanID num
ber2 ] }] } ]
20-30

Function
This command displays ARP entries on a layer-3 interface.
Parameters
name1 VRF name. 1–32 characters
dynamic Displays dynamic ARP entries. -
static Displays static ARP entries. -
arp-to-static Displays ARP entries with -

arp-to-static attribute.
name2 Regular expression for begin, include, and exclude

displaying ARP entries starting
with, including, or excluding a
specific character or character
string.
LINE1 Specifies the character or -

character string.
ip_addr1 IP address in dotted decimal -

notation.

notation.
detail Displays the details of the ARP -

entry.
number1 Inner VLAN ID. 1–4094
number2 External VLAN ID. 1–4094
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If no parameter is specified in this command, the corresponding relations between the IP
address and MAC address in the ARP cache of all the Ethernet interfaces will be displayed.
If an interface name is specified in the command, the ARP table of the corresponding
Ethernet interface will be displayed.
The following explains the regular expression:
20-31

l begin: The information from the line that contains the specified character or character
string is displayed.
l exclude: The information of lines that do not contain the specified character or
character string is displayed.
l include: The information of lines that contain the specified character or character string
is displayed.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the ARP tables of all interfaces:
ZXAN#show arp
ARP protect whole is disabled
The count is 1
IP Hardware External Internal
Address Age(min) Address Interface VlanID VlanID
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.2.3.4 - 00d0.d012.ab33 vlan11 11 N/A
Related Commands
20.7 clear arp-cache
20.36 show ip arp inspection vlan

Syntax
show ip arp inspection vlan [{number1 |name WORD1 |enable |disable } ]
Function
This command displays a list of VLANs with dynamic ARP DHCP inspection enabled
and/or disabled.
Parameters
WORD1 VLAN name. -
enable Displays VLANs with ARP -

DHCP inspection enabled.
disable Displays VLANs with ARP -

DHCP inspection disabled.
Mode
20-32

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display VLANs with dynamic ARP DHCP inspection
enabled and disabled:
ZXAN#sho ip arp inspection vlan
VLAN Inspection --------------------
1 disable
30 disable
100 enable
200 disable
300 disable
Related Commands
ip arp inspection vlan
20.37 show ip backup route

Syntax
show ip backup route [{ip_addr1 } {mask1 } ]
Function
This command displays all primary and backup routes.
Parameters

notation
mask1 Subnet mask -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command displays the configuration information of primary routes (M) and backup
routes (S).
20-33

Examples
The following example shows how to display the configured primary routes and backup
routes:
show ip backup route
IPv4 Backup Routing Table:
Dest Mask Gw Interface Owner Pri Met M/S
2.2.2.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.200.2 vlan200 static 1 0 M
255.255.255.0 192.168.30.2 vlan300 static 5 0 S
Related Commands
20.21 ip route
20.38 show ip backup route vrf

Syntax
show ip backup route vrf name1 [{ip_addr1 } {mask1 } ]
Function
This command displays primary and backup routes in a VRF.
Parameters
name1 VRF name -

notation
mask1 Subnet mask -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
A VRF name must be specified in the command for displaying primary and backup routes
in the VRF.
Examples
The following example shows how to display primary and backup routes in a VRF whose
name is zte:
show ip backup route vrf zte
IPv4 Backup Routing Table:
20-34

Dest Mask Gw Interface Owner Pri Met M/S

1.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.100.2 vlan100 static 1 0 M
255.255.255.0 192.168.40.2 vlan400 static 5 0 S
Related Commands
20.49 show ip route vrf
20.39 show ip header logging

Syntax
show ip header logging
Function
This command displays the header information in IP packets recently received by the
device.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the header information in IP packets recently
received by the device:
ZXAN(config)#sho ip header logging
tick if_index protocol src_ip dst_ip src_port dst_port ttl vpnId
34293482 3 6 10.63.79.148 10.63.198.70 3389 4621 125 0
34293488 3 6 10.63.79.148 10.63.198.70 3389 4621 125 0
34293488 3 6 10.63.198.70 10.63.79.148 4621 3389 128 0
34293490 3 6 10.63.79.148 10.63.198.70 3389 4621 125 0
34293496 3 6 10.63.79.148 10.63.198.70 3389 4621 125 0
34293496 3 6 10.63.79.148 10.63.198.70 3389 4621 125 0
34293496 3 6 10.63.79.148 10.63.198.70 3389 4621 125 0
34293496 3 6 10.63.198.70 10.63.79.148 4621 3389 128 0
34293496 3 6 10.63.198.70 10.63.79.148 4621 3389 128 0
34293496 3 6 10.63.79.148 10.63.198.70 3389 4621 125 0
34293496 3 6 10.63.79.148 10.63.198.70 3389 4621
20-35

ZXAN(config)#
Related Commands
ip header logging

Syntax
show ip interface [{interface1 || name1 LINE1 } ]
Function
This command displays information about the interface status and configuration.
Parameters
name1 Syntax -
LINE1 Regular expression -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The show ip interface command displays information about all the interfaces configured.
The show ip interface interface-name command displays information about a specified
interface.
The show ip interface brief command displays brief information about all the interfaces
configured.
The show ip interface brief interface-name command displays brief information about a
specified interface.
Examples
The following example shows how to display brief information about all the interfaces
configured:
ZXAN(config)#show ip interface brief
interface IP-Address Mask AdminStatus PhyStatus Protocol
vlan1 unassigned unassigned up up up
vlan2 10.1.1.1 255.255.0.0 up up down
vlan100 unassigned unassigned up up down
20-36

Related Commands
show running interface
20.41 show ip interface brief

Syntax
show ip interface brief [{interface1 || name1 LINE1 } ]
Function
This command displays the brief information of an interface.
Parameters
name1 Syntax -
LINE1 Regular expression -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the brief information of the interface vlan 100:
ZXAN#show ip interface brief
Interface IP-Address Mask Admin Phy Prot Description
vlan100 192.168.100.1 255.255.255.0 up up up none
vlan200 192.168.200.1 255.255.255.0 up up up none
vlan300 192.168.30.1 255.255.255.0 up up down none
Related Commands
20.42 show ip protocol routing

Syntax
show ip protocol routing [network ip_addr1 [mask ip_addr2 ] ]
20-37

Function
This command displays information about protocol stack routes.
Parameters
ip_addr1 Subnet -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l If no parameter is specified in the command, the information about all the protocol
stack routes will be displayed.
l If a subnet ID is specified in the command, the information about the protocol stack
routes matching the subnet will be displayed.
l If a subnet ID and a subnet mask are specified in the command, the information about
the protocol stack routes matching both the subnet ID and mask will be displayed.
Examples
The following example shows how to display information about protocol stack routings:
ZXAN#show ip protocol routing
Protocol routes:
Status codes: *-valid, >-best, i-internal, s-stale
Dest NextHop RoutePrf RouteMetric Protocol

*> 0.0.0.0/0 0.0.0.0 254 8 special
*> 255.255.255.255/32 0.0.0.0 254 0 special
Related Commands
20.46 show ip route
20.43 show ip protocol routing summary

Syntax
show ip protocol routing summary
Function
This command displays the counts of routes by protocols.
20-38

Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the counts of routes that comply with different
protocols:
ZXAN#show ip protocol routing summary
Route Source count
connected : 0
static: 0
ospf: 0
rip: 0
bgp: 0
isis: 0
Total: 0
Related Commands
20.46 show ip route
20.44 show ip protocol routing vrf

Syntax
show ip protocol routing vrf name1 [network ip_addr1 [mask ip_addr2 ] ]
Function
This command displays route entries in a VRF.
Parameters
name1 VRF name -
ip_addr1 Subnet IP address -
20-39

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the route entries in a VRF whose name is
abc:
ZXAN(config)#sho ip protocol routing vrf abc
Related Commands
20.45 show ip protocol routing vrf-summary

Syntax
show ip protocol routing vrf-summary name1
Function
This command displays the statistics of route entries in a VRF.
Parameters
name1 VRF name -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command displays the statistics of different protocol route entries in a specific VRF.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the statistics of route entries in a VRF whose
name is abc:
show ip protocol routing vrf-summary abc
Related Commands
show ip route vrf-summary abc
20-40

20.46 show ip route

Syntax
show ip route {[ip_addr1 {[longer-prefixes ] |[mask1 {[longer-prefixes ] |[weak-match ] } ] } ]
|[name1 ] }
Function
This command displays the global routing table.
Parameters
ip_addr1 Destination subnet address -
longer-prefixes Longest prefix match -
mask1 Subnet mask -
weak-match Fuzzy match
name1 Protocol name -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The show ip route command displays all the routes.
The show ip route ip_addr1 mask1 command displays a specified route.
The show ip route protocol command displays the route of a specified protocol or a
keyword.
The show ip route other command displays the route items that are generated by configuring
nat, nat-pt, and vrrp.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the global routing table:
ZXAN#show ip route
Total number of routes: 3
IPv4 Routing Table:
Dest Mask Gw Interface Owner Pri Metric
0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 10.63.198.254 mng1 static 1 0
10.63.198.0 255.255.255.0 10.63.198.68 mng1 direct 0 0
10.63.198.68 255.255.255.255 10.63.198.68 mng1 address 0 0
20-41

Related Commands
None
20.47 show ip route mng

Syntax
show ip route mng
Function
This command displays the global routing table of the management interface.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the global routing table of the management
interface:
ZXAN#show ip route mng
Related Commands
None
20.48 show ip route vpn

Syntax
show ip route vpn
Function
This command displays the route information in all VPN instances.
Parameters
None
20-42

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the route information in all VPN instances:
ZXAN#sho ip route vpn
Routes of VPN:
Status codes:s-stale
Dest NextHop Type ASN Addr Peer
Related Commands
None

Syntax
show ip route vrf name1 {[ip_addr1 [mask1 [weak-match ] ] ] |[name2 ] }
Function
This command displays the route information in a VRF.
Parameters
name1 VRF 1–32 characters
ip_addr1 Network IP address in dotted -

decimal notation
mask1 Subnet mask in dotted decimal -

notation
weak-match Weak route matching -
name2 Protocol name -
Mode
20-43

Usage Guidelines
This command displays specific routes in a VPN.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the route information in a VRF whose name
is zte:
ZXAN(config)#sho ip route vrf zte
Total number of routes: 3
IPv4 Routing Table:
Dest Mask Gw Interface Owner Pri Metric
1.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.100.2 vlan100 static 1 0
192.168.100.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.100.1 vlan100 direct 0 0
192.168.100.1 255.255.255.255 192.168.100.1 vlan100 address 0 0
Related Commands
20.29 ip vrf
20.50 show ip route vrf-summary

Syntax
show ip route vrf-summary name1
Function
This command displays the count of routes in a VRF.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command displays the count of routes in a specific VPN.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the count of routes in a VRF whose name is
zte:
ZXAN(config)#sho ip route vrf-summary zte
20-44

The total route of this VPN is 3
Related Commands
20.51 show ip security-audit

Syntax
show ip security-audit
Function
This command displays the created TCP/UDP listening ports.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config)#sho ip se
ZXAN(config)#sho ip security-audit
TELNET service is open, tcp port is 23.
NTP service is open, udp port is 123.
SNMP request service is open, udp port is 161.
BFD MULTI service is open, udp port is 4784.
BFD service is open, udp port is 3784.
Related Commands
None
20.52 show ip traffic

Syntax
show ip traffic
20-45

Function
This command displays statistical information about IP transmission.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command displays statistical information about all the protocols (including the
dynamic routing protocol) on the IP layer.
The statistics of protocol packets on the IP layer include the following:
IP statistics: number of received packets, number of sent packets, fragment, and
broadcast packets
ICMP statistics: number of packets received and sent
ARP statistics: number of packets received, sent, and discarded
TCP statistics: number of packets received and sent, and packets received with checksum
errors
UDP statistics: number of packets received and sent, packets received with checksum
errors, and erroneous packets on the receiving port
URPF statistics: number of discarded packets that fail the URPF check
Examples
The following example shows how to display statistical information about IP transmission:
ZXAN#show ip traffic
IP statistics:
Rcvd: 7091 total, 1322 local destination
format errors checksum errors bad hop count
0 0 0
unknown protocol
0
Frags:reassembled timeouts couldn't reassemble
0 0 0
fragmented couldn't fragment
0 0
Bcast:received sent
53 44
Sent: generated forwarded encapsulation failed no route
990 0 0 0
20-46

ICMP statistics:
Rcvd: 0 total
format errors redirects unreachable echo
0 0 0 0
echo reply mask requests mask replies quench
0 0 0 0
timestamp request timestamp reply time exceeded
0 0 0
parameter problem
0
Sent: 0 total
format errors redirects unreachable echo
0 0 0 0
echo reply mask requests mask replies quench
0 0 0 0
timestamp request timestamp reply time exceeded
0 0 0
parameter problem
0
UDP statistics:
Rcvd: 53 total, 0 checksum errors, 1 no port
Sent: 0 total
TCP statistics:
Rcvd: 1269 total, 0 checksum errors
Sent: 983 total
ARP statistics:
Rcvd: requests replies
13 41
Sent: requests replies
41 10
Droped: in requests in replies out requests
0 0 0
ZXAN#
Related Commands
None
20.53 show ip vrf

Syntax
show ip vrf [name1 ]
20-47

Function
This command displays the information of created VRFs.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, the information of all created VRFs are displayed.
Examples
ZXAN(config)#sho ip vrf
* Being deleted
Name Default RD Interfaces
zte 1:1 vlan100
Related Commands
20.29 ip vrf
20.54 show ip vrf detail

Syntax
show ip vrf detail [name1 ]
Function
This command displays the details of a VRF.
Parameters
Mode
20-48

Usage Guidelines
This command displays the details of a VRF and related interfaces, including the
information of ingress and egress packets.
Examples
ZXAN(config)#show ip vrf detail
VPN zte; default RD 1:1
Flow Statistic:
InPktsHigh :0 InBytesHigh :0
InPkts :0 InBytes :0
OutPktsHigh :0 OutBytesHigh :0
OutPkts :0 OutBytes :0
Interfaces:
vlan100
Connected addresses are not in global routing table
No export VPN route-target communities
No import VPN route-target communities
No import route-map
No export route-map
VRF label allocation mode: per-prefix
No static outlabel configuration
Related Commands
20.53 show ip vrf
20.55 show ip vrf interfaces

Syntax
show ip vrf interfaces [name1 ]
Function
This command displays the information of interfaces associated with a VRF.
Parameters
Mode
20-49

Usage Guidelines
This command displays the information of interfaces associated with a VRF, such as
interface state.
Examples
ZXAN(config)#show ip vrf interfaces
Interface IP-Address VRF Protocol
vlan100 192.168.100.1 zte up
Related Commands
20.53 show ip vrf
20.56 show ip vrf summary

Syntax
show ip vrf summary
Function
This command displays a summary of VRFs.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command displays a summary of VRFs, such as the number of created VRFs.
Examples
ZXAN(config)#sho ip vrf summary
1 VPN have been configured(MAX VPN:128).
Related Commands
20.53 show ip vrf
20-50

20.57 show ntp config

Syntax
show ntp config
Function
This command displays the NTP configuration.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command displays the basic NTP configuration. This command does not display the
NTP authentication related information (such as password) and multicast/broadcast mode
configuration.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the current NTP configuration:
ZXAN(config)#sho ntp config
NTP: enable
authenticate: disabled
ntp poll-interval: 6
ntp server 1.1.1.1 priority 1 version 3
Related Commands
33.7 ntp server
33.4 ntp enable

Syntax
show supervlan [number1 ]
Function
This command displays the configuration of a super VLAN.
20-51

Parameters
number1 Super VLAN ID 1–255
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If no super VLAN ID is specified in this command, the configuration information of all super
VLAN interfaces will be displayed.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the configuration of all super VLANs:
ZXAN#show supervlan
interface supervlan1
inter-subvlan-routing enable
arp-broadcast disable
ip-pool-filter enable
Related Commands
20.68 supervlan
8.6 supervlan inter-subvlan-routing
20.59 show tcp

Syntax
show tcp
Function
This command displays parameters of all TCP connections.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
20-52

Examples
The following example shows how to display parameters of all TCP connections:
ZXAN#show tcp
tty 67,virtual tty from host 10.63.10.208
Connection state is ESTAB, I/O status: 1, unread input
bytes: 1
Local host: 10.63.173.100, Local port: 23
Foreign host: 10.63.10.208, Foreign port: 2852
Enqueued packets for retransmit: 0, input: 70
mis-ordered: 0 (0 bytes)
Event Timers (Current time is 5770300(ms)):

Timer Starts Wakeups
Retrans 47 0
TimeWait 0 0
AckHold 22 4
KeepAlive 37 37
Persist 0 0
SynWait 1 0
FinWait 0 0
iss: 1210240000 snduna: 1210240372 sndnxt: 1210240372

sndwnd: 65164
irs: 3144580243 rcvnxt: 3144580317 rcvwnd: 4026
SRTT: 871 ms, RTTO: 412 ms, KRTT: 412 ms
minRTT: 16 ms, maxRTT: 1161 ms, ACK hold: 200 ms
Flags: Passive open, higher precedence, retransmission
timeout
Datagrams (max data segment is 536 bytes):

Rcvd: 70 (out of order: 0), with data: 37,
total data bytes: 74
Sent: 48 (retransmit: 0), with data: 43,

Connection state is ESTAB, I/O status: 1,
unread input bytes: 1
Event Timers (Current time is 5770320(ms)):
20-53


Retrans 637 3
TimeWait 0 0
AckHold 295 8
KeepAlive 468 468
Persist 0 0
SynWait 1 0
FinWait 0 0

sndwnd: 16106
timeout

Related Commands
None
20.60 show tcp brief

Syntax
show tcp brief
Function
This command displays brief information about all TCP connections.
Parameters
None
Mode
20-54

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display brief information about all TCP connections:
ZXAN#show tcp brief
TCB Local Address Foreign Address State
197404144 100.1.1.1.23 100.1.1.49.1648 ESTAB
197406336 100.1.1.1.23 100.1.1.2.1370 ESTAB
197439456 100.1.1.1.23 100.1.1.88.1584 ESTAB
197369152 100.1.1.1.23 100.1.1.5.1150 ESTAB
Related Commands
None
20.61 show tcp configuration

Syntax
show tcp configuration
Function
This command displays the basic TCP configuration.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command displays the TCP configuration, such as window size and the maximum
TCP queue size.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the TCP configuration:
show tcp configuration
TCP SYNWAIT: 30
TCP FINWAIT: 600
TCP QUEUEMAX: 5
20-55

TCP WINDOWSIZE: 2144
Related Commands
ip tcp
20.62 show tcp line

Syntax
show tcp line number1
Function
This command displays parameter information about a TCP connection specified in a line.
Parameters
number1 TTY line number Range: 66–81
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display parameter information about a TCP
connection specified in line 66:
ZXAN#show tcp line 66
Connection state is ESTAB, I/O status: 1, unread input
bytes: 1
Event Timers (Current time is 0x5b11fc):

Retrans 4488 25
TimeWait 0 0
AckHold 1736 30
20-56

KeepAlive 2761 2761

Persist 0 0
SynWait 1 0
FinWait 0 0

sndwnd: 65398
timeout

Related Commands
None
20.63 show tcp statistics

Syntax
show tcp statistics
Function
This command displays statistical information about the TCP layer.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display statistical information about the TCP layer:
20-57

ZXAN#show tcp statistics

Rcvd: 14861 Total, 41 no port
0 checksum error, 0 bad offset, 0 too short
14711 packets (4531127 bytes) in sequence
0 out-of-order packets (0 bytes)
0 packets (0 bytes) with data after window
0 packets after close
0 window probe packets, 7259 window update packets
10 dup ack packets, 0 ack packets with unsend data
14714 ack packets (4531160 bytes)
Sent: 12369 Total, 0 urgent packets
85 control packets (including 1 retransmitted)
8704 data packets (117793 bytes)
94 data packets (1907 bytes) retransmitted
3622 ack only packets (0 delayed)
0 window probe packets, 2775 window update packets
7 Connections initiated, 16 connections accepted,
23 connections established,28 Connections closed ,
95 Total rxmt timeout, 0 connections dropped in rxmt timeout
6183 Keepalive timeout, 2 keepalive probe,
0 Connections dropped in keepalive
Related Commands
None
20.64 show tcp tcb

Syntax
show tcp tcb number1
Function
This command displays parameter information about the connection corresponding to a
specified TCB.
Parameters
number1 TCB address 0–4294967295
Mode
20-58

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display parameter information about the connection
corresponding to TCB 3507808:
ZXAN#show tcp tcb 3507808
Stand-alone TCP connection from host 168.1.16.140
Connection state is ESTAB, I/O status: 1,
unread input bytes: 1
Event Timers (Current time is 0x39f490):

Retrans 2 0
TimeWait 0 0
AckHold 0 0
KeepAlive 0 0
Persist 0 0
SynWait 0 0
FinWait 0 0

sndwnd: 16557
timeout

Rcvd: 3 (out of order: 0), with data: 0, total data bytes: 0
Sent: 2 (retransmit: 0), with data: 1, total data bytes: 59
Related Commands
None
20-59

20.65 show tcp tty

Syntax
show tcp tty number1
Function
TTY terminal.
Parameters
number1 Control terminal number Range: 66–81
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
corresponding to TTY 66:
ZXAN#show tcp tty 66
Connection state is ESTAB, I/O status: 1, unread input bytes: 1
Event Timers (Current time is 0x331a08):

Retrans 226 3
TimeWait 0 0
AckHold 83 5
KeepAlive 143 143
Persist 0 0
SynWait 1 0
FinWait 0 0
iss: 121300000 snduna: 121301585 sndnxt: 121301587 sndwnd: 65025
20-60


Flags: Passive open, higher precedence, retransmission timeout

ZXAN#
Related Commands
None
20.66 show tcp vty

Syntax
show tcp vty number1
Function
VTY terminal and information about a TCP connection through Telnet.
Parameters
number1 Virtual terminal number Range: 0–15
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
corresponding to a VTY terminal:
ZXAN#show tcp vty 1
Connection state is ESTAB, I/O status: 1, unread input bytes: 1
20-61


Event Timers (Current time is 0x4469570):

Retrans 679 6
TimeWait 0 0
AckHold 302 15
KeepAlive 415 415
Persist 0 0
SynWait 1 0
FinWait 0 0
iss: 279010816 snduna: 279029365 sndnxt: 279029367 sndwnd: 17284

Flags: Passive open, higher precedence, retransmission timeout

Related Commands
None
20.67 shutdown
Syntax
shutdown
no shutdown
Function
This command starts or shuts down an interface.
Parameters
None
Mode
20-62

Usage Guidelines
By default, an interface is started.
After an interface is shut down, all interface functions are disabled. However, the physical
status (up or down) of the interface does not change.
Examples
The following example shows how to shut down the interface vlan 100:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan100) shutdown
Related Commands
show ip interface vlan
20.68 supervlan
Syntax
supervlan number1
no supervlan
Function
This command binds a VLAN/real port to a super VLAN.
Parameters
number1 Super VLAN ID 1–255
Mode
Usage Guidelines
A VLAN can only be bound to one super VLAN. A maximum of 4094 sub-VLANs can be
bound to a super VLAN. It is not allowed to configure a layer-3 interface to a super VLAN.
To cancel the binding, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to bind vlan 2 to supervlan 1:
ZXAN(config)#vlan 2
ZXAN(config-vlan2)#supervlan 1
20-63

Related Commands
None
20.69 trace
Syntax
trace ip_addr1 [source ip_addr2 ]
Function
This command traces the route to a destination.
Parameters
ip_addr1 IP address of the destination -
ip_addr2 Source address -
Mode
User mode
Usage Guidelines
This command works on the ICMP error message that is generated when the packet
exceeds its TTL value.
This command is triggered by sending a packet with the TTL value being 1, which causes
the first router to discard the packet and to send an error message.
The 'TTL timeout' message means that an intermediate router receives the message
and abandons the detection. The 'unreachable destination' message means that the
destination node receives the message but fails to deliver it.
If the timer stops before the acknowledgement arrives, this command prints a "*".
Examples
The following example shows how to trace the route to 168.1.10.100:
ZXAN#trace 168.1.10.100
tracing the route to 168.1.10.100
1 168.1.10.100 2 ms 3 ms 5 ms
[finished]
The following table explains the displayed information:
1 Index of the router to the destination route.
20-64

168.1.10.100 IP address of a hop in the route. The last address is the destination
IP address.
2 ms 3 ms 5 ms Durations of three detections.
Related Commands
None
20.70 vlan
Syntax
vlan {number1 |name WORD1 }
no vlan {number1 |name WORD1 }
Function
This command configures VLAN attributes for an EPON ONU Ethernet port.
Parameters
name VLAN name -
WORD1 VLAN name Maximum length: 31 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the VLAN mode to translation for the
Ethernet port of ONU 1 under OLT interface 1 in slot 7 of shelf 1:
ZXAN(config)#pon-onu-mng epon-onu_1/7/1:1
ZXAN(epon-onu-mng)#vlan port eth_0/1 mode translation def-vlan 100
def-prio 7 vlan-list 1.0:100.7
20-65

Related Commands
None
20-66

Chapter 21
RIP Commands
Table of Contents
address-family ipv4 ..................................................................................................21-2
auto-summary ..........................................................................................................21-3
debug ip rip ..............................................................................................................21-4
debug ip rip all..........................................................................................................21-4
debug ip rip database...............................................................................................21-5
debug ip rip events ...................................................................................................21-6
debug ip rip trigger ...................................................................................................21-7
default-metric ...........................................................................................................21-7
disable interface .......................................................................................................21-8
distance ...................................................................................................................21-9
enable interface......................................................................................................21-10
flash-update-threshold............................................................................................ 21-11
ip poison-reverse.................................................................................................... 21-11
ip rip authentication key..........................................................................................21-12
ip rip authentication key-chain ................................................................................21-13
ip rip authentication mode ......................................................................................21-14
ip rip interface.........................................................................................................21-15
ip rip neighbor-restrict.............................................................................................21-16
ip rip notify default route .........................................................................................21-17
ip rip only-send-subnet ...........................................................................................21-18
ip rip originate default route ....................................................................................21-19
ip rip receive version ..............................................................................................21-20
ip rip send version ..................................................................................................21-21
ip split-horizon ........................................................................................................21-22
ipv6 router rip .........................................................................................................21-23
maximum-paths......................................................................................................21-24
neighbor .................................................................................................................21-25
network ..................................................................................................................21-26
offset-list.................................................................................................................21-27
output-delay ...........................................................................................................21-28
redistribute .............................................................................................................21-29
router rip ................................................................................................................21-30
show ip rip..............................................................................................................21-31
show ip rip database ..............................................................................................21-32
show ip rip database vrf..........................................................................................21-33
show ip rip interface ...............................................................................................21-33
show ip rip neighbors .............................................................................................21-34
21-1

show ip rip neighbors vrf.........................................................................................21-35

show ip rip networks...............................................................................................21-36
show ip rip networks vrf ..........................................................................................21-36
timers basic............................................................................................................21-37
validate-update-source ...........................................................................................21-39
version ...................................................................................................................21-39
21.1 address-family ipv4

Syntax
address-family ipv4 vrf name1
no address-family ipv4 vrf name1
Function
This command starts VRF address mode.
Parameters
vrf VRF name -
Mode
Router RIP mode: ZXAN(config-router)#
Usage Guidelines
The RIP extension supports VRF address mode. To configure the address mode, you
need to enter the corresponding address configuration mode.
Use the ip vrf <vrf-name> command to create a VRF and ensure that a RD is configured
for the VRF before using the address-family ipv4 vrf <vrf-name> command.
When a VRF instance is deleted, the address-family ipv4 vrf configuration bound to the
VRF instance is also deleted.
To exit VRF address mode, use the exit-address-family command.
To delete VRF address configuration mode, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enter the address configuration mode of vpn1:
ZXAN(config)#router rip
ZXAN(config-router)#address-family ipv4 vrf vpn1
21-2

Chapter 21 RIP Commands
Related Commands
20.29 ip vrf
exit-address-family
21.2 auto-summary
Syntax
auto-summary
no auto-summary
Function
This command enables sending only summarized natural-network and super-network
routes in case of RIPv2.
Parameters
None
Mode
l Router RIP mode: ZXAN(config-router)#
l VPF-RIP configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, the system sends only summarized natural-network and super-network routes.
The route summarization reduces the amount of route information to be sent.
To cancel the setting and restore sending all RIP routes, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable sending only summarized natural-network
and super-network routes:
ZXAN(config-router)#auto-summary
Related Commands
None
21-3

21.3 debug ip rip

Syntax
debug ip rip
no debug ip rip
Function
This command turns on the debugging switch for tracing the sending and receiving of RIP
packets.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To cancel the tracing, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to turns on the debugging switch to trace the sending
and receiving of RIP packets:
ZXAN#debug ip rip
RIP protocol debugging is on
Related Commands
21.4 debug ip rip all

Syntax
debug ip rip all
no debug ip rip all
Function
This command turns on all RIP debugging switches.
21-4

Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To turn off all RIP debugging switches, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to turn on all RIP debugging switches:
ZXAN#debug ip rip all
All RIP debugging has been turned on
Related Commands
21.5 debug ip rip database

Syntax
debug ip rip database
no debug ip rip database
Function
This command turns on the debugging switch to trace changes in the RIP routing table.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to turn on the debugging switch to trace changes in the
RIP routing table:
21-5

ZXAN#debug ip rip database

RIP database events debugging is on
Related Commands
21.6 debug ip rip events

Syntax
debug ip rip events
no debug ip rip events
Function
This command turns on the debugging switch to trace RIP related events, such as interface
state.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to turn on the debugging switch to trace RIP related
events:
ZXAN#debug ip rip events

RIP event debugging is on
Related Commands
21-6

21.7 debug ip rip trigger

Syntax
debug ip rip trigger
no debug ip rip trigger
Function
This command turns on the debugging switch to trace RIP trigger events, such as timer
timeout.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to turn on the debugging switch to trace RIP trigger
events:
ZXAN#debug ip rip trigger
RIP trigger debugging is on
Related Commands
21.8 default-metric
Syntax
default-metric number1
no default-metric
Function
This command configures the default metric that is used for redistributing routes from other
protocols to the RIP.
21-7

Parameters
number1 Default metric value Range: 1–16

Default: 1
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used together with the redistribute command to allow the current routing
protocol to use the same metric value for all redistributed routes.
The default metric helps solve route redistribution problems that are caused by different
metric values. If the metric is not changed, the default metric provides a reasonable
alternative method to facilitate the redistribution.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the default metric to 6:
ZXAN(config-router)#default-metric 6
Related Commands
21.31 redistribute
21.9 disable interface

Syntax
disable interface ip_addr1
Function
This command disables an interface and stops running the RIP on the interface.
Parameters
ip_addr1 IP address of the RIP interface, -

in dotted decimal notation
21-8

Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command does not change the configuration parameter database, but only stops
running the RIP on the interface.
Examples
The following example shows how to stop running the RIP on an interface whose IP
address is 10.1.1.1:
ZXAN(config-router)#disable interface 10.1.1.1
Related Commands
21.11 enable interface
21.10 distance
Syntax
distance number1
no distance
Function
This command specifies the administrative distance for RIP routes.
Parameters
number1 Administrative distance of RIP Range: 1–255

routes Default: 120
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The administrative distance is specified for RIP routes to change the selection of the
optimal route in the global routing table.
To restore the default, use the no form of this command.
21-9

Examples
The following example shows how to set the administrative distance of RIP routes to 122:
ZXAN(config-router)#distance 122
Related Commands
None

Syntax
enable interface ip_addr1
Function
This command starts running the RIP on an interface.
Parameters
ip_addr1 Specifies the IP address of the target RIP -

interface in dotted decimal notation.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command does not change the configuration parameter database.
Examples
The following example shows how to start running the RIP on an interface whose IP
address is 10.20.1.20:
ZXAN(config-router)#enable interface 10.20.1.20
Related Commands
21-10

21.12 flash-update-threshold
Syntax
flash-update-threshold number1
no flash-update-threshold
Function
This command sets the RIP flash timer.
Parameters
number1 Expiration time of the RIP flash timer 1–30

Unit: seconds
Default: 5
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The RIP flash timer can be modified according to the actual situation.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the RIP flash timer to 10 seconds:
ZXAN(config-router)#flash-update-threshold 10
Related Commands
None
21.13 ip poison-reverse
Syntax
ip poison-reverse
no ip poison-reverse
Function
This command enables the poison-reverse mechanism.
21-11

Parameters
None
Mode
l Super VLAN interface mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, the poison-reverse mechanism is disabled.
When the poison-reverse mechanism is enabled, the metric of a route must be configured
to infinite (Metric = 16) to avoid routing loops before the route is sent back to the router
that originally advertises this route. Because the poison-reverse mechanism may increase
network traffic, it is recommended to disable the mechanism when the network load is
heavy.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the poison-reverse mechanism for the layer-3
interface VLAN2:
ZXAN(config-if)#ip poison-reverse
Related Commands
None
21.14 ip rip authentication key

Syntax
ip rip authentication key name1
no ip rip authentication key
Function
This command configures a simple text authentication key for an interface.
Parameters
name1 Valid key 1–16 characters
21-12

Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, an interface has no simple text authentication key and no authentication is
required on the interface.
This command is used in combination with the ip rip authentication mode text command.
To remove the key, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the simple text authentication key of the layer-3
interface VLAN 2 to zxan:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan2)#ip rip authentication key zxan
Related Commands
21.16 ip rip authentication mode
21.15 ip rip authentication key-chain

Syntax
ip rip authentication key-chain number1 {encrypt name1 |name2 }
no ip rip authentication key-chain number1
Function
This command configures an MD5 authentication key chain for an interface.
Parameters
number1 ID of the key in the key chain 1–255
name1 Encrypted key 1–16 characters
name2 Key 1–16 characters
Mode
21-13


Usage Guidelines
By default, no MD5 authentication key chain is set for an interface.
This command is used in combination with the ip rip authentication mode md5 command.
To remove a key, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure key 1 in the MD5 authentication key-chain
to abcd for the layer-3 interface VLAN2 and then remove the key:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan2)#ip rip authentication key-chain 1 abcd
ZXAN(config-if)#no ip rip authentication key-chain 1
Related Commands

Syntax
ip rip authentication mode name1
no ip rip authentication mode
Function
This command specifies the authentication mode for RIPv2 packets.
Parameters
name1 Authentication mode: simple text or -

MD5 authentication
Mode
21-14

Usage Guidelines
By default, no authentication mode is configured. Authentication is not supported for RIPv1
packets.
To cancel the authentication, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the MD5 authentication mode for the L3
interface VLAN 2:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan2)#ip rip authentication mode md5
Related Commands
21.14 ip rip authentication key
ip
rip authentication key-chain
21.17 ip rip interface

Syntax
ip rip interface name1
no ip rip interface
Function
This command configures the mode of sending and receiving route information for an
interface.
Parameters
name1 Mode of sending and receiving route -

information: passive or active.
l passive: The interface only
receives RIP route update
information.
l active: The interface only sends
RIP route update information.
Mode
21-15

Usage Guidelines
This command can be used to reduce the occupation of the network bandwidth.
The ip rip interface passive command is usually used in combination with the neighbor
command to enable the router to only send routes to the specified neighbor and thus reduce
the occupation of the network bandwidth.
The ip rip interface active command is usually used when the LAN only needs to report the
route information in its subnet to the upper-layer server.
The ip rip interface passive and ip rip interface active commands are mutually excluded. If
the ip rip interface active command is executed on an interface and then the ip rip interf
ace passive command, the interface will be set to passive mode, meaning to only receive
RIP route update information.
To cancel the setting and restore the default, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the mode to passive for the L3 interface
VLAN 2:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan2)#ip rip interface passive
Related Commands
21.22 ip rip receive version
21.23 ip rip send version
21.43 version
21.18 ip rip neighbor-restrict

Syntax
ip rip neighbor-restrict
no ip rip neighbor-restrict
Function
This command enables an interface to enter RIP neighbor restricted mode.
Parameters
None
21-16

Mode
Usage Guidelines
After entering neighbor restricted mode, the interface can discover neighbors if no neighbor
is configured. However, it does not send unicast packets to the discovered neighbors but
still sends only multicast packets. The interface can receive packets from the discovered
neighbors.
If a neighbor is configured, the interface will delete the previously discovered neighbors
and cannot discover neighbors any longer. It sends unicast packets to the configured
neighbor. The interface can receive packets only from the configured neighbor, and will
discard packets from other sources.
After entering neighbor unrestricted mode (no ip rip neighbor-restrict), neighbors can
be discovered no matter whether neighbors are configured on the interface or not. The
interface only sends unicast packets to the configured neighbors but not the discovered
ones. It can receive packets from both the configured neighbors and the discovered ones.
Examples
The following example shows how to enter RIP neighbor restricted mode on the L3
interface VLAN2:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan2)#ip rip neighbor-restrict
Related Commands
21.27 neighbor
21.19 ip rip notify default route

Syntax
ip rip notify default route [only ]
no ip rip notify default route
Function
This command enables an interface to advertise the default route when the default route
exists on the router.
21-17

Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the L3 interface VLAN 2 to advertise the
default route:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan2)#ip rip notify default route
Related Commands
21.21 ip rip originate default route
21.20 ip rip only-send-subnet

Syntax
ip rip only-send-subnet
no ip rip only-send-subnet
Function
This command enables an interface to advertise only the subnet information of the network
corresponding to the interface.
Parameters
None
Mode
21-18

Usage Guidelines
When this command is executed on an interface, the interface only sends RIP routes
that are not in the same subnet as the interface but belong to the same natural network
segment as the interface address. The routes not in the same natural network segment
are shielded.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the L3 interface VLAN 2 to only advertise
subnet information related to the interface:
ZXAN(config-if)#ip rip only-send-subnet
Related Commands
None
21.21 ip rip originate default route

Syntax
ip rip originate default route [only ]
no ip rip originate default route
Function
This command originates a default route on an interface and forcibly advertise the default
route.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command originates a default route on the interface, and forcibly advertise the route.
But this default route is not added to the routing table of the router.
21-19

Examples
The following example shows how to originate and forcibly advertise a default route on the
L3 interface VLAN 2:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan2)#ip rip originate default route
Related Commands
21.19 ip rip notify default route

Syntax
ip rip receive version number1 [number2 ]
no ip rip receive version
Function
This command specifies the version of RIP packets to be received on an interface.
Parameters
number1 RIP version 1–2
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The default value depends on the version command. If the version command is not
configured, the default value will be used, meaning that both RIPv1 and RIPv2 packets
will be received. The ip rip receive version command is applicable to a specific interface.
If this command is used, the interface will receive RIP packets according to the version
specified by this command but not the version command.
The ip rip receive version command has a higher priority than the version command. If
the ip rip receive version command is not used for an interface, the interface will receive
RIP packets based on the version information specified by the version command. If the
ip rip receive version command is used to specify the version information for the interface,
21-20

the interface will receive packets of the specified version no matter whether the version
command has been configured in router mode.
To restore to the global version configuration status, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the L3 interface VLAN 2 to receive only RIPv1
packets by specifying the RIP version:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan2)#ip rip receive version 1
Related Commands
21.43 version

Syntax
ip rip send version {number1 |number2 name1 }
no ip rip send version
Function
This command specifies the version of RIP packets to be sent by an interface.
Parameters
number1 Enables the interface to send only RIPv1 packets. 1
number2 Enables the interface to send only RIPv2 packets. 2

The broadcast or multicast mode can be selected for
sending RIPv2 packets.
name1 Specifies the mode for sending RIPv2 packets: -

broadcast or multicast.
l broadcast: The interface sends compatible
packets to broadcast addresses. The interface
only sends natural network routes but no super
network routes.
l multicast: The interface sends RIPv2 packets to
multicast addresses. In addition, the interface
can send subnet routes depending on the
auto-summary command.
21-21

Mode
Usage Guidelines
The ip rip receive version command is applicable to a specific interface. If this command
is used, the interface will send RIP packets according to the version specified by this
command but not the default version specified by the version command.
When using this command, the RIP default status specified by the version command can
be ignored, but is only applied on the configured interface. The default value depends on
the version command. If the version command is not configured, use the default value,
meaning sending version 2.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the L3 interface VLAN 2 to send RIPv2
multicast packets:
ZXAN(config-if)ip rip send version 2 multicast
Related Commands
21.43 version
21.24 ip split-horizon
Syntax
ip split-horizon
no ip split-horizon
Function
This command enables the split horizon mechanism.
Parameters
None
Mode
21-22

Usage Guidelines
To disable the mechanism, use the no form of this command.
It is not recommended to change the default status of the ip split-horizon command, unless
the default status must be changed in the system to ensure correct route advertisement.
If the split horizon mechanism is disabled on a serial interface that is connected to the
packet switching network, the mechanism must be disabled for all the routers and access
servers in the relevant multicast groups on the network.
For a network containing X.25 packet switching network links, the neighbor command can
be used to change the split-horizon feature, which can clearly specify theno ip split-horizon
command as an alternative in the configuration. But in this way, split horizon must be
disabled for all the routers in relevant multicast groups on that network.
Examples
The following example shows how to disable the split horizon mechanism on the L3
interface VLAN 2:
ZXAN(config-if)#no ip split-horizon
Related Commands
None
21.25 ipv6 router rip

Syntax
ipv6 router rip
no ipv6 router rip
Function
This command starts IPv6 RIP process configuration mode.
Parameters
None
Mode
21-23

Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to enter IPv6 RIP process configuration mode:
ZXAN(config)#ipv6 router rip
Related Commands
None
21.26 maximum-paths
Syntax
maximum-paths number1
no maximum-paths
Function
The command configures the maximum number of supported routes for load balancing.
Parameters
number1 Number of supported routes for Range: 1–8

load balancing Default: 1
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command adjusts the number of the same valid routes received through the RIP for
load balancing.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the maximum number of supported routes for
load balancing to 2:
ZXAN(config-router)#maximum-paths 2
21-24

Related Commands
None
21.27 neighbor
Syntax
neighbor ip_addr1
no neighbor ip_addr1
Function
This command specifies a neighbor router with which the route exchanges route
information.
Parameters
ip_addr1 IP address of the peer router, in -

dotted decimal notation
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command allows point-to-point exchange (non-multicast) of RIP routes. Once a
neighbor is specified for the router, the interfaces in the same network as the router
interface will not exchange RIP routes in broadcast (multicast) mode. If the neighbor
command is used after the ip rip interface passive command, which enables the interface
to only receive but not send routes, the router can still exchange routes with this neighbor
through this interface.
Multiple neighbor commands can be used to specify additional neighbor routers or peer
routers. A maximum of 255 neighbors can be discovered or configured for the router.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a neighbor router 10.10.10.2 for the router:
ZXAN(config-router)#neighbor 10.10.10.2
21-25

Related Commands
21.18 ip rip neighbor-restrict
ip rip interface passive
21.37 show ip rip neighbors
21.28 network
Syntax
network ip_addr1 ip_addr2
no network ip_addr1 ip_addr2
Function
This command specifies a network for RIP route selection.
Parameters
ip_addr1 IP address of the -

directly-connected network,
ip_addr2 Wildcard mask of the network, -

Mode
Usage Guidelines
The network command can be repeatedly used to specify multiple networks. RIP route
update messages can only be sent and received through the interfaces of these networks.
If the network of an interface is not specified, the router will fail to receive a RIP update
advertisement when a RIP update message is sent to the interface.
Examples
The following example shows how to specify a network for RIP route selection:
ZXAN(config-router)#network 202.102.3.0 0.0.0.255
21-26

Related Commands
21.39 show ip rip networks
21.29 offset-list
Syntax
offset-list number1 name1 number2 [interface interface1 ]
no offset-list number3 name2 [interface interface1 ]
Function
This command configures a metric offset for specific routes that are sent or received.
Parameters
number1 ACL ID. 1–99
name1 Specifies whether the offset is -

applied for sending or receiving
routes.
number2 Metric offset. 0–16
number3 ACL ID. 1–99
name2 Specifies whether the offset is -

applied for sending or receiving
routes.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If an interface name is specified in this command, the metric offset is only applicable to the
specified interface. If the ACL corresponding to the specified access-list-number does
not exist, the metric offset is applicable to all routes received by the interface. If no interface
name is specified in this command, the metric offset is applicable to all routes received by
all RIP interfaces.
21-27

Examples
The following example shows how to set the metric offset to 2 for the received RIP routes
that match ACL 3:
ZXAN(config-router)#offset-list 3 in 2
Related Commands
None
21.30 output-delay
Syntax
output-delay number1 number2
no output-delay
Function
This command set the delay between packets in a multiple-packet RIP update sent to other
routers.
Parameters
number1 Number of packets in a 1–4294967295

multiple-packet RIP update
number2 Delay between packets in an 0–100

RIP update
Unit: milliseconds
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, a five-packet RIP update is sent with a delay of 100 ms between packets.
If packets are sent from a high-speed router to a low-speed router, the low-speed router
cannot receive the packets in high speed. In this case, use this command to prevent
information loss in the routing table.
21-28

Examples
The following example shows how to set a 580–packet RIP update with a delay of 10 ms
between packets:
ZXAN(config-router)#output-delay 580 10
Related Commands
None
21.31 redistribute
Syntax
redistribute name1 [{[metric number1 ] [route-map name2 ] } ]
no redistribute name1 [{[metric ] [route-map ] } ]
Function
This command redistributes routes from a routing domain to the RIP routing domain.
Parameters
name1 Source routing protocol for route ospf-ext, ospf-int, static,

redistribution bgp-ext, bgp-int, connected,
is-is-1, is-is-2, or is-is-1-2
number1 Metric value for receiving routes 0–16

from a routing domain.
If the metric value is not specified,
the default metric will be used.
name2 Name of the route map used for 1–64 characters

route redistribution
metric Metric value for receiving routes 0–16

from a routing domain.
If the metric value is not specified,
the default metric will be used.
route-map Name of the route map used for 1–64 characters

route redistribution
Mode
21-29

Usage Guidelines
This command redistributes other protocol routes with a specific metric value to the RIP
routing domain. The RIP deems the received routes as its own routes and sends these
routes with the specified metric value. This command can greatly improve the capacity of
RIP route acquisition, and improve the RIP performance.
To cancel the route redistribution, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the default metric and redistribute OSPF external
routes to the RIP routing domain:
ZXAN(config-router)#redistribute ospf-ext
Related Commands
21.8 default-metric
21.32 router rip

Syntax
router rip
no router rip
Function
This command starts RIP process configuration mode.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, the RIP is not started.
Examples
The following example shows how to enter RIP process configuration mode:
21-30

Related Commands
None
21.33 show ip rip

Syntax
show ip rip
Function
This command displays the basic running information of the RIP.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The output information of this command can be used for verifying the configuration and
diagnosing IP faults
Examples
The following example shows how to display the basic running information of the RIP. In
this example, the RIP is in running status.
ZXAN#show ip rip
router rip
auto-summary
default-metric 1
distance 120
validate-update-source
version 2
flash-update-threshold 5
maximum-paths 2
output-delay 580 10
timers basic 30 180 180 240
neighbor
10.10.10.2
network
202.102.3.0 0.0.0.255
21-31

Related Commands
None
21.34 show ip rip database

Syntax
show ip rip database [network ip_addr1 [mask ip_addr2 ] ]
Function
This command displays the route entries generated by the RIP.
Parameters
ip_addr1 Network number, in dotted -

decimal notation
ip_addr2 Network mask, in dotted decimal -

notation
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By viewing the output information of this command, you can determine whether the RIP
routing table is correct.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the route entries generated by the RIP:
ZXAN#show ip rip databae

Pref Routes
h : is possibly down,in holddown time
f : out holddown time before flush
*gt; 10.0.0.0/8
*gt; 150.1.1.0/24
*gt; 160.1.1.0/24
*gt; 201.1.1.0/24
*gt; 203.1.1.0/24
21-32

Related Commands
None
21.35 show ip rip database vrf

Syntax
show ip rip database vrf name1 [network ip_addr1 [mask ip_addr2 ] ]
Function
This command displays the route entries generated by the RIP in a VRF.
Parameters
ip_addr1 Network number, in dotted -

decimal notation

notation
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By viewing the output information of this command, you can determine whether the current
RIP routing table is correct.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the route entries generated by the RIP in a
VRF:
ZXAN(config-router)#show ip rip database vrf zte
Related Commands
None
21.36 show ip rip interface

Syntax
show ip rip interface {interface1 |vrf name1 interface2 }
21-33

Function
This command displays the information of a RIP interface.
Parameters
interface1 RIP interface name -
interface2 Name of the interface with RIP -

started in the VRF instance
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command displays the information of the interface on which the RIP is started.
Examples
The following example shows how to displays the RIP information of an L3 interface:
ZXAN(config)#show ip rip interface vlan3
ip address:
10.10.30.4
receive version 1 2
send version 2
split horizon is effective
Related Commands
None
21.37 show ip rip neighbors

Syntax
show ip rip neighbors
Function
This command displays the information of RIP neighbors.
Parameters
None
21-34

Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command displays the information of neighbor routers learned from received RIP
packets and those configured by commands.
Examples
The following example shows how to display RIP neighbor routers learned from received
RIP packets:
ZXAN#show ip rip neighbors
neighbor address interface
10.1.1.15 vlan3
Related Commands
neighbors
21.38 show ip rip neighbors vrf

Syntax
show ip rip neighbors vrf name1
Function
This command displays the information of RIP neighbor routes in a VRF instance.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command displays the information of neighbor routers learned from received RIP
packets and those configured by commands in a VRF instance.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information of neighbor routers learned
from received RIP packets in a VRF instance:
21-35

ZXAN(config)#show ip rip neighbors vrf zte
Related Commands
neighbors
21.39 show ip rip networks

Syntax
show ip rip networks
Function
This command displays the networks configured for the RIP.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the networks configured for the RIP:
ZXAN#show ip rip networks
networks wildmask
202.102.3.0 0.0.0.255
Related Commands
21.28 network
21.40 show ip rip networks vrf

Syntax
show ip rip networks vrf name1
Function
This command displays the network configured for the RIP in a VRF instance.
21-36

Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the networks configured for the RIP in a VRF
instance:
ZXAN(config)#show ip rip networks vrf zte
Related Commands
21.28 network
21.41 timers basic

Syntax
timers basic number1 number2 number3 number4
no timers basic
Function
This command sets the basic RIP network timers.
Parameters
number1 Time period for sending RIP Range: 1–65535

updates. Default: 30
Unit: seconds
number2 Time period before a route is Range: 1–65535

marked as invalid. Default: 180
A time period longer than three
times of the update time period is
recommended.
Unit: seconds
21-37

number3 Hold-down time period for Range: 0–65535

suppressing the optimal route. Default: 180
A time period longer than three
times of the update time period is
recommended.
Unit: seconds
number4 Flush time period before an invalid Range: 1–65535

route is removed from the routing Default: 240
table.
The flush time period must be
longer than or equal to the
hold-down time period.
Unit: seconds
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The RIP basic timers are adjustable. Because the RIP executes a distributed
asynchronous routing algorithm, the timer settings must be consistent for all routers and
access servers in the network.
A too short update period may cause congestion on low-speed serial cables, but does not
cause great problem on the high-speed serial cables in a high-speed Ethernet. If there are
many routes to be updated, a long time period is required for the router to process update
messages.
To restore the default timer settings, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to adjusts the RIP network timers. In this example,
the system broadcasts update messages every 5 seconds. If the router does not receive
update information in 15 seconds, it marks the route as unreachable, and suppresses the
other information in the next 15 seconds. When the hold-down period expires, the route is
deleted from the routing table.
ZXAN(config-router)#timers basic 5 15 15 30
Related Commands
None
21-38

21.42 validate-update-source
Syntax
validate-update-source
no validate-update-source
Function
This command enables verifying the validity of source IP addresses in received RIP update
packets.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
After the source IP address verification is enabled, the router verifies the validity of source
IP address in each RIP update packet received through an interface. If the source IP
address and the interface address belong to the same subnet, the router determines that
the update packet is valid. Or else, the router discards the update packet.
To disable the verification, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to disable the router from verifying the source IP
addresses in received RIP update:
ZXAN(config-router)#network 128.105.0.0
ZXAN(config-router)#no validate-update-source
Related Commands
None
21.43 version
Syntax
version number1
no version
21-39

Function
This command specifies the RIP version for the router on a global basis.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The default RIP version is RIPv2. To specify the RIP version for a specific interface, use
the ip rip receive version and ip rip send version commands.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the RIP version to RIPv2:
ZXAN(config-router)#version 2
Related Commands
21-40

Chapter 22
OSPF Protocol Commands
Table of Contents
area .........................................................................................................................22-3
area authentication...................................................................................................22-3
area filter-list ............................................................................................................22-5
area nssa .................................................................................................................22-6
area range................................................................................................................22-7
area sham-link..........................................................................................................22-8
area stub ................................................................................................................22-10
area stub-host ........................................................................................................ 22-11
area virtual-link.......................................................................................................22-12
auto-cost ................................................................................................................22-15
bfd-all-interface ......................................................................................................22-16
capability opaque ...................................................................................................22-16
capability vrf-lite .....................................................................................................22-17
clear ip ospf process ..............................................................................................22-18
clear ip ospf redistribution.......................................................................................22-19
compatible rfc1583 .................................................................................................22-20
debug.....................................................................................................................22-20
default-metric .........................................................................................................22-21
disable area ...........................................................................................................22-22
disable interface .....................................................................................................22-23
disable ip ospf ........................................................................................................22-24
distance ospf ..........................................................................................................22-24
distribute-list ...........................................................................................................22-25
domain-id ...............................................................................................................22-27
domain-tag .............................................................................................................22-28
enable area ............................................................................................................22-29
enable interface......................................................................................................22-30
enable ip ospf.........................................................................................................22-30
fast-reroute.............................................................................................................22-31
filter ........................................................................................................................22-32
grace-period ...........................................................................................................22-33
ip ospf authentication .............................................................................................22-34
ip ospf authentication-key.......................................................................................22-35
ip ospf bfd ..............................................................................................................22-36
ip ospf cost.............................................................................................................22-37
ip ospf dead-interval ...............................................................................................22-38
ip ospf fast-reroute .................................................................................................22-39
22-1

ip ospf hello-interval ...............................................................................................22-40

ip ospf message-digest-key ....................................................................................22-41
ip ospf mtu-ignore ..................................................................................................22-42
ip ospf network .......................................................................................................22-43
ip ospf packet-statistic ............................................................................................22-44
ip ospf priority.........................................................................................................22-44
ip ospf retransmit-interval .......................................................................................22-45
ip ospf transmit-delay .............................................................................................22-46
ipv6 router ospf ......................................................................................................22-47
max-metric .............................................................................................................22-48
maximum-paths......................................................................................................22-49
mpls traffic-eng area...............................................................................................22-50
mpls traffic-eng router-id.........................................................................................22-50
neighbor .................................................................................................................22-51
network ..................................................................................................................22-53
notify default route..................................................................................................22-54
nsf..........................................................................................................................22-56
passive-interface ....................................................................................................22-56
redistribute .............................................................................................................22-58
router ospf..............................................................................................................22-59
router-id .................................................................................................................22-60
sequence-backup ...................................................................................................22-61
show ip ospf ...........................................................................................................22-62
show ip ospf border-routers ....................................................................................22-64
show ip ospf border-lfas .........................................................................................22-64
show ip ospf database............................................................................................22-65
show ip ospf database asbr-summary ....................................................................22-67
show ip ospf database database-summary.............................................................22-68
show ip ospf database external ..............................................................................22-70
show ip ospf database network ..............................................................................22-71
show ip ospf database nssa ...................................................................................22-72
show ip ospf database opaque-area .......................................................................22-74
show ip ospf database opaque-link.........................................................................22-76
show ip ospf database router..................................................................................22-78
show ip ospf database summary ............................................................................22-79
show ip ospf interface.............................................................................................22-81
show ip ospf mpls...................................................................................................22-82
show ip ospf neighbor ............................................................................................22-82
show ip ospf nsf .....................................................................................................22-83
show ip ospf request-list .........................................................................................22-85
show ip ospf retransmission-list ..............................................................................22-86
summary-address ..................................................................................................22-87
timers fast-reroute ..................................................................................................22-88
timers lsa-group-pacing ..........................................................................................22-89
timers spf ...............................................................................................................22-90
22-2

Chapter 22 OSPF Protocol Commands
timers throttle spf....................................................................................................22-91
22.1 area
Syntax
area {ip_addr1 |number1 }
no area {ip_addr1 |number1 }
Function
This command configures the IP address of an OSPF area.
Parameters
ip_addr1 Area ID in the format of an -

dotted decimal IP address
number1 Area ID in decimal format 0–4294967295
Mode
Router OSPF mode: ZXAN(config-router)#
Usage Guidelines
This version supports only the no area command and does not support the area command.
To cancel the configuration, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to delete area 1 from OSPF 1:
ZXAN(config)#router ospf 1
ZXAN(config-router)#no area 1
Related Commands
22.4 area nssa
22.7 area stub
22.2 area authentication

Syntax
area {ip_addr1 |number1 } authentication [message-digest ]
no area {ip_addr1 |number1 } authentication
22-3

Function
This command configures the packet authentication mode for an OSPF area. It is used
when OSPF packets need to be authenticated to ensure the security of routing calculation.
The authentication mode is applicable to all the router interfaces that transceive OSPF
packets in the area.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
If message-digest is not carried, the command is type-1 authentication, namely, simple
password authentication. If message-digest is attached, this command indicates type-2
authentication, namely, message digest (MD5) authentication.
If the area does not exist, it will be created automatically.
All routers in the same area must use the same authentication mode (no authentication,
simple password authentication, or MD5 cryptographic authentication). In addition, the
authentication passwords must be the same.
This command has a lower priority than the ip ospf authentication command. If the
area authentication mode conflicts with the interface authentication mode, the interface
authentication mode prevails.
By default, OSPF packets are not authenticated.
To disable all router interfaces in the area from authenticating OSPF packets, use the no
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the authentication for area 1 of OSPF1:
ZXAN(config-router)#area 1 authentication message-digest
Related Commands
22.32 ip ospf authentication
22-4

22.3 area filter-list

Syntax
area {ip_addr1 |number1 } filter-list prefix name1 {out |in }
no area {ip_addr1 |number1 } filter-list prefix name1 {out |in }
Function
This command filters the network routing information between OSPF areas.
Parameters
ip_addr1 -
number1 0–4294967295
name1 Name of an prefix list 1–16 characters
out Indicates that the routing information is filtered -

when being exported from the area
in Indicates that the routing information is filtered -

when being exported to the area
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command has no default behavior.
Examples
The following example shows how to filter out the 20.20.20.0 network segment in area
0.0.0.1 for other areas:
ZXAN(config-router)#network 20.20.20.0 0.0.0.255 area 1
ZXAN(config-router)#exit
ZXAN(config)#ip prefix-list ZXAN deny 20.20.20.0 24
ZXAN(config-router)#area 0.0.0.1 filter-list prefix ZXAN out
Related Commands
23.49 ip prefix-list
22-5

22.4 area nssa

Syntax
area {ip_addr1 |number1 } nssa [{[default-information-originate [metric number2 ] [metric-type
name1 ] ] [translator-role name2 ] [translator-stab-intv number3 ] [no-summary ] [no-redistrib
ution ] [trans-type7-suppress-fa ] }]
no area {ip_addr1 |number1 } nssa [{[default-information-originate [metric ] [metric-type ] ]
[no-redistribution ] [no-summary ] [translator-role ] [translator-stab-intv ] [trans-type7-supp
ress-fa ] }]
Function
This command configures an area as a Not-So-Stubby Area (NSSA) area.
Parameters

default-information-originate Generates a type-7 default LSA -

for this area
number2 Cost of the type-7; default: LSA 0–16777214
name1 Type of the type-7 default LSA, -

which can be ext-1 or ext-2
name2 Translator role of the NSSA, -

which can be candidate or
always
number3 Translator stability interval 0–65535

Unit: seconds
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Area 0, stub areas and areas configured with virtual links cannot be configured as NSSA
areas. One router can be configured with at most one NSSA area at the same time.
This command can also specify whether to prevent ABR from sending summary route
information to the NSSA area, whether to import external type-7 LSAs to the NSSA area,
and whether to generate a type-7 default LSA. By default, summary route can be sent to the
NSSA area, type-7 route can be imported, and type-7 default LSA cannot be generated.
22-6


By default, the NSSA area is not specified.
For NSSA areas, if a default type-7 LSA is generated, the default cost is 1 and the type is
ext-2.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure area 1 as an NSSA area and generate
default type-7 LSAs:
ZXAN(config-router)#area 1 nssa default-information-originate
Related Commands
None
22.5 area range

Syntax
area {ip_addr1 |number1 } range ip_addr2 ip_addr3 {nssa-external-link [[name1 ] [tag number2
] ] |summary-link [name2 ] }
no area {ip_addr1 |number1 } range ip_addr2 ip_addr3 {nssa-external-link [[name1 ] [tag ] ]
|summary-link [name2 ] }
Function
This command configures the summary address range of an area.
Parameters

dotted decimal IP address.
number1 Area ID in decimal format. 0–4294967295
ip_addr2 Dotted decimal IP address of -

the summary address range.
ip_addr3 Dotted decimal mask of the -

summary address range.
nssa-external-link Type 7 summary. -
name1 Specifies whether to advertise advertise

summary type 3 LSAs. not-advertise
22-7

number2 Tag of type 7 LSA. 1–4294967295
summary-link Type 3 summary. -
name2 Specifies whether to advertise advertise

summary type 3 LSAs. not-advertise
tag Restores the TAG value of type -

7 LSA to 0.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command can only be used on an Area Border Router (ABR). It is used to aggregate
and summarize the routes in an area. The result is that the summary route is advertised
by the ABR to other areas. Routing information is compressed at the area borders.
By default, no area range is specified.
To invalidate the configured summary address range, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to aggregate the network segments in area 1 into area
0 and send type-3 LSAs:
……
ZXAN(config-router)#area 0 range 10.1.0.0 255.255.0.0 summary-link advertise
Related Commands
None
22.6 area sham-link

Syntax
area {ip_addr1 |number1 } sham-link ip_addr2 ip_addr3 [cost number2 ]
no area {ip_addr1 |number1 } sham-link ip_addr2 ip_addr3
22-8

Function
This command creates a link between two PE routers for transferring OSPF packets
through MPLS VPN.
Parameters
ip_addr1 Area ID, which is an IP address -

in dotted decimal notation.
number1 Area ID in decimal notation 0–4294967295
ip_addr2 Local IP address used for -

sham-link establishment.
A valid local IP address must be
a 32-digit loopback address.
ip_addr3 Remote IP address used for -

sham-link establishment.
A valid remote IP address must
be a 32-digit loopback address.
number2 Interface cost of the sham-link. 1–65535

The default interface cost is the
cost of the loopback interface.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The following five conditions must be met to establish a sham-link in up status:
l sham-link is configured.
l source-address and destination-address correspond to an interface.
l destination-address corresponds to a BGP route.
l The sham-link is configured in an OSPF VRF instance.
l The redistribute bgp command is available in the OSPF instance.
The sham-link is used in the following scenarios:
l The VPN sites of two PEs are located in the same OSPF area.
l The two VPN sites have private links that are also in the same area.
The loopback interface addresses used by the sham-link must be bound to the
corresponding VRF.
Switching between VPN link and private link can be implemented by changing the
sham-link cost.
The sham-link must use the area where the VPN site is located. The area will be
automatically created if it does not exist.
22-9

Examples
The following example shows how to configures a sham-link in area 1 for the router. This
sham-link uses the local loopback interface address 10.22.1.1 and remote destination
address 10.22.1.1. The sham-link cost is 100.
ZXAN(config-router)#area 1 sham-link 10.22.1.1 10.22.1.2 cost 100
Related Commands
redistribute bgp-int
22.7 area stub

Syntax
area {ip_addr1 |number1 } stub [{[no-summary ] [default-cost number2 ] }]
no area {ip_addr1 |number1 } stub [{[no-summary ] }] [default-cost ]
Function
This command sets an area as a stub area.
Parameters

number2 Default route cost for 0–65535

advertisement to this stub
area
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The area is created automatically if it does not exist. You can also specify whether to
prevent the ABR from sending the summary network routing information to the stub area
and specify the cost of the default routing advertised to the stub area.
The no area <area-id> stub no-summary command is used to allow the ABR to send the
summary route information to the stub area.
The no area <area-id> stub default-cost command is used to reset the default route cost
advertised to the stub area to the default 1.
22-10

The no area <area-id> stub command is used to change the specified area from a stub area
to a non-stub area.
Area 0, NSSA areas and areas configured with virtual links cannot be configured as stub
areas.
By default, the ABR can send the summary routing information to a stub area and the cost
of the default routing advertised to the stub area is 1.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure area 1 as a stub area, prevent the summary
LSA from being sent to the area, set the default cost to 10 and then restore it to the default:
ZXAN(config-router)# area 1 stub no-summary default-cost 10
……
ZXAN(config-router)# no area 1 stub no-summary
ZXAN(config-router)# no area 1 stub default-cost
Related Commands
None
22.8 area stub-host

Syntax
area {ip_addr1 |number1 } stub-host ip_addr2 cost number2
no area {ip_addr1 |number1 } stub-host ip_addr2
Function
This command adds the host route advertised by the stub router in an area.
Parameters

22-11

ip_addr2 IP address of the stub host for -

advertisement
number2 Cost of this host route for 1–65535

advertisement
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The no area <area-id> stub-host <ip-address> command is used delete the host route
advertised by the router in an area.
By default, the area is not configured with a stub host route advertised by the router.
Examples
The following example describes how to set the host route advertised by the stub router.
In this example, the host route advertised by the router is 10.1.1.1 and the cost is 10.
ZXAN(config-router)#area 1 stub-host 10.1.1.1 cost 10
Related Commands
None
22.9 area virtual-link

Syntax
area {ip_addr1 |number1 } virtual-link ip_addr2 [hello-interval number2 ] [retransmit-interval
number3 ] [transmit-delay number4 ] [dead-interval number5 ] [dead-delay number6 ] [authent
ication-key name1 ] [message-digest-key number7 name2 name3 [{encrypt |delay number8 } ] ]
[authentication [{null |message-digest } ] ]
no area {ip_addr1 |number1 } virtual-link ip_addr2 [{hello-interval |retransmit-interval |trans
mit-delay |dead-interval |dead-delay |authentication-key |[message-digest-key number7 ] |aut
hentication } ]
Function
This command configures an OSPF virtual link.
22-12

Parameters

number1 Area ID in decimal digit notation. 0–4294967295
ip_addr2 ID of the remote router on -

the virtual link, which is an
IP address in dotted decimal
notation.
number2 Interval of sending HELLO Range: 1–8192

packets on the virtual link. Default: 10
Unit: seconds.
number3 Retransmission interval on the Range: 1–8192

virtual link. Default: 5
Unit: seconds.
number4 Delay before a link update Range: 1–8192

packet is sent on the virtual link. Default: 1
Unit: seconds.
number5 Dead time of neighbors on the Range: 1–8192

virtual link. Default: 40
Unit: seconds.
number6 Delay before neighbor dead on Range: 1–8192

the virtual link. Default: 40
Unit: seconds.
name1 Authentication password of the -

virtual link, which consists of
1–8 characters.
number7 Sequence number of MD5 1-255

authentication password of the
virtual link, which is an integer
in the range of 1–255.
A maximum of ten sequence
numbers are allowed for key
IDs.
name2 MD5 encryption algorithm. -
name3 MD5 authentication password -

of the virtual link, which consists
of 1–160 characters.
encrypt Encrypted password. -
22-13

number8 MD5 authentication delay on 0–100000

the virtual link.
Unit: minutes.
authentication Authentication type on the -

virtual link.
null Type 0 authentication, meaning -

no authentication.
message-digest Type 2 authentication, meaning -

packet summary authentication.
hello-interval Interval of sending HELLO -

packets on the virtual link.
retransmit-interval Retransmission interval on the -

virtual link.
transmit-delay Delay before sending a link -

update packet on the virtual link.
dead-interval Dead time of neighbors on the -

virtual link.
dead-delay Delay before neighbor dead on -

the virtual link.
authentication-key Authentication password of the -

virtual link.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l No virtual link can be configured in area 0, stub area, or nssa area.
l The authentication on the virtual link is effective only when the authentication mode
has been configured in area 0, and <key> and <cryptkey> are not null.
l The parameters <key> and <cryptkey> allows the following characters: 0123456
789abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz_ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ`*-=~!@
#$%^&()_+[]{}|;':,./<>\\
l If the specified area does not exist, it will be automatically created.
l The parameter dead-delay has different meanings for the restarting router and helper
router. For the restart router, dead-delay indicates that the router exits the NSF if no
neighbor of the virtual link is detected before the delay time expires. For the helper
router, dead-delay indicates that the router does not attempt to help the neighbor if
no HELLO packet is received from the restarting router before the delay time expires,
and the neighbor state changes to DOWN.
l To delete an OSPF virtual link, use the no form of this command.
22-14

Examples
The following example shows how to configure a virtual link between two
directly-connected routers (router ID: 15.15.15.15 and 16.16.16.16) in area 1:
ZXAN_01(config)#router ospf 1
ZXAN_01(config-router)#area 1 virtual-link 15.15.15.15
ZXAN_02(config)#router ospf 1
ZXAN_02(config-router)#area 1 virtual-link 16.16.16.16
Related Commands
None
22.10 auto-cost
Syntax
auto-cost reference-bandwidth number1
no auto-cost reference-bandwidth
Function
This command modifies the reference bandwidth of the OSPF process.
Parameters
number1 Reference bandwidth 1–4000000

Unit: Mbps
Default: 100 Mbps
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l If the OSPF process interface has not been configured using the ip ospf cost command,
the cost of the OSPF interface is the reference bandwidth divided by the interface
bandwidth. Otherwise, the cost of the OSPF interface is the value configured in the
ip ospf cost command for the interface.
l The reference bandwidth takes effect immediately after the command is successfully
executed.
l To restore the default, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to modify the reference bandwidth to 10000 Mbps:
22-15

ZXAN(config-router)#auto-cost reference-bandwidth 10000
Related Commands
22.35 ip ospf cost
22.11 bfd-all-interface
Syntax
bfd-all-interface
no bfd-all-interface
Function
This command configures all OSPF interfaces to support BFD.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
After this command is executed, BFD is supported on all OSPF real interfaces of the
instance, instead of virtual link interfaces and sham-link interfaces.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure all interfaces of OSPF instance 1 to support
BFD:
ZXAN(config-router)#bfd-all-interface
Related Commands
22.34 ip ospf bfd
22.12 capability opaque

Syntax
capability opaque
22-16

no capability opaque
Function
This command enables a route to support opaque LSAs.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
During the exchange of link state database information, opaque LSAs are included in the
database summary list and transmitted to the neighbor routers that also support opaque
LSAs.
Before a router floods opaque LSAs to neighbor routers, it first checks whether the neighbor
routers support opaque LSAs. Opaque LSAs are transmitted only to the neighbor routers
that support the function, and they are added to the link state retransmit list of neighbor
routers. When Link State Update (LSU) packets are multicast, the neighbor routers that
do not support the function receive the LSAs passively and simply discard them.
By default, opaque LSAs are supported
The no form of this command indicates that opaque LSAs are not supported.
Examples
The following command shows how to disable the router from supporting opaque LSAs:
ZXAN(config-router)#no capability opaque
Related Commands
22.63 show ip ospf database
22.13 capability vrf-lite

Syntax
capability vrf-lite
no capability vrf-lite
22-17

Function
This command configures the router to disable routing loop prevention using tag and down
bit for a VRF instance. Routing loop prevention is enabled when this command is not
configured.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The routing loop prevention can only be configured in a VRF instance.
If the capability vrf-lite is not configured in a VRF instance, the router will not calculate the
route when the lower 16 bits of the tag in LSA type 5 or type 7 is the same as the AS ID of
the local BGP, or the down bit is set.
If the capability vrf-lite is not configured in a VRF instance, the router will not calculate the
route when the down bit in LSA type 3 is set.
Examples
The following example shows how to disable VRF-lite for the router:
ZXAN(config-router)#no capability vrf-lite
Related Commands
None
22.14 clear ip ospf process

Syntax
clear ip ospf process number1
Function
This command restarts an OSPF process.
Parameters
number1 OSPF process ID 1–65535
22-18

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to restart OSPF process 1:
ZXAN(config-router)#end
ZXAN#clear ip ospf process 1
Related Commands
None
22.15 clear ip ospf redistribution

Syntax
clear ip ospf redistribution number1
Function
This command clears the redistribution of an OSPF process.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to clear the redistribution of OSPF process 1:
ZXAN#clear ip ospf redistribution 1
Related Commands
None
22-19

22.16 compatible rfc1583

Syntax
compatible rfc1583
no compatible rfc1583
Function
This command restores the method used to calculate summary route costs per RFC 1583.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To minimize the chance of routing loops, all OSPF routers in an OSPF routing domain
should have RFC compatibility set identically.
By default, RFC 1583 compatibility is enabled.
Examples
The following example shows how to restore the method used to calculate summary route
costs per RFC 1583:
ZXAN(config-router)#compatible rfc1583
Related Commands
None
22.17 debug
Syntax
debug
no debug
Function
This command enables the debug information an OSPF process.
22-20

Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Because the OSPF may have multiple processes, enabling the debug information may
cause mutual interferences. This command can be used to solve the problem.
The configuration is not written into the database and not displayed in the show running-
config command.
By default, the debugging information of OSPF processes are enabled.
To disable the debug information, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug information for OSPF process 1:
ZXAN(config-router)#debug
Related Commands
None
22.18 default-metric
Syntax
no default-metric
Function
This command configures the default metric after a redistribution.
Parameters
number1 Default cost value of the system 1–16777214

external routes
22-21

Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command takes effect only when the user has not configured the cost value of the
external routes.
This command does not affect OSPF redistribution. The metric value for OSPF
redistribution can be changed by only the redistribute command
By default, the metric of redistributed OSPF routes is 1 and that of other routes is 20.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the default metric after redistribution to 10:
Related Commands
None
22.19 disable area

Syntax
disable area {number1 |ip_addr1 }
Function
This command disables an existing area.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
22-22

Examples
The following example shows how to disable area 1:
ZXAN(config-router)#disable area 1
Related Commands
22.26 enable area

Syntax
disable interface ip_addr1 ip_addr2
Function
This command disables the OSPF interfaces in a specified range. It is not applicable to
invalid interfaces.
Parameters
ip_addr2 OSPF wildcard mask -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to disable the interface IP addresses in the 10.1.0.0/16
network segment range:
ZXAN(config-router)#disable interface 10.1.0.0 0.0.255.255
Related Commands
22-23

22.21 disable ip ospf

Syntax
disable ip ospf number1
Function
This command disables an OSPF protocol process. It is only applicable to valid OSPF
processes.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If the OSPF is configured, it is valid be default.
Examples
The following example shows how to disable the OSPF protocol process:
ZXAN(config)#disable ip ospf 1
Related Commands
22.28 enable ip ospf
22.22 distance ospf

Syntax
distance ospf {[internal number1 ] [ext1 number2 ] [ext2 number3 ] }
no distance ospf {internal |ext1 |ext2 }
Function
This command defines the OSPF route administrative distances based on route type.
22-24

Parameters
number1 Distance value 1–255
internal To specify internal distance -
ext1 To specify external distance -
ext2 To specify external distance -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
When the routing priority is 255, the route in not valid.
To restore the distance of internal route distance, type–1 external route, or type-2 external
route to the default, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the internal route with an administrative
distance of 100:
ZXAN(config-router)#distance ospf internal 100
Related Commands
None
22.23 distribute-list
Syntax
distribute-list {{number1 {in |out } |number2 {in |out } |access-list name1 {in |out } |gateway
name2 in |prefix name3 {in |out |gateway name4 in } } |route-map name5 in }
no distribute-list {{number1 {in |out } |number2 {in |out } |access-list name1 {in |out } |gateway
name2 in |prefix name3 {in |out |gateway name3 in } } |route-map name5 in }
Function
The distribute-list in command filters routes with OSPF owner.
The distribute-list out command controls importing external routes to the OSPF domain
after LSA type 5 and type 7 are generated. This command is a supplement of redistribute.
22-25

Parameters
number1 Numbered ACL. 1–199
in Indicates that the specified -

profile will be used for route
filtering.
out Indicates that the specified -

profile will be used as
a supplement for route
redistribution.
number2 Numbered ACL. 1000–1999
name1 Named ACL. 1–31

The ACL must be an existing
ACL starting with a non-digit
character.
name2 Name of the prefix-list profile to -

be used, which consists of 1–16
characters.

characters.

characters.
name5 Name of the route map to be -

used, which consists of 1–64
characters.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l The parameters gateway and route-map are only required in the distribute-list in
command.
l If the profile does not exist, the routes matching acl, gateway, and route-map are
permitted and all the other routes are denied.
l By default, the profile denies all routes. To deny specific routes, add permit all in the
command to permit all the other routes.
l The set entry does not exist when route-map is specified in the distribute-list in
command. The router only matches route prefix, metric, next ho, and tag iin LSA
type 5 and type 7 with the route map.
22-26

l The correlation between OSPF routes must be considered when the distribute-list in
command is used for route filtering. The following provides the recommendations for
using this command:
à Filtering routes corresponding to LSA type 2 is not recommended because the
missing of such routes may cause an uncomplete network topology.
à Ensure that the corresponding ABR routes exist when permitting type 3 routes
to the domain. If the ABR routes do no exist, set the profile to permit the
corresponding routes.
à Ensure that forwarding address routes exist when permitting type 5 routes to the
domain. If the forwarding address routes do no exist, set the profile to permit the
corresponding routes.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure an ACL profile to deny the OSPF route
12.1.1.0 and permit all the other routes:
ZXAN(config)#acl standard name zxr10
ZXAN(config-std-acl)#rule 1 deny 12.1.1.0
ZXAN(config-std-acl)#rule 1 permit any
ZXAN(config-router)#distribute-list access-list zxr10 in
Related Commands
22.56 redistribute
22.30 filter
filter-list
22.24 domain-id
Syntax
domain-id ip_addr1
no domain-id
Function
This command specifies the domain ID for a router.
Parameters
ip_addr1 ID in dotted decimal notation 1–4294967295
22-27

Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command configures a VPN domain for an OSPF instance. Two instance with the
same domain ID or compatible IDs (the domain ID of a router is one of another router’s
domain IDs) are considered in the same domain.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the domain ID of a router to 0.0.0.100:
ZXAN(config-router)#domain-id 0.0.0.100
Related Commands
None
22.25 domain-tag
Syntax
domain-tag number1
no domain-tag
Function
This command specifies the domain tag for OSPF.
Parameters
number1 Domain tag 1–4294967295
Mode
Usage Guidelines
After the domain tag is configured, the tag of the external LSA generated during BGP
redistribution will be set to the same value as the domain tag. This command can also
be used to modify the tag on a PE to avoid improper route filtering during routing loop
protection on the peer PE.
22-28

Examples
The following example shows how to set the local domain tag to 1200:
ZXAN(config-router)#domain-tag 1200
Related Commands
22.56 redistribute
22.26 enable area

Syntax
enable area {number1 |ip_addr1 }
Function
This command enables a specified area.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
If the area is configured, it is valid by default.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable area 1:
ZXAN(config-router)#enable area 1
Related Commands
22.19 disable area
22-29


Syntax
enable interface ip_addr1 ip_addr2
Function
This command enables ineffective OSPF interfaces in a specified range. This command
is invalid for effective interfaces.
Parameters
ip_addr2 Wildcard mask -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If the interfaces are configured, they are valid by default.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the interfaces in the 10.1.0.0 network segment
range:
ZXAN(config-router)#enable interface 10.1.0.0 0.0.255.255
Related Commands
22.28 enable ip ospf

Syntax
enable ip ospf number1
Function
This command enables an OSPF protocol process. It is only applicable to invalid OSPF
processes.
22-30

Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If the OSPF protocol is configured, it is valid by default.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable OSPF process 1:
ZXAN(config)#enable ip ospf 1
Related Commands
22.21 disable ip ospf
22.29 fast-reroute
Syntax
fast-reroute alternate-protect-type {default |down-stream-path }
no fast-reroute
Function
This command configures the route backup mode.
Parameters
default Route backup mode that -

supports the basic link
protection. In this mode,
the sum of the distance from
the backup node to the source
node and the distance from the
source node to the destination
node must be shorter than the
distance from the backup node
to the destination node.
22-31

down-stream-path Route backup mode -

that supports strict
Down-stream Path. In this
mode, the distance from the
next hop to the destination
node must be shorter than the
distance from the source node
to the destination node.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the route backup mode for basic link
protection:
ZXAN(config-router)#fast-reroute alternate-protect-type default
Related Commands
None
22.30 filter
Syntax
filter [exact ] ip_addr1 ip_addr2 number1
no filter ip_addr1 ip_addr2
Function
This command controls whether to import the routes generated by external LSAs to the
routing table for and the import priorities.
22-32

Parameters
ip_addr1 Specifies the IP address of the -

routes to be filtered. If the exact
keyword is not used, all routes
will be filtered. If the exact
keyword is used, only the route
with the specified IP address
and mask will be filtered.
ip_addr2 Mask of the routes to be filtered -
number1 Priority for importing the 1–255

matched routes
Mode
Usage Guidelines
A route is invalidated if its priority is set to 255.
This command prevents OSPF routes not meeting the specified conditions from being
added to the forwarding table on the routing layer. The area filter-list command prevents
the generation of LSAs on the database layer.
By default, the routes generated by external LSAs are imported to the routing table.
To remove the filtering setting, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to filter the OSPF routes excluding 10.10.10.0/24 and
set the priority to 20:
ZXAN(config-router)#filter exact 10.10.10.0 255.255.255.0 20
Related Commands
None
22.31 grace-period
Syntax
grace-period number1
no grace-period [number1 ]
22-33

Function
This command configures the Non-Stop Forwarding (NSF) grace period.
Parameters
number1 Maximum NSF grace period 120–1800

Unit: seconds
Default: 120
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l To restore the period to the default, use the no form of this command.
l The grace period setting must ensure that the NSF can complete after the time expires.
Otherwise, NSF will exit before completion due to timeout.
l A longer NSF grace period is recommended in an NSF environment with virtual links
configured.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the NSF grace period to 300 seconds:
ZXAN(config-router)#grace-period 300
Related Commands
22.54 nsf
22.32 ip ospf authentication

Syntax
ip ospf authentication {[null ] |[message-digest ] }
no ip ospf authentication
Function
This command configures the authentication mode for an interface.
22-34

Parameters
null Type0 authentication mode, -

meaning no authentication
message-digest Type2 authentication mode, -

meaning message digest
authentication
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command with no keyword configures the authentication mode for an interface to type
1 authentication, namely, simple password authentication.
If the area where the interface is located is also configured with authentication mode, the
authentication mode for the interface prevails.
By default, the interface authentication mode is not specified, or inherits the authentication
mode for the area, if available.
To delete the authentication mode, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the authentication mode for VLAN 2 interface to
message digest authentication:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan2)#ip ospf authentication message-digest
Related Commands
None
22.33 ip ospf authentication-key

Syntax
ip ospf authentication-key name1
no ip ospf authentication-key
22-35

Function
This command sets a password for interfaces using the simple password authentication
mode.
Parameters
name1 Authentication password, containing 1–8 -

characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The characters that can be used for password setting are:
0123456789abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz_ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ`*-
=~!@#$%^&()_+[]{}|;':,./<>\\
By default, no password is specified.

To delete the OSPF password, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the password ZXAN for the interface VLAN 2:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan2)#ip ospf authentication-key ZXAN
Related Commands
None
22.34 ip ospf bfd

Syntax
ip ospf bfd [disable ]
no ip ospf bfd [disable ]
Function
This command enables the BFD function on an OSPF interface.
22-36

Parameters
disable Disables the BFD function. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l The ip ospf bfd disable and ip ospf bfd commands are mutually exclusive. If one of
the two commands is used, you must use the no form of the command to cancel the
setting before using the other command.
l The ip ospf bfd disable command is a supplement of the bfd-all-interface command.
After the bfd-all-interface command is executed, you can use the ip ospf bfd disable
command to disable the BFD function on a specific interface.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable BFD on an interface:
ZXAN(config)#interface vlan3
ZXAN(config-if-vlan3)#ip ospf bfd
Related Commands
22.11 bfd-all-interface
22.35 ip ospf cost

Syntax
ip ospf cost number1
no ip ospf cost
Function
This command configures the explicit interface cost.
Parameters
number1 Interface cost 1–65535
22-37

Mode
Usage Guidelines
If ip ospf cost command is configured on an interface, the auto-cost reference-bandwidth
command is not effective. To enable the auto-cost reference-bandwidth command to take
effect, the cost value configured by the ip ospf cost command must be deleted first.
By default, the cost is calculated using the formula: reference-bandwidth / interface
bandwidth. If the calculation result is less than 1, cost takes 1 as the minimum value.
To restore the cost to the default, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following command shows how to configure the explicit interface cost to 10:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan2)#ip ospf cost 10
Related Commands
22.10 auto-cost
22.36 ip ospf dead-interval

Syntax
ip ospf dead-interval number1
no ip ospf dead-interval
Function
This command configures the dead interval of neighbors on an interface.
Parameters
number1 Dead interval for neighbors on 1–65535

the interface
Unit: seconds
Mode
22-38

Usage Guidelines
l The dead-interval is normally configured to four times the hello interval.
l To restore the interval to the default, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the dead interval for neighbors on the VLAN
2 interface:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan2)#ip ospf dead-interval 80
Related Commands
22.38 ip ospf hello-interval
22.37 ip ospf fast-reroute

Syntax
ip ospf fast-reroute [backup-interface interface1 ]
no ip ospf fast-reroute [backup-interface interface1 ]
Function
This command configures OSPF route backup for the output interface of a router.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l The ip ospf fast-reroute command enables route backup on the local interface by
default.
l The no ip ospf fast-reroute command disables router backup on the local interface.
l The ip ospf fast-reroute backup-interface <interface-name> command enables the local
interface to back up routes for the backup-interface.
22-39

l The no ip ospf fast-reroute backup-interface <interface-name> command disables the

local interface from backing up routes for the backup-interface.
Examples
The following example shows how to disable OSPF route backup on the interface vlan3
and then enable vlan3 to back up routes for the interface vlan30:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan3)#no ip ospf fast-reroute
ZXAN(config-if-vlan3)#ip ospf fast-reroute backup-interface vlan30
Related Commands

Syntax
ip ospf hello-interval number1
no ip ospf hello-interval
Function
This command configures the time interval for a specified interface to send Hello
messages.
Parameters
number1 Hello message interval 1–65535

Unit: seconds
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l The hello interval is normally configured to one fourth of the dead interval.
l To restore the setting to the default, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the time interval for sending hello messages
to 20 seconds:
22-40

ZXAN(config-if-vlan2)#ip ospf hello-interval 20
Related Commands
22.36 ip ospf dead-interval
22.39 ip ospf message-digest-key

Syntax
ip ospf message-digest-key number1 name1 name2 [encrypt ] [delay number2 ]
no ip ospf message-digest-key number1
Function
This command configures the password serial number pair for the interface with message
digest authentication type.
Parameters
number1 Password ID. 1–255
name1 Encryption algorithm. md5, sha-1, sha-256, sha-384,

or sha-512
name2 Password for authentication. 1–80 characters
encrypt Encrypts the password. -
number2 Delay time. 0–100000

Unit: seconds.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l If the delay keyword is used, the protocol data packets are not sent temporarily for the
specified time (unit: minutes), but the interface can receive messages.
l The allowable characters in the authentication password are:
0123456789abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz_ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
`*-=~!@#$%^&()_+[]{}|;':,./<>\\
l By default, no password is specified.
l To delete the configured OSPF password, use the no form of this command.
22-41

Examples
The following example shows how to set a password for the interface with message digest
authentication type. In this example, the password serial number is set to 2 and the
authentication password is set to ZXAN.
ZXAN(config-if-vlan2)#ip ospf message-digest-key 2 md5 ZXAN
Related Commands
None
22.40 ip ospf mtu-ignore

Syntax
ip ospf mtu-ignore
no ip ospf mtu-ignore
Function
This command ignores the OSPF MTU detection on exchanging DD packets.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l MTU detection checks whether neighbors are using a MTU equal to or less than the
MRU of the interface in the DD packet. If greater than, the DD packet will be discarded.
If MTU is confirmed be correctly configured during packet transmission and reception,
use this command to ignore the detection.
l By default, MTU check mismatch detection is enabled during DD packet exchange.
Examples
The following example shows how to disable MTU detection during DD packet exchange:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan2)#ip ospf mtu-ignore
22-42

Related Commands
None
22.41 ip ospf network

Syntax
ip ospf network {broadcast |non-broadcast |point-to-point |point-to-multipoint [non-broadca
st ] }
no ip ospf network
Function
This command configures the interface type.
Parameters
broadcast Broadcast network -
non-broadcast Non-broadcast network (used in -

combination with the neighbor
command)
point-to-point Point-to-point network -
point-to-multipoint Point-to-multipoint network -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l By default, the interface type depends on the network type. Point-to-multipoint type
needs configuration.
l To restore the interface type to the network type, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure interface VLAN 2 to point-to-point interface
type:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan2)#ip ospf network point-to-point
22-43

Related Commands
None
22.42 ip ospf packet-statistic

Syntax
ip ospf packet-statistic
no ip ospf packet-statistic
Function
This command enables statistics of OSPF packets received and sent on an interface.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command must be used in combination with the protocol-count enable command. The
OSPF packet statistics on an interface will be performed only when the protocol statistics
is also enabled.
To disable the packet statistics, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable OSPF packet statistics in interface mode:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan3)#ip ospf packet-statistic
Related Commands
protocol-count enable
22.43 ip ospf priority

Syntax
ip ospf priority number1
no ip ospf priority
22-44

Function
This command configures the interface priority.
Parameters
number1 Interface priority 0–255
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l The router whose interface priority is configured to 0 cannot be act as DR or BDR.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the interface priority to 10:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan2)#ip ospf priority 10
Related Commands
None
22.44 ip ospf retransmit-interval

Syntax
ip ospf retransmit-interval number1
no ip ospf retransmit-interval
Function
This command specifies the time interval for the specified interface to retransmit LSAs.
Parameters
number1 Time interval for the interface to 1–65535

retransmit LSAs
22-45

Mode
Usage Guidelines
To restore the setting to the default, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the time interval between LSA
retransmissions to 10 seconds:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan2)#ip ospf retransmit-interval 10
Related Commands
None
22.45 ip ospf transmit-delay

Syntax
ip ospf transmit-delay number1
no ip ospf transmit-delay
Function
This command configures the delay for the interface to transmit a link status update packet.
Parameters
number1 Delay for transmitting a link 1–65535

state update packet
Mode
Usage Guidelines
22-46

Examples
The following example shows how to configure the delay for transmitting a link state update
packet to 2 seconds:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan2)#ip ospf transmit-delay 2
Related Commands
None
22.46 ipv6 router ospf

Syntax
ipv6 router ospf number1
no ipv6 router ospf number1
Function
This command starts IPv6 OSPF route configuration mode.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enter IPv6 OSPF route configuration mode:
ZXAN(config)#ipv6 router ospf 100
Related Commands
None
22-47

22.47 max-metric
Syntax
max-metric router-lsa [on-startup {wait-for-bgp |number1 } ]
no max-metric router-lsa
Function
This command configures a PE router to prevent blackhole routes.
Parameters
router-lsa Prevents blackhole routes. -
wait-for-bgp Restores LSA after BGP -

convergence.
number1 Waiting time for preventing 5–86400

blackhole routes after the router
is restarted.
Unit: seconds.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l When this command takes effect, the transit-link of the local router-lsa will be set to
65535.
l If the on-startup option is set in the command, this command takes effect after the
rack or OSPF is restarted.
l If on-startup wait-for-bgp is specified in the command, the LSA will be restored
when the waiting time (60 seconds or the default 600 seconds) expires after BGP
convergence. The transit-link will not be set to 65535.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the router to prevent blackhole routes and
set the waiting time after restart to 50 seconds:
ZXAN(config-router)#max-metric router-lsa on-startup 50
Related Commands
None
22-48

22.48 maximum-paths
Syntax
no maximum-paths
Function
This command configures the maximum number of routes supported in OSPF load
balancing.
Parameters
number1 Maximum number of routes 1–16

supported in OSPF load
balancing
Mode
Usage Guidelines
When a router has a complete link state database, it is ready to create its routing table
for stream forwarding. The default overhead metric is the bandwidth based on network
medium. To calculate the minimum overhead to the destination, the routing table stores at
most eight entries with the same overhead for load balancing. This can be configured by
the maximum-paths command.
The router normally selects the path with the minimum metric value. If there are multiple
paths with the minimum and identical metric value, load balancing is enabled on these
paths. The maximum-paths command can be used to support up to 16 paths with the
same metric value.
This command takes effect immediately but it takes some time for system to process this
command.
To restore the setting to the default 1, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the maximum routes supported in OSPF
load balancing to 4:
22-49

Related Commands
None
22.49 mpls traffic-eng area

Syntax
mpls traffic-eng area {ip_addr1 |number1 }
no mpls traffic-eng area {ip_addr1 |number1 }
Function
This command configures the device to generate and flood its TE information to a specific
area.
Parameters

number1 Area ID, in decimal notation 0–4294967295
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command must be configured before an area is enabled to support traffic engineering.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the OSPF area 1 to support traffic
engineering:
ZXAN(config-router)#mpls traffic-eng area 1
Related Commands
None
22.50 mpls traffic-eng router-id

Syntax
mpls traffic-eng router-id interface1
22-50

no mpls traffic-eng router-id
Function
This command specifies the traffic engineering router ID.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l In MPLS TE, a traffic engineering ID is required for each router and the destination
address of the tunnel must be set to the traffic engineering router ID of a traffic
engineering router.
l This command must be configured to enable a router to support traffic engineering.
It is recommended to specify a loopback interface that has been configured with an
address in the command. The configuration will fail if the specified interface does not
exist or the interface has no address.
l The traffic engineering router id is not the router ID of a router. It is recommended to
configure a traffic engineering router ID same as the router ID.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the OSPF traffic engineering router ID to
the IP address of the interface loopback 1:
ZXAN(config-router)#mpls traffic-eng router-id loopback1
Related Commands
None
22.51 neighbor
Syntax
neighbor ip_addr1 [{[priority number1 ] [poll-interval number2 ] [cost number3 ] }]
no neighbor ip_addr1 [{[priority ] [poll-interval ] [cost ] }]
22-51

Function
This command configures the neighbor router on a non-broadcast network. It needs to
traverse all interfaces. When a neighbor’s IP address is in the same network segment
with the interface IP address, the neighbor is connected to this interface.
Parameters
ip_addr1 IP address of the neighbor -
number1 Neighbor priority; invalid for Range: 0–255

point-to-point neighbors Default: 1
number2 Neighbor poll interval; invalid for Range: 120–65535

point-to-point neighbors Default: 120
Unit: seconds
number3 Cost to the neighbor; invalid for 1–65535

NBMA neighbors
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l By default, no neighbor router is defined. In addition, the cost of a point-to-multipoint
neighbor is automatically calculated by default.
l This configuration is only required for a point-to-multipoint network or NBMA network.
l If the neighbor cost is not configured, the cost configuration of the corresponding
interface or the default cost will be used. If both the neighbor cost and the cost of
the connected interface are configured, the neighbor cost will be used.
l The neighbor priority is used for DR and BDR election. If the priority is 0, the neighbor
will not participate in the DR and BDR election. After link establishment, the advertised
priority in hello messages sent by the neighbor is determined as the actual neighbor
priority. You are recommended to set the neighbor priority to the actual priority of the
neighbor.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure neighbor routers on a non-broadcast
network for the router with an interface in 10.1.1.0 network segment:
ZXAN(config-router)#neighbor 10.1.1.0
Related Commands
None
22-52

22.52 network
Syntax
network ip_addr1 ip_addr2 area {number1 |ip_addr3 }
no network ip_addr1 ip_addr2 area {number2 |ip_addr3 }
Function
This command configures the interfaces on which OSPF runs, and defines the area ID for
these interfaces. If the area does not exist, it will be created automatically.
Parameters
ip_addr2 Wildcard mask -
number1 Area ID in decimal notation 0–4294967295

Mode
Usage Guidelines
1. This command defines the interface running the OSPF protocol and defines the area
ID for these interfaces. This area is created automatically if not existing. If the area
does not exist, it will be created automatically.
2. When the “0”bit in wildcard-mask of IP interface address is equal to ip-address, this
command is valid for the IP interface address.
When multiple network commands are valid for the same IP interface addresses, the
OSPF interface corresponding to this IP interface address will be created and added
to the area specified by the network command of minimum wildcard-mask.
When there is valid network command for the newly-configured IP interface address,
the OSPF interface corresponding to this IP interface address will be created
automatically, and added into the area specified by the network command of minimum
wildcard-mask.
When the IP interface address is deleted, OSPF interface will also be automatically
deleted.
3. The no form of this command is the reverse operation only for the configured network
command. If there is no corresponding network command, this no command is invalid.
22-53

If there is corresponding network command, and the network command is valid for
the OSPF interface in OSPF area, then no command will take these OSPF interfaces
off this area.
If there are other valid network commands for the IP interface address of OSPF
interface, then no form of this command adds them into the OSPF area specified by
this network command.
If multiple network commands are valid for the same interface, then no form of this
command can add them into the OSPF area specified by the network command with
the minimum wildcard-mask.
If there is no other valid network command for this interface, then the no form of this
command can delete this OSPF interface.
Examples
The following example shows how to set interface 1.10.1.1 as an OSPF interface and place
it into area 0:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan2)#ip address 10.10.1.1 255.255.255.0
ZXAN(config-if-vlan2)#exit
Related Commands
None
22.53 notify default route

Syntax
notify default route [{match-route ip_addr1 ip_addr2 |route-map name1 |always } ] [metric
number1 ] [metric-type name2 ]
no notify default route [{match-route |route-map |always } ] [metric ] [metric-type ]
Function
This command notifies the default route 0/0, which is generated by the router using other
protocols or resulted from the static route configuration. If the default route does not exist,
the specific reachable route is notified as normal. After this command is used, the router
serves as an ASBR.
22-54

Parameters
ip_addr1 Prefix of the route to be exactly matched. -
ip_addr2 Mask of the route to be exactly matched. -
name1 Specifies the name of the route map used to 1–64 characters
generate the default route.
always If this parameter is specified, the default route is -

advertised no matter whether the default route
exists in the router.
If this parameter is not specified, whether the
default route is advertised depends on the
existence of default route in the routing table of
the router.
number1 Specifies the cost of the default route. 0–16777214

Default: 1.
name2 Specifies the type of the default route. ext-1 or ext-2

Default: ext-2.
match-route Cancels the exact match of a route. -
route-map Cancels the route map template. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, there is no default route generated by other route protocols or static route
configuration.
Examples
The following example shows how to notify a default route irrespective of whether the
router has one. In this example, the cost of the default route is 20, the default router type
is ext-1, and the route-map is map:
ZXAN(config-router)#notify default route always metric 20 metric-type ext-1
Related Commands
None
22-55

22.54 nsf
Syntax
nsf
no nsf
Function
This command configures the Non-Stop Forwarding (NSF) capacity.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l NSF is supported in broadcast networks, NBMA networks, and networks configured
with virtual links or MD5.
l Ensure that the area virtual-link dead-delay is properly configured when configuring
NSF in an environment configured with virtual links.
l Before using this command, ensure that the running OSPF instance supports opaque
LSA.
l By default, the NSF capacity is not supported.
l To disable NSF, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the NSF capacity:
ZXAN(config-router)#nsf
Related Commands
22.31 grace-period
22.55 passive-interface
Syntax
passive-interface {default |interface1 }
no passive-interface {default |interface1 }
22-56

Function
This command configures an interface as a passive interface so that the interface cannot
send any Hello packet, receive any packet or establish neighborship and adjacency with
other routers
Parameters
default Indicates that all interfaces are -

configured as passive-interfaces
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The passive-interface default command indicates that all interfaces are configured as
passive interfaces.
After a passive-interface command is configured, the corresponding no passive-interface
command, if available, is cancelled. If another passive-interface command exists, both
commands are valid.
After a no passive-interface command is configured, the corresponding passive-interface
command, if available, is cancelled. If another no passive-interface command exists, both
commands are valid.
By default, all interfaces are normal interfaces that can transceive OSPF packets and
establish neighbors.
Examples
The following example describes how to configure the VLAN 2 interface as a passive
interface:
ZXAN(config-router)#passive-interface vlan 2
Related Commands
None
22-57

22.56 redistribute
Syntax
redistribute {ospf number1 |name1 } [{[as number2 ] [peer ip_addr1 ] [tag number3 ] [metric
number4 ] [metric-type name2 ] [route-map name3 ] }]
no redistribute {ospf number1 |name1 } [{[as ] [peer ] [tag ] [metric ] [metric-type ] [route-map
] }]
Function
This command configures a filtering policy for other protocols to advertise routes to IS-IS
Parameters
number1 OSPF process ID. 1–65535
name1 Filter routes by protocol type. connected, static, rip,

bgp-ext, bgp-int, isis-1,
isis-1-2, and isis-2
number2 Two additional conditions can be set when the 1–65535

protocol is BGP: as-number and peer-address.
This parameter (as-number) indicates the AS
number of the peer.
ip_addr1 Two additional conditions can be set when the -

protocol is BGP: as-number and peer-address.
This parameter (peer-address) indicates the IP
address of the peer.
number3 Tag of the redistributed LSA. 0–1
number4 Metric of the distributed LSA. By default, the 0–16777214

default metric of the system is used.
name2 Metric type of the redistributed LSA. ext-1 and ext-2

Default: ext-2.
name3 Name of the route map for the protocol route 1–16 characters
redistribution.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l To cancel the redistribution, use the no form of this command.
22-58

l If level-1 or level-2 is not specified in this command, routes will be redistributed to the
level-2 database.
l In metric-style narrow mode, the metric-value range is 0–63. In metric-style wide
mode, the metric-value range is 0–426142864.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a filtering policy for BGP to advertise routes
to IS-IS:
ZXAN(config)#router isis
ZXAN(config-router)#redistribute bgp
ZXAN(config-router)#redistribute bgp level-1
ZXAN(config-router)#redistribute bgp level-1 metric 20
ZXAN(config-router)#redistribute bgp level-1 metric 20 metric-type internal
ZXAN(config-router)#redistribute ospf level-1 metric 20
Related Commands
None
22.57 router ospf

Syntax
router ospf number1 [vrf name1 ]
no router ospf number1 [vrf name1 ]
Function
This command starts the OSPF protocol and enters the OSPF protocol configuration mode.
Parameters
name1 VPN instance name -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l To cancel the OSPF protocol process, use the no form of this command.
l If the OSPF protocol is started but is disabled, the system prompts “Please enable
the OSPF instance first” and returns to the global configuration mode. If the OSPF
22-59

protocol is started and it is enabled, the system directly enters the OSPF protocol
configuration mode.
l The global OSPF and the OSPF under the VRFs use different process IDs.
l When a OSPF process starts, a router ID needs to be assigned from the local IP
addresses. If no local IP address is available, the OSPF process fails to start.
l The OSPF protocol is disabled by default.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure an OSPF process with the ID as 1:
ZXAN(config-router)#
Related Commands
None
22.58 router-id
Syntax
router-id ip_addr1
no router-id
Function
This command specifies the router ID for an OSPF process.
Parameters
ip_addr1 OSPF router ID, in the format of -

an IP address
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l To delete a route ID, use the no form of this command.
l This command enables the OSPF process to use the specified IP address as the
OSPF router ID. To enable the OSPF process to use a randomly selected OSPF router
ID, use the no form of this command.
l This configuration route ID takes effect after the router restarts or the OSPF process
is manually restarted by the clear ip ospf process command.
l By default, the OSPF router ID used by an OSPF process is automatically selected.
22-60

Examples
The following example shows how to configure the router ID to 5.5.5.5:
ZXAN(config-router)#router-id 5.5.5.5 %Code 2059:
Reload or use "clear ip ospf process" command,
for this to take effect
ZXAN(config-router)#end
ZXAN#clear ip ospf process 1
Related Commands
None
22.59 sequence-backup
Syntax
sequence-backup number1
no sequence-backup
Function
This command configures the sequence number in the latest DBD packet that is backed
up during graceful restart.
Parameters
number1 Sequence number, which is a 0–4294967295

decimal integer
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to set the sequence number in the latest DD packet
that is backed up during graceful restart to 256600:
ZXAN(config-router)#sequence-backup 256600
22-61

Related Commands
None
22.60 show ip ospf

Syntax
show ip ospf [number1 ]
Function
This command displays OSPF database information of a specific router. This command
can be specified in different formats to display LSAs based on different summarizations.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information related to the OSPF database
of a specific router:
l show ip ospf database
ZXAN#show ip ospf database
OSPF Router with ID (5.5.5.5) (Process ID 1)
Router Link States (Area 0.0.0.0)
Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum Link count

5.5.5.5 5.5.5.5 13237 0x80000002 0x632 0
l show ip ospf database summary

ZXAN#show ip ospf database summary
Summary Net Link States (Area 0.0.0.1)
22-62

LS age: 98
Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, Upward)
LS Type: Summary Links(Network)
Link State ID: 0.0.0.0 (Summary Network Number)
Advertising Router: 192.168.2.1
LS Seq Number: 0x80000002
Checksum: 0x717f
Length: 28
Network Mask: /0
TOS: 0 Metric: 1
l show ip ospf database network:

ZXAN#show ip ospf database network
Net Link States (Area 0.0.0.1)
Routing Bit Set on this LSA
LS age: 789
Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC)
LS Type: Network Links
Link State ID: 168.1.1.1 (Address of Designated Router)
Checksum: 0x9787
Length: 32
Network Mask: /16
Attached Router: 110.1.1.1
Area 0.0.0.0 database summary

LSA Type Count
Router 1
Network 0
Summary Net 0
Summary ASBR 0
Type-7 Ext 0
Opaque Link 0
Opaque Area 0
Subtotal 1
Related Commands
None
22-63

22.61 show ip ospf border-routers

Syntax
show ip ospf border-routers [process number1 ]
Function
This command displays the information of the internal OSPF routing to an Area Border
Router (ABR) and Autonomous System Boundary Router (ASBR).
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information of OSPF process 1:
ZXAN#show ip ospf border-routers process 1
OSPF internal Routing Table
Destination Next Hop Cost Type RteType Area
160.89.97.53 144.144.1.53 10 ABR INTRA 0.0.0.3
160.89.103.51 160.89.96.51 10 ABR INTRA 0.0.0.3
160.89.103.52 160.89.96.51 20 ASBR INTER 0.0.0.3
160.89.103.52 144.144.1.53 30 ASBR INTER 0.0.0.3
Related Commands
None
22.62 show ip ospf border-lfas

Syntax
show ip ospf border-lfas [process number1 ]
22-64

Function
This command displays the routes on the backup route of the active router.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display information about OSPF process 1:
ZXAN(config)# show ip ospf border-lfas process 1
Related Commands
None

Syntax
show ip ospf database {adv-router ip_addr1 |[self-originate ] } [area {number1 |ip_addr2 } ]
[process number2 ]
Function
This command displays the related information about the OSPF database of the OSPF
database for a specific router.
Parameters
ip_addr1 Specifies the OSPF router that generates LSAs -
number1 Specifies the area of the LSAs to be displayed, 0–4294967295

expressed in decimal
ip_addr2 Specifies the area of the LSAs to be displayed, -

expressed in dotted decimal IP address notation
22-65

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the related information about the OSPF
database of the OSPF database for the router 5.5.5.5:
ZXAN#show ip ospf database

5.5.5.5 5.5.5.5 5 0x80000002 0x2678 1

5.5.5.5 5.5.5.5 5 0x80000001 0x2319 0
Link ID ADV Router Age Seq# Checksum

0.0.0.0 5.5.5.5 5 0x80000001 0xfc4d
135.1.1.0 5.5.5.5 2 0x80000001 0x4bc
Related Commands
22.64 show ip ospf database asbr-summary
22.65 show ip ospf database database-summary
22.66 show ip ospf database external
22.67 show ip ospf database network
22.68 show ip ospf database nssa

22.69 show ip ospf database opaque-area
22.70 show ip ospf database opaque-link

22.71 show ip ospf database router
22.72 show ip ospf database summary
22-66

22.64 show ip ospf database asbr-summary

Syntax
show ip ospf database asbr-summary [ip_addr1 ] {adv-router ip_addr2 |[self-originate ] } [area
{number1 |ip_addr3 } ] [process number2 ]
Function
This command displays the ASBR summary LSA list in the OSPF database for a specific
router.
Parameters
ip_addr1 Portion of the network environment that is described by -

the LSA. The value is associated with the link status
type.
l If the LSA describes a network, this parameter is
expressed by the network IP address or a detailed
address obtained from the network IP address.
l If the LSA describes a router, the parameter value
is the Router ID of the described router. The default
router ID is 0.0.0.0.


Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the ASBR summary LSA list in the OSPF
database for the route 110.1.1.1:
ZXAN#show ip ospf database asbr-summary
Summary ASB Link States (Area 0.0.0.0)
22-67

LS age: 68
LS Type: Summary Links(AS Boundary Router)
Link State ID: 168.1.1.3 (AS Boundary Router address)
Checksum: 0xc875
Length: 28
Network Mask: /0
TOS: 0 Metric: 1
Related Commands
22.65 show ip ospf database database-summary

Syntax
show ip ospf database database-summary [area {number1 |ip_addr1 } ] [process number2 ]
Function
This command displays the number of each LSA in each area and the total number of
LSAs in the whole database for a specific router.
Parameters
number1 Specifies the area of the LSAs to be 0–4294967295

displayed, expressed in decimal
ip_addr1 Specifies the area of the LSAs to be -

displayed, expressed in dotted decimal IP
address notation
Mode
Any mode
Usage Guidelines
None
22-68

Examples
The following example shows how to display the number of each LSA in each area and
the total number of LSAs in the whole database for router 110.1.1.1:
ZXAN#show ip ospf database database-summary
LSA Type Count
Router 1
Network 0
Summary Net 2
Summary ASBR 1
Type-7 Ext 0
Opaque Link 0
Opaque Area 0
Subtotal 4
LSA Type Count
Router 2
Network 1
Summary Net 1
Summary ASBR 0
Type-7 Ext 0
Opaque Link 0
Opaque Area 0
Subtotal 4
Process 1 database summary
LSA Type Count
Router 3
Network 1
Summary Net 3
Summary ASBR 1
Type-7 Ext 0
Opaque Link 0
Opaque Area 0
Type-5 Ext 2
Opaque AS 0
Total 10
Related Commands
22-69

22.66 show ip ospf database external

Syntax
show ip ospf database external [ip_addr1 ] {adv-router ip_addr2 |[self-originate ] } [process
number1 ]
Function
This command displays the type-5 external LSA list in the OSPF database for a specific
router.
Parameters
ip_addr1 Link status ID in IP address format -
ip_addr2 LSA generated by the OSPF router -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the type-5 external LSA list in the OSPF
database for the router 110.1.1.1:
ZXAN#show ip ospf database external
Type-5 AS External Link States
LS age: 18
LS Type: AS External Link
Link State ID: 111.1.0.0 (External Network Number)
Checksum: 0x4ae3
Length: 36
Network Mask: /16
Metric Type: 2 (Larger than any link state path)
TOS: 0
Metric: 20
Forward Address: 110.1.1.111
22-70

External Route Tag: 3489660928
Related Commands
22.67 show ip ospf database network

Syntax
show ip ospf database network [ip_addr1 ] {adv-router ip_addr2 |[self-originate ] } [area {num
ber1 |ip_addr3 } ] [process number2 ]
Function
This command displays the network LSA list in the OSPF database for a specific router.
Parameters
ip_addr1 Portion of the network environment that is described -

by the LSA. The value is associated with the link status
type.
is the Router ID of the described router. The
default router ID is 0.0.0.0.


Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
22-71

Examples
The following example shows how to display the network LSA list in the OSPF database
for the router 110.1.1.1:
ZXAN#show ip ospf database network
Net Link States (Area 0.0.0.1)
LS age: 789
LS Type: Network Links
Link State ID: 168.1.1.1 (Address of Designated Router)
Checksum: 0x9787
Length: 32
Network Mask: /16
Related Commands
22.68 show ip ospf database nssa

Syntax
show ip ospf database nssa [ip_addr1 ] {adv-router ip_addr2 |[self-originate ] } [area {number1
|ip_addr3 } ] [process number2 ]
Function
This command displays the type-7 external LSA list in the OSPF database for a specific
router.
Parameters
ip_addr1 Portion of the network environment that is described by -

the LSA. The value is associated with the link status type.
22-72

l If the LSA describes a router, the parameter value is

the Router ID of the described router. The default
router ID is 0.0.0.0.

expressed in decimal 5

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the type-7 external LSA list in the OSPF
ZXAN#show ip ospf database nssa
Type-7 AS External Link States (Area 0.0.0.1)
LS age: 115
Options: (No TOS-capability, No Type 7/5 translation,
DC, Upward)
Checksum: 0x7627
Length: 36
Network Mask: /0
TOS: 0
Metric: 1
22-73


IPFRR information exists
LS age: 73
Options: (No TOS-capability, Type 7/5 translation,
DC, Upward)
Checksum: 0x47b1
Length: 36
Network Mask: /24
TOS: 0
Metric: 10
Related Commands
22.69 show ip ospf database opaque-area

Syntax
show ip ospf database opaque-area [ip_addr1 ] {adv-router ip_addr2 |[self-originate ] } [area
Function
This command displays the opaque-area LSA list in the OSPF database for a specific
router.
Parameters

by the LSA. The value is associated with the link
status type.
l If the LSA describes a network, this parameter
is expressed by the network IP address or a
detailed address obtained from the network IP
address.
22-74

l If the LSA describes a router, the parameter

value is the Router ID of the described router.
The default router ID is 0.0.0.0.
number1 Specifies the area of the LSAs to be displayed, 0-4294967295


number2 OSPF process ID 1-65535
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the opaque-area LSA list in the OSPF
ZXAN#show ip ospf database opaque-area self-originate
Type-10 Opaque Link Area Link States (Area 0.0.0.0)
LS age: 1509
Options: (No TOS-capability,No DC)
LS Type: Opaque Area Link
Link State ID: 1.0.0.0
Opaque Type: 1
Opaque ID: 0
LS Seq Number: 80000003
Checksum: 0x5aa5
Length: 28
Fragment number : 0
MPLS TE router ID : 10.10.10.10
Number of Links : 0
22-75

LS age: 185
LS Type: Opaque Area Link
Opaque Type: 1
Opaque ID: 3
Checksum: 0xfe8d
Length: 124
Fragment number : 3
Link connected to Broadcast network

Link ID : 179.1.1.200
Interface Address : 179.1.1.200
Neighbor Interface Address : 0.0.0.0
Admin Metric : 1
Maximum bandwidth : 125000000
Maximum reservable bandwidth : 93750000
Number of Priority : 8
Priority 0 : 93750000 Priority 1 : 93750000
Affinity Bit : 0x0
Related Commands
22.70 show ip ospf database opaque-link

Syntax
show ip ospf database opaque-link [ip_addr1 ] {adv-router ip_addr2 |[self-originate ] } [area
Function
This command displays the opaque-link LSA list in the OSPF database for a specific router.
22-76

Parameters

status type.
is the Router ID of the described router. The
default router ID is 0.0.0.0.


Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the opaque-link LSA list in the OSPF database
for the router 5.5.5.45:
ZXAN#show ip ospf database opaque-link
Type-9 Opaque Link-local Link States (Area 0.0.0.0)
LS age: 1269
LS Type: Opaque Link-local
Opaque Type: 3
Opaque ID: 0
22-77

Checksum: 0x6b4c
Length: 44
Fragment number: 0
Grace period: 1000

NSF reason: switch to redundant control processor
Interface ip addr: 201.46.45.0
Related Commands
22.71 show ip ospf database router

Syntax
show ip ospf database router [ip_addr1 ] {adv-router ip_addr2 |[self-originate ] } [area {number1
|ip_addr3 } ] [process number2 ]
Function
This command displays the router LSA list in the OSPF database for a specific router.
Parameters

status type.
l If the LSA describes a network, this parameter
is expressed by the network IP address or a
detailed address obtained from the network IP
address.
value is the Router ID of the described router.
The default router ID is 0.0.0.0.


22-78

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the router LSA list in the OSPF database for
the router 110.1.1.1:
ZXAN#show ip ospf database router

LS age: 1700
LS Type: Router Links
LS Seq Number: 0x8000001f
Checksum: 0xf9e7
Length: 36
Number of Links: 1
Link connected to: a Stub Network
(Link ID) Network/subnet number: 110.1.0.0
(Link Data) Network Mask: 255.255.0.0
Number of TOS metrics: 0
TOS 0 Metrics: 1
Related Commands
22.72 show ip ospf database summary

Syntax
show ip ospf database summary [ip_addr1 ] {adv-router ip_addr2 |[self-originate ] } [area {nu
mber1 |ip_addr3 } ] [process number2 ]
Function
This command displays the network summary LSA list in the OSPF database for a specific
router.
22-79

Parameters
ip_addr1 Portion of the network environment that is -

described by the LSA. The value is associated
with the link status type.
l If the LSA describes a network, this
parameter is expressed by the network IP
address or a detailed address obtained
from the network IP address.
value is the Router ID of the described
router. The default router ID is 0.0.0.0.

in decimal

in dotted decimal IP address notation
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the network summary LSA list in the OSPF
ZXAN#show ip ospf database summary
LS age: 129
LS Type: Summary Links(Network)
Link State ID: 112.1.1.0 (Summary Network Number)
Checksum: 0xd99f
Length: 28
Network Mask: /24
TOS: 0 Metric: 2
22-80

Related Commands
22.73 show ip ospf interface

Syntax
show ip ospf interface [interface1 ] [process number1 ]
Function
This command displays the OSPF interface information.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the OSPF interface information of the
interface VLAN 2:
ZXAN#show ip ospf interface vlan 2 process 1
vlan2 is down
Internet Address 10.10.1.1 255.255.255.0 disable
Up for 00:00:00
In the area 0.0.0.0
Cost 10, Priority 10, Network Type point-to-point
Transmit Delay(sec) 10, Authentication Type message-digest
Timer intervals(sec) : Hello 20, Dead 80, Retransmit 10
Number of Neighbors 0, Number of Adjacent neighbors 0
Related Commands
None
22-81

22.74 show ip ospf mpls

Syntax
show ip ospf mpls traffic-eng link [area {number1 |ip_addr1 } ] [process number2 ]
Function
This command displays information about the OSPF traffic engineering link.
Parameters
number1 Area ID that is associated with 0–4294967295

the address range specified by
the network command
ip_addr1 Router ID (in IP address format) -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display information about the OSPF traffic
engineering link:
ZXAN#show ip ospf mpls traffic-eng link
Related Commands
None
22.75 show ip ospf neighbor

Syntax
show ip ospf neighbor [detail ] [interface interface1 ] [neighbor-id ip_addr1 ] [process number1
]
Function
This command displays the OSPF neighbor information.
22-82

Parameters
ip_addr1 Neighbor ID -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the OSPF neighbor information:
ZXAN#show ip ospf neighbor
Neighbor 134.1.1.201
In the area 0.0.0.0
via interface gei_7/1 134.1.1.201
Neighbor is DROTHER
State FULL, priority 0, Cost 1
Queue count : Retransmit 0, DD 0, LS Req 0
Dead time : 00:00:38 Options : 0x42
In Full State for 00:03:52
Related Commands
None
22.76 show ip ospf nsf

Syntax
show ip ospf nsf
Function
This command displays the OSPF NSF information.
Parameter
None
22-83

Mode
Usage Guidelines
l The result of using this command on the restarting device is the NSF execution details
of the restarting device.
l The result of using this command on the helper is the NSF execution details of the
helper.
Examples
l The following is sample output on the restarting device or the helper when NSF is not
implemented:
ZXAN#show ip ospf nsf
OSPF instance is in normal state
l The following is sample output on the restarting device when NSF is implemented:
OSPF instance is graceful restarting
Restart reason is switch to redundant control processor
Grace period 240
Start time 00:00:00
Time to leave 223 s
Helper 134.1.1.201
In the area 0.0.0.0
via interface gei_7/1 134.1.1.201
Neighbor is DR
State 2WAY
The displayed information include:
Item Description
Restart reason NSF reason
Grace period Grace period
Start time Start time of NSF
Time to leave Maximum remaining time for NSF
Helper ID of the helper router
In the area Area in which the NSF link is located
via interface fei_1/1 Type, ID, and IP address of the interface on the helper router
22-84

Item Description
State State of the helper router
l The following is sample output from this command on the helper when NSF is
implemented:
This router is a helper of graceful restart
Restarting router ID 134.1.1.200
In the area 0.0.0.0
via interface vlan134 134.1.1.200
Neighbor is BDR
State EXCH
Max grace period 240
Start time 00:23:42
Time to leave 219 s
The displayed information include:
Item Description
Restarting router ID ID of the restarting router
In the area Area in which the NSF link is located
via interface gei_7/1 Type, ID, and IP address of the interface on the restarting
router
Neighbor is BDR BDR of the restarting router
State State of the restarting router
Start time Start time when the router enters helper mode
Max grace period Maximum grace period
Time to leave Remaining time before the router leaves helper mode
Related Commands
None
22.77 show ip ospf request-list

Syntax
show ip ospf request-list {ip_addr1 |[interface1 [ip_addr2 ] ] } [process number1 ]
Function
This command displays a list of all LSAs requested by the specified router.
22-85

Parameters
ip_addr1 Displays the list of all LSAs requested by the -

router from this neighbor
interface1 Displays the list of all LSAs requested by the -

router on this interface
ip_addr2 Displays the list of all LSAs requested by the -

router on this interface, from this neighbor
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display a list of all LSAs requested by the router
200.1.1.11:
ZXAN#show ip ospf request-list
Neighbor 200.1.1.12, interface vlan2 address 144.1.1.12
Type LS ID ADV RTR Seq NO Age Checksum
1 200.1.1.12 200.1.1.12 0x8000020D 8 0x6572
Related Commands
None
22.78 show ip ospf retransmission-list

Syntax
show ip ospf retransmission-list {ip_addr1 |[interface1 [ip_addr2 ] ] } [process number1 ]
Function
This command displays a list of all LSAs to be retransmitted by the specified router.
22-86

Parameters
ip_addr1 Displays the list of all LSAs waiting to be -

resent for this neighbor
interface1 Displays the list of all LSAs waiting to be -

resent on this interface
ip_addr2 Displays the list of all LSAs waiting to be -

resent on this interface, from this neighbor.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display a list of all LSAs to be retransmitted by the
router 192.168.2.1:
ZXAN#show ip ospf retransmission-list
Related Commands
None
22.79 summary-address
Syntax
summary-address ip_addr1 ip_addr2
no summary-address ip_addr1 ip_addr2
Function
This command creates aggregate addresses for OSPF and summarizes routes from other
routing protocols that are being redistributed into OSPF.
22-87

Parameters
ip_addr2 IP subnet mask used for the summary route -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l Multiple groups of addresses can be summarized for a given level. Routes learned
from other routing protocols can also be summarized. The metric used to advertise
the summary is the smallest metric of all the more specific routes. This command
helps reduce the size of the routing table.
l By default, no aggregate address is set for the OSPF.
Examples
This following example shows how to aggregate the static routes 10.1.1.0/24, 10.1.2.0/24,
and 10.1.3.0/24 into one route and redistribute it into OSPF:
ZXAN(config-router)#summary-address 10.1.0.0 255.255.0.0
Related Commands
None
22.80 timers fast-reroute

Syntax
timers fast-reroute number1
no timers fast-reroute
Function
This command configures the minimum interval between two consecutive IP FRR SPF
calculations.
22-88

Parameters
number1 Minimum interval between Range: 1-65535

two consecutive IP FRR SPF Default: 1
calculations
Unit: seconds
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to set the minimum interval between two consecutive
IP FRR SPF calculations to eight seconds:
ZXAN(config-router)#timers fast-reroute 8
Related Commands
None
22.81 timers lsa-group-pacing

Syntax
timers lsa-group-pacing number1
no timers lsa-group-pacing
Function
This command sets the interval at which OSPF LSAs are collected into a group and
refreshed, checksummed, or aged.
Parameters
number1 Interval at which LSAs are grouped and Range: 1–2

refreshed, checksummed, or aged Default: 1
Unit: seconds
22-89

Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to set the OSPF pacing between LSA groups to 2
seconds:
ZXAN(config-router)#timers lsa-group-pacing 2
Related Commands
None
22.82 timers spf

Syntax
timers spf number1
no timers spf
Function
This command configures the minimum time interval between two consecutive SPF
computations.
Parameters
number1 Minimum time interval between consecutive Range: 1–65535

SPF computations Default: 1
Unit: seconds
Mode
Usage Guidelines
22-90

Examples
The following example show how to configure the minimum time interval between two
continuous SPF computations to 2 seconds:
ZXAN(config-router)#timers spf 2
Related Commands
None
22.83 timers throttle spf

Syntax
timers throttle spf number1 number2 number3
no timers throttle spf
Function
This command configures the delay time parameters for OSPF route calculation.
Parameters
number1 Delay time between when OSPF 1–600

receives a topology change and
when OSPF starts the first SPF
calculation
Unit: milliseconds
number2 Minimum interval between two 1–600

SPF calculations
Unit: milliseconds
number3 Maximum spf-hold time 1–600

Unit: milliseconds
Mode
Usage Guidelines
22-91

Examples
The following example shows how to set the delay time before SPF calculation to 10 ms,
the hold interval to 20 ms, and the maximum hold time to 60 ms:
ZXAN(config-router)#timers throttle spf 10 20 60
Related Commands
None
22-92

Chapter 23
BGP Protocol Commands
Table of Contents
address-family ipv4 multicast....................................................................................23-4
address-family vpnv4 ...............................................................................................23-6
aggregate-address ...................................................................................................23-6
aggregate-address (VPF-BGP Configuration Mode) .................................................23-8
bgp advertisement-time ..........................................................................................23-10
bgp always-compare-med ...................................................................................... 23-11
bgp as ....................................................................................................................23-12
bgp client-to-client reflection ...................................................................................23-13
bgp cluster-id .........................................................................................................23-13
bgp confederation identifier ....................................................................................23-14
bgp confederation peers.........................................................................................23-15
bgp dampening ......................................................................................................23-16
bgp default ipv4-unicast..........................................................................................23-17
bgp default local-preference ...................................................................................23-18
bgp default route-target filter...................................................................................23-19
bgp ext-community-type-compatible .......................................................................23-20
bgp fast-external-fallover ........................................................................................23-21
bgp frr ....................................................................................................................23-22
bgp graceful-restart ................................................................................................23-22
bgp graceful-restart restart-time .............................................................................23-23
bgp graceful-restart stalepath-time .........................................................................23-24
bgp rapid-convergence...........................................................................................23-25
bgp router-id...........................................................................................................23-26
bgp update-delay ...................................................................................................23-26
clear bgp vpnv4 unicast..........................................................................................23-27
clear bgp vpnv4 unicast dampening .......................................................................23-28
clear bgp vpnv4 unicast flap-statistics.....................................................................23-29
clear bgp vpnv4 unicast vrf .....................................................................................23-30
clear ip bgp ............................................................................................................23-32
clear ip bgp dampening ..........................................................................................23-33
clear ip bgp flap-statistics .......................................................................................23-33
clear ip bgp vrf........................................................................................................23-34
debug ip bgp ..........................................................................................................23-35
debug ip bgp all......................................................................................................23-36
debug ip bgp dampening ........................................................................................23-37
23-1

debug ip bgp events ...............................................................................................23-37

debug ip bgp in.......................................................................................................23-38
debug ip bgp keepalives.........................................................................................23-39
debug ip bgp out ....................................................................................................23-40
default-information originate ...................................................................................23-40
default-metric .........................................................................................................23-41
disable ip bgp .........................................................................................................23-42
distance bgp...........................................................................................................23-43
enable ip bgp .........................................................................................................23-44
ip as-path access-list..............................................................................................23-45
ip community-list ....................................................................................................23-46
ip prefix-list.............................................................................................................23-47
maximum-paths......................................................................................................23-49
maximum-paths ibgp ..............................................................................................23-50
neighbor .................................................................................................................23-51
neighbor activate....................................................................................................23-52
neighbor advertisement-interval .............................................................................23-53
neighbor allowas-in ................................................................................................23-54
neighbor default-originate.......................................................................................23-56
neighbor description ...............................................................................................23-57
neighbor ebgp-multihop..........................................................................................23-58
neighbor fall-over bfd..............................................................................................23-59
neighbor maximum-prefix .......................................................................................23-59
neighbor next-hop-self............................................................................................23-61
neighbor originate-interval ......................................................................................23-62
neighbor passive ....................................................................................................23-63
neighbor password .................................................................................................23-64
neighbor peer-group...............................................................................................23-65
neighbor prefix-list ..................................................................................................23-66
neighbor remove-private-as....................................................................................23-67
neighbor route-map ................................................................................................23-68
neighbor route-reflector-client.................................................................................23-70
neighbor send-community ......................................................................................23-71
neighbor send-med ................................................................................................23-72
neighbor shut-down................................................................................................23-73
neighbor soft-reconfiguration ..................................................................................23-74
neighbor timers ......................................................................................................23-75
neighbor update-source..........................................................................................23-76
network ..................................................................................................................23-77
redistribute .............................................................................................................23-78
router bgp...............................................................................................................23-79
show bgp all neighbor ............................................................................................23-80
show bgp all protocol..............................................................................................23-82
show bgp all summary............................................................................................23-83
show bgp ipv4 multicast .........................................................................................23-84
23-2

Chapter 23 BGP Protocol Commands
show bgp ipv4 multicast detail ................................................................................23-85

show bgp ipv4 multicast neighbor...........................................................................23-86
show bgp ipv4 multicast neighbor in .......................................................................23-88
show bgp ipv4 multicast neighbor out .....................................................................23-88
show bgp ipv4 multicast summary ..........................................................................23-89
show bgp ipv4 unicast ............................................................................................23-90
show bgp ipv4 unicast community-list.....................................................................23-92
show bgp ipv4 unicast dampening dampened-paths...............................................23-93
show bgp ipv4 unicast dampening flap-statistics.....................................................23-94
show bgp ipv4 unicast neighbor .............................................................................23-94
show bgp ipv4 unicast neighbor in..........................................................................23-96
show bgp ipv4 unicast neighbor out........................................................................23-97
show bgp ipv4 unicast regexp ................................................................................23-98
show bgp ipv4 unicast summary.............................................................................23-99
show bgp vpnv4 unicast .......................................................................................23-100
show bgp vpnv4 unicast dampening dampened-paths..........................................23-101
show bgp vpnv4 unicast dampening flap-statistics................................................23-101
show bgp vpnv4 unicast dampening parameters ..................................................23-102
show bgp vpnv4 unicast detail..............................................................................23-103
show bgp vpnv4 unicast labels .............................................................................23-104
show bgp vpnv4 unicast neighbor.........................................................................23-105
show bgp vpnv4 unicast neighbor in .....................................................................23-105
show bgp vpnv4 unicast neighbor out...................................................................23-106
show bgp vpnv4 unicast summary........................................................................23-107
show bgp vpnv4 unicast vrf ..................................................................................23-107
show bgp ipv6 unicast neighbor in........................................................................23-109
show ip as-path-access-list ..................................................................................23-109
show ip bgp neighbor keepalive ........................................................................... 23-110
show ip bgp neighbor vrf-in .................................................................................. 23-111
show ip bgp neighbor vrf-out ................................................................................ 23-112
show ip bgp peer-group........................................................................................ 23-112
show ip community-list ......................................................................................... 23-113
show ip prefix-list.................................................................................................. 23-114
synchronization .................................................................................................... 23-115
table-map ............................................................................................................. 23-116
timers bgp ............................................................................................................ 23-117

Syntax
address-family ipv4 vrf name1
no address-family ipv4 vrf name1
23-3

Function
This command enters IPv4 VRF address family configuration mode.
Parameters
vrf VRF name -
name1 VRF name that consists of 1 to -

32 characters.
Mode
Router BGP mode: ZXAN(config-router)#
Usage Guidelines
BGP extension supports multiple address modes. To configure an address mode, enter
its corresponding address configuration mode.
To enter a dynamic address configuration mode, such as VRF, create the configuration
mode first and then enter the corresponding configuration mode.
To delete an IPv4 VRF address family configuration mode, use the no form of this
command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enter IPv4 VRF address family configuration mode:
ZXAN(config)#router bgp 1
ZXAN(config-router)#address-family ipv4 vrf vpn1
Related Commands
20.29 ip vrf
exit-address-family
23.2 address-family ipv4 multicast

Syntax
address-family ipv4 multicast
Function
This command enters IPv4 multicast address family configuration mode.
23-4

Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) extension supports multiple address modes. To configure
an address mode, enter its corresponding address configuration mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to enter ipv4 multicast address family configuration
mode:
ZXAN(config-router)#address-family ipv4 multicast
ZXAN(config-router-af)#
Related Commands
None

Syntax
address-family ipv6
Function
This command enters IPv6 address family configuration mode.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
23-5

Examples
The following example shows how to enter IPv6 address family configuration mode.
ZXAN(config-router)#address-family ipv6
Related Commands
exit-address-family
23.4 address-family vpnv4

Syntax
address-family vpnv4
Function
This command enters VPNv4 address family configuration mode.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to enter VPNv4 address family configuration mode:
ZXAN(config-router)#address-family vpnv4
Related Commands
exit-address-family
23.5 aggregate-address
Syntax
aggregate-address ip_addr1 ip_addr2 {subnet ip_addr3 ip_addr4 |[{[count number1 ] [as-set ]
[summary-only ] [strict ] } ] }
23-6

no aggregate-address ip_addr1 ip_addr2 [subnet ip_addr3 ip_addr4 ]
Function
This command creates an aggregation strategy in the BGP routing selection table.
Parameters
ip_addr1 Aggregation network to be -

generated, in dotted decimal
notation.
ip_addr2 Mask of the aggregation -

network to be generated, in
ip_addr3 IP address of the aggregation -

subnet, in dotted decimal
notation.
ip_addr4 IP address mask of the -

aggregation subnet, in dotted
decimal format.
number1 Number of aggregation subnets Range: 0–255

that the aggregation operation Default: 1
requires the routes to be
aggregated to satisfy.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command configures an aggregation strategy and its sub-strategies, and the strategy
setting relates to Count.
If an aggregation strategy is configured with the summary-only attribute, after the
aggregation route is generated, advertisement of all subnet routes in the aggregation
network are prohibited.
To invalidate the setting, use the no aggregate-address command.
Examples
This example shows how to configure an aggregation strategy so that aggregation route
10.0.0.0/8 is generated after subnet 10.0.0.0/8 appears in the routing table:
23-7

ZXAN(config-router)#aggregate-address 10.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 count 0
This example shows how to configure an aggregation strategy so that aggregation

route 10.0.0.0/8 is generated if two of the following three subnets of 10.0.0.0/8 appears
in the routing table: 10.1.0.0/16, 10.2.0.0/16, and 10.3.0.0/16. In route matching, the
fuzzy matching principle is used. Therefore, route 10.1.1.0/24 matches the 10.1.0.0/16
sub-strategy.
ZXAN(config-router)#aggregate-address 10.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 subnet 10.1.0.0 255.255.0.0
In the following example, the configuration cannot generate an aggregation route.

Subnets 10.1.1.0 and 10.1.2.0 are contained in subnet 10.1.0.0, making the configuration
equivalent to configuring only subnet 10.1.0.0 255.255.0.0.
Related Commands
None
23.6 aggregate-address (VPF-BGP Configuration

Mode)
Syntax
aggregate-address ip_addr1 ip_addr2 [{[as-set ] [summary-only ] [strict ] [suppress-map name1
] [attribute-map name2 ] }]
no aggregate-address ip_addr1 ip_addr2
Function
This command creates an address aggregation policy in the BGP routing table.
23-8

Parameters
ip_addr1 Aggregate address to be -

notation
ip_addr2 Aggregate mask to be -

notation
name1 route-map name 1–64 characters
name2 route-map name 1–64 characters
Mode
VPF-BGP configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
When configuring an aggregation policy, you need to configure sub-policies and associate
the sub-policies with Count.
If the “summary-only” attribute is configured in the policy, the advertisement of subnet
routes in the aggregation network is not allowed.
Examples
The following example shows how to add an aggregation policy that generates an
aggregate route 10.0.0.0/8 when a subnet 10.0.0.0/8 appears in the routing table:
The following example shows how to add an aggregation policy that generates an
aggregate route 10.0.0.0/8 when any two of the subnets 10.1.0.0/16, 10.2.0.0/16, and
10.3.0.0/16. A fuzzy matching rule is used to detect the subnets matching sub-policies.
For example, the route 10.1.1.0/24 is considered as a subnet matching the sub-policy
10.1.0.0/16.
23-9

The following example shows an improper aggregate policy that fails to generate aggregate
routes because 10.1.1.0 and 10.1.2.0 are located in 10.1.0.0. These two sub-policies are
equivalent to “subnet 10.1.0.0 255.255.0.0”.
Related Commands
aggregate-address (vrf)
23.7 bgp advertisement-time

Syntax
bgp advertisement-time number1 number2
no bgp advertisement-time
Function
This command configures the BGP route advertisement interval parameters.
Parameters
number1 Interval parameter 1 Range: 1–15

Default: 15
number2 Interval parameter 2 Range: 1–25

Default: 25
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, BGP routes are advertised at a normal rate. In a special network environment,
the rate for sending BGP routes need to be adjusted. In this case, two interval parameters
in this command can be modified to adjust the advertisement rate.
To restore the default settings, use the no form of this command.
23-10

Examples
The following example shows how to adjust two interval parameters to 10 and 20
respectively in BGP configuration mode:
ZXAN(config-router)#bgp advertisement-time 10 20
Related Commands
None
23.8 bgp always-compare-med

Syntax
bgp always-compare-med
no bgp always-compare-med
Function
This command compares Multi-Exit Discriminators (MEDs) of neighbor paths in different
autonomous systems (ASs).
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
In selecting an optimal path from multiple available paths, take MEDs into consideration.
The path with lower priority instead of the one with higher priority should be selected first.
By default, in selection of an optimal path, only the MEDs of the paths in the same AS can
be compared. After configuration, the command allows comparing MEDs of paths from
different ASs.
To invalidate the command, use the no bgp always-compare-med command.
Examples
The following example shows how to allow comparing MEDs of neighbor paths in different
ASs:
ZXAN(config-router)#bgp always-compare-med
23-11

Related Commands
reset ip bgp
23.9 bgp as
Syntax
bgp as number1 number2
no bgp as number1
Function
This command sets the Autonomous system (AS) path weight policy for routes.
Parameters
number1 AS number. 1–65535
number2 Weight of the AS. The default 0–255

value is 128. The value 255
indicates that a route containing
the AS is invalid.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
In BGP routing decision, AS path length is a decision-making factor. This router uses AS
weight sum for decision making. The route with a smaller weight sum has the priority.
To invalidate the policy, use the no bgp as command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the weight of AS2 to 200:
ZXAN(config-router)#bgp as 2 200
Related Commands
None
23-12

23.10 bgp client-to-client reflection

Syntax
bgp client-to-client reflection
no bgp client-to-client reflection
Function
This command sets client-to-client reflection.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, client-to-client reflection is valid.
It determines whether to reflect routes received by a client to another client.
To restore the default setting, use the no bgp client-to-client reflection command.
Examples
This following example shows how to configure not to reflect routes received by a client to
another client:
ZXAN(config-router)#no bgp client-to-client reflection
Related Commands
23.69 neighbor route-reflector-client
23.11 bgp cluster-id

Syntax
bgp cluster-id {number1 |ip_addr1 }
no bgp cluster-id
Function
This command sets the cluster ID of a route reflector.
23-13

Parameters
number1 Cluster ID 1–4294967295
ip_addr1 Cluster ID in dotted decimal -

notation
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, ROUTER-ID is used as the cluster ID.
If an AS has multiple route reflectors, to prevent route loopbacks, cluster IDs must be
contained in the transmitted packets.
To restore the default setting, use the no bgp cluster-id command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the cluster ID of a route reflector to 10.1.1.1:
ZXAN(config-router)#bgp cluster-id 10.1.1.1
Related Commands
23.12 bgp confederation identifier

Syntax
bgp confederation identifier number1
no bgp confederation identifier
Function
This command sets an ID for a confederation.
Parameters
number1 Confederation ID 1-65535
Mode
23-14

Usage Guidelines
By default, no ID is available for a confederation.
For a large-scale Autonomous System (AS) (in which more than 100 IBGP peer sessions
need to be set up), a confederation can be set up to divide the AS into several small-scale
ASs. However, the confederation is still regarded as an AS externally.
To restore the default setting, use the no bgp confederation identifier command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set a confederation ID to 3:
ZXAN(config-router)#bgp confederation identifier 3
Related Commands
23.13 bgp confederation peers
23.13 bgp confederation peers

Syntax
bgp confederation peers number1
no bgp confederation peers [number1 ]
Function
This command sets the AS number for a confederation peer.
Parameters
number1 AS number of the confederation 1–65535

peer.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, a confederation does not have a peer.
In a confederation, to configure an external neighbor as the external neighbor of a
confederation, use this command to configure the AS number of the neighbor. In this
command, you can enter 25 AS numbers at a time. 255 AS numbers can be configured
at most.
23-15

To restore the default setting, use the no bgp confederation peers command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the neighbor with the AS number 65500
as the confederation peer:
ZXAN(config-router)#bgp confederation peers 65500
Related Commands
23.12 bgp confederation identifier
23.14 bgp dampening

Syntax
bgp dampening {number1 number2 number3 number4 |[route-map name1 ] }
no bgp dampening
Function
This command enables the BGP route dampening or modifies BGP route dampening
factors.
Parameters
number1 Modifies the half-life of the route Range: 1–45

dampening factor. Default: 15
Unit: minutes
number2 Modifies the reuse value of Range: 1–20000

the route dampening factor. Default: 750
Default: 750.
number3 Modifies the route suppression Range: 1–20000

value of the route dampening Default: 2000
factor. Default: 2000.
23-16

number4 Modifies the maximum Range: 1–255

suppression time of the route Default: 60
dampening factor. Default: 60 s. Unit: minutes
After the route suppression time
reaches the value, the penalty
does not increase.
name1 Route mapping name. Only 1–64 characters

the route flapping values in this
route mapping will apply to the
current route flapping.
Mode
l Router BGP mode: ZXAN(config-router)#
l VPN-BGP configuration mode
l VPF-BGP configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, route dampening is invalid.
If no parameter is set while executing the command, BGP route dampening is enabled,
and all the parameters use the default values. The four parameters, half-life, reuse,
suppress, and max-suppress-time, are dependent on each other. If one of the parameters
is specified, all the four parameters must be specified, and the value of suppression must
be larger than the value of reuse.
To invalidate the command, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable BGP route dampening:
ZXAN(config-router)#bgp dampening
Related Commands
None
23.15 bgp default ipv4-unicast

Syntax
bgp default ipv4-unicast
no bgp default ipv4-unicast
23-17

Function
This command controls BGP support of the IPv4 address capability.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, the IPv4 address capability is supported.
BGP protocol extension supports negotiation of the address capability with the peer.
For the application which does not want to process common IPv4 routes such as the
MPLS-VPN application, disable the capability.
A neighbor, during its creation, inherits existing BGP setting on the IPv4 address capability.
After the neighbor is created, if you modify the BGP setting, the neighbor configuration
is not affected. The IPv4 address capability is controlled by using the neighbor activate
command.
To disable the IPv4 address capability, use the no bgp default ipv4-unicast command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure BGP not to support the IPv4 address
capability:
ZXAN(config-router)#no bgp default ipv4-unicast
Related Commands
None
23.16 bgp default local-preference

Syntax
bgp default local-preference number1
no bgp default local-preference
Function
This command sets a local-preference for routes that are advertised by BGP.
23-18

Parameters
number1 Local preference. A larger value Range: 0–4294967295

indicates a higher preference. Default: 100
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The peers for route advertisement include IBGP peers and the external peer of the
confederation. This command sets a local-preference for routes so as to affect selection
of routes (tie_break) of peers. If the advertised routes have been obtained by other
peers and they have already had a local-preference value, the existing value cannot be
overwritten.
To restore the default setting, use the no bgp default local-preference command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set local preference of routes that are advertised by
BGP to 500.
ZXAN(config-router)#bgp default local-preference 500
Related Commands
None
23.17 bgp default route-target filter

Syntax
bgp default route-target filter
no bgp default route-target filter
Function
This command controls BGP filtering on the route target attribute.
Parameters
None
Mode
23-19

Usage Guidelines
By default, filtering on the route-target attribute is supported.
BGP protocol extension supports the MPLS-VPN application. Usually, VPNv4 routes need
to match the route-target attribute. However, for route reflectors and cross-domain EBGP
applications, filtering on the route-target attribute needs to be disabled.
To disable filtering on the route-target attribute, use the no bgp default route-target filter
command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure BGP not to filter the route-target attributes.
ZXAN(config-router)#no bgp default route-target filter
Related Commands
None
23.18 bgp ext-community-type-compatible

Syntax
bgp ext-community-type-compatible
no bgp ext-community-type-compatible
Function
This command configures BGP to send extended community type for compatibility with old
community type of Cisco.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure BGP to send extended community type:
23-20

ZAN(config)#router bgp 1
ZXAN(config-router)#bgp ext-community-type-compatible
Related Commands
None
23.19 bgp fast-external-fallover

Syntax
bgp fast-external-fallover
no bgp fast-external-fallover
Function
If a connection to a peer fails, this command configures the BGP session to automatically
re-establish the connection once the connection failure occurs.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, a BGP session is automatically re-established after the connection fails.
According to RFC1771, after a BGP connection enters the Idle state owing to an error, it
needs a Start event before it enters the Connect state. If you let this to occur naturally,
an oscillation may occur. To prevent oscillation, it is recommended that the re-connection
attempt time be doubled each time.
The router tries to re-establish the connection in the idle state. If the connection still
fails to be re-established, the next re-connection time doubles. After configuration with
the command, re-connection can be started without waiting for the doubling time but the
doubled time is still recorded. If the command is invalid, the router tries re-connection
within the recorded doubling time.
To invalidate the attribute, use the no bgp fast-external-fallover command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a BGP session not to automatically
re-establish a connection the moment the connection fails:
23-21

ZXAN(config-router)#no bgp fast-external-fallover
Related Commands
None
23.20 bgp frr

Syntax
bgp frr
no bgp frr
Function
This command configures the BGP FRR function.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the BGP FRR function:
ZXAN(config-router)#bgp frr
Related Commands
None
23.21 bgp graceful-restart

Syntax
bgp graceful-restart
23-22

no bgp graceful-restart
Function
This command configures the capability of activating graceful restart for BGP instances,
and sets the restart time and stale time.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the capability of activating graceful restart
for BGP instances:
ZXAN(config-router)#bgp graceful-restart
Related Commands
None
23.22 bgp graceful-restart restart-time

Syntax
bgp graceful-restart restart-time number1
no bgp graceful-restart restart-time
Function
This command configures the capability of activating graceful restart for BGP instances
and set the restart time.
Parameters
number1 Sets the restart timer. Range: 1–3600

Unit: seconds Default: 120
23-23

Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
and set the restart time to 60 seconds:
ZXAN(config-router)#bgp graceful-restart restart-time 60
Related Commands
None
23.23 bgp graceful-restart stalepath-time

Syntax
bgp graceful-restart stalepath-time number1
no bgp graceful-restart stalepath-time
Function
This command configures the capability of activating graceful restart and sets the stale
time for BGP instances.
Parameters
number1 Sets the stale paths timer. Range: 1–3600

Mode
Usage Guidelines
23-24

Examples
and set the stale time to 60 seconds:
ZXAN(config-router)#bgp graceful-restart stalepath-time 60
Related Commands
None
23.24 bgp rapid-convergence

Syntax
bgp rapid-convergence number1
no bgp rapid-convergence
Function
This command configures BPG rapid convergence.
Parameters
number1 Capability level for processing Range: 1–20

packets Default: 1
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command can be used to increase the rate of sending routes. The parameter in this
command can be adjusted to improve the speed of processing received packets. The
default capability level is 1. If a greater level is set, the packet processing rate will be a
multiple of the basic processing rate corresponding to level 1.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure BGP rapid convergence:
ZXAN(config-router)#bgp rapid-convergence 2
Related Commands
None
23-25

23.25 bgp router-id

Syntax
bgp router-id ip_addr1
no bgp router-id
Function
This command sets a BGP router ID manually.
Parameters
ip_addr1 Router ID in dotted decimal -

notation
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, no router ID is configured.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the router ID to 1.2.1.3.
ZXAN(config-router)#bgp router-id 1.2.1.3
Related Commands
None
23.26 bgp update-delay

Syntax
bgp update-delay number1
no bgp update-delay
Function
This command configures the update delay timer of BGP.
23-26

Parameters
number1 Time of the update delay timer Range: 1–3600

Mode
Usage Guidelines
To restore the default setting, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the update delay timer time of BGP to 300
seconds:
ZXAN(config-router)#bgp update-delay 300
Related Commands
None
23.27 clear bgp vpnv4 unicast

Syntax
clear bgp vpnv4 unicast {ip_addr1 } flap-statistics
Function
This command clears statistics of flapping routes in the VPNv4 routing table.
Parameters
ip_addr1 IP address of a neighbor -

for clearing specific flapping
information, in dotted decimal
notation.
flap-statistics Clears statistical information of -

flapping routes in the VPNv4
routing table.
23-27

Mode
Usage Guidelines
If the IP address of a neighbor is specified in the command, the router will clear the statistics
of flapping routes received from this PE neighbor.
If no parameter or keyword is specified in the command, the router will clear the statistics
of flapping routes received from all PE neighbors.
Examples
l The following example shows how to clear the statistics of flapping routes received
from the PE neighbor 1.1.1.1:
ZXAN#clear bgp vpnv4 unicast 1.1.1.1 flap-statistics
from all PE neighbors:
ZXAN#clear bgp vpnv4 unicast flap-statistics
Related Commands
23.14 bgp dampening
23.28 clear bgp vpnv4 unicast dampening

Syntax
clear bgp vpnv4 unicast dampening [{number:number1 |A.B.C.D:NN1 } ip_addr1 ip_addr2 ]
Function
This command clears the historical dampening information learned from PEs from the
VPNv4 routing table and cancel suppression on damped routes.
Parameters
number:number1 Route ID in AS ID:NN format -
A.B.C.D:NN1 Route ID in IP address:NN -

format
23-28

ip_addr1 Network IP address related -

to dampening information, in

notation
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to clear historical dampening information learned from
PEs from the VPNv4 routing table and cancel suppression on damped routes:
ZXAN#clear bgp vpnv4 unicast dampening
Related Commands
23.14 bgp dampening
23.29 clear bgp vpnv4 unicast flap-statistics

Syntax
clear bgp vpnv4 unicast flap-statistics [{number:number1 |A.B.C.D:NN1 } ip_addr1 ip_addr2 ]
Function
This command clears statistical information of flapping routes in the VPNv4 routing table.
Parameters
number:number1 Route ID in AS ID:NN format -
A.B.C.D:NN1 Route ID in IP address:NN -

format
23-29


related to flapping route
statistics, in dotted decimal
notation
ip_addr2 Network IP address and -

mask related to flapping route
statistics, in dotted decimal
notation
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If the IP address of a neighbor is specified in the command, the router will clear the
statistical information of flapping routes received from this PE neighbor.
If no parameter or keyword is specified in the command, the router will clear the statistics
of flapping routes from all PE neighbors.
Examples
from the PE neighbor 1.1.1.1:
ZXAN#clear bgp vpnv4 unicast 1.1.1.1 flap-statistics
from all PE neighbors:
ZXAN#clear bgp vpnv4 unicast flap-statistics
Related Commands
23.14 bgp dampening
23.30 clear bgp vpnv4 unicast vrf

Syntax
clear bgp vpnv4 unicast vrf name1 {ip_addr1 flap-statistics |dampening [ip_addr2 ip_addr3 ]
|flap-statistics [ip_addr4 ip_addr5 ] }
Function
This command clears the flapping statistics and historical route dampening information
learned from CEs in the VRF routing table to cancel suppression on damped routes.
23-30

Parameters
name1 VRF name, which consists of 1 -

to 32 characters.
ip_addr1 Network IP address for clearing -

specific information, in dotted
decimal notation.
flap-statistics Clears flapping statistics in a -

VPNv4 routing table.
dampening Removes historical dampening -

information learned from CEs
from the VRF routing table.

related dampening information,
ip_addr3 Network mask for clearing -

specific dampening information,

related flapping information, in
dotted decimal notation.
ip_addr5 Network mask for clearing -

specific flapping information, in
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to remove historical dampening information learned
from CEs from the VRF routing table and cancel the suppression on damped routes:
ZXAN#clear bgp vpnv4 unicast vrf zte dampening
Related Commands
23.14 bgp dampening
23-31

23.31 clear ip bgp

Syntax
clear ip bgp [{ip_addr1 [flap-statistics ] |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } ]
Function
This command clears the statistics of BGP route flaps.
Parameters
ip_addr1 IP address of a BGP neighbor, -

flap-statistics Neighbor related to the route -

flap statistics
ipv6_addr1 IPv6 address of a neighbor, in -

colon-separated hexadecimal
notation format
name1 peer-group name 1–16 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If the IP address of a neighbor is specified in this command, the router will clear the flap
statistics on routes of this neighbor.
If no parameter or keyword is specified in this command, the router will clear the flap
statistics on all routes.
Examples
l The following example shows how to clear routing flap statistics of BGP neighbor
1.1.1.1:
ZXAN#clear ip bgp 1.1.1.1 flap-statistics
l The following example shows how to clear the statistics of all route flaps:
ZXAN#clear ip bgp flap-statistics
Related Commands
None
23-32

23.32 clear ip bgp dampening

Syntax
clear ip bgp dampening [ip_addr1 ip_addr2 ]
Function
This command clears the BGP route dampening information and removes suppression on
routes.
Parameters

notation of the network for which
the BGP route dampening
information is cleared
ip_addr2 Network mask in dotted decimal -

notation
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to clear the BGP route dampening information and
remove suppression on routes:
ZXAN#clear ip bgp dampening
Related Commands
None
23.33 clear ip bgp flap-statistics

Syntax
clear ip bgp flap-statistics [ip_addr1 ip_addr2 ]
Function
This command clears the statistics of BGP flaps.
23-33

Parameters

for which flap statistics are to
be cleared, in dotted decimal
notation.
ip_addr2 IP address and mask of the -

network related to the flap
statistics. The IP address and
mask are in dotted decimal
notation.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
After the IP address of a neighbor is specified, the router clears flap statistics of the routes
that are from the neighbor. If no parameter or keyword is specified, the router clears flap
statistics of all routes.
Examples
l The following example shows how to clear flap statistics of routes from BGP neighbor
1.1.1.1.
ZXAN#clear ip bgp 1.1.1.1 flap-statistics
l The following example shows how to clear flap statistics of all BGP routes.
ZXAN#clear ip bgp flap-statistics
Related Commands
23.14 bgp dampening
23.34 clear ip bgp vrf

Syntax
clear ip bgp vrf name1 {ip_addr1 |name2 }
Function
This command softly resets a connection related to BGP.
23-34

Parameters
ip_addr1 IP address of a BGP neighbor, -

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to softly reset the BFP neighbor (1.1.1.1) in vpn1:
ZXAN#clear ip bgp vrf vpn1 1.1.1.1
Related Commands
None
23.35 debug ip bgp

Syntax
debug ip bgp ip_addr1 updates
no debug ip bgp ip_addr1 updates
Function
This command traces and displays the updates packets that are received and sent by BGP,
and displays how the routes in the packets are processed.
Parameters
ip_addr1 IPv4 address of the BGP -

neighbor
updates Information about the BGP -

update packets
23-35

Mode
Usage Guidelines
To stop packet tracing, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function for tracing and displaying
the updates packets that are received and sent by the BGP connection:
ZXAN#debug ip bgp updates
BGP updates debugging is on
Related Commands
23.36 debug ip bgp all

Syntax
debug ip bgp all
no debug ip bgp all
Function
This command enables all BGP debug functions.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To stop tracing, use the no debug ip bgp all command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable all BGP debug functions.
ZXAN#debug ip bgp all
All BGP debugging has been turned on
23-36

Related Commands
23.37 debug ip bgp dampening

Syntax
debug ip bgp dampening
no debug ip bgp dampening
Function
This command traces, displays, and processes information related to BGP route
dampening.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To stop tracing, use the no debug ip bgp dampening command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the debug function to trace and display BGP
route dampening.
ZXAN#debug ip bgp dampening
BGP dampening debugging is on
Related Commands
23.38 debug ip bgp events

Syntax
debug ip bgp events
no debug ip bgp events
23-37

Function
This command displays transition of the state machine of the BGP connection. If an
abnormal state machine transition occurred, the cause is displayed. (An abnormal state
machine transition mainly refers to a BGP transition from a high state to a low state.)
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To stop tracing, use the no debug ip bgp events command.
Examples
the state machine transition of the BGP connection.
ZXAN#debug ip bgp events
BGP events debugging is on
Related Commands
23.39 debug ip bgp in

Syntax
debug ip bgp in
no debug ip bgp in
Function
This command enables the debug function for tracing and displaying the packets that are
received by BGP.
Parameters
None
Mode
23-38

Usage Guidelines
To stop packet tracing, use the no debug ip bgp in command.
Examples
the packets that are received by BGP:
ZXAN#debug ip bgp in
BGP in debugging is on
Related Commands
23.40 debug ip bgp keepalives

Syntax
debug ip bgp keepalives
no debug ip bgp keepalives
Function
This command traces and displays the keepalives packets that are received and sent by
BGP.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To stop packet tracing, use the no debug ip bgp keepalives command.
Examples
the keepalives packets that are received and sent by BGP:
ZXAN#debug ip bgp keepalives
BGP keepalives debugging is on
23-39

Related Commands
23.41 debug ip bgp out

Syntax
debug ip bgp out
no debug ip bgp out
Function
This command traces and displays the packets that are sent by BGP.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To stop packet tracing, use the no debug ip bgp out command.
Examples
the packets that are sent by BGP:
ZXAN#debug ip bgp out
BGP out debugging is on
Related Commands
23.42 default-information originate

Syntax
default-information originate
no default-information originate
23-40

Function
This command enables re-assignment of the default route to BGP.
Parameters
None
Mode
Router BGP mode: ZXAN(config-router)#, VPF-BGP configuration mode, IPv4
multicast-BGP address mode, and other modes
Usage Guidelines
By default, the default route is not advertised.
This command re-assigns the default route to the BGP route library so that the re-assigned
route can be advertised to all BGP neighbors. This command is used together with the
re-assignment command.
To make the attribute invalid, use the no default-information originate command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable re-assignment of the default route to BGP:
ZXAN(config-router)#default-information originate
Related Commands
23.77 redistribute
23.43 default-metric
Syntax
no default-metric
Function
This command sets Multi-Exit Discriminator (MED) metric for the BGP protocol. This
command is used in re-assigning routes among multiple protocols. Then the current route
selection protocol uses the system metric for all the re-assigned routes.
23-41

Parameters
number1 Default metric that is applicable 0–4294967295

to the specified route protocol
Mode
Usage Guidelines
For BGP, the default MED metric value of the re-assigned routes is 0.
To restore the default value, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the default MED metric value of re-assigned
routes to 500.
Related Commands
None
23.44 disable ip bgp

Syntax
disable ip bgp
Function
This command stops a BGP session temporarily.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
You can use the enable command to start the BGP session again.
23-42

Examples
The following example shows how to stop a BGP session temporarily:
ZXAN(config)#disable ip bgp
Related Commands
23.46 enable ip bgp
reset ip bgp
23.45 distance bgp

Syntax
distance bgp {external number1 |internal number2 }
no distance bgp {external |internal }
Function
This command changes the priorities for the routes that are advertised by external/internal
neighbors.
Parameters
number1 Priority of the routes that Range: 1–255

are received from external Default: 20
neighbors.
number2 Priority of the routes that Range: 1–255

are received from internal Default: 200
neighbors.
external Indicates that the priority is -

applicable to routes received
from external neighbors.
internal Indicates that the priority is -

applicable to routes received
from inner neighbors.
Mode
l IPv4 multicast-BGP address mode
23-43

Usage Guidelines
The priorities of the routes that are received by external/internal routes can all be changed.
This is used to control IP in selecting the optimal route.
If a confederation has been configured, the external neighbors of the peer of the
confederation has the same priority as the internal neighbors.
To cancel the configuration and restore the default value, use the no distance bgp command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the priority of the routes that are advertised by
external neighbors to 100.
ZXAN(config-router)#distance bgp external 100
Related Commands
None
23.46 enable ip bgp

Syntax
enable ip bgp
Function
This command restores a BGP session. If the BGP session of a neighbor is not in the
stopped state, this command does not take effect.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To stop a BGP session, use the disable command.
Examples
The following example shows how to restore a BGP session:
ZXAN(config)#enable ip bgp
23-44

Related Commands
None
23.47 ip as-path access-list

Syntax
ip as-path access-list number1 {deny |permit } LINE1
no ip as-path access-list number1
Function
This command defines an access list related to BGP.
Parameters
number1 ID of the access list using 1–199

regular expression.
deny Denies access to matched -

conditions.
permit Permits access to matched -

conditions.
LINE1 AS using regular expression, -

with a length of 1-100
characters.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Access list filters are defined on the incoming or outgoing BGP routes. In addition, weights
can be assigned to a group of filters. Each filter is an access list that is based on a regular
expression.
If a regular expression matches the description of a route AS, the route is expressed in an
ASCII character string, that is, permit or deny conditions. An AS path does not include a
local AS number.
You can use the ip as-path access-list global configuration command to define a BGP access
list, and you can use a neighbor route configuration command to apply for a special access
list.
23-45

To invalidate the access list, use the no ip as-path access-list command.
Examples
None
Related Commands
23.109 show ip as-path-access-list
23.48 ip community-list
Syntax
ip community-list {number1 {deny |permit } [{number2 |no-export |no-advertise |no-export-su
bconfed |number:number1 } ] |number3 {deny |permit } LINE1 }
no ip community-list {number1 |number3 }
Function
This command creates a community list for BGP and controls access to the community
list.
Parameters
number1 Specifies one or multiple 1–99

community lists to be denied or
permitted.
1–99 indicate standard
community lists.
deny Denies access to matched -

conditions.
permit Permits access to matched -

conditions.
number2 Community ID set by the set 1–4294967295

community command.
no-export Disables advertising the route -

to the next AS.
no-advertise Disables advertising the route -

to any peer (internal or external
peer).
23-46

no-export-subconfed Disables advertising the route -

to any external peer.
number:number1 Community number in -

<1-65535>:<0-65535>, that
is, aa:nn format.
number3 Specifies one or multiple 100–499

community lists to be denied or
permitted.
100–499 indicate extended
community lists.
LINE1 Regular expression, with a -

length of 1-63 characters.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Once a community number is allowed, the community list rejects other communities.
To delete a community list, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to allow routes excepts routes of communities 5 and 10
or communities 10 and 15:
ZXAN(config)#ip community-list 1 deny 5 10
ZXAN(config)#ip community-list 1 deny 10 15
ZXAN(config)#ip community-list 1 permit
Related Commands
23.114 show ip community-list
Syntax
ip prefix-list name1 {[seq number1 ] {deny |permit } ip_addr1 number2 [ge number3 ] [le number4
] |description LINE1 }
no ip prefix-list name1 [{[seq number1 ] {deny |permit } ip_addr1 number2 [ge number3 ] [le
number4 ] |description } ]
23-47

Function
This command creates a prefix list for BGP and controls access to the prefix list.
Parameters
name1 Prefix list name. 1–32 characters
number1 Index of an entry in the prefix 0–4294967294

list. The matching starts from
the smaller index value.
deny If the prefix of an IP address -

to be filtered is within the
prefix range of the entry, the
IP address will be denied and
no longer match with the other
entries. If the prefix is not within
the range, the BPG matches the
IP address with the next entry
in the list.
permit If the prefix of an IP address -

to be filtered is within the
prefix range of the entry, the IP
address will be permitted and
no longer match with the other
entries. if the prefix is not within
the range, the BPG matches the
IP address with the next entry
in the list.
ip_addr1 Prefix range of the specified -

IP address, in dotted decimal
format.
number2 Mask length of the specified IP 0–32

address.
number3 Specifies the minimum prefix 0–32

length after specifying the prefix
range for IP address matching.
number4 Specifies the maximum prefix 0–32

length after specifying the prefix
range for IP address matching.
23-48

description Configures a description for the -

prefix list.
LINE1 Description text. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, no prefix list is defined.
To delete a prefix list, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure prefix list test. In the example, the
description of the prefix list is test, and the prefix list allows routes with the IP address
100.1.1.1 and mask 24 or the mask is larger than 25.
ZXAN(config)#ip prefix-list test seq 0 permit 100.1.1.1 24 ge 25
ZXAN(config)#ip prefix-list test description test
Related Commands
23.115 show ip prefix-list
route-map
match ip address
23.50 maximum-paths
Syntax
no maximum-paths
Function
This command sets the maximum number of supported routes in the case of load balancing
among external BGP neighbors.
23-49

Parameters
number1 Sets the maximum number of Range: 1–16

supported routes in the case of Default: 1
BGP load balancing.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The command takes effect immediately but requires time-sharing processing. The process
does not need user interference but it takes some time.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the maximum number of supported routes in the
case of load balancing of external BGP neighbors to 5:
Related Commands
None
23.51 maximum-paths ibgp

Syntax
maximum-paths ibgp number1
no maximum-paths ibgp
Function
This command sets the maximum number of routes when load-balancing is achieved
among BGP neighbors.
23-50

Parameters
number1 Maximum number of routes Range: 1–16

supported during load balancing Default: 1
among BGP neighbors
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command takes effect automatically without manual intervene when the time-sharing
processing is completed after a certain time.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the maximum number of routes during load
balancing to 5:
ZXAN(config-router)#maximum-paths ibgp 5
Related Commands
None
23.52 neighbor
Syntax
neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 }
no neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 }
Function
This command defines a neighbor router that exchanges route information with the local
router.
23-51

Parameters
ip_addr1 IPv4 address of the neighbor, in -

ipv6_addr1 IPv6 address of the neighbor, -

in colon-separated hexadecimal
notation format
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To delete the adjacent router, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to activate a neighbor router whose address is
10.10.10.2:
ZXAN(config-router)#neighbor 10.10.10.2 activate
Related Commands
None
23.53 neighbor activate

Syntax
neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } activate
no neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } activate
Function
This command activate the address capability of a neighbor and a neighbor peer group.
23-52

Parameters
ip_addr1 IPv4 address of a neighbor, in -


notation format
name1 Name of a peer group 1–64 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, the address capabilities such as VPNv4 are deactivated. The IPv4 address
capability is inherited from BGP entities during the creation of a neighbor or neighbor peer
group.
To invalidate the attribute, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to activate the VPNv4 capability of a BGP neighbor
1.1.1.1 in a VPNv4 address family:
ZXAN(config-router)#address-family vpnv4
ZXAN(config-router-af)#neighbor 1.1.1.1 activate
Related Commands
None
23.54 neighbor advertisement-interval

Syntax
neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } advertisement-interval number1
no neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } advertisement-interval
Function
This command configures the minimum interval at which changes of routes that are not
originated from the local AS are advertised to a neighbor or a neighbor peer group.
23-53

Parameters


notation format
name1 Name of a peer group, which -

consists of 1–64 characters
number1 Time interval Range: 1–600

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the minimum interval at which changes of
routes that are not originated from the local AS are advertised to BGP neighbor 1.1.1.1 to
20 seconds:
ZXAN(config-router)#neighbor 1.1.1.1 advertisement-interval 20
Related Commands
23.62 neighbor originate-interval
23.55 neighbor allowas-in

Syntax
neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } allowas-in [number1 ]
no neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } allowas-in
23-54

Function
Usually, if a received Update message contains the local AS number in the path attribute,
the route is regarded as invalid. This command allows the path attribute to contain multiple
local AS numbers while the route is still valid.
Parameters


notation format
number1 Number of local AS numbers Range: 1–10

that appears in the path attribute Default: 3
of the received Update message
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Usually, to prevent BGP route loopback, path attributes are used to record the ASs that
a route traverses. If the path attribute contains the local AS number, it indicates that a
loopback occurs on the route, and the route is invalid. When the network applications
become more and more complicated, especially with the application of the HUB-SPOKE
model of MPLS-VPN, a route may have to traverse multiple ASs before it can meet the
customer requirement.
By default, it is not allowed that path attribute contains the local AS number.
Examples
The following example shows how to allow the path attribute of the Update packet that is
received by BGP neighbor 1.1.1.1 to contain four local AS numbers and the route is still
valid.
ZXAN(config-router)#neighbor 1.1.1.1 allowas-in 4
Related Commands
None
23-55

23.56 neighbor default-originate

Syntax
neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } default-originate
no neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } default-originate
Function
This command enables BGP to send the default route to a neighbor or neighbor peer
group.
Parameters


notation format
Mode
Usage Guidelines
After this command is executed, no matter whether BGP has a local default route or not,
BGP advertises the default route to the specified neighbor. By default, the function is
invalid.
Examples
The following example shows how to send the default route to BGP neighbor 1.1.1.1.
ZXAN(config-router)#neighbor 1.1.1.1 default-originate
Related Commands
23-56

23.57 neighbor description

Syntax
neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } description LINE1
no neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } description
Function
This command sets a description for a neighbor or neighbor peer group.
Parameters


notation format
LINE1 A character string that describes 1–80 characters

a neighbor
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the description of BGP neighbor 1.1.1.1 to “ZTE”:
ZXAN(config-router)#neighbor 1.1.1.1 description ZTE
Related Commands
None
23-57

23.58 neighbor ebgp-multihop

Syntax
neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } ebgp-multihop [ttl number1 ]
no neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } ebgp-multihop
Function
This command allows to set up External Border Gateway Protocol (EBGP) neighbors
between two networks that are indirectly connected. This command is applicable only to
EBGP.
Parameters


notation format
number1 TTL value Range: 1–255

Default: 8
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the maximum number of hops of EBGP neighbor
1.1.1.1 to 200:
ZXAN(config-router)#neighbor 1.1.1.1 ebgp-multihop ttl 200
Related Commands
None
23-58

23.59 neighbor fall-over bfd

Syntax
neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } fall-over bfd
no neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } fall-over bfd
Function
This command enables the BFD link fall-over detection mechanism.
Parameters


notation

contains 1–64 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the BFD link fall-over detection mechanism:
ZXAN(config-router)#neighbor 1.1.1.1 fall-over bfd
Related Commands
None
23.60 neighbor maximum-prefix

Syntax
neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } maximum-prefix number1 [number2 ] [{[restart numb
er3 ] |[warning-only ] |[drop-routes ] } ]
23-59

no neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } maximum-prefix
Function
This command sets the maximum number of routes that can be received from a neighbor.
Parameters


notation format.
name1 Name of a peer group. 1–64 characters
number1 Maximum number of routes Range: 1–4294967295

that can be received from a Default: 4294967295
neighbor.
number2 Threshold of the proportion of Range: 1–100

the number of routes received Default: 75
from the neighbor to the Unit: %
maximum number of allowed
routes. When the proportion
reaches the threshold, an alarm
will be raised.
number3 Time interval for resetting BGP Range: 1–30000

connection when the number Unit: minutes
of received routes reaches the
maximum allowed number.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
In actual operation of a network, a faulty neighbor may input a large number of routes,
which may use up the memory of the router. To prevent such failure, use this command
to control the number of routes that are received from a neighbor. If the number of routes
exceeds the limit, the neighbor is disconnected. The connection can be recovered only
after manual intervene.
If warning-threshold-value is configured, a warning is raised when the number of received
routes reaches the warning-threshold-value. If drop-routes is configured, new routes will
23-60

be dropped. If warning-only is configured, only a warning will be raised. If restart is

configured, the BGP connection is restarted after the specified restart-interval-time.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the maximum number of routes that can be
received from a BGP neighbor 1.1.1.1 to 20000.
ZXAN(config-router)#neighbor 1.1.1.1 maximum-prefix 20000
Related Commands
None
23.61 neighbor next-hop-self

Syntax
neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } next-hop-self
no neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } next-hop-self
Function
This command forces the local device as the next hop of the advertised route, usually in
an Non-Broadcast Multiple Access (NBMA) network.
Parameters


notation format
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is invalid for advertising IBGP route to IBGP neighbors.
23-61

Examples
The following example shows how to force the local device as the next hop of an advertised
route while the route is advertised to BGP neighbor 1.1.1.1:
ZXAN(config-router)#neighbor 1.1.1.1 next-hop-self
Related Commands
None
23.62 neighbor originate-interval

Syntax
neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } originate-interval number1
no neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } originate-interval
Function
This command configures the minimum interval when the route changes originated from
the local AS are advertised to a neighbor or a neighbor peer group.
Parameters


notation format

number1 Minimum interval when the Range: 1–600

route changes originated from Default: 15
the local AS are advertised to
a neighbor or a neighbor peer
group
Unit: seconds
Mode
23-62

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the minimum interval when route changes
originated from the local AS are advertised to BGP neighbor 1.1.1.1 to 5 seconds:
ZXAN(config-router)#neighbor 1.1.1.1 originate-interval 5
Related Commands
23.54 neighbor advertisement-interval
23.63 neighbor passive

Syntax
neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } passive
no neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } passive
Function
This command configures a neighbor to set up a link in passive mode.
Parameters


notation format
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To invalidate the function, use the no form of this command.
23-63

Examples
The following example shows how to configure BGP neighbor 1.1.1.1 to set up a link in
passive mode:
ZXAN(config-router)#neighbor 1.1.1.1 passive
Related Commands
None
23.64 neighbor password

Syntax
neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } password {encrypt name2 |name3 }
no neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } password
Function
This command configures an authentication password so that Message Digest 5 Algorithm
(MD5) authentication is valid on the TCP connection between two BGP peers.
Parameters


notation format.
name2 Encrypted password that 3–120 characters

consists of a case-sensitive
character string.
Only a maximum of 80
characters can be entered.
This password is not displayed
when the show run command is
executed.
name3 Password that consists of a 3-80 characters

case-sensitive character string.
23-64

Mode
l VPF-BGP configuration mode,
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to set the authentication password to “3FE&@1” for
establishing BGP connection to the BGP neighbor 1.1.1.1:
ZXAN(config-router)#neighbor 1.1.1.1 password 3FE&@1
Related Commands
None
23.65 neighbor peer-group

Syntax
neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } peer-group [name2 ]
no neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } peer-group [name2 ]
Function
This command creates a peer group or configures a neighbor into a peer group.
Parameters


notation format
name2 Name of the peer group to which 1–16 characters

the neighbor is to be added
23-65

Mode
Usage Guidelines
Before using this command, first use the neighbor <peer-group-name> peer-group
command to create a peer group. Then use the neighbor remote-as command to configure
an AS number for the peer group. Finally use the neighbor <ip-address> peer-group <gro
up-name> command to add the neighbor into the peer group.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a peer group (name: zte) and add the BGP
neighbor 1.1.1.1 to the peer group:
ZXAN(config-router)#neighbor zte peer-group
ZXAN(config-router)#neighbor zte remote-as 100
ZXAN(config-router)#neighbor 1.1.1.1 peer-group zte
Related Commands
23.113 show ip bgp peer-group
23.66 neighbor prefix-list

Syntax
neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } prefix-list name2 name3
no neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } prefix-list name3
Function
This command configures an IP prefix list to filter routes that are advertised by a neighbor
and a neighbor peer group or filter routes that are advertised to a neighbor and a neighbor
peer group.
23-66

Parameters


notation format.
name2 Name of a prefix list. 1–32 characters
name3 Indicates whether the prefix list -

is applicable to input routes or
output routes.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The prefix list filtering policy is used together with the ip prefix-list command. By default,
no filtering policy is configured.
Examples
The following example shows how to set to send only the routes with the prefix 100.1.1.1/24
while advertising routes to BGP neighbor 1.1.1.1:
ZXAN(config)#ip prefix-list test permit 100.1.1.1 24
ZXAN(config-router)#neighbor 1.1.1.1 prefix-list test out
Related Commands
None
23.67 neighbor remove-private-as

Syntax
neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } remove-private-as
no neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } remove-private-as
23-67

Function
This command removes private ASs before advertising routes to a neighbor or neighbor
peer group.
Parameters


notation format
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Because the number of ASs is limited, private AS numbers are used to divide a large-scale
AS into multiple areas that are connected by EBGP. When the areas are connected to the
Internet, the private ASs are filtered. In this way, the interior of the ASs are transparent for
the Internet. Private AS range: 64512–65535.
Examples
The following example shows how to filter private ASs when advertising routes to BGP
neighbor 1.1.1.1:
ZXAN(config-router)#neighbor 1.1.1.1 remove-private-as
Related Commands
None
23.68 neighbor route-map

Syntax
neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } route-map name2 name3
no neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } route-map name3
23-68

Function
This command configures a filter for the routes that are advertised by a neighbor or a
neighbor peer group or for the routes that are advertised to a neighbor or a neighbor peer
group, or sets priorities for routes.
Parameters


color-separated hexadecimal
notation format.
name2 Name of a route map. 1–64 characters
name3 Indicates whether the route map -

is applicable to input routes or
output routes.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The enhanced route filtering policy, when used together with the route-map setting
command, can be used for complicated route selection. By default, no filtering policy is
configured.
Examples
The following example sets the origin of output routes to EGP when the routes are
advertised to BGP neighbor 1.1.1.1:
ZXAN(config)#route-map setorigin
ZXAN(config-route-map)#set origin egp
ZXAN(config-route-map)#exit
ZXAN(config-router)#neighbor 1.1.1.1 route-map setorigin out
Related Commands
route-map
23-69


Syntax
neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } route-reflector-client
no neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } route-reflector-client
Function
This command sets a neighbor or neighbor peer group to the client peer of a route reflector.
Parameters


notation format
Mode
Usage Guidelines
In some Internet Service Provider (ISP) networks, the internal Border Gateway Protocol
(BGP) networks are very large. (Each router provides more than 100 BGP sessions.) To
reduce the network complexity, a router reflector is introduced, that is, a centralized router
acts as the focus of internal BGP sessions. Multiple BGP routers become peers of a route
reflector, and multiple route reflectors become peers of each other. If all clients are invalid,
the local reflector is not a route reflector. The route reflector is recommended only when
each router has more than 100 BGP session.
To set a neighbor not to be a client peer, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set BGP neighbor 1.1.1.1 as the client peer of a route
reflector:
ZXAN(config-router)#neighbor 1.1.1.1 router-reflector-client
23-70

Related Commands
23.10 bgp client-to-client reflection
23.11 bgp cluster-id
23.70 neighbor send-community

Syntax
neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } send-community
no neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } send-community
Function
This command configures to send community attributes when advertising routes to a
neighbor or neighbor peer group.
Parameters


notation format
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure to send community attributes when
advertising routes to BGP neighbor 1.1.1.1:
ZXAN(config-router)#neighbor 1.1.1.1 send-community
Related Commands
None
23-71

23.71 neighbor send-med

Syntax
neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } send-med
no neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } send-med
Function
This command configures to send MED attributes when advertising routes to a neighbor
or neighbor peer group.
Parameters


notation format
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure to send MED attributes when advertising
routes to BGP neighbor 1.1.1.1:
ZXAN(config-router)#neighbor 1.1.1.1 send-med
Related Commands
None
23-72

23.72 neighbor shut-down

Syntax
neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } shut-down
no neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } shut-down
Function
This command configures a neighbor or neighbor peer group so that it is in the disabled
management state.
Parameters


notation format
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Many attribute configuration commands of the neighbor may cause inconsistent
processing operations of routes and may cause reset of the neighbor. To reduce network
oscillation, it is recommended that the neighbor be in the disabled management status
before the configuration is completed. By default, the management status of the neighbor
is enabled.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure BGP neighbor 1.1.1.1 so that it is in the
disabled management status:
ZXAN(config-router)#neighbor 1.1.1.1 shut-down
Related Commands
None
23-73

23.73 neighbor soft-reconfiguration

Syntax
neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } soft-reconfiguration
no neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } soft-reconfiguration
Function
This command configures a neighbor or neighbor peer group so that it supports soft
reconfiguration.
Parameters


notation format
Mode
Usage Guidelines
After a local BGP policy is adjusted, some routes which were previously rejected may
take effect. If you do not use this command, then a neighbor must be reset so that it can
advertise routes again. If you use this command, the routes which were rejected previously
may take effect again while the neighbor needs not be reset.
The use of this command may result in high memory usage because the local router has
to store a large number of rejected routes. Therefore, the command must be used with
the guidance of network specialists.
If a neighbor supports the route update capability, the command need not be configured,
or the configuration through the command is invalid. By default, the attribute is invalid.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure BGP neighbor 1.1.1.1 so that it supports
soft reconfiguration:
23-74

ZXAN(config-router)#neighbor 1.1.1.1 soft-reconfiguration
Related Commands
None
23.74 neighbor timers

Syntax
neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } timers number1 number2
no neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } timers
Function
This command configures holdtime and keepalive timers of a neighbor or neighbor peer
group.
Parameters


notation format.

consists of 1–64 characters.
number1 Sets the keepalive timer. Range: 0–65535

Unit: seconds
number2 Set the holdtime timer. Range: 0, and 3–65535

Unit: seconds
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To restore the default inherited BGP timers, use the no form of this command.
23-75

Examples
The following example shows how to configure timers of BGP neighbor 1.1.1.1. In the
example, the holdtime timer is set to 180 s, and the keepalive timer is set to 60 s.
ZXAN(config-router)#neighbor 1.1.1.1 timers 60 180
Related Commands
23.118 timers bgp
23.75 neighbor update-source

Syntax
neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } update-source interface1
no neighbor {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 |name1 } update-source
Function
This command makes it possible to set up a BGP session through any available TCP
connection interface.
Parameters


notation format.
interface1 Name of the interface which -

acts as the source address of
a TCP connection of a BGP
session.
Mode
23-76

Usage Guidelines
To cancel the setting and restore the optimal local interface address, use the no form of
this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the loopback1 interface, through which a
BGP connection with neighbor 1.1.1.1 is set up:
ZXAN(config-router)#neighbor 1.1.1.1 update-source loopback1
Related Commands
None
23.76 network
Syntax
network ip_addr1 ip_addr2 [[route-map name1 ] ]
Function
This command specifies a network table for a BGP route selection process. The types
of networks can be obtained from connected routes, dynamic route selection, and static
route sources.
Parameters
ip_addr1 IPv4 network address that is to -

be advertised by BGP, in dotted
decimal notation

notation
name1 Route map name 1–64 characters
Mode
23-77

Usage Guidelines
By default, no network is specified.
To delete a record, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to advertise a local route 2.2.2.2/32 to neighbors:
ZXAN(config-router)#network 2.2.2.2 255.255.255.255
Related Commands
23.77 redistribute
23.77 redistribute
Syntax
redistribute name1 [{[metric number1 ] [route-map name2 ] }]
no redistribute name1 [{[metric ] [route-map ] }]
Function
This command redistributes the routes that are obtained through another routing protocol
into the BGP route selection table.
Parameters
name1 Name of another protocol. Connected, Static, RIP,

OSPF-int, OSPF-ext, IS-IS-1,
IS-IS-2, or IS-IS-1-2
number1 Metric value of the redistributed 0–4294967295

routes. If this value is not
specified, the default value is
used.
If default-metric is configured,
the default-metric value will be
used. If default-metric is not
configured, the value 0 will be
used.
name2 Name of the route map of the 1–64 characters

redistributed route.
23-78

metric metric value used for cancelling -

the redistributed route.
route-map Name of the route map of the -

redistributed route.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To cancel the redistribution, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to redistribute the routes that are obtained through the
RIP protocol into the BGP route selection table:
ZXAN(config-router)#redistribute rip
Related Commands
23.76 network
23.78 router bgp

Syntax
router bgp number1
no router bgp [number1 ]
Function
This command configures a BGP module on the router.
Parameters
number1 ID of the AS where the router is 1–65535

located
23-79

Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, the BGP module is not configured.
To delete the BGP module, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a BGP module with the AS ID 1:
Related Commands
None
23.79 show bgp all neighbor

Syntax
show bgp all neighbor [{ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 } ]
Function
This command displays information about a BGP neighbor.
Parameters


notation format
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
23-80

Examples
The following example shows how to display information about a BGP neighbor:
ZXAN#show bgp all neighbor 1.1.1.1
BGP neighbor is 1.1.1.1, remote AS 8, external link
BGP version 4, remote router ID 0.0.0.0
BGP state = Connect
hold time is 0 seconds, keepalive interval is 0 seconds
All received 0 messages
0 updates, 0 errs
0 opens, 0 errs
0 keepalives
0 vpnv4 refreshs, 0 ipv4 refreshs, 0 ipv4 multicast refreshs, 0 errs
0 notifications, 0 other errs
After last established received 0 messages
0 updates, 0 errs
0 opens, 0 errs
0 keepalives
0 vpnv4 refreshs, 0 ipv4 refreshs, 0 ipv4 multicast refreshs, 0 errs
All sent 0 messages
0 updates, 0 opens, 0 keepalives
0 vpnv4 refreshs, 0 ipv4 refreshs, 0 ipv4 multicast refreshs, 0 notifications
After last established sent 0 messages
0 vpnv4 refreshs, 0 ipv4 refreshs, 0 ipv4 multicast refreshs, 0 notifications
For address family: IPv4 Unicast

Community attribute sent to this neighbor
Route map for outgoing advertisements is setorigin
All received nlri 0, unnlri 0, 0 accepted prefixes
All sent nlri 0, unnlri 0, 0 advertised prefixes
maximum limit 4294967295
Minimum time between advertisement runs is 30 seconds
Minimum time between origin runs is 15 seconds
For address family: IPv4 Multicast no activate

For address family: VPNv4 Unicast no activate

23-81

Connections established 0
No tcp connection
Related Commands
None
23.80 show bgp all protocol

Syntax
show bgp all protocol
Function
This command displays the configuration information of the BGP module.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the configuration information of the BGP
instance:
ZXAN#show bgp all protocol
BGP router ID is 192.168.2.1, Local as is 1
Hold time is 90 seconds, KeepAlive time is 30 seconds
Default local preference is 100
Default export metric is 0
IGP synchronization is enabled
Default information advertise is disabled
Always compare med is disabled
Fast fallover is enabled
Client-to-client reflection is enabled
Ipv4 unicast is activated
Router target is filtered
Route dampening is disabled
Distance : external 20 internal 200
23-82

Related Commands
None
23.81 show bgp all summary

Syntax
show bgp all summary
Function
This command displays the statuses of all BGP neighbor connections.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the statuses of BGP neighbor connections of
all address families:
ZXAN#show bgp all summary
Neighbor Ver As MsgRcvd MsgSend Up/Down(s) State
1.1.1.1 4 8 0 0 00:00:00 Connect
10.1.1.1 4 200 0 0 00:00:00 Connect
128.140.6.6 4 123 0 0 00:00:00 Connect
Table 23-1 BGP Summary Parameter Description
Neighbor Neighbor IP address.
Ver Version of the BGP neighbor. Currently, version 4 is supported.
As AS number of the neighbor
MsgRcvd Total number of packets that are received by the neighbor. The
number is cleared each time the neighbor enters the Established state.
23-83

MsgSend Total number of packets that are sent by the neighbor. The number is
cleared each time the neighbor enters the Established state.
Up/Down Time during which the neighbor is in the Established state or the time
elapsed since the neighbor moves from the Established state. If the
neighbor has never entered the Established state, the time is always 0.
State State of the BGP state machine of the neighbor
Related Commands
None
23.82 show bgp ipv4 multicast

Syntax
show bgp ipv4 multicast
Function
This command displays an item in the route selection table of the BGP IPv4 multicast
address family.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If no parameter is specified in the command, all valid BGP routes are displayed. If a
network number is specified, the networks that match the network number in the BGP
route selection table are displayed. If network number and network mask parameters are
specified, all BGP routes that match the address/mask are displayed. To display details of
all routes, use the show bgp ipv4 multicast detail command.
Examples
The following example shows valid routes of the BGP IPv4 multicast address family:
ZXAN#show bgp ipv4 multicast
Status codes: *valid, gt;best, i-internal
Origin codes: i-IGP, e-EGP, ?-incomplete
23-84

Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Path

*gt;i 111.1.1.2/32 2.2.2.1 0 12345678 200 ?
*gt;i 111.1.1.3/32 2.2.2.1 0 12345678 200 ?
Table 23-2 BGP IPv4 Multicast Summary Parameter Description
Network Specific route
Next Hop Next hop attribute in the Update packet
Metric Multi-Exit Discriminator (MED) attribute in the Update packet
LocPrf Local preference attribute that is specified by the input policy
Path As-path sequence and the Origin attribute in the Update packet
Related Commands
None
23.83 show bgp ipv4 multicast detail

Syntax
show bgp ipv4 multicast detail ip_addr1 ip_addr2
Function
This command displays the detailed information of an entry in the BGP IPv4 multicast
address family routing table.
Parameters
ip_addr1 Network number in dotted -

decimal notation

notation
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
23-85

Examples
The following example shows how to display the details of an entry in the
BGP IPv4 multicast address family routing table:
ZXAN(config)#show bgp ipv4 multicast detail 1.1.1.1 255.255.255.0
Related Commands
None
23.84 show bgp ipv4 multicast neighbor

Syntax
show bgp ipv4 multicast neighbor [ip_addr1 ]
Function
This command displays information about a BGP neighbor which is in the IPv4 multicast
address family.
Parameters
ip_addr1 IP address of a neighbor, in -

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display information about a BGP neighbor:
ZXAN# show bgp ipv4 multicast neighbor 3.3.3.3
BGP neighbor is 3.3.3.3, remote AS 100, internal link
BGP state = Connect
hold time is 0 seconds, keepalive interval is 0 seconds
0 updates, 0 errs
0 opens, 0 errs
0 keepalives
23-86

0 vpnv4 refreshs, 0 ipv4 refreshs, 0 ipv4 multicast refreshs, 0 ipv6 refreshs,

0 errs
0 updates, 0 errs
0 opens, 0 errs
0 keepalives
0 errs

Connections established 0
No tcp connection
The following example shows how to display the information of routes received from a
neighbor:
ZXAN#show bgp ipv4 multicast neighbor in 2.2.2.1
Routes Learned From This neighbor:
status codes: *valid, gt;best,i-internal
Dest NextHop Metric LocPrf RoutePrf Path

*gt;i 111.1.1.2/32 2.2.2.1 0 12345678 200 100?
*gt;i 111.1.1.3/32 2.2.2.1 0 12345678 200 100?
The following example shows how to display the information of routes sent to a neighbor:
ZXAN#show bgp ipv4 multicast neighbor out 2.2.2.1

Routes Sent to This neighbor:
111.1.1.2/32 2.2.2.1 0 12345678 200 100?
111.1.1.3/32 2.2.2.1 0 12345678 200 100?
Related Commands
23-87

23.85 show bgp ipv4 multicast neighbor in

Syntax
show bgp ipv4 multicast neighbor in ip_addr1
Function
This command displays the information of all routes that are received from a BGP IPv4
multicast address family neighbor.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information about the routes that are
received from a neighbor:
ZXAN#show bgp ipv4 multicast neighbor in 2.2.2.1
Related Commands
23.86 show bgp ipv4 multicast neighbor out

Syntax
show bgp ipv4 multicast neighbor out ip_addr1
Function
This command displays the information of all routes that are advertised to a BGP IPv4
multicast address family neighbor.
23-88

Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information about the routes that are sent
to a neighbor:
ZXAN#show bgp ipv4 multicast neighbor out 2.2.2.1
Related Commands
23.87 show bgp ipv4 multicast summary

Syntax
show bgp ipv4 multicast summary
Function
This command displays the connection statuses of all IPv4 multicast address family BGP
neighbors.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
23-89

Examples
The following example shows how to display the connection statuses of all IPv4 multicast
address family BGP neighbors:
ZXAN#show bgp ipv4 multicast summary
Related Commands
23.88 show bgp ipv4 unicast

Syntax
show bgp ipv4 unicast [ip_addr1 [ip_addr2 [longer-prefixes ] ] ]
Function
This command displays the entries in the BGP IPv4 unicast address family routing table.
Parameters

decimal notation

notation
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If no parameter is specified in this command, all valid BGP routes will be displayed. If a
network number is specified, matching networks in the routing table will be displayed. If a
network number and network mask are specified, all routes matching these two parameters
will be displayed.
To display the details of all routes, use the show bgp ipv4 unicast detail command.
Examples
The following example shows how to display valid BGP IPv4 unicast address family routes:
ZXAN#show bgp ipv4 unicast
Routes of bgp:
23-90

Dest NextHop Metric LocPrf RtPrf Path

*gt;i 111.1.1.2/32 2.2.2.1 0 12345678 150 200 ?
*gt;i 111.1.1.3/32 2.2.2.1 0 12345678 150 200 ?
The following explains the displayed information in different domains.

For a BGP route:
Field Description
Dest Route
Nexthop Next hop attribute in the Update message
Mertic Metric attribute in the Update message
LocPref Local preference specified by the input policy
RoutePref Local management distance of the route
Path As-path sequence and Origin attribute in the Update message
For imported other protocol route:
Field Description
Dest Route
Nexthop Next hop of the route
Mertic Metric attribute specified in the import policy
LocPref Local preference specified in the import policy
RoutePref Local management distance of the route
Path Imported As-path sequence and the Origin attribute specified in

the import policy
The following example shows how to display the details of routes:

ZXAN#show bgp ipv4 unicast detail
10:00:01 received from 100.1.1.1 (1.1.1.1)
origin i,nexthop 10.1.1.1,metric 100,localpref 200,
atomic,aggr 200 10.1.1.1,originator_id 123455,
community 1123464 2355 35665
cluster_id 10.1.1.1 100.1.1.1
unknown attribute type 11 flag ff len 20 type 12 flag fe len 20
as path [100 200] lt;10gt; {65543} (65542 65544)
invalid due to import policy denied
Local
origin ?,nexthop 10.1.1.1,
10:04:00 advertised to 200.1.1.1 (2.2.2.2)
origin ?,nexthop 10.1.1.1,metric 100,localpref 200,
23-91

community 1123464 2355 35665

cluster_id 10.1.1.1 100.1.1.1
as path [100 200] lt;10gt; {65543} (65542 65544)
10:04:01 advertised to 201.1.1.1 (2.2.2.1)
origin ?,nexthop 10.1.1.1,metric 100,localpref 200,
community 1123464 2355 35665
cluster_id 10.1.1.1 100.1.1.1
as path [100 200] <10> {65543} (65542 65544)
The command results indicate from which neighbors the route is learned, whether the route
is imported from other routing protocol, and to which neighbors the route is advertised. For
a BGP route, all attributes in the Update message are displayed. For a route imported from
another protocol, only the Origin and Nexthop attributes are displayed.
The following explains some special contents in the command results:
(1.1.1.1), (2.2.2.2), and (2.2.2.3) are route IDs of neighbors.
as path [100 200] <10> {65543} (65542 65544): <> indicates the AS-SET type
of AS-PATH, [] indicates the AS-SQUENCE type of AS-PATH, () indicates the
AS_CONFED_SEQUENCE type of AS-PATH, and {} indicates the AS_CONFED_SET
type of AS-PATH.
unknown attribute type 11 flag ff len 20: The flag field is displayed in hexadecimal notation.
The other fields are displayed in decimal notation.
Related Commands
23.89 show bgp ipv4 unicast community-list

Syntax
show bgp ipv4 unicast community-list number1
Function
This command displays BGP routes with specific community attribute.
Parameters
number1 ID of a community list 1–499
23-92

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display routes with the community attribute 1.1.1.1:
ZXAN(config)#ip community-list 499 permit 1.1.1.1
ZXAN(config)#show bgp ipv4 unicast community-list 499
Related Commands
show ip bgp community-list
23.90 show bgp ipv4 unicast dampening

dampened-paths
Syntax
show bgp ipv4 unicast dampening dampened-paths
Function
This command displays all damped routes during BGP route flapping.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display all routes damped during BGP route flapping:
ZXAN#show ip bgp dampened-paths
Related Commands
None
23-93

23.91 show bgp ipv4 unicast dampening flap-statistics

Syntax
show bgp ipv4 unicast dampening flap-statistics [ip_addr1 ip_addr2 [longer-prefixes ] ]
Function
This command displays the statistics of damped BGP flapping routes.
Parameters

notation for displaying specific
damped information

notation
longer-prefixes Keyword for fuzzy match -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If no parameter or keyword is specified in this command, the router will display the
statistics of all flapping routes. If only the IP address and network mask are specified in
the command, the router will only display the statistics of flapping routes matching these
two parameters. If the longer-prefixes parameter is specified in the command, the router
will display the statistics of flapping routes in fuzzy match with the entered keyword.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the statistics of damped BGP flapping routes:
ZXAN#show bgp ipv4 unicast dampening flap-statistics
Related Commands
23.14 bgp dampening
23.90 show bgp ipv4 unicast dampening dampened-paths
23.92 show bgp ipv4 unicast neighbor

Syntax
show bgp ipv4 unicast neighbor [ip_addr1 ]
23-94

Function
This command displays the information of a BGP IPv4 unicast address family neighbor.
Parameters
ip_addr1 IP address of the neighbor, in -

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information of a BGP IPv4 unicast address
family neighbor:
ZXAN#show bgp ipv4 unicast neighbor 168.1.70.111
BGP neighbor is 168.1.70.111, remote AS 200, external link
BGP state = Established, up for 1d20h
Last read update 1d20h, hold time is 90 seconds, keepalive interval is 30 seco
nds
Neighbor capabilities:
Route refresh: advertised
Address family IPv4 Unicast: advertised
1 updates, 0 errs
1 opens, 0 errs
5252 keepalives
0 errs
1 updates, 0 errs
0 opens, 0 errs
5251 keepalives
0 errs
All sent 5253 messages
23-95


0 notifications
After last established sent 5251 messages
0 notifications
The following example shows how to display the route information received by the
neighbor:
ZXAN#show ip bgp neighbor in 2.2.2.1
Routes Learned From This neighbor:
*gt;i 111.1.1.2/32 2.2.2.1 0 12345678 200 100?
*gt;i 111.1.1.3/32 2.2.2.1 0 12345678 200 100?
The following example shows how to display the route information sent to the neighbor:
ZXAN#show bgp ipv4 unicast neighbor out 2.2.2.1
Routes Sent to This neighbor:
111.1.1.2/32 2.2.2.1 0 12345678 200 100?
111.1.1.3/32 2.2.2.1 0 12345678 200 100?
Related Commands
show ip bgp neighbor
23.93 show bgp ipv4 unicast neighbor in

Syntax
show bgp ipv4 unicast neighbor in ip_addr1
23-96

Function
This command displays all routes that are received from a specific BGP IPv4 unicast
address family neighbor.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information of routes received from a
neighbor:
ZXAN#show bgp ipv4 unicast neighbor in 2.2.2.1
Related Commands
23.94 show bgp ipv4 unicast neighbor out

Syntax
show bgp ipv4 unicast neighbor out ip_addr1
Function
This command displays all routes that are advertised to a specific BGP IPv4 unicast
address family neighbor.
Parameters

23-97

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information of routes advertised to a
specific neighbor:
ZXAN#show bgp ipv4 unicast neighbor out 2.2.2.2
Related Commands
23.95 show bgp ipv4 unicast regexp

Syntax
show bgp ipv4 unicast regexp LINE1
Function
This command displays BGP routes with specific as-path attribute.
Parameters
LINE1 Regular expression of the -

as-path attribute, which contains
a maximum of 100 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display BGP routes whose as-path attribute is 200:
23-98

ZXAN(config)#show bgp ipv4 unicast regexp 200
Related Commands
show ip bgp regexp
23.96 show bgp ipv4 unicast summary

Syntax
show bgp ipv4 unicast summary
Function
This command displays the connection statuses of all BGP IPv4 unicast address family
neighbors.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to the connection statuses of all BGP IPv4 unicast
address family neighbors:
ZXAN#show bgp ipv4 unicast summary
Neighbor Ver As MsgRcvd MsgSend Up/Down(s) State/PfxRcd
1.1.1.1 4 8 0 0 00:00:00 Connect
10.1.1.1 4 200 0 0 00:00:00 Connect
128.140.6.6 4 123 0 0 00:00:00 Connect
The following table describes each field in the displayed information:
Field Description
Neighbor Neighbor address.
Ver BGP neighbor version. Version 4 is supported.
AS AS ID.
23-99

Field Description
MsgRcvd Number of messages received by the neighbor. The number is

cleared every time when the neighbor enters Established status.
MsgSend Number of messages sent by the neighbor. The number is cleared

every time when the neighbor enters Established status.
Up/Down Duration in which the neighbor is in Established status, or the last

time when the neighbor exits from Established status.
If the neighbor never enters Established status, this time is 0.
State State in the BGP state machine of the neighbor.
Related Commands
None
23.97 show bgp vpnv4 unicast

Syntax
show bgp vpnv4 unicast
Function
This command displays all entries in the BGP VPNv4 unicast address family routing table.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The show bgp vpnv4 unicast command without any parameter displays all valid BGP routes.
The show bgp vpnv4 unicast detail command displays the details of a specific route.
Examples
The following example shows how to display all valid BGP VPNv4 unicast address family
routes:
ZXAN#show bgp vpnv4 unicast
Related Commands
23.107 show bgp vpnv4 unicast vrf
23-100

23.98 show bgp vpnv4 unicast dampening

dampened-paths
Syntax
show bgp vpnv4 unicast dampening dampened-paths
Function
This command displays damped routes in the flapping routes that are received from the
PE.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command displays all damped routes.
Examples
The following example shows how to display all damped routes in flapping BGP routes:
ZXAN#show bgp vpnv4 unicast dampening dampened-paths
Related Commands
23.14 bgp dampening
23.99 show bgp vpnv4 unicast dampening

flap-statistics
Syntax
show bgp vpnv4 unicast dampening flap-statistics [{number:number1 |A.B.C.D:NN1 } ip_addr1
ip_addr2 [longer-prefixes ] ]
Function
This command displays the statistical information of all flapping routes in the VPNv4 routing
table.
23-101

Parameters
number:number1 Route ID in AS:NN format -
A.B.C.D:NN1 Route ID in A.B.C.D:NN format -
ip_addr1 Network IP address related -

to dampening information, in

notation
longer-prefixes Keyword for fuzzy match -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l If no parameter or keyword is specified in the command, the router will display the
statistics of all flapping routes.
l If only the first two parameters (route ID and IP address) are specified in the command,
only the statistics of flapping routes matching the specified network will be displayed.
l If the keyword (longer-prefixes) is specified, the statistics of flapping routes with
longer prefixes matched masks will be displayed.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the statistical information of flapping BGP
routes:
ZXAN#show bgp vpnv4 unicast dampening flap-statistics
Related Commands
23.14 bgp dampening
23.100 show bgp vpnv4 unicast dampening parameters

Syntax
show bgp vpnv4 unicast dampening parameters
Function
This command displays VPNv4 route dampening parameters.
23-102

Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display VPNv4 route dampening parameters:
ZXAN#show bgp vpnv4 unicast dampening parameters
Related Commands
23.14 bgp dampening
23.101 show bgp vpnv4 unicast detail

Syntax
show bgp vpnv4 unicast detail {number:number1 |A.B.C.D:NN1 } ip_addr1 ip_addr2
Function
This command displays the details of an entry in the BGP VPNv4 unicast address family
routing table.
Parameters
number:number1 Route ID in the format of AS -

ID:NN ID
A.B.C.D:NN1 Route ID in the format of -

A.B.C.D:NN ID

decimal notation

notation
Mode
23-103

Usage Guidelines
The show bgp vpnv4 unicast command requires no parameter. It displays all valid BGP
routes. The show bgp vpnv4 unicast detail command displays the details of a specific
route.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the details of a route:
ZXR10#show bgp vpnv4 unicast detail 1.1.1.1 255.255.255.0
Related Commands
23.102 show bgp vpnv4 unicast labels

Syntax
show bgp vpnv4 unicast labels
Function
This command displays labels learned from the routing table by the VPNv4 unicast address
family.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display labels learned by the VPNv4 unicast address
family:
ZXAN# show bgp vpnv4 unicast labels
Related Commands
None
23-104

23.103 show bgp vpnv4 unicast neighbor

Syntax
show bgp vpnv4 unicast neighbor [ip_addr1 ]
Function
This command displays the information related to a BGP VPNv4 address family neighbor.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information of a neighbor:
ZXAN0#show bgp vpnv4 unicast neighbor 3.3.3.3
Related Commands
23.104 show bgp vpnv4 unicast neighbor in

Syntax
show bgp vpnv4 unicast neighbor in ip_addr1
Function
This command displays the route information received from a BGP VPNv4 address family
neighbor.
23-105

Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the route information received from a
neighbor:
ZXAN#show bgp vpnv4 unicast neighbor in 2.2.2.1
Related Commands
23.105 show bgp vpnv4 unicast neighbor out

Syntax
show bgp vpnv4 unicast neighbor out ip_addr1
Function
This command displays the route information sent to a BGP VPNv4 address family
neighbor.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
23-106

Examples
The following example shows how to display the route information sent to a neighbor:
ZXAN#show bgp vpnv4 unicast neighbor out 2.2.2.1
Related Commands
23.106 show bgp vpnv4 unicast summary

Syntax
show bgp vpnv4 unicast summary
Function
The following displays the connection statuses of all VPNv4 unicast address family BGP
neighbors.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the connection statuses of all VPNv4 unicast
address family BGP neighbors:
ZXAN#show bgp vpnv4 unicast summary
Related Commands

Syntax
show bgp vpnv4 unicast vrf name1 [dampening {parameters |dampened-paths |flap-statistics
[ip_addr1 ip_addr2 [longer-prefixes ] ] } ]
23-107

Function
This command displays the information of the VRF routing table.
Parameters

32 characters.
dampening Displays the dampening -

information of VPNv4 routes.
parameters Displays parameters related to -

VPNv4 route dampening.
dampened-paths Displays damped routes in -

the VRF routing table, which
are damped routes in flapping
routes received from the CE.
flap-statistics Displays the statistics of flapping -

routes in the VRF routing table,
which are received from the CE.

notation for displaying related
dampening information.

notation.
longer-prefixes Keyword for fuzzy match. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display valid routes in a VPNv4 unicast address
family VRF routing table:
ZXAN# show bgp vpnv4 unicast vrf vpn1
Related Commands
23.97 show bgp vpnv4 unicast
23-108

23.108 show bgp ipv6 unicast neighbor in

Syntax
show bgp ipv6 unicast neighbor in {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 }
Function
This command displays routing information that is received by a BGP IPv6 unicast address
family neighbor.
Parameters


notation
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display routing information received by a neighbor:
ZXAN#show bgp ipv6 unicast neighbor in 2.2.2.1
Related Commands
23.109 show ip as-path-access-list

Syntax
show ip as-path-access-list [number1 ]
Function
This command displays the contents of all or a specified regular expression access list.
23-109

Parameters
number1 Number of the specified regular 1–199

expression access list
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If no parameter is specified in the command, the contents of all regular expression access
lists are displayed. If the parameter is specified in the command, the contents of the regular
expression access list with the specified number is displayed.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the contents of regular expression access list
1:
ZXAN#show ip as-path-access-list 1
Related Commands
23.47 ip as-path access-list
23.110 show ip bgp neighbor keepalive

Syntax
show ip bgp neighbor keepalive [ip_addr1 ]
Function
This command displays detailed information about keepalive packets received from a BGP
neighbor.
Parameters

Mode
23-110

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display detailed information about keepalive packets
received from BGP neighbors:
ZXAN(config)#show ip bgp neighbor keepalive
Related Commands
23.111 show ip bgp neighbor vrf-in

Syntax
show ip bgp neighbor vrf-in ip_addr1 name1
Function
This command displays all routes received by a neighbor in a specific VRF address mode.
Parameters


32 characters.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display all routes received by a neighbor in a specific
VRF address mode:
ZXAN(config)#show ip bgp neighbor vrf-in 1.1.1.1 zte
23-111

Related Commands
23.112 show ip bgp neighbor vrf-out

Syntax
show ip bgp neighbor vrf-out ip_addr1 name1
Function
This command displays all routes advertised to a neighbor in a specific VRF address mode.
Parameters


32 characters.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display all routes advertised to a neighbor in a specific
VRF address mode:
ZXAN(config)#show ip bgp neighbor vrf-out 1.1.1.1 zte
Related Commands
23.113 show ip bgp peer-group

Syntax
show ip bgp peer-group [name1 ]
23-112

Function
This command displays the information about a BGP neighbor peer group.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If no peer group name is specified, the information about all peer groups will be displayed.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information about a BGP neighbor peer
group:
ZXAN#show ip bgp peer-group
Related Commands
23.65 neighbor peer-group
23.114 show ip community-list

Syntax
show ip community-list [number1 ]
Function
This command displays the contents of all community lists or the specified community list.
Parameters
number1 Number of the specified 1–499

community list
Mode
23-113

Usage Guidelines
If no parameter is specified in the command, the contents of all community lists are
displayed. If the parameter is specified in the command, the contents of the community
list with the specified number are displayed.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the contents of all community lists:
ZXAN#show ip community-list
Community standard list 1
deny 5 10
permit
Related Commands
23.48 ip community-list
23.115 show ip prefix-list

Syntax
show ip prefix-list [{detail |summary } ] [name1 ]
Function
This command displays the contents of all prefix lists or the specified prefix list.
Parameters
detail Specifies to display detailed -

information.
summary Specifies to display statistics -

information.
name1 Specifies the name of a prefix -

list, containing 1-32 characters.
Mode
23-114

Usage Guidelines
If no prefix list name is specified in the command, the contents of all prefix lists are
displayed. If the parameter is specified in the command, the contents of the community
list with the specified name are displayed.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the contents of all prefix lists:
ZXAN#show ip prefix-list
Prefix-list with the last deletion/insertion: test
ip prefix-list ZXAN 2 entries
seq 5 deny 20.0.0.0/8
seq 10 deny 20.20.20.0/24
ip prefix-list test 1 entries
seq 5 permit 100.1.1.0/24
Related Commands
23.116 synchronization
Syntax
synchronization
no synchronization
Function
This command makes BGP and IGP to synchronize.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, BGP and IGP are synchronized.
To enable BGP to advertise routes of a network without waiting for IGP, use the no synchr
onization command.
23-115

Examples
The following example shows how not to synchronize BGP and IGP:
ZXAN(config-router)#no synchronization
Related Commands
None
23.117 table-map
Syntax
table-map name1
no table-map
Function
This command configures route QoS parameters based on ip-precedence and
qos-group-id in a route map.
Parameters
name1 Name of the route map to be -

used, which consists of 1–64
characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set route QoS parameters in accordance with
ip-precedence and qos-group-id obtained from the route map whose name is abc:
ZXAN(config)#route-map abc
ZXAN(config-route-map)#set ip precedence 6
ZXAN(config-route-map)#set ip qos-group 2
ZXAN(config-router)#table-map abc
23-116

Related Commands
route-map
23.118 timers bgp

Syntax
timers bgp number1 number2
no timers bgp
Function
This command adjusts the BGP network timer.
Parameters
number1 Time of the keep-alive timer Range: 0–65535

number2 Time of the holdtime timer Range: 0 and 3–65535

Mode
Usage Guidelines
To restore the default value of the BGP timer, use the no timers bgp command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set BGP network timers. In this example, the time of
the holdtime timer is 180 s, and the time of the keepalive timer is 60 s.
ZXAN(config-router)#timers bgp 60 180
Related Commands
None
23-117

23-118

Chapter 24
System Log/Statistical
Management Commands
Table of Contents
clear logging.............................................................................................................24-1
logging level .............................................................................................................24-2
show config-load-fail.................................................................................................24-3
show logging alarm ..................................................................................................24-4
show logging cmdlog................................................................................................24-5
show logging configuration .......................................................................................24-7
show syslog configuration ........................................................................................24-8
syslog facility ............................................................................................................24-8
syslog-server host ....................................................................................................24-9
write alarmlog.........................................................................................................24-12
write cmdlog ...........................................................................................................24-13
write snmplog .........................................................................................................24-14
24.1 clear logging

Syntax
clear logging name1
Function
This command clears the alarm logs of four different alarm types.
Parameters
name1 Alarm log types. Four options -

are available:
current-alarm: current alarm
history-alarm: historical alarm
notify: notification
undisappear-alarm:
unrecoverable alarm
24-1

Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command clears four types of alarms, including current alarms, historical alarms,
notifications, and unrecoverable alarms. After the alarms of a type are cleared with this
command, the alarm logs of this type are not displayed by using the show logging alarm
command. If the alarm buffer has been emptied, no logs are displayed with this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to clear the alarm logs of a type. In this example, a
notification log is cleared, then a message displayed indicates that the notification log does
not exist by using the show logging alarmlog notify command.
ZXAN#show logging alarmlog notify
A notification 34816 level notification occurred at 01.01.2001-00:02:13-UTC sen
t by MMCB 1 %ALARM% rs232 Serial Interface login on MP
A notification 33038 level notification occurred at 01.01.2001-00:02:08-UTC sen

t by MMCB 1 %SYSCTRL% Sysctl inform msg when master core card warm start in shel
f 1 slot 10 on MP
ZXAN#clear logging notify
ZXAN#show logging alarmlog notify
ZXAN#
Related Commands
logging alarmlog
24.4 show logging alarm
24.2 logging level

Syntax
logging level name1
no logging level
Function
This command configures the alarm level of alarm messages recorded in a log file.
24-2

Chapter 24 System Log/Statistical Management Commands
Parameters
name1 Alarm level of an alarm log.

Five options are available:
l 0: critical
l 1: major
l 2: minor
l 3: warnings
l 4: indeterminate
l 6: notifications
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command should be used together with the logging alarmlog enable command.
To clear the configured alarm level, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the alarm level of alarm messages recorded in a
log file to level 3 or below:
ZXAN(config)#logging level indeterminate
Related Commands
logging alarmlog
24.3 show config-load-fail

Syntax
show config-load-fail
Function
This command displays the configuration commands that fail to be loaded from a
configuration file.
Parameters
None
24-3

Mode
Usage Guidelines
Some commands in a configuration file may fail to be identified by the OAM of the current
NE due to command errors or version differences. This command is used to display such
commands.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the configuration commands that fail to be
loaded from a configuration file:
ZXAN#show config-load-fail
Error cmd line 18:'diffserv-domain 5p3d'
Error cmd line 20:'diffserv-domain default'
Error cmd line 44:'port-identification rackno 1 frameno 1'
Error cmd line 62:' ip vrf forwarding vpn_mng'
Related Commands
None
24.4 show logging alarm

Syntax
show logging alarmlog name1 {[| name2 LINE1 ] |[{[start-date date1 ] [end-date date2 ] [level
name3 ] }] }
Function
This command displays the alarm logs that occurred within a specified time period and
with specified levels, including current alarms, recovery alarms, and notifications.
Parameters
name1 Alarm log type, including current -

alarms, recovery alarms, and
notifications.
name2 Used together with the -

expression followed to match up
with the alarm logs containing,
not containing, or beginning
with the rule expression.
24-4

LINE1 Used together with the -

preceding syntax to match up
with the alarm logs containing,
not containing, or beginning
with the rule expression.
date1 Displays the alarm logs -

occurred on or after this date in
mm-dd-yyyy format.
date2 Displays the alarm logs -

occurred on or before this date
in mm-dd-yyyy format.
name3 Displays the alarm logs with -

the alarm level at or above this
level (or with the value equal to
or less than the corresponding
value).
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Run the logging alarmlog enable command before using this command. There must be
alarm logs available in the alarm pool; otherwise, the alarm logs cannot be displayed.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the recovery alarms that occurred from
00:00:00, Oct. 22, 2012 to 23:59:59, Oct. 23, 2012 with the alarm levels at or above
warnings (or with a value equal to or less than 3):
ZXAN(config)#show logging alarmlog history-alarm level warnings start-date 10-22-2012 end-date 10-
Related Commands
logging alarmlog
24.5 show logging cmdlog

Syntax
show logging cmdlog [{[username name1 ] [start-time date1 time1 ] [end-time date2 time2 ] [link
number1 ] [ipaddress ip_addr1 ] [] }]
24-5

Function
This command displays command logs.
Parameters
name1 Login user name for command -

line operation.
date1 Displays the command line logs -

mm-dd-yyyy format.
time1 Displays the command line logs -

occurred at or after this time in
hh:mm:ss format.
date2 Displays the command line logs -

time2 Displays the command line logs -

occurred at or before this time
in hh:mm:ss format.
number1 Link number used for the NE Range: 0–16

connection for command line
operations, 0 for the serial port
con0, and 1–16 for vty0-vty15.
ip_addr1 IP address used for the NE -

connection for command line
operations.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
There must be command logs available in the command logging buffer; otherwise, the
command logs cannot be displayed.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the command logs that occurred from
00:00:00, Oct. 22, 2012 to 23:59:59, Oct. 23, 2012 on a serial port with the IP address
1.1.1.1 and login user name "zte":
ZXAN(config)#show logging cmdlog link 0 ipaddress 1.1.1.1 username zte start-time
10-22-2012 00:00:00 end-time 10-23-2012 11:59:59
24-6

Related Commands
logging cmdlog
24.6 show logging configuration

Syntax
show logging configuration
Function
This command displays the configuration of the logging modules.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the configuration of the logging modules:
ZXAN(config)#show logging configuration
logging alarmlog enable
logging level notification
logging cmdlog disable
logging debuglog disable
logging snmplog disable
Related Commands
logging alarmlog
24.2 logging level
logging cmdlog
logging debuglog
logging snmplog
24-7

24.7 show syslog configuration

Syntax
show syslog configuration
Function
This command displays information about the Syslog configuration.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display information about the Syslog configuration:
ZXAN(config)#show syslog configuration
syslog-server host enable mng 10.10.10.10 fport 514 lport 514 alarmlog level cle
ared snmplog ALL facility local0 local1
Related Commands
24.8 syslog facility
24.9 syslog-server host
24.8 syslog facility

Syntax
syslog facility name1
no syslog facility
Function
This command configures the global facility of the system logs.
24-8

Parameters
name1 Only works on the reported Range: local0–local7

alarm logs. Default: local0
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The configured global syslog facility only works on the prihead structure and type of the
reported alarm logs.
To clear the configuration, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the global facility of the system logs to local3:
ZXAN(config)#syslog facility local3
Related Commands
None
24.9 syslog-server host

Syntax
syslog-server host {enable |disable } {vrf name1 ip_addr1 |mng |ip_addr2 } [fport number1 ]
[lport number2 ] [{[cmdlog ] [snmplog name2 ] [alarmlog level name3 ] }] facility {[local0 ] [local1
] [local2 ] [local3 ] [local4 ] [local5 ] [local6 ] [local7 ] }
no syslog-server host {vrf name1 ip_addr1 |mng |ip_addr2 }
Function
This command configures the address and port ID of the destination syslog server where
alarm messages are sent.
24-9

Parameters
enable Enables the syslog server host -

configuration.
disable Disables the syslog server host -

configuration.
name1 VRF name, 1–32 characters. -
ip_addr1 IP address of the syslog server. -
ip_addr2 IP address connected through -

an out-of-band port.
number1 Remote port ID of the syslog Range: 0–65535

server. Default: 514
number2 Local port ID of the syslog Range: 0–65535

server. Default: 514
cmdlog Sends command logs to the -

syslog server.
snmplog Sends SNMP logs to the syslog -

server.
name2 SNMP operation type. -

Three options are available:
l get
l set
l all (including get and set)
alarmlog Sends alarm logs to the syslog -

server. If it is necessary to
upload the alarm logs, the value
set for the global facility should
be configured in this command.
name3 Sends alarm logs with higher -

alarm level than this level
(or with less value than the
corresponding value) to the
syslog server.
local0 Facility value for command log -

upload.
local1 Facility value for SNMP log -

upload.
24-10

local2 Configurable facility value. -

When it matches the global
facility value, the alarm logs are
uploaded.

uploaded.

uploaded.

uploaded.

uploaded.

uploaded.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to set the alarm level of the alarm logs to a level above
cleared (with the value less than 5), and the IP address of the destination syslog server
where the SNMP logs for get and set operations are sent to 10.10.10.10:
ZXAN(config)#syslog-server host enable mng 10.10.10.10 alarmlog level critical snmplog all facilit
Related Commands
None
24-11

24.10 write alarmlog

Syntax
write alarmlog {flash } [{[start-time date1 time1 ] [end-time date2 time2 ] }]
Function
This command saves the alarm logs as a file from the alarm buffer to the flash in the
directory of flash:data/log.dat.
Parameters
flash Saves the alarm logs to the -

flash.
date1 Saves the command alarms -

mm-dd-yyyy format.
time1 Saves the command alarms -

hh:mm:ss format.
date2 Saves the command alarms -

time2 Saves the command alarms -

in hh:mm:ss format.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command writes the alarm information with the following alarm levels from the alarm
buffer to a file:
1: MAJOR
2: MINOR
3: WARNINGS
4: INDETERMINATE
5: CLEARED
6: NOTIFICATIONS
24-12

Examples
The following example shows how to save the logs of the alarms occurred in the alarm
buffer during 7-28-2013 10:00:00 to 7-29-2013 10:00:00 as a file:
ZXAN#write alarmlog flash start-time 7-28-2013 10:00:00 end-time 7-29-2013 10:00:00
Building logging file...
..
[ok]
Related Commands
None
24.11 write cmdlog

Syntax
write cmdlog {flash } [{[start-time date1 time1 ] [end-time date2 time2 ] [userlog ] }]
Function
This command saves the command logs as a file from the alarm buffer to the flash in the
directory of flash:data/cmdlog.dat.
Parameters
flash Saves the command logs to the -

flash.
date1 Saves the command logs -

mm-dd-yyyy format.
time1 Saves the command logs -

hh:mm:ss format.
date2 Saves the command logs -

time2 Saves the command logs -

in hh:mm:ss format.
userlog Saves logging information about -

user login and logout.
24-13

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to save the logs of the commands occurred in the
command buffer during 7-28-2013 10:00:00 to 7-29-2013 10:00:00 as a file:
ZXAN#write cmdlog flash start-time 7-28-2013 10:00:00 end-time 7-29-2013 10:00:00

..
[ok]
Related Commands
None
24.12 write snmplog

Syntax
write snmplog {flash } [{[start-time date1 time1 ] [end-time date2 time2 ] }]
Function
This command saves the SNMP logs as a file from the alarm buffer to the flash in the
directory of flash:data/snmplog.dat.
Parameters
flash Saves the SNMP logs to the -

flash.
date1 Saves the SNMP logs occurred -

on or after this date in
mm-dd-yyyy format.
time1 Saves the SNMP logs occurred -

at or after this time in hh:mm:ss
format.
24-14

date2 Saves the SNMP logs occurred -

on or before this date in
mm-dd-yyyy format.
time2 Saves the SNMP logs occurred -

at or before this time in
hh:mm:ss format.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to save the SNMP logs generated in the SNMP log
buffer during 7-28-2013 10:00:00 to 7-29-2013 10:00:00 as a file:
ZXAN#write snmplog flash start-time 7-28-2013 10:00:00 end-time 7-29-2013 10:00:00
..
[ok]
Related Commands
None
24-15

24-16

Chapter 25
AAA Commands
Table of Contents
aaa accounting.........................................................................................................25-1
aaa authentication enable ........................................................................................25-3
aaa authentication login............................................................................................25-4
aaa authorization......................................................................................................25-5
aaa authorization config-commands .........................................................................25-7
aaa group-server radius-account ..............................................................................25-8
aaa group-server radius-authen ...............................................................................25-8
aaa group-server tacacs+.........................................................................................25-9
show aaa configuration...........................................................................................25-10
show user-authen-type ........................................................................................... 25-11
user-authentication-type .........................................................................................25-12
user-authorization-type...........................................................................................25-13
25.1 aaa accounting

Syntax
aaa accounting commands number1 default {stop-only group {name1 } | none }
no aaa accounting commands number1 default
Function
This command configures the AAA accounting parameters.
Parameters
commands Accounting CLI commands -
number1 User privilege level Range: 0–15
default Uses the default accounting -

method list
stop-only Accounts when the event -

terminates
group TACACS+ server group -
25-1

name1 TACACS+ accounting group -

name, 1–31 characters
none Not accounts -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
You can use only the TACACS+ accounting function rather than the authentication and
authorization functions.
To use TACACS+ accounting function, first enable the TACACS+ function, and then:
1. Use the tacacs-server host command to configure the TACACS server.
2. Use the aaa group-server tacacs+ command to create a TACACS server group.
3. Use the server command to add the configured TACACS server to the created server
group.
4. Configure the accounting command.
Examples
The following example shows how to write the CLI operation records of the user with the
privilege level 3 into the TACACS server whose IP address is 1.2.3.4 and the server group
name is zte:
ZXAN(config)#tacacs enable
ZXAN(config)#tacacs-server host 1.2.3.4
ZXAN(config)#aaa group-server tacacs+ zte
ZXAN(config-sg)#server 1.2.3.4
ZXAN(config-sg)#exit
ZXAN(config)# aaa accouting commands 3 default stop-only group zte
Related Commands
26.4 tacacs enable
26.3 tacacs disable
26.7 tacacs-server host

25.8 aaa group-server tacacs+
26.1 server
25-2

Chapter 25 AAA Commands
25.2 aaa authentication enable

Syntax
aaa authentication enable default {none |{[group name1 ] [local ] }[none ] }
no aaa authentication enable default
Function
This command configures authentication list for enable, by which the user is authenticated
on entering privilege mode.
Use the no form command to delete the authentication list.
Parameters
default Default authentication list -
none No authentication -
name1 TACACS+ server group name, -

1–31 characters
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
When user-authentication-type aaa is configured but AAA authentication list is not
configured, the system uses the local authentication by default.
Examples
The following examples show how to configure the authentication list for enable:
l Use the local authentication first; if the local authentication is unavailable, use the
TACACS+ server group abc for authentication.
ZXAN(config)#aaa authentication enable default local group abc
l Use the TACACS+ authentication first; if the TACACS+ server group abc is
unavailable, use the local authentication.
ZXAN(config)#aaa authentication enable default group abc local
Related Commands
26.4 tacacs enable
25-3


25.3 aaa authentication login

Syntax
aaa authentication login default {none |{[group name1 ] [rds-group number1 ] [local ] }[none ] }
no aaa authentication login default
Function
This command configures authentication list for login, by which the user is authenticated
on logging in.
Use the no form command to delete the authentication list.
Parameters
default Default authentication list -
none No authentication -
name1 TACACS+ server group name, -

1–31 characters
rds-group RADIUS server group -
number1 Radius server group name Range: 1–10
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
When user-authentication-type aaa is configured but AAA authentication list is not
configured, the system uses the local authentication by default.
Examples
The following example shows how to use TACACS+ server group zte for AAA
authentication and authorization:
25-4


ZXAN(config)#aaa authentication login default group zte
ZXAN(config)#aaa authorization exec default group zte
Related Commands
26.4 tacacs enable
26.3 tacacs disable
26.6 tacacs-client
26.8 tacacs-server key
26.10 tacacs-server packet
26.11 tacacs-server timeout
25.4 aaa authorization
26.1 server

Syntax
aaa authorization {commands number1 default group name1 [none ] |exec default {none |{[gro
up name2 ] [rds-group number2 ] [local ] [if-authenticated ] }[none ] } }
no aaa authorization {exec |commands number1 } default
Function
This command configures the login authorization list, by which a telnet user authorized on
logging in.
Parameters
commands Command authorization -
number1 User privilege level to for Range: 0–15

command authorization
default Default authorization list -
25-5

name1 TACACS+ server group name -
none No authorization -
exec Perform login authorization -
name2 TACACS+ server group name -
rds-group RADIUS server group -
number2 RADIUS server group number Range: 1–10
if-authenticated When the authentication -

succeeds, the user is authorized
successful with the privilege
level 0.
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
When user-authorization-type aaa is configured but AAA authorization list is not
configured, the system does not perform authorization and the login user privilege is 1.
Examples
The following example shows how to use TACACS+ server group abc for AAA
authentication and authorization:
ZXAN(config)#aaa group-server tacacs+ abc
ZXAN(config)#aaa authentication login default group abc
ZXAN(config)#aaa authorization exec default group zte
Related Commands
26.4 tacacs enable
26.3 tacacs disable
26.6 tacacs-client
25-6


26.1 server
25.5 aaa authorization config-commands

Syntax
aaa authorization config-commands
no aaa authorization config-commands
Function
This command authorizes user to use commands in configuration mode.
Parameters
None
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
When aaa authorization commands is configured and aaa authorization config-commands
is configured, user are authorized to use commands in configuration mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to authorizes user to use commands in configuration
mode:
ZXR10(config)#aaa authorization config-commands
Related Commands
26.4 tacacs enable

25-7

25.6 aaa group-server radius-account

Syntax
aaa group-server radius-account number1
no aaa group-server radius-account number1
Function
This command create a RADIUS accounting server group.
Parameters
number1 Accounting server group Range: 1–10

number
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
The NE supports maximum 100 RADIUS accounting server groups. Each group supports
maximum 16 server IP addresses.
Examples
The following example shows how to create RADIUS accounting server group named 2
and configure the server IP address 1.2.3.4:
ZXAN(config)#aaa group-server radius-account 2
ZXAN(config-acctgrp-2)#server 1 1.2.3.4 key zte
Related Commands
25.7 aaa group-server radius-authen
26.1 server
27.24 show radius-server all
27.23 show radius-server accounting-group

Syntax
aaa group-server radius-authen number1
no aaa group-server radius-authen number1
25-8

Function
This command create a RADIUS authentication server group.
Parameters
number1 Authentication server group Range: 1–10

number
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
The NE supports maximum 100 RADIUS authentication server groups. Each group
supports maximum 16 server IP addresses.
Examples
The following example shows how to create RADIUS authentication server group named
2 and configure the server IP address 2.2.3.4:
ZXAN(config)#aaa group-server radius-authen 2
ZXAN(config-authgrp-2)#server 3 2.2.2.3 key zte
Related Commands

Syntax
aaa group-server tacacs+ name1
no aaa group-server tacacs+ name1
Function
This command creates a TACACS+ server group.
Parameters
name1 TACACS server group name, -

1–31 characters
25-9

Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
A maximum of 256 TACACS+ server groups can be created. After the server group is
created, the system enters AAA-tacacs server group mode, under which a TACACS+
server can be added to the group. The TACACS+ servers to be added must be created
using the tacacs-server host command in configuration mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a TACACS+ server group named aabb and
adds the server 2.3.4.5 to the group:
ZXAN(config)#aaa group-server tacacs+ aabb
Related Commands
26.4 tacacs enable
26.3 tacacs disable
26.1 server
25.9 show aaa configuration
25.9 show aaa configuration

Syntax
show aaa configuration
Function
This command displays alarm configurations.
Parameters
None
Mode
25-10

Usage Guidelines
A list of AAA authentication, AAA authorization, and AAA accounting that have been
configured is displayed.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the current configurations. In this example,
the command line operation record of a user with privilege level 15 is written to a server in
a TACACS server group "zte".
ZXAN(config)#show aaa configuration
aaa authentication login default group zte
aaa authorization exec default group zte
aaa accounting commands 15 default stop-only group zte
Related Commands
25.1 aaa accounting

Syntax
show user-authen-type
Function
This command displays the authentication type and authorization type when a user logs
in the NE.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the authentication type and authorization type
when a user logs in the NE:
25-11

ZXAN(config)#show user-authen-type
user-authentication-type aaa
user-authorization-type aaa
Related Commands
26.4 tacacs enable
26.3 tacacs disable
Syntax
user-authentication-type {local |aaa [{chap |pap |ascii |zte-ascii } ] }
Function
This command configures the authentication type for a telnet user to log in. The default
type is local authentication. The default protocol is CHAP.
Parameters
aaa AAA authentication -
chap TACplus authentication uses -

CHAP
pap TACplus authentication uses -

PAP
ascii TACplus authentication uses -

ASCII
zte-ascii TACplus authentication uses -

ZTE-ASCII
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
25-12

Usage Guidelines
For local authentication, the user name and password should be configured on the NE.
For AAA authentication, the authentication server should be configured with AAA service
(TACplus or RADIUS) enabled.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the authentication type for a telnet user to AAA:
Related Commands
Syntax
user-authorization-type {local |aaa }
Function
This command configures the authorization type for a telnet user to log in. The default
type is local authorization.
Parameters
aaa AAA authorization -
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
The NE supports either local or AAA (TACplus or RADIUS) authorization for a telnet user.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the authorization type for a telnet user to AAA:
25-13

Related Commands
1.31 telnet
25-14

Chapter 26
TACACS+ Commands
Table of Contents
server.......................................................................................................................26-1
show tacacs+ configuration ......................................................................................26-2
tacacs disable ..........................................................................................................26-3
tacacs enable ...........................................................................................................26-4
tacacs key-encrypt ...................................................................................................26-5
tacacs-client .............................................................................................................26-6
tacacs-server host ....................................................................................................26-7
tacacs-server key .....................................................................................................26-8
tacacs-server key clear.............................................................................................26-9
tacacs-server packet ..............................................................................................26-10
tacacs-server timeout ............................................................................................. 26-11
26.1 server
Syntax
server [vrf name1 ] ip_addr1 [port number1 ]
no server [vrf name1 ] ip_addr1 [port number1 ]
Function
This command configures a TACACS+ server.
Parameters
name1 VRF name -
ip_addr1 IP address of the TACACS+ -

server
number1 TACACS+ server listening port 1025–65535

number, default: 49
Mode
ZXAN(config-sg)#
26-1

Usage Guidelines
Before using this command, ensure that a TACACS+ server group has been created.
Examples
The following example shows how to add a server with the IP address as 1.2.3.4 to the
TACACS+ group named zte:
If the server added in configuration mode uses a non-default port 2009, for example,
ZXAN(config)#tacacs-server host 5.5.5.1 port 2009
then, to add the server in server group mode, the port number must be specified; otherwise,
the server fails to be added, for example:
%Code 604: Specified tacacs+ server cannot be configured.
ZXAN(config-sg)#server 5.5.5.1 port 2009
Related Commands
26.4 tacacs enable
26.3 tacacs disable
26.2 show tacacs+ configuration

Syntax
show tacacs+ configuration
Function
This command displays the TACACS+ configuration.
Parameters
None
26-2

Chapter 26 TACACS+ Commands
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The displayed information is about the NE’s TACACS+ configuration, including whether the
TACACS+ function is enabled, server timeout parameter, TACACS+ server parameters,
TACACS+ server group parameters.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the current TACACS+ configuration:
ZXAN(config)#show tacacs+ configuration
tacacs enable
tacacs-server timeout 5
tacacs-server packet 1024
tacacs-server host 1.2.3.4
aaa group-server tacacs+ zte

server 1.2.3.4
Related Commands
26.4 tacacs enable
26.3 tacacs disable
26.3 tacacs disable

Syntax
tacacs disable [clear ]
Function
This command disables the TACACS+ function. By default, the TACACS+ function is
disabled.
Parameters
clear Clear TACACS+ configuration -
26-3

Mode
Usage Guidelines
After the TACACS+ function is disabled, the TACACS+ authentication, authorization, and
accounting functions are all disabled.
Examples
The following example shows how to disable the TACACS+ function:
ZXAN(config)#tacacs disable
Related Commands
26.4 tacacs enable
26.4 tacacs enable

Syntax
tacacs enable
Function
This command enables the TACACS+ function. The he TACACS+ function is disabled by
default.
Parameters
None
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
The TACACS+ authentication, authorization, and accounting functions can be used only
after the TACSCS+ function is enabled.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the TACACS+ function:
26-4

Related Commands
26.3 tacacs disable
26.5 tacacs key-encrypt

Syntax
tacacs key-encrypt
no tacacs key-encrypt
Function
This command disable or enable TACACS+ key encrypted display function. The function
is disabled by default.
Parameters
None
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
When the key encrypted display function is enabled, all configured TACACS+ plain-text
keys are converted to encrypted keys.
When the key encrypted display function is disabled, the converted keys are still displayed
in encrypted text; the new configured plain-text keys are displayed in plain text.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable TACACS+ key encrypted display function.
ZXR10(config)#tacacs key-encrypt
26-5

Related Commands
26.4 tacacs enable
26.3 tacacs disable
26.6 tacacs-client
Syntax
tacacs-client ip_addr1 [port number1 ]
no tacacs-client
Function
This command configures the IP address and port number of the TACACS+ client, which
will be used as the source IP address and port number for TCP communication with the
TACACS+ server.
The IP address must be configured as that of the NE’s L3 interface. The port number must
not be used by other TCP applications of the NE.
Parameters

client
number1 Port number of the TACACS+ 1025–65535

client
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
When the TACACS+ client is not configured, the NE select one automatically.
Only one TACACS+ client can be configured. During TCP communications, the port
number is randomly selected from the available port numbers. There is no default port
number.
The TACACS+ client configuration is optional. When the TACACS+ client is not configured,
the NE will select an IP address and port number automatically.
26-6

Examples
The following example shows how to configure the TACACS+ client. In this example, the
client IP address is 168.1.1.1 and the port number is 1025.
ZXAN(config)#tacacs-client 168.1.1.1 port 1025
Related Commands
26.4 tacacs enable
26.3 tacacs disable

Syntax
tacacs-server host [vrf name1 ] ip_addr1 [{[port number1 ] [timeout number2 ] [key {clear name2
|secret name3 |name4 } ] }]
no tacacs-server host [vrf name1 ] ip_addr1 [port number1 ]
Function
This command configures the IP address, port number, key for communication with the
TACACS+ server, and timeout value of a TACACS+ host server.
Parameters

host server
number1 TACACS+ listening port number, 1025–65535

default: 49
number2 TACACS+ server timeout 1–1000

interval, in seconds, default: 5
second
name2 Plain-text key 1–63 characters
name3 TACACS+ encrypted key -
name4 TACACS+ plain-text key 1–63 characters
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
26-7

Usage Guidelines
1. An NE can be configured with a maximum of 256 TACACS+ servers. The key, server
timeout value, and port number are optional.
The key and timeout value, if not configured, use the values configured by global
commands such as tacacs-server key and tacacs-server timeout.
By default, the port number is 49.
2. If the global key is set to abc through the command ZXAN(config)#tacacs-server ke
y abc but the server 1.2.3.4 sets the key to wwwabc through the command tacacs-
server host, the NE uses the key wwwabc to communicate with the server 1.2.3.4.
Other servers use the global key if no key is configured, or use their own keys. For
example, if the server 2.3.4.5 is configured with the key pppabc through the command
ZXAN(config)#tacacs-server host 2.3.4.5 key pppabc, the key pppabc will be used to
communicate with the server 2.3.4.5.
3. The configuration principles of the timeout value and port number are the same as that
of the key.
Examples
The following example shows how to set a TACACS+ server with the IP address
168.1.10.1. The key, port number, and timeout value use the defaults.
Related Commands
26.4 tacacs enable
26.3 tacacs disable

Syntax
tacacs-server key name1
no tacacs-server key
Function
This command configures the global TACACS+ server key.
26-8

Parameters
name1 TACACS+ key 1–31 characters
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
The configured key must the same as the key used on the TACACS+ server. Otherwise,
the user fails to be authenticated or authorized during login.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the TACACS+ key to test:
ZXAN(config)#tacacs-server key test
Related Commands
26.9 tacacs-server key clear

Syntax
tacacs-server key clear name1
Function
This command configures a TACACS+ key.
Parameters
name1 TACACS+ key -
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
The configured key must the same as the key used on the TACACS+ server. Otherwise,
the user fails to be authenticated or authorized during login.
26-9

Examples
The following example shows how to set TACACS+ key to aabbcc:
ZXAN(config)#tacacs-server key clear aabbcc
Related Commands
26.4 tacacs enable
26.3 tacacs disable

Syntax
tacacs-server packet number1
no tacacs-server packet
Function
This command sets the maximum size of a TACACS+ packet.
Parameters
number1 Maximum TACACS+ packet 1024–4096 bytes

size
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, the maximum TACACS+ packet size is 1024 bytes.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the maximum TACACS+ packet size to 2000
bytes:
ZXAN(config)#tacacs-server packet 2000
Related Commands
26.4 tacacs enable
26.3 tacacs disable
26-10


Syntax
tacacs-server timeout number1
no tacacs-server timeout
Function
This command sets the timeout interval for the TACACS+ server.
Use the no form command to restore the default setting.
Parameters
number1 TACACS+ server timeout 1–1000

interval, in seconds; default: 5
seconds
Mode
Usage Guidelines
After an NE sends authentication or authorization request packets to the server, if the
server does not respond the message in the specified period, the next server in the server
group will be used. If only one server is available in the server group, the authentication
or authorization fails.
If the timeout value is not configured through this command, it uses the global value. For
details, refer to the tacacs-server key command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the TACACS+ server timeout interval to 100
seconds:
ZXAN(config)#tacacs-server timeout 100
Related Commands
26.4 tacacs enable
26.3 tacacs disable
26-11

26-12

Chapter 27
RADIUS Commands
Table of Contents
algorithm ..................................................................................................................27-1
algorithm (bras-authgroup mode) .............................................................................27-2
alias .........................................................................................................................27-3
alias (bras-authgroup mode).....................................................................................27-4
deadtime ..................................................................................................................27-5
deadtime (bras-authgroup mode) .............................................................................27-6
ip mng ......................................................................................................................27-7
ip vrf .........................................................................................................................27-8
ip vrf (bras-authgroup mode) ....................................................................................27-9
local-buffer ...............................................................................................................27-9
max-retries .............................................................................................................27-10
max-retries (bras-authgroup mode) ........................................................................ 27-11
nas-ip-address .......................................................................................................27-12
nas-ip-address (bras-authgroup Mode)...................................................................27-13
nas-ipv6-address....................................................................................................27-14
radius server-port-check.........................................................................................27-14
retry-timeout ...........................................................................................................27-15
retry-timeout (bras-authgroup mode) ......................................................................27-16
server.....................................................................................................................27-17
server (bras-authgroup mode) ................................................................................27-18
show configuration radius all ..................................................................................27-19
show configuration radius server-port-check...........................................................27-21
show radius-server accounting-group .....................................................................27-21
show radius-server all ............................................................................................27-22
show radius-server authentication-group ................................................................27-23
user-name-format...................................................................................................27-24
user-name-format (bras-authgroup mode) ..............................................................27-25
vendor....................................................................................................................27-26
vendor (bras-authgroup mode) ...............................................................................27-27
27.1 algorithm
Syntax
algorithm {first |round-robin }
27-1

Function
This command sets the algorithm for selecting the RADIUS server.
Parameters
first Indicates that the current valid -

server is selected as the new
user authentication server
round-robin Indicates that the next valid -

server is selected as the new
user authentication server
Mode
bras-authgroup mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, the current valid server is selected as the new user authentication server.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the algorithm for selecting servers in RADIUS
group 1 to round-robin:
ZXAN(config)#aaa group-server radius-account 1
ZXAN(config-acctgrp-1)#algorithm round-robin
Related Commands
27.2 algorithm (bras-authgroup mode)

Syntax
algorithm {first |round-robin }
Function
This command selects an algorithm for determining a RADIUS authentication server.
27-2

Chapter 27 RADIUS Commands
Parameters
first Selects the first available server -

as the RADIUS authentication
server.
round-robin Selects the next available server -

as the RADIUS authentication
server.
Mode
bras-authgroup mode
Usage Guidelines
Two algorithms are available: first (default) and round-robin.
l first: The first available server is always selected as the RADIUS authentication server.
l round-robin: The next available server is always selected as the RADIUS
authentication server.
Examples
The following example shows how to select the round-robin algorithm for selecting a
RADIUS authentication server in the server group 1:
ZXR10(config)#aaa group-server radius-authen 1
ZXR10(config-authgrp-1)#algorithm round-robin
Related Commands
27.3 alias
Syntax
alias name1
no alias
Function
This command sets the alias of a RADIUS accounting server group.
27-3

Parameters
name1 Unique string that consists of -

ASCII characters (letters and
digits). Space is not allowed in
the alias. The maximum string
length is 32.
Mode
bras-acctgroup mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the alias of the accounting server group 1 to
acc_grp1:
ZXR10(config)#aaa group-server radius-account 1
ZXR10(config-acctgrp-1)#alias acc_grp1 ZXR10(config-acctgrp-1)#
Related Commands
27.4 alias (bras-authgroup mode)

Syntax
alias name1
no alias
Function
This command sets the alias of a RADIUS authentication server group.
Parameters
name1 Unique string that consists of -

ASCII characters (letters and
digits). Space is not allowed in
the alias. The maximum string
length is 32.
27-4

Mode
bras-authgroup mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the alias of an authentication server group to
authen_grp1:

ZXR10(config-authgrp-1)#alias authen_grp1
Related Commands
27.19 server
27.5 deadtime
Syntax
deadtime number1
no deadtime
Function
This command sets the dead time for the RADIUS server.
Parameters
number1 Duration after which the 0–65534

RADIUS server is regarded as
invalid if the system does not
receive the response to the
authentication request.
The unit is minute and the
default is 5.
Mode
bras-authgroup mode
27-5

Usage Guidelines
If the retransmission attempts of an authentication message due to no response from
the authentication server reaches a specified number, the OLT considers that the
authentication server is invalid for a period defined by this command.
After the period expires, if necessary, the OLT attempts to use the authentication server
again.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the dead time of RADIUS group 1 to 10 minutes:
ZXAN(config)#radius authentication-group 1
ZXAN(config-authgrp-1)#deadtime 10
Related Commands
27.6 deadtime (bras-authgroup mode)

Syntax
deadtime number1
no deadtime
Function
This command sets the authentication server deadtime.
Parameters
number1 Specifies the number of minutes Range: 0–3600

for which the authentication Default: 5
server does not respond to Unit: minutes
authentication requests.
Mode
bras-authgroup mode
Usage Guidelines
l An OLT determines that an authentication server is unavailable during a time period
when the OLT does not receive any response after sending authentication request to
the server for several times. This command is used to set the time period. The OLT
will attempt to access the authentication server after the time period if necessary.
27-6

l If the authentication server group has only one server, the deadtime 0 is
recommended. If the authentication server group has multiple servers, the default
deadtime is recommended.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the authentication server deadtime to 3 minutes:
ZXR10(config-authgrp-1)#deadtime 3
Related Commands
27.7 ip mng
Syntax
ip mng
no ip mng
Function
This command enables a RADIUS authentication server group to use the management
port for user authentication.
Parameters
None
Mode
bras-authgroup mode
Usage Guidelines
The management port is not used for authentication by default. This command must be
executed if you want to use the management port for user authentication.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable a RADIUS authentication server group to use
the management port for user authentication:

ZXR10(config-authgrp-1)#ip mng
27-7

Related Commands
27.8 ip vrf
Syntax
ip vrf name1
no ip vrf
Function
This command associates an accounting server group with a VRF.
Parameters
name1 VRF name that consists of 1 -

to 32 characters. By default,
a RADIUS accounting server
group is associated with the
global routing table.
Mode
bras-acctgroup mode
Usage Guidelines
l After a RADIUS accounting server group is associated with a VRF, the server group
uses resources defined in the VRF.
l If a RADIUS accounting server group is not associated with a VRF, the server group
belongs to the global routing domain.
l To cancel the association, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to associate a RADIUS accounting server group with a
VRF (vrf1):

ZXR10(config-acctgrp-1)#ip vrf vrf1
Related Commands
27-8

27.9 ip vrf (bras-authgroup mode)

Syntax
ip vrf name1
no ip vrf
Function
This command associates a RADIUS authentication server group with a VRF.
Parameters
name1 VRF name that consists of 1 -

to 32 characters. By default, a
RADIUS authentication server
group is associated with the
global routing table.
Mode
bras-authgroup mode
Usage Guidelines
l After a RADIUS authentication server group is associated with a VRF, the server group
uses resources defined in the VRF. If a RADIUS authentication server group is not
associated with a VRF, the server group belongs to the global routing domain.
l To cancel the association, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to associate a RADIUS authentication server group with
a VRF (vrf1):
ZXR10(config-authgrp-1)#ip vrf vrf1
Related Commands
27.10 local-buffer
Syntax
local-buffer {enable |disable }
27-9

Function
This command enables or disables the local buffer for an accounting server group.
Parameters
enable Enables the local accounting -

buffer.
disable Disables the local accounting -

buffer.
Mode
bras-acctgroup mode
Usage Guidelines
This command enables or disables the local buffer for an accounting server group.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the local buffer for an accounting server group:
ZXR10(config-acctgrp-1)#local-buffer enable
Related Commands
27.11 max-retries
Syntax
max-retries number1
no max-retries
Function
This command sets the maximum number of authentication message retransmission
attempts after the RADIUS server times out.
27-10

Parameters
number1 Maximum number of 1–255

authentication message
retransmission attempts;
default: 3
Mode
bras-authgroup mode
Usage Guidelines
If an authentication message does not receive a response from the authentication server,
the OLT retransmits it till the maximum number specified by this command is reached.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the maximum number of retransmission attempts
to 5 for RADIUS group 1:
ZXAN(config)# radius authentication-group 1
ZXAN(config-authgrp-1)# max-retries 5
Related Commands
27.12 max-retries (bras-authgroup mode)

Syntax
max-retries number1
no max-retries
Function
This command sets the maximum number of retransmissions that may be retried on a
RADIUS authentication server due to timeout.
Parameters
number1 Maximum number of times that Range: 1–255

authentication requests are Default: 3
transmitted.
27-11

Mode
bras-authgroup mode
Usage Guidelines
The maximum number of retries is the maximum number of times that an OLT retransmits
authentication requests to the RADIUS authentication server because no response is
received from the server.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the maximum number of retries on a RADIUS
authentication server to 10:
ZXR10(config-authgrp-1)#max-retries 10
Related Commands
27.13 nas-ip-address
Syntax
nas-ip-address ip_addr1
no nas-ip-address
Function
This command sets the NAS IP address for a RADIUS accounting server. The NAS IP
address corresponds to the NAS-IP field and source IP address in RADIUS accounting
packets.
Parameters
ip_addr1 IP address of the OLT -
Mode
bras-acctgroup mode
Usage Guidelines
This command sets the NAS IP address for a RADIUS accounting server. The NAS IP
address corresponds to the NAS-IP field and source IP address in protocol packets.
27-12

Examples
The following example shows how to set the NAS IP address of a RADIUS accounting
server to 192.168.70.2:
ZXR10(config-acctgrp-1)#nas-ip-address 192.168.70.2
Related Commands
27.14 nas-ip-address (bras-authgroup Mode)

Syntax
nas-ip-address ip_addr1
no nas-ip-address
Function
This command sets the RADIUS NAS-IP. The NAS IP address corresponds to the NAS-IP
field in protocol packets.
Parameters
ip_addr1 IP address of the OLT -
Mode
bras-authgroup mode
Usage Guidelines
This command sets the NAS IP address for a RADIUS authentication server. The NAS ID
address corresponds to the NAS-IP field in protocol packets.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the NAS IP address of a RADIUS authentication
server to 192.168.70.1:
ZXR10(config-authgrp-1)#nas-ip-address 192.168.70.1
Related Commands
27-13

27.15 nas-ipv6-address
Syntax
nas-ipv6-address ipv6_addr1
no nas-ipv6-address
Function
This command sets the NAS IPv6 address for a RADIUS authentication server.
Parameters
ipv6_addr1 IPv6 address of the OLT -
Mode
bras-authgroup mode
Usage Guidelines
NAS IPv4 address and NAS IPv6 address cannot coexist in the same authentication server
group. The NAS IP address must be of the same type as the IP address of the RADIUS
authentication server.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the NAS IPv6 address of a RADIUS authentication
server to 11:11::11:
ZXR10(config-acctgrp-1)#nas-ipv6-address 11:11::11
Related Commands
27.16 radius server-port-check

Syntax
radius server-port-check {on |off }
Function
This command enables or disables port validation check on RADIUS packets.
27-14

Parameters
on Enables the NE to check the port -

validity in packets responded by
the RADIUS server.
off Disables the NE from checking -

the port validity in packets
responded by the RADIUS
server.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l This command enables or disables port validation check on RADIUS packets. The
port validity check is enabled by default.
l During the validity check, the NE compares the destination port in the RADIUS packet
(UDP) sent to the RADIUS server with the source port in the UDP packet responded
by the RADIUS server. If the source port and the destination port are the same, the
responded packet is valid. If the source port and the destination port are different, the
responded packet is invalid.
l The RADIUS authentication server uses port 1812. The RADIUS accounting server
uses port 1813.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the port validity check on packets responded
by the RADIUS server:
ZXAN(config)#radius server-port-check on
ZXAN(config)#show configuration radius server-port-check
Check ports of all radius servers on
Related Commands
27.22 show configuration radius server-port-check
27.17 retry-timeout
Syntax
retry-timeout number1
no retry-timeout
27-15

Function
This command sets the timeout for sending accounting requests.
Parameters
number1 Number of seconds for which 1–255

the OLT waits for a reply to
an authentication request from
the RADIUS server before
retransmitting the request.
Unit: seconds.
Default: 3.
Mode
bras-acctgroup mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the timeout value to 5 seconds for a RADIUS
accounting server:
ZXR10(config-acctgrp-1)#retry-timeout 5
Related Commands
27.18 retry-timeout (bras-authgroup mode)

Syntax
retry-timeout number1
no retry-timeout
Function
This command sets the authentication timeout for a RADIUS server.
27-16

Parameters
number1 Number of seconds for which 1–255

the OLT waits for a reply to
an authentication request from
the RADIUS server before
retransmitting the request.
Unit: seconds.
Default: 3.
Mode
bras-authgroup mode
Usage Guidelines
After sending an authentication message to the RADIUS server, the OLT retransmits an
authentication message if no response is received from the RADIUS server when the
timeout expires.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the authentication timeout to 5 seconds for a
RADIUS server:
ZXR10(config-authgrp-1)#retry-timeout 5
Related Commands
27.19 server
Syntax
server number1 ip_addr1 key name1 [port number2 ]
no server number3
Function
This command configures a RADIUS server with the parameters such as IP address, port
number, and key for message exchange with the OLT.
27-17

Parameters
number1 RADIUS server number 1–4
ip_addr1 RADIUS server IP address -
name1 Shared key between the 1–32 characters

RADIUS server and the C300
number2 RADIUS server port number; 1025–65535

default: 1812.
number3 RADIUS server number 1–4
Mode
bras-authgroup mode
Usage Guidelines
A maximum of four RADIUS server can be configured under each RADIUS authentication
group mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure server 1 in RADIUS group 1. In this
example, the server IP address is 10.61.225.14, the key is zte, and the port is default:
ZXAN(config)#radius authentication-group 1
ZXAN(config-authgrp-1)#server 1 10.61.225.14 key zte
Related Commands
27.20 server (bras-authgroup mode)

Syntax
server number1 ip_addr1 [master ] key name1 [port number2 ]
no server number1
Function
This command configures a RADIUS server.
27-18

Parameters
number1 Server index. 1–16
ip_addr1 IP address of the server. -
master Sets the server as the primary -

server.
name1 Shared encryption key between Key length: 1-32 characters.

the server and the OLT.
number2 Port number of the server. 1025–65535

The default port number of an
authentication server is 1812.
Mode
bras-authgroup mode
Usage Guidelines
Create a RADIUS server group before using this command to configure a RAIUS server.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a RADIUS server as a primary server. The
index number is 1, the IP address is 192.168.70.5, the shared encryption key is zte, and
the port number is 1812.
ZXR10(config-authgrp-1)#server 1 192.168.70.5 master key zte port 1812
Related Commands
27.21 show configuration radius all

Syntax
show configuration radius all
Function
This command displays the configurations related to all RADIUS accounting server groups
and authentication server groups.
27-19

Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command displays the configurations related to all RADIUS accounting server
groups and authentication server groups. No information will be displayed if there is no
configuration data.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the configurations related to all RADIUS
authentication server groups and accounting server groups:
ZXR10(config)#show configuration radius all
!
aaa group-server radius-authen 1
server 1 192.168.70.5 master key zte port 1812
algorithm first
timeout 5
max-retries 10
deadtime 5
calling-station-format 1
nas-ip-address 192.168.70.1
user-name-format strip-domain
vendor disable
!
!
aaa group-server radius-account 1
alias acc_grp1
ip vrf vrf1
server 1 192.168.70.5 master key zte port 1813
algorithm first
timeout 5
max-retries 10
deadtime 3
calling-station-format 2
nas-ip-address 192.168.70.2
user-name-format include-domain
vendor enable
local-buffer enable
!
ZXR10(config)#
27-20

Related Commands
27.22 show configuration radius server-port-check

Syntax
show configuration radius server-port-check
Function
This command displays whether the port validity check is enabled for RADIUS servers.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the setting of the port validity check:
ZXAN(config)#radius server-port-check on
ZXAN(config)#show configuration radius server-port-check
Check ports of all radius servers on
Related Commands
27.16 radius server-port-check
27.23 show radius-server accounting-group

Syntax
show radius-server accounting-group number1
Function
This command displays all configurations of a RADIUS accounting group.
27-21

Parameters
number1 ID of the authentication server 1–10

group
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display all configurations of a RADIUS accounting
server group:
ZXAN(config-acctgrp-1)#show radius-server accounting-group 1
Radius accounting-group 1 server number: 2

Server 1 6.6.6.100 slave
Key:zte
Port:1813
State:active current Server
Key:zte
Port:1813
State:active standby Server
Related Commands

Syntax
show radius-server all
Function
This command displays the configurations of all RADIUS servers.
Parameters
None
27-22

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the configurations of all RADIUS servers:
ZXAN(config)#show radius-server all
Radius authentication-group 1 server number: 1
Key:zte
Port:1812
Key:zteRad
Port:1812
Related Commands
27.25 show radius-server authentication-group

Syntax
show radius-server authentication-group number1
Function
This command displays all configurations of a RADIUS authentication server group.
Parameters
number1 ID of the authentication server 1–10

group.
Mode
27-23

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display all configurations of a RADIUS authentication
server group:
ZXAN(config-authgrp-1)#show radius-server authentication-group 1

Key:zteRad
Port:1812
Server 2 10.60.198.100 slave
Key:zteRad
Port:1812
State:active standby Server
Related Commands
27.26 user-name-format
Syntax
user-name-format {include-domain |strip-domain }
Function
This command sets the required format for the username field sent to the RADIUS server
by the OLT.
Parameters
include-domain Domain name is included in the -

username.
strip-domain Domain name is not included in -

the username.
Mode
bras-acctgroup mode
27-24

Usage Guidelines
This command is used to set the format of the username field sent to the RADIUS server
by the BRAS.
For example, suppose the actual username of a user is xxx@local.
l If the username format is set to include-domain, xxx@local is sent to the authentication
server.
l If the username format is set to strip-domain, xxx is sent to the authentication server.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the format of the username field to
include-domain:
ZXR10(config-acctgrp-1)#user-name-format include-domain
Related Commands
27.27 user-name-format (bras-authgroup mode)

Syntax
user-name-format {include-domain |strip-domain }
Function
by the OLT.
Parameters
include-domain Domain name is included in the -

username.
strip-domain Domain name is not included in -

the username.
Mode
bras-authgroup mode
27-25

Usage Guidelines
by the OLT. The default format is strip-domain, meaning that the username sent to the
RADIUS server does not include the domain name.
For example, suppose the actual username of a user is xxx@local.
l If the username format is set to include-domain, xxx@local is sent to the authentication
server.
l If the username format is set to strip-domain, xxx is sent to the authentication server.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the format of the username field to strip-domain:
ZXR10(config-authgrp-1)#user-name-format strip-domain
Related Commands
27.28 vendor
Syntax
vendor {enable |disable }
Function
This command enables or disables sending vendor-specific attributes with RADIUS
accounting packets.
Parameters
enable Enables sending -

vendor-specific attributes.
disable Disables sending -

Mode
bras-acctgroup mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, vendor-specific attributes are sent with RADIUS accounting packets.
27-26

Examples
The following example shows how to enable sending vendor-specific attributes with
RADIUS packets:
ZXR10(config-acctgrp-1)#vendor enable
Related Commands
27.29 vendor (bras-authgroup mode)

Syntax
vendor {enable |disable }
Function
This command enables or disables sending vendor-specific attributes with RADIUS
packets.
Parameters
enable Enables sending -

disable Disables sending -

Mode
bras-authgroup mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, vendor-specific attributes are sent with RADIUS packets.
Examples
The following example shows how to disable sending vendor-specific attributes with
RADIUS packets:
ZXR10(config-authgrp-1)#vendor disable
Related Commands
27-27

27-28

Chapter 28
SNMP Commands
Table of Contents
show snmp...............................................................................................................28-1
show snmp config ....................................................................................................28-2
show snmp engine-id ...............................................................................................28-3
show snmp group .....................................................................................................28-4
show snmp user .......................................................................................................28-5
snmp-server access-list............................................................................................28-6
snmp-server community ...........................................................................................28-7
snmp-server contact.................................................................................................28-8
snmp-server engine-id mode mac ............................................................................28-8
snmp-server group ...................................................................................................28-9
snmp-server host ...................................................................................................28-10
snmp-server location ..............................................................................................28-12
snmp-server packetsize..........................................................................................28-13
snmp-server trap-source ........................................................................................28-13
snmp-server user ...................................................................................................28-14
snmp-server view ...................................................................................................28-16
28.1 show snmp

Syntax
show snmp
Function
This command displays the statistical information about SNMP packets.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
28-1

Examples
The following example shows how to display the statistical information about SNMP
packets:
ZXAN(config)#show snmp
Contact : +86-021-68895000
Location: No.889 BiBo Rd. PuDong District, ShangHai, China
257 SNMP packets input
0 Bad SNMP version errors
18 Unknown community name
0 Illegal operation for community name supplied
579 Number of requested variables
0 Number of altered variables
142 Get-request PDUs
97 Get-next PDUs
0 Set-request PDUs
239 SNMP packets output
0 Too big errors (Maximum packet size 3000)
0 No such name errors
0 Bad values errors
0 General errors
239 Response PDUs
0 SNMP trap PDUs
ZXAN(config)#
Related Commands
None
28.2 show snmp config

Syntax
show snmp configuration
Function
This command displays all SNMP configurations.
Parameters
None
Mode
28-2

Chapter 28 SNMP Commands
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display all SNMP configurations:
ZXAN(config)#show snmp configuration
snmp-server location No.889 BiBo Rd.PuDong District, Shanghai, China
snmp-server contact +86-21-68895000
snmp-server packetsize 8192
snmp-server engine-id 80000f3e0300d055bcf2e401
snmp-server engine-id mode mac
snmp-server group GroupPriv0 v3 priv read AllView
snmp-server group GroupPriv5 v3 priv read AllView write ViewPriv5
snmp-server group GroupPriv10 v3 priv read AllView write ViewPriv10
snmp-server group GroupPriv15 v3 priv read AllView write AllView
snmp-server community public view AllView rw
snmp-server view AllView 1.2 included
snmp-server view AllView 1.3 included
snmp-server view ViewPriv5 1.2 included
snmp-server view ViewPriv5 1.3.6.1.4.1.3902.1082.10.1 excluded
snmp-server host 163.4.1.1 taglist Default version 2c public enable NOTIFICATION
S target-addr-name hesong target-param-name hesong isnmsserver udp-port 162
Related Commands
None
28.3 show snmp engine-id

Syntax
show snmp engine-id
Function
This command displays the identification of the local SNMP engine.
28-3

As the core of an SNMP entity, an SNMP engine implements the functions such as
authenticates SNMP message transmission and reception, extracts PDU packaging
messages, and communicates with SNMP applications.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the local SNMP engine ID:
ZXAN#show snmp engine-id

the engine-id:830900020300010289d64401
Related Commands
snmp-server engine-id
28.4 show snmp group

Syntax
show snmp group
Function
This command displays the local SNMP groups.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
28-4

Examples
The following example shows how to display the local SNMP groups:
ZXAN#show snmp group
groupName :test
sec_Model :v3
sec_Level :AUTH
readView :test
writeView :test
notifyView:tesr
rowStatus :ACTIVE
contextName :test
contextMatch :match-exact
groupName :group1
sec_Model :v3
sec_Level :PRIV
readView :view1
writeView :view1
notifyView:view1
rowStatus :ACTIVE
Related Commands
28.10 snmp-server group
28.5 show snmp user

Syntax
show snmp user
Function
This command displays the local SNMP user.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
28-5

Examples
The following example shows how to display the local SNMP user:
ZXAN#show snmp user
username :test
engine-id :123456678900000000000000
auth_type :SHA
group_name :test(v3)
encryptType:DES_CBC
storageType:NONVOLATILE
row_status :ACTIVE
Related Commands
28.15 snmp-server user
28.6 snmp-server access-list

Syntax
snmp-server access-list name1
no snmp-server access-list
Function
This command applies the configured ACL to control the host address which accesses the
system over the SNMP.
Parameters
name1 ACL number or name -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l Use the acl standard command to create an ACL before apply the ACL on SNMP.
Examples
The following example shows how to apply ACL 1 to control the host address which
accesses the system over the SNMP:
28-6

ZXAN(config)#snmp-server access-list 1
ZXAN(config)#
Related Commands
42.1.4 acl standard
28.7 snmp-server community

Syntax
snmp-server community name1 [view name2 ] [name3 ]
no snmp-server community name1
Function
This command sets the SNMP message community string.
Parameters
name1 Community string name 1–32
name2 Name of the view defined for the community -

string
name3 ro: specifies read-only access to Management -

Information Base (MIB).
rw: specifies read-write access to MIB
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Directly execute the command in global configuration mode.
If the view name is not specified, the community uses the default view 1.3.6.1.2.1.1. If the
access is not specified, the ro access is used.
To delete the SNMP message community string, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set an SNMP community named myCommunity with
the read-write access:
ZXAN(config)#snmp-server community myCommunity view myview rw
28-7

ZXAN(config)#
Related Commands
28.16 snmp-server view
28.8 snmp-server contact

Syntax
snmp-server contact LINE1
no snmp-server contact
Function
This command configures the contact information of the person in charge of the MIB object
system.
Parameters
LINE1 String that describes the contact -

information
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to set the contact information of the person in charge
of the system:
ZXAN(config)#snmp-server contact this is ZTE_,tel:(021)68895000
Related Commands
None
28.9 snmp-server engine-id mode mac

Syntax
snmp-server engine-id mode mac
28-8

Function
This command enables the agent to generate an engine ID based on the MAC address.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the agent to generate an engine ID based on
the MAC address:
ZXAN(config)#snmp-server engine-id mode mac
ZXAN(config)#show snmp engine-id
Related Commands
28.3 show snmp engine-id

Syntax
snmp-server group name1 v3 name2 [context name3 {match-prefix |match-exact } ] [read name4
] [write name5 ] [notify name6 ]
no snmp-server group name1 v3 name2 [context name3 ]
Function
This command configures a new SNMP group, namely, maps SNMP users to SNMP views.
Parameters
name1 Group name -
v3 Indicates that SNMPv3 is used -
name2 Specifies the authentication and encryption -

mode of the SNMP group
name3 Specifies the context of the SNMP group -
28-9

match-prefix Indicates that the context matching mode is -

prefix matching
match-exact Indicates that the context matching mode is -

exact matching
name4 Name of the read view name -
name5 Name of the write view -
name6 Name of the notification view -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If the read view is not specified, the system group (OID is 1.3.6.1.2.1.1) can be read.
To delete an SNMP group, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set a SNMPv3 group named group1, with the security
level as priv (meaning authentication and encryption), and the names of read, write, and
notify views as view1:
ZXAN(config)#snmp-server group group1 v3 priv read view1
write view1 notify view1
Related Commands
28.4 show snmp group
28.11 snmp-server host

Syntax
snmp-server host ip_addr1 version {1 |2c |3 name1 } name2 {enable |disable } name3 target-ad
dr-name name4 [isnmsserver ] [udp-port number1 ] [third-party-server ]
no snmp-server host target-addr-name name4
Function
This command configures the server that receives SNMP traps. SNMP traps or informs
can be reported and SNMP v2/v3 reporting is supported.
The SNMP Trap server for receiving traps can be a standard or ZTE private server.
28-10

Parameters
ip_addr1 IP address of the trap server. -
version Version. -
1 Indicates that SNMP v1 traps will be reported. -
2c Indicates that SNMP v2c traps will be reported. -
3 Indicates that SNMP v3 traps will be reported. -
name1 User authentication mode for SNMP v3 reporting. -
name2 Specifies a community name for SNMPv1/v2c, or -1–32 visible

specifies a user name for SNMP v3. characters
enable Enables the trap server. -
disable Disables the trap server. -
name3 Level for filtering traps reported by the trap server . -
name4 Specifies the name of the destination address. 1–32 visible

characters
isnmsserver Specifies whether the trap server is ZTE private -

NMS.
number1 UDP port number of the trap server for receiving 0–65535
traps.
third-party-server Specifies whether the trap server supports a -

third-party NMS.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command configures the server for receiving SNMP traps or informs. The following
describes the procedure for SNMPv2 and SNMPv3 trap reporting:
1. Use the snmp-server view command to create an SNMP view. The default view is
“AllView”. The show snmp configuration command can be used to query the created
SNMP view.
2. For SNMPv2 trap reporting, use the snmp-server community3 command to create a
community. The default community name is “public”. The show snmp configuration
command can be used to query the created community.
3. For SNMPv3 trap reporting, use the snmp-server user and snmp-server group
commands to create an SNMP v3 user name and group.
28-11

Examples
l The following example shows how to set the destination IP address of the SNMP
v2 trap server. The default community name “public” is used.
ZXAN(config)#snmp-server host 100.100.100.30 version 2c public enable
notifications target-addr-name zte
l The following example shows how to set the destination IP address of the SNMP
v3 trap server. The first two commands below creates an SNMP v3 user and an SNMP
v3 user group.
ZXAN(config)#snmp-server user zte zte v3
ZXAN(config)#snmp-server group zte v3 noauth read AllView write AllView notify AllView
ZXAN(config)#snmp-server host 100.100.100.30 version 3 noauth zte enable notifications
target-addr-name zte
Related Commands
28.12 snmp-server location

Syntax
snmp-server location LINE1
no snmp-server location
Function
This command sets the physical location of a node.
Parameters
LINE1 Physical location of a node -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
28-12

Examples
The following example shows how to set the physical location of a node:
ZXAN(config)#snmp-server location this is 5200 in china
Related Commands
None
28.13 snmp-server packetsize

Syntax
snmp-server packetsize number1
no snmp-server packetsize
Function
This command configures the maximum length of SNMP packets.
Parameters
number1 SNMP packet size 484–8192
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to set the maximum SNMP packet length to 1400 bytes:
ZXAN(config)#snmp-server packetsize 1400
Related Commands
None
28.14 snmp-server trap-source

Syntax
snmp-server trap-source ip_addr1
no snmp-server trap-source
28-13

Function
This command sets the source IP address for SNMP traps.
Parameters
ip_addr1 Source IP address -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to set the source IP address of SNMP traps to 10.1.1.1:
ZXAN(config)#snmp-server trap-source 10.1.1.1
Related Commands
None

Syntax
snmp-server user name1 name2 v3 {encrypted auth name3 name4 [priv des56 name5 ] |[auth
name6 name7 [priv des56 name8 ] ] }
no snmp-server user name1
Function
This command creates an SNMPv3 user, associates the user to a group, and set the
authentication mode, encryption mode, and password for the user.
Parameters
name1 SNMP user name -
name2 Name of the group to which the SNMP user -

belongs
v3 Specifies that SNMPv3 should be used -
28-14

encrypted Specifies that the password appears in encrypted -

format
auth Specifies which authentication level should be -

used
name3 Specifies that the MD5 or SHA authentication is -

used
name4 Authentication password -
des56 Specifies that the CBC-DES algorithm encryption -

is used
name5 Encryption password -
name6 Specifies that the MD5 or SHA authentication is -

used
name7 Authentication password -
name8 Encryption password -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l By default, the encrypted parameter is not specified in the command, meaning the
key set in this command is a clear text.
l To delete an SNMPv3 user, use the no form of this command.
l An SNMP v3 user is only required when SNMP v3 is used. The system first verifies
the user in accordance with the configured authentication mode and encryption mode,
and then determines the views that can be accessed by the user depending on the
associated group.
If the authentication mode or encryption mode is not set in the command, the user
accesses the allowable views without authentication and encryption by default.
Examples
The following example shows how to create an SNMP user named user1, with the
MD5 authentication password as 12345678 and the CBC-DES encryption password as
12345678, and associate the user to group 1:
ZXAN(config)#snmp-server user user1 group1 v3 auth md5 12345678 priv des56 12345678
Related Commands
28.5 show snmp user
28-15

28.16 snmp-server view

Syntax
snmp-server view name1 name2 name3
no snmp-server view name1 [name2 ]
Function
This command defines an SNMPv2 view.
Parameters
name1 View name. A character string.
name2 Specifies the MIB subtree ID or MIB -

subtree node name for the view.
name3 l Included: The specified subtree is -

included.
l Excluded: The specified subtree
is excluded.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l To delete a view, use the no form of this command.
l Directly enter this command in global configuration mode.
l The subtree-id is an OID like 1.2.3.4.5, or a node name of MIB subtree, such as
internet.
Examples
The following example shows how to define an SNMPv2 view with the name myViewName:
ZXAN(config)#snmp-server view myViewName 1.3.6.1.2.1 included
Related Commands
28-16

Chapter 29
IP Access Commands
Table of Contents
DHCP Client Commands..........................................................................................29-1
DHCP Policy Commands .........................................................................................29-8
DHCP Pool Commands..........................................................................................29-13
IP Pool Commands ................................................................................................29-20
DHCP Relay/Proxy/Server Commands...................................................................29-31
DHCPv6 Relay Commands ....................................................................................29-61
DHCP Snooping Commands ..................................................................................29-79
DHCPv6 Snooping Commands ..............................................................................29-96
ND Snooping Commands..................................................................................... 29-117
IP Source Guard Commands................................................................................29-132
29.1 DHCP Client Commands

29.1.1 ip address dhcp
Syntax
ip address dhcp [{[client-id interface1 ] [hostname name1 ] }]
no ip address dhcp [{[client-id ] [hostname ] }]
Function
This commands enable the DHCP client function on an interface.
Parameters
client-id Client ID in DHCP request -

packets
interface1 Set client ID to the MAC address -

of the interface
hostname Host name in DHCP request -

packets
name1 Host name string 1–128 characters
29-1

Mode
VLAN interface mode: ZXAN(config-if-vlanId)#
mng interface mode: ZXAN(config-if)#: ZXAN(config-if)#
Usage Guidelines
If client-id is configured, the DHCP client packets contain the MAC address of this interface.
You can use the no ip address dhcp command to disable the DHCP client function of an
interface and delete the related configuration.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the DHCP client function on the interface:
ZXAN(config-if)#ip address dhcp client-id vlan1 hostname zxr10@zte.com
Related Commands
1.14 ip address
29.1.2 ip dhcp client

Syntax
ip dhcp client broadcast-flag
no ip dhcp client broadcast-flag
Function
This command set the broadcast flag for DHCP client.
Parameters
broadcast-flag Broadcast flag in DHCP packets -
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
When the broadcast flag is configured, the DHCP client packets contain the broadcast flag.
You can use the no ip dhcp client broadcast-flag command to cancel this configuration.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the DHCP client broadcast flag:
29-2

Chapter 29 IP Access Commands
zxan(config)#ip dhcp client broadcast-flag
Related Commands
29.1.3 ip dhcp client class-id

Syntax
ip dhcp client class-id {name1 |hex name2 }
no ip dhcp client class-id
Function
This command configures class ID of DHCP client.
Parameters
name1 Class ID of character string type -
name2 Class ID of hexadecimal type -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Class ID is an option in DHCP request packets.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure DHCP client class ID:
(config-if)#ip dhcp client class-id hex 1234567890abcdef
Related Commands
29.1.4 ip dhcp client client-id

Syntax
ip dhcp client client-id interface1
no ip dhcp client client-id
29-3

Function
This command configures the client ID of DHCP client.
Parameters
interface1 Set client ID to the interface -

name
Mode
Usage Guidelines
When client ID is configured, the DHCP client packets contain the MAC address of this
interface.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure client ID of DHCP client:
ZXAN(config-if)#ip dhcp client client-id vlan1
Related Commands
29.1.5 ip dhcp client hostname

Syntax
ip dhcp client hostname name1
no ip dhcp client hostname
Function
This command configures host name of DHCP client.
Parameters
name1 Host name in DHCP packets 1–128 characters
Mode
29-4

mng interface mode: ZXAN(config-if)#
Usage Guidelines
Hose name is an option in DHCP request packets.
Examples
The following example displays how to configure the DHCP client host name:
ZXAN(config-if)#ip dhcp client hostname zxr10@zte.com.cn
Related Commands
None
29.1.6 ip dhcp client lease

Syntax
ip dhcp client lease {number1 number2 number3 |infinite }
no ip dhcp client lease
Function
The command configures the lease time for DHCP client.
Parameters
number1 Day of lease time 0–365
number2 Hour of lease time 0–23
number3 Minute of lease time 0–59
infinite Infinite lease time -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command configures the lease time that a DHCP client requests.
The lease time of the obtained IP address is determined by the DHCP server.
Examples
The following example displays how to configure DHCP client lease time:
29-5

ZXAN(config-if)#ip dhcp client lease 1 2 3
Related Commands
29.1.7 ip dhcp client request

Syntax
ip dhcp client request {[static-route ] [domain-name ] [dns-nameserver ] [router ] [tftp-server
-address ] }
no ip dhcp client request {[static-route ] [domain-name ] [dns-nameserver ] [router ] [tftp-ser
ver-address ] }
Function
This command configure the request list for the DHCP client.
Parameters
static-route Static route (option33) -
domain-name Domain name (option15) -
dns-nameserver DNS server (option6) -
router Router (option3) -
tftp-server-address TFTP server (option150) -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, the request list contain all options.
Examples
The following example displays how to configure the DHCP client request list:
ZXAN(config-if)#no ip dhcp client request router
Related Commands
29-6

29.1.8 release
Syntax
release dhcp interface1
Function
This command releases the network parameters from an interface.
Parameters
dhcp DHCP parameters -
Mode
ZXAN#
Usage Guidelines
DHCP client should be enabled on this interface. If this interface has acquired the IP
address, after this command is carried out, the system releases the IP address of this
interface.
Examples
The following example displays how to release the network parameters of VLAN 1:
ZXAN#release dhcp vlan1
Related Commands
29.1.9 renew
29.1.9 renew
Syntax
renew dhcp interface1
Function
This command reacquires the network parameters for interface.
29-7

Parameters
dhcp Re-send DHCP request -
Mode
ZXAN#
Usage Guidelines
DHCP client should be enabled on this interface. If this interface has acquired the IP
address, after this command is executed, the system starts the DHCP request process
again.
Examples
The following example displays how to reacquire the network parameters of VLAN 100:
ZXAN#renew dhcp vlan100
Related Commands
29.1.8 release
29.2 DHCP Policy Commands

29.2.1 dhcp-pool
Syntax
dhcp-pool name1
no dhcp-pool
Function
This command binds a DHCP pool to a DHCP policy.
Use the no form command to delete the binding.
Parameters
name1 DHCP pool name 1-16 characters
29-8

Mode
ZXAN(config-dhcp-policy)#
Usage Guidelines
The DHCP policy configuration should be consistent with the actual networking. The DHCP
pool must match the type of the interface which the policy is bound to. Binding the policy
to other interface DHCP pool causes address assignment failure.
Examples
The following example displays how to bind a DHCP pool to a policy:
ZXAN(config)#ip dhcp policy policy1
ZXAN(config-dhcp-policy)#dhcp-pool dpool1
Related Commands
29.2.5 show ip dhcp policy
29.2.2 ip dhcp policy

Syntax
ip dhcp policy name1 number1
no ip dhcp policy name1 number1
Function
This command creates a DHCP policy and enters DHCP policy configuration mode.
Use the no form command to delete the policy configuration.
Parameters
name1 Policy name, 1–16 characters
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
You can use this command to configure different priority level for the policies which have
the same name.
A DHCP policy is related to an interface. Binding a DHCP policy to different interfaces
causes the address assignment failure of the unrelated DHCP pool.
29-9

Examples
The following example displays how to enter policy configuration mode:
ZXAN(config)#ip dhcp policy policy1 2
Related Commands
29.2.3 ip dhcp policy (vlan interface mode)

Syntax
ip dhcp policy name1
no ip dhcp policy
Function
This command binds a DHCP policy to an interface.
Parameters
name1 DHCP policy name, 1–16

characters
Mode
supervlan interface mode: ZXAN(config-if)#
Usage Guidelines
The DHCP policy configuration should be consistent with the actual networking. The DHCP
pool must match the type of the interface which the policy is bound to. Binding the policy
to other interface DHCP pool causes address assignment failure.
Examples
The following example displays how to bind the policy to VLAN 100:
zxan(config)#interface vlan100
zxan(config-if-vlan100)#ip dhcp policy policy1
ZXR10(config-if)#
29-10

Related Commands
None
29.2.4 relay-agent
Syntax
relay-agent ip_addr1
no relay-agent
Function
This command configure the IP address of relay agent.
Use the no form command to delete the configuration.
Parameters
ip_addr1 IP address of relay agent -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
When users are connected to a DHCP server directly, a relay agent is unnecessary;
otherwise, the relay agent is necessary.
In a DHCP policy, the relay agent is only configured when the users request IP addresses
through a relay agent.
In a DHCP policy, the DHCP pool/IP pool has higher priority than the VRF and relay agent.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the IP address of a relay agent to 2.2.2.253:
ZXAN(config-dhcp-policy)#relay-agent 2.2.2.253
Related Commands
29-11


Syntax
show ip dhcp policy [name1 ]
Function
This command displays the information about DHCP policy
Parameters
name1 DHCP policy name, 1–16

characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example displays the information about the DHCP policy:
ZXAN#show ip dhcp policy
PolicyName Priority DhcpPool RelayAgent Vrf-instance
dhcppy 1 dp1
Total: 1
Related Commands
29.2.2 ip dhcp policy
29.2.6 vrf-instance
Syntax
vrf-instance name1
no vrf-instance
Function
This command configure VRF for DHCP pool.
29-12

Parameters
name1 IP VPN route forwarding -

instance
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command assigns a DHCP pool to a VPN.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a VRF for a DHCP pool:
ZXAN(config-dhcp-policy)#vrf-instance vpn1
Related Commands
29.3 DHCP Pool Commands

29.3.1 binding
Syntax
binding hexadecimal1 ip_addr1 [vrf-instance name1 ]
no binding hexadecimal1 [vrf-instance name1 ]
Function
This commands bind an IP address to a MAC, that is, allocates an IP address to a specified
client.
Parameters
name1 Instance name -
29-13

Mode
ZXAN(config-dhcp-pool)#
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to bind the IP address 2.2.2.36 to the MAC address
001B.0000.0001:
ZXAN(config)#ip dhcp pool dhcppool1
ZXAN(config-dhcp-pool)#binding 001B.0000.0001 2.2.2.36
Related Commands
29.3.8 show ip dhcp pool
29.3.2 default-router
Syntax
default-router ip_addr1 [ip_addr2 [ip_addr3 [ip_addr4 [ip_addr5 [ip_addr6 [ip_addr7 [ip_addr8
[] ] ] ] ] ] ] ]
no default-router ip_addr1 [ip_addr1 [ip_addr1 [ip_addr1 [ip_addr1 [ip_addr1 [ip_addr1 [ip_ad
dr1 [] ] ] ] ] ] ] ]
Function
The command configures the default route gateway.
Parameters
29-14

Mode
Usage Guidelines
The system supports maximum eight default route entries.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the default route to 1.1.1.58:
ZXAN(config-dhcp-pool)#default-router 1.1.1.58
Related Commands
29.3.3 dns-server
Syntax
dns-server ip_addr1 [ip_addr2 [ip_addr3 [ip_addr4 [ip_addr5 [ip_addr6 [ip_addr7 [ip_addr8 [] ]
]]]]]]
no dns-server ip_addr1 [ip_addr1 [ip_addr1 [ip_addr1 [ip_addr1 [ip_addr1 [ip_addr1 [ip_addr1
[] ] ] ] ] ] ] ]
Function
This command configures the IP address of the DNS server for DHCP clients.
Parameters
29-15

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example displays how to set the IP address of the DNS server to 2.2.2.253:
ZXAN(config-dhcp-pool)#dns-server 2.2.2.253
Related Commands
29.3.4 ip dhcp pool

Syntax
ip dhcp pool name1
no ip dhcp pool name1
Function
This command creates a DHCP pool and enters DHCP-POOL configuration mode.
Use the no form command to delete the DHCP pool.
Parameters
name1 DHCP pool name -
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
A DHCP pool must be bound to corresponding DHCP policy. Otherwise, the IP address
allocation for DHCP clients may fail.
Examples
The following example shows how to create an DHCP pool named dhcppool1:
29-16

Related Commands
29.3.5 ip-pool
Syntax
ip-pool name1
no ip-pool
Function
This commands binds an IP pool to a DHCP pool.
Parameters
name1 IP pool name -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example displays how to bind the IP pool named pool1 to the DHCP pool:
ZXAN(config-dhcp-pool)#ip-pool pool1
Related Commands
29.3.6 lease-time
Syntax
lease-time {number1 number2 number3 |infinite }
29-17

no lease-time
Function
This command configures the lease time of an IP address for DHCP clients.
Parameters
number1 Day Range: 0–365
number2 Hour Range: 0–23
number3 Minute Range: 0–59
infinite Infinite -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example displays how to configure the lease time:
ZXAN(config-dhcp-pool)#lease-time 2 10 0
Related Commands
29.3.7 option
Syntax
option number1 {ascii name1 |hex number2 |ip ip_addr1 }
no option number1
Function
This command configures the DHCP option fields.
29-18

Parameters
number1 Option code Range: 1–254
name1 NVT ASCII string -
number2 Hexadecimal number Range: 0–65535
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example displays how to configure the DHCP option:
ZXAN(config-dhcp-pool)#option 15 ascii zte.com
Related Commands

Syntax
show ip dhcp pool [name1 [binding ] ]
Function
This command displays the configuration of a DHCP pool.
Parameters
name1 DHCP pool name -
binding MAC of a binding user -
Mode
29-19

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the configuration of DHCP pool 1:
zxan#show ip dhcp pool dhcppool1
Related Commands
29.3.4 ip dhcp pool
29.4 IP Pool Commands

29.4.1 clear ip pool conflict-ip
Syntax
clear ip pool conflict-ip {address ip_addr1 [vrf-instance name1 ] |pool name2 |all }
Function
This command releases the conflict IP addresses in conflict chain.
Parameters
ip_addr1 Conflict IP address -
all All conflict IP addresses -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Conflict IP address are released either automatically through timeout mechanism or
manually.
Examples
The following example shows how to release the conflict IP addresses manually:
ZXAN#clear ip pool conflict-ip address 100.1.1.10
29-20

Related Commands
ip loacl pool conflict-ip
show ip loaclpool conflict-ip
29.4.2 clear ip pool statistics

Syntax
clear ip pool statistics {total |name1 }
Function
This command deletes IP pool statistics.
Parameters
total Statistics of all IP pools -
Mode
ZXAN#
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
This command deletes statistics of the IP pool named zte:
ZXAN#clear ip pool statistics zte
Related Commands
29.4.13 show ip local pool statistics
29.4.3 conflict-time
Syntax
conflict-time number1
no conflict-time
Function
This command configures the time that a conflict IP address stays in conflict chain.
29-21

Parameters
number1 Conflict time, in minutes 1–18000
Mode
ZXAN(config-ip-pool)#
Usage Guidelines
When a conflict IP address appears, it is added to the conflict chain. In the conflict time, the
IP address cannot be allocated. After the conflict time, the IP IP address can be allocated
again.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the conflict time to 40 minutes:
ZXAN(config)#ip pool pool1
ZXAN(config-ip-pool)#conflict-time 40
Related Commands
29.3.4 ip dhcp pool
29.4.4 exclude
Syntax
exclude ip_addr1 [ip_addr2 ]
no exclude ip_addr1 [ip_addr2 ]
Function
The command filters specified IP addresses from the IP address pool.
Parameters
ip_addr1 Beginning IP address -
ip_addr2 Ending IP address -
Mode
29-22

Usage Guidelines
The filtered IP addresses cannot be allocated to DHCP clients.
Examples
The following example shows how to filter specified IP addresses from the IP address pool:
ZXAN(config-ip-pool)#exclude 10.1.1.1 10.1.1.10
Related Commands
29.3.4 ip dhcp pool
29.4.5 ip local pool

Syntax
ip local pool name1 ip_addr1 ip_addr2 mask1
no ip local pool name1
Function
This command configures an IP pool for DHCP server.
Parameters
name1 Pool name, 1–16 characters -
ip_addr1 Start IP address -
ip_addr2 End IP address -
mask1 Mask -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure an IP pool for DHCP server:
ZXAN(config)#ip local pool test 10.1.1.1 10.1.1.255 255.255.0.0
29-23

Related Commands
None
29.4.6 ip pool
Syntax
ip pool name1
no ip pool name1
Function
This command creates an IP pool and enters the IP pool configuration mode.
Parameters
name1 IP pool name 1–16 characters
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to creates an IP pool:
ZXAN(config)#ip pool zte
Related Commands
29.4.10 show ip local pool
29.4.7 network
Syntax
network ip_addr1 ip_addr2
Function
This command configure the network segment for an IP pool.
29-24

Parameters
ip_addr2 Mask -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the network segment for an IP pool:
ZXAN(config-ip-pool)#network 20.1.1.0 255.255.255.0
Related Commands
29.3.4 ip dhcp pool
29.4.8 peer default ip pool

Syntax
peer default ip pool name1
no peer default ip pool
Function
This command specifies the IP address pool for an interface.
Use the no command to delete the configuration.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
29-25

Examples
The following example shows how to specify the IP address pool for an interface:
ZXAN(config-if)#peer default ip pool test
Related Commands
29.4.9 range
Syntax
range ip_addr1 ip_addr2 mask1
no range ip_addr1 ip_addr2 mask1
Function
This command configure the IP address range for an IP pool.
Parameters
ip_addr1 Beginning IP address -
ip_addr2 Ending IP address -
mask1 Mask -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
When DHCP server is configured, you need to specify the IP address range in an IP pool
for DHCP clients.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the IP address range for an IP pool:
ZXAN(config-ip-pool)#range 10.1.1.1 10.1.1.100 255.255.255.0
Related Commands
29.3.4 ip dhcp pool
29-26


Syntax
show ip local pool [configure name1 [vrf-instance name2 ] ]
Function
This command displays the information about local IP pool.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information about a local IP pool.
ZXAN#show ip local pool configure zte
ZXAN(config)#show ip local pool configure zte
PoolName Begin End Mask Free Used
zte 2.2.1.1 2.2.1.5 24 5 0
Total: 1
Related Commands
29.4.11 show ip local pool conflict-ip

Syntax
show ip local pool conflict-ip name1 [vrf-instance name2 ]
Function
The command displays the information about conflict IP addresses in IP local pool.
29-27

Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information about conflict IP addresses:
ZXAN(config)#show ip local pool conflict-ip zte
PoolName Conflict-time(m) Conflict-ip Time-stamp(m)
zte 30
Total: 0
Related Commands
29.4.1 clear ip pool conflict-ip
ip local pool conflict-ip
29.4.12 show ip local pool exclude-ip

Syntax
show ip local pool exclude-ip name1
Function
This command displays the unavailable IP address in an IP local pool.
Parameters
Mode
29-28

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the unavailable IP address in an IP local pool:
ZXAN(config-ip-pool)#show ip local pool exclude-ip zte
PoolName Begin End
zte 10.1.1.10 10.1.1.20
Total: 1
Related Commands
29.4.4 exclude
29.4.13 show ip local pool statistics

Syntax
show ip local pool statistics {total |name1 }
Function
This command displays the IP address allocation statistics of IP local pool.
Parameters
total Statistics of all IP pools -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the IP address allocation statistics of an IP
pool:
ZXAN#show ip local pool statistics zte
IPPOOL zte STATISTIC INFO:
SUCCEED FAILED TOTAL
GET ADDRESS : 0 0 0
29-29

FREE ADDRESS : 0 0 0
ZXAN#
The following example shows how to display the IP address allocation statistics of all IP
local pools:
ZXAN#show ip local pool statistics total
IPPOOL TOTAL STATISTIC INFO : SUCCEED FAILED TOTAL
GET APPT ADDR : 0 0 0
GET ADDR BY GW : 0 0 0
GET ADDR BY POOL : 0 0 0
FREE NORMAL ADDR : 0 0 0
FREE CONFLICT ADDR : 0 0 0
FREE ADDR FROM OAM : 0 0 0
Related Commands
None
29.4.14 show ip local pool used-ip

Syntax
show ip local pool used-ip name1 [vrf-instance name2 ]
Function
This command displays the used IP addressed in an IP local pool.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
This command displays the used IP addressed in an IP local pool.
ZXAN(config)#show ip local pool used-ip zte
PoolName Used-ip Conflict:(*)
zte
29-30

Total: 0
Related Commands
29.5 DHCP Relay/Proxy/Server Commands

29.5.1 algorithm
Syntax
algorithm {first |round-robin |all-server }
Function
This command configures the algorithm that a DHCP relay servers forward DHCP request
packets.
Parameters
first Primary-secondary mode -

(default)
round-robin Round-robin mode -
all-server Send request to all servers -
Mode
ZXAN(config-dhcp-relay-server)#
Usage Guidelines
The system supports the following algorithms:
l All-server
Request packets are sent to all severs.
l Primary-secondary
When the primary server is available, the relay receives the request packet and
forward it to the primary server.
If the primary server does not respond, and the maximum retry time reaches, the
primary server is set to dead. The following request packets are forwarded to the
secondary server.
When the dead time is over, the primary server is available again.
l Round-robin
29-31

Servers forward request packets in turn.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the algorithm for the DHCP relay server to
primary-secondary mode:
ZXAN(config-dhcp-relay-server)#algorithm first
Related Commands
29.5.33 show ip dhcp relay server group
29.5.2 bridge-dhcp-relay
Syntax
bridge-dhcp-relay {vlan number1 } {source-interface-vlan number2 }
no bridge-dhcp-relay {vlan number1 }
Function
This command enables DHCP relay function at network side.
Parameters
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
When a bridge port is configured at user side, you can use this command to enable DHCP
relay function at network side by modifying the bridge VLAN to network VLAN.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable DHCP relay function at network side
ZXAN(config)#bridge-dhcp-relay vlan 10 source-interface-vlan 100
Related Commands
29.5.29 show bridge-dhcp-relay
29-32

29.5.3 cable ip-bundle

Syntax
cable ip-bundle name1
no cable ip-bundle name1
Function
This command creates a cable IP bundle and enters cable IP-bundle configuration mode.
Parameters
name1 IP bundle group name -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The IP addresses in an IP bundle can be configured in cable IP-bundle configuration mode.
The DHCP relay selects a gateway from the IP bundle based on the IP addresses allocated
by the server.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a cable IP-bundle and enter cable IP-bundle
configuration mode:
ZXAN(config)#cable ip-bundle aaa
Related Commands
None
29.5.4 cable ip-bundle (VLAN interface configuration mode)

Syntax
cable ip-bundle
no cable ip-bundle
Function
This command enables the Cable IP-Bundle function for a VLAN.
29-33

Parameters
None
Mode
VLAN interface configuration mode: ZXAN(config-if-vlanNumber)
Usage Guidelines
If the Cable IP-Bundle function is enabled for a VLAN, a UE will select an IP from the
configured IP bundle based on the IP addresses allocated by the server as a gateway
address.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the Cable IP-Bundle function for a VLAN:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan3)#cable ip-bundle
Related Commands
None
29.5.5 deadtime
Syntax
deadtime number1
no deadtime
Function
This command configure the unavailable time of for a DHCP relay server when stops
responding.
Use the no command to restore default the setting.
Parameters
number1 Unavailable time of DHCP relay 5–3600

server, in seconds
Mode
29-34

Usage Guidelines
In primary-secondary mode, if the active server is available, the relay receives the request
packet and forward it to the primary server.
If the active server does not respond, and the maximum retry time reaches, the primary
server is set to dead. The following request packets are forwarded to the secondary server.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the dead time for DHCP relay server:
ZXAN(config-dhcp-relay-server)#deadtime 80
Related Commands
29.5.6 description
Syntax
description name1
no description
Function
This command configures the description for the DHCP relay server group.
Parameters
name1 Server group description 1–32 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the description for the relay server group:
ZXAN(config-dhcp-relay-server)#description ok
29-35

Related Commands
29.5.7 ip dhcp enable

Syntax
ip dhcp enable
no ip dhcp enable
Function
This command enables the DHCP process.
Use the no form command to disable the DHCP process.
Parameters
None
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
When the DHCP process is enabled, the system processes the DHCP request for IP
address on the user interface.
When the DHCP process is enabled, the DHCP server and DHCP relay functions are
enabled as well.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the DHCP function:
ZXAN(config)#ip dhcp enable
Related Commands
29.5.30 show ip dhcp configuration
29.5.8 ip dhcp helper-address policy vclass-id

Syntax
ip dhcp helper-address policy vclass-id
no ip dhcp helper-address policy vclass-id
29-36

Function
This command enables the interface to select a DHCP server according to VClass ID
(option 60).
Parameters
None
Mode
VLAN interface mode: ZXAN(config-if-vlanNumber)#, SuperVLAN interface mode
Usage Guidelines
When VClass ID is configured, the relay selects a DHCP server according the option 60
field in the DHCP request packets.
By default, the interface uses the server configured by the is the ip dhcp relay server group
command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the interface to select a DHCP server
according to option 60 in relay/proxy mode:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan100)#ip dhcp helper-address policy vclass-id
Related Commands
29.5.20 ip dhcp relay server policy group
29.5.9 ip dhcp logging on

Syntax
ip dhcp logging on
no ip dhcp logging on
Function
This command enables the DHCP log .
Use the no form command to disable DHCP log.
Parameters
None
29-37

Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
When DHCP log is enabled, online logs of DHCP clients are recorded.
Examples
The following command shows how to enable DHCP log:
ZXAN(config)#ip dhcp logging on
Related Commands
None
29.5.10 ip dhcp mode

Syntax
ip dhcp mode name1
no ip dhcp mode
Function
This command enables a DHCP working mode on an interface.
Parameters
name1 Working mode: relay, server, or -

proxy
Mode
VLAN interface configuration mode: ZXAN(config-if-vlanNumber)#, SuperVLAN interface
mode, and MNG interface configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
When DHCP relay process is enabled, the system processes IP address request from
DHCP clients and dynamically allocates IP address to DHCP clients through the DHCP
server.
When DHCP server process is enabled, the system processes IP address request from
DHCP clients and dynamically allocates IP address to DHCP clients. The DHCP server
allocates IP address to either direct-connected clients or clients forwarded by a DHCP
relay.
29-38

l For direct-connected clients, the DHCP server uses the IP pool bound to an DHCP
policy to allocate IP address.
l For the clients forwarded by a DHCP relay, the DHCP server selects the matched IP
addresses from the global address pool and allocates them.
When DHCP proxy process is enabled, the system processes IP address request from
DHCP clients and dynamically allocates IP address to DHCP clients through the DHCP
server.
When the DHCP clients send renewal request, if the long lease time is not expired, the
DHCP proxy responds to DHCP client directly.
The DHCP server and DHCP relay functions are exclusive.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the DHCP relay function on the interface
vlan100:
zxan(config-if-vlan100)#ip dhcp mode relay
Related Commands
29.5.11 ip dhcp proxy client leasetime

Syntax
ip dhcp proxy client leasetime number1
no ip dhcp proxy client leasetime
Function
This command configures the lease time for DHCP client on DHCP proxy.
Parameters
number1 Short lease time, in seconds 30–3600
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
DHCP proxy, an extension of DHCP relay, can fast detect the offline of clients.
29-39

The proxy maintains a short lease time between clients and itself, and a long lease time
between the sever and itself.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the short lease time in proxy mode to 1000
seconds:
ZXAN(config)#ip dhcp proxy client leasetime 1000
Related Commands
29.5.12 ip dhcp relay agent

Syntax
ip dhcp relay agent ip_addr1
no ip dhcp relay agent
Function
This command configures IP address of DHCP relay agent.
Parameters
ip_addr1 IP address of DHCP relay agent -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The IP address of DHCP relay agent is one of the IP addresses of the layer 3 interface.
The external DHCP server allocates IP addresses to client according to the IP address of
the relay agent, so that the clients and agent are in the same network segment.
The response packets from the external DHCP server are forwarded by the relay agent,
thus a route is required between the sever and the subnet of the agent.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the IP address of DHCP relay agent to 1.2.1.254:
29-40

ZXAN(config-if-vlan100)#ip dhcp relay agent 192.200.100.254
Related Commands
29.5.18 ip dhcp relay server group
29.5.17 ip dhcp relay security client server-id
29.5.13 ip dhcp relay forward ip

Syntax
ip dhcp relay forward ip ip_addr1
no ip dhcp relay forward ip
Function
This command sets the source IP address of the request packets forwarded by DHCP
relay.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, when the relay forwards the client request packets, the source IP of the packets
is the IP address of the corresponding layer 3 interface.
Examples
The following example show how to set the source IP address of the request packets to
10.1.1.1:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan100)#ip dhcp relay forward ip 10.1.1.1
Related Commands
None
29-41

29.5.14 ip dhcp relay forward reply unrestricted

Syntax
ip dhcp relay forward reply unrestricted
no ip dhcp relay forward reply unrestricted
Function
This command enables DHCP relay to transparently forward ACK packets to client without
check the renewal request.
Parameters
None
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
Usually, DHCP clients initiate the renewal requests. When a DHCP client does not initiate
the renew request and the relay received the ACK packet from the DHCP server, the relay
takes the client as online and transparently forwards the packet to the client.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable DHCP relay to transparently forward ACK
packets to client:
ZXAN(config)#ip dhcp relay forward reply unrestricted
Related Commands
29.5.15 ip dhcp relay max-user

Syntax
ip dhcp relay max-user number1
no ip dhcp relay max-user
Function
This command sets the maximum user number for DHCP Relay.
29-42

Parameters
number1 Maximum user number Range: 1–65535
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
The maximum user number can be configured or deleted only when DHCP is disabled.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the maximum user number to 1120:
ZXAN(config)#ip dhcp relay max-user 1120
Related Commands
29.5.16 ip dhcp relay pbit

Syntax
ip dhcp relay pbit number1
no ip dhcp relay pbit
Function
This command sets the priority of packets forwarded by DHCP relay/proxy.
Parameters
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
If the priority is set to 7, when DHCP relay/proxy receives a DHCP request packet with
VLAN priority 4, DHCP relay/proxy modifies the priority to 7 and forwards the packet. When
DHCP relay/proxy receives response from DHCP server, DHCP relay/proxy modifies the
priority of response packet to 4 and forwards it to the client.
29-43

Examples
The following example shows how to set the priority of packets forwarded by DHCP
relay/proxy to 7:
ZXAN(config)#ip dhcp relay pbit 7
Related Commands

Syntax
ip dhcp relay security client server-id ip_addr1
no ip dhcp relay security client server-id
Function
This command set the IP address of server ID that a DHCP relay responds to clients .
Parameters
ip_addr1 IP addrss of the server ID -
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
In security mode, a DHCP relay needs to respond with the server ID.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the IP address of server ID to 1.2.1.2:
ZXAN(config)#ip dhcp relay security client server-id 1.2.1.2
Related Commands
29.5.12 ip dhcp relay agent
29-44


Syntax
ip dhcp relay server group number1
no ip dhcp relay server group number1
Function
This command creates a DHCP relay server group and enters the group configuration
mode.
Parameters
number1 DHCP relay server group 1–20

number
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to select relay server for DHCP relay/proxy function.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a DHCP relay server group:
ZXAN(config)#ip dhcp relay server group 1
Related Commands
29.5.19 ip dhcp relay server group (vlan interface mode)

Syntax
ip dhcp relay server group number1
no ip dhcp relay server group
Function
This command binds a DHCP relay server group to an interface.
29-45

Parameters

number
Mode
Usage Guidelines
When a server group is bound to an interface, DHCP relay/proxy forwards packets to the
server in the group.
Examples
The following example shows how to bind a server group to a layer 3 interface:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan100)#ip dhcp relay server group 1
Related Commands
29.5.20 ip dhcp relay server policy group

Syntax
ip dhcp relay server policy group number1
no ip dhcp relay server policy group number1
Function
This command creates a DHCP relay server policy group and enters the group
configuration mode.
Parameters
number1 DHCP relay server policy group 1–20

number
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
29-46

Usage Guidelines
This command is used to configure VClass ID and server IP when a DHCP relay/proxy
uses option 60 to select a server.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a DHCP relay server policy group:
ZXAN(config)#ip dhcp relay server policy group 1
ZXAN(dhcp-policy-group-config)#
Related Commands
29.5.34 show ip dhcp relay server policy
29.5.21 ip dhcp relay sync enable

Syntax
ip dhcp relay sync enable
no ip dhcp relay sync enable
Function
This command enables the global synchronization for DHCP relay.
Use the no form command to disable the function.
Parameters
None
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the global synchronization for DHCP relay:
ZXAN(config)#ip dhcp relay sync enable
Related Commands
None
29-47

29.5.22 ip dhcp server max-user

Syntax
ip dhcp server max-user number1
no ip dhcp server max-user
Function
This commands sets the maximum client number for a DHCP server.
Parameters
number1 Maximum client number 1–2048
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
The maximum client number can be configured or deleted only when DHCP is disabled.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the maximum client number for DHCP server to
1120:
ZXAN(config)#ip dhcp server max-user 1120
Related Commands
29.5.23 ip dhcp server relay destination udp port

Syntax
ip dhcp server relay destination udp port name1
no ip dhcp server relay destination udp port
Function
This command configures the destination UDP port for DHCP server reply packets.
29-48

Parameters
name1 UDP port, 67 or 68 -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
When a DHCP client send a request packet to a DHCP server directly, the destination UDP
port of the corresponding reply packet is 68, which is specified by RFC.
When a DHCP client send a request packet to a DHCP server via a DHCP relay, the
destination UDP port of the corresponding reply packets can be set to 67 or 68. If not
specified, the destination UDP port is the source UDP port of the request packet.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the destination UDP port to 68:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan1)#ip dhcp server relay destination udp port 68
Related Commands
None
29.5.24 kick-off ip dhcp relay user

Syntax
kick-off ip dhcp relay user {[interface interface1 ] |[mac hexadecimal1 [vrf-instance name1 ]
] |[ip ip_addr1 [vrf-instance name2 ] ] |[vlan number1 ] |[invlan number2 [exvlan number3 ] ]
|[exvlan number4 ] }
Function
This command kicks off the specified online users in DHCP relay mode.
Parameters
interface1 Layer 3 interface name -
name1 VPN name -
name2 VPN name -
29-49

Mode
ZXAN#
Usage Guidelines
In DHCP relay mode, you can kick off specified user to control the network.
It is recommended to use this command carefully.
Examples
The following example shows how to kick off the user whose MAC address is
00c0.0000.0001:
ZXAN#kick-off ip dhcp relay user mac 00c0.0000.0001
Related Commands
29.5.36 show ip dhcp relay user
29.5.25 kick-off ip dhcp server user

Syntax
kick-off ip dhcp server user {[interface interface1 ] |[mac hexadecimal1 [vrf-instance name1 ]
] |[ip ip_addr1 [vrf-instance name2 ] ] |[vlan number1 ] |[invlan number2 [exvlan number3 ] ]
|[exvlan number4 ] }
Function
This command kicks off the specified online users in DHCP server mode.
Parameters
name1 VPN name -
29-50

name2 VPN name -
Mode
ZXAN#
Usage Guidelines
In DHCP server mode, you can kick off specified user to control the network.
It is recommended to use this command carefully.
Examples
The following example shows how to kick off the user whose MAC address is
00c0.0000.0001:
ZXAN#kick-off ip dhcp server user mac 00c0.0000.0001
Related Commands
29.5.37 show ip dhcp server user
29.5.26 max-retry
Syntax
max-retry number1
no max-retry
Function
The command sets the maximum retry time that a DHCP relay send request to a DHCP
server.
Parameters
number1 Maximum retry time 5–20
29-51

Mode
Usage Guidelines
In DHCP relay server active-backup mode, if the active server is available, the relay
receives the request packet and forward it to the active server.
If the active server does not respond, and the maximum retry time reaches, the active
server is set to dead. The following request packets are forwarded to the backup server.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the maximum retry time to 20:
ZXAN(config-dhcp-relay-server)#max-retry 20
Related Commands
29.5.27 server
Syntax
server number1 ip_addr1 {name1 } [master ]
no server number1
Function
This command configures a DHCP relay server.
Parameters
number1 Server ID 1–8
ip_addr1 DHCP server IP address -
name1 DHCP relay forwarding mode -
master Primary server -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
A DHCP relay forwards the request packet from a DHCP client to the configured DHCP
server.
29-52

Examples
The following example shows how to configure a DHCP relay server:
ZXAN(config-dhcp-relay-server)#server 1 10.1.2.2 security master
Related Commands
29.5.28 server-group
Syntax
server-group number1
no server-group
Function
This command configures the DHCP relay server group for the policy.
Parameters
number1 DHCP relay server group Range: 1–20

number
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a DHCP relay server group for the policy:
zxan(config-dhcp-relay-policy)#server-group 1
Related Commands
29-53

29.5.29 show bridge-dhcp-relay

Syntax
show bridge-dhcp-relay
Function
This command displays the bridge VLAN information.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the bridge VLAN information:
ZXAN(config)#show bridge-dhcp-relay
bridge-dhcp-relay vlan 10 source-interface-vlan 100
Related Commands
29.5.2 bridge-dhcp-relay

Syntax
show ip dhcp configuration
Function
This command displays the DHCP configuration.
Parameters
None
Mode
29-54

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the DHCP configuration:
ZXAN#show ip dhcp configuration
DHCP process state information
process state :enable(running)
logging flag : off
DHCP server configure:
server support max user: 5120
DHCP relay configure:
not insert relay information in BOOTREQUEST.
relay retry times to server: 10
relay support max user: 5120
DHCP process state information

process state : disable(stop)
logging flag : off
insert relay information in BOOTREQUEST.
relay information policy: replace
relay information format: user-configuration
relay information user policy: interface
relay retry times to server: 10
relay snoop process state : disable
relay snoop trust state : disable
ZXAN#
Related Commands
show run
29.5.31 show ip dhcp proxy client

Syntax
show ip dhcp proxy client
Function
This command displays the short lease time for clients in DHCP proxy mode.
Parameters
None
29-55

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the short lease time for clients in DHCP proxy
mode:
ZXAN#show ip dhcp proxy client
DHCP client configure information in proxy mode:
leasetime :60 seconds
Related Commands
29.5.11 ip dhcp proxy client leasetime
29.5.32 show ip dhcp relay security client

Syntax
show ip dhcp relay security client
Function
This command displays the server ID address that a DHCP relay replies to DHCP clients.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the server ID address that a DHCP relay
replies to DHCP clients.
ZXAN(config)#show ip dhcp relay security client
DHCP client configure information in security forward mode:
DHCP server ID :100.1.1.1
29-56

Related Commands

Syntax
show ip dhcp relay server group [number1 ]
Function
This command displays the configuration of a DHCP relay server group.
Parameters

number
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the configuration of a DHCP relay server
group:
ZXAN#show ip dhcp relay server group 1
group-no: 1 deadtime: 60 max-retrys: 10 algorithm: first
description: :
Related Commands

Syntax
show ip dhcp relay server policy [number1 ]
Function
This command displays the configuration of a DHCP relay server policy group.
29-57

Parameters
number1 DHCP relay server policy group Range: 1–20
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the configuration of DHCP relay server policy
group 1:
zxan(config)#show ip dhcp relay server policy 1
Related Commands
ip dhcp relay server policy group
29.5.35 show ip dhcp relay server state

Syntax
show ip dhcp relay server state group { number1 }
Function
This command displays the sever state of a DHCP relay server group.
Parameters
group DHCP relay server group -

number
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
29-58

Examples
The following command shows how to display the sever state of a DHCP relay server
group:
ZXAN#show ip dhcp relay server state group 1
DHCP relay server state of group 1:
-----------------------------------------------------------
index: 1 addr: 10.1.2.1 state: live
index: 2 addr: 0.0.0.0 state: －
-----------------------------------------------------------
Related Commands
29.5.36 show ip dhcp relay user

Syntax
show ip dhcp relay user [{interface1 } ]
Function
This command displays the online users on a DHCP relay.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the online users on a DHCP relay:
ZXAN(config)#show ip dhcp relay user vlan100
29-59

Current online users are 0.

Index MAC addr IP addr State Expiration
Related Commands
None
29.5.37 show ip dhcp server user

Syntax
show ip dhcp server user [{interface1 } ]
Function
This command displays the online users on a DHCP server.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the online users on a DHCP server:
ZXAN#show ip dhcp server user vlan 2
Related Commands
None
29.5.38 vclass-id
Syntax
vclass-id {cm |stb |mta |all |user-defined1 }
no vclass-id
29-60

Function
This command configures the option 60 field of a DHCP relay server.
Parameters
cm Cable modem -
stb Set top box -
mta Multimedia terminal adapter -
all Any VClass ID -
user-defined1 User defined VClass ID -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
When VClass ID is configured, a DHCP relay selects the DHCP server according to the
option 60 field in the request packet.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the option 60 field of a DHCP relay server to
1234567890:
zxan(config-dhcp-relay-policy)#vclass-id 1234567890
Related Commands
29.6 DHCPv6 Relay Commands

29.6.1 algorithm
Syntax
algorithm {normal |first |round-robin }
no algorithm
Function
This command configures the algorithm for that a DHCPv6 relay servers forward DHCPv6
packets.
29-61

Parameters
normal Standard mode (default) -
first Primary-secondary mode -
round-robin Round-robin mode -
Mode
ZXAN(config-relay-svr-grp)#
Usage Guidelines
The system supports the following algorithms:
l Standard
Request packets are sent to all severs.
l Primary-secondary
When the primary server is available, the relay receives the request packet and
forward it to the primary server.
If the primary server does not respond, and the maximum retry time reaches, the
primary server is set to dead. The following request packets are forwarded to the
secondary server.
l Round-robin
Servers forward request packets in turn.
To restore the default setting, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the algorithm for the DHCPv6 relay server to
primary-secondary mode:
ZXAN(config-server-group)#algorithm first
Related Commands
29.6.19 show ipv6 dhcp relay server
29.6.2 deadtime
Syntax
deadtime number1
no deadtime
29-62

Function
This command configure the unavailable time of for a DHCPv6 relay server when stops
responding.
Use the no command to restore default the setting.
Parameters
number1 Unavailable time of DHCPv6 Range: 5–3600

relay server (sec)
Mode
Usage Guidelines
In primary-secondary mode, if the active server is available, the relay receives the request
packet and forward it to the primary server.
If the active server does not respond, and the maximum retry time reaches, the primary
server is set to dead. The following request packets are forwarded to the secondary server.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the dead time for DHCPv6 relay server:
ZXAN(config-server-group)#deadtime 80
Related Commands
29.6.3 default
Syntax
default {server-group } number1
no default {server-group }
Function
This command configures the default DHCPv6 relay server group for a DHCPv6 relay
policy.
29-63

Parameters
server-group DHCPv6 relay server group -
number1 DHCPv6 relay server group 1–8

nubmer
Mode
ZXAN(config-relay-policy)#
Usage Guidelines
When a DHCPv6 relay policy does not specify the priority condition, or the relay fails to
find a matched DHCPv6 relay server group, the relay uses the default server group.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the default DHCPv6 relay server group for
a DHCPv6 relay policy:
ZXAN(config)#ipv6 dhcp relay policy zte
ZXAN(config-relay-policy)#default server-group 1
Related Commands
show ipv6 dhcp relay policy
29.6.4 description
Syntax
description name1
no description
Function
This command configures the description for the DHCPv6 relay server group.
Parameters
name1 Server group description, 1–32

characters
Mode
29-64

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the description for the relay server group:
ZXAN(config-server-group)#description ok
Related Commands
29.6.5 ipv6 dhcp

Syntax
ipv6 dhcp {enable |disable }
Function
This command enables or disables the DHCPv6 process.
Parameters
enable Enable the DHCPv6 process -
disable Disable the DHCPv6 process -
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
When the DHCPv6 process is enabled, the system processes the DHCPv6 request for
IPv6 address/prefix on the user interface.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the DHCPv6 function:
ZXAN(config)#ipv6 dhcp enable
Related Commands
show ipv6 dhcp relay configure
29-65

29.6.6 ipv6 dhcp mode

Syntax
ipv6 dhcp mode {relay |server }
no ipv6 dhcp mode
Function
This command set DHCPv6 working mode on the interface. At present, only the relay
function is available.
Parameters
relay Enables DHCPv6 relay. -
server Enables DHCPv6 server. -
Mode
VLAN interface mode: ZXAN(config-if-vlanNumber)#
Usage Guidelines
When the DHCPv6 relay process is enabled, the system processes the DHCPv6 request
for IPv6 address/prefix on the user interface and allocates IPv6 address/prefix through the
external DHCPv6 sever.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the DHCPv6 relay function on the interface:
zxan(config-if-vlan100)#ipv6 dhcp mode relay
ZXR10(config-if)#
Related Commands
29.6.16 show ipv6 dhcp configure
29.6.17 show ipv6 dhcp interface
29.6.7 ipv6 dhcp relay agent

Syntax
ipv6 dhcp relay agent ipv6_addr1
no ipv6 dhcp relay agent
29-66

Function
This command configures IP address of DHCPv6 relay agent.
Parameters
ipv6_addr1 IP address of DHCPv6 relay -

agent
Mode
ZXAN(config-if-vlanId)#
Usage Guidelines
The IP address of DHCPv6 relay agent is one of the IP addresses on the link the DHCPv6
client.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the IP address of DHCPv6 relay agent to 101::1:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan100)#ipv6 enable
ZXAN(config-if-vlan100)#ipv6 address 101::1/64
ZXAN(config-if-vlan100)#ipv6 dhcp relay agent 101::1
Related Commands
29.6.5 ipv6 dhcp
29.6.8 ipv6 dhcp relay destination

Syntax
ipv6 dhcp relay destination ipv6_addr1 [interface interface1 ]
no ipv6 dhcp relay destination ipv6_addr1
Function
This command configures forwarding IP address of DHCPv6 relay.
29-67

Parameters
ipv6_addr1 IPv6 address -
interface Forwarding interface -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
When there is no dhcpv6 relay policy configured on a layer 3 interface, you can use this
command to configure the forwarding destination address.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the forwarding IP address of DHCPv6 relay.
ZXAN(config-if-vlan100)#ipv6 dhcp relay destination 3000::1
Related Commands
None
29.6.9 ipv6 dhcp relay forward

Syntax
ipv6 dhcp relay forward mode {fast-forward |steady-forward |secure-forward }
no ipv6 dhcp relay forward mode
Function
This command configures forwarding mode of DHCPv6 relay.
Parameters
mode Forwarding mode -
fast-forward Fast-forward mode -
steady-forward Steady-forward mode -
secure-forward Secure-forward mode (default) -
29-68

Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example set forwarding mode of DHCPv6 relay to fast-forward mode:
ZXAN(config)#ipv6 dhcp relay forward mode fast-forward
Related Commands
29.6.10 ipv6 dhcp relay policy

Syntax
ipv6 dhcp relay policy name1
no ipv6 dhcp relay policy name1
Function
This command creates a DHCPv6 relay policy and enters the policy configuration mode.
Parameters
name1 DHCPv6 relay policy number -
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to create a DHCPv6 relay policy:
Related Commands
29.6.18 show ipv6 dhcp relay policy
29-69

29.6.11 ipv6 dhcp relay policy (vlan interface mode)

Syntax
ipv6 dhcp relay policy name1
no ipv6 dhcp relay policy
Function
This command applies a DHCPv6 relay policy to an interface.
Parameters
name1 DHCPv6 relay policy name 1–16 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
You need to apply a DHCPv6 relay policy to an interface to implement the DHCPv6 relay
function.
Examples
The following example shows how to apply a DHCPv6 relay policy to a VLAN interface:
ZXAN(config)#int vlan100
ZXAN(config-if-vlan100)#ipv6 dhcp relay policy zte
Related Commands
show run
29.6.12 ipv6 dhcp relay server

Syntax
ipv6 dhcp relay server group number1
no ipv6 dhcp relay server group number1
29-70

Function
This command creates a DHCPv6 relay server group and enters the group configuration
mode.
Parameters
group DHCPv6 relay server group -

number
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
The system supports maximum eight server groups and five DHCPv6 servers in each
group.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a DHCPv6 relay server group:
ZXAN(config)#ipv6 dhcp relay server group 1
Related Commands
29.6.16 show ipv6 dhcp configure29.6.19 show ipv6 dhcp relay server
29.6.13 max-retry
Syntax
max-retry number1
no max-retry
Function
The command sets the maximum retry time that a DHCPv6 relay send request to a
DHCPv6 server.
29-71

Parameters
number1 Maximum retry time Range: 5–20
Mode
Usage Guidelines
In DHCPv6 relay server active-backup mode, if the active server is available, the relay
receives the request packet and forward it to the active server.
If the active server does not respond, and the maximum retry time reaches, the active
server is set to dead. The following request packets are forwarded to the backup server.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the maximum retry time to 20:
ZXAN(config-server-group)#max-retry 20
Related Commands
29.6.14 prior
Syntax
prior condition {vlan }
no prior condition
Function
This command configures the priority condition of a DHCPv6 relay policy.
Parameters
condition Priority condition -
vlan Set priority condition to VLAN -
Mode
29-72

Usage Guidelines
When the priority condition of a DHCPv6 relay policy is configured, the relay selects the
matched server group according to the condition. The priority condition is VLAN.
Examples
The following example shows how to configures the priority condition of a DHCPv6 relay
policy:
ZXAN(config-relay-policy)#prior condition vlan
Related Commands
29.6.15 server
Syntax
server number1 ipv6_addr1 [interface interface1 ] [master ]
no server number1
Function
This command configures a DHCPv6 relay server.
Parameters
number1 Server ID Range: 1–5
ipv6_addr1 Sever IPv6 address, format: -

xx:xx::xx:xx
interface Layer 3 interface -
master Primary server -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
A DHCPv6 relay forwards the request packet from a DHCPv6 client to the configured
DHCPv6 server.
29-73

Examples
The following example shows how to configure a DHCPv6 relay server:
ZXAN(config-server-group)#server 1 101::1 interface vlan 10 master
Related Commands

Syntax
show ipv6 dhcp configure
Function
This command displays the DHCPv6 configuration.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
At present, this command only displays global DHCPv6 process state and DHCPv6 relay
configuration.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the DHCPv6 configuration:
ZXAN#show ipv6 dhcp configure
IPv6 DHCP process state information
process state : enable(running)
forward mode : default(secure-forward)
relay server group 1
relay server group 2
Related Commands
29.6.5 ipv6 dhcp
29-74


Syntax
show ipv6 dhcp interface interface1
Function
This command displays the DHCPv6 configuration on an interface.
Parameters
interface1 Interface name —
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the DHCPv6 configuration on an interface.
ZXAN(config)#show ipv6 dhcp interface vlan100
IPv6 DHCP interface state information
work mode : relay
relay agent address: not configured
relay policy name: not configured
forward destination: 0 items
no forward destination here
Related Commands
None
29.6.18 show ipv6 dhcp relay policy

Syntax
show ipv6 dhcp relay policy name1
Function
This command displays the configuration of DHCPv6 relay policy.
29-75

Parameters
name1 DHCPv6 relay policy name 1–16 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the configuration of DHCPv6 relay policy:
ZXAN(config-relay-policy)#show ipv6 dhcp relay policy zte
IPv6 DHCP relay policy name zte
Prior condition: not configured
Default server group number: not configured
No vlan server group items configured
Related Commands
None

Syntax
show ipv6 dhcp relay server group number1
Function
This command displays the configuration of DHCPv6 server group.
Parameters
group DHCPv6 relay server group -

number
Mode
29-76

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the configuration of DHCPv6 server group.
ZXAN(config-server-group)#show ipv6 dhcp relay server group 1
IPv6 DHCP relay server group 1
Description: dddd
Algorithm: first(master-slave)
Dead time: 34 seconds
Max retry times: 6 times
Forward server items:
Number Address Interface Master
1 2001::1 not configured master
2 2002::2 not configured ----
5 2004::1 vlan100 ----
Related Commands
29.6.20 show ipv6 dhcp relay user

Syntax
show ipv6 dhcp relay user
Function
This command displays the online users on a DHCPv6 relay.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the online users on a DHCPv6 relay:
29-77

ZXAN#show ipv6 dhcp relay user

Related Commands
None
29.6.21 vlan
Syntax
vlan range number1 number2 {server-group } number3
no vlan range number1 number2 {server-group } number3
Function
This command configures the VLAN entries for a DHCPv6 relay policy.
Parameters
range VLAN range -
number1 Beginning VLAN ID 1–4094
number2 Ending VLAN ID 1–4094
server-group DHCPv6 relay server group -

nubmer
Mode
ZXAN(config-relay-policy)
Usage Guidelines
When the priority condition of a DHCPv6 relay policy is configured, the relay selects the
matched server group according to the condition. The priority condition is VLAN.
When a DHCP relay receives a request packet from a DHCPv6 client, it looks for the VLAN
ID of the packet in the VLAN entries and find corresponding server group. If there is no
matched VLAN entry, the relay forwards the packet to the default server group.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the VLAN entries for a DHCPv6 relay policy:
ZXAN(config-relay-policy) #vlan range 1 20 server-group 1
29-78

Related Commands
29.7 DHCP Snooping Commands

29.7.1 ip dhcp database write
Syntax
ip dhcp database write
Function
This command saves the DHCP snooping entries to the flash, so that the dynamic user
information can be restored when the NE restarts.
Parameters
None
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
When the system is to be reset, you can use this command to save the dynamic user
information acquired by DHCP snooping.
After the system restarts, the user information can be read only after PON cards and ONUs
are properly configured. The DHCP file in flash is be deleted after the system restarts.
Examples
The following example shows how to save the DHCP snooping entries to the flash:
ZXAN(config)#ip dhcp database write
Related Commands
29.7.2 ip dhcp snooping

Syntax
ip dhcp snooping vlan {range1 |WORD1 }
no ip dhcp snooping vlan {range1 |WORD1 }
29-79

Function
This command configures the DHCP snooping function on a VLAN.
Use the no form command to disable the DHCP snooping function on a VLAN.
Parameters
range1 VLAN ID 1–4094
WORD1 VLAN name -
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
This command takes effect only when the global DHCP snooping function is enabled.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable DHCP snooping function on VLAN 100:
ZXAN(config)#ip dhcp snooping vlan l00
Related Commands
29.7.7 ip dhcp snooping enable
29.7.24 show ip dhcp snooping vlan
29.7.3 ip dhcp snooping (VLAN configuration sub-mode)

Syntax
ip dhcp snooping
no ip dhcp snooping
Function
This command configures the DHCP snooping function on a VLAN.
Parameters
None
Mode
29-80

Usage Guidelines
This command takes effect only when the global DHCP snooping function is enabled.
To disable the DHCP snooping function on a VLAN, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable DHCP snooping function on VLAN 100:
ZXAN(config-vlan100)#ip dhcp snooping
Related Commands
None
29.7.4 ip dhcp snooping (interface mode)

Syntax
ip dhcp snooping name1
Function
This command enables or disables the DHCP snooping function on an interface.
Parameters
name1 Enable or disable -
Mode
P2P interface mode: ZXAN(config-if)#
pon-onu interface mode: ZXAN(config-if)#
Usage Guidelines
The ip dhcp snooping enable command takes effect only when the global DHCP snooping
function is enabled.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the DHCP snooping function on an interface.
ZXAN(config)interface epon-onu_1/4/1:1
ZXAN(config-if)#ip dhcp snooping enable
Related Commands
29-81

29.7.5 ip dhcp snooping clear

Syntax
ip dhcp snooping clear hexadecimal1 vlan number1
Function
This command deletes a DHCP snooping entry.
Parameters
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to delete a DHCP snooping entry:
ZXAN(config)#ip dhcp snooping clear 0000.0022.0033 vlan 10
Related Commands
29.7.13 show ip dhcp snooping dynamic database
29.7.6 ip dhcp snooping clear slot

Syntax
ip dhcp snooping clear slot number1
Function
This command deletes all DHCP snooping entries on a slot.
Parameters
29-82

Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to delete all DHCP snooping entries on a slot 3:
ZXAN(config)#ip dhcp snooping clear slot 3
Related Commands

Syntax
ip dhcp snooping enable
no ip dhcp snooping enable
Function
This command enables the global DHCP snooping function.
Parameters
None
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example show how to enable the global DHCP snooping function:
ZXAN(config)#ip dhcp snooping enable
Related Commands
29.7.20 show ip dhcp snooping global
29-83

29.7.8 ip dhcp snooping quota

Syntax
ip dhcp snooping quota number1
no ip dhcp snooping quota
Function
This command sets the maximum DHCP session number for DHCP snooping on an
interface.
Use the no form command to cancel the limit.
Parameters
number1 Session number 1–255
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to set the maximum DHCP session number for DHCP
snooping to 100:
ZXAN(config)interface epon-onu_1/4/1:1
ZXAN(config-if)#ip dhcp snooping quota 100
Related Commands
None
29.7.9 ip dhcp snooping quota (DSL interface mode)

Syntax
ip dhcp snooping quota number1 [pvc number2 ]
no ip dhcp snooping quota [pvc number2 ]
Function
This command configures the number of DHCP Snooping users on a DSL interface.
29-84

Parameters
number1 Maximum number of DHCP Range: 1–255

Snooping sessions
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to limit the number of DHCP Snooping users on an interface.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the maximum number of DHCP sessions on the
DSL interface adsl_1/4/1 to 100:
ZXAN(config)interface adsl_1/4/1
ZXAN(config-if)#ip dhcp snooping quota 100
Related Commands
29.7.21 show ip dhcp snooping port quota dsl
29.7.10 ip dhcp snooping statistics clear dsl

Syntax
ip dhcp snooping statistics clear dsl interface1 [pvc number1 ]
Function
This command clears the statistics for the DHCP packets on a specified DSL interface.
Parameters
Mode
29-85

Usage Guidelines
This command is used to clear the existing statistics and build up a new count when it is
necessary to recount up the DHCP packets.
Examples
The following example shows how to clear the statistics for the DHCP packets on the
interface adsl_1/5/1:
ZXAN(config)#ip dhcp snooping statistics clear dsl adsl_1/5/1
Related Commands
29.7.17 show ip dhcp snooping dynamic port statistics dsl
29.7.11 ip dhcp snooping statistics clear p2p

Syntax
ip dhcp snooping statistics clear p2p interface1
Function
This command clears the statistics of DHCP protocol packets on a P2P interface.
Parameters
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
You can use this command before restarting the statistics on DHCP protocol packets.
Examples
The following example shows how to clear the statistics of DHCP protocol packets on a
P2P interface:
ZXAN(config)#ip dhcp snooping statistics clear p2p gei_1/2/1
Related Commands
29.7.18 show ip dhcp snooping dynamic port statistics p2p
29-86

29.7.12 ip dhcp snooping statistics clear pon

Syntax
ip dhcp snooping statistics clear pon interface1 [vport number1 ]
Function
This command clears the statistics of DHCP protocol packets on an ONU interface.
Parameters
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
You can use this command before restarting the statistics on DHCP protocol packets.
Examples
The following example shows how to clear the statistics of DHCP protocol packets on an
ONU interface:
ZXAN(config)#ip dhcp snooping statistics clear pon gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Related Commands
29.7.19 show ip dhcp snooping dynamic port statistics pon

Syntax
show ip dhcp snooping dynamic database
Function
This command displays all dynamic DHCP snooping entries.
Parameters
None
29-87

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display all dynamic DHCP snooping entries:
ZXAN(config)#show ip dhcp snooping dynamic database
Related Commands
29.7.14 show ip dhcp snooping dynamic port dsl

Syntax
show ip dhcp snooping dynamic port dsl interface1 [pvc number1 ]
Function
This command displays the number of DHCP Snooping sessions on a DSL interface.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the number of DHCP Snooping sessions on
a DSL interface:
ZXAN(config)#sho ip dhcp snooping dynamic port dsl adsl_1/2/1
Index MAC addr IP addr VLAN State Interface Expiration
29-88

Related Commands
29.7.15 show ip dhcp snooping dynamic port p2p

Syntax
show ip dhcp snooping dynamic port p2p interface1
Function
This command displays the DHCP snooping entries on a P2P interface.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the DHCP snooping entries on a P2P
interface.
ZXAN(config)#sho ip dhcp snooping dynamic port p2p gei_1/2/1
Related Commands
29.7.16 show ip dhcp snooping dynamic port pon

Syntax
show ip dhcp snooping dynamic port pon interface1 {vport number1 |sport number2 }
29-89

Function
This command displays the DHCP snooping entries on an ONU interface.
Parameters
number2 Service port ID 1–128
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the DHCP snooping entries on an ONU
interface.
ZXAN(config)#sho ip dhcp snooping dynamic port pon gpon-onu_1/2/1:1 sport 1
Related Commands
29.7.17 show ip dhcp snooping dynamic port statistics dsl

Syntax
show ip dhcp snooping dynamic port statistics dsl interface1 [pvc number1 ]
Function
This command displays the statistics for the DHCP packets on a specified DSL interface.
Parameters
29-90

Mode
Usage Guidelines
When the numbers of all DHCP packets are 0, echo does not take place.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the statistics for the DHCPv6 packets on the
ZXAN(config)#show ip dhcp snooping dynamic port statistics dsl adsl_1/5/3

DHCP SNOOPING PORT STATISTICS:
Related Commands
29.7.10 ip dhcp snooping statistics clear dsl
29.7.18 show ip dhcp snooping dynamic port statistics p2p

Syntax
show ip dhcp snooping dynamic port statistics p2p interface1
Function
This command displays the statistics of DHCP protocol packets on a P2P interface.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
When the statistics is 0, there is no information displayed.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the statistics of DHCP protocol packets on a
P2P interface.
ZXAN(config)#show ip dhcp snooping dynamic port statistics p2p gei_1/2/1

29-91

Related Commands
29.7.11 ip dhcp snooping statistics clear p2p
29.7.19 show ip dhcp snooping dynamic port statistics pon

Syntax
show ip dhcp snooping dynamic port statistics pon interface1 [vport number1 ]
Function
This command displays the statistics of DHCP protocol packets on an ONU interface.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to display the statistics of DHCP protocol packets on
an ONU interface.
ZXAN(config)#show ip dhcp snooping dynamic port statistics pon gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Related Commands
29.7.12 ip dhcp snooping statistics clear pon
29.7.20 show ip dhcp snooping global

Syntax
show ip dhcp snooping global
Function
This command displays the status of global DHCP snooping function.
29-92

Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the status of global DHCP snooping function:
ZXAN(config)#show ip dhcp snooping global
ip dhcp snooping enable
Related Commands
29.7.21 show ip dhcp snooping port quota dsl

Syntax
show ip dhcp snooping port quota dsl interface1 [pvc number1 ]
Function
This command displays the maximum number of DHCP Snooping sessions on the a
specified interface.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to display the number of DHCP Snooping users on every interface.
29-93

Examples
The following example shows how to display the maximum number of DHCP Snooping
sessions on the interface adsl_1/3/1:
ZXAN(config)#show ip dhcp snooping port quota dsl adsl_1/3/1
Port PVC Quota
adsl_1/3/1 1 No Limit
Related Commands
None
29.7.22 show ip dhcp snooping port quota p2p

Syntax
show ip dhcp snooping port quota p2p interface1
Function
This command displays the maximum DHCP session number for DHCP snooping on a
P2P interface.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the maximum DHCP session number for
DHCP snooping on a P2P interface:
ZXAN(config-if)#show ip dhcp snooping port quota p2p gei_1/2/1
Port Quota
gei_1/2/1 No Limit
Related Commands
29-94

29.7.23 show ip dhcp snooping port quota pon

Syntax
show ip dhcp snooping port quota pon interface1 [vport number1 ]
Function
This command displays the maximum DHCP session number for DHCP snooping on an
ONU interface.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the maximum DHCP session number for
DHCP snooping on an ONU interface:
ZXAN(config-if)#show ip dhcp snooping port quota pon epon-onu_1/4/1:1 vport 1
Onu Vport Quota
epon-onu_1/4/1 1 No Limit
Related Commands
29.7.24 show ip dhcp snooping vlan

Syntax
show ip dhcp snooping vlan [{number1 |WORD1 } ]
Function
This command displays the information about the VLANs with DHCP snooping enabled.
29-95

Parameters
WORD1 VLAN name -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information about the VLANs with DHCP
snooping enabled:
ZXAN(config)#show ip dhcp snooping vlan
DHCP snooping state on vlans
Vlan State
-------------------------------
10 enable
20 enable
300 enable
400 enable
Related Commands
29.8 DHCPv6 Snooping Commands

29.8.1 ipv6 dhcp database write
Syntax
ipv6 dhcp database write
no ipv6 dhcp database write
Function
This command saves the DHCPv6 snooping entries to the flash, so that the dynamic user
information can be restored when the NE restarts.
29-96

Parameters
None
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
When the system is to be reset, you can use this command to save the dynamic user
information acquired by DHCPv6 snooping.
After the system restarts, the user information can be read only after PON cards and ONUs
are properly configured. The DHCPv6 file in flash is be deleted after the system restarts.
Examples
The following example shows how to save the DHCPv6 snooping entries to the flash:
ZXR10(config)#ipv6 dhcp database write
Related Commands
29.8.2 ipv6 dhcp snooping

29.8.10 ipv6 dhcp snooping vlan
7.8 show file

Syntax
ipv6 dhcp snooping name1
Function
This command enables or disable the global DHCPv6 snooping function.
Parameters
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
29-97

Usage Guidelines
When both the global DHCPv6 snooping function and VLAN DHCPv6 snooping function
are enabled, DHCPv6 snooping on the NE is available.
Examples
The following example show how to enable the global DHCPv6 snooping function:
ZXAN(config)#ipv6 dhcp snooping enable
Related Commands
29.8.11 show ipv6 dhcp snooping
29.8.12 show ipv6 dhcp snooping database
29.8.3 ipv6 dhcp snooping (VLAN configuration sub-mode)

Syntax
ipv6 dhcp snooping
no ipv6 dhcp snooping
Function
This command configures the DHCPv6 snooping function on a VLAN.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command takes effect only when the global DHCPv6 snooping function is enabled.
To disable the DHCPv6 snooping function on a VLAN, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable DHCPv6 snooping function on VLAN 100:
ZXAN(config-vlan100)#ipv6 dhcp snooping
29-98

Related Commands
29.8.22 show ipv6 dhcp snooping vlan
29.8.4 ipv6 dhcp snooping clear

Syntax
ipv6 dhcp snooping clear hexadecimal1 vlan number1
Function
This command deletes a DHCPv6 Snooping item for a PON line card.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to delete a DHCPv6 Snooping item for the interface
gpon-onu_1/3/1:1:
ZXAN(config)#ipv6 dhcp snooping clear 0000.0022.0033 vlan 10
Related Commands

29.8.15 show ipv6 dhcp snooping dynamic port pon
29.8.5 ipv6 dhcp snooping clear slot

Syntax
ipv6 dhcp snooping clear slot number1
29-99

Function
This command deletes all DHCPv6 snooping entries on a slot.
Parameters
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to delete all DHCPv6 snooping entries on slot 3:
ZXAN(config)#ipv6 dhcp snooping clear slot 3
ZXAN(config)#show ipv6 dhcp snooping database
Index MAC addr IP/Prefix DUID IAID VLAN State Interface Expiration
Related Commands
29.8.6 ipv6 dhcp snooping quota

Syntax
ipv6 dhcp snooping quota number1 [vport number2 ]
no ipv6 dhcp snooping quota [vport number2 ]
Function
This command sets the maximum DHCPv6 session number for DHCPv6 snooping on an
interface.
Use the no form command to cancel the limit.
29-100

Parameters
number1 DHCPv6 session number 1–255
number2 Virtual vport ID 1–255
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the maximum DHCPv6 session number for
DHCPv6 snooping to 10:
ZXR10(config)#interface gpon-onu_1/7/1:1
ZXR10(config-if)#ipv6 dhcp snooping quota 10 vport 1
The following example shows how to delete the DHCPv6 session limit for DHCPv6
snooping:
ZXR10(config)#interface gpon-onu_1/7/1:1
ZXR10(config-if)#no ipv6 dhcp snooping quota vport 1
Related Commands
29.8.19 show ipv6 dhcp snooping quota dsl
29.8.7 ipv6 dhcp snooping statistics clear dsl

Syntax
ipv6 dhcp snooping statistics clear dsl interface1 [pvc number1 ]
Function
This command clears the statistics on the DHCPv6 packets on a specified DSL interface.
29-101

Parameters
interface1 DSL interface name -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
necessary to recount up the DHCPv6 packets.
Examples
The following example shows how to clear the statistics for the DHCPv6 packets on the
ZXAN(config)#show ipv6 dhcp snooping port statistics dsl adsl_1/5/1
DHCPV6 SNOOPING PORT STATISTICS:
SOLICIT :1
ADVERTISE :2
REQUEST :1
CONFIRM :0
RENEW :0
REBIND :0
REPLY :1
RELEASE :0
DECLINE :0
RECONFIGURE :0
INFORMATION :0
RELAY_FORW :0
RELAY_REPL :0
ZXAN(config)#ipv6 dhcp snooping statistics clear dsl adsl_1/5/1
Related Commands
29.8.16 show ipv6 dhcp snooping port statistics dsl
29-102

29.8.8 ipv6 dhcp snooping statistics clear p2p

Syntax
ipv6 dhcp snooping statistics clear p2p interface1
Function
This command clears the statistics of DHCPv6 protocol packets on a P2P interface.
Parameters
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
You can use this command before restarting the statistics on DHCPv6 protocol packets.
Examples
The following example shows how to clear the statistics of DHCPv6 protocol packets on a
P2P interface:
ZXAN(config)#ipv6 dhcp snooping statistics clear p2p gei_1/2/1
Related Commands
29.8.17 show ipv6 dhcp snooping port statistics p2p
29.8.9 ipv6 dhcp snooping statistics clear pon

Syntax
ipv6 dhcp snooping statistics clear pon interface1 [vport number1 ]
Function
This command clears the statistics of DHCPv6 protocol packets on a PON ONU interface.
29-103

Parameters
interface1 PON ONU interface name -
number1 Virtual portID 1–128
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
You can use this command before restarting the statistics on DHCPv6 protocol packets.
Examples
The following example shows how to clear the statistics of DHCPv6 protocol packets on a
PON ONU interface:
ZXAN(config)#show ipv6 dhcp snooping port statistics pon gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
SOLICIT :2
ADVERTISE :4
REQUEST :2
CONFIRM :0
RENEW :0
REBIND :0
REPLY :1
RELEASE :0
DECLINE :0
RECONFIGURE :0
INFORMATION :0
RELAY_FORW :0
RELAY_REPL :0
ZXAN(config)#ipv6 dhcp snooping statistics clear pon gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Related Commands
29.8.18 show ipv6 dhcp snooping port statistics pon
29-104


Syntax
ipv6 dhcp snooping vlan WORD1
no ipv6 dhcp snooping vlan WORD1
Function
This command configures the DHCPv6 snooping function on a VLAN.
Use the no form command to disable the DHCPv6 snooping function on a VLAN.
Parameters
WORD1 VLAN ID -
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
This command takes effect only when the global DHCPv6 snooping function is enabled.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable DHCPv6 snooping function on VLAN 100:
ZXAN(config)#ipv6 dhcp snooping vlan l00
Related Commands

Syntax
show ipv6 dhcp snooping
Function
This command displays the status of global DHCPv6 snooping function.
Parameters
None
29-105

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the status of global DHCPv6 snooping
function:
ZXAN(config)#ipv6 dhcp snooping enable
ZXAN(config)#show ipv6 dhcp snooping
ipv6 dhcp snooping global switch : enable
Related Commands

Syntax
show ipv6 dhcp snooping database
Function
This command displays all dynamic DHCPv6 snooping entries.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display all dynamic DHCPv6 snooping entries:
ZXAN(config)#show ipv6 dhcp snooping database
29-106

Index MAC addr IP/Prefix DUID IAID VLAN State Interface Expiration
1 0022.B061.DC9B FC00:0000: 0021. 1 20 DHCP-NA gpon-onu_ 06:12:38

0000:2411: 97EF. 1/3/1:1 01/01/2001
5310:1B64: DE41/
BBEC:3DF5 12FBE
4F4
2 4CE1.DF92.1000 0000:0000: 4CE1. 10 20 DHCP-NA gpon-onu_ 22:12:38
0000:0000: DF92. 1/3/1:2 01/09/2001
0000:0000: 1000/
0A0A:0101 18D36
C85
Related Commands
29.8.13 show ipv6 dhcp snooping dynamic port dsl

Syntax
show ipv6 dhcp snooping dynamic port dsl interface1 [pvc number1 ]
Function
This command displays the number of DHCPv6 Snooping sessions on a DSL interface.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the number of DHCPv6 Snooping sessions
on the interface vdsl_1/3/1:
ZXAN(config)#show ipv6 dhcp snooping dynamic port dsl vdsl_1/3/1 pvc 1
29-107


Index MAC addr IP/Prefix DUID IAID VLAN State Expiration
1 0022.B061.DC9B FC00:0000: 0021. 1 10 DHCP-NA 00:13:10

0000:2411: 97EF. 01/01/2001
5310:1B64: DE41/
BBEC:3DF5 12FBE
4F4
Related Commands
29.8.14 show ipv6 dhcp snooping dynamic port p2p

Syntax
show ipv6 dhcp snooping dynamic port p2p interface1
Function
This command displays the DHCPv6 snooping entries on a P2P interface.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the DHCPv6 snooping entries on a P2P
interface:
ZXAN(config)#show ipv6 dhcp snooping dynamic port p2p gei_1/5/1
1 0022.B061.DC9B FC00:0000: 0021. 1 10 DHCP-NA 00:13:10
29-108

0000:2411: 97EF. 01/01/2001

5310:1B64: DE41/
BBEC:3DF5 12FBE
4F4
Related Commands
29.8.15 show ipv6 dhcp snooping dynamic port pon

Syntax
show ipv6 dhcp snooping dynamic port pon interface1 {vport number1 |sport number2 }
Function
This command displays the DHCPv6 snooping entries on an ONU interface.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the DHCPv6 snooping entries on an ONU
interface:
ZXAN(config)#show ipv6 dhcp snooping dynamic port pon gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 sport 1
1 0022.B061.DC9B FC00:0000: 0021. 1 20 DHCP-NA 06:12:38

0000:2411: 97EF. 01/01/2001
29-109

5310:1B64: DE41/
BBEC:3DF5 12FBE
4F4
2 4CE1.DF92.1000 0000:0000: 4CE1. 10 20 DHCP-NA 22:12:38
0000:0000: DF92. 01/09/2001
0000:0000: 1000/
0A0A:0101 18D36
C85
Related Commands
29.8.16 show ipv6 dhcp snooping port statistics dsl

Syntax
show ipv6 dhcp snooping port statistics dsl interface1 [pvc number1 ]
Function
This command displays the statistics for the DHCPv6 packets on a specified DSL interface.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
When the numbers of all DHCPv6 packets are 0, echo does not take place.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the statistics for the DHCPv6 packets on the
ZXAN(config)#show ipv6 dhcp snooping port statistics dsl adsl_1/5/3
SOLICIT :1
29-110

ADVERTISE :2
REQUEST :1
CONFIRM :0
RENEW :0
REBIND :0
REPLY :1
RELEASE :0
DECLINE :0
RECONFIGURE :0
INFORMATION :0
RELAY_FORW :0
RELAY_REPL :0
Related Commands
29.8.17 show ipv6 dhcp snooping port statistics p2p

Syntax
show ipv6 dhcp snooping port statistics p2p interface1
Function
This command displays the statistics of DHCPv6 protocol packets on a P2P interface.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to display the statistics of DHCPv6 protocol packets on
a P2P interface:
ZXAN(config)#show ipv6 dhcp snooping port statistics p2p gei_1/2/1
29-111

SOLICIT :1
ADVERTISE :2
REQUEST :1
CONFIRM :0
RENEW :0
REBIND :0
REPLY :1
RELEASE :0
DECLINE :0
RECONFIGURE :0
INFORMATION :0
RELAY_FORW :0
RELAY_REPL :0
Related Commands
29.8.18 show ipv6 dhcp snooping port statistics pon

Syntax
show ipv6 dhcp snooping port statistics pon interface1 [vport number1 ]
Function
This command displays the statistics of DHCPv6 protocol packets on an ONU interface.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
29-112

Examples
The following example shows how to display the statistics of DHCPv6 protocol packets on
an ONU interface:
SOLICIT 2
ADVERTISE 4
REQUEST :2
CONFIRM :0
RENEW :0
REBIND :0
REPLY :2
RELEASE :0
DECLINE :0
RECONFIGURE :0
INFORMATION :0
RELAY_FORW :0
RELAY_REPL :0
Related Commands

29.8.19 show ipv6 dhcp snooping quota dsl

Syntax
show ipv6 dhcp snooping quota dsl interface1 [pvc number1 ]
Function
This command displays the limit on the DHCPv6 packets on a specified DSL interface.
Parameters
Mode
29-113

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the limit on the DHCPv6 packets on the
ZXAN(config-if)#show ipv6 dhcp snooping quota dsl adsl_1/5/1 pvc 1
Port PVC Quota
adsl_1/5/1 1 10
Related Commands
29.8.20 show ipv6 dhcp snooping quota p2p

Syntax
show ipv6 dhcp snooping quota p2p interface1
Function
This command displays the limit on the DHCPv6 packets on a specified P2P interface.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
interface gei_1/6/2:
ZXAN(config-if)#show ipv6 dhcp snooping quota p2p gei_1/6/2
Port Quota
gei_1/6/2 6
29-114

Related Commands
29.8.21 show ipv6 dhcp snooping quota pon

Syntax
show ipv6 dhcp snooping quota pon interface1 [vport number1 ]
Function
This command displays the limit on the DHCPv6 packets on a specified ONU interface.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
interface gpon-onu_1/5/1:1:
ZXAN(config-if)#show ipv6 dhcp snooping quota pon gpon-onu_1/4/1:1
Port Vport Quota
gpon-onu_1/4/1:1 1 20
Related Commands

29.8.9 ipv6 dhcp snooping statistics clear pon
29-115


Syntax
show ipv6 dhcp snooping vlan [{number1 |WORD1 } ]
Function
This command displays the information about the VLANs with DHCPv6 snooping enabled.
Parameters
WORD1 VLAN name -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information about the VLANs with
DHCPv6 snooping enabled:
ZXAN(config)#show ipv6 dhcp snooping vlan
DHCP snooping state on vlans
Vlan State
-------------------------------
10 enable
20 enable
300 enable
400 enable
Related Commands
29-116

29.9 ND Snooping Commands

29.9.1 ipv6 nd snooping
Syntax
ipv6 nd snooping name1
no ipv6 nd snooping
Function
This command enables or disables the global ND snooping function.
The function is disabled by default.
Parameters
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
When both the global ND snooping function and VLAN ND snooping function are enabled,
ND snooping on the NE is available.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the global ND snooping function:
ZXAN(config)#ipv6 nd snooping enable
ZXAN(config)#show ipv6 nd snooping
ipv6 nd snooping global switch : enable
Related Commands
29.9.9 ipv6 nd snooping vlan
29.9.10 show ipv6 nd snooping
29.9.18 show ipv6 nd snooping vlan

29.9.11 show ipv6 nd snooping database
29-117

29.9.2 ipv6 nd snooping clear dsl

Syntax
ipv6 nd snooping clear dsl hexadecimal1 interface1 [pvc number1 ]
Function
This command deletes an ND Snooping item for a DSL line card.
Parameters
hexadecimal1 MAC address of an ND user -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to delete an ND Snooping item for the interface
adsl_1/5/1:
ZXAN(config)#ipv6 nd snooping clear dsl 0001.0002.0003 adsl_1/5/1
Related Commands
29.9.12 show ipv6 nd snooping port dsl
29.9.3 ipv6 nd snooping clear p2p

Syntax
ipv6 nd snooping clear p2p hexadecimal1 interface1
Function
This command deletes a ND snooping entry on a P2P interface.
29-118

Parameters
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to deletes a ND snooping entry on a P2P interface:
ZXAN(config)#ipv6 nd snooping clear p2p 0001.0002.0003 gei_1/5/1
Related Commands
29.9.4 ipv6 nd snooping clear pon

Syntax
ipv6 nd snooping clear pon hexadecimal1 interface1 {sport number1 }
Function
This command deletes a ND snooping entry on an ONU interface.
Parameters
number2 Service port ID 1-128
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
29-119

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to delete a ND snooping entry on an ONU interface:
ZXAN(config)#ipv6 nd snooping clear pon 0001.cafa.bbca gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 sport 1
Related Commands
29.9.14 show ipv6 nd snooping port pon
29.9.5 ipv6 nd snooping clear slot

Syntax
ipv6 nd snooping clear slot number1
Function
This command deletes all ND snooping entries on a slot.
Parameters
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to delete all ND snooping entries on slot 3:
ZXAN(config)#show ipv6 nd snooping database
Current bind users are 1.
Index MAC addr IP addr VLAN Interface Expiration
1 000F.3D82.CAFA 2000::/64 10 gpon-onu_1/3 00:38:44 01/31/2001
/1:1
ZXAN(config)#ipv6 nd snooping clear slot 3
29-120


Related Commands
29.9.6 ipv6 nd snooping statistics clear dsl

Syntax
ipv6 nd snooping statistics clear dsl interface1 [pvc number1 ]
Function
This command clears the statistics for the ND packets on a specified DSL interface.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
necessary to recount up the ND packets.
Examples
The following example shows how to clear the statistics for the ND packets on the interface
adsl_1/3/1:
ZXAN(config)#show ipv6 nd snooping port statistics dsl adsl_1/3/1

ND SNOOPING PORT STATISTICS:
-----------------------------------------------
RS :2
RA :2
ZXAN(config)#ipv6 nd snooping statistics clear dsl adsl_1/3/1
29-121

Related Commands
29.9.15 show ipv6 nd snooping port statistics dsl
29.9.7 ipv6 nd snooping statistics clear p2p

Syntax
ipv6 nd snooping statistics clear p2p interface1
Function
This command clears the statistics of ND protocol packets on a P2P interface.
Parameters
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
You can use this command before restarting the statistics on ND protocol packets.
Examples
The following example shows how to clear the statistics of ND protocol packets on a P2P
interface:
ZXAN(config)#show ipv6 nd snooping port statistics p2p gei_1/6/1
-----------------------------------------------
RS :2
RA :2
ZXAN(config)#ipv6 nd snooping statistics clear p2p gei_1/6/1
Related Commands
29.9.16 show ipv6 nd snooping port statistics p2p
29-122

29.9.8 ipv6 nd snooping statistics clear pon

Syntax
ipv6 nd snooping statistics clear pon interface1 [vport number1 ]
Function
This command clears the statistics of ND protocol packets on a PON ONU interface.
Parameters
number1 Virtual portID 1–128
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
You can use this command before restarting the statistics on ND protocol packets.
Examples
The following example shows how to clear the statistics of ND protocol packets on a PON
ONU interface:
ZXAN(config)#show ipv6 nd snooping port statistics pon gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
-----------------------------------------------
RS :2
RA :2
ZXAN(config)#ipv6 nd snooping statistics clear pon gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
Related Commands

29.9.17 show ipv6 nd snooping port statistics pon

Syntax
ipv6 nd snooping vlan number1
29-123

no ipv6 nd snooping vlan number1
Function
This command enables ND snooping function on a VLAN.
Parameters
number1 VLAN ID 1-4094
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
When both the global ND snooping function and VLAN ND snooping function are enabled,
ND snooping on the NE is available.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable ND snooping function on a VLAN:
ZXAN(config)#ipv6 nd snooping vlan l00
Related Commands

Syntax
show ipv6 nd snooping
Function
This command displays the status of global ND snooping function.
Parameters
None
Mode
29-124

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the status of global ND snooping function:
ZXAN(config)#ipv6 nd snooping enable
ZXAN(config)#show ipv6 nd snooping
ipv6 nd snooping global switch : enable
Related Commands

Syntax
show ipv6 nd snooping database
Function
This command displays all dynamic ND snooping entries.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display all dynamic ND snooping entries:

1 000F.3D82.CAFA 2000::/64 10 gpon-onu_1/3 00:30:54 01/31/2001
/1:1
29-125

Related Commands

Syntax
show ipv6 nd snooping port dsl interface1 [pvc number1 ]
Function
This command displays the number of ND Snooping sessions on a DSL interface.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the number of ND Snooping sessions on the
interface vdsl_1/3/1:
ZXAN(config)#show ipv6 nd snooping port dsl vdsl_1/3/1 pvc 1
1 0022.B061.DC9B FC00:0000: 0021. 1 10 DHCP-NA 00:13:10

0000:2411: 97EF. 01/01/2001
5310:1B64: DE41/
BBEC:3DF5 12FBE
4F4
Related Commands
29-126

29.9.13 show ipv6 nd snooping port p2p

Syntax
show ipv6 nd snooping port p2p interface1
Function
This command displays the ND snooping entries on a P2P interface.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the ND snooping entries on a P2P interface:
ZXAN(config)#show ipv6 nd snooping port p2p gei_1/3/1

Index MAC addr IP addr VLAN Expiration
0 000F.3D82.CAFA 2000::/64 10 00:44:22 01/31/

2001
Related Commands

29.9.14 show ipv6 nd snooping port pon

Syntax
show ipv6 nd snooping port pon interface1 {vport number1 |sport number2 }
29-127

Function
This command displays the ND snooping entries on an ONU interface.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the ND snooping entries on an ONU interface:
ZXAN(config)#show ipv6 nd snooping port pon gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 sport 1

Index MAC addr IP addr VLAN Expiration
0 000F.3D82.CAFA 2000::/64 10 00:44:22 01/31/

2001
Related Commands

29.9.15 show ipv6 nd snooping port statistics dsl

Syntax
show ipv6 nd snooping port statistics dsl interface1 [pvc number1 ]
Function
This command displays the statistics for the ND packets on a specified DSL interface.
29-128

Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the statistics for the ND packets on the
ZXAN(config)#show ipv6 nd snooping port statistics dsl adsl_1/3/1
-----------------------------------------------
RS :2
RA :2
Related Commands
29.9.6 ipv6 nd snooping statistics clear dsl
29.9.16 show ipv6 nd snooping port statistics p2p

Syntax
show ipv6 nd snooping port statistics p2p interface1
Function
This command displays the statistics of ND protocol packets on a P2P interface.
Parameters
Mode
29-129

Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to display the statistics of ND protocol packets on a
P2P interface:
ZXAN(config)#show ipv6 nd snooping port statistics p2p gpon-onu_1/3/1:1
-----------------------------------------------
RS :2
RA :2
Related Commands

29.9.7 ipv6 nd snooping statistics clear p2p
29.9.17 show ipv6 nd snooping port statistics pon

Syntax
show ipv6 nd snooping port statistics pon interface1 [vport number1 ]
Function
This command displays the statistics of ND protocol packets on an ONU interface.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to display the statistics of ND protocol packets on an
ONU interface:
29-130

ZXAN(config)#show ipv6 nd snooping port statistics pon gpon-onu_1/3/1:1

-----------------------------------------------
RS :2
RA :2
Related Commands

29.9.8 ipv6 nd snooping statistics clear pon

Syntax
show ipv6 nd snooping vlan [number1 ]
Function
This command displays the information about the VLANs with ND snooping enabled.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information about the VLANs with ND
snooping enabled:
ZXAN(config)#show ipv6 nd snooping vlan
ND snooping state on vlans
Vlan State
-------------------------------
10 enable
29-131

Related Commands
29.10 IP Source Guard Commands

29.10.1 ip dhcp snooping binding (gpon onu interface mode)
Syntax
ip dhcp snooping binding [mac-address hexadecimal1 ] ip_addr1 sport number1
Function
This command configures a static IP source guard entry.
Parameters
Mode
epon onu interface mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a static IP source guard entry:
ZXAN(config-if)#ip dhcp snooping binding 1.1.1.1 sport 1
Related Commands
29.10.20 show ip dhcp snooping static database
29-132

29.10.2 ip dhcp snooping binding

Syntax
ip dhcp snooping binding [mac-address hexadecimal1 ] ip_addr1 sport number1
Function
This command configures a static IP source guard entry.
Parameters
Mode
P2P interface mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a static IP source guard entry:
ZXAN(config-if)#ip dhcp snooping binding 1.1.1.1 sport 1
Related Commands
29.10.3 ip dhcp snooping binding (DSL interface mode)

Syntax
ip dhcp snooping binding [mac-address hexadecimal1 ] ip_addr1 pvc number1
Function
This command configures a static IP Source Guard item.
29-133

Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a static IP Source Guard item:
ZXAN(config-if)#ip dhcp snooping binding 1.1.1.1 pvc 1
Related Commands
29.10.4 ip dhcp snooping clear (gpon onu interface mode)

Syntax
ip dhcp snooping clear ip_addr1 sport number1
Function
This command deletes a static IP source guard entry.
Parameters
Mode
29-134

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to delete a static IP source guard entry:
ZXAN(config-if)#ip dhcp snooping clear 1.1.1.1 sport 1
Related Commands
None
29.10.5 ip dhcp snooping clear

Syntax
ip dhcp snooping clear ip_addr1 sport number1
Function
This command deletes a static IP source guard entry.
Parameters
Mode
P2P interface mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to delete a static IP source guard entry:
ZXAN(config)#interface geil_1/3/1
ZXAN(config-if)#ip dhcp snooping clear 1.1.1.1 sport 1
Related Commands
29-135

29.10.6 ip dhcp snooping clear (DSL interface mode)

Syntax
ip dhcp snooping clear ip_addr1 pvc number1
Function
This command deletes a static IP Source Guard item.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to delete a static IP Source Guard item:
ZXAN(config-if)#ip dhcp snooping clear 1.1.1.1 pvc 1
Related Commands
29.10.7 ip-source-guard
Syntax
ip-source-guard name1
Function
This command enables or disables the global IP source guard function.
Parameters
29-136

Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
When both the global IP source guard function and interface IP source guard function are
enabled, IP source guard on the NE is available.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the global IP source guard function:
ZXAN(config)#ip-source-guard enable
Related Commands
29.10.21 show ip-source-guard
29.10.8 ip-source-guard (pon onu interface mode)

Syntax
ip-source-guard name1 sport range1
Function
This command enables or disables the IP source guard function on an interface.
Parameters
name1 enable/disable -
range1 Service port ID 1–8
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the IP source guard function on an interface.
ZXAN(config-if)#ip-source-guard enable sport 1
29-137

Related Commands
29.10.26 show ip-source-guard port pon
29.10.9 ip-source-guard name1 pvc range1 (DSL interface mode)

Syntax
ip-source-guard name1 pvc range1
Function
This command enables the IP Source Guard function for an interface.
Parameters
name1 enable: Enables the function. -

disable: Disables the function.
range1 PVC ID Range: 1–8
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The IP Source Guard function for an interface should be enabled together with the IP
Source Guard function for global configuration.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the IP Source Guard function for the interface
adsl_1/4/1:
ZXAN(config-if)#ip-source-guard enable pvc 1
Related Commands
29.10.24 show ip-source-guard port dsl
29.10.10 ip-source-guard (p2p interface mode)

Syntax
ip-source-guard name1 sport range1
29-138

Function
This command enables or disables the IP source guard function on an interface.
Parameters
name1 enable/disable -
range1 Service port ID 1–8
Mode
p2p interface mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the IP source guard function on an interface.
ZXAN(config-if)#ip-source-guard enable sport 1
Related Commands
29.10.11 ip-source-guard bind-type ip+mac

Syntax
ip-source-guard bind-type ip+mac
no ip-source-guard bind-type ip+mac
Function
This command sets the bind type of IP source guard to IP + MAC.
Parameters
None
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
29-139

Usage Guidelines
By default, the bind type is IP.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the bind type of IP source guard to IP + MAC:
ZXAN(config)#ip-source-guard bind-type ip+mac
Related Commands
29.10.22 show ip-source-guard bind-type
29.10.12 ip-source-guard ip-limit

Syntax
ip-source-guard ip-limit ipv4 number1 ipv6 number2
Function
This command sets the limit of IP source guard entries on an ONU.
Parameters
number1 IPv4 entries 0–8
number2 IPv6 entries 0–8
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the limit of IP source guard entries on an ONU:
ZXAN(config-if)#ip-source-guard ip-limit ipv4 1 ipv6 1
Related Commands
None
29-140

29.10.13 ip-source-guard ip-spoofing-log clear

Syntax
ip-source-guard ip-spoofing-log clear
Function
This command deletes IP spoofing log records.
Parameters
None
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to delete IP spoofing log records:
ZXAN(config)#ip-source-guard ip-spoofing-log clear
Related Commands
29.10.23 show ip-source-guard ip-spoofing-log
29.10.14 ip-source-guard ip-spoofing-trap interval

Syntax
ip-source-guard ip-spoofing-trap interval number1
no ip-source-guard ip-spoofing-trap interval
Function
This command sets the interval of the same alarm for IP spoofing.
Parameters
number1 Alarm interval 1–300
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
29-141

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the interval of the same alarm for IP spoofing.
ZXAN(config)#ip-source-guard ip-spoofing-trap interval 10
Related Commands
29.10.15 ip-source-guard port-auto-shutdown

Syntax
ip-source-guard port-auto-shutdown {enable |disable } [interval number1 ]
Function
This command enables or disables the auto shutdown for illegal port.
Parameters
enable Enable auto shutdown -
disable Disable auto shutdown -
number1 Shutdown time, in minutes, 1–120

default: 5 minutes
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the auto shutdown for illegal port:
ZXAN(config)#ip-source-guard port-auto-shutdown enable
Related Commands
29.10.27 show ip-source-guard port-auto-shutdown
29-142

29.10.16 ipv6 dhcp snooping binding

Syntax
ipv6 dhcp snooping binding [mac-address hexadecimal1 ] ipv6_addr1 ipv6-mask number1 sport
number2
Function
This command configures a static IPv6 source guard entry.
Parameters
number1 Mask length 0–128
Mode
P2P interface mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure static IPv6 source guard entry:
ZXAN(config-if)#ipv6 dhcp snooping binding 2000::1 ipv6-mask 128 sport 1
Related Commands
29.10.28 show ipv6 dhcp snooping static database
29.10.17 ipv6 dhcp snooping binding (DSL interface mode)

Syntax
ipv6 dhcp snooping binding [mac-address hexadecimal1 ] ipv6_addr1 ipv6-mask number1 pvc
number2
29-143

Function
This command configures a static IP Source Guard item.
Parameters
number1 Mask Range: 1–128
Mode
ADSL interface mode and VDSL interface mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a static IP Source Guard item:
ZXAN(config-if)#ipv6 dhcp snooping binding 2000::1 ipv6-mask 128 pvc 1
Related Commands
29.10.18 ipv6 dhcp snooping clear

Syntax
ipv6 dhcp snooping clear ipv6_addr1 sport number1
Function
This command deletes a static IPv6 source guard entry.
Parameters
29-144

Mode
P2P interface mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to delete a static IPv6 source guard entry:
ZXAN(config-if)#ipv6 dhcp snooping clear 2000::1 sport 1
Related Commands
29.10.19 ipv6 dhcp snooping clear (DSL interface mode)

Syntax
ipv6 dhcp snooping clear ipv6_addr1 pvc number1
Function
This command deletes a static IP Source Guard item.
Parameters
Mode
ADSL interface mode and VDSL interface mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to delete a static IP Source Guard item:
ZXAN(config-if)#ipv6 dhcp snooping clear 2000::1 sport 1
29-145

Related Commands

Syntax
show ip dhcp snooping static database
Function
This command displays all static IP source guard entries.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display all static IP source guard entries:
ZXAN(config)#sho ip dhcp snooping static database
IP-addr MAC-addr Port Sport/Pvc
1.1.1.1 0000.0000.0000 gpon-onu_1/2/1:1 1
2.2.2.2 0000.0000.0001 gpon-onu_1/2/1:1 1
3.3.3.3 0000.0000.0000 gpon-onu_1/2/1:1 1
Related Commands
29.10.2 ip dhcp snooping binding
29.10.21 show ip-source-guard

Syntax
show ip-source-guard
Function
This command displays the status of global IP source guard function.
29-146

Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the status of global IP source guard function:
ZXAN(config)#show ip-source-guard
global ip-source-guard status :disable
Related Commands
29.10.7 ip-source-guard
29.10.22 show ip-source-guard bind-type

Syntax
show ip-source-guard bind-type
Function
This command displays the bind type of IP source guard.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the bind type of IP source guard.
ZXAN(config)#show ip-source-guard bind-type
29-147

Related Commands
29.10.11 ip-source-guard bind-type ip+mac

Syntax
show ip-source-guard ip-spoofing-log
Function
This command displays the alarm logs of IP source guard.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the alarm logs of IP source guard:
ZXAN(config)#show ip-source-guard ip-spoofing-log
ip-source-guard ip-spoofing-trap interval(minute):3
No log exists!
Related Commands
None
29.10.24 show ip-source-guard port dsl

Syntax
show ip-source-guard port dsl interface1 [pvc number1 ]
Function
This command displays the IP Source Guard configuration of an interface.
29-148

Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the IP Source Guard configuration of the
ZXAN(config)#show ip-source-guard port dsl adsl_1/3/1
Port Pvc ip-source-guard status
adsl_1/3/1 1 disable
Related Commands
None
29.10.25 show ip-source-guard port p2p

Syntax
show ip-source-guard port p2p interface1
Function
This commands displays the state of IP source guard function on an interface.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
29-149

Examples
The following example shows how to display the state of IP source guard function on an
interface:
ZXAN(config)#show ip-source-guard port p2p gei_1/3/1
Port Sport ip-source-guard status
gei_1/3/1 1 disable
Related Commands
None

Syntax
show ip-source-guard port pon interface1
Function
This commands displays the state of IP source guard function on an interface.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the state of IP source guard function on an
interface:
ZXAN(config)#show ip-source-guard port pon gpon-onu_1/3/1:1

Port Sport ip-source-guard status
gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 1 disable
Related Commands
None
29-150

29.10.27 show ip-source-guard port-auto-shutdown

Syntax
show ip-source-guard port-auto-shutdown
Function
This command displays the state of IP source guard port auto-shutdown function
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the state of IP source guard port
auto-shutdown function:
ZXAN(config)#show ip-source-guard port-auto-shutdown
Related Commands
29.10.15 ip-source-guard port-auto-shutdown

Syntax
show ipv6 dhcp snooping static database
Function
This command displays all static IPv6 source guard entries.
Parameters
None
Mode
29-151

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display all static IPv6 source guard entries:
ZXAN(config)#sho ipv6 dhcp snooping static database
IPv6-addr Mask MAC-addr Port Sport/Pvc
2000::11 128 0000.0000.0000 gpon-onu_1/2/1:1 1
Related Commands
29.10.16 ipv6 dhcp snooping binding
29-152

Chapter 30
SSH Commands
Table of Contents
show ssh ..................................................................................................................30-1
ssh server authentication mode ................................................................................30-2
ssh server authentication type ..................................................................................30-2
ssh server enable .....................................................................................................30-3
ssh server generate-key ...........................................................................................30-4
ssh server only .........................................................................................................30-4
ssh server version ....................................................................................................30-5
30.1 show ssh

Syntax
show ssh
Function
This command displays information about the system configuration that has taken effect.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the system configuration that has taken effect:
ZXAN(config)#show ssh
SSH configuration:
SSH enable-flag configuration : disable
SSH version : ver2.0
SSH only configuration : disable
SSH init server key : not initialized
30-1

SSH auth mode :

Error: Map value is not found in the map table!
SSH auth type : chap
Related Commands
None
30.2 ssh server authentication mode

Syntax
ssh server authentication mode name1
Function
This command sets the SSH server authentication mode.
Parameters
name1 Authentication mode -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the SSH server authentication mode to local:
ZXAN(config)#ssh server authentication mode local
Related Commands
None
30.3 ssh server authentication type

Syntax
ssh server authentication type name1
30-2

Chapter 30 SSH Commands
Function
This command sets the SSH server authentication type.
Parameters
name1 Authentication type -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the SSH server authentication type:
ZXAN(config)#ssh server authentication type pap
Related Commands
None
30.4 ssh server enable

Syntax
ssh server enable
no ssh server enable
Function
This command enables the SSH server.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To disable the functions, use the no form of this command.
30-3

Examples
The following example shows how to enable the SSH server:
ZXAN(config)#ssh server enable
Related Commands
None
30.5 ssh server generate-key

Syntax
ssh server generate-key
Function
This command sets the SSH server to generate an RSA key pair when the SSH server
operates in protocol version 1.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The RSA key pair needs to be generated only when the SSH server uses protocol version
1. For protocol version 2, it is unnecessary to calculate this key pair.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the SSH server to generate the RSA key:
ZXAN(config)#ssh server generate-key
Related Commands
None
30.6 ssh server only

Syntax
ssh server only
30-4

Chapter 30 SSH Commands
no ssh server only
Function
This command sets the SSH server as the unique safe configuration access mode and
disables Telnet mode.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to set the SSH server as the unique access mode:
ZXAN(config)#ssh server only
Related Commands
None
30.7 ssh server version

Syntax
ssh server version number1
Function
This command sets the SSH server protocol version.
Parameters
number1 SSH protocol version number Range: 1–2

Default: 2
Mode
30-5

Usage Guidelines
The SSH server supports two protocol versions.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the SSH server protocol version number to 1:
ZXAN(config)#ssh server version 1
Related Commands
None
30-6

Chapter 31
History Performance
Statistics Commands
Table of Contents
his-performance alarm .............................................................................................31-1
his-performance auto-upload....................................................................................31-2
his-performance sample ...........................................................................................31-2
his-performance upload 1-day ..................................................................................31-3
his-performance upload 15-minute ...........................................................................31-4
31.1 his-performance alarm

Syntax
his-performance alarm name1
Function
This command enables or disables the history performance alarm function.
Parameters
name1 Enables or disables the function. Default: enable
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The performance alarm is based on performance data sampling. Therefore, make sure to
enable the his-performance sample command before enabling this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the history performance alarm function:
ZXAN(config)#his-performance alarm enable
31-1

Related Commands
31.3 his-performance sample
31.2 his-performance auto-upload

Syntax
his-performance auto-upload name1
Function
This function enables or disables the auto-upload function for a history performance file.
Parameters
name1 Enables or disables the function. Default: disable
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The performance data auto-upload is based on performance data sampling. Therefore,
make sure to enable the his-performance sample command before enabling this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the auto-upload function for a history
performance file:
ZXAN(config)#his-performance auto-upload enable
Related Commands

Syntax
his-performance sample name1
Function
This command enables or disables history performance data sampling.
31-2

Chapter 31 History Performance Statistics Commands
Parameters
name1 Enables or disables the function. Default: enable
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is a global switch for performance data sampling.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the history performance data sampling
function:
ZXAN(config)#his-performance sample enable
Related Commands
None
31.4 his-performance upload 1-day

Syntax
his-performance upload 1-day {interval-begin number1 } {interval-end number2 }
Function
This command organizes the history performance data that was stored in the NE in CSV
format for the last 1 day, and uploads the file through FTP.
Parameters
number1 1-day data file number, with 1 1

for the latest data file
number2 1-day data file number, with 1 1

for the latest data file
Mode
31-3

Usage Guidelines
The NE always stores 1-day history performance data for the last period.
If the configuration file (sample.xml) of performance sampling points exists in the cfg
directory of the NE, the uploaded data file corresponds to the data of the sampling point
in the configuration file.
If the configuration file (sample.xml) of performance sampling points does not exist in the
cfg directory of the NE, the uploaded data file contains the data of all the sampling points
configured after the NE enables the performance sampling function.
Examples
The following example shows how to upload the file for the latest 1-day history performance
data:
ZXAN(config)#his-performance upload 1-day interval-begin 1 interval-end 1
Related Commands
None
31.5 his-performance upload 15-minute

Syntax
his-performance upload 15-minute {interval-begin number1 } {interval-end number2 }
Function
This command organizes the history performance data that was stored in the NE in CSV
format for the last 15 minutes, and uploads the file through FTP.
Parameters
number1 15-minute data file number, with Range: 1–8

1 for the latest data file
number2 15-minute data file number, with Range: 1–8

1 for the latest data file
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The NE always stores 15-minute history performance data for the last period.
31-4

Chapter 31 History Performance Statistics Commands
If the configuration file (sample.xml) of performance sampling points exists in the cfg
directory of the NE, the uploaded data file corresponds to the data of the sampling point
in the configuration file.
If the configuration file (sample.xml) of performance sampling points does not exist in the
cfg directory of the NE, the uploaded data file contains the data of all the sampling points
configured after the NE enables the performance sampling function.
Examples
The following example shows how to upload the file for the latest 15-minute history
performance data:
ZXAN(config)#his-performance upload 15-minute interval-begin 1 interval-end 1
Related Commands
None
31-5

31-6

Chapter 32
Control Panel Safety
Commands
Table of Contents
anti-dos ....................................................................................................................32-1
anti-dos blocking-time ..............................................................................................32-2
anti-dos drop ............................................................................................................32-3
anti-dos drv-limit.......................................................................................................32-4
anti-dos limit-num .....................................................................................................32-4
anti-dos shutdown-time ............................................................................................32-5
clear cpu queue statistics .........................................................................................32-6
clear packet-statistics ...............................................................................................32-7
control-panel ............................................................................................................32-7
cpu ...........................................................................................................................32-8
packet-limit...............................................................................................................32-9
show control-panel anti-dos black-table..................................................................32-12
show control-panel anti-dos black-table slot ...........................................................32-13
show control-panel configure..................................................................................32-13
show control-panel cpu queue................................................................................32-14
show control-panel cpu queue statistics .................................................................32-15
show control-panel packet-limit statistics inband.....................................................32-16
show control-panel packet-limit statistics outband ..................................................32-17
show control-panel packet-limit statistics slot..........................................................32-18
32.1 anti-dos
Syntax
anti-dos name1
Function
This command enables or disables the anti-DoS attack function.
32-1

Parameters
name1 enable: Enables the anti-DoS -

attack function.
disable: Disables the anti-DoS
attack function.
Mode
Control panel configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
This command ensures the NE to respond to services normally in case of Denial of Service
(DoS) attacks.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the anti-DoS attack function:
ZXAN(config)#control-panel
ZXAN(control-panel)#anti-dos enable
Related Commands
None
32.2 anti-dos blocking-time

Syntax
anti-dos blocking-time number1
Function
This command sets the blacklist refreshing period for anti-DoS attacks.
Parameters
number1 Period for refreshing the Range: 1–600

blacklist (sec)
Mode
Control panel configuration mode:
32-2

Chapter 32 Control Panel Safety Commands
Usage Guidelines
(DoS) attacks.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the blacklist refreshing period for anti-DoS attacks
to 300 seconds:
ZXAN(control-panel)#anti-dos blocking-time 300
Related Commands
None
32.3 anti-dos drop

Syntax
anti-dos drop name1
Function
This command enables or disables packet dropping.
Parameters
name1 enable: Enables packet -

dropping.
disable: Disables packet
dropping.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
(DoS) attacks.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable packet dropping:
32-3

ZXAN(control-panel)#anti-dos drop enable
Related Commands
None
32.4 anti-dos drv-limit

Syntax
anti-dos drv-limit name1
Function
This command enables or disables driver rate limiting.
Parameters
name1 enable: Enables rate limiting. -

disable: Disables rate limiting.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
(DoS) attacks.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable driver rate limiting:
ZXAN(control-panel)#anti-dos drv-limit enable
Related Commands
None
32.5 anti-dos limit-num

Syntax
anti-dos limit-num number1
32-4

Function
This command sets the rate limit for the packets matching up with the anti-DoS blacklist.
Parameters
number1 Allowed number of packets Range: 10–1000

matching up with the blacklist
per second
Mode
Usage Guidelines
(DoS) attacks.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the rate limit to 20 pps:
ZXAN(control-panel)#anti-dos limit-num 20
Related Commands
None
32.6 anti-dos shutdown-time

Syntax
anti-dos shutdown-time number1
Function
This command sets the shutdown time for a vport.
Parameters
number1 Virtual port shutdown time (min) Range: 0–60
Mode
32-5

Usage Guidelines
If a user is added to the black list, the virtual port where the user is located will be shut
down until the shut-down time expires.
0 indicates the virtual port is not shut down.
Only GPON cards are supported.
Examples
The following example shows how to shut down the virtual port for one minute:
ZXAN(control-panel)#anti-dos shutdown-time 1
Related Commands
32.14 show control-panel configure
32.7 clear cpu queue statistics

Syntax
clear cpu queue statistics
Function
This command clears the statistics for CPU queues.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
When it is necessary to recount up CPU queues, run this command to clear the current
statistics.
Examples
The following example shows how to clear the statistics for CPU queues:
ZXAN#clear cpu queue statistics
Related Commands
32.16 show control-panel cpu queue statistics
32-6

32.8 clear packet-statistics

Syntax
clear packet-statistics
Function
This command clears statistics of rate-limited packets.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to clear statistical packet information generated by the packet limit
command.
Examples
The following example shows how to clear statistics of rate-limited packets:
ZXAN#clear packet-statistics
Related Commands
None
32.9 control-panel
Syntax
control-panel
Function
This command enters control-panel mode.
Parameters
None
Mode
32-7

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enter control-panel mode:
ZXAN(control-panel)#
Related Commands
None
32.10 cpu
Syntax
cpu {queue {0 number1 |1 number2 |2 number3 |3 number4 |4 number5 |5 number6 |6 number7 |7
number8 } }
no cpu {queue {0 |1 |2 |3 |4 |5 |6 |7 } }
Function
This command sets the rate limit for each queue in the CPU of a main control card.
Parameters
number1 Rate limit (pps) Range: 16–4096
0 Queue ID -
1 Queue ID -
2 Queue ID -
3 Queue ID -
4 Queue ID -
32-8

5 Queue ID -
6 Queue ID -
7 Queue ID -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command sets the packet receiving rate limit for a queue in the CPU of a main control
card.
To restore the default settings, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the packet receiving rate of queue 0 to 267 pps:
ZXAN(control-panel)#cpu queue 0 267
Related Commands
show cpu queue
show cpu queue statistics
32.11 packet-limit
Syntax
packet-limit {all number1 |arp number2 |icmp number3 |ssh number4 |other number5 |igmp nu
mber6 |dhcp number7 |pppoe number8 |snmp number9 |telnet number10 |bfd number11 |zesr
number12 |stp number13 |lacp number14 |lldp number15 |bpdu_other number16 |rip number17
|bgp number18 |ospf number19 |isis number20 |ldp number21 |cfm number22 |ipv6_rs number2
3 |ipv6_ra number24 |ipv6_ns number25 |ipv6_na number26 |ipv6_icmp number27 |ipv6_dhcp
number28 |r-aps number29 }
no packet-limit {all |arp |icmp |ssh |other |igmp |dhcp |pppoe |snmp |telnet |bfd |zesr |stp |lacp
|lldp |bpdu_other |rip |bgp |ospf |isis |ldp |cfm |ipv6_rs |ipv6_ra |ipv6_ns |ipv6_na |ipv6_icmp
|ipv6_dhcp |r-aps }
Function
This command sets a rate limit for the packets of a specific type.
32-9

Parameters
number1 Protocol packet rate limit (pps) Range: 100–65535
all Protocol type -
arp Protocol type -
icmp Protocol type -
32-10

ssh Protocol type -
other Protocol type -
igmp Protocol type -
dhcp Protocol type -
pppoe Protocol type -
snmp Protocol type -
telnet Protocol type -
bfd Protocol type -
zesr Protocol type -
stp Protocol type -
lacp Protocol type -
lldp Protocol type -
bpdu_other Protocol type -
rip Protocol type -
bgp Protocol type -
ospf Protocol type -
isis Protocol type -
ldp Protocol type -
cfm Protocol type -
ipv6_rs Protocol type -
ipv6_ra Protocol type -
ipv6_ns Protocol type -
ipv6_na Protocol type -
ipv6_icmp Protocol type -
ipv6_dhcp Protocol type -
r-aps Protocol type -
Mode
Control panel configuration mode:
Usage Guidelines
(DoS) attacks.
32-11

Examples
The following example shows how to set the rate limit of ARP packets to 10 pps:
ZXAN(control-panel)#packet-limit arp 10
Related Commands
None
32.12 show control-panel anti-dos black-table

Syntax
show control-panel anti-dos black-table
Function
This command displays blacklist information.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to display blacklist information about the main control card and the
other cards.
Examples
The following example shows how to display blacklist information:
ZXAN(config)#sho control-panel anti-dos black-table
----------------------------MP BLACK-TABLE------------------------------------
mac-address vlan port onu-sn state PktIn Drop
----------------------------NP BLACK-TABLE------------------------------------
mac-address port onu-sn state PktIn Drop
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Related Commands
None
32-12

32.13 show control-panel anti-dos black-table slot

Syntax
show control-panel anti-dos black-table slot slot1
Function
This command displays the blacklist of a card in a specified slot.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If the card in the specified slot is out of service or the card in the slot does not support the
blacklist function, an error message is displayed.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the blacklist of the card in slot 5:
show control-panel anti-dos black-table slot 5
%Code 52528: SAFEGUARD - card is not in service or not supported.
Related Commands
None

Syntax
show control-panel configure
Function
This command displays the basic configuration of the control panel.
Parameters
None
32-13

Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to display the basic configuration of the packet-limit and the anti-dos
commands only.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the basic configuration of the control panel:
show control-panel configure

packet-limit arp 10
anti-dos disable
anti-dos drop disable
anti-dos drv-limit enable
anti-dos limit-num 100
anti-dos blocking-time 1
anti-dos shutdown-time 0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Related Commands
show cpu queue
32.15 show control-panel cpu queue

Syntax
show control-panel cpu queue
Function
This command displays the rate limit of CPU queues.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
32-14

Examples
The following example shows how to display the rate limit of CPU queues:
ZXAN(config)#sho control-panel cpu queue
------------------------------------------------------------------------
QueueId Ratelimit
0 256
1 300
2 300
3 100
4 300
5 300
6 300
7 300
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Related Commands
32.10 cpu
32.16 show control-panel cpu queue statistics

Syntax
show control-panel cpu queue statistics
Function
This command displays statistical packet information about CPU queues.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command displays information about CPU queues, such as packet receiving rate,
peak values, and the time when a peak value occurs.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the packet receiving rate:
show control-panel cpu queue statistics
queueId pps ppsPeak peakTime
32-15

0 0 2 17:17:59 12/13/2012
1 0 4 13:38:22 12/16/2012
2 0 8 17:03:40 12/13/2012
3 0 0 -
4 0 0 -
5 0 4 22:24:33 12/14/2012
6 0 7 14:24:06 12/17/2012
7 0 0 -
Related Commands
32.15 show control-panel cpu queue
32.17 show control-panel packet-limit statistics inband

Syntax
show control-panel packet-limit statistics inband
Function
This command displays statistical information about in-band protocol packets.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command does not display statistical information about layer-2 packets but instead
the rate-limiting enabled protocol packets that are received by the CPU.
Examples
The following example shows how to display statistical information about in-band protocol
packets:
ZXAN(control-panel)#show control-panel packet-limit statistics inband
pktType pktTotal pktDrop pps ppsPeak dropSec peakTime
all 192 0 0 0 0 -
arp 33 0 0 2 0 13:38:21
12/16/2012
icmp 0 0 0 0 0 -
ssh 0 0 0 0 0 -
other 0 0 0 0 0 -
32-16

igmp 39 0 0 4 0 22:23:48
12/14/2012
dhcp 0 0 0 0 0 -
pppoe 0 0 0 0 0 -
snmp 0 0 0 0 0 -
telnet 35 0 0 8 0 14:23:59
12/17/2012
bfd 0 0 0 0 0 -
zesr 0 0 0 0 0 -
stp 0 0 0 0 0 -
lacp 0 0 0 0 0 -
lldp 0 0 0 0 0 -
bpdu_other 0 0 0 0 0 -
rip 0 0 0 0 0 -
bgp 0 0 0 0 0 -
ospf 0 0 0 0 0 -
isis 0 0 0 0 0 -
ldp 0 0 0 0 0 -
cfm 0 0 0 0 0 -
ipv6_rs 31 0 0 2 0 15:08:49
12/13/2012
ipv6_ra 0 0 0 0 0 -
ipv6_ns 27 0 0 4 0 16:52:12
12/13/2012
ipv6_na 17 0 0 2 0 16:52:56
12/13/2012
ipv6_icmp 10 0 0 2 0 16:52:12
12/13/2012
ipv6_dhcp 0 0 0 0 0 -
r-aps 0 0 0 0 0 -
Related Commands
32.18 show control-panel packet-limit statistics

outband
Syntax
show control-panel packet-limit statistics outband
Function
This command displays statistical information about out-of-band protocol packets.
32-17

Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to display statistical information about the rate-limiting enabled
protocol packets, including:
1. arp
2. icmp
3. ssh
4. other packets with types not displayed
Examples
The following example shows how to display statistical information about out-of-band
protocol packets:
ZXAN(control-panel)#show control-panel packet-limit statistics outband
pktType pktTotal pktDrop pps ppsPeak dropSec peakTime
all 31281822 0 0 0 0 -
arp 4906848 1513 12 961 5 13:59:23
12/16/2012
icmp 97594 0 0 39 0 13:59:23
12/16/2012
ssh 35 0 0 2 0 17:10:53
12/13/2012
other 26277345 5205852 10 122593 13390 13:59:23
12/16/2012
Related Commands
32.19 show control-panel packet-limit statistics slot

Syntax
show control-panel packet-limit statistics slot slot1
Function
This command displays the packet statistics of the card in a specific slot.
32-18

Parameters
slot1 Physical slot number Range: 2–22
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If the specified card is out of service or does not support the function, an error message is
displayed.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the statistics of the packets of the card in slot
5:
show control-panel packet-limit statistics slot 5
%Code 52528: SAFEGUARD - card is not in service or not supported.
Related Commands
show control-panel packet-limit statistics
32-19

32-20

Chapter 33
NTP Configuration
Commands
Table of Contents
ntp authenticate........................................................................................................33-1
ntp authentication-key ..............................................................................................33-2
ntp broadcast-client ..................................................................................................33-3
ntp enable ................................................................................................................33-4
ntp multicast-client....................................................................................................33-4
ntp poll-interval.........................................................................................................33-5
ntp server .................................................................................................................33-6
ntp source ................................................................................................................33-7
ntp trusted-key .........................................................................................................33-8
show ntp status ........................................................................................................33-9
33.1 ntp authenticate

Syntax
ntp authenticate
no ntp authenticate
Function
This command enables NTP authentication.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to authenticate the destination server to be synchronized.
For the server to be authenticated, a key that is available and trusted must be bound.
To disable NTP authentication, use the no form of this command.
33-1

Examples
The following example shows how to enable NTP authentication:
ZXAN(config)#ntp authenticate
Related Commands
33.4 ntp enable
33.10 show ntp status
33.9 ntp trusted-key
33.7 ntp server
33.2 ntp authentication-key

Syntax
ntp authentication-key number1 md5 name1
no ntp authentication-key number1
Function
This command configures the NTP authentication key.
Parameters
number1 Authentication key ID Range: 1–255
name1 Cipher key -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
For the NTP authentication key configuration, the maximum length of the plain text of the
authentication key is 16 bytes, and that of the Md5-encrypted cipher text is 32 bytes.
For configuration viewing, only the cipher text is displayed.
To clear the authentication key, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the NTP authentication key:
ZXAN(config)#ntp authentication-key 10 md5 ntpkey
33-2

Chapter 33 NTP Configuration Commands
Related Commands
33.4 ntp enable
33.3 ntp broadcast-client

Syntax
ntp broadcast-client
no ntp broadcast-client
Function
This command enables the NTP broadcast client function.
Parameters
None
Mode
VLAN interface configuration mode: ZXAN(config-if-vlanNumber), loopback interface
mode
Usage Guidelines
With this function enabled, the NE listens passively to the NTP broadcast messages from
the NTP server in a subnet, learns the address of the server, and interacts with the server
through the NTP protocol. By default, the source IP address of the NTP messages from
the NE is the primary IP address of the corresponding VLAN interface, and the destination
address is the learned address of the NTP broadcast server. The route involved must be
available.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the NTP broadcast client function on interface
VLAN 100:

ZXAN(config-if-vlan100)#ntp broadcast-client
Related Commands
show running-config interface vlan (vlanid)
33-3

33.4 ntp enable

Syntax
ntp enable
no ntp enable
Function
This command enables the NTP function.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is a master switch for all the NTP functions. Other NTP commands are not
effective until this function is configured.
To disable the NTP function, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the NTP function:
ZXAN(config)#ntp enable
Related Commands
33.7 ntp server
33.5 ntp multicast-client

Syntax
ntp multicast-client [ip_addr1 ]
no ntp multicast-client
Function
This command enables the NTP multicast client function.
33-4

Parameters
ip_addr1 Multicast group address -
Mode
VLAN interface configuration mode: ZXAN(config-if-vlanNumber), loopback interface
mode
Usage Guidelines
With this function enabled, the NE listens passively to the NTP multicast messages from
the NTP server in a subnet, learns the address of the server in a specified group, and
interacts with the server through the NTP protocol. By default, the source IP address of
the NTP messages from the NE is the primary IP address of the corresponding VLAN
interface, and the destination address is the learned address of the NTP multicast server.
The route involved must be available.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the NTP multicast client function on interface
VLAN 100 with the multicast group address 224.1.1.1:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan100)#ntp multicast-client 224.1.1.1
Related Commands
show running-config interface vlan (vlanid)
33.6 ntp poll-interval

Syntax
ntp poll-interval number1
Function
This command configures the interval for NTP synchronization.
Parameters
number1 Detection period of the remote Range: 4–17

NTP server
33-5

Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command configures the synchronization interval for the time server. If the ntp enable
and ntp server commands have been configured, time is synchronized from the time server
immediately.
Note: A power exponent of 2 is configured in this command, with 4 corresponding to 16
seconds, 5 to 32, 6 to 64, and so on.
To reset the interval to the default value, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the interval for NTP synchronization:
ZXAN(config)#ntp poll-interval 4
Related Commands
33.4 ntp enable
33.7 ntp server

Syntax
ntp server ip_addr1 priority number1 [{[version number2 ] [name1 ] [key number3 ] }]
no ntp server ip_addr1
Function
This command configures the IP address of the time server to be synchronized, and the
version of the NTP protocol.
Parameters
ip_addr1 IP address of the remote server -
number1 Priority of the remote server Range: 1–8
number2 Minimum version number of the Range: 1–4

remote NTP server
name1 Lock attribute of the server -
number3 Associated authentication key Range: 1–255

ID
33-6

Mode
Usage Guidelines
Time is synchronized only from one time server currently. If multiple synchronizations are
configured, the latter overwrites the former.
With this command configured, time cannot be synchronized from the time server until the
ntp enable command is configured.
To delete the configured time server, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the IP address of the time server to be
synchronized, and the version of the NTP protocol:
ZXAN(config)#ntp server 10.1.1.1 priority 1 version 1
Related Commands
33.4 ntp enable
33.8 ntp source

Syntax
ntp source name1
no ntp source
Function
This command configures the source address from which NTP packets are sent.
Parameters
name1 Name of the source port from -

which NTP packets are sent
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
33-7

Examples
The following example shows how to configure the source interface "vlan100" from which
NTP packets are sent:
ZXAN(config)#ntp source vlan100
Related Commands
33.4 ntp enable
33.7 ntp server
show ntp status
33.9 ntp trusted-key

Syntax
ntp trusted-key number1
no ntp trusted-key number1
Function
This command configures a trusted key.
Parameters
number1 Key ID for authentication Range: 1–255
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If the server-associated key is untrusted, or does not exist, the authentication is not
implemented.
To delete the trusted key, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a trusted key ID:
ZXAN(config)#ntp trusted-key 10
Related Commands
33.4 ntp enable
33-8


Syntax
show ntp status
Function
This command displays the running status of the NTP.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the running status of the NTP:
ZXAN#show ntp status
Clock is unsynchronized , stratum 16, no reference clock
nominal freq is 250.0000 Hz, actual freq is 250.0000 Hz,
precision is 2**16
reference time is 0.0 ()
clock offset is 0.00 msec, root delay is 0.00 msec
root dispersion is 0.00 msec, peer dispersion is 0.00 msec
Related Commands
33.4 ntp enable
33.7 ntp server
33-9

33-10

Chapter 34
QoS Commands
Table of Contents
Global Commands....................................................................................................34-1
Ethernet Port Commands .......................................................................................34-15
User Port Commands .............................................................................................34-21
XDSL Port Commands ...........................................................................................34-33
Show Commands ...................................................................................................34-43

34.1.1 qos cos-to-cos-profile
Syntax
qos cos-to-cos-profile name1 [[cos0 number1 ] [cos1 number2 ] [cos2 number3 ] [cos3 number4 ]
[cos4 number5 ] [cos5 number6 ] [cos6 number7 ] [cos7 number8 ] ]
no qos cos-to-cos-profile name1
Function
This command creates a CoS-to-CoS profile. The profile specifies the CoS-to-CoS
mapping table, which is used for modifying CoS values in packets as required.
Parameters
name1 Profile name Maximum length: 32

characters
number1 CoS value corresponding to CoS 0 0–7
34-1

Mode
Usage Guidelines
l To delete a CoS-to-CoS profile, use the no form of this command.
l Create a CoS-to-CoS profile before applying the profile to an interface.
l The default CoS values corresponding to CoS 0–7 are 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 respectively.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a CoS-to-CoS profile whose name is TEST.
This profile will modify the CoS value of each packet with CoS 0 to 2.
ZXAN(config)#qos cos-to-cos-profile test cos0 2
Related Commands
34.5.1 show qos cos-to-cos-profile
34.1.2 qos cos-to-tc-profile

Syntax
qos cos-to-tc-profile name1 [[cos0 number1 ] [cos1 number2 ] [cos2 number3 ] [cos3 number4 ]
[cos4 number5 ] [cos5 number6 ] [cos6 number7 ] [cos7 number8 ] ]
no qos cos-to-tc-profile name1
Function
This command creates a CoS-to-TC profile. The profile specifies a CoS-to-TC mapping
table, which is used for modifying TC priority in packets as required.
Parameters
name1 Profile name Maximum length: 32 characters
number1 TC value corresponding to CoS 0–7

0

1

2

3
34-2

Chapter 34 QoS Commands

4

5

6

7
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l A CoS-to-TC profile is required for the MPLS function.
l Create a CoS-to-TC profile before applying the profile to an interface.
l To delete a CoS-to-TC profile, use the no form of this command.
l The default TC values corresponding to CoS 0–7 are 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7
respectively.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a CoS-to-TC profile whose name is TEST.
This profile will modify the TC value of each packet with CoS 0 to 5.
ZXAN(config)#qos cos-to-tc-profile test cos0 5
Related Commands
34.5.2 show qos cos-to-tc-profile
34.1.3 qos dscp-to-cos-profile

Syntax
qos dscp-to-cos-profile name1 range1 to number1
no qos dscp-to-cos-profile name1
Function
This command creates a DSCP-to-CoS profile. The profile specifies a DSCP-to-CoS
mapping table, which is used for modifying CoS values in accordance with DSCP values
in packets. The DSCP-to-CoS profile is applicable to Ethernet interfaces, GPON ONU
interfaces, and DSL interfaces.
34-3

Parameters
name1 Profile name Maximum length: 32

characters
range1 DSCP value 0–63
number1 CoS value corresponding to the DSCP value 0–7
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l Create a DSCP-to-CoS profile before applying the profile to an interface.
l The default DSCP-to-CoS mapping table is as follows:
DSCP CoS
DSCP 0–7 CoS 0
DSCP 8–15 CoS 1
DSCP 16–23 CoS 2
DSCP 24–31 CoS 3
DSCP 32–39 CoS 4
DSCP 40–47 CoS 5
DSCP 48–55 CoS 6
DSCP 56–63 CoS 7
l To delete a DSCP-to-CoS profile, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a DSCP-to-CoS profile whose name is TEST.
This profile will modify the CoS value in each packet with DSCP 0–8 to 2.
ZXAN(config)#qos dscp-to-cos-profile test 0-8 to 2
Related Commands
34.5.3 show qos dscp-to-cos-profile
34.1.4 qos dscp-to-drop-profile

Syntax
qos dscp-to-drop-profile name1 range1 to number1
34-4

no qos dscp-to-drop-profile name1
Function
This command creates a DSCP-to-Drop profile. The profile specifies a DSCP-to-Drop
precedence mapping table, which is used for modifying drop precedence values in packets
in accordance with DSCP values.
Parameters
range1 DSCP value 0–63
number1 Drop precedence value 0–2

corresponding to the DSCP
value
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l Create a DSCP-to-Drop profile before applying the profile to an interface.
l The default drop precedence value corresponding to all DSCP values (0–63) is 0.
l To delete a DSCP-to-Drop profile, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a DSCP-to-Drop profile whose name is TEST.
This profile will modify the drop precedence value in each packet with DSCP 1 to 2.
ZXAN(config)#qos dscp-to-drop-profile test 1 to 2
Related Commands
34.5.4 show qos dscp-to-drop-profile
34.1.5 qos dscp-to-dscp-profile

Syntax
qos dscp-to-dscp-profile {name1 } range1 to number1
no qos dscp-to-dscp-profile {name1 }
34-5

Function
This command creates a DSCP-to-DSCP profile. The profile specifies a DSCP-to-DSCP
remark table, which is used to modify DSCP values in packets. The DSCP-to-DSCP profile
is only applicable to Ethernet interfaces.
Parameters
range1 Original DSCP value 0–63
number1 Remarked DSCP value 0–63
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l Create a DSCP-to-DSCP profile before applying the profile to an interface.
l The default DSCP values corresponding to DSCP 0–63 are 0 to 63 respectively.
l To delete a DSCP-to-DSCP profile, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a DSCP-to-DSCP profile whose name is TEST.
This profile will remark DSCP 1-10 to DSCP 15:
ZXAN(config)#qos dscp-to-dscp-profile test 1-10 to 15
Related Commands
34.5.5 show qos dscp-to-dscp-profile
34.1.6 qos eth-cos-local-map

Syntax
qos eth-cos-local-map cos0 number1 cos1 number2 cos2 number3 cos3 number4 cos4 number5
cos5 number6 cos6 number7 cos7 number8
no qos eth-cos-local-map
Function
This command configures the mapping table between Ethernet CoS and local priority.
34-6

Parameters
number1 Local priority value 0–7

corresponding to CoS 0







Mode
Usage Guidelines
l This command is used in global configuration mode.
l By default, CoS 0–7 correspond to local priority 0–7 respectively.
l To restore the default mapping table between CoS and local priority, use the no form
of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the mapping table between CoS and local
priority in global configuration mode. In this example, CoS 0 is mapped to priority 7, CoS 1
is mapped to priority 7, and the other CoS values are mapped to the corresponding default
priorities.
ZXAN(config)#qos eth-cos-local-map cos0 7 cos1 5 cos2 2 cos3 3 cos4 4 cos5 5 cos6 6 cos7 7
Related Commands
34.5.6 show qos eth-cos-local-map
34-7

34.1.7 qos queue-block-profile

Syntax
qos queue-block-profile name1 [queue-number {2 |4 |8 } ] [[queue0 number1 number2 ] [queue1
number3 number4 ] [queue2 number5 number6 ] [queue3 number7 number8 ] [queue4 number9
number10 ] [queue5 number11 number12 ] [queue6 number13 number14 ] [queue7 number15 nu
mber16 ] ]
no qos queue-block-profile name1
Function
This command creates a queue-block profile. The profile specifies the number of queues,
queue scheduling mode, and queue depth.
Parameters
2 Two queues -
4 Four queues -
8 Eight queues -
number2 Queue depth 0–63
34-8

Mode
Usage Guidelines
Queue management is used to manage the number of queues, queue scheduling mode,
and queue depth.
l Number of queues
The number of queues is set in global configuration mode. Three options are
available: 2, 4, or 8 (default). The following table describes the available queues
when different numbers are set:
Number of Queues Available Queues
2 Queue 0–2
4 Queue 0–3
8 Queue 0–7
l Queue weight and depth

The system supports three queue scheduling modes: SP, WRR, and SP+WRR. The
default scheduling mode is SP. If the weight is 0, the scheduling mode is the default
mode SP. The priority of SP is higher than that of WRR.
For Ethernet interfaces, if queue depth needs to be configured, set it to a value
between 5 and 14. The default 0 indicates that the system automatically selects an
appropriate depth value.
To delete a queue-block profile, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a queue-block profile. In this example, queue0
weight is 20 and queue depth is 25:
ZXAN(config)#qos queue-block-profile test queue0 20 25
Related Commands
34.5.8 show qos queue-block-profile
34.1.8 qos queue-map-profile

Syntax
qos queue-map-profile name1 {service-type |gemport-type |pvc-type |cos-queue-type [queue-n
umber {2 |4 |8 } ] [[cos0 number1 ] [cos1 number2 ] [cos2 number3 ] [cos3 number4 ] [cos4 number5
] [cos5 number6 ] [cos6 number7 ] [cos7 number8 ] ] }
34-9

no qos queue-map-profile name1
Function
This command creates a queue-map profile. The profile configures the queuing mode,
such as CoS-based queuing (default) and service-port based queuing. The system
supports CoS-based queuing in this version.
Parameters
service-type Service-port based queuing -
gemport-type gem port based queuing
pvc-type PVC based queuing -
cos-queue-type CoS based queuing -
2 Two queues -
4 Four queues -
8 Eight queues -
number1 Queue number 0–7
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l A queue-map profile can be used by an interface only when this profile is created in
global configuration mode.
l The queuing mode must be specified. When the queuing mode is set to
“cos-queue-type”, the number of queues can be configured to 2, 4, or 8. The default
number of queues is 8.
l To delete a queue-map profile, use the no form of this command.
34-10

Examples
The following example shows how to create a queue-map profile whose name is TEST. In
this profile, the queuing mode is set to “cos-queue type”.
ZXAN(config)#qos queue-map-profile test cos-queue-type
Related Commands
34.5.9 show qos queue-map-profile
34.1.9 qos queue-shape-profile

Syntax
qos queue-shape-profile name1 [queue-number {2 |4 |8 } ] [name2 cir number1 cbs number2 eir
number3 ebs number4 [color-mode name3 ] ]
no qos queue-shape-profile name1
Function
This command creates a queue-shape profile, which specifies the number of queues, and
CIR, CBS, EIR, EBS, and color mode of each queue.
Parameters
name1 Profile name. Maximum length: 32 characters
2 Two queues. -
4 Four queues. -
8 Eight queues. -
name2 Queue ID. -
number1 CIR. 0–10000000

Unit: kbps.
number2 CBS. 0–1023

Unit: kbytes.
number3 EIR. 0–10000000

Unit: kbps.
number4 EBS. 0–1023

Unit: kbytes.
name3 Color mode. Two options -

are available: color-blind or
color-aware.
34-11

Mode
Usage Guidelines
l Create a queue-shape profile in global configuration mode.
l In the profile, the number of queues can be set to 2, 4, or 8. The default is 8.
l The default CIR, CBS, EIR, and EBS of each queue are 0, meaning that there is no
restriction on the queue.
l The EIR must be greater than or equal to the CIR, and the EBS must be greater than
or equal to the CBS.
Examples
ZXAN(config)#qos queue-shape-profile TEST queue0 cir 10000 cbs 1000 eir 10000 ebs 1000 color-mode bli
Related Commands
34.5.10 show qos queue-shape-profile
34.1.10 qos tc-queue-map

Syntax
qos tc-queue-map tc0 number1 tc1 number2 tc2 number3 tc3 number4 tc4 number5 tc5 number6
tc6 number7 tc7 number8
no qos tc-queue-map
Function
This command configures the mapping table between TC values and local priorities in
global configuration mode. This command is used for MPLS functions. It is not applicable
to ordinary traffic.
Parameters
number1 Local priority corresponding to 0–7

TC 0

TC 1

TC 2

TC 3
34-12


TC 4

TC 5

TC6

TC 7
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l By default, local priority 0–7 correspond to TC 1–7 respectively.
l To restore the default TC to local priority mapping table, use the no form of this
command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the mapping table between TC values and
local priorities. In the mapping table, local priority 7 corresponds to TC 0, local priority 5
correspond to TC1, and the default priorities correspond to the other TC values.
ZXAN(config)#qos tc-queue-map tc0 7 tc1 5 tc2 2 tc3 3 tc4 4 tc5 5 tc6 6 tc7 7
Related Commands
34.5.11 show qos tc-queue-map
34.1.11 qos tc-to-cos-profile

Syntax
qos tc-to-cos-profile name1 [[tc0 number1 ] [tc1 number2 ] [tc2 number3 ] [tc3 number4 ] [tc4
number5 ] [tc5 number6 ] [tc6 number7 ] [tc7 number8 ] ]
no qos tc-to-cos-profile name1
Function
This command creates a TC-to-CoS profile. The profile specifies a TC-to-CoS mapping
table, which is used for modifying CoS values in accordance with TC values in packets.
34-13

Parameters
number1 CoS value corresponding to TC 0–7

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l Create a TC-to-CoS profile before applying the profile to an interface.
l The TC-to-CoS profile is used for MPLS functions.
l By default, TC 0–7 correspond to CoS 0–7 respectively.
l To delete a TC-to-CoS profile, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a TC-to-CoS profile whose name is TEST.
The profile will modify the CoS value of each packet with TC 0 to 5.
ZXAN(config)#qos tc-to-cos-profile test tc0 5
Related Commands
34.5.12 show qos tc-to-cos-profile
34-14

34.1.12 qos trtcm

Syntax
qos trtcm {disable |enable dscp-remark {disable |enable } }
Function
This command enables or disables the two rate three color marker (trTCM).
Parameters
disable Disables the trTCM (default). -
enable Enables the trTCM. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to enable or disable the trTCM in global configuration mode. When
the trTCM is enabled, you can determine whether to enable remarking DSCP values.
The trTCM function is available only when the corresponding card supports this function.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable trTCM and enable DSCP remarking in global
configuration mode:
ZXAN(config)#qos trtcm enable dscp-remark enable
Related Commands
34.5.13 show qos trtcm
34.2 Ethernet Port Commands

34.2.1 qos cos default-cos
Syntax
qos cos default-cos number1
no qos cos default-cos
34-15

Function
This command specifies the default CoS priority for the current interface. The default CoS
priority is used for marking the CoS priority of untagged packets. The configuration is only
applicable to the specified interface.
Parameters
number1 Default CoS priority 0–7
Mode
L2 fei interface mode, L2 gei interface mode, 10G Ethernet interface mode:
ZXAN(config-if)#
Usage Guidelines
l Set the default CoS priority and apply the priority to an interface in configuration mode
of this interface.
l To restore the default CoS priority (0), use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the default CoS priority to 7 for the Ethernet
interface 19/1:
ZXAN(config-if)#qos cos default-cos 7
Related Commands
34.5.7 show qos interface
34.2.2 qos cos dscp-remark

Syntax
qos cos dscp-remark name1
no qos cos dscp-remark
Function
This command applies a DSCP-to-CoS profile to an interface, meaning the CoS marking
on the interface depends on the settings in the profile. This command is valid only when
trust DSCP is enabled.
34-16

Parameters
name1 Name of the DSCP-to-CoS -

profile to be used
Mode
ZXAN(config-if)#
Usage Guidelines
l Before using this command, ensure that the DSCP-to-CoS profile has been created.
l To cancel the setting and restore the default profile for the interface, use the no form
of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to apply the DSCP-to-CoS profile (TEST) to the Ethernet
interface 19/1:
ZXAN(config-if)#qos cos dscp-remark TEST
Related Commands
34.2.3 qos drop-procedence

Syntax
qos drop-procedence name1
no qos drop-procedence
Function
This command applies a DSCP-to-Drop profile to an Ethernet interface. This command is
valid only when trust DSCP is enabled.
Parameters
name1 Name of the DSCP-to-Drop -

profile to be used
34-17

Mode
ZXAN(config-if)#
Usage Guidelines
l Before using this command, ensure that the DSCP-to-Drop profile has been created.
Examples
The following example shows how to apply a DSCP-to-Drop profile (TEST) to the Ethernet
interface 19/1:
ZXAN(config-if)#qos drop-procedence TEST
Related Commands
34.2.4 qos dscp dscp-remark

Syntax
qos dscp dscp-remark name1
no qos dscp dscp-remark
Function
This command applies a DSCP-to-DSCP profile to an Ethernet interface for DSCP
remarking. This command is valid only when trust DSCP is enabled.
Parameters
name1 Name of the DSCP-to-DSCP -

profile to be used
Mode
ZXAN(config-if)#
Usage Guidelines
l Before using this command, ensure that the DSCP-to-DSCP profile has been created.
34-18

Examples
The following example shows how to apply a DSCP-to-DSCP profile (TEST) to the Ethernet
interface 19/1:
ZXAN(config-if)#qos dscp dscp-remark TEST
Related Commands

Syntax
qos queue-block-profile name1
no qos queue-block-profile
Function
This command applies a queue-block profile to an interface.
Parameters
name1 Name of the queue-block profile -

to be used
Mode
ZXAN(config-if)#
Usage Guidelines
l Before using this command, ensure that the queue-block profile has been created.
Examples
The following example shows how to apply a queue-block profile (TEST) to the Ethernet
interface 19/1:
ZXAN(config-if)#qos queue-block-profile TEST
34-19

Related Commands
34.2.6 qos traffic-shape

Syntax
qos traffic-shape rate-limit number1 bucket-size number2
no qos traffic-shape
Function
This command configures a traffic shaping policy for an interface.
Parameters
number1 Limit rate for traffic shaping 64–10000000

Unit: kbps
number2 Bucket size for traffic shaping 4–16000

Unit: kbytes
Mode
ZXAN(config-if)#
Usage Guidelines
l Use this command directly under the interface.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a traffic shaping policy for an interface. In
this example, the policy sets the limit rate to 1024 kbps and sets the bucket size to 2048
kbytes.
ZXAN(config-if)#qos traffic-shape rate-limit 1024 bucket-size 2048
Related Commands
42.4.6 show traffic-statistics
34-20

34.2.7 qos trust

Syntax
qos trust {dscp |cos [inner-cos ] }
Function
This command sets the trust mode for priority marking on an Ethernet port, trust CoS mode
or trust DSCP mode. By default, an Ethernet port is in the trust CoS mode.
Parameters
dscp Trusts DSCP in ingress packets. -
cos Trusts CoS in ingress packets. -
inner-cos Trusts inner-CoS in ingress packets. -
Mode
ZXAN(config-if)#
Usage Guidelines
Configure the trust mode directly under the interface mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the trust mode to trust DSCP for the Ethernet
interface 19/1:
ZXAN(config-if)#qos trust dscp
Related Commands
34.3 User Port Commands

34.3.1 qos cos cos-remark
Syntax
qos cos cos-remark name1 vport number1
no qos cos cos-remark vport number1
34-21

Function
This command indicates that the cos marking of the current interface is subject to the
specified cos-to-cos profile. The configuration is only applicable to the specified interface.
The prerequisite is that the cos-to-cos profile has been created.
Parameters
name1 Name of a created cos-to-cos profile -
number1 Vport number 1-128
Mode
gpon onu interface mode, epon onu interface mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is applicable to GPON ONU interface. When the trusted reference object
is cos and the default cos override is not configured, this profile takes effect.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the cos-remark profile to TEST for
gpon-onu_1/16/1:1 (the cos-to-cos profile TEST has been created):
ZXAN(config-if)#qos cos cos-remark TEST vport 1
Related Commands

Syntax
qos cos default-cos number1 [override ] vport number2
no qos cos default-cos vport number2
Function
This command marks the default cos priority for the accessed untagged packets. The
cos-filter configuration is subject to this priority setting.
34-22

This command allows the override configuration item. With this configuration item, the
default cos priority forcibly changes the original one. The override mode has a higher
priority level than the cos-remark mode.
Parameters
number1 CoS value. 0–7
override Overrides the CoS value of each ingress packet -

with the default CoS when the port is CoS trusted.
number2 Vport number. 1–8
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l Use this command to configure the default CoS and applies the default value to a port.
l To cancel the setting and restore the default CoS to 0, use the no form of this
command.
Examples
The following example shows how to forcibly change the cos value of vport1 under
gpon-onu_1/16/1:1 to 6:
ZXAN(config-if)#qos cos default-cos 6 override vport 1
Related Commands

Syntax
qos cos dscp-remark name1 vport number1
no qos cos dscp-remark vport number1
Function
This command indicates that the cos marking of the current interface is subject to the
specified dscp-to-cos profile. The prerequisite is that the dscp-to-cos profile has been
created.
34-23

Parameters
name1 Name of a created dscp-to-cos profile -
number1 Vport number 1–8
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is configured for XPON ONU interfaces. It remarks the profile used for
dscp-to-cos mapping by the vport. The profile takes effect when the trusted reference
object is dscp.
To cancel the setting, use the no form of this command. After deletion, the default dscp-cos
profile is used.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the dscp-remark profile to TEST for
gpon-onu_1/16/1:1 (the dscp-to-cos profile TEST has been created):
ZXAN(config-if)#qos cos dscp-remark TEST vport 1
Related Commands
34.3.4 qos cos-filter

Syntax
qos cos-filter {disable |enable } vport number1
Function
When the cos-filter function is enabled and the cos value of the ingress packet is consistent
with the default priority of the interface, this packet is permitted; other wise, the packet is
discarded.
Only GPON cards support this function.
34-24

Parameters
disable Enables the cos filter function -
enable Disables the cos filter function -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Create a vport under the XPON-ONU interface and then enable or disable the cos-filter
function.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the cos-filter function for vport 1 under
gpon-onu_1/16/1:1:
ZXAN(config-if)#qos cos-filter enable vport 1
Related Commands
34.3.5 qos egress-cos cos-remark

Syntax
qos egress-cos cos-remark name1 vport number1
no qos egress-cos cos-remark vport number1
Function
This command remarks the cos-to-cos profile for a vport in egress direction. The
prerequisite is that the dscp-to-cos profile has been created.
Parameters
name1 Name of a created cos-to-cos-profile to be -

used in egress direction
34-25

Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is applicable to GPON ONU interface. When the vport trust mode is cos,
and the default egress-cos override is not configured for egress-cos, this profile takes
effect.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the egress-cos-remark profile to TEST for vport
under interface gpon-onu_1/16/1:1 (the cos-to-cos profile TEST has been created):
ZXAN(config-if)#qos egress-cos cos-remark TEST vport 1
Related Commands
34.3.6 qos egress-cos default-cos

Syntax
qos egress-cos default-cos number1 [override ] vport number2
no qos egress-cos default-cos vport number2
Function
This command marks the default priority of the egress on the specified interface. It is used
for forcibly modifying the egress priority.
Parameters
number1 Default priority of vport in egress direction 0–7
override Indicates that the cos in egress direction is -

forcibly modified
Mode
34-26

Usage Guidelines
Before using this command, create the vport under the XPON-ONU interface, set the
default egress priority. In the egress direction, the default priority takes effect only when
the override rule is used.
To restore the default 0, use the no form of this command
Examples
The following example shows how to forcibly modify the egress-cos value of vport1 under
interface gpon-onu_1/16/1:1 to 6:
ZXAN(config-if)#qos egress-cos default-cos 6 override vport 1
Related Commands
34.3.7 qos egress-cos dscp-remark

Syntax
qos egress-cos dscp-remark name1 vport number1
no qos egress-cos dscp-remark vport number1
Function
This command remarks the dscp-to-cos profile for a vport in egress direction. The
prerequisite is that the dscp-to-cos profile has been created.
Parameters
name1 Name of a created dscp-to-cos profile to be -

used in egress direction
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is applicable to XPON ONU interfaces. When the vport trust mode is dscp,
and the parameter egress-cos override is not configured, this profile takes effect.
34-27

Examples
The following example shows how to set the dscp-remark profile to TEST for vport under
interface gpon-onu_1/16/1:1 (the dscp-to-cos profile TEST has been created):
ZXAN(config-if)#qos cos dscp-remark TEST vport 1
Related Commands

Syntax
Function
This command configures the queue-block profile used by a port. The prerequisite is that
the queue-block profile has been created. The profile specifies the service queue number,
scheduling mode, and depth. T
The system supports three queue scheduling modes: SP, SP+WRR, and WRR. The
default is SP scheduling mode.
Parameters
name1 Name of a created queue-block-profile -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Before using this command, create a queue-block profile and then apply it on the interface.
To delete the configuration, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the queue block profile to TEST for GPON
OLT interface 1/6/1 (the profile TEST has been created):
ZXAN(config-if)#qos queue-block-profile TEST
34-28

Related Commands
34.3.9 qos queue-block-profile (gpon onu interface mode)

Syntax
qos queue-block-profile name1 vport number1
no qos queue-block-profile vport number1
Function
This command applies a queue-block profile to a port. The queue-block profile specifies
the number of queues, queue scheduling mode, and queue depth.
Parameters
name1 Name of an existing -

queue-block profile
Mode
l EPON ONU interface mode
Usage Guidelines
Before using this command to apply a queue-block profile to a port, ensure that the profile
has been created.
Examples
ZXAN(config-if)#qos queue-block-profile asd vport 1
Related Commands
34-29


Syntax
qos queue-map-profile name1
no qos queue-map-profile
Function
This command configures the queue-map profile for an interface. The prerequisite is
that the profile has been created. The service enqueue mapping relationship can be
cos-queue mapping relationship or service-type mapping relationship. The default is
cos-queue mapping. The system supports only cos-queue mapping.
Parameters
name1 Name of a created queue-map profile -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Before using this command, create a queue-map profile and then apply it on the interface.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the queue-map profile to TEST for GPON
OLT interface 1/6/1 (the profile TEST has been created):
ZXAN(config-if)#qos queue-map-profile TEST
Related Commands
34.3.11 qos queue-map-profile (gpon onu interface mode)

Syntax
qos queue-map-profile name1 vport number1
no qos queue-map-profile vport number1
34-30

Function
This command applies a queue-map profile to a port. In the queue-map profile, either of
CoS-based queuing mode (default) or service port based queueing mode is specified. The
system supports CoS-based queueing in this version.
Parameters
name1 Name of an existing queue-map -

profile
Mode
l EPON ONU interface mode
Usage Guidelines
l Before using this command to apply a queue-map profile to a port, ensure that the
profile has been created.
Examples
The following example shows how to apply a queue-map profile whose name is TEST to
the GPON ONU port 1/6/1:1:
ZXAN(config-if)#qos queue-map-profile adf vport 1
Related Commands
34.3.12 qos traffic-shape

Syntax
qos traffic-shape rate-limit number1 bucket-size number2
no qos traffic-shape
Function
This command configures a traffic shaping policy for an interface.
34-31

Parameters
number1 Limit rate in kbps 64–10000000
number2 Bucket size in kbytes 4–16000
Mode
EPON OLT interface mode
Usage Guidelines
Use this command directly under the interface.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the rate limit to 1024 kbps and set the bucket size
to 2048 kbytes for traffic shaping on an interface:
ZXAN(config-if)#qos traffic-shape rate-limit 1024 bucket-size 2048
Related Commands
34.3.13 qos trust

Syntax
qos trust {cos |dscp } vport number1
Function
This command configures the reference object for the priority remarking under the current
interface. If the reference object is cos, the priorities in descending order are: override,
cos-remark, and trust. If the reference object is dscp, the priority is revised according to the
dscp-cos mapping relation. The configuration is only applicable to the specified interface.
The cos priority remarking is implemented respectively on the uplink and downlink.
Parameters
cos Reference object is cos -
dscp Reference object is dscp -
34-32

Mode
Usage Guidelines
Configure the trust mode of a port in interface configuration mode.
Examples
ZXAN(config-if)#qos trust cos vport 1
Related Commands
34.4 XDSL Port Commands

34.4.1 qos cos cos-remark
Syntax
qos cos cos-remark name1 [pvc number1 ]
no qos cos cos-remark [pvc number1 ]
Function
This command applies a CoS-to-CoS profile to a PVC under a port.
Parameters
name1 Name of a CoS-to-CoS profile -

that has been created
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l This command is used for XDSL interface configuration.
34-33

l After a profile is applied to a PVC, the PVC remarks CoS in accordance with the
mapping table in the profile.
l The profile takes effect only when the trust CoS mode is enabled for the PVC and the
default CoS override is not enabled.
Examples
The following example shows how to apply a CoS-to-CoS profile whose name is TEST to
PVC4 of the port adsl_1/16/1:
ZXAN(config-if)#qos cos cos-remark TEST pvc 4
Related Commands

Syntax
qos cos default-cos number1 [override ] [pvc number2 ]
no qos cos default-cos [pvc number2 ]
Function
This command configures the default priority for marking ingress untagged packets on a
port. The default priority is used by the CoS-filter function to determine whether to discard
a packet. In addition, if the override mode of the port is enabled, the system modifies the
original CoS value to the default CoS priority during CoS marking. The override mode has
a higher priority than the CoS-remark mode.
Parameters
number1 CoS value 0–7
override Forcibly modifies the priority -

of each ingress packet to the
default priority when trust CoS
is enabled on the port.
Mode
34-34


Usage Guidelines
l If no PVC ID is set in this command, the configuration will be applied to PVC 1 by
default.
l If a port on a VDSL or SHDSL card is not in ATM mode, the default CoS is not set by
default, or you can only set the default CoS for PVC 1.
l To cancel the setting and restore the default priority to 0, use the no form of this
command.
Examples
The following example shows how to forcibly modify the CoS value of each ingress packet
on PVC 2 of the interface adsl_1/16/1 to 6:
ZXAN(config-if)#qos cos default-cos 6 override pvc 2
Related Commands

Syntax
qos cos dscp-remark name1 [pvc number1 ]
no qos cos dscp-remark [pvc number1 ]
Function
This command applies a DSCP-to-CoS profile to a PVC under a port.
Parameters

DSCP-to-CoS profile
Mode
34-35

Usage Guidelines
l This command specifies the profile for DSCP-to-CoS remark on a PVC of an XDSL
interface. The profile is valid when trust DSCP is enabled on the PVC.
l To cancel the setting and use the default DSCP-to-CoS mapping table, use the no
Examples
The following example shows how to apply a DSCP-to-CoS profile whose name is TEST
to PVC 3 of the interface adsl_1/16/1:
ZXAN(config-if)#qos cos dscp-remark TEST pvc 3
Related Commands
34.4.4 qos cos-filter

Syntax
qos cos-filter {disable |enable } [pvc number1 ]
Function
This command enables or disables the CoS filter function for a port. When the CoS filter
function is enabled, the port permits traffic whose priority is consistent with the default
priority of the port. Or else, the ingress packets are discarded.
Parameters
disable Disables the CoS filter function. -
enable Enables the CoS filter function. -
number1 PVC ID. 1–10
Mode
34-36

Usage Guidelines
l If no PVC ID is specified, this command enables the CoS filter function for PVC 1 by
default.
l For a port on a VDSL or SHDSL card, the CoS filter function can only be enabled on
PVC 1 or disabled by default if the port is not in ATM mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the CoS filter function of PVC 3 under the
port adsl_1/16/1:
ZXAN(config-if)#qos cos-filter enable pvc 3
Related Commands
34.4.5 qos inner-cos cos-remark

Syntax
qos inner-cos cos-remark name1 [pvc number1 ]
no qos inner-cos cos-remark [pvc number1 ]
Function
This command applies a CoS-to-CoS profile to a PVC under a port for remarking inner
CoS.
Parameters
name1 Name of an existing CoS-to-CoS -

profile
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l This command is used for configuring XDSL interfaces. The specified profile is valid
when trust CoS is enabled on the PVC while the inner-cos override mode is not
enabled.
34-37

Examples
The following example shows how to apply a CoS-to-CoS profile whose name is TEST to
PVC 4 of the interface adsl_1/16/1:
ZXAN(config-if)#qos inner-cos cos-remark TEST pvc 4
Related Commands
34.4.6 qos inner-cos default-cos

Syntax
qos inner-cos default-cos number1 [override ] [pvc number2 ]
no qos inner-cos default-cos [pvc number2 ]
Function
This command configures the default inner CoS, which is used for overriding inner CoS
values of ingress packets on a port. The port remarks the inner CoS of each ingress packet
with the configured default CoS when the override option is configured on the port.
Parameters
override override option. The port -

overrides the inner CoS of each
ingress packet and remarks the
inner CoS to the configured CoS
when the port is CoS trusted.
number2 PVC ID. 1–10
Mode
34-38

Usage Guidelines
If no PVC ID is specified in this command, the configuration is applied to PVC 1 by default.
For a port on a VDSL or SHDSL card, the default CoS can only be configured for PVC 1
or not configured by default when the port is not in ATM mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the default CoS to 6 for CoS override on
PVC 2 of the port adsl_1/16/1:
ZXAN(config-if)#qos inner-cos default-cos 6 override pvc 2
Related Commands
34.4.7 qos inner-cos dscp-remark

Syntax
qos inner-cos dscp-remark name1 [pvc number1 ]
no qos inner-cos dscp-remark [pvc number1 ]
Function
This command applies a DSCP-to-CoS profile to a PVC of a port for remarking inner CoS.
Parameters

DSCP-to-CoS profile
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l This command is used for configuring XDSL interfaces. The DSCP-to-CoS profile for
remarking inner CoS on the PVC is valid only when the PVC is DSCP trusted.
l To cancel the setting and use the default DSCP-to-CoS mapping table, use the no
34-39

Examples
The following example shows how to apply a DSCP-to-CoS profile whose name is TEST
to PVC 3 of the port adsl_1/16/1:
ZXAN(config-if)#qos inner-cos dscp-remark TEST pvc 3
Related Commands

Syntax
Function
This command applies a queue-block profile to a port. The queue-block profile specifies
the number of queues, queue scheduling mode, and queue depth.
Parameters
name1 Name of an exiting queue-block -

profile
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Before using this command, ensure that the queue-block profile has been created.
Examples
ZXAN(config-if)#qos queue-block-profile asd
Related Commands
34-40


Syntax
qos queue-map-profile name1
no qos queue-map-profile
Function
This command applies a queue-map profile to a port for queuing traffic based on CoS
(cos-queue) or service port (service-type). By default, traffic queueing is based on CoS.
Parameters
name1 Name of an existing queue-map -

profile
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l Ensure that the queue-map profile has been created before using this command.
l By default, CoS 0–7 are mapped to queue 0–7 respectively.
If the number of queues is set to 2, CoS 0–1 are mapped to queue 0–1 while CoS 2–7
are mapped to queue 1.
If the number of queues is set to 4, CoS 0–3 are mapped to queue 0–3 while CoS 4–7
are mapped to queue 3.
Examples
ZXAN(config-if)#qos queue-map-profile adf
Related Commands
34.4.10 qos trust

Syntax
qos trust {cos |dscp } [pvc number1 ]
34-41

Function
This command sets the trust mode for a PVC of a DSL port, CoS trusted or DSCP trusted.
Parameters
cos CoS trusted -
dscp DSCP trusted -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l The remarking settings vary with different trust mode.
When a port is CoS trusted, the port processes and remarks CoS values in ingress
packets based on override setting, cos-remark setting, or trust setting in descending
order of priority.
When a port is DSCP trusted, the port remarks CoS according to the configured
DSCP-to-CoS mapping table.
l If no PVC ID is specified in this command, the configuration is applied to PVC 1 by
default.
l For a port on a VDSL or SHDSL card, the trust mode can only be set for PVC 1 when
the port is not in ATM mode. For a DSL port, the trust mode is set for PVC 1 by default
if no PVC ID is specified.
Examples
ZXAN(config-if)#qos trust cos pvc 3
Related Commands
34-42

34.5 Show Commands

34.5.1 show qos cos-to-cos-profile
Syntax
show qos cos-to-cos-profile [name1 ]
Function
This command displays the configuration information of a CoS-to-CoS profile.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If no profile name is specified in this command, the system will display a name list of all
CoS-to-CoS profiles.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information of the CoS-to-CoS profile
whose name is CTCP:
ZXAN(config-if)#show qos cos-to-cos-profile ctcp
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
profile name : CTCP
profile detail :
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
---- cos : 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
---- priority : 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
profile used by :
Related Commands
34-43

34.5.2 show qos cos-to-tc-profile

Syntax
show qos cos-to-tc-profile [name1 ]
Function
This command displays the configuration information of a CoS-to-TC profile.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
CoS-to-TC profiles.
Examples
l The following example shows how to display the information of all CoS-to-TC profiles:
ZXAN(config)#show qos cos-to-tc-profile
NOTE! _DEFAULT_COS_TO_TC_PROFILE can't be modified or deleted.
---------------------------------------------------------
No. 1 profile : _DEFAULT_COS_TO_TC_PROFILE
---------------------------------------------------------
No. 2 profile : TEST
ZXAN(config)#
l The following example shows how to display the information of a specific CoS-to-TC
profile:
ZXAN(config-if)#show qos cos-to-tc-profile cttp
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
profile name : CTTP
profile detail :
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
---- cos : 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
---- tc : 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Related Commands
34.1.2 qos cos-to-tc-profile
34-44

34.5.3 show qos dscp-to-cos-profile

Syntax
show qos dscp-to-cos-profile [name1 ]
Function
This command displays the information of a DSCP-to-CoS profile.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
DSCP-to-CoS profiles.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information of the DSCP-to-CoS profile
whose name is DTCP:
ZXAN(config-if)#show qos dscp-to-cos dtcp

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
profile name : DTCP
profile detail :
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
dscp list 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
cos value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
dscp list 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
cos value 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
dscp list 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47
cos value 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
dscp list 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63
cos value 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
profile used by :
34-45

Related Commands
34.5.4 show qos dscp-to-drop-profile

Syntax
show qos dscp-to-drop-profile [name1 ]
Function
This command displays the information of a DSCP-to-Drop profile.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
DSCP-to-Drop profiles.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information of the DSCP-to-Drop profile
whose name is CTDP:
ZXAN(config-if)#show qos dscp-to-drop-profile DTDP
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
profile name : DTDP
profile detail :
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
dscp list 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
drop value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
dscp list 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
drop value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
dscp list 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47
drop value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
dscp list 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63
drop value 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
34-46

profile used by :
Related Commands
34.1.4 qos dscp-to-drop-profile
34.5.5 show qos dscp-to-dscp-profile

Syntax
show qos dscp-to-dscp-profile [name1 ]
Function
This command displays the information of a DSCP-to-DSCP profile.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
DSCP-to-DSCP profiles.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information of a DSCP-to-DSCP profile
whose name is DTDP:
ZXAN(config-if)#show qos dscp-to-dscp-profile DTDP
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
profile name : DTDP
profile detail :
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
dscp list 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
dscp value 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
dscp list 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
dscp value 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
dscp list 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47
dscp value 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34-47

dscp list 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63
dscp value 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63
profile used by :
Related Commands
34.5.6 show qos eth-cos-local-map

Syntax
show qos eth-cos-local-map
Function
This command displays the Ethernet CoS to local priority mapping table.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the Ethernet CoS to local priority mapping
table:
ZXAN(config)#show qos eth-cos-local-map
-----------------------------------
cos value 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
queue ID 1 0 2 3 4 5 6 7
Related Commands
34.1.6 qos eth-cos-local-map

Syntax
show qos interface {interface1 }
34-48

Function
This command displays the QoS information of an interface.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
show qos interface {port-name}
Examples
The following example shows how to display the QoS information:
ZXAN(config-if)#show qos interface gei_1/21/1
qos queue-block-profile CHD
qos traffic-shape rate-limit 10240 bucket-size 512
Related Commands
All QoS configuration commands
34.5.8 show qos queue-block-profile

Syntax
show qos queue-block-profile [name1 ]
Function
This command displays the configuration information of a queue-block profile.
Parameters
Mode
34-49

Usage Guidelines
queue-block profiles.
Examples
l The following example shows how to display the name list of all queue-block profiles:
ZXAN(config)#show qos queue-block-profile
NOTE! _DEFAULT_QUEUE_BLOCK_PROFILE can't be modified or deleted.

---------------------------------------------------------
No. 1 profile : _DEFAULT_QUEUE_BLOCK_PROFILE
---------------------------------------------------------
No. 2 profile : QBP
l The following example shows how to display the information of a specific queue-block
profile:
ZXAN(config)#show qos queue-block-profile qbp
----------------------------------------------------------------------
profile name : QBP
profile detail :
----------------------------------------
queue-number : 8
queue-weight : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
queue-depth : 12 24 0 0 0 0 0 0
----------------------------------------
profile used by :
Related Commands
34.5.9 show qos queue-map-profile

Syntax
show qos queue-map-profile [name1 ]
Function
This command displays the information of a queue-map profile.
34-50

Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
queue-map profiles.
Examples
l The following example shows how to display the name list of all queue-map profiles:
ZXAN(config)#show qos queue-map-profile
NOTE! _DEFAULT_QUEUE_MAP_PROFILE can't be modified or deleted.

---------------------------------------------------------
No. 1 profile : _DEFAULT_QUEUE_MAP_PROFILE
---------------------------------------------------------
No. 2 profile : QMP
ZXAN(config)#
l The following example shows how to display the information of a specific queue-map
profile:
ZXAN(config)#show qos queue-map-profile qmp
-----------------------------------------------------------
profile name : QMP
profile detail :
----------------------------------------
queue-map : cos-queue-type
queue-number : 8
cos-value : 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
cos-queue-map: 1 2 3 4 3 2 1 0
----------------------------------------
profile used by :
Related Commands
34-51

34.5.10 show qos queue-shape-profile

Syntax
show qos queue-shape-profile [name1 ]
Function
This command displays the configuration information of a queue-shape profile.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
queue-shape profiles.
Examples
l The following example shows how to display the name list of all queue-shape profiles:
-----------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE! _DEFAULT_QUEUE_SHAPING_PROFILE can't be modified or deleted.
-----------------------------------------------------------------
No. 1 profile : _DEFAULT_QUEUE_SHAPING_PROFILE
l The following example shows how to display the information of a specific queue-shape
profile:
-----------------------------------------------------------------
profile name : TEST
profile detail :
-----------------------------------------------------------------
queue-number : 8
cir : 10000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
cbs : 1000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
eir : 10000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ebs : 1000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Related Commands
34.1.9 qos queue-shape-profile
34-52

34.5.11 show qos tc-queue-map

Syntax
show qos tc-queue-map
Function
This command displays the mapping table between TC values and local priorities.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config)#show qos tc-queue-map
-----------------------------------
tc value : 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
queue index : 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
ZXAN(config)#
Related Commands
34.1.10 qos tc-queue-map
34.5.12 show qos tc-to-cos-profile

Syntax
show qos tc-to-cos-profile [name1 ]
Function
This command displays the information of a TC-to-CoS profile.
Parameters
34-53

Mode
Usage Guidelines
TC-to-CoS profiles.
Examples
l The following example shows how to display the name list of all TC-to-CoS profiles:
ZXAN(config-if)#show qos tc-to-cos-profile
-----------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE! DFTPRF can't be deleted.
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------
No. 2 profile : DFTPRF
l The following example shows how to display the information of a specific TC-to-CoS
profile:
ZXAN(config-if)#show qos tc-to-cos-profile test
-----------------------------------------------------------------
profile name : TEST
profile detail :
-----------------------------------------------------------------
tc-value : 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
cos-value : 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
ZXAN(config-if)#
Related Commands
34.1.11 qos tc-to-cos-profile
34.5.13 show qos trtcm

Syntax
show qos trtcm
Function
This command displays the status of the trTCM, enabled or disabled.
Parameters
None
34-54

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config)#show qos trtcm
--------------------------------------------
trtcm : enable dscp-remark : enable
Related Commands
34.1.12 qos trtcm
34-55

34-56

Chapter 35
Traffic Profile Commands
Table of Contents
Global Commands....................................................................................................35-1
User Port Commands ...............................................................................................35-2
Show Commands .....................................................................................................35-5

35.1.1 traffic-profile
Syntax
traffic-profile name1 ip cir number1 cbs number2 pir number3 pbs number4 [discard-mode na
me2 ] [color-mode name3 ]
no traffic-profile name1
Function
This command creates a traffic profile.
Parameters
number1 Committed information rate, in kbps 0–10000000
number2 Committed burst size, in kbytes 0–1023
number3 Peak information rate, in kbps 0–10000000

The value must not be less than the committed
information rate.
number4 Peak burst size, in kbytes 0–1023

The value must not be less than the committed
information size
name2 Discard with or without precedence -
name3 Color mode, which can be color-blind or -

color-sensitive
35-1

Mode
Usage Guidelines
The traffic profile must be created so that the rate can be limited for interfaces and services.
No default profile is available.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a traffic profile with a name of “TEST”:
ZXAN(config)#traffic-profile test ip cir 1000 cbs 1000 pir 1000 pbs 1000
Related Commands
35.3.1 show traffic-profile
35.2 User Port Commands

Syntax
traffic-profile name1 vlan number1 [cvlan number2 ] direction name2
no traffic-profile vlan number1 [cvlan number2 ] direction name2
Function
This command applies a traffic profile to a PTP interface.
Parameters
name1 Name of the traffic profile that will be applied -

to a PTP interface
name2 Direction -
Mode
PTP interface mode
Usage Guidelines
None
35-2

Chapter 35 Traffic Profile Commands
Examples
The following example shows how to apply a traffic profile vlan 100 of the PTP interface
1/6/1 in egress direction:
ZXAN(config-if)#traffic-profile test vlan 100 direction egress
Related Commands
35.2.2 traffic-profile (ASDL Interface Mode)

Syntax
traffic-profile name1 pvc number1 direction name2
no traffic-profile pvc number1 direction name2
Function
This command applies a traffic profile to a DSL interface.
Parameters
name1 Name of the traffic profile -

that will be applied to a DSL
interface.\
name2 Application direction -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to apply a traffic profile to egress traffic on PVC 1 of the
ADSL interface 1/6/1:
35-3

ZXAN(config-if)#traffic-profile test pvc 1 direction egress
Related Commands
35.2.3 traffic-profile (GPON OLT Interface Mode)

Syntax
traffic-profile name1 direction name2
no traffic-profile direction name2
Function
This command applies a traffic profile to a GPON OLT interface.
Parameters
name1 Name of an existing traffic -

profile
name2 Direction -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Before using this command to apply a traffic profile to a GPON OLT interface, ensure that
the traffic profile has been created.
Examples
The following example shows how to apply a traffic profile whose name is TEST to the
GPON OLT interface 1/6/1:
ZXAN(config-if)#traffic-profile test direction egress
Related Commands
35-4

35.2.4 traffic-profile (GPON ONU Interface Mode)

Syntax
traffic-profile name1 vport number1 direction name2
no traffic-profile vport number1 direction name2
Function
This command applies a traffic profile to an ONU interface.
Parameters
name1 Name of an existing traffic -

profile
name2 Direction -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Before using this command to apply a traffic profile to a port, ensure that the profile has
been created.
Examples
The following example shows how to apply a traffic profile to an ONU interface:
ZXAN(config-if)#traffic-profile pf1 vport 1 direction ingress
Related Commands
None
35.3 Show Commands

Syntax
show traffic-profile [{interface interface1 |name1 } ]
35-5

Function
This command displays the configuration information of a traffic profile.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If the profile name is not specified, the system displays the information of all the traffic
profiles. If the profile name is specified, the profile contents are displayed.
If the interface type is specified, the configured traffic profiles under the interface are
displayed.
Examples
l The following example shows how to display the information of all traffic profiles:
ZXAN(config-if)#show traffic-profile
-----------------------------------------------------------------
No. 1 profile : 123
-----------------------------------------------------------------
l The following example shows how to display the contents of a traffic profile whose
name is “test”:
ZXAN(config-if)#show traffic-profile test
-----------------------------------------------------------------
profile name : TEST
profile detail :
-----------------------------------------------------------------
basic traffic type : ip
committed information rate : 1000 kbps
committed burst size : 102 kbytes
peak information rate : 1000 kbps
peak burst size : 122 kbytes
discard mode : no distinction
color mode : blind
-----------------------------------------------------------------
profile used by :
35-6

gpon-olt_1/15/1
gpon-onu_1/15/1:1:1
Related Commands
show traffic-profile interface
35-7

35-8

Chapter 36
IS-IS Commands
Table of Contents
area .........................................................................................................................36-3
authentication...........................................................................................................36-4
authentication-type ...................................................................................................36-5
default-information originate .....................................................................................36-6
disable .....................................................................................................................36-8
disable-snp-authentication........................................................................................36-9
distance ...................................................................................................................36-9
distance (IPV6_ISISADDRS Mode) ........................................................................36-10
distribute-list ........................................................................................................... 36-11
enable ....................................................................................................................36-12
enable-snp-authentication ......................................................................................36-12
fast-reroute alternate-type ......................................................................................36-13
fast-reroute enable .................................................................................................36-14
hello padding..........................................................................................................36-15
hostname ...............................................................................................................36-15
i-spf ........................................................................................................................36-16
ignore-lsp-errors.....................................................................................................36-17
ip router isis............................................................................................................36-18
is-type ....................................................................................................................36-18
isis authentication...................................................................................................36-19
isis authentication-type ...........................................................................................36-20
isis bfd-enable ........................................................................................................36-21
isis circuit-type........................................................................................................36-22
isis csnp-interval.....................................................................................................36-23
isis hello-interval.....................................................................................................36-24
isis hello-multiplier ..................................................................................................36-25
isis ignore-mtu........................................................................................................36-26
isis lsp-interval........................................................................................................36-27
isis max-burst .........................................................................................................36-28
isis mesh-group......................................................................................................36-28
isis metric ...............................................................................................................36-29
isis network ............................................................................................................36-30
isis priority ..............................................................................................................36-31
isis psnp-interval ....................................................................................................36-32
isis restart t1-retry ..................................................................................................36-33
isis restart t1-timer..................................................................................................36-34
36-1

isis tag....................................................................................................................36-35
lsp-mtu ...................................................................................................................36-36
lsp-refresh-time ......................................................................................................36-36
max-lsp-lifetime ......................................................................................................36-37
maximum-paths......................................................................................................36-38
metric-style.............................................................................................................36-39
mpls traffic-eng.......................................................................................................36-40
mpls traffic-eng router-id.........................................................................................36-40
passive-interface ....................................................................................................36-41
redistribute .............................................................................................................36-42
redistribute (IPV6_ISISADDRS Mode)....................................................................36-44
restart enable .........................................................................................................36-45
restart t2-timer........................................................................................................36-46
restart t3-timer........................................................................................................36-46
route-leak ...............................................................................................................36-47
router isis ...............................................................................................................36-48
set-overload-bit ......................................................................................................36-49
set-overload-bit (IPV6_ISISADDRS Mode) .............................................................36-50
show isis adjacency................................................................................................36-51
show isis adjacency up-time ...................................................................................36-52
show isis circuits ....................................................................................................36-53
show isis database .................................................................................................36-54
show isis database verbose....................................................................................36-57
show isis fast-reroute-topology ...............................................................................36-57
show isis hostname ................................................................................................36-58
show isis mesh-groups ...........................................................................................36-59
show isis nsf...........................................................................................................36-60
show isis topology ..................................................................................................36-61
spf-interval .............................................................................................................36-62
summary-address ..................................................................................................36-63
system-id................................................................................................................36-65

Syntax
address-family ipv6
Function
This command starts IPv6 ISIS address family configuration mode.
Parameters
None
36-2

Chapter 36 IS-IS Commands
Mode
Router ISIS mode: ZXAN(config-router)#
Usage Guidelines
Special IS-ISv6 configuration commands are only available in IPv6 ISIS address family
configuration mode.
To exit IPv6 ISIS address family configuration mode and return to router ISIS mode, use
the exit command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enter IPv6 ISIS address family configuration mode:
ZXAN(config-router)#address-family ipv6
ZXAN(config-router-af)#
Related Commands
36.53 router isis
36.2 area
Syntax
area hexadecimal1
no area hexadecimal1
Function
This command configures an IS-IS area address.
Parameters
hexadecimal1 Area address that is a Range: 1–13

hexadecimal string
Unit: byte
Mode
Usage Guidelines
A maximum of three IS-IS area addresses can be configured.
36-3

Examples
The following example shows how to configure IS-IS area addresses:
ZXAN(config-router)#area 11
ZXAN(config-router)#area 11.1111.1111
Related Commands
None
36.3 authentication
Syntax
authentication {encrypt name1 |name2 } [{level-1 |level-2 } ]
no authentication [{level-1 |level-2 } ]
Function
This command configures IS-IS LSP authentication.
Parameters
name1 Encrypted password 1–80

Unit: character
name2 Password 1–180

Unit: character
level-1 Indicates that the authentication -

applies to Level 1 LSPs.

Mode
Usage Guidelines
If neither level-1 nor level-2 is specified is this command, the authentication will apply to
both Level 1 and Level 2 LSPs.
When this command is used, the same authentication is configured for SNP packets.
36-4

Examples
The following example shows how to configure IS-IS LSP authentication:
ZXAN(config-router)#authentication zte
ZXAN(config-router)#authentication zte level-1
ZXAN(config-router)#authentication zte level-2
Related Commands
36.12 enable-snp-authentication
36.7 disable-snp-authentication
36.4 authentication-type
Syntax
authentication-type {md5 |text } [{level-1 |level-2 } ]
no authentication-type [{level-1 |level-2 } ]
Function
This command configures the IS-IS LSP authentication type.
Parameters
md5 MD5 authentication -
text Clear text authentication -

type applies to Level 1 LSPs.

type applies to Level 2 LSPs.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If neither level-1 nor level-2 is specified in the command, the authentication type applies to
both Level 1 and Level 2 LSPs.
By default, the clear text authentication is used.
36-5

Examples
The following example shows how to configure the IS-IS LSP authentication type:
ZXAN(config-router)#authentication-type MD5
ZXAN(config-router)#authentication-type MD5 level-1
ZXAN(config-router)#authentication-type MD5 level-2
ZXAN(config-router)# authentication-type TEXT
ZXAN(config-router)# authentication-type TEXT level-1
ZXAN(config-router)# authentication-type TEXT level-2
Related Commands
None

Syntax
default-information originate [always ] [{[{level-1 |level-1-2 |level-2 } ] [metric number1 ] [met
ric-type name1 ] [tag number2 ] [{route-map name2 |with ip_addr1 ip_addr2 } ] }]
no default-information originate
Function
This command configures a policy for generating a default route.
Parameters
level-1 Indicates that the router belongs -

to Level 1 area.
level-1-2 Indicates that the router belongs -

to Level 1-2 area.

to Level 2 area.
By default, the router is located
in Level 2 area.
number1 Metric value 0–4261412864
name1 Metric type Range: external or internal

Default: internal
number2 32-bit tag 1–4294967295
36-6

route-map Specifies the route map used or -

route matching.
If a route in the routing table
meets the matching conditions
in the route map, the default
route can be advertised. Or
else, the default route cannot be
advertised.
name2 Route map name. 1–64

If a route in the routing table
meets the matching conditions
in the route map, the default
route can be advertised. Or
else, the default route cannot be
advertised.
Unit: character
with If a route in the routing -

table matches the configured
<ip-prefix> and <ip-mask>, the
default route can be advertised.
Or else, the default route cannot
be advertised.
ip_addr1 IP address for route matching -
ip_addr2 Mask for route matching -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If this command is not configured, the system will not advertise the default route in the
redistributed routes.
In metric-style narrow mode, the metric value range is 0–63. In metric-style wide mode,
the metric value range is 0–4261412864.
If the with parameter is specified in the command, a default route in the routing table can
be advertised when the route matches the configured ip-prefix and ip-mask.
If the route-map parameter is specified in the command, a default route in the routing table
can be advertised when the route matches the route map.
When the routing table contains more than 50, 000 routes, the with parameter
is recommended for matching a specific route. The route-map parameter is not
recommended.
36-7

Examples
The following example shows how to configure a policy that allows the system to generate
and advertise a default route no matter whether a default route exists in redistributed
routes:
ZXAN(config-router)#default-information originate
Related Commands
None
36.6 disable
Syntax
disable
Function
This command stops the IS-IS instance and clears the running status.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to stop the running of the IS-IS instance and clear the running
status.
To restart the IS-IS instance, use the enable command.
Examples
The following example shows how to disable the IS-IS instance and clear the running
status:
ZXAN(config-router)#disable
Related Commands
36.11 enable
36-8

Syntax
disable-snp-authentication
Function
This command disables the authentication for SNP packets.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, the authentication for SNP packets is enabled when the LSP authentication is
configured.
To enable the authentication for SNP packets, use the enable-snp-authentication command.
Examples
The following example shows how to disable the authentication for SNP packets:
ZXAN(config-router)#disable-snp-authentication
Related Commands
36.8 distance
Syntax
distance number1
no distance
Function
This command configures the priority for IS-IS routes.
36-9

Parameters
number1 IS-IS route priority Range: 1–255

Default: 115
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is applied to both Level 1 and Level 2 at the same time.
To restore the default priority, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the priority for IS-IS routes:
Related Commands
None
36.9 distance (IPV6_ISISADDRS Mode)

Syntax
distance number1
no distance
Function
This command configures the priority for IS-IS routes.
Parameters
number1 IS-IS route priority Range: 1–255

Default: 115
Mode
IPV6_ISISADDRS mode
36-10

Usage Guidelines
This command is applied to both Level 1 and Level 2 at the same time.
To restore the default priority, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the priority for IS-IS routes:
Related Commands
None
36.10 distribute-list
Syntax
distribute-list route-map name1 in
no distribute-list
Function
This command configures a policy for adding routes.
Parameters
name1 Route map name 1–64

Unit: characters
in Ingress direction -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a policy for adding ISIS IPv4 routes:
ZXAN(config-router)#distribute-list route-map kk in
36-11

Related Commands
None
36.11 enable
Syntax
enable
Function
This command restarts the IS-IS instance.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
When the IS-IS instance stops running, this command can be used to restart the instance.
To stop the running IS-IS instance and clear the running status, use the disable command.
Examples
The following example shows how to restart the IS-IS instance:
ZXAN(config-router)#enable
Related Commands
36.6 disable
Syntax
enable-snp-authentication
Function
This command enables the authentication for SNP packets.
36-12

Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The authentication for SNP packets is automatically enabled when the LSP authentication
is configured.
To disable the authentication for SNP packets, use the disable-snp-authentication

command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the authentication for SNP packets:
ZXAN(config-router)#enable-snp-authentication
Related Commands
36.13 fast-reroute alternate-type

Syntax
fast-reroute alternate-type {down-stream-path }
no fast-reroute alternate-type
Function
This command configures a policy for selecting backup paths. In the policy, the
DownStream Path or LFAs detection method can be used for backup path selection.
Parameters
down-stream-path One FRR type -
Mode
36-13

Usage Guidelines
By default, the LFAs detection method is used in the backup path selection policy.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the backup path selection policy:
ZXAN(config)#router isis vrf vpn-name
ZXAN(config-router)# fast-reroute alternate-type down-stream-path
Related Commands
36.14 fast-reroute enable
36.14 fast-reroute enable

Syntax
fast-reroute enable
no fast-reroute enable
Function
This command enables the IS-IS Fast Reroute (FRR) function.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
After the FFR is enabled on a global basis, the FRR is enabled on all interfaces with IS-IS
enabled by default.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the IS-IS fast reroute function:
ZXAN(config-router)#fast-reroute enable
Related Commands
36.13 fast-reroute alternate-type
36-14

36.15 hello padding

Syntax
hello padding [{multi-point |point-to-point } ]
no hello padding [{multi-point |point-to-point } ]
Function
This command enables hello PDU padding.
Parameters
multi-point Pads a multi-point hello PDU to -

1497 bytes.
point-to-point Pads a point-to-point hello PDU -

to 1499 bytes.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To cancel the hello PDU padding, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable padding point-to-point hello PDUs to 1499
bytes:
ZXAN(config-router)#hello padding point-to-point
Related Commands
None
36.16 hostname
Syntax
hostname {dynamic }
no hostname {dynamic }
36-15

Function
This command configures an IS-IS hostname.
Parameters
dynamic Obtains a hostname -

dynamically.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To delete the IS-IS hostname, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure an IS-IS hostname for authentication:
ZXAN(config-router)#hostname dynamic
Related Commands
None
36.17 i-spf
Syntax
i-spf
no i-spf
Function
This command configures the IS-IS instance to support incremental SFP calculation.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
36-16

Examples
The following example shows how to configure the IS-IS instance to support incremental
SPF calculation:
ZXAN(config-router)#i-spf
Related Commands
None
36.18 ignore-lsp-errors
Syntax
ignore-lsp-errors
no ignore-lsp-errors
Function
This command configures IS-IS to discard of ISPs with checksum errors.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, LSP with checksum errors are not discarded and the checksum errors are
ignored.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure to IS-IS to discard LSPs with checksum
errors:
ZXAN(config-router)#ignore-lsp-errors
Related Commands
None
36-17

36.19 ip router isis

Syntax
ip router isis
no ip router isis
Function
This command adds a port to the IS-IS instance.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To delete a port from the IS-IS instance, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to add a port to the IS-IS instance:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan3)#ip router isis
Related Commands
None
36.20 is-type
Syntax
is-type {level-1 |level-1-2 |level-2-only }
no is-type
Function
This command configures the IS-IS instance to run at Level 1, Level 1–2, or Level 2.
36-18

Parameters
level-1 Level 1 -
level-1-2 Level 1–2 -
level-2-only Level 2 -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, the IS-IS instance runs at Level 1–2.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the level of the IS-IS instance:
ZXAN(config-router)#is-type level-1
ZXAN(config-router)#is-type level-1-2
Related Commands
None
36.21 isis authentication

Syntax
isis authentication {encrypt name1 |name2 } [{level-1 |level-2 } ]
no isis authentication [{level-1 |level-2 } ]
Function
This command configures the authentication for hello packets.
Parameters
name1 Encrypted password. 1–80

Unit: characters.
name2 Password. 1–180

Unit: characters.
36-19


applies to Level 1 hello packets.

Mode
Usage Guidelines
If neither level-1 nor level-2 is specified in the command, the authentication will be
configured for both Level 1 and Level 2 hello packets.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the authentication for hello packets:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan3)#isis authentication zte level-1
Related Commands
None
36.22 isis authentication-type

Syntax
isis authentication-type {md5 |text } [{level-1 |level-2 } ]
no isis authentication-type [{level-1 |level-2 } ]
Function
This command configures the IS-IS hello packet authentication type.
Parameters
md5 MD5 authentication. -
text Clear text authentication. -
36-20


type applies to Level 1 hello
packets.

type applies to Level 2 hello
packets.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The default authentication type is clear text authentication.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the IS-IS hello packet authentication type:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan3)#isis authentication-type MD5 level-1
Related Commands
None
36.23 isis bfd-enable

Syntax
isis bfd-enable
no isis bfd-enable
Function
This command enables the IS-IS BFD function.
Parameters
None
Mode
36-21

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the IS-IS BFD function:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan3)#isis bfd-enable
Related Commands
None
36.24 isis circuit-type

Syntax
isis circuit-type {level-1 |level-1-2 |level-2-only }
no isis circuit-type
Function
This command configures the type of adjacency that is allowed on a port.
Parameters
level-1 Level 1 adjacency -
level-1-2 Level 1-2 adjacency -
level-2-only Level 2 adjacency -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the adjacency type on a port to Level 1:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan3)#isis circuit-type level-1
36-22

Related Commands
None
36.25 isis csnp-interval

Syntax
isis csnp-interval number1 [{level-1 |level-2 } ]
no isis csnp-interval [{level-1 |level-2 } ]
Function
This command configures the interval for sending CSNP packets.
Parameters
number1 Interval for sending CSNP 1–65535

packets.
Unit: seconds.
The default interval on
broadcast links is 10. The
default interval on point-to-point
links is 3600.
level-1 Indicates that the interval -

applies to Level 1 CSNP
packets.

applies to Level 2 CSNP
packets.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If neither level-1 nor level-2 is specified in the command, the configured interval will apply
to both Level 1 and Level 2 CSNP packets.
36-23

Examples
The following example shows how to configure the interval for sending CSNP packets:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan3)#isis csnp-interval 5 level-1
Related Commands
None
36.26 isis hello-interval

Syntax
isis hello-interval number1 [{level-1 |level-2 } ]
no isis hello-interval [{level-1 |level-2 } ]
Function
This command configures the interval for sending hello packets on a port.
Parameters
number1 Interval for sending hello Range: 1-65535

packets. Default: 10
Unit: seconds.


Mode
Usage Guidelines
The interval for sending hello packets on a DIS port is 3 seconds, which will not be changed
by this command.
The parameters level-1 and level-2 are available for configuring the hello packet interval
on point-to-point links.
36-24

Examples
The following example shows how to configure the interval for sending hello packets on a
port:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan3)#isis hello-interval 20 level-1
Related Commands
None
36.27 isis hello-multiplier

Syntax
isis hello-multiplier number1 [{level-1 |level-2 } ]
no isis hello-multiplier [{level-1 |level-2 } ]
Function
This command configures the hello multiplier between the neighbor holding time and the
hello packet interval on a port.
The hello multiplier indicates the number of hello packets that have not been received from
a neighbor router before the corresponding adjacency is considered invalid. The multiplier
is advertised to all neighbor routers of the port. The neighbor holding time is the product
of the hello packet interval and the multiplier on the port.
Parameters
number1 Multiplier. Range: 3-1000

Default: 3
level-1 Indicates the hello multiplier -

applies to Level 1 neighbor
routers.
level-2 Indicates the hello multiplier -

applies to Level 2 neighbor
routers.
Mode
36-25

Usage Guidelines
The parameters level-1 and level-2 are not available for point-to-point links.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the hello multiplier on a port:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan3)#isis hello-multiplier 3 level-1
Related Commands
None
36.28 isis ignore-mtu

Syntax
isis ignore-mtu
no isis ignore-mtu
Function
This command configures IS-IS to ignore the length verification when an IS-IS packet can
be received on an interface even if the packet size is greater than the MTU size on the
interface.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is invalid when a received packet is not completely forwarded due to too
large size. In this case, the packet length will still be verified.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure IS-IS to ignore packet length verification
on an interface:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan3)#isis ignore-mtu
36-26

Related Commands
None
36.29 isis lsp-interval

Syntax
isis lsp-interval number1 [{level-1 |level-2 } ]
no isis lsp-interval [{level-1 |level-2 } ]
Function
This command configures the interval for sending LSPs.
Parameters
number1 Interval for sending LSPs. Range: 1–65535

Unit: seconds. Default: 2


Mode
Usage Guidelines
to both Level 1 and Level 2 LSPs.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the interval for sending LSPs to one second:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan3)#isis lsp-interval 1 level-1
Related Commands
None
36-27

36.30 isis max-burst

Syntax
isis max-burst number1
no isis max-burst
Function
This command configures the maximum number of LSPs that can be sent at a time.
Parameters
number1 Maximum number of LSPs that Range: 1-65535

can be sent at a time Default: 20
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to set the maximum number of LSPs that can be sent
at a time to 50:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan3)#isis max-burst 50
Related Commands
None
36.31 isis mesh-group

Syntax
isis mesh-group {number1 |blocked }
no isis mesh-group
Function
This command configures the IS-IS mesh group function for an interface.
36-28

Parameters
number1 Number of the mesh group that 1

the interface is added to.
blocked Enables the interface to block -

LSPs.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the IS-IS mesh group function for an
interface:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan3)#isis mesh-group 1
Related Commands
None
36.32 isis metric

Syntax
isis metric number1 [{level-1 |level-2 } ]
no isis metric [{level-1 |level-2 } ]
Function
This command configures the metric value on a port.
36-29

Parameters
number1 Metric value Range: 0-16777214

Default: 10
level-1 Indicates that the metric value -

applies to Level 1 routes.
level-2 Indicates that the metric value -

applies to Level 2 routes.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
In metric-style narrow mode, the metric value range is 1–63. In metric-style wide mode,
the metric value range is 0–426142864.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the metric value for a port:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan3)#isis metric 20 level-1
Related Commands
None
36.33 isis network

Syntax
isis network point-to-point
no isis network point-to-point
Function
This command simulates the point-to-point function on a broadcast port.
36-30

Parameters
point-to-point Specifies the network type of -

the port as point-to-point.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command only applies to broadcast links.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the network type of a port as point-to-point:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan3)#isis network point-to-point
Related Commands
None
36.34 isis priority

Syntax
isis priority number1 [{level-1 |level-2 } ]
no isis priority [{level-1 |level-2 } ]
Function
This command configures the priority of a port for selecting DIS.
Parameters
number1 Port priority. Range: 0-127

Default: 64
level-1 Indicates that the priority is used -

for selecting Level 1 DIS.
level-2 Indicates that the priority is used -

for selecting Level 2 DIS.
36-31

Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is only valid on broadcast links.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the port priority for selecting DIS:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan3)#isis priority 20 level-1
Related Commands
None
36.35 isis psnp-interval

Syntax
isis psnp-interval number1 [{level-1 |level-2 } ]
no isis psnp-interval [{level-1 |level-2 } ]
Function
This command configures the interval for sending PSNP packets.
Parameters
number1 Interval for sending PSNP Range: 1–65535

packets. Default: 3
Unit: seconds.

applies to Level 1 PSNP
packets.

applies to Level 2 PSNP
packets.
Mode
36-32

Usage Guidelines
to both Level 1 and Level 2 PSNP packets.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the interval for sending PSNP packets to two
seconds:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan3)#isis psnp-interval 2 level-1
Related Commands
None
36.36 isis restart t1-retry

Syntax
isis restart t1-retry number1 [{level-1 |level-2 } ]
no isis restart t1-retry [{level-1 |level-2 } ]
Function
This command configures the number of times that the timer t1 for IS-IS graceful restart
is reset.
Parameters
number1 Number of times that the timer Range: 1-65535

t1 is reset. Default: 3

to Level 1 area.

to Level 2 area.
Mode
36-33

Usage Guidelines
If the router is selected as a DIS router on a broadcast link and this command is executed
to configure the number of t1 resets, the isis hello-multiplier command is recommended
on the interface to properly increase the hello multiplier on the interface.
The default value is recommended for an interface without adjacency.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the number of times that the restart timer t1 is
reset to 20:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan3)#isis restart t1-retry 20
Related Commands
None
36.37 isis restart t1-timer

Syntax
isis restart t1-timer number1 [{level-1 |level-2 } ]
no isis restart t1-timer [{level-1 |level-2 } ]
Function
This command configures the graceful restart timer (t1) for IS-IS.
Parameters
number1 Specifies the graceful restart Range: 1-65535

interval. Default: 3
Unit: seconds.

to Level 1 area.

to Level 2 area.
Mode
36-34

Usage Guidelines
If the router is selected as a DIS router on a broadcast link and this command is executed to
configure the graceful restart interval, the isis hello-multiplier command is recommended
on the interface to properly increase the hello multiplier on the interface.
The default value is recommended for an interface without adjacency.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the graceful restart timer (t1) to 50 seconds:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan3)#isis restart t1-timer 50 level-1
Related Commands
None
36.38 isis tag

Syntax
isis tag number1
no isis tag
Function
This command configures the tag value on an interface.
Parameters
number1 Tag value 1–4294967295
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the tag value on an IS-IS interface to 20:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan3)#isis tag 20
36-35

Related Commands
None
36.39 lsp-mtu
Syntax
lsp-mtu number1
no lsp-mtu
Function
This command configures the LSP MTU size.
Parameters
number1 LSP MTU size Range: 512–7680

Unit: byte
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The default LSP MTU size on a broadcast link is 1497 bytes. This command can be used
to change the LSP MTU size to a value in the range of 512 to 7680 bytes.
This command is not recommended unless specially required.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the LSP size to 1000:
ZXAN(config-router)#lsp-mtu 1000
Related Commands
None
36.40 lsp-refresh-time
Syntax
lsp-refresh-time number1
no lsp-refresh-time
36-36

Function
This command configures the LSP refresh interval.
Parameters
number1 LSP refresh interval Range: 1–65535

Mode
Usage Guidelines
If the maximum LSP lifetime (max-lsp-lifetime) is less than or equal to the LSP refresh
interval (lsp-refresh-time), the LSP refresh interval will be automatically set to 70% of the
maximum LSP lifetime.
To restore the default LSP refresh interval, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the LSP refresh interval to 300 seconds:
ZXAN(config-router)#lsp-refresh-time 300
Related Commands
None
36.41 max-lsp-lifetime
Syntax
max-lsp-lifetime number1
no max-lsp-lifetime
Function
This command configures the maximum lifetime of LSP.
Parameters
number1 Maximum LSP lifetime Range: 1–65535

36-37

Mode
Usage Guidelines
The maximum LSP lifetime must be longer than the LSP refresh interval.
To restore the default maximum LSP lifetime, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the maximum LSP lifetime to 500 seconds:
ZXAN(config-router)#max-lsp-lifetime 500
Related Commands
None
36.42 maximum-paths
Syntax
no maximum-paths
Function
This command configures the maximum number of equivalent routes supported by the
IS-IS.
Parameters
number1 Number of supported equivalent 1–16

routes
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If maximum-paths is not specified, the default number of supported equivalent routes is 1,
meaning that only one equivalent route is supported.
36-38

Examples
The following example shows how to configure the maximum number of supported
equivalent routes to 2:
Related Commands
None
36.43 metric-style
Syntax
metric-style {narrow |wide }
no metric-style
Function
This command configures the IS-IS metric type.
Parameters
narrow Narrow type -
wide Wide type -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, the metric type is narrow.
This command applies to both Level 1 and Level 2 areas. If the metric type changes, the
redistribution policy, summary policy, and the metric and default route on the interface will
be deleted.
To restore the default metric type, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the IS-IS metric type:
ZXAN(config-router)#metric-style narrow
ZXAN(config-router)#metric-style wide
36-39

Related Commands
None
36.44 mpls traffic-eng

Syntax
mpls traffic-eng {level-1 |level-2 }
no mpls traffic-eng {level-1 |level-2 }
Function
This command configures MPLS traffic engineering for IS-IS.
Parameters
level-1 Configures MPLS traffic -

engineering for Level 1 IS-IS.
level-2 Configures MPLS traffic -

engineering for Level 2 IS-IS.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The metric style must be set to wide before IS-IS traffic engineering configuration.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable traffic engineering of Level 1 IS-IS:
ZXAN(config-router)#mpls traffic-eng level-1
Related Commands
None
36.45 mpls traffic-eng router-id

Syntax
mpls traffic-eng router-id interface1
no mpls traffic-eng router-id
36-40

Function
This command configures a router ID for MPLS traffic engineering with IS-IS.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The metric style must be set to wide before IS-IS traffic engineering configuration.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable traffic engineering and configure a router ID
for Level 1 IS-IS:
ZXAN(config-router)#mpls traffic-eng level-1
ZXAN(config-router)#mpls traffic-eng router-id loopback1
Related Commands
None
36.46 passive-interface
Syntax
passive-interface {default |interface1 }
no passive-interface {default |interface1 }
Function
This command configures an interface as an IS-IS passive interface that does not send
IS-IS hello packets or receive any IS-IS packets. No adjacency can be established
between the passive interface and other routers.
36-41

Parameters
default Configures all interfaces as -

passive interfaces.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If there is only one interface with IS-IS enabled, this interface can still be configured as a
passive interface. By default, all interfaces are passive interfaces.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the interface VLAN 2 as a passive interface:
ZXAN(config-router)#passive-interface vlan 2
Related Commands
None
36.47 redistribute
Syntax
redistribute name1 [{[{level-1 |level-1-2 |level-2 } ] [metric number1 ] [metric-type name2 ] [rou
te-map name3 ] }]
no redistribute name1
Function
This command configures a filter policy for redistributing routes from another routing
protocol to IS-IS.
Parameters
name1 Specifies the source of routes to connect, static, rip, ospf, or bgp
be redistributed.
level-1 Redistributes routes to Level 1 -

database.
36-42

level-1-2 Redistributes routes to Level -

1–2 database.

database.
number1 Metric value for redistributing 0–4261412864

routes.
name2 Metric type of redistributed Range: external/internal

routes. Default: internal
name3 Name of the route map that is 1–64

used for route distribution.
Unit: characters.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If neither level-1 nor level-2 is specified, this command redistributes routes to Level-2
database.
If the metric style is set to narrow, the metric value range is 0–63. If the metric style is set
to wide, the metric value range is 0–4261412864.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a filter policy for redistributing routes from
another protocol to IS-IS:
Related Commands
None
36-43

36.48 redistribute (IPV6_ISISADDRS Mode)

Syntax
redistribute name1 [{[{level-1 |level-1-2 |level-2 } ] [metric number1 ] [route-map name2 ] }]
no redistribute name1
Function
This command configures a filter policy for redistributing routes from another routing
protocol to IS-IS.
Parameters
name1 Specifies the source of routes to connect, static, rip, ospf, or bgp
be redistributed.

database.
level-1-2 Redistributes routes to Level -

1–2 database.

database.
number1 Metric value for redistributing 0–4261412864

routes. 0–33554432
name2 Name of the route map that is 1–64

used for route distribution.
Unit: characters.
Mode
IPV6_ISISADDRS mode
Usage Guidelines
If neither level-1 nor level-2 is specified, this command redistributes routes to Level-2
database.
If the metric style is set to narrow, the metric value range is 0–63. If the metric style is set
to wide, the metric value range is 0–4261412864.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a filter policy for redistributing routes from
another protocol to IS-IS:
36-44

Related Commands
None
36.49 restart enable

Syntax
restart enable
no restart enable
Function
This command enables the IS-IS graceful-restart.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If a specific is-type is configured for the router, neighbors supporting the is-type must exist
for successful database synchronization.
By default, the timer t2 is set to 60 seconds and the timer t3 is set to 65535 seconds. The
timer settings are adjusted in accordance with the settings in hello packets received from
neighbors.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the IS-IS graceful restart:
ZXAN(config-router)#restart enable
Related Commands
None
36-45

36.50 restart t2-timer

Syntax
restart t2-timer number1 [{level-1 |level-2 } ]
no restart t2-timer [{level-1 |level-2 } ]
Function
This command configures the timer t2 for the ISIS graceful restart.
Parameters
number1 Synchronization interval for the 5–65535

graceful restart.
Unit: seconds.
level-1 Indicates that the time settings -

apply to Level 1 area.
level-2 Indicates that the time settings -

apply to Level 2 area.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, the timer t2 is set to 60 seconds. The timer is adjusted in accordance with the
holding time in hello packets received from neighbors.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the timer t2 for the IS-IS graceful restart:
ZXAN(config-router)#restart t2-timer 60
Related Commands
None
36.51 restart t3-timer

Syntax
restart t3-timer {adjacency |manual number1 }
36-46

no restart t3-timer
Function
This command configures the timer t3 for the IS-IS graceful restart.
Parameters
adjacency Specifies that the graceful -

restart interval is determined
by the settings in hello packets
advertised by neighbors.
manual Specifies that the graceful -

restart interval depends on
manual configuration.
number1 Graceful restart interval. 1–65535

Unit: seconds.
Default: 65535
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The timer t3 is set to 65535 by default. The timer is adjusted in accordance with the settings
in hello packets received from neighbors.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the timer T3 for the IS-IS graceful restart:
ZXAN(config-router)#restart t3-timer manual 60
Related Commands
None
36.52 route-leak
Syntax
route-leak {level-2 } into {level-1 } route-map name1
no route-leak {level-2 } into {level-1 }
36-47

Function
This command configures IS-IS route leaking from Level 2 to Level 1.
Parameters
level-2 Routing information in Level 2 -

area
into Route leaking direction -
level-1 Routing information in Level 2 -

area
name1 Route map name 1–64

Unit: characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure IS-IS IPv4 route leaking from Level 2 to
Level 1:
ZXAN(config-router)#route-leak level-2 into level-1 route-map 66
Related Commands
None
36.53 router isis

Syntax
router isis
no router isis
Function
This command starts the IS-IS routing process and enters configuration mode of the
process.
36-48

Parameters
name1 VRF name 1–32

Unit: characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, the IS-IS protocol is disabled.
To delete the IS-IS routing process, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enter IS-IS routing process configuration mode:
Related Commands
None
36.54 set-overload-bit
Syntax
set-overload-bit [on-start-up {number1 |auto [number2 ] |wait-for-bgp [number3 ] } ] [suppress
{interlevel |external |all } ]
no set-overload-bit
Function
This command sets the overload (OL) flag for the IS-IS.
Parameters
number1 Sets the OL flag upon restart. 5–86400
auto Waiting time before LSP data -

synchronization after the router
restart.
36-49

number2 Waiting time before LSP data 5–86400

synchronization after the router
restart.
Unit: seconds
wait-for-bgp Waiting time for BGP link -

establishment when the OL flag
is not set.
number3 Waiting time for BGP link 5–86400

establishment when the OL flag
is not set.
Unit: seconds
interlevel Internal routes. -
external External routes. -
all Internal and external routes. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If the current OL flag is set automatically due to limited protocol memory, the no form of
this command will not clear the current OL flag setting.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the OL flag for the IS-IS:
ZXAN(config-router)#set-overload-bit
Related Commands
None
36.55 set-overload-bit (IPV6_ISISADDRS Mode)

Syntax
set-overload-bit
no set-overload-bit
36-50

Function
This command sets the OL flag for the IS-IS.
Parameters
None
Mode
IPV6_ISISADDRS mode
Usage Guidelines
If the current OL flag is set automatically due to limited protocol memory, the no form of
this command will not clear the current OL flag setting.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the OL flag for the IS-IS:
ZXAN(config-router)#set-overload-bit
Related Commands
None
36.56 show isis adjacency

Syntax
show isis adjacency {level-1 |[level-2 ] } [vrf name1 ]
Function
This command displays information about current adjacencies.
Parameters
level-1 Indicates that the router is in -

Level 1 area.

Level 2 area.

Unit: characters
36-51

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display information about current adjacencies:
ZXAN#show isis adjacency
Interface System id State Lev Holds SNPA(802.2) Pri
gei_1/21/1 0000.0a0a.0a0a UP L1 9 802.2 00:e0:63:06:05:c0 64
Field Description
Interface Port name
System id Adjacency ID, in the format of xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
State UP or INIT
Lev Level 1, Level 2, or Level 1–2
Holds Holding time
SNPA(802.2) Port address of the adjacent
Pri Priority for selecting the DIS
Related Commands
None
36.57 show isis adjacency up-time

Syntax
show isis adjacency up-time {level-1 |level-2 } [vrf name1 ]
Function
This command displays the up time of the current adjacency.
36-52

Parameters
level-1 Indicates the route is in Level 1 -

area.
level-2 Indicates the router is in Level -

2 area.

Unit: characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The parameter level-1 or level-2 must be specified in the command if up_time is specified.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the up time of the current adjacency:
ZXAN(config)#show isis adjacency up-time level-1
Related Commands
None
36.58 show isis circuits

Syntax
show isis circuits [detail ] [vrf name1 ]
Function
This command displays information about the current IS-IS port.
Parameters
detail Detailed information -

Unit: characters
Mode
36-53

Usage Guidelines
If a VRF name is specified in the command, the circuit information in the IS-IS VPN instance
will be displayed.
Examples
The following example shows how to display information about the current IS-IS port:
ZXAN#show isis circuits
IS-IS interface database:
Interface State Lev CirId Level1-DR Level2-DR Pri(L1/L2)
gei_1/21/1 Up L1L2 1 Disabled Disabled 10/10
Field Description
Interface Port name.
State Up is displayed when the IS-IS protocol is configured and

enabled. Or else, Down is displayed.
Lev Port level: Level 1, Level 2, or Level 1–2.
CirId Port ID.
Level1-DR Designated Level 1 router with one of the following four

formats: “xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.xx”, “No found”, “Disabled”,
“Dis is me”, or “Point to point”.
Level2-DR Designated Level 2 router with one of the following four

formats: “xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.xx”, “No found”, “Disabled”,
“Dis is me”, or “Point to point”.
Pri(L1/L2) Level 1 and Level 2 priority.
Related Commands
None
36.59 show isis database

Syntax
show isis database {level-1 |[level-2 ] } [detail ] [vrf name1 ] [name2 ]
Function
This command displays information about the current IS-IS database.
36-54

Parameters

Level 1 area.

Level 2 area.
detail Detailed information. -
name1 VRF name. 1–32

Unit: characters.
name2 LSP ID. 7–38
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If a VRF name is specified in the command, the LSP database information in the IS-IS
VPN instance will be displayed.
Examples
l The following example shows how to display information about the current IS-IS
database:
ZXAN#show isis database
IS-IS Level-1 Link State Database:
LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT/P/OL
1921.6800.5080-00-00 0x00000025 0x34E3 1078 0/0/0
1921.6800.5081-00-00 0x00000020 0Xd301 1103 1/0/0
1921.6800.5080-00-00 0x00000022 0x34E3 1078 0/0/0
1921.6800.5081-00-00 0x00000022 0Xd2A1 1103 1/0/0
Field Description
LSPID LSP ID in the format of xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.xx-xx
LSP Seq Num LSP sequence number in the format of 0xdddddddd
LSP Checksum LSP checksum in the format of 0xdddd
LSP Holdtime LSP holding time in digits
ATT/P/OL ATT (external area connected or not) flag, fragment flag,

and overload flag
36-55

l The following example shows how to display detailed information about the current
IS-IS database:
ZXAN#show isis database detail
1921.6800.5080-00-00 0x00000022 0x34E3 1078 0/0/0
NLPID:0xcc
Area Address:00.0001
Metric 10 IS neighbor 1223.2232.1111-01
Metric 10 IS neighbor 1001.AC32.11D1-02
3421.68AC.0010-00-00 0x00000022 0x34E3 1078 0/0/0
NLPID:0xcc
Metric 10 IS neighbor 1001.AC32.0063-02

1921.6800.5080-00-00 0x00000022 0x34E3 1078 0/0/0
NLPID:0xcc
Metric 10 IS neighbor 1001.AC32.11D1-02
3421.68AC.0010-00-00 0x00000022 0x34E3 1078 0/0/0
NLPID:0xcc
Metric 10 IS neighbor 1223.0755.1111-01Metric 10 IS neighbor 1001.AC32.0063-02
Field Description
IS neighbor IS neighbor
IP-Internal/IP-External Reachable IP address
Area Address Area address
NLPID Supported protocol
Hostname Hostname
IP address Port address
Inter-Domain Info Inter-domain information (Tag)
Authentication type Authentication information
Related Commands
None
36-56

36.60 show isis database verbose

Syntax
show isis database verbose {level-1 |[level-2 ] } [vrf name1 ] [name2 ]
Function
This command displays LSP information, including route tag information.
Parameters

Level 1 area.

Level 2 area.

Unit: characters.
name2 LSP ID. 7–38
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If a VRF name is specified in the command, the LSP database information in the IS-IS
VPN instance will be displayed.
Examples
The following example shows how to display LSP information:
ZXAN#show isis database verbose
Related Commands
None
36.61 show isis fast-reroute-topology

Syntax
show isis fast-reroute-topology {level-1 |[level-2 ] } [vrf name1 ]
36-57

Function
This command displays the fast reroute topology.
Parameters

Level 1 area.

Level 2 area.

Unit: characters.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the current IS-IS fast reroute topology:
ZXAN#show isis fast-reroute-topology level-1 vrf vpn-name
Related Commands
None
36.62 show isis hostname

Syntax
show isis hostname [vrf name1 ]
Function
This command displays the IS-IS hostname.
Parameters

Unit: characters
36-58

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the current IS-IS hostname:
ZXAN(config)#show isis hostname
Related Commands
None
36.63 show isis mesh-groups

Syntax
show isis mesh-groups {blocked |group } [vrf name1 ]
Function
This command displays information about IS-IS mesh groups.
Parameters
blocked Whether LSP information is -

blocked on the interface
group Mesh group that the interface -

belongs to

Unit: characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display information about IS-IS mesh groups:
36-59

ZXAN(config-if)#show isis mesh-groups group
Related Commands
None
36.64 show isis nsf

Syntax
show isis nsf
Function
This command displays current values of IS-IS NSF parameters.
Parameters

Unit: characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command can be used to display related parameters during graceful restart of the
router.
Examples
The following example shows how to display current values of IS-IS NSF parameters:
ZXAN#show isis nsf
IS-IS NSF information:
NSF is ENABLE
NSF mode is Normal
NSF L1 active interface: 1
NSF L2 active interface: 1
NSF L1 T2 remaining: 20 seconds
NSF T3 using Adjacency
NSF T3 remaining: 10 seconds
Interface:gei_0/1/1
NSF L1 restart state: restart
36-60

NSF L1 helper in restart state: Other

NSF L1 T1 retransmissions: 1
NSF L2 restart state: restart
NSF L2 helper in restart state: Other
NSF L2 T1 retransmissions: 1
Related Commands
None
36.65 show isis topology

Syntax
show isis topology {level-1 |[level-2 ] } [vrf name1 ]
Function
This command displays the topology of the current IS-IS.
Parameters

Level 1 area.

Level 2 area.

Unit: characters.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the topology of the current IS-IS:
ZXAN#show isis topology
IS-IS paths to level-1 routers
System id Metric Next-Hop Interface SNPA
0000.0000.0002 10 0000.0000.0002 gei_1/21/1 0000.0c03.6bc5
36-61

0000.0000.0005 --
0000.0000.0053 10 0000.0000.0053 gei_1/21/1 0060.3e58.ccde
Field Description
System id System ID of the destination IS.
Metric Metric to the destination IS.

“--” indicates itself.
“**” indicates that the IS route can not be calculated.
Next-Hop Next hop IS of the destination IS.

“no next hop” indicates that the next hop IS can not be detected.
Interface Port for route forwarding.
SNPA SNPA address of the next hop.

P-P port flag: *ppp*.
Related Commands
None
36.66 spf-interval
Syntax
spf-interval number1 [{level-1 |level-2 } ]
no spf-interval [{level-1 |level-2 } ]
Function
This command configures the SPF calculation interval.
Parameters
number1 SPF calculation interval. Range: 1–120

Unit: seconds. Default: 3

Level 1 area.

Level 2 area.
Mode
36-62

Usage Guidelines
If neither level-1 nor level-2 is specified, this command applies to both Level-1 and Level-2
areas.
To restore the default SPF calculation interval, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the SPF calculation interval to 10 seconds:
ZXAN(config-router)#spf-interval 10
ZXAN(config-router)#spf-interval 10 level-1
ZXAN(config-router)#spf-interval 10 level-2
Related Commands
None
36.67 summary-address
Syntax
summary-address ip_addr1 ip_addr2 [{[metric number1 ] [tag number2 ] [{level-1 |level-1-2 |lev
el-2 } ] }]
no summary-address ip_addr3 ip_addr2
Function
This command configures the IS-IS address summarization.
Parameters
ip_addr1 Summary address that is -

assigned to a specific address
range, in dotted decimal
notation.
ip_addr2 IP subnet mask used to -

summarize routes, in dotted
decimal notation.
number1 Metric value. 0–4261412864
number2 Tag on the port. 1–4294967295

The default tag value (0)
indicates that no tag is
configured on the port.
36-63

level-1 Summarizes the routes that are -

redistributed to Level 1 area to
the Level 1 summary address.
level-1-2 Summarizes the routes that are -

redistributed to Level 1 area to
the Level 1 summary address;
summarizes the routes that are
redistributed to Level 1 area and
the routes that are advertised to
Level 2 area by Level 1 area to
level-2 Summarizes the routes that are -

redistributed to Level 2 area and
the routes that are advertised to
Level 2 area by Level 1 area to
ip_addr3 Cancel the summary address

that is assigned to a specific
address range, in dotted
decimal notation.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The port address is summarized to the Level-2 summary address instead of the Level-1
summary address.
If the metric style is narrow, the metric value range is 0–63. If the metric style is wide, the
metric value range is 0–4261412864.
To cancel the address summarization, use the no form of this command.
Examples
ZXAN(config-router)#summary-address 192.168.0.0 255.255.0.0
ZXAN(config-router)#summary-address 192.168.0.0 255.255.0.0 metric 10
ZXAN(config-router)#summary-address 192.168.0.0 255.255.0.0 metric 10 level-1
ZXAN(config-router)#summary-address 192.168.0.0 255.255.0.0 metric 10 level-2
Related Commands
None
36-64

36.68 system-id
Syntax
system-id hexadecimal1 [range number1 ]
no system-id
Function
This command configures the system ID of the IS-IS instance.
Parameters
hexadecimal1 System ID of the instance, a hex -

string of 6 bytes, in the format of
xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.
number1 Extended range of the system Range: 0–32

ID. The actual instance ID range Default: 0
is from the system ID to the
system ID+extended range
number.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The IS-IS protocol cannot be enabled if the system ID is not configured.
Before changing the system ID, use the no form of this command to delete the old system
ID.
To delete the system ID, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the system ID of the IS-IS instance:
ZXAN(config-router)#system-id 1111.1111.1111
ZXAN(config-router)#system-id 1111.1111.1111 range 32
Related Commands
None
36-65

36-66

Chapter 37
MSTP Commands
Table of Contents
instance ...................................................................................................................37-2
name........................................................................................................................37-3
revision ....................................................................................................................37-3
show spanning-tree inconsistentports.......................................................................37-4
show spanning-tree instance ....................................................................................37-5
show spanning-tree interface....................................................................................37-6
show spanning-tree mst configuration ......................................................................37-7
show spanning-tree statistics....................................................................................37-8
show spanning-tree transparent .............................................................................37-10
spanning-tree bpduguard action .............................................................................37-10
spanning-tree disable (Ethernet interface mode) .................................................... 37-11
spanning-tree disable .............................................................................................37-12
spanning-tree edged-port (Ethernet interface mode)...............................................37-13
spanning-tree edged-port .......................................................................................37-14
spanning-tree enable (Ethernet interface mode) .....................................................37-14
spanning-tree enable..............................................................................................37-15
spanning-tree forward-delay ...................................................................................37-16
spanning-tree guard loop instance..........................................................................37-17
spanning-tree guard root instance ..........................................................................37-17
spanning-tree hello-time .........................................................................................37-18
spanning-tree linktype ............................................................................................37-19
spanning-tree max-age...........................................................................................37-20
spanning-tree mcheck ............................................................................................37-21
spanning-tree mode ...............................................................................................37-22
spanning-tree mst configuration .............................................................................37-22
spanning-tree mst hmd5-digest ..............................................................................37-23
spanning-tree mst hmd5-digest auto-update...........................................................37-24
spanning-tree mst hmd5-key ..................................................................................37-25
spanning-tree mst instance (Ethernet interface mode)............................................37-26
spanning-tree mst instance ....................................................................................37-27
spanning-tree mst max-hops ..................................................................................37-28
spanning-tree packet-type ......................................................................................37-29
spanning-tree transparent ......................................................................................37-30
37-1

37.1 instance
Syntax
instance number1 vlans range1
no instance number1 [vlans range1 ]
Function
This command creates an instance in MSTP mode, and maps it to the corresponding VLAN
table.
Parameters
number1 Instance ID Range: 1–32
range1 VLAN mapping table Range: 1–4094
Mode
MSTP mode: ZXAN(config-mstp)#
Usage Guidelines
Instance 0 exists permanently and can not be deleted; therefore, it is unnecessary to create
this instance.
An mst_config_id consists of the MST configuration name, MST configuration version
number, and configuration summary. The configuration summary is a 16-byte
MD5-encrypted signature generated by the corresponding VLAN mapping table of the
instance ID.
The adjacent bridges with the same mst_config_id can form an MST area.
To delete the instance, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to create instance 1 in MSTP mode, and map it to the
corresponding VLAN 10–20 tables:
ZXAN(config)#spanning-tree mst configuration
ZXAN(config-mstp)#instance 1 vlans 10-20
Related Commands
37.2 name
37.3 revision
37.25 spanning-tree mst configuration
37-2

Chapter 37 MSTP Commands
37.7 show spanning-tree mst configuration
37.2 name
Syntax
name [name1 ]
no name
Function
This command configures an MSTP domain name.
Parameters
name1 MSTP domain name -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
When setting STP mode to MSTP mode, if it is necessary to configure switches in one
area, this parameter must be configured to keep the configuration of each switch the same.
By default, an MSTP domain name is a character string matching an in-band MAC address.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the MSTP domain name to 'zte':
ZXAN(config-mstp)#name zte
Related Commands
37.1 instance
37.3 revision
37.3 revision
Syntax
revision number1
37-3

no revision
Function
This command sets an MSTP configuration version number.
Parameters
number1 Configuration version number Range: 0–65535

Default: 0
Mode
Usage Guidelines
When configuring STP mode as MSTP mode, if it is necessary to configure switches in
one area, this parameter must be configured to keep the configuration of each switch the
same.
To reset the configuration version number to the default value, use the no form of this
command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the MSTP configuration version number to 10:
ZXAN(config-mstp)#revision 10
Related Commands
37.1 instance
37.2 name
37.4 show spanning-tree inconsistentports

Syntax
show spanning-tree inconsistentports
Function
This command displays information about the ports that are protected by the root port or
blocked by loopback.
37-4

Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display information about the ports that are protected
by the root port or blocked by loopback:
ZXAN#show spanning-tree inconsistentports
Mst Instance interface
Name name Inconsistency
--------------------------------------------------------------------
MST00 gei_1/21/1 Root Inconsistent
Related Commands
37.5 show spanning-tree instance
37.6 show spanning-tree interface

Syntax
show spanning-tree instance number1
Function
This command displays information about an instance and its associated port.
Parameters
Mode
37-5

Usage Guidelines
A port joins the VLAN that matches the port-associated instance and establishes a link. If
the link is disconnected, information about the instance and port will not be displayed even
though the port joins a VLAN that matches specified instance.
Examples
The following example shows how to display information about instance 0:
ZXAN#show spanning-tree instance 0
MST00
Spanning tree enabled protocol MSTP
Root ID: Priority 32768; Address 00d0.d082.5005
Hello-Time 2 sec; Max-Age 20 sec
Forward-Delay 15 sec;
RegRootID: Priority 32768; Address 00d0.d082.5005
BridgeID: Priority 32768; Address 00d0.d082.5005

Hello-Time 2 sec; Max-Age 20 sec
Forward-Delay 15 sec; Max-Hops 20
Message-Age 0 sec; RemainHops 20
Interface Prio.Nbr
Name Port ID Cost Sts Role LinkType Bound
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
gei_1/19/4 128.50 20000 Forward Designated p2p MSTP
Related Commands

Syntax
show spanning-tree interface interface1
Function
This command displays information about all the instances of a specified port.
37-6

Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If the link has been established, when a port joins a VLAN that matches a port-associated
instance, information about the instance will be displayed.
Examples
The following example shows how to display information about all the instances of the port
gei_1/21/1:
ZXAN#show spanning-tree interface gei_1/21/1
Mst Instance Prio.Nbr
Name Port ID Cost Sts Role
--------------------------------------------------------------------
MST00 128.31 200000 forward root
MST01 112.31 200000 forward root
----------------------------------------------------------------
Related Commands

Syntax
show spanning-tree mst configuration
Function
This command displays configurations in MSTP mode.
Parameters
None
Mode
37-7

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display configuration information about the current
MST:
ZXAN#show spanning-tree mst configuration
spanning-tree mode: [MSTP]
CISCO Hmd5-key : 0x12345678901234567890123456789012
CISCO Hmd5-digest : 0x12345678901234567890123456789012
HUAWEI Hmd5-key : 0x13ac06a62e47fd51f95d2ba243cd0346
HUAWEI Hmd5-digest : 0x00000000000000000000000000000000
Name : []
Revision : 0
Instance Vlans mapped
-------- --------------------------------------------------------
0 21-4094
2 1-10
10 11-20
Related Commands
37.8 show spanning-tree statistics

Syntax
show spanning-tree statistics interface1
Function
This command displays the statistics for an STP port.
Parameters
Mode
Any mode
37-8

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the statistics for the port gei_1/21/1:
ZXAN(config)#show spanning-tree statistics gei_1/21/1
statistics of port gei_1/21/1
--------------------------------------------------------------
BPDU-related parameters
--------------------------------------------------------------
port spanning-tree Enabled
edge_port Disabled
state(instance 0) Learn
port_priority(instance 0) 0x80
port_number 0x01
path cost (instance 0) 20000
designated_root 00-d0-d0-92-80-12
designated_ext_cost 0
designated_int_cost 0
designated_bridge 00-d0-d0-92-80-12
designated_port 0x8001
--------------------------------------------------------------
Port based information & statistics
--------------------------------------------------------------
all BPDU xmitted 9
all BPDU received 0
MST BPDU xmitted 9
MST BPDU received 0
RST BPDU xmitted 0
RST BPDU received 0
config BPDU xmitted 0
config BPDU received 0
TCN BPDU xmitted 0
TCN BPDU received 0
discard BPDU 0
--------------------------------------------------------------
Bridge based information
--------------------------------------------------------------
spanning-tree type ieee
multicast mac address 01-80-c2-00-00-00
bridge priority 32768
bridge mac address 00-d0-d0-92-80-12
bridge hello time 2 sec
bridge forward delay 15 sec
37-9

bridge max age 20 sec

bridge max hops 20
--------------------------------------------------------------
Related Commands
37.9 show spanning-tree transparent

Syntax
show spanning-tree transparent
Function
This command displays the current status of the STP transparent transmission flag.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
With this configuration, the chip does not transmit the received BPDU packets to the CPU,
but instead broadcasts them in the VLAN.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the current status of the STP transparent
transmission flag:
ZXAN(config)#show spanning-tree transparent
Spanning-tree transparent is disabled
Related Commands
37.33 spanning-tree transparent
37.10 spanning-tree bpduguard action

Syntax
spanning-tree bpduguard action name1
no spanning-tree bpduguard action
37-10

Function
This command configures a port's BPD guard for BPDU packets.
Parameters
name1 discard: Discards the packet -

when receiving a BPDU packet
via the port.
shutdown: Shuts down the port
when receiving a BPDU packet
via the port.
Mode
Layer-2 FEI, Layer-2 GEI, and 10G_Ether interface mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, the BPDU guard function is disabled.
This command is configured to protect the port against BPDU attacks.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a port's BPD guard for BPDU packets. In
this example, the BPDU guard is configured for the port gei_1/21/1, and the port is shut
down.
ZXAN(config-if)#spanning-tree bpduguard action shutdown
Related Commands
None
37.11 spanning-tree disable (Ethernet interface mode)

Syntax
spanning-tree disable
Function
This command enables or disables participation of a port in spanning tree calculation.
Parameters
None
37-11

Mode
Layer-2 FEI, Layer-2 GEI, and PortCh interface mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, the interface configuration mode is enable.
With this configuration, the port does not forward BPDU packets, or participate in spanning
tree calculation, or transmit protocol packets. When the port establishes a link, it changes
its status to forwarding immediately. When the link is disconnected, it changes its status
to disable immediately.
Examples
The following example shows how to disable participation of the port gei_1/19/1 in
spanning tree calculation:
ZXAN(config-if)#spanning-tree disable
Related Commands
None
37.12 spanning-tree disable

Syntax
spanning-tree disable
Function
This command disables STP.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, the global configuration mode is disable.
If the STP protocol is disabled, the state of all the ports that are up physically is Forwarding.
Examples
The following example shows how to disable the global STP protocol:
37-12

ZXAN(config)#spanning-tree disable
Related Commands
None
37.13 spanning-tree edged-port (Ethernet interface

mode)
Syntax
spanning-tree edged-port name1
Function
This command enables or disables an edged STP port.
Parameters
name1 enable: Enables the edged STP Default: disable

port.
disable: Disables the edged
STP port.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The port connected to a computer can be set as an edged port by using this command.
Then the specified port is in forwarding state or switches to the forwarding state quickly.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the port gei_1/21/1 as an edge port:
ZXAN(config-if)#spanning-tree edged-port enable
Related Commands
None
37-13

37.14 spanning-tree edged-port

Syntax
spanning-tree edged-port name1 [interface1 ]
Function
This command enables or disables an edged STP port.
Parameters
name1 enable: Enables the edged STP Default: disable

port.
disable: Disables the edged
STP port.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The port connected to a computer can be configured as an edged port by using this
command. Then the specified port is in forwarding state or fast switches to the forwarding
state.
When this command is used without the interface1 parameter, all the uplink ports are
configured as edged ports in batches.
Examples
The following example shows how to set all the ports to edged ports:
ZXAN(config)#spanning-tree edged-port enable
Related Commands
None
37.15 spanning-tree enable (Ethernet interface mode)

Syntax
spanning-tree enable
37-14

Function
This command enables or disables participation of a port in spanning tree calculation.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, the interface configuration mode is enable.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable participation of the port gei_1/19/1 in spanning
tree calculation:
ZXAN(config-if)#spanning-tree enable
Related Commands
None
37.16 spanning-tree enable

Syntax
spanning-tree enable
Function
This command enables STP.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, the global configuration mode is disable.
37-15

Examples
The following example shows how to enable the global STP protocol:
ZXAN(config)#spanning-tree enable
Related Commands
None
37.17 spanning-tree forward-delay

Syntax
spanning-tree forward-delay number1
no spanning-tree forward-delay
Function
This command configures the forwarding delay time of the STP protocol.
Parameters
number1 Forwarding delay time (sec) Range: 4–30

Default: 15
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The relationship among the parameter values of forward-delay, hello-time, and max-age
is as follows:
2 × (forward-delay - 1.0 seconds) >= max-age
max-age >= 2 × (hello-time + 1.0 seconds)
Users should ensure the configuration relationship because the system does not check
the code validity.
To reset the configured forwarding delay time to the default value, use the no form of this
command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the forwarding delay time to 16 seconds:
ZXAN(config)#spanning-tree forward-delay 16
37-16

Related Commands
37.31 spanning-tree mst max-hops
37.20 spanning-tree hello-time
37.18 spanning-tree guard loop instance

Syntax
spanning-tree guard loop instance range1
no spanning-tree guard loop instance [range1 ]
Function
This command sets the STP guard type of a port as loop.
Parameters
range1 Instance range Range: 0–32
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Configuration errors can be avoided by using this command.
By default, the loop or root guard is not configured for a port.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the guard type of the port gei_1/19/1 as loop:
ZXAN(config-if)#spanning-tree guard loop instance 0
Related Commands
None
37.19 spanning-tree guard root instance

Syntax
spanning-tree guard root instance range1
no spanning-tree guard root instance [range1 ]
37-17

Function
This command sets the STP guard type of a port as root.
Parameters
range1 Instance range Range: 0–32
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Configuration errors can be avoided by using this command.
By default, the loop or root guard is not configured for a port.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the guard type of the port gei_1/19/1 as root:
ZXAN(config-if)#spanning-tree guard root instance 0
Related Commands
None

Syntax
spanning-tree hello-time number1
no spanning-tree hello-time
Function
This command configures the STP hello time (the interval for sending BPDU packets).
Parameters
number1 Interval for sending BPDU Range: 1–10

packets (sec) Default: 2
Mode
37-18

Usage Guidelines
is as follows:
the code validity.
To reset the configured interval to the default value, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the interval for sending BPDU packets to 3
seconds:
ZXAN(config)#spanning-tree hello-time 3
Related Commands

37.22 spanning-tree max-age
37.21 spanning-tree linktype

Syntax
spanning-tree linktype name1
Function
This command configures the link type of a port.
Parameters
name1 auto: Automatically decides Default: auto

the link type according to the
transmission mode of the port.
p2p: Sets to P2P forcefully.
share: Sets to share forcefully.
Mode
37-19

Usage Guidelines
For the link type p2p, the fast state migration can be enabled. For the link type share, the
state can not be migrated until double forward-delay time expires.
For the type auto, the real link type of a port depends on its transmission mode, share for
half-duplex and p2p for duplex.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the link type of the port gei_1/21/1 to P2P:
ZXAN(config-if)#spanning-tree linktype p2p
Related Commands
37.32 spanning-tree packet-type
37.22 spanning-tree max-age

Syntax
spanning-tree max-age number1
no spanning-tree max-age
Function
This command configures the maximum active time of STP BPDU packets.
Parameters
number1 Maximum active time of BPDU Range: 6–40

packets (sec) Default: 20
Mode
Usage Guidelines
is as follows:
the code validity.
37-20

Examples
The following example shows how to set the maximum active time of STP BPDU packets
to 21 seconds:
ZXAN(config)#spanning-tree max-age 21
Related Commands

37.23 spanning-tree mcheck

Syntax
spanning-tree mcheck
Function
This command configures STP check for an interface.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure STP check for the interface gei_1/21/1:
ZXAN(config-if)#spanning-tree mcheck
Related Commands
None
37-21

37.24 spanning-tree mode

Syntax
spanning-tree mode name1
Function
This command configures the current mode of the STP protocol.
Parameters
name1 MSTP: MSTP mode Default: MSTP

(Multi-Spanning Tree Protocol)
RSTP: RSTP mode (Rapid
Spanning Tree Protocol)
SSTP: Compatible STP mode
(Single Spanning Tree Protocol)
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The STP protocol in any mode can be interfaced to a bridge that enables one of the STP
modes.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the current mode of the STP protocol to RSTP:
ZXAN(config)#spanning-tree mode rstp
Related Commands

Syntax
spanning-tree mst configuration
Function
This command enters MSTP configuration mode.
37-22

Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
In MSTP configuration mode, MSTP-specific parameters can be configured, including MST
configuration name, MST configuration version, and configuration summary.
Examples
The following example shows how to enter MSTP configuration mode:
ZXAN(config-mstp)#
Related Commands
37.26 spanning-tree mst hmd5-digest

Syntax
spanning-tree mst hmd5-digest {cisco |huawei } name1
no spanning-tree mst hmd5-digest {cisco |huawei }
Function
This command configures the digest value.
Parameters
cisco CISCO -
huawei HUAWEI -
name1 Digest value Default: 0x0000000000000000

0000000000000000
Mode
37-23

Usage Guidelines
The MSTP packet format used by different manufacturers (such as CISCO and HUAWEI)
does not quite meet the IEEE standard when they implement the MSTP protocol.
Therefore, the key value or digest value must be configured for ZTE's switches before
users interface ZTE's switches with CISCO's or HUAWEI's within the same area.
To reset the configured value to the default value, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the CISCO hmd5 digest value:
ZXAN(config)#spanning-tree mst hmd5-digest cisco 0x12345678901234567890123456789012
Related Commands
37.28 spanning-tree mst hmd5-key
37.27 spanning-tree mst hmd5-digest auto-update

Syntax
spanning-tree mst hmd5-digest auto-update
no spanning-tree mst hmd5-digest auto-update
Function
This command updates the Hmd5 value automatically. By default, this function is disabled.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The hmd5-key used by CISCO does not meet IEEE standards, and therefore the
hmd5-digest value generated by CISCO's equipment is different from that by ZTE's even
with the same instance configuration. With this command, when users interface ZTE's
equipment with CISCO's, the system share the same digest value as its peer equipment
by automatically acquiring the digest value in the BPDU packets from the peer CISCO's
equipment.
37-24

Examples
The following example shows how to update the Hmd5 value automatically:
ZXAN(config)#spanning-tree mst hmd5-digest auto-update
Related Commands
None
37.28 spanning-tree mst hmd5-key

Syntax
spanning-tree mst hmd5-key {cisco |huawei } name1
no spanning-tree mst hmd5-key {cisco |huawei }
Function
This command configures the Hmd5 key value for the digest of the mst_config_id.
Parameters
cisco CISCO -
huawei HUAWEI -
name1 Digest value Default: 0x13ac06a62e47fd51f-

95d2ba243cd0346
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The MSTP packet format used by different manufacturers (such as CISCO and HUAWEI)
does not quite meet the IEEE standard when they implement the MSTP protocol.
Therefore, the key value or digest value must be configured for ZTE switches before
users interface ZTE switches to CISCO or HUAWEI equipment within the same area.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the CISCO hmd5 key value:
ZXAN(config)#spanning-tree mst hmd5-key CISCO 0x12345678901234567890123456789012
37-25

Related Commands
37.26 spanning-tree mst hmd5-digest
37.29 spanning-tree mst instance (Ethernet interface

mode)
Syntax
spanning-tree mst instance number1 {priority number2 |path-cost number3 }
no spanning-tree mst instance number1 {priority |path-cost }
Function
This command configures the path cost for an MST port.
Parameters
number2 Port priority -
number3 Path cost of the port Range: 1–2000000
priority Port priority -
path-cost Path cost of the port -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The topology structure of a spanning tree can be modified by using this command.
By default, the path cost of a port is configured based on the port rate.
For a nonzero instance, its real priority equals the priority configuration value plus instance
number.
Rate–Path Mapping Table
Rate Suggested value Suggested range
<=100 Kb/s 200 000 000 20 000 000-200 000 000
1Mb/s 20 000 000 2 000 000-200 000 000
10Mb/s 2 000 000 200 000-20 000 000
100M/s 200 000 20 000-2 000 000
1Gb/s 20 000 2 000-200 000
37-26

10Gb/s 2 000 200-20 000

100Gb/s 200 20-2 000
1Tb/s 20 2-200
10Tb/s 2 1-20
Examples
The following example shows how to set the path cost of instance 0 for the port gei_1/21/1
to 30000:
ZXAN(config-if)#spanning-tree mst instance 0 path-cost 30000
Related Commands
37.30 spanning-tree mst instance

Syntax
spanning-tree mst instance number1 priority number2
no spanning-tree mst instance number1 priority
Function
This command configures the priority of a bridge in an established instance.
Parameters
number2 Bridge priority Default: 32768
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to set the root bridge for an instance. The priority number must be a
multiple of 4096, up to 61440 (15 × 4096), and 32768 (8 × 4096) by default. For a nonzero
instance, its real priority equals the priority configuration value plus instance number.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the priority of the bridge in instance 0 to 4096:
37-27

ZXAN(config)#spanning-tree mst instance 0 priority 4096
Related Commands

Syntax
spanning-tree mst max-hops number1
no spanning-tree mst max-hops
Function
This command configures the maximum effective hop count of a BPDU packet in the MST
area.
Parameters
number1 Maximum effective hops of the Range: 1-40

BPDU packet Default: 20
Mode
Usage Guidelines
For all the non-zero instances in the MST area, the hop count of the BPDU packet is
determined by the maximum hop count.
To reset the configured count to the default value, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the maximum effective hop count to 23:
ZXAN(config)#spanning-tree mst max-hops 23
Related Commands
37-28

37.32 spanning-tree packet-type

Syntax
spanning-tree packet-type name1
Function
This command configures the BPDU packet type for an MSTP port.
Parameters
name1 Packet type Default: IEEE

IEEE: Standard IEEE BPDU
packet
CISCO: CISCO BPDU packet
HAMMER: HAMMER BPDU
packet
HUAWEI: HUAWEI BPDU
packet
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The MSTP packet type used by different manufacturers (such as CISCO and HUAWEI)
does not quite meet the IEEE standard; therefore, the BPDU type must be configured
for ZTE switches before users implementing the MSTP interface with CISCO or HUAWEI
equipment.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the BPDU packet type for the MSTP port
gei_1/21/1 to CISCO:
ZXAN(config-if)#spanning-tree packet-type CISCO
Related Commands
37.21 spanning-tree linktype
37.14 spanning-tree edged-port
37-29

37.33 spanning-tree transparent

Syntax
spanning-tree transparent name1
Function
This command enables or disables the current transparent STP transmission.
Parameters
name1 enable: Enables transparent -

transmission.
disable: Disables transparent
transmission.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Disable the STP protocol before using this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the current transparent STP transmission:
ZXAN(config)#spanning-tree disable
ZXAN(config)#spanning-tree transparent enable
Related Commands
37.9 show spanning-tree transparent
37-30

Chapter 38
LACP Commands
Table of Contents
clear lacp..................................................................................................................38-1
lacp port-priority .......................................................................................................38-2
lacp protection..........................................................................................................38-3
lacp timeout..............................................................................................................38-4
show lacp .................................................................................................................38-5
smartgroup...............................................................................................................38-6
smartgroup load-balance..........................................................................................38-8
smartgroup mode .....................................................................................................38-9
smartgroup sys-mac...............................................................................................38-10
smartgroup sys-priority ........................................................................................... 38-11
38.1 clear lacp

Syntax
clear lacp [number1 ] counters
Function
This command clears the counter of received and transmitted LACP packets.
Parameters
number1 Link aggregation group ID Range: 1–80
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If this command is used without parameters, it will clear the counter of all the interfaces in
a link aggregation group.
Examples
(1) The following example shows how to clear the counter of the interfaces in aggregation
group 1:
38-1

ZXAN# clear lacp 1 counters
(2) The following example shows how to clear the counter of the interfaces in all the
aggregation groups:
ZXAN# clear lacp counters
Related Commands
38.5 show lacp
38.2 lacp port-priority

Syntax
lacp port-priority number1
Function
This command configures the LACP port priority.
Parameters
number1 LACP port priority Range: 1–65535

Default: 32768
Mode
Layer-2 GEI interface mode, 10G_Ether interface mode: ZXAN(config-if)#, and PTP
interface mode
Usage Guidelines
When the LACP port priority is configured, ports are added to the link aggregation group
based on their priorities.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the LACP port priority to 100:
ZXAN(config-if)#lacp port-priority 100
Related Commands
38.5 show lacp
38-2

Chapter 38 LACP Commands
38.3 lacp protection

Syntax
lacp protection
no lacp protection
Function
This command configures 1:1 protection for an LACP interface.
Parameters
None
Mode
L2 GEI interface mode and 10G_Ether interface mode: ZXAN(config-if)#, ptp interface
mode
Usage Guidelines
(1) The 1:1 protection of an interface can be configured only in On mode.
(2) The 1:1 protection can be configured only when the number of the member interfaces
in an aggregation group is less than 2.
(3) In an aggregation group, only one member interface can be configured to 1:1 protection.
(4) To check whether the configuration takes effect, run the show lacp interface command
to verify that the Backup attribute is backup.
(5) For two active interfaces, the one that is configured with 1:1 protection becomes
inactive. When the active interface is ineffective, the inactive interface becomes active.
(6) The remote interface does not need to join an aggregation group.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure 1:1 protection for the interface gei_1/21/1:
ZXAN(config-if)#lacp protection
Related Commands
38.5 show lacp
38.8 smartgroup mode
38-3

38.4 lacp timeout

Syntax
lacp timeout {long |short }
Function
This command configures the LACP timeout mode for an interface.
Parameters
long LACP long timeout -
short LACP short timeout -
Mode
interface mode
Usage Guidelines
(1) Long timeout mode is configured by default.
(2) In long timeout mode, the system receives LACP packets from the peer end every
30 seconds. If no packets are received from the peer end for 90 seconds (3 times), the
interface will be de-aggregated.
(3) In short timeout mode, the system receives LACP packets from the peer end every one
second. If no packets are received from the peer end for 3 seconds (3 times), the interface
will be de-aggregated.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the LACP short timeout mode for the
interface gei_1/21/1:
ZXAN(config-if)#lacp timeout short
Related Commands
38.5 show lacp
38-4

38.5 show lacp

Syntax
show lacp {[number1 ] {counters |internal |neighbors |aggregator |sys-id } |interface interface1
detail }
Function
This command displays the current LACP configuration and state.
Parameters
number1 Link aggregation group ID Range: 1–80
counters Statistical information about -

LACP packets received
and transmitted by member
interfaces
internal Aggregation state of member -

interfaces
neighbors Configuration and running state -

of the peer end
aggregator Aggregator information of an -

aggregation group
sys-id Global system ID or the system -

ID of an aggregation group
interface1 Interface name of a group -

member
detail Detailed interface information of -

a group member
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
(1) The following example shows how to display aggregator information of aggregation
group 1:
ZXAN#show lacp 1 aggregator
38-5

(2) The following example shows how to display statistical information about LACP packets
received and transmitted by member interfaces in aggregation group 1:
ZXAN#show lacp 1 counters
(3) The following example shows how to display detailed interface information of a group
member gei_1/21/1:
ZXAN#show lacp interface gei_1/21/1 detail
(4) The following example shows how to display the aggregation state of member
interfaces in aggregation group 1:
ZXAN#show lacp 1 internal
(5) The following example shows how to display the peer end configuration in aggregation
group 1:
ZXAN#show lacp 1 neighbors
(6) The following example shows how to display the global system ID of the aggregation
groups:
ZXAN#show lacp sys-id
(7) The following example shows how to display the system ID of aggregation group 1:
ZXAN#show lacp 1 sys-id
Related Commands
38.6 smartgroup
38.6 smartgroup
Syntax
smartgroup number1 mode {passive |active |on }
no smartgroup
Function
This command adds an interface to a link aggregation group, and sets the link aggregation
mode for the interface.
38-6

Parameters
number1 Link aggregation group ID. Range: 1–80
passive The interface LACP is in passive -

negotiation mode. In dynamic
aggregation mode, the local end
does not send LACP packets
actively before receiving the
LACP packets from the peer
end.
active The interface LACP is in active -

negotiation mode. At least one
of the two ends must be in
active negotiation mode. The
active port sends LACP packets
actively and periodically.
on Static trunk. The LACP does -

not run. Both aggregated ends
are necessary to be set to on.
Peer configuration.
Mode
interface mode
Usage Guidelines
(1) VLAN configurations, uplink and downlink attributes, interface protection, and isolation
configurations of a member interface must be consistent with those of the aggregation
group. Otherwise, such an interface is not allowed to join the aggregation group.
(2) The mode in which a member interface joins an aggregation group must be the same as
the aggregation mode configured for the group. Otherwise, the member interface cannot
join the group.
(3) After an interface joins an aggregation group, the modification of VLAN configurations,
interface protection, and isolation configurations of the aggregation group will result in
automatic modification of the corresponding attributes on the side of the member interfaces
to keep consistent with the aggregation group.
(4) All the member interfaces must be set to dynamic or static aggregation. Otherwise, the
interface later added cannot join the aggregation group.
(5) Both ends must be set to dynamic or static aggregation. Otherwise, they cannot be
aggregated.
38-7

(6) The rate and duplex mode of member interfaces must be consistent with each other.
Otherwise, only the interfaces with consistent configuration can be aggregated.
(7) The rate and duplex mode of both ends must be consistent with each other. Otherwise,
they cannot be aggregated.
(8) To delete an interface from a link aggregation group, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to add the interface gei_1/21/1 to aggregation group 1:
ZXAN(config)# interface gei_1/21/1
ZXAN(config-if)# smartgroup 1 mode active
Related Commands
38.5 show lacp
38.7 smartgroup load-balance

Syntax
smartgroup load-balance name1
no smartgroup load-balance
Function
This command configures the load balance mode for a link aggregation group.
Parameters
name1 Load balance mode for link Default: src-dst-mac

aggregation, with six modes
supported
Mode
PortChL2 interface mode
Usage Guidelines
An aggregation group balances data flows based on a configured load-balance mode. The
following six modes are supported:
(1) dst-ip: by destination IP addresses
(2) dst-mac: by destination MAC addresses
38-8

(3) src-dst-ip: by source/destination IP addresses with an exclusive-OR operation

(4) src-dst-mac: by source/destination MAC addresses with an exclusive-OR operation
(5) src-ip: by source IP addresses
(6) src-mac: by source MAC addresses
Examples
The following example shows how to set the load balance mode for link aggregation group
1 to 'src-mac':
ZXAN(config)# interface smartgroup1
ZXAN(config-smartgroup1)# smartgroup load-balance src-mac
Related Commands
38.5 show lacp

Syntax
smartgroup mode {802.3ad |on }
no smartgroup mode
Function
This command configures the aggregation mode of a link aggregation group.
Parameters
802.3ad Dynamic LACP aggregation -

mode
on Static LACP aggregation mode Default: on
Mode
Usage Guidelines
(1) The system supports two aggregation modes, on (for static aggregation) and 802.3ad
(for dynamic aggregation).
(2) The aggregation mode of a link aggregation group cannot be modified until all the
member interfaces are removed from the group.
38-9

(3) The mode in which a member interface joins an aggregation group must be the same as
the aggregation mode configured for the group. Otherwise, the member interface cannot
join the group.
(4) To reset the default aggregation mode, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the aggregation mode of aggregation group 1 to
802.3ad:
ZXAN(config-smartgroup1)#smartgroup mode 802.3ad
Related Commands
38.6 smartgroup
38.9 smartgroup sys-mac

Syntax
smartgroup sys-mac hexadecimal1
no smartgroup sys-mac
Function
This command configures the system MAC of a link aggregation group.
Parameters
hexadecimal1 System MAC of a link Default: in-band system MAC

aggregation group
Mode
Usage Guidelines
(1) The system MAC of a link aggregation group can be configured only in 802.3ad mode.
(2) This command is used to modify the actor system mac contained in LACP packets
for dynamic aggregation.
(3) To reset the default system MAC, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the system MAC of aggregation group 1:
38-10


ZXAN(config-smartgroup1)# smartgroup sys-mac 1234.1234.1234
Related Commands
38.10 smartgroup sys-priority

Syntax
smartgroup sys-priority number1
no smartgroup sys-priority
Function
This command configures the system priority of an aggregation group.
Parameters
number1 System priority of an Range: 1–65535

aggregation group Default: 32768
Mode
Usage Guidelines
(1) The system priority of an aggregation group can be configured only in 802.3ad mode.
(2) The local end selects the interfaces that join the link aggregation group based on the
system priority configured by the peer end.
(3) To reset the default priority, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the system priority of aggregation group 1 to 100:
ZXAN(config-smartgroup1)# smartgroup sys-priority 100
Related Commands
38.5 show lacp
38-11

38-12

Chapter 39
UAPS Commands
Table of Contents
bfd............................................................................................................................39-1
interval-link-detect ....................................................................................................39-2
next-hop ...................................................................................................................39-3
port ..........................................................................................................................39-5
port-optical-tx-control................................................................................................39-6
protect-time ..............................................................................................................39-8
retry-link-detect ........................................................................................................39-9
revertive .................................................................................................................39-10
show uaps..............................................................................................................39-12
swap ......................................................................................................................39-14
switch-type .............................................................................................................39-16
uaps-group.............................................................................................................39-18
39.1 bfd
Syntax
bfd next-hop ip_addr1 vlan number1
no bfd next-hop
Function
This command configures BFD for UAPS.
Parameters
ip_addr1 Remote IP address of the BFD -
number1 VLAN where the BFD session 1–4094

is located
Mode
uaps-group configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
Static IP BFD must be enabled on the remote device.
39-1

Examples
ZXAN(cfg-uaps-1)#bfd next-hop 100.1.2.3 vlan 100
Related Commands
None
39.2 interval-link-detect
Syntax
interval-link-detect number1
Function
This command sets the interval for detecting links.
Parameters
number1 Link detection interval 1–10

Unit: seconds
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The default value is 3 seconds.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the interval for detecting links:
ZXAN(cfg-uaps-1)#interval-link-detect 10
ZXAN(cfg-uaps-1)#show uaps groupid 1
Revertive control : disable
PortLight control : disable
Protect-time : 10s
Next-hop : 0.0.0.0
Bfd next_hop : 0.0.0.0
Link-type : normal
Link-detect-retry : 3
Link-detect-interval : 10
Link status : connected or NA
Bfd Link status : connected or NA
Switch-type : common port
39-2

Chapter 39 UAPS Commands
Master ports status : forwarding

gei_1/21/1 : up
Slave ports status : block
gei_1/21/2 : up
Related Commands
39.3 next-hop
39.3 next-hop
Syntax
next-hop ip_addr1 [link-type name1 ]
no next-hop
Function
This command sets the next hop IP address of the UAPS service.
Parameters
ip_addr1 IP address of the next hop -
name1 Connection type (normal) -
Mode
UAPS-group configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
The default IP address is 0.0.0.0, indicating that the ping detection for next hop is not
started.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the next hop IP address of the UAPS service to
10.63.192.98:
ZXAN(cfg-uaps-1)#interval-link-detect 10
Protect-time : 10s
Next-hop : 0.0.0.0
39-3


Link-type : normal
gei_1/21/1 : up
gei_1/21/2 : up
The following example shows how to delete the next hop of the UAPS service:
ZXAN(cfg-uaps-1)#no next-hop
Protect-time : 10s
Next-hop : 0.0.0.0
Link-type : normal
gei_1/21/1 : up
39-4

gei_1/21/2 : up
Related Commands
None
39.4 port
Syntax
port master-port interface1 slave-port interface2
no port master-port interface1
Function
This command adds a pair of active and standby ports to a UAPS group.
Parameters
interface1 Active uplink port -
interface2 Standby uplink port -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Currently, only one pair of active and standby ports can be added.
To delete the ports, use the no form of this command. After deletion, the originally blocked
port is shut down to prevent loops.
Examples
The following example shows how to adds active and standby ports to UAPS group1:
ZXAN(cfg-uaps-1)#port master-portlist gei_1/21/1 slave-portliste gei_1/21/2
Protect-time : 300s
Next-hop : 0.0.0.0
Link-type : normal
39-5

gei_1/21/1 : up

gei_1/21/2 : up
The following example shows how to delete active and standby ports from UAPS group1:
ZXAN(cfg-uaps-1)#no port master-port gei_1/21/1
Protect-time : 300s
Next-hop : 0.0.0.0
Link-type : normal
Master ports status :
Slave ports status :
Related Commands
None
39.5 port-optical-tx-control
Syntax
port-optical-tx-control name1
Function
This command sets whether to disable the lighting protection for the standby optical port
added to a UAPS group.
39-6

Parameters
name1 Enable: Lighting is disabled on the standby port. -

Disable: Lighting is enabled on the standby port.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Uplink cards can be disabled from the lighting function of the optical module. Normally,
the interface and the corresponding interface of the opposite device must be configured to
forced full-duplex.
Examples
The following example shows how to disable the lighting function of standby interface for
UAPS group 1:
ZXAN(cfg-uaps-1)# port-optical-tx-control enable
PortLight control : enable
Protect-time : 300s
Next-hop : 0.0.0.0
Link-type : normal
39-7

gei_1/21/1 : up

gei_1/21/2 : up
Related Commands
None
39.6 protect-time
Syntax
protect-time number1
no protect-time
Function
This command sets the protection time.
Parameters
number1 Protection time 0–900

Unit: seconds
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Protection time refers to the minimum interval between two switchings. It is used to avoid
link flapping. The switching request sent during the protection time is cached till the time
expires.
Examples
The following example shows how to sets the protection time to 10 seconds:
ZXAN(cfg-uaps-1)# protect-time 10
39-8

Protect-time : 10s
Next-hop : 0.0.0.0
Link-type : normal
gei_1/21/1 : up
gei_121/2 : up
Related Commands
None
39.7 retry-link-detect
Syntax
retry-link-detect number1
Function
This command sets the number of link detection times.
39-9

Parameters
number1 Number of link detection times 1–10
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the link detection times to 3:
ZXAN(cfg-uaps-1)#retry-link-detect 3
Protect-time : 10s
Next-hop : 0.0.0.0
Link-type : normal
gei_1/21/1 : up

gei_1/21/2 : up
Related Commands
39.3 next-hop
39.8 revertive
Syntax
revertive name1
39-10

Function
This command sets whether the active/standby status of a UAPS group can be
automatically restored.
Parameters
name1 Enable: The active/standby status of a UAPS -

group can be automatically restored.
Disable: The active/standby status of a UAPS
group cannot be automatically restored.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If an active uplink port is down, the system is switched to the standby uplink ports. This
function enables the system to switch back to the active port after it restores normal. ,
Examples
The following example shows how to set UAPS group 1 to be able to automatically restore
the active/standby status:
ZXAN(cfg-uaps-1)#revertive enable
Revertive control : enable
Protect-time : 300s
Next-hop : 0.0.0.0
Link-type : normal
39-11

gei_1/21/1 : up
gei_1/21/2 : up
Related Commands
None
39.9 show uaps

Syntax
show uaps
Function
This command displays the configured UAPS groups.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The show uaps command displays the configured UAPS groups.
The show uaps groupid <id> command displays the configuration of a specified UAPS
group.
Examples
l The following example shows how to display all configured UAPS groups:
ZXAN(config)#show uaps
Group List :
39-12

---------------------------------------
1 2
l The following example shows how to display the configuration of a UAPS group:
Protect-time : 300s
Next-hop : 0.0.0.0
Link-type : normal
gei_0/3/1 : up
gei_0/3/2 : up
Related Commands
None
39-13

39.10 swap
Syntax
swap
Function
This command forcibly switches between the active and standby interfaces.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to forcibly switch between the active and standby ports
when they are both normal:
Protect-time : 300s
Next-hop : 0.0.0.0
Link-type : normal
39-14

gei_1/21/1 : up
gei_1/21/2 : up
ZXAN(cfg-uaps-1)#swap
Protect-time : 300s
Next-hop : 0.0.0.0
Link-type : normal
Master ports status : block
gei_1/21/1 : up
39-15

Slave ports status : forwarding
gei_1/21/2 : up
Related Commands
None
39.11 switch-type
Syntax
switch-type name1
Function
This command configures the switchover type of a UAPS group.
Parameters
name1 common-port: The ports added to the UAPS -

group are common ports.
trunking-port: The ports added to the UAPS
group are members of smartgroups.
max-ports-switch: The group with the maximum
number of ports in UP status is selected.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
In common-port mode, the ports added to the UAPS group are common ports. Normally,
two ports are added to serve the active and standby ports. Once the active port is down,
a switchover request is delivered.
In trunking-port mode, the ports added to the UAPS group are ports from two smartgroups.
The UAPS group requests switchover only when all ports in a smartgroup are down and
at least one port in the standby group is up.
In max-ports-switch mode, ports in UP status are counted for the active and standby UAPS
groups. The group with the maximum number of UP ports is set to forwarding status.
Examples
The following example shows how to set to UAPS group 1 to the trunking-port mode:
39-16

ZXAN(config-if)#ex
ZXAN(config-if)#ex
ZXAN(config)#interface gei_1/21/1-2
ZXAN(config-if-range)#smartgroup 1 mode on
ZXAN(config-if-range)#ex
ZXAN(config)#interface gei_1/21/3-4
ZXAN(config-if-range)#smartgroup 2 mode on
ZXAN(config-if-range)#ex
ZXAN(config)#uaps-group 1
ZXAN(cfg-uaps-1)# switch-type trunking-port

Protect-time : 300s
Next-hop : 0.0.0.0
Link-type : normal
39-17

Switch-type : trunk port
gei_1/21/1 : up
gei_1/21/2 : up
gei_1/21/3 : up
gei_1/21/4 : up
Related Commands
None
39.12 uaps-group
Syntax
uaps-group number1
no uaps-group number1
Function
This command adds or deletes a UAPS group.
Parameters
number1 UAPS group number 1–4
Mode
Usage Guidelines
After a UAPS group is deleted, the originally blocked port is shut down to avoid loops.
39-18

Examples
The following example shows how to create UAPS group 1:
ZXAN(config)#uaps-group 1
Protect-time : 300s
Next-hop : 0.0.0.0
Link-type : normal
Master ports status :
Slave ports status :
The following example shows how to delete UAPS group 1:
ZXAN(config)#no uaps-group 1
ZXAN(config)#show uaps groupid 1
This UAPS group does not exist!
ZXAN(config)#show uaps
39-19

Group List :
---------------------------------------
No UAPS group!
Related Commands
None
39-20

Chapter 40
ERPS Commands
Table of Contents
clear .........................................................................................................................40-1
debug erps all...........................................................................................................40-3
debug erps bytes......................................................................................................40-3
debug erps error.......................................................................................................40-4
debug erps event .....................................................................................................40-5
debug erps packet....................................................................................................40-6
erps-instance ...........................................................................................................40-7
erps..........................................................................................................................40-7
forced-switch ............................................................................................................40-8
guard-timer.............................................................................................................40-10
manual-switch ........................................................................................................ 40-11
mode......................................................................................................................40-12
monitor...................................................................................................................40-13
port0.......................................................................................................................40-14
port1.......................................................................................................................40-14
raps-channel ..........................................................................................................40-15
ring-id.....................................................................................................................40-16
show erps brief.......................................................................................................40-16
show erps instance.................................................................................................40-17
traffic-channel.........................................................................................................40-18
wtr-timer .................................................................................................................40-19
40.1 clear
Syntax
clear
Function
This command clears forcible/manual switching, or change the ring network from pending
to idle status on the owner node.
Parameters
None
40-1

Mode
ERPS configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
To clear forcible/manual switching, you must execute this command on the corresponding
configuration node.
Examples
ZXAN(cfg-erps-1)#forced-switch port0
Please show erps to see the result.
ZXAN(cfg-erps-1)#show erps instance 1

InstanceId: 1 RingId: 50 ProtectInstance: 1
State: force-switch
Mode: revertive
NodeRole :common
Raps-channel:vlan:100 mel:7 priority: 7
Port0 : gei_1/3/3(common) Portstate: block / up
Monitor--
Port1 :gei_1/4/3(common) Portstate: forward / up
Monitor --
Wtr-timer : 1 min State : stop
Wtb-timer : 6 s State : stop
Guard-timer :500 ms State: stop
Switch-times: 2
ZXAN(cfg-erps-1)#clear
State: pending
Mode: revertive
NodeRole :common
Monitor--
Monitor --
Switch-times: 2
40-2

Chapter 40 ERPS Commands
Related Commands
None
40.2 debug erps all

Syntax
debug erps all [instance-id number1 ]
no debug erps all
Function
This command turns on all ERPS debug switches.
Parameters
number1 ERPS instance ID 1–8
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN#debug erps all
Related Commands
40.3 debug erps bytes

Syntax
debug erps bytes [{[instance-id number1 ] [direction {rcv |send |all } ] }]
no debug erps bytes
Function
This command turns on the debug switch for printing transmitted and/or received ERPS
packets.
40-3

Parameters
rcv Receiving direction. -
send Transmitting direction. -
all Transmitting and receiving -

directions.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command prints raw ERPS packets.
Examples
ZXAN#debug erps bytes
Erps bytes debugging is on
Nov 1 01:43:14:
ERPS:packet direction in, instance 1
01 19 A7 00 00 32 00 D0 D0 99 88 77 81 00 E0 64
89 02 E1 28 00 20 00 A0 00 D0 D0 99 88 77 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
Related Commands
40.4 debug erps error

Syntax
debug erps error [instance-id number1 ]
no debug erps error
Function
This command turns on the debug switch for printing ERPS error messages.
40-4

Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN#debug erps error
Related Commands
40.5 debug erps event

Syntax
debug erps event [instance-id number1 ]
no debug erps event
Function
This command turns on the debug switch for printing ERPS events.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN#debug erps event
40-5

Related Commands
40.6 debug erps packet

Syntax
debug erps packet [{[instance-id number1 ] [direction {rcv |send |all } ] }]
no debug erps packet
Function
This command turns on the debug switch for printing transmitted and/or received ERPS
packets.
Parameters
rcv Receiving direction. -
send Transmitting direction. -
all Transmitting and receiving -

directions.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The command prints parsed ERPS packets.
Examples
ZXAN#debug erps packet
Erps packet debugging is on
ZXAN#
ZXAN#
Oct 11 00:09:59:
ERPS:packet direction in, instance 1
packet ethernet header info:
srcMac:00d0.d099.8877
dstMac:0119.a700.0032
vlan:100 pri:7
Erps packet header info:
40-6

mel:7, version:1 operCode:40 tlv-offset:32

Erps packet data info:
request state:0,subCode:0,RB:1,DNF:0,BPR:1
node id:00d0.d099.8877
Related Commands
40.7 erps-instance
Syntax
erps-instance number1
no erps-instance number1
Function
This command configures an ERPS instance.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command creates an ERPS instance and enters ERPS configuration mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to create ERPS instance 1:
ZXAN(config)#erps-instance 1
ZXAN(cfg-erps-1)#
Related Commands
None
40.8 erps
Syntax
erps {enable |disable }
40-7

Function
This command is a global switch to enable or disable ERPS functions.
Parameters
enable Enables ERPS functions on a -

global basis.
disable Disables ERPS functions on a -

global basis.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
ERPS functions are available only after you enable ERPS functions. ERPS functions are
unavailable after you disable ERPS functions.
Examples
l The following example shows how to enable ERPS functions:
ZXAN(config)#erps enable
l The following example shows how to disable ERPS functions:

ZXAN(config)#erps disable
Related Commands
None
40.9 forced-switch
Syntax
forced-switch {port0 |port1 }
Function
This command blocks a port forcibly.
40-8

Parameters
port0 ERPS port 0. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
State: idle
Mode: revertive
NodeRole :common
Port0 : gei_1/3/3(common) Portstate: forward / up
Monitor--
Monitor --
Switch-times: 3
ZXAN(cfg-erps-1)#forced-switch port0
State: force-switch
Mode: revertive
NodeRole :common
Monitor--
Monitor --
40-9

Switch-times: 4
Related Commands
None
40.10 guard-timer
Syntax
guard-timer number1
Function
This command sets the guard timer.
Parameters
number1 Guard time 10–2000

Unit: ms
Step: 10 ms
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(cfg-erps-1)#guard-timer 1000

State: mannual-switch
Mode: revertive
NodeRole :common
Monitor--
Monitor --
40-10

Switch-times: 8
Related Commands
None
40.11 manual-switch
Syntax
manual-switch {port0 |port1 }
Function
This command blocks a port manually.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is invalid when a fault or another forcibly/manually blocked port exists in
the ring network.
Examples
State: idle
Mode: revertive
NodeRole :common
Port0 : gei_1/3/3(common) Portstate: forward / up
Monitor--
Monitor --
Switch-times: 7
40-11

ZXAN(cfg-erps-1)#manual-switch port0
Mode: revertive
NodeRole :common
Monitor--
Monitor --
Switch-times: 8
Related Commands
None
40.12 mode
Syntax
mode {revertive |non-revertive }
Function
This command configures the ERPS mode.
Parameters
revertive Revertive mode -
non-revertive Non-revertive mode -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l In revertive mode, the ring network recovers automatically and blocks the RPL after
the network problem is resolved.
40-12

l In non-revertive mode, the ring network keeps its status unchanged and does not
block the RPL after the network problem is resolved.
Examples
ZXAN(cfg-erps-1)#mode revertive
Related Commands
None
40.13 monitor
Syntax
monitor {port0 |port1 } md number1 ma number2 lmep number3 rmep number4
no monitor {port0 |port1 }
Function
This command configures ERPS-related CCM detection.
Parameters
number1 MD index. 1–16
number2 MA index. 1–32
number3 ID of the local MEP. 1–8191
number4 ID of the remote MEP. 1–8191
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(cfg-erps-1)#monitor port1 md 1 ma 1 lmep 8191 rmep 8190
Related Commands
None
40-13

40.14 port0
Syntax
port0 interface1 [{rpl-owner |rpl-neighbor |rpl-next-neighbor } ]
no port0
Function
This command configures ERPS port 0.
Parameters
interface1 Uplink interface -
rpl-owner Rpl-owner port -
rpl-neighbor Rpl-neighbor port -
rpl-next-neighbor Rpl-next-neighbor port -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(cfg-erps-1)#port0 gei_1/3/3
Related Commands
40.15 port1
40.15 port1
Syntax
port1 interface1 [{rpl-owner |rpl-neighbor |rpl-next-neighbor } ]
no port1
Function
This command configures ERPS port 1.
40-14

Parameters
interface1 Uplink interface -
rpl-owner Rpl-owner port -
rpl-neighbor Rpl-neighbor port -
rpl-next-neighbor Rpl-next-neighbor port -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(cfg-erps-1)#port1 gei_1/4/3
Related Commands
40.14 port0
40.16 raps-channel
Syntax
raps-channel vlan number1 [{[mel number2 ] [priority number3 ] }]
no raps-channel
Function
This command configures the R-APS channel.
Parameters
number2 MEL value 0–7
Mode
40-15

Usage Guidelines
The R-APS VLAN must be configured in the instance related to traffic-channel.
Examples
ZXAN(cfg-erps-1)#raps-channel vlan 100
Related Commands
None
40.17 ring-id
Syntax
ring-id number1
no ring-id
Function
This command sets the ring network ID.
Parameters
number1 Ring network ID 1–239
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(cfg-erps-1)#ring-id 50
Related Commands
None
40.18 show erps brief

Syntax
show erps brief
40-16

Function
This command displays brief information of all ERPS instances.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(cfg-erps-1)#show erps brief
Ethernet Ring Protection Switching is enable
InstanceId: 1 ProtectInstance: 1
NodeRole Port0 Port1 State SwitchTimes
common gei_1/3/3 gei_1/4/3 mannual-switch 8
Related Commands
None
40.19 show erps instance

Syntax
show erps instance number1
Function
This command displays the information of an ERPS instance.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
40-17

Examples
Mode: revertive
NodeRole :common
Monitor--
Monitor --
Switch-times: 8
Related Commands
None
40.20 traffic-channel
Syntax
traffic-channel instance number1
no traffic-channel
Function
This command configures the traffic channel.
Parameters
number1 Instance ID of protected traffic 1–32
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The related instance must be created on the MSTP and associated with a VLAN.
Examples
ZXAN(cfg-erps-1)#traffic-channel instance 1
40-18

Related Commands
None
40.21 wtr-timer
Syntax
wtr-timer number1
Function
This command sets the wtr timer.
Parameters
number1 Waiting time 1–12

Unit: minutes
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(cfg-erps-1)#wtr-timer 1
Related Commands
None
40-19

40-20

Chapter 41
BFD Commands
Table of Contents
bfd............................................................................................................................41-1
ip static-bfd...............................................................................................................41-2
show bfd ipv4 neighbors brief ...................................................................................41-3
show bfd ipv4 neighbors detail .................................................................................41-4
41.1 bfd
Syntax
bfd interval number1 min-rx number2 multiplier number3
no bfd
Function
This command configures the BFD session parameters that are based on static IP
addresses in the current VLAN.
Parameters
interval Interval for sending BFD -

packets (ms)
number1 Interval for sending BFD Range: 3–999

packets (ms)
min-rx Interval for receiving BFD -

packets (ms)
number2 Interval for receiving BFD Range: 3–999

packets (ms)
multiplier Detection multiplier -
number3 Detection multiplier Range: 3–50
Mode
VLAN interface configuration mode: ZXAN(config-if-vlanNumber), supervlan interface
mode
41-1

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the BFD session parameters that are based
on static IP addresses in the current VLAN:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan100)#bfd interval 100 min-rx 100 multiplier 5
Related Commands
None
41.2 ip static-bfd
Syntax
ip static-bfd ip_addr1 ip_addr2
no ip static-bfd ip_addr1 ip_addr2
Function
This command creates or deletes a static IP-based BFD session.
Parameters
ip_addr2 Remote IP address -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to create a static IP-based BFD session with the local
IP address of 100.1.1.6 and remote IP address of 100.1.1.4:
ZXAN(config)#ip static-bfd 100.1.1.6 100.1.1.4
ZXAN(config)#show bfd ipv4 neighbors detail
OurAddr NeighAddr LD RD Hold State Int
100.1.1.6 100.1.1.4 1 0 0 DOWN vlan100
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
41-2

Chapter 41 BFD Commands
Local Diag: 0 Demand mode: 0 Poll bit: 0

MinTxInt: 2458 MinRxInt: 2458 Multiplier: 3
Received MinRxInt: 0 Received Multiplier: 0 Holdown : 0
Rx Count: 0 Rx Interval (ms) min/max/avg: 0 /0 /0
Tx Count: 0 Tx Interval (ms) min/max/avg: 0 /0 /0
Registered protocols: STATIC
Session name: N/A
Uptime: 0 DAYS,0 HOURS,0 MINUTES
Last packet: Version: 1 Diagnostic: 0
Demand bit: 0 Poll bit: 0 Final bit: 0
Multiplier: 3 Length: 24
My Discr: 1 Your Discr: 0
Min tx interval: 2458 Min rx interval: 2458 Min Echo interval: N/A
Delay up status: OFF
Long packet transmit: OFF Long packet receive: OFF

Transmit:IP length 1~256: N/A IP length 257~512: N/A
IP length 513~1024: N/A IP length 1025~1500: N/A
Received:IP length 1~256: N/A IP length 257~512: N/A
=========================================================================
Related Commands
None
41.3 show bfd ipv4 neighbors brief

Syntax
show bfd ipv4 neighbors brief
Function
This command displays brief information about a BFD session.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
41-3

Examples
The following example shows how to display brief information about a BFD session:
ZXAN#show bfd neighbors brief
10.10.10.1 10.10.10.2 2 16 150 UP vlan100
Related Commands
None
41.4 show bfd ipv4 neighbors detail

Syntax
show bfd ipv4 neighbors detail
Function
This command displays detailed information about a BFD session.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display detailed information about a BFD session:
ZXAN(config)#show bfd ipv4 neighbors detail
100.1.1.6 100.1.1.4 1 0 0 DOWN vlan100
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Local Diag: 0 Demand mode: 0 Poll bit: 0
MinTxInt: 2458 MinRxInt: 2458 Multiplier: 3
Received MinRxInt: 0 Received Multiplier: 0 Holdown : 0
Rx Count: 0 Rx Interval (ms) min/max/avg: 0 /0 /0
Tx Count: 0 Tx Interval (ms) min/max/avg: 0 /0 /0
Registered protocols: STATIC
Session name: N/A
Uptime: 0 DAYS,0 HOURS,0 MINUTES
41-4

Chapter 41 BFD Commands
Last packet: Version: 1 Diagnostic: 0

Demand bit: 0 Poll bit: 0 Final bit: 0
Multiplier: 3 Length: 24
My Discr: 1 Your Discr: 0
Min tx interval: 2458 Min rx interval: 2458 Min Echo interval: N/A
Delay up status: OFF
Long packet transmit: OFF Long packet receive: OFF

Transmit:IP length 1~256: N/A IP length 257~512: N/A
Received:IP length 1~256: N/A IP length 257~512: N/A
=========================================================================
Related Commands
None
41-5

41-6

Chapter 42
ACL Commands
Table of Contents
ACL Basic Configuration ..........................................................................................42-1
ACL QoS................................................................................................................42-19
ACL Bind................................................................................................................42-27
ACL Show ..............................................................................................................42-30
42.1 ACL Basic Configuration

42.1.1 acl extended
Syntax
acl extended {number {number1} |name name1 }
no acl extended {number {number1} |name name1 }
Function
This command creates an extended ACL and enters extended ACL configuration mode.
Parameters
number1 Number that identifies an 100–199

extended ACL
name1 Name or alias of an extended 0–32 characters

ACL
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l To delete an extended ACL, use the no acl extended command.
l This command enters extended ACL configuration mode directly when the specified
ACL already exists.
42-1

Examples
The following example shows how to create an extended ACL:
ZXAN(config)#acl extended number 101
ZXAN(config-ext-acl)#
Related Commands
42.4.2 show acl
42.1.2 acl hybrid

Syntax
acl hybrid {number number1 |name name1 }
no acl hybrid {number number1 |name name1 }
Function
This command creates a hybrid ACL and enters hybrid ACL configuration mode.
Parameters
number1 Number that identifies a hybrid 300–399

ACL
name1 Name or alias of a hybrid ACL 0–32 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l To delete a hybrid ACL, use the no acl hybrid command.
l This command enters hybrid ACL configuration mode directly when the specified ACL
already exists.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a hybrid ACL and start hybrid ACL
configuration mode:
ZXAN(config)#acl hybrid number 300
ZXAN(config-hybd-acl)#
Related Commands
42.4.2 show acl
42-2

Chapter 42 ACL Commands
42.1.3 acl link

Syntax
acl link {number number1 |name name1 }
no acl link {number number1 |name name1 }
Function
This command creates a layer-2 ACL and enters layer-2 ACL configuration mode.
Parameters
number1 Number that identifies a layer-2 200–299

ACL
name1 Name or alias of a layer-2 ACL 0–32 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l To delete a layer-2 ACL, use the no acl link command.
l This command enters layer-2 ACL configuration mode directly when the specified ACL
already exists.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a layer-2 ACL and enter layer-2 ACL
configuration mode:
ZXAN(config)#acl link number 200
ZXAN(config-link-acl)#
Related Commands
42.4.2 show acl
42.1.4 acl standard

Syntax
acl standard {number {number1 } |name name1 }
no acl standard {number {number1 } |name name1 }
42-3

Function
This command creates a standard ACL and enters standard ACL configuration mode.
Parameters
number1 A number that identifies a 1–99

standard ACL
name1 Name or alias of a standard 0–32 characters

ACL
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l To delete a standard ACL, use the no acl standard command.
l This command enters the standard ACL configuration mode directly when the
specified ACL already exists.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a standard ACL and enter standard ACL
configuration mode:
ZXAN(config)#acl standard number 10
ZXAN(config-std-acl)#
Related Commands
42.4.2 show acl
42.1.5 acl6 hybrid

Syntax
acl6 hybrid {number number1 }
no acl6 hybrid {number number1 }
Function
This command creates an IPv6 hybrid ACL and enters IPv6 hybrid ACL configuration
mode.
42-4

Parameters
number1 Number that identifies an IPv6 600–699

hybrid ACL
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l To delete an IPv6 hybrid ACL, use the no acl6 hybrid command.
l This command enters IPv6 hybrid ACL configuration mode directly when the specified
ACL already exists.
Examples
The following example shows how to create an IPv6 hybrid ACL and enter IPv6 hybrid
ACL configuration mode:
ZXAN(config)#acl6 hybrid number 600
ZXAN(config-hybd-acl6)#
Related Commands
42.4.2 show acl
42.1.6 name
Syntax
name name1
no name
Function
This command sets an alias for an ACL.
Parameters
name1 ACL alias -
Mode
l acl-basic configuration mode: ZXAN(config-std-acl)#
l acl-ext configuration mode: ZXAN(config-ext-acl)#
l acl-link configuration mode: ZXAN(config-link-acl)#
42-5

l acl-hyb configuration mode: ZXAN(config-hybd-acl)#
Usage Guidelines
l Create the ACL before setting its alias.
l The alias can only be set for an ACL specified by a name. No alias can be set for an
ACL specified by a number.
l The alias cannot start with a numeric or a numeric preceded by a plus or minus sign.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the alias of a standard ACL to zte:
ZXAN(configl)#acl standard number 1
ZXAN(config-std-acl)#name zte
Related Commands
42.4.2 show acl
42.1.7 rule
Syntax
rule number1 {permit |deny } {ip_addr1 [mask1 ] |any } [time-range name1 ]
no rule {number1 |all }
Function
This command adds a rule to a standard ACL.
Parameters
number1 Rule number. 1–127
permit Permits traffic that matches the -

rule.
deny Denies traffic that matches the -

rule.
ip_addr1 Source IP address. -
mask1 Inverse mask of the source IP -

address.
any Any source IP address. -
42-6

name1 Time range name. -
all Deletes all rules. -
Mode
acl-basic configuration mode: ZXAN(config-std-acl)#
Usage Guidelines
l To delete a standard ACL rule, use the no form of this command.
l Create a standard ACL before adding a rule to the standard ACL.
l A standard ACL rule can only be added or modified in acl-basic configuration mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to add a rule to a standard ACL (ACL number: 1):
ZXAN(config-std-acl)#rule 1 permit 1.1.1.1
Related Commands
42.4.2 show acl
42.1.8 rule (acl-ext configuration mode)

Syntax
rule number1 {permit |deny } {icmp {ip_addr1 mask1 |any } {ip_addr2 mask2 |any } [{number2
|name1 } [icmp-code number3 ] ] |{number4 |ip |name2 } {ip_addr3 mask3 |any } {ip_addr4 mask4
|any } |tcp {ip_addr5 mask5 |any } [name3 {range1 |name4 } ] {ip_addr6 mask6 |any } [name5
{range2 |name6 } ] [established ] |udp {ip_addr7 mask7 |any } [name7 {range3 |name8 } ] {ip_a
ddr8 mask8 |any } [name9 {range4 |name10 } ] } [{{[precedence number5 ] [tos number6 ] }|dscp
number7 } ] [ttl number8 ] [time-range name11 ]
Function
This command adds a rule to an extended ACL.
Parameters

rule.
42-7


rule.
icmp ICMP. -

address.
any Any source IP address. -
ip_addr2 Destination IP address. -
mask2 Inverse mask of the destination -

IP address
number2 ICMP packet type value. 0–254
name1 ICMP packet type name, such -

as echo or echo-reply.
number3 ICMP packet code. 0–254
number4 IP protocol type. 0–254
ip Any IP protocol. -
name2 IP protocol type name, such as -

OSPF or PIM.

address.

IP address.
tcp TCP protocol. -

address.
name3 TCP source port matching rule. eq, range, ge, or le
range1 TCP source port or source port 0–65535

range.
name4 TCP source port name, such as -

ftp or telnet.
42-8


IP address.
name5 TCP destination port matching eq, range, ge, or le

rule.
range2 TCP destination port or 0–65535

destination port range.
name6 TCP destination port name, -

such as ftp or telnet.
established Matches TCP traffic on -

established links.
udp UDP. -

address
name7 UDP source port matching rule. eq, range, ge, or le
range3 UDP source port or source port 0–65535

range.
name8 UDP source port name, such as -

bootpc or snmp.

IP address.
name9 UDP destination port matching eq, range, ge, or le

rule.
range4 UDP destination port or 0–65535

name10 UDP destination port name, -

such as bootpc or snmp.
number5 Precedence. 0–7
number6 ToS. 0–15
number7 DSCP. 0–63
number8 TTL. 0–255
42-9

Mode
acl-ext configuration mode: ZXAN(config-ext-acl)#
Usage Guidelines
l To delete an extended ACL rule, use the no form of this command.
l Create an extended ACL before adding a rule to the extended ACL.
l An extended ACL rule can only be configured in acl-ext configuration mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to add a rule to an extended ACL (ACL number: 100).
ZXAN(config)#acl extended number 101
ZXAN(config-ext-acl)#rule 1 permit ip 1.1.1.1 0.0.0.0 any
Related Commands
42.4.2 show acl
42.1.9 rule (acl-link configuration mode)

Syntax
rule number1 {permit |deny } {hexadecimal1 |name1 |any } [{[cos number2 ] [vlan-id number3
] }] [ingress {hexadecimal2 hexadecimal3 |any } ] [egress {hexadecimal4 hexadecimal5 |any } ]
[double-tag {[cos number4 ] [vlan-id number5 ] }] [time-range name2 ]
Function
This command adds a rule to a Layer 2 ACL.
Parameters

rule.

rule.
hexadecimal1 Ethernet protocol type number. -
name1 Ethernet protocol type name, -

such as IP or ARP.
any Any Ethernet protocol type. -
42-10

number2 CoS. 0–7
hexadecimal2 Source MAC address. -
hexadecimal3 Inverse mask of the source -

MAC address.
hexadecimal4 Destination MAC address. -
hexadecimal5 Inverse mask of the destination -

MAC address.
number4 Inner CoS of double-tag 0–7

packets.
Mode
acl-link configuration mode: ZXAN(config-link-acl)#
Usage Guidelines
l To delete a layer-2 ACL rule, use the no form of this command.
l Create a layer-2 ACL before adding a rule to the layer-2 ACL.
l A layer-2 ACL rule can only be configured in acl-link configuration mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to add a rule to a layer-2 ACL (ACL number: 202):
ZXAN(config)#acl link number 202
ZXAN(config-link-acl)#rule 1 permit any cos 2 ingress any egress any
Related Commands
42.4.2 show acl
42.1.10 rule (acl-hyb configuration mode)

Syntax
rule number1 {permit |deny } {{name1 |number2 |any } {ip_addr1 mask1 |any } {ip_addr2 mask2
|any } |tcp {ip_addr3 mask3 |any } [name2 {range1 |name3 } ] {ip_addr4 mask4 |any } [name4
{range2 |name5 } ] |udp {ip_addr5 mask5 |any } [name6 {range3 |name7 } ] {ip_addr6 mask6 |any
} [name8 {range4 |name9 } ] } [{{[precedence number3 ] [tos number4 ] }|dscp number5 } ] {hex
adecimal1 |name10 |any } [{[cos number6 ] [vlan-id name11 range5 ] }] [ingress {hexadecimal2
42-11

hexadecimal3 |any } ] [egress {hexadecimal4 hexadecimal5 |any } ] [double-tag {[cos number7 ]

[vlan-id name12 range6 ] }] [time-range name13 ]
Function
This command adds a rule to a hybrid ACL.
Parameters

rule.

rule.
name1 IP protocol type name, such as -

OSPF or PIM.
number2 IP protocol type. 0–254
any Any IP protocol type. -

address.

IP address.
tcp TCP. -

address.
range1 TCP source port or source port 0–65535

range.
name3 TCP source port name, such as -

ftp or telnet.

IP address.
42-12

name4 TCP destination port matching eq, range, ge, or le

rule.
range2 TCP destination port or 0–65535

name5 TCP destination port name, -

such as ftp or telnet
udp UDP. -

address.
range3 UDP source port or source port 0–65535

range.
name7 UDP source port name, such as -

bootpc or snmp.

IP address.
name8 UDP destination port matching eq, range, ge, or le

rule.
range4 UDP destination port or 0–65535

name9 UDP destination port name, -

such as bootpc or snmp.
number4 ToS. 0–15
hexadecimal1 Ethernet protocol type number. -
name10 Ethernet protocol type name, -

such as IP or ARP.
number6 CoS. 0–7
name11 VLAN ID matching rule. Only eq -

is supported.
range5 VLAN ID or VLAN ID range. 1–4094
42-13

hexadecimal3 Inverse mask of the source MAC -

address.
hexadecimal5 Inverse mask of the destination -

MAC address.
number7 Inner CoS of double-tag packets. 0–7
name12 Inner VLAN ID matching rule for eq

double-tag packets.
range6 Inner VLAN ID or VLAN ID range 1–4094

of double-tag packets.
Mode
acl-hyb configuration mode: ZXAN(config-hybd-acl)#
Usage Guidelines
l To delete a hybrid ACL rule, use the no form of this command.
l Create a hybrid ACL before adding a rule to the hybrid ACL.
l A hybrid ACL rule can only be configured in acl-hyb configuration mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to add two rules (rule 1 and rule 2) to a hybrid ACL
(ACL number: 300):
ZXAN(config)#acl hybrid number 300
ZXAN(config-hybd-acl)#rule 1 permit any 1.1.1.1 0.0.0.0 any any ingress any egress any
ZXAN(config-hybd-acl)#rule 2 permit ospf 1.1.1.3 0.0.0.0 any any
Related Commands
42.4.2 show acl
42.1.11 rule (ipv6-acl-hyb configuration mode)

Syntax
rule number1 {permit |deny } {icmpv6 {v6mask1 |any } {v6mask2 |any } [{number2 |name1 } [ic
mp-code number3 ] ] |{name2 |number4 |any } {ip_addr1 mask1 |v6mask3 |any } {ip_addr2 mask2
|v6mask4 |any } |tcp {ip_addr3 mask3 |v6mask5 |any } [name3 {range1 |name4 } ] {ip_addr4 mask4
|v6mask6 |any } [name5 {range2 |name6 } ] |udp {ip_addr5 mask5 |v6mask7 |any } [name7 {range3
42-14

|name8 } ] {ip_addr6 mask6 |v6mask8 |any } [name9 {range4 |name10 } ] } [{{[flow-label number5 ]
[traffic-class number6 ] }|{[precedence number7 ] [tos number8 ] }|dscp number9 } ] {hexadecimal1
|name11 |any } [{[cos number10 ] [vlan-id name12 range5 ] }] [ingress {hexadecimal2 hexadecim
al3 |any } ] [egress {hexadecimal4 hexadecimal5 |any } ] [double-tag {[cos number11 ] [vlan-id
name13 range6 ] }] [time-range name14 ]
Function
This command adds a rule to an IPv6 hybrid ACL.
Parameters

rule.

rule.
icmpv6 ICMP for IPv6. -
v6mask1 Source IPv6 address and mask. -
any Any source IPv6 address. -
v6mask2 Destination IPv6 address and -

mask.
number2 ICMPv6 type field. 0–254
name1 ICMPv6 message type. -
number3 ICMPV6 code field. 0–254
name2 Protocol type. -
number4 IP protocol number. 0–254
ip_addr1 Source IPv4 address. -
mask1 Reverse mask of the source -

IPv4 address.
ip_addr2 Destination IPv4 address. -
mask2 Reverse mask of the IPv4 mask. -

mask.
tcp TCP. -
42-15


IPv4 address.
range1 Port number or port range. 0–65535
name4 Port number. -
mask4 Reverse mask of the destination -

IPv4 address.

mask.
udp UDP. -

IPv4 address.
name8 Port range. -
mask6 Reverse mask of the destination -

IPv4 address.

mask.
number5 Flow label. 0–1048575
number6 Traffic class. 0–63
number8 ToS. 0–15
42-16

hexadecimal1 Ethernet protocol number. -
name11 Ethernet protocol type. -
number10 CoS. 0–7
name12 Matching rule. eq, range, ge, or le
range5 VLAN ID. 1–4094
hexadecimal3 Reverse mask of the source -

MAC address.
hexadecimal5 Reverse mask of the destination -

MAC address.
number11 CoS. 0–7
name13 Matching rule. eq, range, ge, or le
range6 VLAN ID. 1–4094
Mode
ipv6-acl-hyb configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
l To delete an IPv6 hybrid ACL rule, use the no form of this command.
l Create an IPv6 hybrid ACL before adding a rule to the IPv6 hybrid ACL.
l An IPv6 hybrid ACL rule can only be configured in ipv6-acl-hyb configuration mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to add a rule for an IPv6 hybrid ACL (ACL number:
600):
ZXAN(config)#acl6 hybrid number 600

ZXAN(config-hybd-acl6)#rule 1 permit tcp 1:1::1:1/128 eq 200 any any
The created rule (rule 1) permits TCP traffic that matches the following conditions:
l Source IP address: 1:1::1:1/128

l Source port: 2000
42-17

Related Commands
42.4.2 show acl
42.1.12 time-range
Syntax
time-range name1 {time1 to time2 name2 |from time3 date1 [to time4 date2 ] }
no time-range name1
Function
This command defines a time range.
Parameters
name1 Time range name -
time1 Start time of a periodic time -

range
Format: hour:minute:second
to To -
time2 End time of the periodic time -

range
name2 Period of the periodic time range -
time3 Start time of an absolute time -

range
date1 Start date of the absolute time -

range
Format: month:day:year
time4 End time of the absolute time -

range
date2 End date of the absolute time -

range
Format: month:day:year
Mode
42-18

Usage Guidelines
l Two types of time ranges can be set: absolute time range and periodic time range.
à An absolute time range is a duration between two specific moments.
à A periodic time range is a time range recurring on particular days, such as,
recurring every day, on a particular day every week, on working days only, or on
off days only.
Examples
The following example shows how to define an absolute time range with the name
“ztetimer”. The time range is from 10:00:00 on Jan. 1, 2006 to 11:00:00 on Jun.2, 2006.
ZXAN(config)#time-range ztetimer from 10:0:0 1-1-2006 to 11:0:0 6-2-2006
Related Commands
42.4.4 show time-range
42.2 ACL QoS

42.2.1 clear traffic-statistics
Syntax
clear traffic-statistics in {number1 |name1 } rule-id number2
Function
This command clears traffic statistics information.
Parameters
in Specifies the ACL and the ACL -

rule.
number1 ACL number. 1–399
name1 ACL name or alias. -
Mode
42-19

Usage Guidelines
This command is used in privileged mode to clear the traffic statistics information.
Examples
The following example shows how to clear the traffic statistics information related to rule
1 of ACL 300:
ZXAN#clear traffic-statistics in 300 rule-id 1
Related Commands
42.2.2 priority-mark
Syntax
priority-mark in {number1 |name1 } rule-id number2 {[{dscp number3 |precedence number4 |tr
affic-class number5 } ] [drop-precedence name2 ] [{cos number6 |local-precedence number7 } ] }
no priority-mark in {number1 |name1 } rule-id number2
Function
This command configures a priority marking policy based on an ACL rule.
Parameters

rule.
number4 Precedence value. 0–7
number5 Traffic class value. 0–63
name2 Drop precedence. high, medium, or low
number6 Local precedence. 0–7
Mode
42-20

Usage Guidelines
l To cancel the priority marking configuration, use the no form of this command.
l Ensure that the ACL and the ACL rule have been created before using this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a priority marking policy that marks the
DSCP value to 4 for the traffic matching rule 1 of ACL 333:
ZXAN(config)#priority-mark in 333 rule-id 1 dscp 4
Related Commands
42.4.3 show qos
42.2.3 redirect
Syntax
redirect in {number1 |name1 } rule-id number2 {cpu [pkt-limit number3 ] |interface interface1
|next-hop ip_addr1 }
no redirect in {number1 |name1 } rule-id number2
Function
This command configures traffic redirection based on an ACL rule.
Parameters

rule.
cpu CPU that traffic is redirected to. -
number3 Rate limit (number of packets). 1–500
interface1 Name of the destination -

interface that traffic is redirected
to.
ip_addr1 IP address of the next hop that -

traffic is redirected to.
42-21

Mode
Usage Guidelines
l To cancel the setting of traffic redirection, use the no form of this command.
l Ensure that the ACL and the ACL rule have been created before using this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to redirect traffic that matches ACL 300 rule 1 to the
uplink port gei_1/3/1:
ZXAN(config)#redirect in 200 rule-id 4094 interface gei_1/19/2
Related Commands
42.4.3 show qos
Syntax
traffic-limit in {number1 |name1 } rule-id number2 cir number3 cbs number4 {ebs number5 |pir
number6 pbs number7 } mode name2 [{[remark-red-dp name3 ] [remark-red-dscp number8 ]
[remark-yellow-dp name4 ] [remark-yellow-dscp number9 ] [forward-red ] [drop-yellow ] } ]
no traffic-limit in {number1 |name1 } rule-id number2
Function
This command configures ACL rule-based traffic limiting.
Parameters

rule
number1 ACL number 1–699
name1 ACL name or alias -
number2 Rule number 1–127
number3 CIR in kbps 64–40000000
number4 CBS in kbytes 4–16000
number5 EBS in kbytes 4–16000
number6 PIR in kbps 64–40000000
42-22

number7 PBS in kbytes 4–16000
name2 Mode (color-blind or -

color-aware)
name3 Discard priority of red packets high, medium, or low
number8 DSCP value marked for red 0–63

packets
name4 Discard priority of yellow high, medium, or low

packets
number9 DSCP value marked for yellow 0–63

packets
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l To cancel the traffic limiting, use the no form of this command.
l Ensure that the ACL and ACL rule have been created before using this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure rate limiting for traffic that matches rule 1
of ACL 300:
ZXAN(config)#traffic-limit in 300 rule 1 cir 300 cbs 400 pir 800 pbs 300 mode blind
Related Commands
42.4.3 show qos
42.2.5 traffic-mirror
Syntax
traffic-mirror in {number1 |name1 } rule-id number2 {cpu |destination-ip ip_addr1 source-ip
ip_addr2 {[priority number3 ] [tpid hexadecimal1 ] [ttl number4 ] [DSCP number5 ] } |interface
interface1 [rspan-vlanid number6 [{[priority number7 ] [tpid hexadecimal2 ] } ] ] }
no traffic-mirror in {number1 |name1 } rule-id number2
Function
This command configures ACL-based traffic mirroring in configuration mode.
42-23

Parameters
in Specifies the ACL and ACL rule. -
number2 Rule ID. 1–4094
cpu Mirrors traffic to the CPU. -
ip_addr1 Destination IP address for -

remote mirroring in ERSPAN
mode.
ip_addr2 Source IP address for remote -

mirroring in ERSPAN mode.
number3 CoS for remote mirroring in 0

ERSPAN mode.
hexadecimal1 TPID for remote mirroring in -

ERSPAN mode.
number4 TTL for remote mirroring in 1–255

ERSPAN mode.
number5 DSCP value for remote mirroring 0–63

in ERSPAN mode.
interface1 Destination port name for traffic -

mirroring to a specific port.
number6 VLAN ID for remote mirroring in 1–4094

RSPAN mode.
number7 CoS for remote mirroring in 0

RSPAN mode.
hexadecimal2 TPID for remote mirroring in -

RSPAN mode.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l To cancel the traffic mirroring, use the no form of this command.
42-24

Examples
The following example shows how to configure the traffic mirroring function for mirroring
traffic that matches rule 4 of ACL 333 to the interface gei_1/3/1:
ZXAN(config)#traffic-mirror in 333 rule-id 4 interface gei_1/3/1
Related Commands
42.4.3 show qos
42.2.6 traffic-statistics
Syntax
traffic-statistics in {number1 |name1 } rule-id number2 pkt-type name2 statistics-type name3
no traffic-statistics in {number1 |name1 } rule-id number2
Function
This command configures ACL rule-based traffic statistics.
Parameters
pkt-type Specifies the type of packets to -

be counted.
name2 Packet type. red, yellow, green, or all
statistics-type Specifies the type of traffic -

statistics.
name3 Statistics type. packet or byte
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l To cancel the traffic statistics, use the no form of this command.
42-25

Examples
The following example shows how to configure traffic statistics for counting green packets
that matches rule 127 of ACL 199:
ZXAN(config)#traffic-statistics in 199 rule-id 127 pkt-type green
statistics-type packet
Related Commands
42.4.3 show qos
42.2.7 vlan-mark
Syntax
vlan-mark in {number1 |name1 } rule-id number2 vlan-id number3
no vlan-mark in {number1 |name1 } rule-id number2
Function
This command modifies the VLAN ID of traffic that matches a specific ACL rule.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l To cancel the modification, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to modify the VLAN ID of traffic that matches rule 1 of
ACL 100 to 2:
42-26

ZXAN(config)#vlan-mark in 100 rule-id 1 vlan-id 200

ZXAN(config)#
Related Commands
42.4.3 show qos
42.3 ACL Bind

42.3.1 ip access-group
Syntax
ip access-group {number1 |name1 } name2
no ip access-group {number1 |name1 } name2
Function
This command binds an ACL to a VLAN interface.
Parameters
name2 Binding direction -
Mode
VLAN interface configuration mode: ZXAN(config-if-vlanNumber)
Usage Guidelines
To remove the binding relationship between an ACL and a VLAN interface, use the no form
of this command.
Examples
The following shows how to bind ACL 100 to VLAN 100:

ZXAN(config-if-vlan100)#ip access-group 100 out
Related Commands
42.4.1 show access-list bound
42-27

42.3.2 ip access-group (Layer-2 fei Interface Mode)

Syntax
ip access-group {number1 |name1 } name2
no ip access-group {number1 |name1 } name2
Function
This command binds an ACL to the ingress or egress direction of an interface.
Parameters
name2 Binding direction in/out
Mode
Layer-2 fei interface mode, Layer-2 gei interface mode, and 10G_Ether interface mode:
ZXAN(config-if)#
Usage Guidelines
l To cancel the binding relationship between an ACL and a port, use the no form of this
command.
l To bind an ACL to a PVC of any DSL port, specify the PVC ID (pvc xxx) in this
command.
l To bind an ACL to an EPON ONU or GPON ONU interface, specify the vport number
(vport xxx) in this command.
Examples
l The following example shows how to bind ACL 300 to an Ethernet interface
(gei_1/3/1):
ZXAN(config-if)#ip access-group 300 in
l The following example shows how to bind ACL 300 to a GPON ONU interface:
ZXAN(config)#interface gpon_onu_1/2/1:1
ZXAN(config-if)#ip access-group 300 in vport 1
Related Commands
42-28

42.3.3 ip access-group (EPON ONU/GPON ONU Interface Mode)

Syntax
ip access-group {number1 |name1 }name2 [vport number2 ]
no ip access-group {number3 |name3 }name4 [vport number4 ]
Function
This command binds a hybrid ACL to a port in GPON ONU or EPON ONU mode.
Parameters
number1 ACL ID 300–699
name1 ACL name, which contains a -

maximum of 32 characters
name2 Binding direction in/out
Mode
EPON ONU/GPON ONU interface mode
Usage Guidelines
Before binding a hybrid ACL in GPON ONU or EPON ONU mode, ensure that the hybrid
ACL has been created.
Examples
The following example shows how to bind a hybrid ACL in GPON ONU mode:
ZXAN(config-if)#ip access-group 300 in vport 1
Related Command
show access-list bound
show running-config interface gpon_onu_1/3/1:1
42-29

42.4 ACL Show

Syntax
show access-list bound [interface1 ]
Function
This command displays the ACL bound to a specific interface or all interfaces.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information of ACLs bound to all
interfaces:
ZXAN(config-if)#show access-list bound
Interface Direction Type Status Acl number/name
gei_1/3/1 in V4HYBD successful 300
ZXAN(config-if)#
Related Commands
42.3.1 ip access-group
42.4.2 show acl

Syntax
show acl [{number1 |name1 |} ]
Function
This command displays the contents in all ACLs or a specific ACL.
42-30

Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the contents in all ACLs:
ZXAN(config)#show acl
acl standard number 99
rule 1 permit 2.2.2.2 0.0.0.0
acl hybrid number 300
name zte
rule 1 permit tcp 1.1.1.1 0.0.0.0 any precedence 2 any
ZXAN(config)#
Related Commands
42.1.4 acl standard
42.1.1 acl extended
42.1.3 acl link
42.1.2 acl hybrid
42.1.5 acl6 hybrid
42.4.3 show qos

Syntax
show qos
Function
This command displays ACL-based QoS configuration.
Parameters
None
42-31

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display ACL-based QoS configuration:
ZXAN(config)#show qos
traffic-statistics in 300 rule-id 1 pkt-type all statistics-type packet
redirect in 300 rule-id 1 interface gei_1/3/1
Related Commands
42.2.2 priority-mark
42.2.3 redirect
42.2.7 vlan-mark
42.4.4 show time-range

Syntax
show time-range [name1 ]
Function
This command displays the configuration of a time range.
Parameters
name1 Time range name -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The parameter time-range name is optional. If this parameter is not set, the configurations
of all time ranges will be displayed.
42-32

Examples
The following example shows how to display the configuration of a time range:
ZXAN(config)#show time-range
Current time is 21:06:04 01-04-2001 Thursday
Time-range: ztetimer
from 10:00:00 01-01-2006 to 11:00:00 06-02-2006
ZXAN(config)#
Related Commands
42.1.12 time-range
42.4.5 show traffic-mirror

Syntax
show traffic-mirror
Function
This command displays information related to traffic mirroring.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If the configured traffic mirroring mode is ERSPAN, the displayed traffic mirroring
information contains the next hop information, which is not available in the result of the
show qos command.
Examples
None
Related Commands
42.4.3 show qos
42-33


Syntax
show traffic-statistics {number1 |name1 } [rule-id number2 ]
Function
This command displays traffic statistics configuration and statistical information.
Parameters
number2 Rule number 1–127
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l Ensure that the specified ACL has been assigned to a port.
l The parameter rule-id is optional.
If the rule ID is specified in this command, ensure that you have used the traffic-stati
stics command to configure the traffic statistics function for the ACL and the ACL rule.
If the rule ID is not specified in this command, ensure that at least one rule of the ACL
is configured with the traffic statistics function.
Examples
The following example shows how to display traffic statistics configuration and statistical
information of ACL 345 rule 1:
ZXAN(config)#show traffic-statistics 345 rule-id 1
AclNum/AclName rule PktType StatType StatValue Throughout
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
345 1 all packet 34629 2308pps
Related Commands
42.2.6 traffic-statistics

42.4.3 show qos
42-34

Chapter 43
EFM Commands
Table of Contents
EFM Global Commands ...........................................................................................43-1
EFM Port Commands ...............................................................................................43-3
EFM Show Commands.............................................................................................43-8
EFM Clear Commands .............................................................................................43-9
EFM Statistics Commands ..................................................................................... 43-11
43.1 EFM Global Commands

43.1.1 set ethernet-oam disable
Syntax
set ethernet-oam disable
Function
This command disables Ethernet OAM functions on a global basis.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l Ethernet OAM functions are unavailable under each port after Ethernet OAM is
disabled on a global basis.
l To display the Ethernet OAM configuration, use the show ethernet-oam command.
Examples
ZXAN(config)#set ethernet-oam disable
Related Commands
43.3.1 show ethernet-oam
43-1

43.1.2 set ethernet-oam enable

Syntax
set ethernet-oam enable
Function
This command enables Ethernet OAM functions on a global basis.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l Ethernet OAM functions are available under each port only after Ethernet OAM is
enabled on a global basis.
l To display the Ethernet OAM configuration, use the show ethernet-oam command.
Examples
ZXAN(config)#set ethernet-oam enable
Related Commands
43.1.3 set ethernet-oam remote-loopback time-out

Syntax
set ethernet-oam remote-loopback time-out number1
Function
This command sets the remote loopback timeout for Ethernet OAM.
Parameters
number1 Remote loopback timeout 1–10

Unit: seconds
43-2

Chapter 43 EFM Commands
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To display the configuration result, use the show ethernet-oam command.
Examples
ZXAN(config)#set ethernet-oam remote-loopback time-out 5
Related Commands
43.2 EFM Port Commands

Syntax
set ethernet-oam disable
Function
This command disables Ethernet OAM functions on a port.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
After using this command to disable Ethernet OAM functions on a port, you can use the
show ethernet oam command to view the configuration result on the port, for example:
show ethernet-oam gei_1/4/3 discovery
Examples
ZXAN(config-if)#set ethernet-oam disable
43-3

Related Commands

Syntax
set ethernet-oam enable
Function
This command enables Ethernet OAM functions on a port.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
After using this command to enable Ethernet OAM functions on a port, you can use the
show ethernet-oam command to view the configuration result on the port, for example:
Examples
ZXAN(config-if)#set ethernet-oam enable
Related Commands
43.2.3 set ethernet-oam link-monitor

Syntax
set ethernet-oam link-monitor {enable |disable |symbol-period threshold number1 window nu
mber2 |frame threshold number3 window number4 |frame-period threshold number5 window
number6 |frame-seconds threshold number7 window number8 }
43-4

Function
This command configures parameters related to the link monitoring function in
Ethernet OAM, for example, enables or disables the link monitoring function, and sets
error frame event parameters.
Parameters
enable Enables the link monitoring -

function.
disable Disables the link monitoring -

function.
symbol-period Configures parameters related -

to signal error events.
number1 Threshold for signal error 1–65535

events.
Unit: symbols.
number2 Period of signal error events. 1–65535

Unit: million symbols.
frame Configures parameters related -

to error frame events.
number3 Threshold for error frame 1–65535

events.
Unit: frames.
number4 Period of error frame events. 1–60

Unit: seconds.
frame-period Configures parameters related -

to error frame period events.
number5 Threshold for error frame period 1–65535

events.
Unit: frames.
number6 Period of error frame period 1–600000

events.
Unit: ten thousand frames.
frame-seconds Configures parameters related -

to error frame seconds.
43-5

number7 Threshold for the error frame 1–900

second that triggers an error
frame second event.
Unit: frame second.
number8 Period of error frame second 10–900

events.
Unit: seconds.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The show ethernet-oam command can be used to display the configuration result, for
example:
show ethernet-oam gei_1/4/3 link-monitor
Examples
l The following example shows how to enable the link monitoring function:
ZXAN(config-if)#set ethernet-oam link-monitor enable
l The following example shows how to disable the link monitoring function:
ZXAN(config-if)#set ethernet-oam link-monitor disable
Related Commands
show ethernet-oam gei_1/4/3 link-monitor
43.2.4 set ethernet-oam period

Syntax
set ethernet-oam period number1 timeout number2 mode {active |passive }
Function
This command configures the Ethernet OAM mode, active or passive.
43-6

Parameters
number1 Period for sending OAM PDUs. 1–10

Unit: 100 ms.
number2 Timeout for link OAM. 2–20

Unit: seconds.
active Sets the port mode to active -

mode.
passive Sets the port mode to passive -

mode.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
l The following example shows how to set the Ethernet OAM mode to active:
ZXAN(config-if)#set ethernet-oam period 2 timeout 3 mode active
l The following example shows how to set the Ethernet OAM mode to passive:
ZXAN(config-if)#set ethernet-oam period 2 timeout 3 mode passive
Related Commands
43.2.5 set ethernet-oam remote-loopback

Syntax
set ethernet-oam remote-loopback {start |stop }
Function
This command starts or stops remote loopback for Ethernet OAM.
43-7

Parameters
start Starts remote loopback. -
stop Stops remote loopback. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
After the remote loopback function is started, the remote device sends data packets to
the local device for loopback. You can use the show ethernet-oam command to view the
configuration result.
Examples
l The following example shows how to start remote loopback:
ZXAN(config-if)#set ethernet-oam remote-loopback start
l The following example shows how to stop remote loopback:

ZXAN(config-if)#set ethernet-oam remote-loopback stop
Related Commands
43.3 EFM Show Commands

Syntax
show ethernet-oam [interface1 {discovery |link-monitor |statistics } ]
Function
This command displays the global configuration of Ethernet OAM.
43-8

Parameters
interface1 Specifies the port on which the -

link OAM information is to be
displayed.
discovery Displays the discovery status in -

the link OAM configuration of
the port.
link-monitor Displays the monitoring status -

in the link OAM configuration of
the port.
statistics Displays the link OAM statistics -

on the port.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN#show ethernet-oam
Related Commands
43.1.3 set ethernet-oam remote-loopback time-out
43.4 EFM Clear Commands

43.4.1 clear ethernet-oam all
Syntax
clear ethernet-oam all
Function
This command clears global ETH OAM configuration and port configuration.
43-9

Parameters
None
Mode
l Privileged mode: ZXAN#
l Implicit configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
After this command is executed, all default configurations are restored.
Examples
ZXAN#clear ethernet-oam all
Related Commands
ZXAN#show ethernet-oam
43.4.2 clear ethernet-oam statistics

Syntax
clear ethernet-oam statistics
Function
This command clears ETH OAM statistics.
Parameters
None
Mode
l Privileged mode: ZXAN#
l Implicit configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
After this command is executed, the statistics obtained by link monitor is cleared.
Examples
ZXAN#clear ethernet-oam statistics
43-10

Related Commands
ZXAN#show ethernet-oam xxx link-monitor (where xxx indicates the actual port, such as
gei_1/3/3)
43.5 EFM Statistics Commands

43.5.1 clear perf ethernet-oam link-monitor
Syntax
clear perf ethernet-oam link-monitor interface1 [{15min |1day } ]
Function
This command clears the EFM performance statistics during the current time period.
Parameters
interface1 Port -
15min 15–minute data statistics -
1day One-day data statistics -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN#clear perf ethernet-oam link-monitor gei_1/3/1 15min
Related Commands
ZXAN(config-if)#show performance ethernet-oam link-monitor gei_1/3/1 current-15min
43.5.2 show performance ethernet-oam link-monitor

Syntax
show performance ethernet-oam link-monitor interface1 {current-15min |current-1day |his-1
5min interval-no number1 |his-1day interval-no number2 }
43-11

Function
This command displays EFM performance data statistics.
Parameters
current-15min Latest 15 minutes -
current-1day Latest day -
interval-no Historical time period -
number1 Interval 1–2
number2 Interval 1–1
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config-if)#show performance ethernet-oam link-monitor gei_1/3/1 current-15min
Error Symbol Period Event:
Total Error Symbols : 0
Local Total Error Events : 0
Remote Total Error Events : 0
Error Frame Event:

Total Error Frames : 0
Error Frame Period Event:

Total Error Frames : 0
Error Frame Seconds Event:

Total Error Frame Seconds : 0(s)
Local Total Error Frame Seconds Events : 0
Remote Total Error Frame Seconds Events : 0
43-12

Related Commands
ZXAN#clear perf ethernet-oam link-monitor gei_1/3/1 15min
43-13

43-14

Chapter 44
Disgnosis Commands
Table of Contents
ATMPING.................................................................................................................44-1
Loopback Detection..................................................................................................44-4
Port Mirroring ...........................................................................................................44-9
44.1 ATMPING
44.1.1 atm oam
Syntax
atm oam manage loopback interface1 deny
no atm oam manage loopback interface1 deny
Function
This command determines whether to discard ATM ping cells (F4 and F5 loopback cells)
sent by a remote end.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The atm oam manage loopback xxx deny command enables an interface to discard ATM
ping cells sent by the remote end without processing these cells.
The no atm oam manage loopback xxx deny command enables an interface to process ATM
ping cells sent by the remote end instead of discarding these cells.
The related VP and VC must be in active state to ensure that the NE can normally respond
to the remote end.
44-1

Examples
The following example shows how to enable an interface to process ATM ping cells initiated
by remote ends without discarding the cells:
ZXAN(config)#no atm oam manage loopback adsl_1/3/1 deny
Related Commands
44.1.2 ping atm
44.1.2 ping atm

Syntax
ping atm interface interface1 {pvc number1 |vpi number2 } [[name1 ] [number3 number4 ] ]
Function
This command initiates an ATM ping (F4 and F5 loopback) for verifying that the VP and
VC to the CPE are normal.
Parameters
number2 VPI 0–255
name1 Loopback type -
number3 Number of ping requests 1–1000
number4 Timeout 1–30

Unit: seconds
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If a PVC ID is specified in the command, an F5 loopback will be initiated. If a VPI is
specified in the command, an F4 loopback will be initiated.
Examples
The following example shows how to initiate an F5 loopback for verifying the VP and VC
to the CPE:
ZXAN#ping atm interface adsl_1/2/1 pvc 1 2 3
44-2

Chapter 44 Disgnosis Commands
sending 2,100-byte end-to-end F5 oam echos,timeout is 3 seconds.

!! Success rate is 100 percent(2/2).
Related Commands
44.1.1 atm oam
44.1.3 show atm oam

Syntax
show atm oam manage loopback interface1
Function
This command displays the loopback status of an interface for responding ATM ping.
The “deny” status indicates that the interface does not respond to ATM pings from remote
ends. The “no deny” status indicates that the interface can normally respond to ATM pings
from remote ends.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config)#show atm oam manage loopback adsl_1/3/1
Atm oam manage loopback status:no deny.
Related Commands
44.1.1 atm oam
44-3

44.2 Loopback Detection

44.2.1 loopback-detection
Syntax
loopback-detection {name1 }
Function
This command controls the loopback detection switch of a physical interface.
Parameters
name1 Turns on or off the switch. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The loopback detection function can be enabled for a specific interface only when both the
global loopback detection switch and the port loopback detection switch are turned on.
Examples
The following example shows how to turn on the loopback detection switch for a PON
interface:
ZXAN(config-if)# loopback-detection enable
Related Commands
44.2.6 show loop-detection interface
44.2.2 pon-loopback-auto-check-time
Syntax
pon-loopback-auto-check-time number1
44-4

Function
This command configures a period for automatically repeating the loopback detection.
Parameters
number1 Period for automatic detection 1–3600

Unit: seconds
Mode
Usage Guidelines
When loopback is detected on a port, the periodic loopback detection is started on the port
to check whether the loopback is cancelled. If loopback is not detected in three contiguous
periods, it is determined that the loopback is cancelled. The periodic loopback detection
will not be started if loopback is not detected.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the automatic detection period to 45
seconds:
ZXAN(config)#pon-loopback-auto-check-time 45
Related Commands
44.2.5 show loop-detection global
44.2.3 pon-loopback-auto-shutdown
Syntax
pon-loopback-auto-shutdown {name1 }
Function
This command configures the switch for automatically shutting down uplink traffic on a port.
Parameters
Mode
44-5

Usage Guidelines
When the auto-shutdown switch is enabled for a port, uplink traffic of the ONU will be shut
down if loopback is detected on the port.
When the auto-shutdown switch is disabled for a port, uplink traffic will not be shut down
if loopback is detected on the port.
This command is not valid for a port on which loopback has already been detected,
meaning uplink traffic will not be influenced by the command.
Examples
ZXAN(config)#pon-loopback-auto-shutdown enable/disable
Related Commands
44.2.4 pon-loopback-detection
Syntax
pon-loopback-detection {name1 }
Function
This command controls the global loopback detection switch.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
All of the global loopback detection switch, the port loopback detection swtich, and the
MAC flapping notification switch must be turned on to enable loopback detection.
Examples
The following example shows how to turn on the global loopback detection switch:
ZXAN(config)#pon-loopback-detection enable
Related Commands
44-6

47.4 security mac-move-report

Syntax
show loop-detection global
Function
This command displays the global configuration of loopback detection.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config)#show loop-detection global
LoopDetectSwitch:enable
AutoShutdownSwitch:enable
AutoCheckTime:100(s)
Related Commands
44.2.6 show loop-detection interface

Syntax
show loop-detection interface interface1
Function
This command displays the loopback detection switch status of a PON interface.
44-7

Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config)#show loop-detection interface gpon-olt_1/15/1
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Port Status
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
gpon-olt_1/15/1 enable
Related Commands
44.2.1 loopback-detection
44.2.7 show pon-loopback-detection

Syntax
show pon-loopback-detection [{interface interface1 |slot number1 } ]
Function
This command displays the information of detected loopbacks.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
44-8

Examples
The following command shows how to display the information of detected loopbacks:
ZXAN(config)#show pon-loopback-detection
Interface Loop-Switch VlanId Interface-Status

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
gpon-onu_1/14/2:1 vport 1 enable 200 shut down
Related Commands
44.3 Port Mirroring

44.3.1 show monitor session
Syntax
show monitor session number1
Function
This command displays a port mirroring session.
Parameters
number1 Session ID 1
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display a port mirroring session:
ZXAN(config)#show monitor session 1
Session 1
44-9

----------
Source Ports:
Port: gei_1/3/1 Monitor Direction: rx
Destination Port:
Port: gei_1/4/1
Related Commands
44.3.2 monitor session
44.3.2 monitor session

Syntax
monitor session number1 [{source {cpu [direction name1 ] |interface interface1 [direction name2
] |inner-port name3 [direction name4 ] } |destination {interface interface2 [rspan-vlanid numbe
r2 [{[priority number3 ] [tpid name5 ] }] ] |dst-ip ip_addr1 src-ip ip_addr2 [{[priority number4 ]
[tpid name6 ] [ttl number5 ] [dscp number6 ] }] } } ]
no monitor session number1 [{source {cpu |interface interface1 |inner-port name3 } |destination
}]
Function
This command has the following functions:
l Create or delete a port mirroring session.
l Create, add, or delete a mirroring source (CPU, port, or inner port). A port mirroring
session contains a maximum of four sources.
l Create or delete a destination port, or modify the port mirroring mode (SPAN, RSPAN,
or ERSPAN).
Parameters
number1 Mirroring session ID. 1
source Specifies a mirroring source -

(CPU, port, or inner port).
cpu Indicates that the mirroring -

source is a CPU.
name1 CPU mirroring direction (in, -

out, or both), meaning traffic in
the specified direction will be
mirrored to the destination.
44-10

interface1 Specifies the port name when -

the mirroring source is a port.
name2 Port mirroring direction (in, -

name3 Specifies the port name when -

the mirroring source is an inner
port.
name4 Inner port mirroring direction (in, -

destination Specifies the mirroring -

destination.
interface2 Mirroring destination port. -
number2 VLAN ID in RSPAN mirroring 1–4094

mode.
number3 CoS in RSPAN mirroring mode. 0
name5 TP ID in RSPAN mirroring -

mode.
ip_addr1 Destination IP address in -

ERSPAN mirroring mode.
ip_addr2 Source IP address in ERSPAN -

mirroring mode.
number4 CoS in ERSPAN mirroring 0

mode.
name6 TP ID in ERSPAN mirroring -

mode.
number5 TTL in ERSPAN mirroring mode. 1–255
number6 DSCP value in ERSPAN 0–63

mirroring mode.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
44-11

Examples
The following example shows how to configure the mirroring destination and set the
mirroring mode to SPAN:
ZXAN(config)#monitor session 1 destination interface gei_1/19/2
The following example shows how to set the mirroring mode to RSPAN:
ZXAN(config)#monitor session 1 destination interface gei_1/19/2 rspan-vlanid 200
The following example shows how to set the mirroring mode to ERSPAN:
ZXAN(config)#monitor session 1 destination dst-ip 1.1.1.1 src-ip 2.2.2.2
Related Commands
44.3.1 show monitor session
44-12

Chapter 45
Port Identification
Commands
Table of Contents
Port Identification Commands...................................................................................45-1
DHCPv4-I2 Relay Agent Commands ......................................................................45-22
PPPoE Intermediate Agent Commands..................................................................45-29
DHCPv6-I2 Relay Agent Commands ......................................................................45-36
NDP LIO Commands..............................................................................................45-44
Port Identification Format Profile Commands..........................................................45-51
Port Identification Operator Profile Commands .......................................................45-56
45.1 Port Identification Commands

45.1.1 port-identification
Syntax
port-identification rackno number1 shelfno number2
Function
This command configures the rack number and shelf number for port location.
Parameters

Default: 1

Default: 1
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
45-1

Examples
The following example shows how to configure the rack number and shelf number for port
location:
ZXAN(config)#port-identification rackno 2 shelfno 2
Related Commands
45.1.19 show port-identification global
45.1.2 port-identification access-loop-characteristics

Syntax
port-identification access-loop-characteristics name1 pvc number1
Function
This command enables or disables the access-loop-tag for a port.
Parameters

access-loop-tag for a port.
access-loop-tag for a port.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
(1) This command works on only in the common port location mode.
(2) If the global access-loop-tag is configured by using the port-identification add-Access
-Loop-tag command, port link information (such as suboption 81 to suboption 8e) can be
added to port location information only when the access-loop-tag of the port is enabled.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the access-loop-tag for a port:
ZXAN(config-if)#port-identification access-loop-characteristics enable
45-2

Chapter 45 Port Identification Commands
Related Commands
45.1.25 show port-identification port
port-identification add-Access-Loop-tag
45.1.3 port-identification access-node-id-type

Syntax
port-identification access-node-id-type name1
Function
This command configures the type of the access-node-identifier.
Parameters
name1 inband-mac: inband MAC of the Default: inband-mac

NE
access-node-name: host name
Mode
Usage Guidelines
(1) If the access-node-id-type is set to access-node-name, the value of the parameter
access-node-id in port location information is specified by the port-identification access-n
ode-name<WORD> command.
(2) If the access-node-id-type is set to inband-mac, the value of the parameter
access-node-id in port location information is the inband MAC address of the NE.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the type of the access-node-identifier to
access-node-name:
ZXAN(config)#port-identification access-node-id-type access-node-name
Related Commands
45.1.4 port-identification access-node-name
45-3


Syntax
port-identification access-node-name name1
no port-identification access-node-name
Function
This command configures the value of the variable access-node-name in port location
information.
Parameters
name1 Value of the variable Default: ZXAN

access-node-name, 1–50
characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If the access-node-name value is deleted by using the no form of this command, the
access-node-name is ZXAN by default.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the access-node-name in port location information
to 'ztetest':
ZXAN(config)#port-identification access-node-name ztetest
Related Commands
port-identification access-node-id-type access-node-name
45.1.5 port-identification access-node-slave-id

Syntax
port-identification access-node-slave-id name1
no port-identification access-node-slave-id
45-4

Function
This command configures the value of the variable access-node-slave-id in port location
information.
Parameters
name1 Value of the variable -

access-node-slave-id, 1–50
characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To delete the configured value, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the access-node-slave-id in port location
information to "slavetest":
ZXAN(config)#port-identification access-node-slave-id slavetest
Related Commands
45.1.6 port-identification add-Access-Loop-tag

Syntax
port-identification add-Access-Loop-tag name1 {{[subopt81 ] [subopt82 ] [subopt83 ] [subopt8
4 ] [subopt85 ] [subopt86 ] [subopt87 ] [subopt88 ] [subopt89 ] [subopt8A ] [subopt8B ] [subop
t8C ] [subopt8D ] [subopt8E ] }|all }
no port-identification add-Access-Loop-tag name1 [{[subopt81 ] [subopt82 ] [subopt83 ] [sub

opt84 ] [subopt85 ] [subopt86 ] [subopt87 ] [subopt88 ] [subopt89 ] [subopt8A ] [subopt8B ]
[subopt8C ] [subopt8D ] [subopt8E ] }]
Function
This command configures the value of the variable Access-Loop-tag in port location
information.
45-5

Parameters
name1 Value of the variable -

Access-Loop-tag. Two options
are available:
pppoe: Adds port rates for
PPPoE packets to port location
information.
dhcp: Adds port rates for
DHCP packets to port location
information.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to add the Access-Loop-tag to DHCP port location
information:
ZXAN(config)#port-identification add-Access-Loop-tag DHCP subopt81
Related Commands
45.1.26 show port-identification tag-config
45.1.7 port-identification add-PPP-tag

Syntax
port-identification add-PPP-tag {[PPP_Relay_Session_ID number1 ] [PPP_Host_Uniq numbe
r2 ] [PPP_Max_PayLoad ] [DSLF_IWF_PPPOE ] }
no port-identification add-PPP-tag [[PPP_Relay_Session_ID ] [PPP_Host_Uniq ] [PPP_Max
_PayLoad ] [DSLF_IWF_PPPOE ] ]
Function
This command configures the value of the variable PPP-tag in port location information
from PPPOA/PPPOE packets.
45-6

Parameters
number1 Value of PPP_Relay_Session_ID Range: 0–65534

in PPP packets
number2 Value of PPP_Host_Uniq in PPP Range: 0–4294967295

packets
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the value of the variable PPP-tag in port
location information from PPPOA/PPPOE packets:
ZXAN(config)#port-identification add-PPP-tag DSLF_IWF_PPPOE
Related Commands
45.1.8 port-identification format-profile

Syntax
port-identification format-profile name1
no port-identification format-profile name1
Function
This command creates a new format profile or configures an existing format profile.
Parameters
name1 Format profile name -
Mode
45-7

Usage Guidelines
(1) If the profile name does not exist, this command creates a new profile with 1–32
characters as the profile name.
(2) If the profile name exists, the system enters format profile configuration mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a format profile "testfortprf":
ZXAN(config)#port-identification format-profile testfortprf
Related Commands
45.1.18 show port-identification format-profile
45.1.9 port-identification format

Syntax
port-identification format name1 [sport number1 ]
Function
This command configures a format profile used by a port.
Parameters
name1 Format of a format profile Default:

CHINA-TELECOM-PON for
PON cards
CHINA-TELECOM-DSL for DSL
cards
Mode
PTP, GPON ONU, and EPON ONU interface mode
Usage Guidelines
This command works on only when profile mode is set as the port location mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the format profile used by a port to 'dsl-forum-pon':
45-8

ZXAN(config-if)# port-identification format dsl-forum-pon vport 1
Related Commands
45.1.10 port-identification mode

Syntax
port-identification mode {profile |normal }
no port-identification mode
Function
This command configures a port location mode.
Parameters
profile Profile mode -
normal Normal mode -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
(1) If profile mode is configured, the newly added port location information depends on the
operator profile in use when the port location module processes the port location message.
(2) If common mode is configured, the newly added port location information depends on
the configured format profile when the port location module processes the port location
message.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the port location mode to profile mode:
ZXAN(config)#port-identification mode profile
Related Commands
45.1.20 show port-identification mode
45-9

45.1.11 port-identification operator-profile global

Syntax
port-identification operator-profile global name1
no port-identification operator-profile global
Function
This command configures an operator profile used globally.
Parameters
name1 Operator profile name -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To delete the application, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the operator profile used globally to
"ztetest":
ZXAN(config)#port-identification operator-profile global ztetest
Related Commands
45.1.21 show port-identification operator-profile global
45.1.12 port-identification operator-profile vlan

Syntax
port-identification operator-profile vlan number1 {name1 }
no port-identification operator-profile vlan number1
Function
This command configures an operator profile used by a VLAN.
45-10

Parameters
number1 VLAN ID for configuring the Range: 1–4094

VLAN applications of an
operator profile
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To delete the configured profile, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the operator profile used by a VLAN to
"ztetest":
ZXAN(config)#port-identification operator-profile vlan 100 ztetest
Related Commands
45.1.23 show port-identification operator-profile vlan
45.1.13 port-identification operator-profile

Syntax
port-identification operator-profile name1
no port-identification operator-profile name1
Function
This command creates a new operator profile or configures an existing operator profile.
Parameters
Mode
45-11

Usage Guidelines
(1) If the profile name does not exist, this command creates a new profile with 1-32
characters as the profile name.
(2) If the profile name exists, the system enters operator profile configuration mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to create an operator profile "ztetest":
ZXAN(config)#port-identification operator-profile ztetest
Related Commands
45.1.24 show port-identification operator-profile
45.1.14 port-identification operator-profile (PTP interface mode)

Syntax
port-identification operator-profile name1 [sport number1 ]
no port-identification operator-profile [sport number1 ]
Function
This command configures an operator profile used by a port.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
(1) This command works on only when profile mode is set as the port location mode.
(2) To delete the operator profile used, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the operator profile used by a port:
ZXAN(config-if)# port-identification operator-profile ztetest vport 1
45-12

Related Commands
45.1.22 show port-identification operator-profile port
45.1.15 port-identification sub-option remote-id format

Syntax
port-identification sub-option remote-id format name1 [sport number1 ]
no port-identification sub-option remote-id format [sport number1 ]
Function
This command configures a format profile for the Remote-ID of a interface.
Parameters
name1 Format profile for the Remote -

ID, 1-32 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the format profile for the Remote-ID of the
interface gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 to "china-netcom-dsl":
ZXAN(config-if)#port-identification sub-option remote-id format china-netcom-dsl vport 1
Related Commands
45.1.17 port-identification sub-option remote-id
45-13

45.1.16 port-identification sub-option remote-id name

Syntax
port-identification sub-option remote-id name name1 [sport number1 ]
no port-identification sub-option remote-id name
Function
This command configures the Remote ID for a port.
Parameters
name1 Remote ID of a port, 1-64 -

characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the Remote ID for a port to 'ZTEzte':
ZXAN(config-if)#port-identification sub-option remote-id name ZTEzte vport 1
Related Commands

Syntax
port-identification sub-option remote-id name1 [{{[PPPOE ] [DHCPv4 ] [DHCPv6 ] }|ALL } ]
[sport number1 ]
Function
This command enables or disables the Remote ID of a port.
45-14

Parameters
name1 enable: Enables the Remote ID Default: disable

of a port.
disable: Disables the Remote
ID of a port.
number1 sport ID. Range: 1–128
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Port location information contains the Circuit ID and Remote ID.
(1) When the Remote ID is enabled, port location information contains the Remote ID value.
The value of the Remote ID can be configured with the port-identification sub-option
remote-id name command.
(2) When the Remote ID is disabled, port location information does not contain the Remote
ID value.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the Remote ID of a port:
ZXAN(config-if)#port-identification sub-option remote-id enable vport 1
Related Commands

Syntax
show port-identification format-profile [{info name1 |apply-info name2 |rid-format name3 } ]
Function
This command displays configuration information about a format profile.
45-15

Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
(1) The following example shows how to display all the information about a format profile:
show port-identification format-profile
(2) The following example shows how to display configuration information about a format
profile:
show port-identification format-profile info
Related Commands
45.1.8 port-identification format-profile

Syntax
show port-identification global
Function
This command displays the global configuration for port location.
Parameters
None
Mode
45-16

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the global configuration for port location:
ZXAN#show port-identification global
Related Commands
45.1.1 port-identification
45.1.3 port-identification access-node-id-type
45.1.5 port-identification access-node-slave-id
45.1.20 show port-identification mode

Syntax
show port-identification mode
Function
This command displays a port location mode.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
show port-identification mode
Related Commands
45.1.10 port-identification mode
45-17

45.1.21 show port-identification operator-profile global

Syntax
show port-identification operator-profile global
Function
This command displays configuration information about an operator profile globally used.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display configuration information about an operator
profile globally used:
show port-identification operator-profile global
Related Commands
45.1.11 port-identification operator-profile global
45.1.22 show port-identification operator-profile port

Syntax
show port-identification operator-profile port interface1 {[{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport
number3 } ] }
Function
This command displays configuration information about an operator profile used by a port.
Parameters
45-18

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
profile used by a port:
show port-identification operator-profile port gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 vport 1
Related Commands
45.1.23 show port-identification operator-profile vlan

Syntax
show port-identification operator-profile vlan number1
Function
This command displays configuration information about an operator profile used by a
VLAN.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
45-19

Examples
profile used by a VLAN:
show port-identification operator-profile vlan 100
Related Commands
45.1.12 port-identification operator-profile vlan

Syntax
show port-identification operator-profile [{info name1 |apply-info name2 } ]
Function
This command displays configuration information about an operator profile.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
(1) The following example shows how to display all the information about an operator
profile:
show port-identification operator-profile
(2) This command displays configuration information about an operator profile:
show port-identification operator-profile info
Related Commands
45-20


Syntax
show port-identification port interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport number3 } ]
Function
This command displays the port configuration for port location.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the port configuration of port location:
ZXAN(config)#show port-identification gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 vport 1
Related Commands

Syntax
show port-identification tag-config
Function
This command displays the access-loop and ppp-tag configuration for port location.
45-21

Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the access-loop and ppp-tag configuration
for port location:
show port-identification tag-config
Related Commands
port-identification add-Access-Loop-tag
port-identification add-PPP-tag
45.2 DHCPv4-I2 Relay Agent Commands

45.2.1 dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent trust false
Syntax
dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent trust false name1 [sport number1 ]
Function
This command configures a DHCP Option82 trust policy for a port.
Parameters
name1 Two options are available: -

add: Adds new port location
information.
discard: Discards the packets
with port location information.
Mode
45-22

Usage Guidelines
This command works on the uplink packets with port location information. For the packets
without port location information, the port location module adds a new port location
message for them.
(1) If the trust policy is false discard, the port location module discards the packets
immediately.
(2) If the trust policy is false add, the port location module adds a new Option82 following
the existing Option82.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the DHCP Option82 trust policy to false add for
a port:
ZXAN(config-if)#dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent trust false add vport 1
Related Commands
45.2.7 show dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent port
45.2.2 dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent trust true

Syntax
dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent trust true name1 [sport number1 ]
Function
This command configures a DHCP Option82 trust policy for a port.
Parameters
name1 Two policies are available: -

keep: Keeps the existing port
location message unchanged.
replace: Replaces the existing
port location message with a
new one.
Mode
45-23

Usage Guidelines
message for them.
(1) If the trust policy is true keep, the port location module keeps the existing Option82
unchanged.
(2) If the trust policy is true replace, the port location module replaces the existing
Option82 with a new one.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the DHCP Option82 trust policy to true keep for
a port:
ZXAN(config-if)#dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent trust true keep vport 1
Related Commands
45.2.3 dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent vlan

Syntax
dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent vlan number1 {enable |disable }
Function
This command enables or disables the extraction of the DHCPv4 packets with a specific
VLAN ID.
Parameters
number1 ID of the VLAN where the CPU Range: 1–4094

extracts DHCPv4 packets.
enable Enables VLAN packet -

extraction.
disable Disables VLAN packet -

extraction.
Mode
45-24

Usage Guidelines
(1) When this function is enabled, the CPU extracts the DHCPv4 packets with a specific
VLAN ID.
(2) When this function is disabled, the CPU does not extract the DHCPv4 packets with a
specific VLAN ID.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the extraction of the DHCPv4 packets with a
specific VLAN ID:
ZXAN(config)# dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent vlan 100 enable
Related Commands
45.2.8 show dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent vlan all
45.2.4 dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent
Syntax
dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent name1
Function
This command enables or disables the global extraction of DHCPv4 packets.
Parameters
name1 enable: Enables DHCPv4 -

packet extraction.
disable: Disables DHCPv4
packet extraction.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
(1) When this function is enabled, the CPU extracts DHCPv4 packets.
(2) When this function is disabled, the CPU does not extract DHCPv4 packets.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the global extraction of DHCPv4 packets:
ZXAN(config)# dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent enable
45-25

Related Commands
45.2.6 show dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent global
45.2.5 dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent (PTP interface mode)

Syntax
dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent name1 [sport number1 ]
Function
This command enables or disables the DHCP Option82 function for a port.
Parameters
name1 enable: Enables the DHCP -

Option82 function for a port.
disable: Disables the DHCP
Mode
Usage Guidelines
(1) When this function is enabled, the port location module adds port location information
to the uplink DHCP Option82 packets, and strips the port location message out of the
downlink Option82 packets.
(2) When this function is disabled, the port location module keeps the existing DHCP
Option82 packets unchanged.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the DHCP Option82 function for a port:
ZXAN(config-if)#dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent enable vport 1
Related Commands
45-26


Syntax
show dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent global
Function
This command displays the global configuration of the DHCP Option82 function.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the global configuration of the DHCP
Option82 function:
ZXAN#show dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent global
Related Commands
dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent {enable|disable}

Syntax
show dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent port interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport number3 } ]
Function
This command displays the port configuration of the DHCP Option82 function.
Parameters
45-27

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the port configuration of the DHCP Option82
function:
ZXAN#show dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent port gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 vport 1
Related Commands
dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent {enable|disable} (PTP, GPON ONU, and EPON ONU interface
mode)

Syntax
show dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent vlan all
Function
This command displays the configuration for the extraction of the DHCP Option82 packets
with a specific VLAN ID.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
45-28

Examples
The following example shows how to display the configuration for the extraction of the
DHCP Option82 packets with a specific VLAN ID:
ZXAN#show dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent vlan all
Related Commands
45.3 PPPoE Intermediate Agent Commands

45.3.1 pppoe-intermediate-agent trust false
Syntax
pppoe-intermediate-agent trust false name1 [sport number1 ]
Function
This command configures a PPPoE+ trust policy for a port.
Parameters
name1 add: Adds new port location -

information.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command works on the uplink PPPoE+ packets with port location information. For
the packets without this information, the port location module adds new port location
information for them.
immediately.
(2) If the trust policy is false add, the port location module adds new port location
information after the existing one.
45-29

Examples
The following example shows how to set the PPPoE+ trust policy to false add for a port:
ZXAN(config-if)#pppoe-intermediate-agent trust false add vport 1
Related Commands
45.3.7 show pppoe-intermediate-agent port
45.3.2 pppoe-intermediate-agent trust true

Syntax
pppoe-intermediate-agent trust true name1 [sport number1 ]
Function
This command configures a PPPoE+ trust policy for a port.
Parameters
name1 Keeps the existing port location -

message unchanged.
Replaces the existing port
location message with a new
one.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
(1) If the trust policy is true keep, the port location module keeps the existing port location
information unchanged.
(2) If the trust policy is true replace, the port location module replaces the existing port
location information with new information.
45-30

Examples
The following example shows how to set the PPPoE+ trust policy to true keep for a port:
ZXAN(config-if)#pppoe-intermediate-agent trust true keep vport 1
Related Commands
45.3.3 pppoe-intermediate-agent vlan

Syntax
pppoe-intermediate-agent vlan number1 {enable |disable }
Function
This command enables or disables the extraction of the PPPOA/PPPOE packets with a
specific VLAN ID.
Parameters
enable Enables the extraction of the -

PPPOA/PPPOE packets.
disable Disables the extraction of the -

PPPOA/PPPOE packets.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
(1) When this function is enabled, the CPU extracts the PPPOA/PPPOE packets with a
specific VLAN ID.
(2) When this function is disabled, the CPU does not extract the PPPOA/PPPOE packets
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the extraction of the PPPOA/PPPOE packets
with a specific VLAN ID:
ZXAN(config)#pppoe-intermediate-agent vlan 100 enable
45-31

Related Commands
45.3.8 show pppoe-intermediate-agent vlan all
45.3.4 pppoe-intermediate-agent
Syntax
pppoe-intermediate-agent name1
Function
This command enables or disables the global extraction of PPPOA/PPPOE packets.
Parameters
name1 enable: Enables the global -

extraction of PPPOA/PPPOE
packets.
extraction of PPPOA/PPPOE
packets.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
(1) When this function is enabled, the CPU extracts PPPOA/PPPOE packets.
(2) When this function is disabled, the CPU does not extract PPPOA/PPPOE packets.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the global extraction of PPPOA/PPPOE
packets:
ZXAN(config)#pppoe-intermediate-agent enable
Related Commands
45.3.6 show pppoe-intermediate-agent global
45.3.5 pppoe-intermediate-agent (PTP interface mode)

Syntax
pppoe-intermediate-agent name1 [sport number1 ]
45-32

Function
This command enables or disables the PPPoE+ function for a port.
Parameters
name1 enable: Enables the PPPoE+ -

function for a port.
disable: Disables the PPPoE+
Mode
Usage Guidelines
to the uplink PPPoE+ packets, and strips port location information out of the downlink
PPPoE+ packets.
(2) When this function is disabled, the port location module keeps the existing PPPoE+
packets unchanged.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the PPPoE+ function for the port
gpon-onu_1/3/1:1:
ZXAN(config-if)#pppoe-intermediate-agent enable vport 1
Related Commands
45.3.6 show pppoe-intermediate-agent global

Syntax
show pppoe-intermediate-agent global
Function
This command displays the global status of PPPoE+.
45-33

Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the global status of PPPoE+:
ZXAN#show pppoe-intermediate-agent global
Related Commands

Syntax
show pppoe-intermediate-agent port interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport number3
}]
Function
This command displays the port configuration for PPPoE+.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
45-34

Examples
The following example shows how to display the port configuration for PPPoE+:
ZXAN(config)#show pppoe-intermediate-agent port gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 vport 1
Related Commands
pppoe-intermediate-agent {enable | disable}(PTP, GPON ONU, and EPON ONU interface
mode)

45.3.8 show pppoe-intermediate-agent vlan all

Syntax
show pppoe-intermediate-agent vlan all
Function
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
PPPOE+ packets with a specific VLAN ID:
ZXAN#show pppoe-intermediate-agent vlan all
Related Commands
pppoe-intermediate-agent vlan 100 {enable|disable}
45-35

45.4 DHCPv6-I2 Relay Agent Commands

Syntax
dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent trust false name1 [sport number1 ]
Function
This command configures a DHCPv6 Option18 trust policy for a port.
Parameters

information.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
message for them.
immediately.
(2) If the trust policy is false add, the port location module adds a new Option18 following
the existing Option18.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the DHCP Option18 trust policy to false add for
a port:
ZXAN(config-if)#dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent trust false add vport 1
45-36

Related Commands

Syntax
dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent trust true name1 [sport number1 ]
Function
This command configures a DHCPv6 Option18 trust policy for a port.
Parameters

new one.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
message for them.
unchanged.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the DHCP Option18 trust policy to true keep for
a port:
ZXAN(config-if)#dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent trust true keep vport 1
45-37

Related Commands

Syntax
dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent vlan number1 {enable |disable }
Function
This command enables or disables the extraction of the DHCPv6 packets with a specific
VLAN ID.
Parameters

extracts DHCPv4 packets.

extraction.

extraction.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
(1) When this function is enabled, the CPU extracts the DHCPv6 packets with a specific
VLAN ID.
(2) When this function is disabled, the CPU does not extract the DHCPv6 packets with a
specific VLAN ID.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the extraction of the DHCPv6 packets with a
specific VLAN ID:
ZXAN(config)#dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent vlan 100 enable
Related Commands
45-38

Syntax
dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent name1
Function
This command enables or disables the global extraction of DHCPv6 packets.
Parameters
name1 enable: Enables DHCPv6 -

packet extraction.
disable: Disables DHCPv6
packet extraction.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
(1) When this function is enabled, the CPU extracts DHCPv6 packets.
(2) When this function is disabled, the CPU does not extract DHCPv6 packets.
Examples
ZXAN(config)# dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent enable
Related Commands
45.4.5 dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent (PTP interface mode)

Syntax
dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent name1 [sport number1 ]
Function
This command enables or disables the DHCP Option18 function for a port.
45-39

Parameters
name1 enable: Enables the DHCP -

disable: Disables the DHCP
Mode
Usage Guidelines
to the uplink DHCP Option18 packets, and strips the port location message out of the
downlink Option18 packets.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the DHCP Option18 function for a port:
ZXAN(config-if)#dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent enable vport 1
Related Commands
45.4.6 dhcpv6-l2-relay-mode
Syntax
dhcpv6-l2-relay-mode name1
Function
This command configures the mode of port location information for DHCPv6 packets.
Parameters
name1 DHCPv6 mode: l2_mode and -

without_RFC6621
45-40

Mode
Usage Guidelines
(1) l2_mode, actual mode. In this mode, the port location module processes port location
information, and then has relay encapsulation of DHCPV6 packets. For the details of relay
encapsulation, refer to <rfc6221 Lightweight DHCPv6 Relay Agent>.
(2) without_RFC6621, test mode. In this mode, the port location module processes port
location messages, but does not have relay encapsulation of DHCPV6 packets.
Examples
ZXAN(config)# dhcpv6-l2-relay-mode without_RFC6621
Related Commands
45.4.10 show dhcpv6-l2-relay-mode global

Syntax
show dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent global
Function
This command displays the global configuration of the DHCPv6 Option18 function.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the global configuration of the DHCPv6
Option18 function:
ZXAN#show dhcp6-option18 global
option18 status : disable
45-41

Related Commands
dhcp6-option18

Syntax
show dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent port interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport number3 } ]
Function
This command displays the port configuration of the DHCPv6 Option18 function.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the port configuration of the DHCPv6
Option18 function:
ZXAN(config)#show dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent port gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 vport 1
Related Commands
dhcp6-option18{enable|disable} (GPON ONU, and EPON ONU interface mode)
dhcp6-option18 trust false
dhcp6-option18 trust true

Syntax
show dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent vlan all
45-42

Function
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
DHCP Option18 packets with a specific VLAN ID:
ZXAN#show dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent vlan all
Related Commands
dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent vlan 100 {enable|disable}
45.4.10 show dhcpv6-l2-relay-mode global

Syntax
show dhcpv6-l2-relay-mode global
Function
This command displays the global work mode of the DHCPv6 Option18 function.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
45-43

Examples
The following example shows how to display the global work mode of the DHCPv6
Option18 function:
ZXAN#show dhcpv6-l2-relay-mode global
Related Commands
45.4.6 dhcpv6-l2-relay-mode
45.5 NDP LIO Commands

45.5.1 ndp-lio trust false
Syntax
ndp-lio trust false name1 [sport number1 ]
Function
This command configures an ND LIO option trust policy for a port.
Parameters

information.
Mode
PTP interface mode and GPON ONU interface mode
Usage Guidelines
message for them.
immediately.
(2) If the trust policy is false add, the port location module adds a new LIO option following
the existing LIO option.
45-44

Examples
The following example shows how to set the ND LIO option trust policy to false add for a
port:
ZXAN(config-if)#ndp-lio trust false add vport 1
Related Commands
45.5.7 show ndp-lio port
45.5.2 ndp-lio trust true

Syntax
ndp-lio trust true name1 [sport number1 ]
Function
This command configures an ND LIO option trust policy for a port.
Parameters

new one.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
message for them.
(1) If the trust policy is true keep, the port location module keeps the existing LIO option
unchanged.
(2) If the trust policy is true replace, the port location module replaces the existing LIO
option with a new one.
45-45

Examples
The following example shows how to set an ND LIO option trust policy to true keep for a
port:
ZXAN(config-if)#ndp-lio trust true keep vport 1
Related Commands
45.5.3 ndp-lio vlan

Syntax
ndp-lio vlan number1 {enable |disable }
Function
This command enables or disables the extraction of the ND packets with a specific VLAN
ID.
Parameters

extracts ND packets

extraction.

extraction.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
(1) When this function is enabled, the CPU extracts the ND packets with a specific VLAN
ID.
(2) When this function is disabled, the CPU does not extract the ND packets with a specific
VLAN ID.
45-46

Examples
The following example shows how to enable the extraction of the ND packets with a specific
VLAN ID:
ZXAN(config)#ndp-lio vlan 100 enable
Related Commands
45.5.8 show ndp-lio vlan all
45.5.4 ndp-lio
Syntax
ndp-lio name1
Function
This command enables or disables the global extraction of ND packets.
Parameters
name1 enable: Enables global ND -

packet extraction.
disable: Disables global ND
packet extraction.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
(1) When this function is enabled, the CPU extracts ND packets.
(2) When this function is disabled, the CPU does not extract ND packets.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the global extraction of ND packets:
ZXAN(config)#ndp-lio enable
Related Commands
45.5.6 show ndp-lio global
45-47

45.5.5 ndp-lio (GPON ONU interface mode)

Syntax
ndp-lio name1 [sport number1 ]
Function
This command enables or disables the ND LIO function for a port.
Parameters
name1 enable: Enables the ND LIO -

disable: Disables the ND LIO
Mode
Usage Guidelines
to the uplink ND LIO packets, and strips port location information out of the downlink LIO
packets.
(2) When this function is disabled, the port location module keeps the existing ND LIO
packets unchanged.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the ND LIO function for a port:
ZXAN(config-if)#ndp-lio enable vport 1
Related Commands
45.5.6 show ndp-lio global

Syntax
show ndp-lio global
45-48

Function
This command displays the global extraction of ND packets.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the global extraction of ND packets:
ZXAN#show ndp-lio global
Related Commands
45.5.4 ndp-lio

Syntax
show ndp-lio port interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 |sport number3 } ]
Function
This command displays the port configuration of the ND LIO option.
Parameters
Mode
45-49

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the port configuration of the ND LIO option:
ZXAN#show ndp-lio port gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 vport 1
Related Commands
ndp-lio {enable | disable} (PTP, GPON ONU, and EPON ONU interface mode)
45.5.8 show ndp-lio vlan all

Syntax
show ndp-lio vlan all
Function
This command displays the extraction configuration of the ND packets with specific VLAN
IDs.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the extraction configuration of the ND packets
with specific VLAN IDs:
ZXAN#show ndp-lio vlan all
Related Commands
ndp-lio vlan 100 {enable|disable}
45-50

45.6 Port Identification Format Profile Commands

45.6.1 port-identification add delimiter
Syntax
port-identification add delimiter space [index number1 ]
Function
This command adds a delimiter to a format profile.
Parameters
space Delimiter item in a format profile -
number1 Index of an item in a format Range: 1–30

profile
Mode
Portloc Format mode
Usage Guidelines
(1) This command adds only one type of delimiter, blank space, to a format profile.
(2) The optional parameter index specifies a location where an element is added. When
this command is used without this parameter, an element is added behind the existing
maximum index by default.
Examples
The following example shows how to add a delimiter to a format profile:
ZXAN(config)#port-identification format-profile testprf

ZXAN(config-portloc-format-profile)#port-identification add delimiter space
Related Commands
45.6.2 port-identification add string

Syntax
port-identification add string name1 [index number1 ]
45-51

Function
This command adds a character string to a format profile.
Parameters
name1 String item name in a format -

profile

profile
Mode
Portloc Format mode
Usage Guidelines
(1) The character string added to a format profile with this command cannot contain
delimiters.
Examples
The following example shows how to add a character string to a format profile:
ZXAN(config-portloc-format-profile)#port-identification add string teststr
Related Commands
45.6.3 port-identification add variable

Syntax
port-identification add variable {access-node-id |chassis |cvlan |ethernet-priority |gem-port
|onu-id |port |q-vid |rack |frame |loid |loidpw |onu-number |onu-info |access-mode |access-no
de-type |slot |xpi |xci |sn |sub-slot |svlan |vci |vpi |vport } [width number1 ] [index number2 ]
Function
This command adds a variable to a format profile.
45-52

Parameters
access-node-id Subscriber identifier, obtained -

from the in-band MAC or
specifically named
chassis Rack number of access 0

equipment
cvlan Inner VLAN -
ethernet-priority Link priority for subscriber -

access
gem-port PON port for subscriber access -

in GPON access mode
onu-id ONU identifier in PON access -

mode
port Port number for subscriber -

access
q-vid ID of unconverted VLANs before -

VLAN conversion for subscriber
access
rack Rack number for subscriber -

access
frame Shelf number for subscriber -

access
loid loid registration, an identifier -

from ONUs
loidpw loid+loidpw registration, an -

identifier from ONUs
onu-number ONU serial number in PON -

access mode
onu-info ONU configuration information -

in PON access mode
access-mode Subscriber access mode -
access-node-type Subscriber access type -
slot Slot number for subscriber -

access
xpi VPI ID for ATM access, 0 for -

ETH access
45-53

xci VCI ID for ATM access, 0 for -

ETH access
sn Serial number of an ONU in -

PON access mode
sub-slot Sub-slot number of an access 0

node.
svlan Outer VLAN for subscriber -

access
vci VCI ID of a link for ATM access -
vpi VPI ID of a link for ATM access -
vport Virtual port ID of a link for PON -

access
number1 Width of a variable for outputting Range: 1–5
number2 Index of an element in a format Range: 1–30

profile
Mode
Portloc Format mode
Usage Guidelines
(1) The optional parameter width specifies the number of output bytes of a variable.
(3) Configurable variables:
access-mode: subscriber access mode (LN, EP, and GP), corresponding to DSL, EPON,
and GPON access mode respectively
access-node-id: subscriber identifier, obtained from the in-band MAC or specifically named
access-node-type: subscriber access mode (am, ptm, and pon), corresponding to ADSL,
VDSL, and PON access mode respectively
chassis: 0
cvlan: inner VLAN for subscriber access
ethernet-priority: link priority for subscriber access
frame: physical frame number for subscriber access
gem-port: PON port for subscriber access in PON access mode
loid: identifier from ONUs
45-54

loidpw: identifier from ONUs

onu-id: ONU identifier in PON access mode
onu-info: ONU configuration information in PON access mode
onu-number: ONU serial number in PON access mode
port: port number for subscriber access
q-vid: ID of unconverted VLANs before VLAN conversion for subscriber access
rack: rack number for subscriber access
slot: slot number for subscriber access
sn: serial number of an ONU in PON access mode
sub-slot: 0
svlan: outer VLAN for subscriber access
vci: link VCI for ATM access
vpi: link VPI for ATM access
Examples
The following example shows how to add a variable to a format profile:
ZXAN(config-portloc-format-profile)#port-identification add variable vpi
Related Commands
45.6.4 port-identification delete

Syntax
port-identification delete index number1
Function
This command deletes an element from a format profile.
Parameters

profile
Mode
Portloc Format mode
45-55

Usage Guidelines
The optional parameter index specifies an index of the element to be deleted.
Examples
The following example shows how to delete an element from a format profile:
ZXAN(config-portloc-format-profile)#port-identification delete index 2
Related Commands
45.7 Port Identification Operator Profile Commands

Syntax
dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent trust false {add |discard }
Function
This command configures a DHCP Option82 trust policy for an operator profile.
Parameters
add Adds new port location -

information.
discard Discards the packets with port -

location information.
Mode
Portloc Operator mode
Usage Guidelines
without this information, the port location module adds new port location information for
them.
immediately.
(2) If the trust policy is false add, the port location module adds a new Option82 after the
existing one.
45-56

Examples
The following example shows how to set the DHCPv4 trust policy to false add for an
operator profile:
ZXAN(config)#port-identification operator-profile testprf
ZXAN(config-portloc-operator-profile)#dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent trust false add
Related Commands

Syntax
dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent trust true {keep |replace }
Function
This command configures a DHCP Option82 trust policy for an operator profile.
Parameters
keep Keeps the existing port location -

message unchanged.
replace Replaces the existing port -

one.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
them.
unchanged.
45-57

Examples
The following example shows how to set the DHCPv4 trust policy to true keep for an
operator profile:
ZXAN(config-portloc-operator-profile)#dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent trust true keep
Related Commands
Syntax
dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent {enable |disable }
Function
This command enables or disables the DHCP Option82 function for an operator profile.
Parameters
enable Enables the DHCP Option82 -

function for an operator profile.
disable Disables the DHCP Option82 -

Mode
Usage Guidelines
(1) When this function is enabled, the port location module adds port location information to
the uplink DHCP Option82 packets, and strips port location information out of the downlink
Option82 packets.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the DHCP Option82 function for an operator
profile:
ZXAN(config-portloc-operator-profile)#dhcpv4-l2-relay-agent enable
45-58

Related Commands

Syntax
dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent trust false {add |discard }
Function
This command configures a DHCPv6 Option18 trust policy for an operator profile.
Parameters

information.

Mode
Usage Guidelines
them.
immediately.
(2) If the trust policy is false add, the port location module adds a new Option18 after the
existing one.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the DHCPv6 trust policy to false add for an
operator profile:

ZXAN(config-portloc-operator-profile)#dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent trust false add
Related Commands
45-59


Syntax
dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent trust true {keep |replace }
Function
This command configures a DHCPv6 Option18 trust policy for an operator profile.
Parameters

message unchanged.

one.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
them.
unchanged.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the DHCPv6 trust policy to true keep for an
operator profile:

ZXAN(config-portloc-operator-profile)#dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent trust true keep
Related Commands
45-60

Syntax
dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent {enable |disable }
Function
This command enables or disables the DHCP Option18 function for an operator profile.
Parameters
enable Enables the DHCP Option18 -

disable Disables the DHCP Option18 -

Mode
Usage Guidelines
the uplink DHCP Option18 packets, and strips port location information out of the downlink
Option18 packets.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the DHCP Option18 function for an operator
profile:
ZXAN(config-portloc-operator-profile)#dhcpv6-l2-relay-agent enable
Related Commands

Syntax
ndp-lio trust false {add |discard }
45-61

Function
This command configures an ND LIO option trust policy for an operator profile.
Parameters

information.

Mode
Usage Guidelines
them.
immediately.
(2) If the trust policy is false add, the port location module adds a new LIO option after the
existing one.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the ND LIO option trust policy to false add for
an operator profile:
ZXAN(config-portloc-operator-profile)#ndp-lio trust false add
Related Commands

Syntax
ndp-lio trust true {keep |replace }
Function
This command configures an ND LIO option trust policy for an operator profile.
45-62

Parameters

message unchanged.

one.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
them.
(1) If the trust policy is true keep, the port location module keeps the existing LIO option
unchanged.
(2) If the trust policy is true replace, the port location module replaces the existing LIO
option with a new one.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the ND LIO option trust policy to true keep for
an operator profile:
ZXAN(config-portloc-operator-profile)#ndp-lio trust true keep
Related Commands
45.7.9 ndp-lio
Syntax
ndp-lio {enable |disable }
Function
This command enables or disables the ND LIO function for an operator profile.
45-63

Parameters
enable Enables the ND LIO function for -

an operator profile.
disable Disables the ND LIO function -

for an operator profile.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
the uplink ND packets, and strips port location information out of the downlink ND packets.
(2) When this function is disabled, the port location module keeps the existing ND packets
unchanged.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the ND LIO function for an operator profile:
ZXAN(config-portloc-operator-profile)#ndp-lio enable
Related Commands
45.7.10 port-identification add-Access-Loop-tag

Syntax
port-identification add-Access-Loop-tag {dhcp |pppoe } {[subopt81 ] [subopt82 ] [subopt83 ]
[subopt84 ] [subopt85 ] [subopt86 ] [subopt87 ] [subopt88 ] [subopt89 ] [subopt8A ] [subopt8B
] [subopt8C ] [subopt8D ] [subopt8E ] [all ] }
no port-identification add-Access-Loop-tag {dhcp |pppoe } [[subopt81 ] [subopt82 ] [subopt83
] [subopt84 ] [subopt85 ] [subopt86 ] [subopt87 ] [subopt88 ] [subopt89 ] [subopt8A ] [subopt8B
] [subopt8C ] [subopt8D ] [subopt8E ] ]
Function
This command configures the value of the variable Access-Loop-tag in an operator profile.
45-64

Parameters
dhcp Adds port rates for DHCP -

packets to port location
information.
pppoe Adds port rates for PPPoE -

packets to port location
information.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the value of the variable Access-Loop-tag
in an operator profile:
ZXAN(config-portloc-operator-profile)#port-identification add-Access-Loop-tag DHCP subopt81
Related Commands
45.7.11 port-identification add-PPP-tag

Syntax
port-identification add-PPP-tag {[PPP_Relay_Session_ID number1 ] [PPP_Max_PayLoad ] [D
SLF_IWF_PPPOE ] }
no port-identification add-PPP-tag [[PPP_Relay_Session_ID ] [PPP_Max_PayLoad ] [DSLF_
IWF_PPPOE ] ]
Function
This command configures the value of the variable PPP-tag in an operator profile.
Parameters
number1 Value of PPP_Relay_Session_ID Range: 0–65534

in PPP packets
45-65

Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the value of the variable PPP-tag in port
location information from PPPOA/PPPOE packets:
ZXAN(config-portloc-operator-profile)#port-identification add-PPP-tag DSLF_IWF_PPPOE
Related Commands

Syntax
port-identification format {atm |eth |pon |lan |all } name1
no port-identification format {atm |eth |pon |lan |all }
Function
This command configures the format profiles bound with different port modes for an
operator profile.
Parameters
atm Format profile for ATM access Default: CHINA-TELECOM-

mode DSL
eth Format profile for PTM access Default: CHINA-TELECOM-

mode DSL
pon Format profile for PON access Default: CHINA-TELECOM-

mode PON
lan Format profile for ETH access Default: CHINA-TELECOM-

mode PON
all Format profile for all access -

modes
name1 Format profile for port location -

information
45-66

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the ATM port mode to DSL forum format:
ZXAN(config)#port-identification add-Access-Loop-tag DHCP subopt81
ZXAN(config-portloc-operator-profile)#port-identification format atm dsl-forum-atm
Related Commands

Syntax
pppoe-intermediate-agent trust false {add |discard }
Function
This command configures a PPPoE+ trust policy for an operator profile.
Parameters

information.

Mode
Usage Guidelines
immediately.
45-67

(2) If the trust policy is false add, the port location module adds new port location
information after the existing one.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the PPPOE+ trust policy to false add for an
operator profile:
ZXAN(config-portloc-operator-profile)#pppoe-intermediate-agent trust false add
Related Commands

Syntax
pppoe-intermediate-agent trust true {keep |replace }
Function
This command configures a PPPoE+ trust policy for an operator profile.
Parameters

message unchanged.

one.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
(1) If the trust policy is true keep, the port location module keeps the existing port location
information unchanged.
(2) If the trust policy is true replace, the port location module replaces the existing port
location information with new information.
45-68

Examples
The following example shows how to set the PPPOE+ trust policy to true keep for an
operator profile:
ZXAN(config-portloc-operator-profile)#pppoe-intermediate-agent trust true keep
Related Commands
Syntax
pppoe-intermediate-agent {enable |disable }
Function
This command enables or disables the PPPoE+ function for an operator profile.
Parameters
enable Enables the PPPoE+ function -

disable Disables the PPPoE+ function -

Mode
Usage Guidelines
to the uplink PPPoE+ packets, and strips port location information out of the downlink
PPPoE+ packets.
(2) When this function is disabled, the port location module keeps the existing PPPoE+
packets unchanged.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the PPPoE+ function for an operator profile:

ZXAN(config-portloc-operator-profile)#pppoe-intermediate-agent enable
45-69

Related Commands
45-70

Chapter 46
MAC Management
Commands
Table of Contents
mac add ...................................................................................................................46-1
mac aging-time.........................................................................................................46-3
mac delete ...............................................................................................................46-3
mac delete all ...........................................................................................................46-4
mac delete dynamic .................................................................................................46-5
mac delete permanent..............................................................................................46-6
mac delete vlan ........................................................................................................46-6
mac monitor-period ..................................................................................................46-7
mac pool ..................................................................................................................46-8
mac usage-threshold................................................................................................46-9
show mac...............................................................................................................46-10
show mac aging-time ............................................................................................. 46-11
show mac monitor-info ...........................................................................................46-12
show mac pool .......................................................................................................46-13
show mac running ..................................................................................................46-14
show mac system...................................................................................................46-14
show mac-real-time ................................................................................................46-15
46.1 mac add

Syntax
mac add {permanent } hexadecimal1 {ethernet interface1 |smartgroup number1 |gpon interface2
vport number2 |epon interface3 vport number3 |dsl interface4 [pvc number4 ] } [vlan number5 ]
Function
This command adds a permanent MAC address item.
46-1

Parameters
permanent Permanent MAC address, -

non-participation in aging and
script writing
hexadecimal1 MAC address, in dotted -

hexadecimal notation
interface1 Ethernet physical port name, in -

the format of gei_shelf/slot/port
number1 Link aggregation port ID Range: 1–80
interface2 GPON port name -
number2 GPON virtual port ID Range: 1–256
interface3 EPON port name -
number3 EPON virtual port ID Range: 1–8
interface4 DSL interface -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If the VLAN ID parameter is not specified, the PVID of the port is used.
The show running-config or show mac running command displays the configured
permanent MAC address.
Examples
The following example shows how to add a permanent MAC address (000a.010c.e2c6)
for the Ethernet port gei_1/22/1:
ZXAN(config)#mac add permanent 0009.6b08.bfd6 ethernet gei_1/22/1
Related Commands
46.3 mac delete
46.11 show mac
46-2

Chapter 46 MAC Management Commands
46.2 mac aging-time

Syntax
mac aging-time number1
Function
This command configures the dynamic MAC address aging time.
Parameters
number1 Aging time (sec) Range: 10-1000000

Default: 300
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If the MAC aging time configured is n (sec), the dynamic MAC address may age within n
to 2n seconds.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the dynamic MAC address aging time to 180
seconds:
ZXAN(config)#mac aging-time 180
Related Commands
46.12 show mac aging-time
46.15 show mac running
46.3 mac delete

Syntax
mac delete {hexadecimal1 |ethernet interface1 |smartgroup number1 |gpon interface2 vport nu
mber2 |epon interface3 vport number3 |dsl interface4 [pvc number4 ] } [vlan number5 ]
Function
This command deletes an MAC address item.
46-3

Parameters

interface1 Ethernet physical port name, in -

the format of gei_shelf/slot/port
interface2 GPON port name -
number2 GPON virtual port ID Range: 1–256
interface3 EPON port name -
interface4 DSL interface -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If the VLAN ID parameter is not specified, all the MAC address items that match the MAC
address parameter are deleted.
Examples
The following example shows how to delete an MAC address (000a.010c.e2c6) and all the
MAC addresses for the Ethernet port gei_1/22/1:
ZXAN(config)#mac delete 0009.6b08.bfd6
ZXAN(config)#mac delete ethernet gei_1/22/1
Related Commands
46.1 mac add
46.11 show mac
46.4 mac delete all

Syntax
mac delete all
46-4

Function
This command deletes all the MAC address items.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to delete all the MAC address items:
ZXAN(config)#mac delete all
Related Commands
46.1 mac add
46.17 show mac-real-time
46.5 mac delete dynamic

Syntax
mac delete dynamic
Function
This command deletes dynamic MAC address items.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to delete dynamic MAC address items:
46-5

ZXAN(config)#mac delete dynamic
Related Commands
46.1 mac add
46.6 mac delete permanent

Syntax
mac delete permanent
Function
This command deletes permanent MAC address items.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to delete the permanent MAC address items:
ZXAN(config)#mac delete permanent
Related Commands
46.1 mac add
46.7 mac delete vlan

Syntax
mac delete vlan number1
Function
This command deletes all the MAC address items within a VLAN.
46-6

Parameters
number1 VLAN ID of the MAC address Range: 1–4094
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to delete all the MAC address items within VLAN 100:
ZXAN(config)#mac delete vlan 100
Related Commands
46.1 mac add
46.8 mac monitor-period

Syntax
mac monitor-period number1
Function
This command configures a monitoring period for MAC learning.
Parameters
number1 Monitoring period (min) Range: 5–1440

Default: 10
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to configure a sampling period for MAC learning. Detailed
information about the configuration can be displayed by the show mac monitor-info
command.
46-7

Examples
The following example shows how to set the monitoring period for MAC learning to 5
minutes:
ZXAN(config)#mac monitor-period 5
Related Commands
46.13 show mac monitor-info
46.9 mac pool

Syntax
mac pool number1 hexadecimal1 [number2 ]
no mac pool number1
Function
This command configures an MAC address pool.
Parameters
number1 Index of an MAC address pool Range: 1–8
hexadecimal1 Starting MAC address of an -

address pool
number2 Number of the addresses in an Range: 1–1024

address pool
Mode
Usage Guidelines
(1) Up to eight MAC address pools can be created and up to 1024 addresses can be added
to one address pool.
(2) To delete the configured MAC address pools, use the no form of this command.
(3) In interface mode, if the encapsulation type of an interface is configured to IPOA or

PPPOA, an MAC address will be applied for as user's MAC address for the IPOA and
PPPOA services. When the encapsulation type is changed to the types other than IPOA
or PPPOA, the MAC address is released.
(4) An MAC address pool can be deleted only when it is not referenced.
46-8

Examples
The following example shows how to configure MAC address pool 2 containing 1024 MAC
addresses with the starting address of 000a.010c.e2c6:
ZXAN(config)#mac pool 2 000a.010c.e2c6 1024
Related Commands
46.14 show mac pool
46.10 mac usage-threshold

Syntax
mac usage-threshold number1
Function
This command configures the alarm threshold of MAC usage. An alarm notice is generated
when the MAC item number reaches the threshold.
Parameters
number1 Alarm percentage Range: 1–100

Default: 70
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the alarm threshold of MAC usage to 10%:
ZXAN(config)#mac usage-threshold 10
Related Commands
46-9

46.11 show mac

Syntax
show mac [{hexadecimal1 [vlan number1 ] |dynamic |permanent |ethernet interface1 |smartgr
oup number2 |gpon {olt interface2 |onu interface3 [vport number3 ] } |epon {olt interface4 |onu
interface5 [vport number4 ] } |dsl interface6 [pvc number5 ] |vlan number6 |[shelfno number7 ]
slot number8 } ] [statistic ]
Function
This command displays MAC address items.
Parameters

number1 VLAN ID of an MAC address Range: 1–4094
dynamic Dynamic MAC address -
permanent Permanent MAC address -
interface1 Ethernet port ID -
interface2 GPON OLT port -
interface3 GPON ONU port -
number3 Virtual GPON port ID Range: 1–256
interface4 EPON OLT port -
interface5 EPON ONU port -
interface6 DSL port -
statistic Statistics for MAC addresses -
Mode
46-10

Usage Guidelines
The show mac command displays all the MAC address items, including the MAC addresses
of the FPGAs on all the line cards and the MAC addresses learned by the ROS (excluding
the inline port) on the main control card.
The show mac dynamic command displays all the MAC addresses learned dynamically.
The show mac permanent command displays all the permanent MAC addresses.
The show mac vlan vlanID command displays all the MAC address items with the
designated vlanID.
The show mac system command displays the MAC addresses of the inband and outband
EMS.
All the commands listed above + statistic display statistical information about the MAC
address items that fulfill the specific conditions.
Examples
The following example shows how to display all the MAC address items:
ZXAN#show mac
Total mac address : 1
Mac address Vlan Type Port Vc

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0000.0000.0002 300 Permanent gei_1/19/3
Related Commands
46.1 mac add
46.3 mac delete

Syntax
show mac aging-time
Function
This command displays the aging time of dynamic MAC addresses for a switch.
Parameters
None
Mode
46-11

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the aging time of the dynamic MAC addresses
for a switch:
ZXAN(config)#show mac aging-time
The MAC address aging time is 400 seconds.
Related Commands

Syntax
show mac monitor-info
Function
This command displays monitoring information about MAC address learning in the current
time period.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command samples the MAC table size in terms of the monitoring time period, displays
the total number of the MAC table items on the main control card at the current time, and
shows the maximum MAC usage since the device started.
Examples
The following example shows how to display monitoring information about MAC address
learning in the current time period:
ZXAN#show mac monitor-info
MAC table usage monitoring period is 10 minutes.
46-12

Elapsed time in current monitoring period(mm:ss) is 01:28.
MAC table maximum size is 8192(8k).
Current occupancy is 3, about 0 percent usage.
Current monitor period peak occupancy is 3, about 0 percent usage.
History monitor period peak occupancy is 3, about 0 percent usage.
Related Commands
None
46.14 show mac pool

Syntax
show mac pool [number1 ]
Function
This command displays the configuration information about an MAC address pool.
Parameters
number1 Index of an MAC address pool Range: 1–8
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the configuration information about an MAC
address pool:
ZXAN(config)#show mac pool
Related Commands
46.9 mac pool
46-13


Syntax
show mac running
Function
This command displays the MAC address-related configurations of a switch.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If there are no MAC address-related configurations available, all parameters are kept as
defaults. This command displays only the configurations that are written to a library.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the MAC address-related configurations:
ZXAN(config)#show mac running
MAC aging-time 400
MAC monitor-period 10
MAC usage-threshold 70
Related Commands
46.11 show mac
46.16 show mac system

Syntax
show mac system
Function
This command displays the MAC addresses of the inband and outband EMS.
46-14

Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the MAC addresses of the inband and
outband EMS:
ZXAN#show mac system
inband mac: 00d0.d0c8.0020
outband mac: 00d0.d0c8.003f
Related Commands
None

Syntax
show mac-real-time [{hexadecimal1 [vlan number1 ] |dynamic |static |permanent |ethernet inte
rface1 |smartgroup number2 |gpon {olt interface2 |onu interface3 [vport number3 ] } |epon {olt
interface4 |onu interface5 [vport number4 ] } |vlan number5 |[shelfno number6 ] slot number7 } ]
[statistic ]
Function
This command displays MAC address items. For GPON/EPON subscriber cards, the MAC
address items are queried from line cards with an asynchronous message.
Parameters

number1 VLAN ID of an MAC address Range: 1–4094
dynamic Dynamic MAC address -
static Static MAC address -
46-15

permanent Permanent MAC address -
interface1 Ethernet port -
number2 Link aggregate port Range: 1–80
interface2 GPON port -
interface3 GPON port -
interface4 EPON port -
interface5 EPON port -
statistic MAC address statistics -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The show mac-real-time command displays all the MAC address items, including that in
the FPGA of all the line cards and that learned by the ports (excluding the inline ports) in
the ROS on the main control card.
The show mac-real-time dynamic command displays all the MAC addresses learned
dynamically.
The show mac-real-time permanent command displays all the permanent MAC addresses.
The show mac-real-time vlan vlanID command displays all the MAC address items within
a specified VLAN ID.
The show mac-real-time gpon/epon/eth command displays the MAC address of a port.
Any one of the above-listed commands followed by statistic displays statistical information
about the MAC items that match the specific conditions.
Examples
The following example shows how to display all the MAC address items:
ZXAN#show mac-real-time
Total mac address : 2
Mac address Vlan Type Port Vc Time
46-16

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
0000.0001.0001 100 Permanent gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 vport 1 ---
0000.0001.0002 100 Permanent gpon-onu_1/3/1:2 vport 1 ---
Related Commands
46.1 mac add
46.3 mac delete
46.11 show mac
46-17

46-18

Chapter 47
MAC Anti-Spoofing
Commands
Table of Contents
clear security mac-move-log.....................................................................................47-1
security mac-anti-spoofing........................................................................................47-2
security mac-anti-spoofing uplink-protect..................................................................47-2
security mac-move-report.........................................................................................47-3
security mac-move-report interval.............................................................................47-4
show security mac-anti-spoofing configuration..........................................................47-5
show security mac-move-log ....................................................................................47-6
47.1 clear security mac-move-log

Syntax
clear security mac-move-log {all }
Function
This command clears information about spoofing records.
Parameters
all Information about all MAC -

spoofing records
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to clear information about all spoofing records:
ZXAN#clear security mac-spoofing-log all
47-1

Related Commands
show security mac-spoofing-log
47.2 security mac-anti-spoofing

Syntax
security mac-anti-spoofing name1
Function
This command enables or disables the MAC address anti-spoofing function.
Parameters
name1 enable: Enables address enable/disable

anti-spoofing. Default: enable
disable: Disables address
anti-spoofing.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, the MAC address anti-spoofing function is enabled.
Examples
The following example shows how to disable the MAC address anti-spoofing function:
ZXAN(config)#security mac-anti-spoofing disable
Related Commands
47.6 show security mac-anti-spoofing configuration
47.3 security mac-anti-spoofing uplink-protect

Syntax
security mac-anti-spoofing uplink-protect name1
Function
This command enables or disables the anti-spoofing uplink port protection for MAC
addresses.
47-2

Chapter 47 MAC Anti-Spoofing Commands
Parameters
name1 enable: Enables anti-spoofing enable/disable

uplink port protection. Default: enable
disable: Disables anti-spoofing
uplink port protection.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The uplink port protection is not effective until the anti-spoofing is enabled.
When the MAC address anti-spoofing function is disabled, the MAC+VLAN is allowed to
spoof between ports.
When the MAC address anti-spoofing function is enabled, and the uplink port protection
is enabled, the MAC address is allowed to spoof from a user port to an uplink port, or
between uplink ports, but is not allowed to spoof between user ports.
When the MAC address anti-spoofing function is enabled, and the uplink port protection is
disabled, the MAC address is not allowed to spoof.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the anti-spoofing uplink port protection for
MAC addresses:
ZXAN(config)#security mac-anti-spoofing uplink-protect enable
Related Commands

Syntax
security mac-move-report name1
Function
This command enables or disables MAC address anti-spoofing reporting.
47-3

Parameters
name1 enable: Enables anti-spoofing enable/disable

reporting. Default: disable
disable: Disables anti-spoofing
reporting.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
1) Anti-spoofing reporting is associated to loopback detection. Make sure to enable
spoofing reporting and disable anti-spoofing before enabling loopback detection.
2) The same spoofing event will be reported within five seconds if it is detected for the first
time. If it occurs again, it will be reported within 30 seconds.
3) The system saves the detected spoofing events as spoofing records, and up to 100
spoofing records are supported by the system. A spoofing notice may not be reported to
the NMS until a spoofing event becomes a spoofing record. If the number of the records
exceeds 100, an old record will be overwritten by a new one.
4) When anti-spoofing is enabled, the disabled spoofing event does not report a spoofing
notice to the NMS.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable MAC address anti-spoofing reporting:
ZXAN(config)#security mac-move-report enable
Related Commands
47.7 show security mac-move-log
47.5 security mac-move-report interval

Syntax
security mac-move-report interval number1
Function
This command configures the interval for MAC address spoofing reporting.
47-4

Chapter 47 MAC Anti-Spoofing Commands
Parameters
number1 Interval for MAC address Range: 1–300

spoofing reporting (min) Default: 30
Mode
Usage Guidelines
When an MAC address spoofing event is detected for the first time, an alarm is raised.
The same MAC address spoofing alarm is reported again when this time interval expires.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the interval for MAC address spoofing
reporting to five minutes:
ZXAN(config)#security mac-move-report interval 5
Related Commands

Syntax
show security mac-anti-spoofing configuration
Function
This command displays anti-spoofing configurations of the system, such as MAC address
anti-spoofing configuration, configuration of protected network-side MAC addresses, and
spoofing notification configuration.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
47-5

Examples
The following example shows how to display the current anti-spoofing configurations of
the system:
ZXAN#show security mac-anti-spoofing configuration
Related Commands
47.7 show security mac-move-log

Syntax
show security mac-move-log
Function
This command displays the record information about MAC address spoofing and internal
processing when spoofing occurs.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to diagnose some engineering faults, such as user loopback and
network loopback. The location and traffic flow where spoofing occurs can be determined
with such information as spoofing the MAC and VLAN, spoofing source port, and spoofing
destination port saved in the spoofing record.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the record information about MAC address
spoofing and internal processing when spoofing occurs:
ZXAN#show security mac-move-log
Related Commands
47.1 clear security mac-move-log
47-6

Chapter 48
Multicast Commands
Table of Contents
Global IGMP Configuration Commands....................................................................48-1
IGMP MVLAN Configuration Commands ..................................................................48-8
IGMP Interface Commands ....................................................................................48-29
IGMP Show Commands .........................................................................................48-34
Global MLD Configuration Commands ...................................................................48-56
MLD MVLAN Configuration Commands .................................................................48-63
MLD Interface Commands......................................................................................48-84
MLD Show Commands...........................................................................................48-88
IPTV Configuration Commands ............................................................................ 48-110
IPTV Interface Commands ...................................................................................48-128
IPTV Show Commands ........................................................................................48-130
48.1 Global IGMP Configuration Commands

48.1.1 igmp bandwidth-control
Syntax
igmp bandwidth-control { enable | disable }
Function
This command enables or disables IGMP bandwidth control.
Parameters
enable Enables the IGMP bandwidth -

control function.
disable Disables the IGMP bandwidth -

control function.
Mode
48-1

Usage Guidelines
A user's join request is rejected when the bandwidth of the multicast group which the user
attempts to join exceeds the remaining bandwidth of the current physical channel. This is
called "bandwidth control".
The bandwidth of a multicast group is configured with the igmp mvlan group bandwidth
command.
The bandwidth control of a multicast group is currently supported on user ports and PON
OLT ports.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable IGMP bandwidth control:
ZXAN(config)#igmp bandwidth-control enable
Related Commands
48.1.2 igmp enable

Syntax
igmp { enable | disable }
Function
This command enables or disables the global IGMP protocol.
Parameters
enable Enables the IGMP protocol and extracts -

packets.
disable Disables the IGMP protocol and does -

not extract packets.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the global IGMP protocol:
48-2

Chapter 48 Multicast Commands
ZXAN(config)#igmp enable
Related Commands
48.1.3 igmp host-tracking

Syntax
igmp host-tracking { enable | disable }
Function
This command enables or disables IGMP host tracking control.
Parameters
enable Enables the IGMP host tracking -

control function.
disable Disables the IGMP host tracking -

control function.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
A user on a bridge interface records the information (mainly IP addresses) about all users
on this interface when accessing a multicast group. This is called "host-tracking".
Many families have more than one TV sets; therefore, there might be multiple terminals
ordering programs at the same time.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable IGMP host tracking control:
ZXAN(config)#igmp host-tracking enable
Related Commands
48-3

48.1.4 igmp log

Syntax
igmp log{ enable | disable }
Function
This command enables or disables IGMP logging.
Parameters
enable Enables the IGMP logging -

function.
disable Disables the IGMP logging -

function.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable IGMP logging:
ZXAN(config)#igmp log enable
Related Commands
48.1.5 igmp mux-error-info

Syntax
igmp mux-error-info clear
Function
This command clears the error information about the IGMP main control card driver.
Parameters
None
48-4

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to clear the error information about the IGMP main
control card driver:
ZXAN(config)#igmp mux-error-info clear
Related Commands
48.1.6 igmp prejoin-interval

Syntax
igmp prejoin-interval < interval-time >
Function
This command configures the IGMP pre-join interval.
Parameters
interval-time IGMP pre-join interval (sec) Range: 60–300

Default: 120
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the IGMP pre-join interval to 200 seconds:
ZXAN(config)#igmp prejoin-interval 200
Related Commands
48-5

48.1.7 igmp querygemport-mode

Syntax
igmp querygemport-mode { unicast | broadcast| both }
Function
This command configures the mode in which IGMP packets are forwarded by a line card
in the downstream direction.
Parameters
unicast Unicast mode. IGMP packets -

are sent to a specified receiving
port.
broadcast Broadcast mode. IGMP packets -

are sent to a specified physical
port (PON port).
both IGMP packets are sent to both -

a receiving port and a physical
port (PON port).
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, IGMP packets are forwarded by a line card in the downstream direction in uni
cast mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the mode in which IGMP packets are
forwarded to "broadcast":
ZXAN(config)#igmp querygemport-mode broadcast
Related Commands
48.1.8 igmp span-vlan

Syntax
igmp span-vlan { enable | disable }
48-6

Function
This command enables or disables IGMP multicast across VLANs.
Parameters
enable Enables IGMP multicast across -

VLANs.
disable Disables IGMP multicast across -

VLANs.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Multicast across VLANs indicates that a user can establish a group member in a multicast
VLAN when the user VLAN is different from the multicast VLAN.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable IGMP multicast across VLANs:
ZXAN(config)#igmp span-vlan enable
Related Commands
48.1.9 igmp statistics

Syntax
igmp statistics clear [ [ mvlan mvid ] [ interface interface { [ vport vport-id ] | [ pvc pvc-id ] } ] ]
Function
This command clears the IGMP packet statistics for global configuration, a specified
MVLAN, or a specified interface.
Parameters
mvid MVLAN ID Range: 1–4094
interface Interface name -
48-7

vport-id Virtual port ID for the ONU (for Range: 1–128

the interface types GPON and
EPON)
pvc-id PVC ID for a specified DSL port Range: 1–10

(for the interface type DSL)
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to clear the packet statistics for IGMP MVLAN 100:
ZXAN(config)#igmp statistics clear mvlan 100
Related Commands
48.2 IGMP MVLAN Configuration Commands

48.2.1 igmp mvlan
Syntax
igmp mvlan number1
no igmp mvlan number1
Function
This command creates an IGMP MVLAN.
Parameters
number1 MVLAN ID Range: 1–4094
48-8

Mode
Usage Guidelines
To delete an IGMP MVLAN, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to create IGMP MVLAN 100:
ZXAN(config)#igmp mvlan 100
Related Commands
48.4.12 show igmp mvlan
48.2.2 igmp mvlan enable

Syntax
igmp mvlan < mvid > { enable | drop }
Function
This command enables or disables the IGMP protocol for an MVLAN.
Parameters
enable Receives and processes IGMP -

packets.
drop Discards IGMP packets. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable IGMP packets receiving and processing for
MVLAN 100:
ZXAN(config)#igmp mvlan 100 enable
48-9

Related Commands
48.2.3 igmp mvlan group

Syntax
[ no ] igmp mvlan < mvid > group start-addr [ to end-addr ]
Function
This command adds or deletes an IGMP group filtering address (segment) for a specified
MVLAN group.
Parameters
start-addr Multicast IP address -
end-addr Multicast IP address -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure MVLAN 1000 with the IGMP group filtering
address segment from 224.1.1.1 to 225.1.1.1:
ZXAN(config)#igmp mvlan 1000 group 224.1.1.1 to 225.1.1.1
Related Commands
48.2.4 igmp mvlan group bandwidth

Syntax
[ no ] igmp mvlan < mvid > group start-addr [ to end-addr ] bandwidth < band-vlaue >
48-10

Function
This command configures the bandwidth of specified IGMP multicast groups.
Parameters
band-vlaue Bandwidth value (Kbps) Range: 100–65535
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The bandwidth control function determines whether to accept the current join request by
comparing the total bandwidth (an accumulated value based on configurations) with the
real physical bandwidth of the port.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the bandwidth of IGMP multicast groups
from 224.1.1.1 to 224.1.1.3 in MVLAN 1000 to 6000 Kbps:
ZXAN(config)#igmp mvlan 1000 group 224.1.1.1 to 224.1.1.3 bandwidth 6000
Related Commands
48.2.5 igmp mvlan group prejoin

Syntax
igmp mvlan < mvid > group start-addr [ to end-addr ] [ source src-addr ] prejoin { enable |
disable }
Function
This command enables or disables pre-join for the specified IGMP multicast groups (group
and source).
48-11

Parameters
mvid MVLAN ID. Range: 1–4094
start-addr Multicast IP address. -
end-addr Multicast IP address. -
src-addr Multicast source IP address. -
enable Enables the pre-join function. -
disable Disables the pre-join function. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Pre-join is to direct the multicast data stream to the uplink port of the OLT equipment
beforehand to save time for forwarding data from a multicast source to the OLT equipment,
to reduce streaming-on-demand delay, and to improve user experience.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable pre-join for IGMP multicast group 224.1.1.1
and source 192.168.1.1 in MVLAN 1000:
ZXAN(config)#igmp mvlan 1000 group 224.1.1.1 source 192.168.1.1 prejoin enable
Related Commands
48.2.6 igmp mvlan group static-port

Syntax
—port <
[ no ] igmp mvlan < mvid > group start-addr [ to end-addr ] [ source src-addr ] static—
if-name > [ { vport vport-id | pvc pvc-id } ]
Function
This command adds or deletes a static user port for IGMP MVLAN multicast.
48-12

Parameters
src-addr Multicast source IP address -
if-name Interface name -
vport-id Virtual port ID of a specified ONU for the interface Range: 1–128
type GPON or EPON
pvc-id PVC ID of a specified DSL interface for the Range: 1–10

interface type DSL
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To configure a static multicast group member, direct the specific multicast data stream to
an OLT user port without controlling user's multicast requests.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the user port gpon-onu_1/2/5:1:1 to a static
port with IGMP multicast group 224.1.1.1 and source 192.168.1.1 in MVLAN 1000:
ZXAN(config)#igmp mvlan 1000 group 224.1.1.1 source 192.168.1.1 static-port gpon-onu_1/2/5:1 vport
Related Commands
48.2.7 igmp mvlan group-filter

Syntax
igmp mvlan < mvid > group-filter { enable | disable }
Function
This command enables or disables group filtering for an IGMP MVLAN.
48-13

Parameters
enable Enables group filtering. -
disable Disables group filtering. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If group filtering is enabled, it is necessary to check whether the group address is
configured for IGMP join packets.
If group filtering is disabled, it is unnecessary to check whether the group address is
configured for IGMP join packets.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable group filtering for IGMP MVLAN 100:
ZXAN(config)#igmp mvlan 1000 group-filter enable
Related Commands
48.2.8 igmp mvlan host-ip

Syntax
igmp mvlan < mvid > host-ip < ip_addr >
Function
This command configures the host IP address for an IGMP MVLAN.
Parameters
ip_addr Host IP address Default: 192.168.2.14
Mode
48-14

Usage Guidelines
The ip_addr is the IP address of the host where the report/leave packets are sent in proxy
mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the host IP address to 10.1.1.1 for IGMP MVLAN
1000:
ZXAN(config)#igmp mvlan 1000 host-ip 10.1.1.1
Related Commands
48.2.9 igmp mvlan host-version

Syntax
igmp mvlan < mvid > host-version { auto | v2 | v3 }
Function
This command configures the host version for an IGMP MVLAN.
Parameters
auto The host version type depends -

on the query packet type sent
by the uplink port.
v2 Host version type: IGMP v2. -
v3 Host version type: IGMP v3. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The host version type of an IGMP MVLAN determines the version type of the report packet
that the OLT sends to the uplink device.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the host version to "v2" for IGMP MVLAN 1000:
48-15

ZXAN(config)#igmp mvlan 1000 host-version v2
Related Commands
48.2.10 igmp mvlan last-query-count

Syntax
igmp mvlan < mvid > last-query-count < count >
Function
This command configures the query count of the last member for an IGMP MVLAN.
Parameters
count Query count of the last member Range: 2–5

Default: 2
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the query count of the last member for IGMP
MVLAN 1000 to 3:
ZXAN(config)#igmp mvlan 1000 last-query-count 3
Related Commands
48.2.11 igmp mvlan last-query-interval

Syntax
igmp mvlan < mvid > last-query-interval < interval >
48-16

Function
This command configures the query interval of the last member for an IGMP MVLAN.
Parameters
interval Query interval of the last member (100 Range: 1–255

ms) Default: 10
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the query interval of the last member for IGMP
MVLAN 1000 to 2 seconds:
ZXAN(config)#igmp mvlan 1000 last-query-interval 20
Related Commands
48.2.12 igmp mvlan priority

Syntax
igmp mvlan < mvid > priority < pri >
Function
This command configures the priority of protocol packets in Proxy or SPR mode.
Parameters
pri Priority of protocol packets Range: 0–7
48-17

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the priority of protocol packets to 7 for IGMP
MVLAN 1000:
ZXAN(config)#igmp mvlan 1000 priority 7
Related Commands
48.2.13 igmp mvlan query-interval

Syntax
igmp mvlan < mvid > query-interval < interval >
Function
This command configures a common query interval for an IGMP MVLAN.
Parameters
interval Common query interval (sec) Range: 60–300

Default: 125
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the common query interval for IGMP MVLAN
1000 to 100 seconds:
ZXAN(config)#igmp mvlan 1000 query-interval 100
48-18

Related Commands
48.2.14 igmp mvlan query-max-resp

Syntax
igmp mvlan < mvid > query-max-resp < resp-time >
Function
This command configures the maximum response time to a common query for an IGMP
MVLAN.
Parameters
resp-time Maximum response time to a common Range: 10–250

query (100 ms) Default: 100
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the maximum response time to a common query
for IGMP MVLAN 1000 to 5 seconds:
ZXAN(config)#igmp mvlan 1000 query-max-resp 50
Related Commands
48.2.15 igmp mvlan receive-port

Syntax
[ no ] igmp mvlan < mvid > receive-port < if-name > [ { vport vport-id | pvc pvc-id } ]
48-19

Function
This command adds or deletes a receiving port for an IGMP MVLAN.
Parameters
type GPON or EPON
pvc-id PVC ID of a specified DSL interface for the interface Range: 1–10
type DSL
Mode
Usage Guidelines
A receiving port is used to connect a user.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the user port gpon-onu_1/3/1:1:1 to the
receiving port for IGMP MVLAN 1000:
ZXAN(config)#igmp mvlan 1000 receive-port gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 vport 1
Related Commands
48.2.16 igmp mvlan robustness

Syntax
igmp mvlan < mvid > robustness < robust >
Function
This command configures a robustness level for an IGMP MVLAN.
48-20

Parameters
robust Robustness level Range: 1–7

Default: 2
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the robustness level for IGMP MVLAN 1000 to 3:
ZXAN(config)#igmp mvlan 1000 robustness 3
Related Commands
48.2.17 igmp mvlan router-ip

Syntax
igmp mvlan < mvid > router-ip < ip_addr >
Function
This command configures the routing IP address for an IGMP MVLAN.
Parameters
ip_addr Routing IP address Default: 192.168.2.14
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
48-21

Examples
The following example shows how to set the routing IP address for IGMP MVLAN 1000 to
192.168.2.15:
ZXAN(config)#igmp mvlan 1000 router-ip 192.168.2.15
Related Commands
48.2.18 igmp mvlan snooping-aging-time

Syntax
igmp mvlan < mvid > snooping-aging-time < time >
Function
This command configures the ageing time of the group members of an IGMP MVLAN in
Snooping mode.
Parameters
time Ageing time of group members Range: 30–3600

(sec) Default: 300
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the ageing time of the group members of IGMP
ZXAN(config)#igmp mvlan 1000 snooping-aging-time 500
Related Commands
48-22

48.2.19 igmp mvlan source-filter-mode

Syntax
igmp mvlan < mvid > source-filter-mode { asmonly | ssmonly | asmssm }
Function
This command configures the filtering mode of source addresses for an IGMP MVLAN.
Parameters
asmonly Any source address mode -
ssmonly Specific source address mode -
asmssm Any and specific source address -

mode
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the filtering mode of source addresses for
IGMP MVLAN 1000 to "ssmonly":
ZXAN(config)#igmp mvlan 1000 source-filter-mode ssmonly
Related Commands
48.2.20 igmp mvlan source-port

Syntax
[ no ] igmp mvlan < mvid > source-port < if-name >
Function
This command adds or deletes a source port for an IGMP MVLAN.
48-23

Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
A source port is used to connect a multicast source. Only uplink ports and uplink
aggregation groups can be configured to source ports currently.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the uplink port gei_1/19/1 to the source
port for IGMP MVLAN 1000:
ZXAN(config)#igmp mvlan 1000 source-port gei_1/19/1
Related Commands
48.2.21 igmp mvlan ssm-address-range

Syntax
igmp mvlan < mvid > ssm-address-range group-addr mask
Function
This command configures the SSM group range for an IGMP MVLAN.
Parameters
group-addr Multicast IP address -
mask Group address mask -
Mode
48-24

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the SSM group range for IGMP MVLAN
100 to 224.0.0.0 with the IP address of 224.1.1.1 and mask of 225.0.0.0:
ZXAN(config)#igmp mvlan 100 ssm-address-range 224.1.1.1 255.0.0.0
Related Commands
48.2.22 igmp mvlan startup-query-count

Syntax
igmp mvlan < mvid > startup-query-count < count >
Function
This command configures the number of startup queries for an IGMP MVLAN.
Parameters
count Number of startup queries Range: 0–10

Default: 2
Mode
Usage Guidelines
When a receiving port is being configured or the ONU goes online, the line card sends
packets actively.
This command works only on GPONs currently.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the number of startup queries for IGMP MVLAN
1000 to 3:
ZXAN(config)#igmp mvlan 1000 startup-query-count 3
48-25

Related Commands
48.2.23 igmp mvlan startup-query-interval

Syntax
igmp mvlan < mvid > startup-query-interval < interval >
Function
This command configures a startup query interval for an IGMP MVLAN.
Parameters
interval Startup query interval (sec) Range: 1–100

Default: 30
Mode
Usage Guidelines
packets actively.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the startup query interval for IGMP MVLAN 1000
to 60 seconds:
ZXAN(config)#igmp mvlan 1000 startup-query-interval 60
Related Commands
48.2.24 igmp mvlan unsolicited-report-interval

Syntax
igmp mvlan < mvid > unsolicited-report-interval < interval >
48-26

Function
This command sets the interval for an IGMP MVLAN to initiate unsolicited reporting in
Proxy mode.
Parameters
interval Interval for unsolicited reporting Range: 1–60

(sec) Default: 1
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the interval for IGMP MVLAN 1000 to initiate
unsolicited reporting to 15 seconds:
ZXAN(config)#igmp mvlan 1000 unsolicited-report-interval 15
Related Commands
48.2.25 igmp mvlan version-mode

Syntax
igmp mvlan < mvid > vesion-mode { v1 | v2 | v3 } { accept | drop }
Function
This command configures the highest IGMP version supported by an MVLAN.
48-27

Parameters
accept Supports the multicast packets of -

this version.
drop Discards the multicast packets of -

this version.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the highest IGMP version supported by MVLAN
1000 to "v3":
ZXAN(config)#igmp mvlan 1000 version-mode v3 accept
Related Commands
48.2.26 igmp mvlan work-mode

Syntax
igmp mvlan < mvid > work-mode { proxy | snooping | spr }
Function
This command configures the work mode of an IGMP MVLAN.
Parameters
proxy Proxy mode -
snooping Snooping mode -
spr SPR mode -
48-28

Mode
Usage Guidelines
In Proxy mode, an IGMP MVLAN agents the router on the user side, and the host on the
network side. This is the default work mode of an IGMP MVLAN.
In Snooping mode, all valid report and/or query packets are forwarded transparently.
In SPR mode, an IGMP MVLAN agents user's report request, while the downlink common
query packets are forwarded transparently.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the work mode of IGMP MVLAN 1000 to
"Snooping":
ZXAN(config)#igmp mvlan 1000 work-mode snooping
Related Commands
48.3 IGMP Interface Commands

48.3.1 igmp bandwidth
Syntax
igmp bandwidth < band-value > [ { vport vport-id | pvc pvc-id } ]
Function
This command configures the maximum bandwidth of a multicast group for an interface.
Parameters
band-value Maximum IGMP multicast group bandwidth Range: 100–204800

supported by an interface (kbps) Default: 102400
vport-id Virtual port ID for a specified ONU for the Range: 1–128
interface type GPON or EPON
pvc-id PVC ID for a specified DSL interface for the Range: 1–10
interface type DSL
48-29

Mode
Interface configuration mode: ZXAN(config-if)#
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the maximum IGMP multicast group
bandwidth for the interface gpon-onu_1/4/1:1 to 204800 kbps:
ZXAN(config-if)#igmp bandwidth 204800 vport 1
Related Commands
48.3.2 igmp enable

Syntax
igmp { enable | drop } [ { vport vport-id | pvc pvc-id } ]
Function
This command enables or disables the IGMP protocol for an interface.
Parameters
enable Enables the IGMP protocol for an interface. -
drop Discards the IGMP packets on an interface. -
vport-id Virtual port ID of a specified ONU for the Range: 1–128


interface type DSL
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
48-30

Examples
The following example shows how to enable the IGMP protocol for the interface
gpon-onu_1/4/1:1:
ZXAN(config-if)#igmp enable vport 1
Related Commands
48.3.3 igmp fast-leave

Syntax
igmp fast-leave { enable | disable } [ { vport vport-id | pvc pvc-id } ]
Function
This command enables or disables the IGMP fast-leave function for an interface.
Parameters
enable Enables the IGMP fast-leave function for an -

interface.
disable Disables the IGMP fast-leave function for an -

interface.
type GPON or EPON

interface type DSL
Mode
Usage Guidelines
With the IGMP fast-leave function enabled, the group members are deleted immediately
once the leave packet is received.
With the IGMP fast-leave function disabled, the group members are not deleted when the
leave packet is received. In Proxy mode, a number of special query packets are sent. If
no response is received, the group members are deleted. In Snooping mode, nothing can
be done but wait for aging.
48-31

Examples
The following example shows how to enable the IGMP fast-leave function for the interface
gpon-onu_1/4/1:1:
ZXAN(config-if)#igmp fast-leave enable vport 1
Related Commands
48.3.4 igmp max-groups

Syntax
igmp max-groups < group-num > [ { vport vport-id | pvc pvc-id } ]
Function
This command configures the maximum number of IGMP multicast groups an interface to
join at the same time.
Parameters
group-num Maximum number of IGMP multicast groups Range: 0–8192

Default: 8192


interface type DSL
Mode
Usage Guidelines
For the GPON, the maximum number of IGMP multicast groups for a PON interface to join
can be set.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the maximum number of IGMP multicast
groups for the interface gpon-onu_1/4/1:1 to join to 4000:
48-32

ZXAN(config-if)#igmp max-groups 4000 vport 1
Related Commands
48.3.5 igmp version

Syntax
igmp version { v1 | v2 | v3 } [ { vport vport-id | pvc pvc-id } ]
Function
This command configures the highest IGMP version supported by an interface.
Parameters
v1 IGMP version v1 -


interface type DSL
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If the version of the IGMP packets received on an interface is greater than the highest
version, the packets will be discarded.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the highest IGMP version supported by the
interface gpon-onu_1/4/1:1 to "v2":
ZXAN(config-if)#igmp version v2 vport 1
48-33

Related Commands
48.4 IGMP Show Commands

48.4.1 show igmp
Syntax
show igmp
Function
This command displays information about the global IGMP configuration.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display information about the global IGMP
configuration:
ZXAN(config)#show igmp
IGMP global parameters:
----------------------------------------------------
IGMP is globally enable.
Span vlan is disable.
Host tracking is disable.
Bandwidth control is disable.
IGMP log is disable.
General query gemport mode is unicast.
Prejoin interval is 120(second).
Related Commands
48-34

48.4.2 show igmp dynamic-member

Syntax
show igmp dynamic-member [ [ [ shelf shelfno ] slot slotno ] [ mvlan mvid [ group group-addr
]]]
Function
This command displays information about the line card-based dynamic IGMP group
members.
Parameters
shelfno Shelf number Range: 1–3
slotno Slot number Range: 2–22
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display information about the active line cards-based
dynamic IGMP group members:
ZXAN(config)#show igmp dynamic-member
Total active group number: 2
-----------------------------------------------------
mvlan: 1000 group: 224.1.1.1
interface: gpon-onu_1/3/1:1:1 filter-mode: exclude
48-35

-----------------------------------------------------
mvlan: 1000 group: 224.1.1.2
Related Commands
None
48.4.3 show igmp forwarding-table

Syntax
show igmp forwarding-table [ [ [ shelf shelfno] slot slotno ] [ mvlan mvid [ group group-addr ] ] ]
Function
This command displays a line card-based IGMP multicast forwarding table.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the active line card-based IGMP multicast
forwarding table:
ZXAN(config)#show igmp forwarding-table
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
mvlan Group Source shelf card port brgportmap

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
48-36

1000 224.1.1.1 * 1 3 1
1000 225.1.1.1 192.168.1.1 1 3 1
Related Commands
None
48.4.4 show igmp interface

Syntax
show igmp interface < if-name > [ { vport vport-id | pvc pvc-id } ]
Function
This command displays configuration information about an IGMP interface.
Parameters
type GPON or EPON

interface type DSL
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display configuration information about the IGMP
ZXAN(config)#show igmp interface gpon-onu_1/2/5:1
IGMP interface gpon-onu_1/2/5:1 vport 1 parameters:
----------------------------------------------------
IGMP status is enable.
IGMP version is v3.
Fast leave is disable.
Max concurrent group num is 8192.
Bandwidth is 102400(kbps).
48-37

Related Commands
48.3.2 igmp enable
48.3.5 igmp version
48.3.3 igmp fast-leave
48.3.4 igmp max-groups
48.3.1 igmp bandwidth
48.4.5 show igmp interface dynamic-group-list

Syntax
show igmp interface < if-name > [ { vport vport-id | pvc pvc-id } ] dynamic-group-list
Function
This command displays the address information about the active groups which an IGMP
interface joins dynamically.
Parameters
vport-id Virtual port ID of a specified ONU for the interface type Range: 1–128
GPON or EPON
pvc-id PVC ID of a specified DSL interface for the interface type Range: 1–10
DSL
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the address information about the active
groups which the IGMP interface gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 joins:
ZXAN(config)#show igmp interface gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 dynamic-group-list
-----------------------------------------------------
mvlan: 1000 group: 226.1.1.1 host-ip: 10.63.78.13
host-mac: 00d0.b03c.cc55
48-38

exclude source num: 2

exclude source list:
192.168.1.1, 192.168.1.2,
-----------------------------------------------------
mvlan: 1000 group: 226.1.1.2 host-ip: 10.63.78.13

192.168.1.1, 192.168.1.2,
Related Commands
None
48.4.6 show igmp interface static-group-list

Syntax
show igmp interface < if-name > [ { vport vport-id | pvc pvc-id } ] static-group-list
Function
This command displays the address information about the active groups which an IGMP
interface configures statically.
Parameters
GPON or EPON
pvc-id PVC ID of a specified DSL interface for the interface type Range: 1–10
DSL
Mode
48-39

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
groups which the IGMP interface gpon-onu_1/2/5:1 configures statically:
ZXAN(config)#show igmp interface gpon-onu_1/2/5:1 static-group-list
Total static group-src number: 2
MVLAN ID Group IP SourceIp
--------------------------------------------
1000 227.1.1.1 192.168.1.1

1000 227.1.1.2 192.168.2.1
Related Commands
None
48.4.7 show igmp log

Syntax
show igmp log [ [ statistic ] [ interface if-name [ { vport vport-id | pvc pvc-id } ] ] [ group group-
addr ] [ time start-time start-month start-day start-year [ to end-time end-month end-day end-year
]]]
Function
This command displays information about IGMP logs.
Parameters
vport-id Virtual port ID of a specified Range: 1–128

ONU for the interface type
GPON or EPON
pvc-id PVC ID of a specified DSL Range: 1–10

interface for the interface type
DSL
group-addr IGMP multicast IP address -
48-40

start-time Start time -
start-month Start month -
start-day Start date Range: 1–31
start-year Start year Range: 2001–2098
end-time End time -
end-month End month -
end-day End date Range: 1–31
end-year End year Range: 2001–2098
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the logging information about the IGMP
multicast group 224.1.1.1:
ZXAN(config)#show igmp log group 224.1.1.1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interface Group Ip Src Ip Join_Time Leave_Time
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
gpon-onu_1/3/1:1:1 224.1.1.1 255.255.255.255 2013-07-01 2013-07-01
00:04:21 00:04:36
Related Commands
48.4.8 show igmp mp-forwarding-table

Syntax
show igmp mp-forwarding-table [ mvlan mvid [ group group-addr ] ]
Function
This command displays a main control card-based IGMP multicast forwarding table.
48-41

Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the active main control card-based IGMP
multicast forwarding table:
ZXAN(config)#show igmp mp-forwarding-table
-------------------------------------------------------------
mvlan Group Source bitmap
-------------------------------------------------------------
1000 224.1.1.1 * 0000000004000000
1000 225.1.1.1 192.168.1.1 0000000004000000
Related Commands
None
48.4.9 show igmp mp-snooping

Syntax
show igmp mp-snooping [ mvlan mvid [ group group-addr ] ]
Function
This command displays information about the main control card-based dynamic IGMP
group members.
Parameters
48-42

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display information about the active main control
card-based dynamic IGMP group members:
ZXAN(config)#show igmp mp-snooping
Total act port num is : 2

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
mvlan Group interface filter-mode source-list

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1000 224.1.1.1 inner-port_1/3/1 exclude

1000 225.1.1.1 inner-port_1/3/1 include 192.168.1.1
Related Commands
None
48.4.10 show igmp mp-statistics

Syntax
show igmp mp-statistics [ mvlan mvid ]
Function
This command displays the statistical information about the IGMP packets processed by
the main control cards.
Parameters
Mode
48-43

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the statistical information about the IGMP
packets processed by the main control cards:
ZXAN#show igmp mp-statistics
Total Statistics:
------------------------------------------
RxTotal : 9861
TxTotal : 10016
Rx Statistics:
------------------------------------------
RxGeneralQuery : 0
RxGroupSpecialQuery : 0
RxGroupSourceSpecialQuery : 0
RxV1Report : 0
RxV2Report : 0
RxV3Report : 9861
RxLeave : 0
RxUnknown : 0
Rx Statistics:
------------------------------------------
RxErrorIpTTL : 0
RxErrorIpRouterAlert : 0
RxErrorPktSize : 0
RxErrorIpCheckSum : 0
RxErrorIgmpCheckSum : 0
RxErrorDestMac : 0
RxErrorDestIp : 0
RxErrorSourceIp : 0
RxErrorIpLenth : 0
RxErrorGroupIp : 0
Tx Statistics:
------------------------------------------
TxGeneralQuery : 209
TxGroupSpecialQuery : 0
TxGroupSourceSpecialQuery : 0
TxV1Report : 0
TxV2Report : 0
TxV3Report : 9807
48-44

TxLeave : 0
Drop Statistics:
------------------------------------------
DropRxGeneralQuery : 0
DropRxGroupSpecialQuery : 0
DropRxGroupSourceSpecialQuery : 0
DropRxV1Report : 0
DropRxV2Report : 0
DropRxV3Report : 0
DropRxLeave : 0
DropRxUnknown : 0
Related Commands
48.4.11 show igmp mux-error-info

Syntax
show igmp mux-error-info
Function
This command displays the error information about the IGMP main control card driver.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the error information about the IGMP main
ZXAN#show igmp mux-error-info
Total num is :2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
48-45

mvlan Group source error-code Time

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1000 226.1.13.196 * Hash-Conflict 2013-01-28 23:34:31
1000 226.1.14.100 * Hash-Conflict 2013-01-28 23:34:31
Related Commands
48.4.12 show igmp mvlan

Syntax
show igmp mvlan [ mvid ]
Function
This command displays information about IGMP MVLANs.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
1. The following example shows how to display information about all the IGMP MVLANs
created currently:
ZXAN(config)#show igmp mvlan
Total Num is 2.
VID Status Work-mode GroupFilter Filter-mode ActGroups HostVersion
------------------------------------------------------------------------
200 enable proxy disable asmssm 0 auto

48-46

2. The following example shows how to display the detailed information about IGMP
MVLAN 1000:
ZXAN(config)#show igmp mvlan 1000
Protocol packet's priority is 0 (in proxy/spr mode)
Act Port is 0.
Host ip is 192.168.2.14.
Proxy ip is 192.168.2.14.
Igmp v1 mode is accept.
Robustness variable is 2.
General query interval is 125(second).
Query max response time is 100(0.1second).
Last member query interval is 10(0.1second).
Last member query count is 2.
Unsolicited report interval is 1(second).
Startup query interval is 30(second).
Startup query count is 2.
Snooping aging time is 300(second).
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source Port HostCompatibleMode HostConfigMode V1TimeOut V2TimeOut
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
gei_1/3/3 v3 auto 0 0
Receive Port
----------------------------
gpon-onu_1/2/5:1:1
SSM Group Range

----------------------------
225.0.0.0 mask 0.0.0.0
Related Commands
48-47

48.4.13 show igmp mvlan group-bandwidth

Syntax
show igmp mvlan < mvid > group-bandwidth
Function
This command displays the bandwidth configuration information about the IGMP multicast
groups of a specified MVLAN.
Parameters
Mode
48-48

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the bandwidth configuration information about
the multicast groups of IGMP MVLAN 1000:
ZXAN(config)#show igmp mvlan 1000 group-bandwidth
Total Num is 3.
Mvlan Group-IP BW(kbps)
-----------------------------------
1000 224.1.1.1 4096

1000 224.1.1.2 4096
1000 224.1.1.3 4096
Related Commands
48.4.14 show igmp mvlan group-filter

Syntax
show igmp mvlan < mvid > group-filter
Function
This command displays the filter configuration information about the IGMP multicast
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
48-49

Examples
The following example shows how to display the filter configuration information about the
multicast groups of IGMP MVLAN 1000:
ZXAN(config)#show igmp mvlan 1000 group-filter
configured filter group address
-------------------------------------------
224.1.1.1 - 225.1.1.1
Related Commands
48.4.15 show igmp mvlan group-prejoin

Syntax
show igmp mvlan < mvid > group-prejoin
Function
This command displays the configuration information about the IGMP pre-join multicast
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the configuration information about the
pre-join multicast groups of IGMP MVLAN 1000:
ZXAN(config)#show igmp mvlan 1000 group-prejoin
Total Num is 3.
Mvlan Group-IP Source-IP Prejoin
----------------------------------------------------
48-50

1000 227.1.1.1 10.63.198.12 enable

1000 227.1.1.2 10.63.198.12 enable
1000 227.1.1.3 10.63.198.12 enable
Related Commands
48.4.16 show igmp np-statistics

Syntax
show igmp np-statistics [ [ mvlan mvid ] [ interface if-name { [ vport vport-id ] | [ pvc pvc-id ] } ] ]
Function
This command displays the statistical information about the IGMP packets processed by
the line cards.
Parameters
GPON or EPON
type DSL
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
packets processed by the line cards:
ZXAN(config)#show igmp np-statistics
Total Statistics:
------------------------------------------
RxTotal : 5063
48-51

TxTotal : 9949
Rx Statistics:
------------------------------------------
RxGeneralQuery : 193
RxV1Report : 0
RxV2Report : 2
RxV3Report : 4866
RxLeave : 2
RxUnknown : 0
Rx Statistics:
------------------------------------------
RxErrorIpTTL : 0
RxErrorPktSize : 0
RxErrorIgmpCheckSum : 0
RxErrorDestMac : 0
RxErrorDestIp : 0
RxErrorSourceIp : 0
RxErrorIpLenth : 0
RxErrorGroupIp : 0
Tx Statistics:
------------------------------------------
TxGeneralQuery : 4
TxV1Report : 0
TxV2Report : 0
TxV3Report : 9943
TxLeave : 0
Drop Statistics:
------------------------------------------
DropRxV1Report : 0
DropRxV2Report : 1
DropRxV3Report : 5
DropRxLeave : 0
48-52

DropRxUnknown : 0
Related Commands
48.4.17 show igmp pon-statistics

Syntax
show igmp pon-statistics interface < if-name >
Function
This command displays the number of dynamic groups and users on an IGMP PON port.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the number of dynamic IGMP groups and
users on the interface gpon-olt_1/2/5:
ZXAN#show igmp pon-statistics interface gpon-olt_1/2/5
Active Group Num : 2
Active User Num : 2
Related Commands
None
48-53

48.4.18 show igmp static-member

Syntax
show igmp static-member [ mvlan mvid [ group group-addr [ source source-addr ] ] ]
Function
This command displays information about static IGMP group members.
Parameters
source-addr Multicast source IP address -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display information about static IGMP group
members:
ZXAN(config)#show igmp static-member
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1000 225.1.1.1 192.168.1.2 1 2 5
1000 225.1.1.2 192.168.1.2 1 2 5
Related Commands
48.4.19 show igmp statistics

Syntax
show igmp statistics mvlan mvid [ interface if-name { [ vport vport-id ] | [ pvc pvc-id ] } ]
48-54

Function
This command displays the statistical information about IGMP packets.
Parameters

GPON or EPON

DSL
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
packets for MVLAN 1000:
ZXAN(config)#show igmp statistics mvlan 1000
Igmp Statistics of Mvlan : 1000
--------------------------------------------------
Active group num : 2
Joins receive from users : 4
Successful joins from users : 4
Unsuccessful joins : 0
Leave from users : 2
General-query to users : 4
General-query from net : 0
Group-special-query to users : 2
Group-source-sprcial-query to users : 0
Group-special-query from net : 0
Group-source-special-query from net : 0
Invalid message number : 0
----------------------------------------------------
48-55

Related Commands
48.5 Global MLD Configuration Commands

48.5.1 mld bandwidth-control
Syntax
mld bandwidth-control { enable | disable }
Function
This command enables or disables MLD bandwidth control.
Parameters
enable Enables the MLD bandwidth control -

function.
disable Disables the MLD bandwidth control -

function.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
A user's join request is rejected when the bandwidth of the multicast group which the user
attempts to join exceeds the remaining bandwidth of the current physical channel. This is
called "bandwidth control". The bandwidth of a multicast group is configured with the mld
mvlan group bandwidth command.
The bandwidth control of a multicast group is currently supported on user ports and PON
OLT ports.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable MLD bandwidth control:
ZXAN(config)#mld bandwidth-control enable
Related Commands
48-56

48.5.2 mld enable

Syntax
mld { enable | disable }
Function
This command enables or disables the global MLD protocol.
Parameters
enable Enables the MLD protocol and extracts -

packets.
disable Disables the MLD protocol and does not -

extract packets.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the global MLD protocol:
ZXAN(config)#mld enable
Related Commands
48.5.3 mld host-tracking

Syntax
mld host-tracking { enable | disable }
Function
This command enables or disables MLD host tracking control.
48-57

Parameters
enable Enables the MLD host tracking control -

function.
disable Disables the MLD host tracking control -

function.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
A user on a bridge interface records the information (mainly IP addresses) about all users
on this interface when accessing a multicast group. This is called "host-tracking". Many
families have more than one TV sets; therefore, there might be multiple terminals ordering
programs at the same time.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable MLD host-tracking control:
ZXAN(config)#mld host-tracking enable
Related Commands
48.5.4 mld log

Syntax
mld log{ enable | disable }
Function
This command enables or disables MLD logging.
Parameters
enable Enables the MLD logging function. -
disable Disables the MLD logging function. -
Mode
48-58

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable MLD logging:
ZXAN(config)#mld log enable
Related Commands
48.5.5 mld mux-error-info

Syntax
mld mux-error-info clear
Function
This command clears the error information about the MLD main control card driver.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to clear the error information about the MLD main control
card driver:
ZXAN(config)#mld mux-error-info clear
Related Commands
48-59

48.5.6 mld prejoin-interval

Syntax
mld prejoin-interval < interval-time >
Function
This command configures the MLD pre-join interval.
Parameters
interval-time MLD pre-join interval (sec) Range: 60–300

Default: 120
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the MLD pre-join interval to 200 seconds:
ZXAN(config)#mld prejoin-interval 200
Related Commands
48.5.7 mld querygemport-mode

Syntax
mld querygemport-mode { unicast | broadcast| both }
Function
This command configures the mode in which MLD packets are forwarded by a line card in
the downstream direction.
48-60

Parameters
unicast Unicast mode. MLD packets are sent to -

a specified receiving port.
broadcast Broadcast mode. MLD packets are sent -

to a specified physical port (PON port).
both MLD packets are sent to both a receiving -

port and a physical port (PON port).
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, MLD packets are forwarded by a line card in the downstream direction in
unicast mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the mode in which MLD packets are
forwarded to "broadcast":
ZXAN(config)#mld querygemport-mode broadcast
Related Commands
48.5.8 mld span-vlan

Syntax
mld span-vlan { enable | disable }
Function
This command enables or disables MLD multicast across VLANs.
Parameters
enable Enables MLD multicast across VLANs. -
disable Disables MLD multicast across VLANs. -
Mode
48-61

Usage Guidelines
Multicast across VLANs indicates that a user can establish a group member in a multicast
VLAN when the user VLAN is different from the multicast VLAN.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable MLD multicast across VLANs:
ZXAN(config)#mld span-vlan enable
Related Commands
48.5.9 mld statistics

Syntax
mld statistics clear [[mvlan mvid ] [interface interface { [ vport vport-id ] | [ pvc pvc-id ] } ] ]
Function
This command clears the MLD packet statistics for global configuration, a specified
MVLAN, or a specified interface.
Parameters
interface Interface name -

GPON or EPON

DSL
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to clear the packet statistics for MLD MVLAN 100:
48-62

ZXAN(config)#mld statistics clear mvlan 100
Related Commands
48.6 MLD MVLAN Configuration Commands

48.6.1 mld mvlan
Syntax
[ no] mld mvlan < mvid >
Function
This command creates or deletes an MLD MVLAN.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to create MLD MVLAN 100:
ZXAN(config)#mld mvlan 100
Related Commands
48.6.2 mld mvlan enable

Syntax
mld mvlan < mvid > { enable | drop }
48-63

Function
This command enables or disables the MLD protocol for an MVLAN.
Parameters
enable Receives and processes MLD -

packets.
drop Discards MLD packets. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable MLD packets receiving and processing for
MVLAN 100:
ZXAN(config)#mld mvlan 100 enable
Related Commands
48.6.3 mld mvlan group

Syntax
[ no ] mld mvlan < mvid > group start-addr [ to end-addr ]
Function
This command adds or deletes an MLD group filtering address (segment) for a specified
MVLAN group.
48-64

Parameters
start-addr Multicast IPv6 address -
end-addr Multicast IPv6 address -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure MVLAN 1000 with the MLD group filtering
address segment from ff1e::1 to ff1e::33:
ZXAN(config)#mld mvlan 1000 group ff1e::1 to ff1e::33
Related Commands
48.6.4 mld mvlan group bandwidth

Syntax
[ no ] mld mvlan < mvid > group start-addr [ to end-addr ] bandwidth < band-vlaue >
Function
This command configures the bandwidth of specified MLD multicast groups.
Parameters
band-vlaue Bandwidth value (Kbps) Range: 100–65535
Mode
48-65

Usage Guidelines
The bandwidth control function determines whether to accept the current join request by
comparing the total bandwidth (an accumulated value based on configurations) with the
real physical bandwidth of the port.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the bandwidth of MLD multicast groups
from ff1e::1 to ff1e::3 in MVLAN 1000 to 6000 Kbps:
ZXAN(config)#mld mvlan 1000 group ff1e::1 to ff1e::3 bandwidth 6000
Related Commands
48.6.5 mld mvlan group prejoin

Syntax
mld mvlan < mvid > group start-addr [ to end-addr ] [ source src-addr ] prejoin { enable | disable
}
Function
This command enables or disables pre-join for the specified MLD multicast groups (group
and source).
Parameters
src-addr Multicast source IPv6 address -
enable Enables the pre-join function. -
disable Disables the pre-join function. -
Mode
48-66

Usage Guidelines
Pre-join is to direct the multicast data stream to the uplink port of the OLT equipment
beforehand to save time for forwarding data from a multicast source to the OLT equipment,
to reduce streaming-on-demand delay, and to improve user experience.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable pre-join for MLD multicast group ff1e::1 and
source fe80::a in MVLAN 1000:
ZXAN(config)#mld mvlan 1000 group ff1e::1 source fe80::a prejoin enable
Related Commands
48.6.6 mld mvlan group static-port

Syntax
—port <
[ no ] mld mvlan < mvid > group start-addr [ to end-addr ] [ source src-addr ] static—
if-name > [ { vport vport-id | pvc pvc-id } ]
Function
This command adds or deletes a static user port for MLD MVLAN multicast.
Parameters
src-addr Multicast source IPv6 address -
type GPON or EPON
type DSL
Mode
48-67

Usage Guidelines
To configure a static multicast group member, direct the specific multicast data stream to
an OLT user port without controlling user's multicast requests.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the user port gpon-onu_1/2/5:1:1 to a static
port with MLD multicast group ff1e::1 and source fe80::3 in MVLAN 1000:
ZXAN(config)#mld mvlan 1000 group ff1e::1 source fe80::3 static-port gpon-onu_1/2/5:1 vport 1
Related Commands
48.6.7 mld mvlan group-filter

Syntax
mld mvlan < mvid > group-filter { enable | disable }
Function
This command enables or disables group filtering for an MLD MVLAN.
Parameters
enable Enables group filtering. -
disable Disables group filtering. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If group filtering is enabled, it is necessary to check whether the group address is
configured for MLD join packets.
If group filtering is disabled, it is unnecessary to check whether the group address is
configured for MLD join packets.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable group filtering for MLD MVLAN 1000:
ZXAN(config)#mld mvlan 1000 group-filter enable
48-68

Related Commands
48.6.8 mld mvlan host-ip

Syntax
mld mvlan < mvid > host-ip < ip_addr >
Function
This command configures the host IP address for an MLD MVLAN.
Parameters
ip_addr IP address of the host Default: fe80::c0a8:20e
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The ip_addr is the IP address of the host where the report/leave packets are sent in proxy
mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the host IP address to fe80::c0a8:20e for MLD
MVLAN 1000:
ZXAN(config)#mld mvlan 1000 host-ip fe80::c0a8:21e
Related Commands
48.6.9 mld mvlan host-version

Syntax
mld mvlan < mvid > host-version { auto | v1 | v2 }
Function
This command configures the host version for an MLD MVLAN.
48-69

Parameters
auto The host version type depends on the query packet type -
sent by the uplink port.
v1 Host version type: MLD v1. -
v2 Host version type: MLD v2. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The host version type of an MLD MVLAN determines the version type of the report packet
that the OLT sends to the uplink device.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the host version to "v2" for MLD MVLAN 1000:
ZXAN(config)#mld mvlan 1000 host-version v2
Related Commands
48.6.10 mld mvlan last-query-count

Syntax
mld mvlan < mvid > last-query-count < count >
Function
This command configures the query count of the last member for an MLD MVLAN.
Parameters
count Query count of the last member Range: 2–5

Default: 2
48-70

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the query count of the last member for MLD
MVLAN 1000 to 3:
ZXAN(config)#mld mvlan 1000 last-query-count 3
Related Commands
48.6.11 mld mvlan last-query-interval

Syntax
mld mvlan < mvid > last-query-interval < interval >
Function
This command configures the query interval of the last member for an MLD MVLAN.
Parameters
interval Query interval of the last member (100 Range: 1–255

ms) Default: 10
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the query interval of the last member for MLD
ZXAN(config)#mld mvlan 1000 last-query-interval 20
48-71

Related Commands
48.6.12 mld mvlan priority

Syntax
mld mvlan < mvid > priority < pri >
Function
This command configures the priority of protocol packets in Proxy or SPR mode.
Parameters
pri Priority of protocol packets Range: 0–7
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the priority of protocol packets to 7 for MLD
MVLAN 1000:
ZXAN(config)#mld mvlan 1000 priority 7
Related Commands
48.6.13 mld mvlan query-interval

Syntax
mld mvlan < mvid > query-interval < interval >
48-72

Function
This command configures a common query interval for an MLD MVLAN.
Parameters
interval Common query interval (sec) Range: 60–300

Default: 125
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the common query interval for MLD MVLAN 1000
to 100 seconds:
ZXAN(config)#mld mvlan 1000 query-interval 100
Related Commands
48.6.14 mld mvlan query-max-resp

Syntax
mld mvlan < mvid > query-max-resp < resp-time >
Function
This command configures the maximum response time to a common query for an MLD
MVLAN.
Parameters
resp-time Maximum response time to a common Range: 10–250

query (100 ms) Default: 100
48-73

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the maximum response time to a common query
for MLD MVLAN 1000 to 5 seconds:
ZXAN(config)#mld mvlan 1000 query-max-resp 50
Related Commands
48.6.15 mld mvlan receive-port

Syntax
[ no ] mld mvlan < mvid > receive-port < if-name > [ { vport vport-id | pvc pvc-id } ]
Function
This command adds or deletes a receiving port for an MLD MVLAN.
Parameters
type GPON or EPON
type DSL
Mode
Usage Guidelines
A receiving port is used to connect a user.
48-74

Examples
The following example shows how to configure the user port gpon-onu_1/3/1:1:1 to the
receiving port for MLD MVLAN 1000:
ZXAN(config)#mld mvlan 1000 receive-port gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 vport 1
Related Commands
48.6.16 mld mvlan robustness

Syntax
mld mvlan < mvid > robustness < robust >
Function
This command configures a robustness level for an MLD MVLAN.
Parameters
robust Robustness level Range: 1–7

Default: 2
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the MLD robustness level for MLD MVLAN 1000
to 3:
ZXAN(config)#mld mvlan 1000 robustness 3
Related Commands
48-75

48.6.17 mld mvlan router-ip

Syntax
mld mvlan < mvid > router-ip < ip_addr >
Function
This command configures the routing IP address for an MLD MVLAN.
Parameters
ip_addr Routing IP address Default: fe80::c0a8:20e
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the routing IP address for MLD MVLAN 1000 to
fe80::c0a8:22e:
ZXAN(config)#mld mvlan 1000 router-ip fe80::c0a8:22e
Related Commands
48.6.18 mld mvlan snooping-aging-time

Syntax
mld mvlan < mvid > snooping-aging-time < time >
Function
This command configures the ageing time of the group members of an MLD MVLAN in
Snooping mode.
48-76

Parameters
time Ageing time of group members Range: 30–3600

(sec) Default: 300
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the ageing time of the group members of MLD
ZXAN(config)#mld mvlan 1000 snooping-aging-time 500
Related Commands
48.6.19 mld mvlan source-filter-mode

Syntax
mld mvlan < mvid > source-filter-mode { asmonly | ssmonly | asmssm }
Function
This command configures the filtering mode of source addresses for an MLD MVLAN.
Parameters
asmonly Any source address mode -
ssmonly Specific source address mode -
asmssm Any and specific source address -

mode
48-77

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the filtering mode of source addresses for
MLD MVLAN 1000 to "ssmonly":
ZXAN(config)#mld mvlan 1000 source-filter-mode ssmonly
Related Commands
48.6.20 mld mvlan source-port

Syntax
[ no ] mld mvlan < mvid > source-port < if-name >
Function
This command adds or deletes a source port for an MLD MVLAN.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
A source port is used to connect a multicast source. Only uplink ports and uplink
aggregation groups can be configured to source ports currently.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the uplink port gei_1/19/1 to the source
port for MLD MVLAN 1000:
ZXAN(config)#mld mvlan 1000 source-port gei_1/19/1
48-78

Related Commands
48.6.21 mld mvlan ssm-address-range

Syntax
mld mvlan < mvid > ssm-address-range group-addr mask
Function
This command configures the SSM group range for an MLD MVLAN.
Parameters
group-addr Multicast IPv6 address -
mask Group address mask -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the SSM group range for MLD MVLAN 100
to :: with the mask of :: and IP address of ff1e::1:
ZXAN(config)#mld mvlan 100 ssm-address-range ff1e::1 ::
Related Commands
48.6.22 mld mvlan startup-query-count

Syntax
mld mvlan < mvid > startup-query-count < count >
48-79

Function
This command configures the number of startup queries for an MLD MVLAN.
Parameters
count Number of startup queries Range: 0–10

Default: 2
Mode
Usage Guidelines
packets actively.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the number of startup queries for MLD MVLAN
1000 to 3:
ZXAN(config)#mld mvlan 1000 startup-query-count 3
Related Commands
48.6.23 mld mvlan startup-query-interval

Syntax
mld mvlan < mvid > startup-query-interval < interval >
Function
This command configures a startup query interval for an MLD MVLAN.
48-80

Parameters
interval Startup query interval (sec) Range: 1–100

Default: 30
Mode
Usage Guidelines
packets actively.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the startup query interval for MLD MVLAN 1000
to 60 seconds:
ZXAN(config)#mld mvlan 1000 startup-query-interval 60
Related Commands
48.6.24 mld mvlan unsolicited-report-interval

Syntax
mld mvlan < mvid > unsolicited-report-interval < interval >
Function
This command sets the interval for an MLD MVLAN to initiate unsolicited reporting in Proxy
mode.
Parameters
interval Interval for unsolicited reporting Range: 1–60

(sec) Default: 1
48-81

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the interval for MLD MVLAN 1000 to initiate
unsolicited reporting to 15 seconds:
ZXAN(config)#mld mvlan 1000 unsolicited-report-interval 15
Related Commands
48.6.25 mld mvlan version-mode

Syntax
mld mvlan < mvid > vesion-mode { v1 | v2 } { accept | drop }
Function
This command configures the highest MLD version supported by an MVLAN.
Parameters
accept Supports the multicast packets of -

this version.
drop Discards the multicast packets of -

this version.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
48-82

Examples
The following example shows how to set the highest MLD version supported by MVLAN
1000 to "v2":
ZXAN(config)#mld mvlan 1000 version-mode v2 accept
Related Commands
48.6.26 mld mvlan work-mode

Syntax
mld mvlan < mvid > work-mode { proxy | snooping | spr }
Function
This command configures the work mode of an MLD MVLAN.
Parameters
proxy Proxy mode -
snooping Snooping mode -
spr SPR mode -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
In Proxy mode, an MLD MVLAN agents the router on the user side, and the host on the
network side. This is the default work mode of an MLD MVLAN.
In Snooping mode, all valid report and/or query packets are forwarded transparently.
In SPR mode, an MLD MVLAN agents user's report request, while the downlink common
query packets are forwarded transparently.
Default: Proxy
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the work mode of MLD MVLAN 1000 to
"Snooping":
48-83

ZXAN(config)#mld mvlan 1000 work-mode snooping
Related Commands
48.7 MLD Interface Commands

48.7.1 mld bandwidth
Syntax
mld bandwidth < band-value > [ { vport vport-id | pvc pvc-id } ]
Function
This command configures the maximum bandwidth of a multicast group for an interface.
Parameters
band-value Maximum MLD multicast group bandwidth Range: 100–204800

supported by an interface (kbps) Default: 102400


interface type DSL
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the maximum MLD multicast group
bandwidth for the interface gpon-onu_1/4/1:1 to 204800 kbps:
ZXAN(config-if)#mld bandwidth 204800 vport 1
48-84

Related Commands
48.7.2 mld enable

Syntax
mld { enable | drop } [ { vport vport-id | pvc pvc-id } ]
Function
This command enables or disables the MLD protocol for an interface.
Parameters
enable Enables the MLD protocol for an interface. -
drop Discards the MLD packets on an interface. -

interface type GPON or EPON.

interface type DSL.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the MLD protocol for the interface
gpon-onu_1/4/1:1:
ZXAN(config-if)#mld enable vport 1
Related Commands
48-85

48.7.3 mld fast-leave

Syntax
mld fast-leave { enable | disable } [ { vport vport-id | pvc pvc-id } ]
Function
This command enables or disables the MLD fast-leave function for an interface.
Parameters
enable Enables the MLD fast-leave function for an -

interface.
disable Disables the MLD fast-leave function for -

an interface.

interface type GPON or EPON.

interface type DSL.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
With the MLD fast-leave function enabled, the group members are deleted immediately
once the leave packet is received.
With the MLD fast-leave function disabled, the group members are not deleted when the
leave packet is received. In Proxy mode, a number of special query packets are sent. If
no response is received, the group members are deleted. In Snooping mode, nothing can
be done but wait for aging.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the MLD fast-leave function for the interface
gpon-onu_1/4/1:1:
ZXAN(config-if)#mld fast-leave enable vport 1
Related Commands
48-86

48.7.4 mld max-groups

Syntax
mld max-groups < group-num > [ { vport vport-id | pvc pvc-id } ]
Function
This command configures the maximum number of MLD multicast groups an interface to
join at the same time.
Parameters
group-num Maximum number of MLD multicast groups Range: 0–8192

Default: 8192


interface type DSL
Mode
Usage Guidelines
For the GPON, the maximum number of MLD multicast groups for a PON interface to join
can be set.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the maximum number of MLD multicast
groups for the interface gpon-onu_1/4/1:1 to join to 4000:
ZXAN(config-if)#mld max-groups 4000 vport 1
Related Commands
48.7.5 mld version

Syntax
mld version { v1 | v2 } [ { vport vport-id | pvc pvc-id } ]
48-87

Function
This command configures the highest MLD version supported by an interface.
Parameters
v1 MLD version v1 -
v2 MLD version v2 -


interface type DSL
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If the version of the MLD packets received on an interface is greater than the highest
version, the packets will be discarded.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the highest MLD version supported by the
interface gpon-onu_1/4/1:1 to "v1":
ZXAN(config-if)#mld version v1 vport 1
Related Commands
48.8 MLD Show Commands

48.8.1 show mld
Syntax
show mld
Function
This command displays information about the global MLD configuration.
48-88

Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display information about the global MLD
configuration:
ZXAN(config)#show mld
MLD global parameters:
----------------------------------------------------
MLD is globally disable.
Span vlan is disable.
Host tracking is disable.
Bandwidth control is disable.
MLD log is disable.
General query gemport mode is unicast.
Prejoin interval is 120(second).
Related Commands
48.8.2 show mld dynamic-member

Syntax
show mld dynamic-member [ [ [ shelf shelfno ] slot slotno ] [ mvlan mvid [ group groupv6-addr
]]]
48-89

Function
This command displays information about the line card-based dynamic MLD group
members.
Parameters
groupv6-addr Multicast IPv6 address -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display information about the active line cards-based
dynamic MLD group members:
ZXAN(config)#show mld dynamic-member
Total active group number: 2
-----------------------------------------------------
mvlan: 1000 group: ff1e::1
-----------------------------------------------------
mvlan: 1000 group: ff1e::2
Related Commands
None
48-90

48.8.3 show mld forwarding-table

Syntax
show mld forwarding-table [ [ [ shelf shelfno ] slot slotno ] [ mvlan mvid [ group groupv6-addr
]]]
Function
This command displays a line card-based MLD multicast forwarding table.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the active line card-based MLD multicast
forwarding table:
ZXAN(config)#show mld forwarding-table
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1000 ff1e::1 fe80::a 1 3 1

1000 ff1e::2 fe80::a 1 3 1
Related Commands
None
48-91

48.8.4 show mld interface

Syntax
show mld interface < if-name > [ { vport vport-id | pvc pvc-id } ]
Function
This command displays configuration information about an MLD interface.
Parameters
type GPON or EPON

interface type DSL
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display configuration information about the MLD
ZXAN(config)#show mld interface gpon-onu_1/2/5:1
MLD interface gpon-onu_1/2/5:1 vport 1 parameters:
----------------------------------------------------
MLD status is enable.
MLD version is v2.
Fast leave is disable.
Max concurrent group num is 8192.
Bandwidth is 102400(kbps).
Related Commands
48.7.2 mld enable
48.7.5 mld version
48.7.3 mld fast-leave
48-92

48.7.4 mld max-groups

48.7.1 mld bandwidth
48.8.5 show mld interface dynamic-group-list

Syntax
show mld interface < if-name > [ { vport vport-id | pvc pvc-id } ] dynamic-group-list
Function
This command displays the address information about the active groups which an MLD
interface joins dynamically.
Parameters
type GPON or EPON

interface type DSL
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
groups which the MLD interface gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 joins:
ZXAN(config)#show mld interface gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 dynamic-group-list
-----------------------------------------------------
mvlan: 1000 group: ff1e::1 host-ip: fe80::97ff:fe89:2277

-----------------------------------------------------
mvlan: 1000 group: ff1e::2 host-ip: fe80::97ff:fe89:2277
48-93


Related Commands
None
48.8.6 show mld interface static-group-list

Syntax
show mld interface < if-name > [ { vport vport-id | pvc pvc-id } ] static-group-list
Function
This command displays the address information about the active groups which an MLD
interface configures statically.
Parameters
type GPON or EPON

interface type DSL
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
groups which the MLD interface gpon-onu_1/2/5:1 configures statically:
ZXAN(config)#show mld interface gpon-onu_1/2/5:1 static-group-list
Total static group-src number: 2
MVLAN ID Group IP SourceIp
--------------------------------------------
48-94

1000 ff1e::1 fe80::1

1000 ff1e::a fe80::3
Related Commands
None
48.8.7 show mld log

Syntax
show mld log [ [ statistic ] [ interface if-name [ { vport vport-id | pvc pvc-id } ] ] [ group groupv6-
addr ] [ time start-time start-month start-day start-year [ to end-time end-month end-day end-year
]]]
Function
This command displays information about MLD logs.
Parameters

GPON or EPON

DSL
groupv6-addr MLD multicast IPv6 address -
start-time Start time -
start-month Start month -
start-day Start date Range: 1–31
start-year Start year Range: 2001–2098
end-time End time -
end-month End month -
end-day End date Range: 1–31
end-year End year Range: 2001–2098
Mode
48-95

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the logging information about the MLD
multicast group ff1e::1:
ZXAN(config)#show mld log group ff1e::1
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interface Group Ip Src Ip Join_Time Leave_Time
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
gpon-onu_1/3/1:1:1 ff1e::1 fe80::3 2013-07-01 2013-07-01
00:04:21 00:04:36
Related Commands
48.8.8 show mld mp-forwarding-table

Syntax
show mld mp-forwarding-table [ mvlan mvid [ group groupv6-addr ] ]
Function
This command displays a main control card-based MLD multicast forwarding table.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the active main control card-based MLD
multicast forwarding table:
48-96

ZXAN(config)#show mld mp-forwarding-table

-------------------------------------------------------------
mvlan Group Source bitmap
-------------------------------------------------------------
1000 ff1e::1 fe80::a 0000000004000000
1000 ff1e::2 fe80::a 0000000004000000
Related Commands
None
48.8.9 show mld mp-snooping

Syntax
show mld mp-snooping [ mvlan mvid [ group groupv6-addr ] ]
Function
This command displays information about the main control card-based dynamic MLD
group members.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display information about the active main control
card-based dynamic MLD group members:
ZXAN(config)#show mld mp-snooping
Total act port num is : 2

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
48-97

mvlan Group interface filter-mode source-list

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1000 ff1e::1 inner-port_1/3/1 include fe80::a

1000 ff1e::2 inner-port_1/3/1 include fe80::a
Related Commands
None
48.8.10 show mld mp-statistics

Syntax
show mld mp-statistics [ mvlan mvid ]
Function
This command displays the statistical information about the MLD packets processed by
the main control cards.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the statistical information about the MLD
packets processed by the main control cards:
ZXAN#show mld mp-statistics
Total Statistics:
------------------------------------------
RxTotal : 5
TxTotal : 5
Rx Statistics:
------------------------------------------
RxGeneralQuery : 2
48-98

RxV1Report : 0
RxV2Report : 3
RxLeave : 0
RxUnknown : 0
Rx Statistics:
------------------------------------------
RxErrorIpTTL : 0
RxErrorPktSize : 0
RxErrorMldCheckSum : 0
RxErrorDestMac : 0
RxErrorDestIp : 0
RxErrorSourceIp : 0
RxErrorIpLenth : 0
RxErrorGroupIp : 0
Tx Statistics:
------------------------------------------
TxGeneralQuery : 2
TxV1Report : 0
TxV2Report : 3
TxLeave : 0
Drop Statistics:
------------------------------------------
DropRxV1Report : 0
DropRxV2Report : 0
DropRxLeave : 0
DropRxUnknown : 0
ZXAN#
Related Commands
48-99

48.8.11 show mld mux-error-info

Syntax
show mld mux-error-info
Function
This command displays the error information about the MLD main control card driver.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the error information about the MLD main
ZXAN#show mld mux-error-info
Total num is :2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
mvlan Group source error-code Time
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1000 ff1e::33 ::ffff:ffff Hash-Conflict 2013-01-28 23:34:33
1000 ff1e::49 ::ffff:ffff Hash-Conflict 2013-01-28 23:34:33
Related Commands
48.8.12 show mld mvlan

Syntax
show mld mvlan [ mvid ]
48-100

Function
This command displays information about MLD MVLANs.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
1. The following example shows how to display information about all the MLD MVLANs
created currently:
ZXAN(config)#show mld mvlan
Total Num is 2.
VID Status Work-mode GroupFilter Filter-mode ActGroups HostVersion
------------------------------------------------------------------------

2. The following example shows how to display the detailed information about MLD MVLAN
1000:
ZXAN(config)#show mld mvlan 1000
Protocol packet's priority is 0 (in proxy/spr mode)
Act Port is 0.
Host ip is fe80::c0a8:20e.
Proxy ip is fe80::c0a8:20e.
mld v1 mode is accept.
mld v2 mode is accept.
Robustness variable is 2.
General query interval is 125(second).
Query max response time is 100(0.1second).
Last member query interval is 10(0.1second).
Last member query count is 2.
Unsolicited report interval is 1(second).
Startup query interval is 30(second).
48-101

Startup query count is 2.

Snooping aging time is 300(second).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source Port HostCompatibleMode HostConfigMode V1TimeOut
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
gei_1/3/3 v2 auto 0
Receive Port
----------------------------
gpon-onu_1/2/5:1:1
SSM Group Range

----------------------------
FF3x:: mask fff0:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff::
Related Commands
48-102

48.8.13 show mld mvlan group-bandwidth

Syntax
show mld mvlan < mvid > group-bandwidth
Function
This command displays the bandwidth configuration information about the MLD multicast
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the bandwidth configuration information about
the multicast groups of MLD MVLAN 1000:
ZXAN(config)#show mld mvlan 1000 group-bandwidth
Total Num is 4.
Mvlan Group-IP BW(kbps)
-----------------------------------
1000 ff1e::1 3000

1000 ff1e::2 3000
1000 ff1e::3 3000
1000 ff1e::4 3000
48-103

Related Commands
48.8.14 show mld mvlan group-filter

Syntax
show mld mvlan < mvid > group-filter
Function
This command displays the filter configuration information about the MLD multicast groups
of a specified MVLAN.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the filter configuration information about the
multicast groups of MLD MVLAN 1000:
ZXAN(config)#show mld mvlan 1000 group-filter
configured filter group address
-------------------------------------------
ff1e::1 - ff1e::2a
Related Commands
48.8.15 show mld mvlan group-prejoin

Syntax
show mld mvlan < mvid > group-prejoin
48-104

Function
This command displays the configuration information about the MLD pre-join multicast
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the configuration information about the
pre-join multicast groups of MLD MVLAN 1000:
ZXAN(config)#show mld mvlan 1000 group-prejoin
Total Num is 3.
Mvlan Group-IP Source-IP Prejoin
----------------------------------------------------
1000 ff1e::11 fe80::c enable

Related Commands
48.8.16 show mld np-statistics

Syntax
show mld np-statistics [ [ mvlan mvid ] [ interface if-name { [ vport vport-id ] | [ pvc pvc-id ] } ] ]
Function
This command displays the statistical information about the MLD packets processed by
the line cards.
48-105

Parameters
GPON or EPON
type DSL
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
packets processed by the line cards:
ZXAN#show mld np-statistics
Total Statistics:
------------------------------------------
RxTotal : 4
TxTotal : 4
Rx Statistics:
------------------------------------------
RxGeneralQuery : 2
RxV1Report : 0
RxV2Report : 2
RxLeave : 0
RxUnknown : 0
Rx Statistics:
------------------------------------------
RxErrorIpTTL : 0
RxErrorPktSize : 0
RxErrorMldCheckSum : 0
RxErrorDestMac : 0
48-106

RxErrorDestIp : 0
RxErrorSourceIp : 0
RxErrorIpLenth : 0
RxErrorGroupIp : 0
Tx Statistics:
------------------------------------------
TxGeneralQuery : 2
TxV1Report : 0
TxV2Report : 2
TxLeave : 0
Drop Statistics:
------------------------------------------
DropRxV1Report : 0
DropRxV2Report : 0
DropRxLeave : 0
DropRxUnknown : 0
Related Commands
48.8.17 show mld pon-statistics

Syntax
show mld pon-statistics interface < if-name >
Function
This command displays the number of dynamic groups and users on an MLD PON port.
Parameters
Mode
48-107

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the number of dynamic MLD groups and
users on the interface gpon-olt_1/2/5:
ZXAN#show mld pon-statistics interface gpon-olt_1/2/5
Active Group Num : 3
Active User Num : 3
Related Commands
None
48.8.18 show mld static-member

Syntax
show mld static-member [ mvlan mvid [ group groupv6-addr [ source sourcev6-addr ] ] ]
Function
This command displays information about static MLD group members.
Parameters
sourcev6-addr Multicast source IPv6 address -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display information about static MLD group members:
ZXAN(config)#show mld static-member
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
48-108

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1000 ff1e::1 fe80::b 1 2 5
1000 ff1e::2 fe80::b 1 2 5
Related Commands
48.8.19 show mld statistics

Syntax
show mld statistics mvlan mvid [ interface if-name { [ vport vport-id ] | [ pvc pvc-id ] } ]
Function
This command displays the statistical information about MLD packets.
Parameters

GPON or EPON

DSL
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
packets for MVLAN 1000:
ZXAN(config)#show mld statistics mvlan 1000
Mld Statistics of Mvlan : 1000
--------------------------------------------------
48-109

Active group num : 2

Joins receive from users : 4
Successful joins from users : 4
Unsuccessful joins : 0
Leave from users : 2
General-query to users : 4
General-query from net : 0
Group-special-query to users : 2
Group-source-sprcial-query to users : 0
Group-special-query from net : 0
Group-source-special-query from net : 0
Invalid message number : 0
----------------------------------------------------
Related Commands
48.9 IPTV Configuration Commands

48.9.1 iptv cac
Syntax
iptv cac name1
Function
This command enables or disables the Channel Access Control (CAC) function.
Parameters
name1 enable: Enables the CAC -

function.
disable: Disables the CAC
function.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
48-110

Examples
The following example shows how to enable the CAC function:
ZXAN(config)#iptv cac enable
Related Commands
48.11.5 show iptv control
48.9.2 iptv cdr

Syntax
iptv cdr name1
Function
This command enables or disables the IPTV CDR function.
Parameters
name1 enable: Enables the CDR -

function.
disable: Disables the CDR
function.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the CDR function:
ZXAN(config)#iptv cdr enable
Related Commands
None
48.9.3 iptv cdr clear

Syntax
iptv cdr clear
48-111

Function
This command clears IPTV CDR records.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to clear IPTV CDR records:
ZXAN(config)#iptv cdr clear
Related Commands
48.11.1 show iptv cdr
48.9.4 iptv cdr create-period

Syntax
iptv cdr create-period number1
Function
This command configures the regular CDR recording period for a 'Permit' user who
watches programs for a long time.
Parameters
number1 CDR recording period (min) Range: 0–1440
Mode
Usage Guidelines
'0' indicates the period when no CDR records are generated.
48-112

Examples
The following example shows how to set the regular CDR recording period to 30 minutes
for a 'Permit' user who watches programs for a long time:
ZXAN(config)#iptv cdr create-period 30
Related Commands
48.9.5 iptv cdr deny-right

Syntax
iptv cdr deny-rightname1
Function
This command enables or disables CDR recording for a 'Deny' user.
Parameters
name1 enable: Enables CDR -

recording.
disable: Disables CDR
recording.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable CDR recording for a 'Deny' user:
ZXAN(config)#iptv cdr deny-right enable
Related Commands
48-113

48.9.6 iptv cdr max-records

Syntax
iptv cdr max-records number1
Function
This command configures the maximum number of CDR records.
Parameters
number1 Maximum number of CDR Range: 500–65535

records
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the maximum number of CDR records to 6000:
ZXAN(config)#iptv cdr max-records 6000
Related Commands
48.9.7 iptv cdr prw-overcount

Syntax
iptv cdr prw-overcountname1
Function
This command enables or disables CDR recording in case that the number of 'Preview'
users exceeds the limit.
48-114

Parameters

recording.
recording.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable CDR recording in case that the number of
"Preview" users exceeds the limit:
ZXAN(config)#iptv cdr prw-overcount enable
Related Commands
48.9.8 iptv cdr prw-right

Syntax
iptv cdr prw-rightname1
Function
This command enables or disables CDR recording for a 'Preview' user.
Parameters

recording.
recording.
Mode
48-115

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable CDR recording for a "Preview" user:
ZXAN(config)#iptv cdr prw-right enable
Related Commands
48.9.9 iptv cdr report

Syntax
iptv cdr report
Function
This command reports CDR records manually.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to report CDR records manually:
ZXAN(config)#iptv cdr report
Related Commands
48-116

48.9.10 iptv cdr report-interval

Syntax
iptv cdr report-interval number1
Function
This command configures the interval for regular CDR reporting by line cards.
Parameters
number1 CDR reporting interval (min) Range: 1–30
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the interval to 10 minutes for regular CDR
reporting by line cards:
ZXAN(config)#iptv cdr report-interval 10
Related Commands
48.9.11 iptv cdr report-threshold

Syntax
iptv cdr report-threshold number1
Function
This command configures the threshold for CDR reporting by line cards.
48-117

Parameters
number1 Threshold for CDR reporting Range: 300–65535
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the threshold to 300 for CDR reporting by line
cards:
ZXAN(config)#iptv cdr report-threshold 300
Related Commands
48.9.12 iptv channel

Syntax
iptv channel {mvlan number1 group ip_addr1 {[[source-address ip_addr2 ] [name name1 [id
number2 ] ] ] |[to ip_addr3 [source-address ip_addr4 ] [prename name2 ] ] } |name3 {rename
name4 |view-profile name5 |cdr name6 } }
no iptv channel {id range1 |name name7 }
Function
This command configures IPTV channels globally.
Parameters
number1 MVLAN ID. Range: 1–4094
ip_addr1 Multicast group address. -
ip_addr2 Multicast source address. -
name1 IPTV name, 1–32 characters. -
number2 Channel ID. Range: 0–65535
48-118

ip_addr4 Multicast source address. -
name2 Pre-join name. -
name3 Channel information. -
name4 New channel name. -
name5 Pre-configured file name. -
name6 enable: Enables channel CDR -

configuring.
disable: Disables channel CDR
configuring.
range1 Channel list. Range: 0–1023
name7 Channel name. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to create a channel:
ZXAN(config)#iptv channel mvlan 2 group 224.1.1.2 name cqtv id 3
The following example shows how to create channels in batches:

ZXAN(config)#iptv channel mvlan 3 group 224.3.3.1 to 224.3.3.255
The following example shows how to change a channel name:

ZXAN(config)#iptv channel chname100 rename hbtv
Related Commands
48.11.4 show iptv channel
48.9.13 iptv highest-priority

Syntax
iptv highest-priority name1
48-119

Function
This command configures the highest priority for channel access.
Parameters
name1 deny: Sets 'deny' to the highest -

priority.
watch: Sets 'watch' to the
highest priority.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the highest priority for channel access to 'watch':
ZXAN(config)#iptv highest-priority watch
ZXAN(config)#
Related Commands
48.9.14 iptv ipv6 channel

Syntax
iptv ipv6 channel {mvlan number1 group ipv6_addr1 {[[source-address ipv6_addr2 ] [name na
me1 [id number2 ] ] ] |[to ipv6_addr3 [source-address ipv6_addr4 ] [prename name2 ] ] } |name3
{rename name4 |view-profile name5 |cdr name6 } }
no iptv ipv6 channel {id range1 |name name7 }
Function
This command configures IPv6 channel information globally.
Parameters
ipv6_addr1 Address of IPv6 multicast group. -
48-120

ipv6_addr2 Address of IPv6 multicast -

source.
name1 IPTV name, 1–32 characters. -
number2 Channel ID. Range: 0–65535
ipv6_addr3 Address of IPv6 multicast group. -
ipv6_addr4 Address of IPv6 multicast -

source.
name2 Assigns a pre-join name to -

multiple channels.
name3 Channel information. -
name4 New channel name. -
name5 Preview file name. -
name6 enable: Enables channel CDR -

configuring.
disable: Disables channel CDR
configuring.
range1 ID of the channel to be deleted. Range: 0–1023
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to create an IPv6 channel:
ZXAN(config)#iptv ipv6 channel mvlan 2 group ff1e::1

ZXAN(config)#
ZXAN(config)#
ZXAN(config)#iptv ipv6 channel mvlan 2 group ff1e::a
ZXAN(config)#
Related Commands
None
48-121

48.9.15 iptv ipv6 package

Syntax
iptv ipv6 package {name name1 [pkgid number1 ] [starttime date1 time1 ] [endtime date2 time2
] |name2 {rename name3 |channel {range1 |mvlan number2 group ipv6_addr1 [to ipv6_addr2 ]
[source-address ipv6_addr3 ] |name4 } } name5 }
no iptv ipv6 package name6 [channel {range1 |mvlan number2 group ipv6_addr4 [to ipv6_addr1
] [source-address ipv6_addr3 ] |name4 } ]
Function
This command creates an IPv6 multicast package.
Parameters
name1 Package name. -
number1 Package ID. Range: 0–1023
date1 Start time, in the format of -

Month-Date-Year.
time1 Start time, in the format of -

Hour-Minute-Second.
date2 End time, in the format of -

Month-Date-Year.

Hour-Minute-Second.
name2 Name of the package assigned -

to a channel.
name3 New package name. -
ipv6_addr1 IPv6 multicast group address. -
ipv6_addr3 IPv6 multicast source address. -
48-122

name5 Package access rights. -

deny: Denies the IPv6 multicast
package.
watch: Accepts the IPv6
multicast package.
preview: Previews the IPv6
multicast package.
name6 Name of the package to be -

deleted.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Both package ID and package name are unique. If the package ID is not specified, the
system will assign a package ID.
To delete an IPv6 multicast package, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to create an IPv6 multicast package:
ZXAN(config)#iptv ipv6 package name pkg1
Related Commands
48.11.7 show iptv package
48.9.16 iptv ipv6 sms-server

Syntax
iptv ipv6 sms-server name1
Function
This command configures the IPv6 address of the Service Management System (SMS)
server.
48-123

Parameters
name1 IPv6 address of the SMS server, -

2–40 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the IPv6 address of the SMS server to 2e4b::5ab4:
ZXAN(config)#iptv ipv6 sms-server 2e4b::5ab4
Related Commands
48.9.17 iptv package

Syntax
iptv package {name name1 [pkgid number1 ] [starttime date1 time1 ] [endtime date2 time2 ]
|name2 {rename name3 |channel {range1 |mvlan number2 group ip_addr1 [to ip_addr2 ] [sourc
e-address ip_addr3 ] |name4 } } name5 }
no iptv package name6 [channel {range1 |mvlan number2 group ip_addr1 [to ip_addr2 ] [sourc
e-address ip_addr3 ] |name4 } ]
Function
This command adds a channel to a multicast package and configures the channel access
rights.
Parameters
name1 Package name. -
number1 Package ID. Range: 0–1023
date1 Start time, in the format of -

Month-Date-Year.
48-124

time1 Start time, in the format of -

Hour-Minute-Second.
date2 End time, in the format of -

Month-Date-Year.

Hour-Minute-Second.
name3 New package name. -
ip_addr3 Multicast group source address. -
name5 Package access rights. -

deny: Denies the IPTV multicast
package.
watch: Accepts the IPTV
multicast package.
preview: Previews the IPTV
multicast package.
name6 Name of the package to be -

deleted.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To delete a channel from a multicast package, use the no form of this command.
Examples
(1) The following example shows how to add a channel to a multicast package and set the
channel access rights to "preview" and "watch":
ZXAN(config)#iptv package pkg1 channel 0,3-10 preview
ZXAN(config)#iptv package pkg1 channel hbtv50 watch
ZXAN(config)#iptv package pkg1 channel hbtv51 watch
48-125

(2) The following example shows how to delete a channel from the multicast package:
ZXAN(config)#no iptv package pkg1 channel 50
ZXAN(config)#no iptv package pkg1 channel hbtv50
Related Commands
48.9.18 iptv prw

Syntax
iptv prw {name1 |reset |auto-reset time1 }
Function
This command enables or disables the IPTV preview function.
Parameters
name1 enable: Enables IPTV preview. -

disable: Disables IPTV preview.
reset Resets IPTV preview. -
time1 Absolute time. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the IPTV preview function:
ZXAN(config)#iptv prw enable
Related Commands
48.11.8 show iptv prw
48-126

48.9.19 iptv sms-server

Syntax
iptv sms-server ip_addr1
Function
This command configures the IP address of the SMS server.
Parameters
ip_addr1 IP address of the SMS server -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the IP address of the SMS server to 10.61.97.156:
ZXAN(config)#iptv sms-server 10.61.97.156
Related Commands
48.9.20 iptv view-profile

Syntax
iptv view-profile name1 [[count number1 ] [duration number2 ] [blackout number3 ] [recognitio
n-time number4 ] ]
no iptv view-profile name1
Function
This command configures the minimum interval (iptv duration) for IPTV preview.
48-127

Parameters
name1 Preview profile name -
number1 Maximum preview number Range: 1–100
number2 Maximum duration for each Range: 1–6000

preview (sec)
number3 Interval between two previews Range: 1–7200

(sec)
number4 Valid preview duration threshold Range: 1–60

(sec)
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the minimum interval for IPTV preview to 20
seconds:
ZXAN(config)#iptv view-profile test duration 20
Related Commands
None
48.10 IPTV Interface Commands

48.10.1 iptv
Syntax
iptv {service name1 |package {range1 |name2 } |cdr name3 |channel {range2 |name4 } name5
|right-mode name6 |auth-mode name7 }
no iptv {package {range3 |name8 } |channel {range3 |name9 } }
Function
This command configures the IPTV attributes for an ONU user port.
48-128

Parameters
name1 Service mode of a user port. -

Four options are available:
pause, remove, resume, and
start.
range1 Package ID Range: 0–1023
name2 Package name, 1–32 characters -
name3 CDR status of a user port. -

enable: Enables the CDR
recording function.
disable: Disables the CDR
recording function.
range2 Channel ID Range: 0–1023
name4 Channel name, 1–32 characters -
name5 Channel permission. -

preview, watch, and deny.
name6 ONU interface connection -

mode.
Two options are available:
package and channel.
name7 User authentication mode. -

Two options are available:
auth: authenticated.
no-auth: not authenticated.
range3 Package ID Range: 0–1023
name8 Package name, 1–32 characters -
name9 Channel name, 1–32 characters -
Mode
L2 FEI interface mode and 10G_Ether interface mode: ZXAN(config-if)#, PTP interface
mode
Usage Guidelines
None
48-129

Examples
The following example shows how to configure the connection mode of the interface
gpon-onu_1/4/1:1 to "package":
ZXAN(config-if)#iptv right-mode package
ZXAN(config-if)#
Related Commands
48.11.6 show iptv interface
48.11 IPTV Show Commands

Syntax
show iptv cdr
Function
This command displays information about IPTV CDR configuration.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display information about IPTV CDR configuration:
ZXAN(config)#show iptv cdr
CDR : enable
CDR current-state : idle
CDR socket-status : close
CDR deny-right : enable
CDR prw-right : enable
CDR prw-over-count : enable
CDR recog-time : 4(second)
CDR create-period : 30(minute)
48-130

Max-records : 6000
Report-interval : 10(minute)
Report-threshold : 300
Records in cache : 0
ZXAN(config)#
Output parameter descriptions:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CDR CDR enabling. enable/disable

CDR current-state CDR transmission status. idle/busy
CDR socket-status CDR socket connection status. close/open
CDR deny-right CDR recording for a 'Deny' user. enable/disable

CDR prw-right CDR recording for a 'Preview' user. enable/disable
CDR prw-over-count CDR recording for a 'Preview over count'
user. enable/disable
CDR recog-time CDR recording recognition time for a user to watch a program
(sec). 0–1000
CDR create-Period CDR recording period for a 'Permit' user (minute). 0 indicates no
periodic records are generated. 0–1440
Max-records Maximum number of CDR records in the
cache. 500–65535
Records in cache Number of CDR records in the cache.
Related Commands
None
48.11.2 show iptv cdr content

Syntax
show iptv cdr content
Function
This command displays CDR record content.
48-131

Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display CDR record content:
ZXAN(config)#show iptv cdr content
--Cdr message includes following information.
--Index : it is a local index of a Cdr message(0-4294967296).
--Time_stamp : the absolute time of Cdr message generated.
--ifindex : the port which generate this message.
--Vid : multicast vlan id.
--SourceIP : source ip in IGMPv3.0,it is 0.0.0.0 when the device
-- can't support IGMPv3.0.
--GroupIP : multicast group ip.
--Validility : indicate if the access is valid.
-- '1' is valid and '2' is invalid.
--Type : the type of access.
-- 1 -- watch
-- 2 -- preview
-- 0 -- deny
--Reason : the reason of leave.
-- 0 -- watch leave(valid)
-- 1 -- prw normal leave(valid)
-- 2 -- prw overinterval leave(valid)
-- 3 -- prw overcount leave(invalid)
-- 4 -- deny(invalid)
-- 5 -- watch over-config-period(valid)
--Time_online : how long this access does,the unit is seconds.
Related Commands
None
48.11.3 show iptv cdr records

Syntax
show iptv cdr records
48-132

Function
This command displays information about CDR records.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display information about CDR records:
ZXAN#show iptv cdr records
Total CDR records number: 0
V&T&R : Valid & Type & Reason, Duration unit: second
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Index TimeStamp Port Vlan Group Source V&T&R Duration
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ZXAN#
ZXAN#
Related Commands
None
48.11.4 show iptv channel

Syntax
show iptv channel[name1[users] ]
Function
This command displays detailed information about IPTV channels.
Parameters
name1 Channel name -
48-133

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the detailed information about IPTV channel
001:
ZXAN(config)#show iptv channel chname001

id :1
mvlan :100
group :224.1.1.2
source :255.255.255.255
CDR :enable
-------view info-------
viewprofile :DEFVAL.PRF
max-view-count :3
view-duration :120(s)
blackout-interval :60(s)
view-reco-time :4(s)
ZXAN(config)#
Related Commands
None

Syntax
show iptv control
Function
This command displays global configurations of the IPTV.
Parameters
None
Mode
48-134

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display global configurations of the IPTV:
ZXAN#show iptv control
CAC : disable
SMS : 192.168.0.119
Related Commands
48.11.6 show iptv interface

Syntax
show iptv interface interface1 [{vport vport1 |pvc number1 } ] [{[channel ] |[package ] |[watching
] |[previewing ] } ]
Function
This command displays information about an IPTV interface.
Parameters
vport1 Specified Virtual port ID Range: 1–128
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If this command is used with the keyword channel, information about the channels which
the port has configured is displayed.
If this command is used with the keyword package, information about the packages which
the port has configured is displayed.
If this command is used with neither parameter, control information about the port is
displayed.
48-135

Examples
(1) The following example shows how to display user information:
ZXAN(config)#show iptv interface gpon-onu_1/15/2:1 vport 1
auth-mode : auth
right-mode: package
cdrstatus : enable
service : IN_SERVICE
ZXAN(config)#
(2) The following example shows how to display channel information:
ZXAN(config)#show iptv interface gpon-onu_1/15/2:1 vport 1 channel

Total channel num : 1
------------------------------------------
ID right channel-name
------------------------------------------
0 preview CHNAME000
ZXAN(config)#
(3) The following example shows how to display package information:

ZXAN(config)#show iptv interface gpon-onu_1/15/2:1 vport 1 package
Total package num: 1
------------------------------------------
ID Name
------------------------------------------
0 CCTV
ZXAN(config)#
Related Commands
None

Syntax
show iptv package [name1 [users ] ]
Function
This command displays information about IPTV packages.
48-136

Parameters
name1 Package name -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If this command is used without parameters, the names of all the configured packages are
displayed.
If this command is used with a package name, a list of all the channels in the package is
displayed.
If this command is used with a package name and the keyword users, a list of all the users
in the package is displayed.
Examples
(1) The following example shows how to display all the package names:
ZXAN(config)#show iptv package
Total package number 3
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Id Packagename Channels Users Starttime Endtime
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 CCTV 1 1 N/A N/A
1 CCTV1 0 0 N/A N/A
2 CCTV2 0 0 N/A N/A
(2) The following example shows how to display information about the package "cctv":
ZXAN(config)#show iptv package cctv
Package name: CCTV
Total channel number: 1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group Source Mvlan Right Id Name
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
224.1.1.1 255.255.255.255 100 preview 0 CHNAME000

ZXAN(config)#
(3) The following example shows how to display information about the users in the package
"cctv":
ZXAN(config)#show iptv package cctv users
48-137

Total user number: 1

Package ID : 0
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Port: gpon-onu_1/15/2:1:1
ZXAN(config)#
Related Commands
None
48.11.8 show iptv prw

Syntax
show iptv prw
Function
This command displays global configuration information about IPTV preview.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display global configuration information about IPTV
preview:
ZXAN(config)#show iptv prw
Prwenable : enable
PrwAutoResetTime : 00:00:00
ZXAN(config)#
Related Commands
None
48-138

48.11.9 show iptv view-profile

Syntax
show iptv view-profile [name1 ]
Function
This command displays information about preview profiles.
Parameters
name1 Preview profile name -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If this command is used with the parameter, information about the specified preview profile
is displayed. If this command is used without the parameter, all the preview profile names
are displayed.
Examples
(1) The following example shows how to display all the preview profile names:
XAN(config)#show iptv view-profile

all view-profile
----------------
DEFVAL.PRF
TEST.PRF
ZXAN(config)#
(2) The following example shows how to display information about the preview profile "test":
ZXAN(config)#show iptv view-profile test
max-view-count :3
view-interval :20(s)
blackout-interval :60(s)
view-reco-time :4(s)
ZXAN(config)#
Related Commands
48-139

48-140

Chapter 49
ARP Commands
Table of Contents
ARP Agent Configuration Commands.......................................................................49-1
ARP Agent Show Commands...................................................................................49-2
IP Service ARP Configuration Commands................................................................49-2
IP Service ARP Show Commands............................................................................49-8
49.1 ARP Agent Configuration Commands

49.1.1 arp-agent
Syntax
arp-agent vlan number1
no arp-agent vlan number1
Function
This command configures the ID for a VLAN with arp-agent enabled for IPOA module
interaction.
Parameters
number1 VLAN ID for ARP packet Range: 1–4094

extraction
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Only the VLAN ID needs to be configured. For a VLAN ID with arp-agent enabled, ARP
anti-spoofing and MFF are disabled.
Examples
ZXAN(config) #arp-agent vlan 200
49-1

Related Commands
49.2.1 show arp-agent
49.2 ARP Agent Show Commands

49.2.1 show arp-agent
Syntax
show arp-agent
Function
This command displays the configuration of the arp-agent command.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used together with the arp-agent command.
Examples
ZXAN(config)#show arp-agent
Related Commands
49.1.1 arp-agent
49.3 IP Service ARP Configuration Commands

49.3.1 ip-service arp-anti-spoofing
Syntax
ip-service arp-anti-spoofing {enable |disable }
Function
This command enables or disables the ARP anti-spoofing function of the NE.
49-2

Chapter 49 ARP Commands
Parameters
enable Enables the function. -
disable Disables the function. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config)#ip-service arp-anti-spoofing enable
Related Commands
49.4.2 show ip-service arp-anti-spoofing
49.3.2 ip-service arp-anti-spoofing vlan

Syntax
ip-service arp-anti-spoofing vlan number1 direction {all |uplink-port |user-port }
no ip-service arp-anti-spoofing vlan number1
Function
This command enables a specified VLAN to perform anti-spoofing checks on ARP packets.
Parameters
number1 Specified VLAN ID Range: 1–4094
all Both uplink and downlink -

packets
uplink-port Downlink packets -
user-port Uplink packets -
Mode
49-3

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable VLAN 200 to perform anti-spoofing checks
on upstream ARP packets
ZXAN(config)#ip-service arp-anti-spoofing vlan 200 direction user-port
Related Commands
49.3.3 ip-service arp-direct-to-gateway

Syntax
ip-service arp-direct-to-gateway {enable |disable }
Function
This command enables or disables the NE to forward ARP packets with the request IP
address matching the gateway address to the gateway.
Parameters
enable Enables the function- -
disable Disables the function -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
None
Related Commands
49.4.3 show ip-service arp-direct-to-gateway-config
49-4

49.3.4 ip-service arp-filter vlan

Syntax
ip-service arp-filter vlan number1
no ip-service arp-filter vlan number1
Function
This command configures a VLAN to determine the port where a destination subscriber of
the ARP packets in the VLAN is located.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command works on only downlink packets. When the gateway initiates a request, the
equipment does not broadcast but instead forwards the packets based on the port where
the destination subscriber of the request is located.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure filtering items for VLAN 200:
ZXAN(config)#ip-service arp-filter vlan 200
Related Commands
49.4.4 show ip-service arp-filter
49.3.5 ip-service mac-forced-forwarding

Syntax
ip-service mac-forced-forwarding {enable |disable }
Function
This command enables or disables the MFF function.
49-5

Parameters
enable Enables the function. -
disable Disables the function. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The MFF function should be enabled before the proxy gateway items and information can
be configured.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable MFF:
ZXAN(config)#ip-service mac-forced-forwarding enable
Related Commands
49.4.6 show ip-service mac-forced-forwarding
49.3.6 ip-service mac-forced-forwarding vlan

Syntax
ip-service mac-forced-forwarding vlan number1 gateway ip_addr1 [ip_addr2 ] [hexadecimal1 ]
no ip-service mac-forced-forwarding vlan number1 gateway ip_addr1
Function
This command configures the IP/MAC address of the gateway that enables the MFF
function for a VLAN.
Parameters
ip_addr1 Gateway IP address -
ip_addr2 Mask -
hexadecimal1 MAC address of the specified -

gateway
49-6

Mode
Usage Guidelines
The system configures the MFF gateway data of up to eight VLANs currently.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure MFF gateway information for a VLAN:
ZXAN(config)#ip-service mac-forced-forwarding vlan 217 gateway 217.1.1.254
Related Commands
49.4.5 show ip-service gateway
49.3.7 ip-service nd-filter vlan

Syntax
ip-service nd-filter vlan number1
no ip-service nd-filter vlan number1
Function
This command configures a VLAN to determine the port where a destination subscriber of
the ND packets in the VLAN is located.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command works on only downlink packets. When the gateway initiates a request, the
equipment does not broadcast but instead forwards the packets based on the port where
the destination subscriber of the request is located.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure filtering items for VLAN 200:
49-7

ZXAN(config)#ip-service nd-filter vlan 200
Related Commands
49.4.7 show ip-service nd-filter
49.4 IP Service ARP Show Commands

49.4.1 show ip-service arp
Syntax
show ip-service arp [{fixed |dhcp |dynamic |ipoa-static |ipoa-dynamic |ip-addr ip_addr1 } ]
[vlan number1 ]
Function
This command displays the information about the ARP mapping table used for MMF.
Parameters
fixed Statically configured -
dhcp Configured through DHCP -
dynamic Learned by the ARP module -
ipoa-static IPoA static -
ipoa-dynamic IPoA dynamic -
ip_addr1 Specified IP address -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information about an ARP mapping table:
ZXAN(config)#show ip-service arp
Total arp: 5
Vlan Internet Address Physical Address Type Port
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
49-8

210 192.168.1.1 00d0.d09a.7bb3 DYNAMIC-270S epon-onu_/1/7/1:1 vport 1
Related Commands
ip-service ip-fixed-user

Syntax
show ip-service arp-anti-spoofing
Function
This command displays the configuration information about the ARP anti-spoofing function.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command displays the global enabling status of the ARP anti-spoofing function and
configured VLAN data.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information about the currently configured
ARP anti-spoofing:
ZXAN(config)#show ip-service arp-anti-spoofing
Arp Anti-Snoofing status:Enabled.
vlan direction
___________________
211 all
212 user-port
Related Commands
49.3.1 ip-service arp-anti-spoofing
49.3.2 ip-service arp-anti-spoofing vlan
49-9

49.4.3 show ip-service arp-direct-to-gateway-config

Syntax
show ip-service arp-direct-to-gateway-config
Function
This command displays the configuration of the ARP packets with the request gateway IP
address.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config)#show ip-service arp-direct-to-gateway-config
Related Commands
49.3.3 ip-service arp-direct-to-gateway
49.4.4 show ip-service arp-filter

Syntax
show ip-service arp-filter
Function
This command displays all the configured ARP filtering items.
Parameters
None
Mode
49-10

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN#show ip-service arp-filter
Related Commands
49.3.4 ip-service arp-filter vlan
49.4.5 show ip-service gateway

Syntax
show ip-service gateway
Function
This command displays MFF gateway information for the VLANs.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display MFF gateway configuration information for
the VLANs:
ZXAN(config)#show ip-service gateway
Vlan Gateway IP Gateway MAC Type
__________________________________________________
210 21.1.1.254 0000.0000.0000 invalid
211 22.1.1.254 00d0.d0c4.07c2 dynamic-600s
Related Commands
49.3.6 ip-service mac-forced-forwarding vlan
49-11


Syntax
show ip-service mac-forced-forwarding
Function
This command displays the global enabling status of MFF.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the global enabling status of MFF:
ZXAN(config)#show ip-service mac-forced-forwarding
MAC-forced Forwarding status:Enabled.
Related Commands
49.4.7 show ip-service nd-filter

Syntax
show ip-service nd-filter
Function
This command displays all the configured ND filtering items.
Parameters
None
Mode
49-12

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN#show ip-service nd-filter
Related Commands
49.3.7 ip-service nd-filter vlan
49-13

49-14

Chapter 50
NS Commands
Table of Contents
NS Anti-Spoofing Configuration ................................................................................50-1
NS Anti-Spoofing Show ............................................................................................50-2
50.1 NS Anti-Spoofing Configuration

50.1.1 ipv6 ns-anti-spoofing
Syntax
ipv6 ns-anti-spoofing vlan number1 direction user-port
no ipv6 ns-anti-spoofing vlan number1
Function
This command configures NS anti-spoofing entries.
Parameters
user-port User side (uplink) -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
NS anti-spoofing requires matching of VLAN and direction. A maximum of 16 NS
anti-spoofing entries can be configured.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure an NS anti-spoofing entry for VLAN 100
and user side (uplink direction):
ZXAN(config)#ipv6 ns-anti-spoofing vlan 100 direction user-port
50-1

Related Commands
50.2.2 show ipv6 ns-anti-spoofing
50.2 NS Anti-Spoofing Show

50.2.1 show ipv6 ns
Syntax
show ipv6 ns [{fixed |dhcpv6 |ndsnoop |mac-addr hexadecimal1 } ] [vlan number1 ]
Function
This command displays NS entries.
Parameters
fixed Static entries configured by the -

ip userguard module
dhcpv6 Entries learned by DHCPv6 -
ndsnoop Entries learned by ND -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command displays NS entries, including entries learned by DHCPv6 and ND and
static entries configured by the ip userguard module.
Examples
ZXAN(config)#show ipv6 ns
Total ns: 1
Vlan Physical Address Internet Address Type Port Sport
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
100 1cbd.b989.9e6e 2001::10/64 DHCPv6 gpon-onu_/1/3/1:1 vport 1
ZXAN(config)#
50-2

Chapter 50 NS Commands
Related Commands
None
50.2.2 show ipv6 ns-anti-spoofing

Syntax
show ipv6 ns-anti-spoofing
Function
This command displays NS anti-spoofing entries.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the configured NS anti-spoofing entries:
ZXAN(config)#show ipv6 ns-anti-spoofing
NS Anti-Spoofing status
vlan direction
100 user-port
ZXAN(config)#
Related Commands
None
50-3

50-4

Chapter 51
CFM Commands
Table of Contents
CFM Commands ......................................................................................................51-1
CFM Debug Commands.........................................................................................51-41
51.1 CFM Commands

51.1.1 assign mep
Syntax
assign mep number1 to {interface interface1 |cip number2 }
no assign mep number1
Function
This command binds a local MEP to an uplink port or CIP port.
Parameters
number1 ID of the MEP to be bound 1–8191
interface1 ID of the uplink port to which the -

MEP will be bound to
number2 ID of the CIP port to which the 1–2048

MEP is to be bound
Mode
CFM_MA configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
l This version (version 2.0) does not support binding a local MEP to a CIP port.
l If a local MEP has been bound to a port, an error message will be displayed when
you attempt to bind the MEP to another port.
51-1

Examples
l The following example shows how to bind a local MEP to a port (gei_1/19/1):
ZXAN(config-md1-ma1)#assign mep 8191 to interface gei_1/19/1
l The following example shows how to remove the binding of a local MEP:
ZXAN(config-md1-ma1)#no assign mep 8191
Related Commands
51.1.42 show cfm mp
51.1.2 assign mip

Syntax
assign mip number1 to {interface interface1 |cip number2 }
no assign mip number1
Function
This command binds an MIP to an uplink port or CIP port.
Parameters
number1 Session ID of the MIP to be 1–64

bound
interface1 ID of the uplink port to which the -

MIP is to be bound
number2 ID of the CIP port to which the 1–2048

MIP is to be bound
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l This version (version 2.0) does not support binding an MIP to a CIP port.
l If an MIP has been bound to a port, an error message will be displayed when you
attempt to bind the MIP to another port.
Examples
The following example shows how to bind an MIP to a port (gei_1/19/3):
ZXAN(config-md1-ma1)#assign mip 1 to interface gei_1/19/3
51-2

Chapter 51 CFM Commands
Related Commands
51.1.42 show cfm mp
51.1.3 ccm
Syntax
ccm timer-interval name1
Function
This command sets the time interval for sending CCMs.
Parameters
name1 Time interval for sending CCMs Range: 1–7

Mode
Usage Guidelines
l The time interval for sending CCMs is valid for all MEPs in an MA.
l By default, CCMs are sent at an interval of one second when the time interval is not
set.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the time interval for sending CMMs to 10 ms for
an MA:
ZXAN(config-md1-ma1)#ccm timer-interval 2
Related Commands
51.1.40 show cfm ma
51.1.4 cfm
Syntax
cfm {enable |disable }
51-3

Function
This command configures the global switch of the CFM module to enable or disable CFM
functions on a global basis.
Parameters
enable Enables the functions of the -

CFM module.
disable Disables the functions of the -

CFM module.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The functions of the CFM module are available only when the global switch is turned on.
Examples
The following example shows how to turns on the global switch for the CFM module:
ZXAN(config)#cfm enable
Related Commands
51.1.44 show cfm status
51.1.5 cfm create

Syntax
cfm create md session number1 [format none ] name WORD1 level number2
Function
This command creates an MD.
Parameters
number1 Session ID of the MD. 1–16
none Sets the name format of the MD -

to none.
51-4

WORD1 MD name. The MD name must start with

a letter and have a maximum
length of 14 characters.
number2 MD level. 0–7
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l A maximum of 16 MDs can be created.
l Each MD has a unique session ID.
l Each MD has a unique name.
Examples
The following example shows how to create an MD, and set the session ID to 1, MD name
to md1, and MD level to 7:
ZXAN(config)#cfm create md session 1 name md1 level 7
Related Commands
51.1.41 show cfm md
51.1.6 cfm delete

Syntax
cfm delete md number1
Function
This command deletes an MD.
Parameters
number1 Session ID of the MD to be 1–16

deleted
Mode
51-5

Usage Guidelines
l An MD cannot be deleted if the MD contains an MA.
l A success message will be displayed when the MD specified in this command does
not exist.
Examples
The following example shows how to delete an MD whose session ID is 1:
ZXAN(config)#cfm delete md 1
Related Commands
51.1.41 show cfm md
51.1.7 cfm lbm check multicast

Syntax
cfm lbm check multicast md number1 ma number2 smep-id number3 [{[repeat number4 ] [{d
ata-tlv-length number5 data-tlv-value {all number6 |increased-from number7 |decreased-from
number8 } } ] [timeout number9 ] [priority number10 ] }]
Function
This command tests the connectivity between the NE and its peer equipment by sending
multicast LBMs.
Parameters
md Specifies the MD where the -

source MEP is located.
ma Specifies the MA where the -

number2 Session ID of the MA. 1–32
smep-id Specifies the source MEP that -

sends multicast LBMs.
number3 ID of the source MEP. 1–8191
number4 Number of multicast LBMs to be 1–200

sent. Default: 5
number5 Size of the data TLV. 0–1480
51-6

number6 Sets each byte in the data TLV 0–255

value field to the same value.
number7 Sets the start value for the bytes 0–255

in the data TLV value field. The
byte values in the value field
increase by one from the start
value. A byte value is 0 if its
previous byte value is 255.

decrease by one from the start
number9 Maximum time interval for Range: 1–10

sending LBMs. Default: 3
Unit: seconds.
number10 LBM priority. Range: 0–7

Default: 7
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l Before the connectivity test, ensure that the specified MD, MA, local MEP, and remote
MEP have been created for the NE and its peer equipment.
l Related ports must be added to the primary VLAN of the MA.
l MIPs are transparent to multicast LBMs.
Examples
The following example shows how to test the connectivity between the local MEP (ID:
8191) and its peer MEPs by sending 56 multicast LBMs with a priority of 5:
ZXAN#cfm lbm check multicast md 1 ma 1 smep-id 8191 repeat 56 priority 5
Related Commands
None
51-7

51.1.8 cfm lbm check unicast

Syntax
cfm lbm check unicast md number1 ma number2 smep-id number3 {dmep-id number4 |dmep-m
ac hexadecimal1 |dmip-mac hexadecimal2 } [{[repeat number5 ] [data-tlv-length number6 data-t
lv-value {all number7 |increased-from number8 |decreased-from number9 } ] [timeout number10
] [priority number11 ] }]
Function
This command tests the connectivity between the NE and its peer equipment by sending
unicast LBMs.
Parameters


smep-id Specifies the source MEP. -
dmep-id Specifies the ID of the -

destination MEP.
number4 ID of the destination MEP. 1–8191
dmep-mac Specifies the MAC address of -

the destination MEP.
hexadecimal1 MAC address of the destination -

MEP.
dmip-mac Specifies the MAC address of -

the destination MIP.

MIP.
number5 Number of unicast LBMs to be 1–200

sent. Default: 5
number6 Size of the data TLV. 0–1480
number7 Sets each byte in the data TLV 0–255

value field to the same value.
51-8


increase by one from the start

decrease by one from the start
number10 Maximum time interval for Range: 1–10

sending LBMs. Default: 3
Unit: seconds.
number11 LBM priority. Range: 0–7

Default: 7
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l Before the connectivity test, ensure that the specified MD, MA, local MEP, and remote
MEP have been created for the NE and its peer equipment.
Examples
The following example shows how to test the connectivity between the local MEP (ID:
8191) and its peer MEP (ID: 8190) by sending 56 unicast LBMs with a priority of 5:
ZXAN#cfm lbm check unicast md 1 ma 1 smep-id 8191 dmep-id 8190 repeat 56 priority 5
Related Commands
None
51.1.9 cfm ltm

Syntax
cfm ltm md number1 ma number2 smep-id number3 {dmep-id number4 |dmep-mac hexadecim
al1 |dmip-mac hexadecimal2 } [{[ttl number5 ] [timeout number6 ] }]
51-9

Function
This command sends an LTM.
Parameters

number1 Session ID of the MD where the 1–16


number2 Session ID of the MA where the 1–32

smep-id Specifies the source MEP. -
dmep-id Specifies the ID of the -

destination MEP.
dmep-mac Specifies the MAC address of -

the destination MEP.

MEP.
dmip-mac Specifies the MAC address of -

the destination MIP.

MIP.
number5 TTL value in the LTM. Range: 1–255

Default: 64
number6 Maximum time that the source Range: 5–10

MEP waits for a reply to the Default: 5
LTM. A failure will be prompted
if no reply is received within the
timeout.
Unit: seconds.
Mode
51-10

Usage Guidelines
l Ensure that the specified MD, MA, local MEP, and remote MEP for the NE and its peer
equipment have been created before using this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to track the link from a local MEP (ID: 1) to a remote
MEP (ID:2):
ZXAN#cfm ltm md 1 ma 1 smep-id 1 dmep-id 2
Related Commands
51.1.10 cfm ltr-read trans-id
51.1.10 cfm ltr-read trans-id

Syntax
cfm ltr-read trans-id number1
Function
This command reads the link tracing result corresponding to a transaction ID.
Parameters
number1 Transaction ID 1–4294967295
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to read the link tracing result corresponding to
transaction 1:
ZXAN#cfm ltr-read trans-id 1
Related Commands
51.1.9 cfm ltm
51-11

51.1.11 cfm md
Syntax
cfm md session number1
Function
This command starts CFM MD mode for an MD.
Parameters
number1 Session ID of the MD 1–16
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter CFM MD mode for an MD before creating or deleting an MA
in this MD.
Examples
The following example shows how to enter CFM MD mode for an MD (session ID: 1):
ZXAN(config)#cfm md session 1
ZXAN(config-md1)#
Related Commands
None
51.1.12 create mep

Syntax
create mep session number1 number2 direction {down |up }
Function
This command creates a local MEP.
51-12

Parameters
number1 Session ID of the local MEP 1–64
number2 ID of the local MEP 1–8191
down Sets the direction of the local -

MEP to down.
up Sets the direction of the local -

MEP to up.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l Only one local MEP can be created in an MA.
l In the same MA, the session ID and ID of each MEP must be unique.
l If no primary VLAN is configured in the MA, the MEP creation will fail and an error
message will be displayed.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a local MEP:
ZXAN(config-md1-ma1)#create mep session 1 8191 direction down
Related Commands
51.1.39 show cfm lmep
51.1.13 create mip

Syntax
create mip session number1 number2 name WORD1
Function
This command creates an MIP.
51-13

Parameters
number1 Session ID of the MIP 1–64
number2 MIP ID 1–8191
WORD1 MIP name The MIP name must start with

Mode
Usage Guidelines
l Multiple MIPs can be created in an MA.
l In the same MA, the session ID and ID of each MIP must be unique.
l If no primary VLAN is configured in the MA, the MIP creation will fail and an error
Examples
The following example shows how to create an MIP and set the MIP name to mip1:
ZXAN(config-md1-ma1)#create mip session 63 563 name mip1
Related Commands
51.1.42 show cfm mp
51.1.14 create rmep

Syntax
create rmep session number1 number2 remote-mac hexadecimal1
Function
This command creates a remote MEP.
Parameters
number1 Session ID of the remote MEP 1–64
number2 ID of the remote MEP 1–8191
hexadecimal1 MAC address of the remote -

MEP
51-14

Mode
Usage Guidelines
l Multiple remote MEPs can be created in an MA.
l In the same MA, the session ID and ID of each remote MEP must be unique.
l If no primary VLAN is configured in the MA, the MEP creation will fail and an error
Examples
The following example shows how to create a remote MEP whose MAC address is
00d0.d092.7023:
ZXAN(config-md1-ma1)#create rmep session 2 8100 remote-mac 00d0.d092.7023
Related Commands
51.1.43 show cfm rmep
51.1.15 create
Syntax
create ma session number1 format icc-based name WORD1
Function
This command creates an MA.
Parameters
ma Specifies the attributes of the -

MA to be created.
icc-based Sets the MA format to icc-based. -
WORD1 MA name. The MA name must start with

Mode
CFM_MD configuration mode
51-15

Usage Guidelines
l A maximum of 32 MAs can be created in an MD.
l Each MA in the system must have a unique name.
l In the same MD, the session ID of each MA must be unique.
Examples
The following example shows how to create an MA. In this example, the MA name is ma1
and session ID is 1.
ZXAN(config-md1)#create ma session 1 format icc-based name ma1
Related Commands
51.1.40 show cfm ma
51.1.16 delete mep

Syntax
delete mep {number1 |session number2 |all }
Function
This command deletes an MEP.
Parameters
number2 Session ID of the MEP. 1–64
all Deletes all MEPs in the MA, -

including the local MEP and
remote MEP.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l The command is successfully executed even if the MEP specified in the command
does not exist.
l An error message is displayed if a remote MEP to be deleted is the destination MEP
during DM or LM of a local MEP.
51-16

Examples
The following example shows how to delete the MEP whose session ID is 2:
ZXAN(config-md1-ma1)#delete mep session 2
Related Commands
51.1.42 show cfm mp
51.1.17 delete mip

Syntax
delete mip {session number1 |all }
Function
This command deletes an MIP in an MA.
Parameters
number1 Session ID of the MIP to be 1–64

deleted.
all Delete all MIPs in the MA. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l The command is successfully executed even if the MIP specified in the command
does not exist.
l An error message will be displayed if this command is used to delete an MEP.
Examples
The following example shows how to delete the MIP whose session ID is 3:
ZXAN(config-md1-ma1)#delete mip session 3
Related Commands
51.1.42 show cfm mp
51-17

51.1.18 delete
Syntax
delete ma {number1 |WORD1 }
Function
This command deletes an MA.
Parameters
ma Specifies the attributes of the -

MA to be deleted.
number1 Session ID of the MA. 1—32
WORD1 MA name. The MA name starts with a letter

and has a maximum length of
14 characters.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l An MA cannot be deleted when the MA contains an MEP or MIP.
l A success message will be displayed even if the MA specified in this command does
not exist.
Examples
l The following example shows how to delete an MA (session ID: 1) in an MD (session
ID: 1):
ZXAN(config-md1)#delete ma 1
l The following example shows how to delete an MA with the name of ma1 in an MD
(session ID: 1):
ZXAN(config-md1)#delete ma ma1
Related Commands
51.1.40 show cfm ma
51-18

51.1.19 l2vpn
Syntax
l2vpn name1
no l2vpn
Function
This command associates an MA with a VLL instance.
Parameters
name1 Name of the L2VPN instance to -

be associated.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l This version (version 2.0) does not support this command.
l Ensure that a VLL instance has been created before associating an MA with the VLL
instance.
Examples
The following example shows how to associate an MA with an VLL instance (vll1):
ZXAN(config-md-ma)#l2vpn vll1
Related Commands
51.1.40 show cfm ma
51.1.20 ma
Syntax
ma session number1
Function
This command starts CFM_MA configuration mode of an MA.
51-19

Parameters
session Specifies the MA for which the -

CFM_MA configuration mode is
to be started.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enter CFM_MA configuration mode of an MA before creating,
deleting, and configuring an MP (MEP or MIP) in the MA.
Examples
The following example shows how to enter CFM_MA configuration mode of an MA (session
ID: 1) in an MD (session ID: 1):
ZXAN(config-md1)#ma session 1
ZXAN(config-md1-ma1)#
Related Commands
None
51.1.21 mep ais-lck-interval

Syntax
mep number1 ais-lck-interval name1
Function
This command sets the time interval for sending AIS and LCK messages.
Parameters
name1 Time interval for sending AIS Range: 1–2

and LCK messages. Default: 1 second
Mode
51-20

Usage Guidelines
The time interval for sending AIS and LCK messages can be set to one second or one
minute. The default time interval is one second.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the time interval for sending AIS and LCK
messages to one minute for a local MEP:
ZXAN(config-md1-ma1)#mep 8191 ais-lck-interval 2
Related Commands
51.1.42 show cfm mp
51.1.22 mep ais-priority

Syntax
mep number1 ais-priority number2
Function
This command sets the VLAN priority for AIS messages.
Parameters
number2 AIS priority 0–7

Default: 7
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the priority of AIS messages to 6 for a local MEP:
ZXAN(config-md1-ma1)#mep 8191 ais-priority 6
Related Commands
51.1.42 show cfm mp
51-21

51.1.23 mep ais

Syntax
mep number1 ais {enable |disable }
Function
This command enables or disables sending AIS messages.
Parameters
enable Enables the MEP to send AIS -

messages.
disable Disables the MEP from sending -

AIS messages.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l An MEP sends AIS messages in occurrence of faults only when the MEP is enabled
to send AIS messages.
l By default, each MEP is disabled from sending AIS messages.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable an MEP to send AIS messages:
ZXAN(config-md1-ma1)#mep 8191 ais enable
Related Commands
51.1.42 show cfm mp
51.1.24 mep alarm-lowest-pri

Syntax
mep number1 alarm-lowest-pri number2
Function
This command sets the lowest alarm level for an MEP.
51-22

Parameters
number2 Lowest alarm level 1–6

Default: 2
Mode
Usage Guidelines
An alarm is sent to the network management system only when its alarm level is greater
than or equal to the lowest alarm level.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the lowest alarm level to 4 for a local MEP:
ZXAN(config-md1-ma1)#mep 8191 alarm-lowest-pri 4
Related Commands
51.1.42 show cfm mp
51.1.25 mep ccm-check

Syntax
mep number1 ccm-check {enable |disable }
Function
This command enables or disables CCM alarm detection for an MEP.
Parameters
enable Enables CCM alarm detection. -
disable Disables CCM alarm detection. -
Mode
51-23

Usage Guidelines
l CCM alarm detection is disabled by default.
l Related alarms can be detected only when CCM alarm detection is enabled.
l The system is in a non-CCM alarm status when CCM alarm detection is disabled.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable CCM alarm detection for a local MEP:
ZXAN(config-md1-ma1)#mep 8191 ccm-check enable
Related Commands
51.1.42 show cfm mp
51.1.26 mep ccm-ltm-priority

Syntax
mep number1 ccm-ltm-priority number2
Function
This command sets the priority of CCMs and LTMs for an MEP.
Parameters
number2 Priority of CCMs and LTMs 0–7

Default: 7
Mode
Usage Guidelines
CCMs and LTMs have the same priority.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the priority of CCMs and LIMs to 4 for a local
MEP:
ZXAN(config-md1-ma1)#mep 8191 ccm-ltm-priority 4
Related Commands
51.1.42 show cfm mp
51-24

51.1.27 mep ccm-send

Syntax
mep number1 ccm-send {unicast |multicast } {enable |disable }
Function
This command enables or disables sending CCMs for an MEP.
Parameters
unicast Enables or disables sending -

unicast CCMs.
multicast Enables or disables sending -

multicast CCMs.
enable Enables the MEP to send -

unicast or multicast CCMs.
disable Disables the MEP from sending -

unicast or multicast CCMs.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l By default, an MEP is disabled from sending CCMs.
l This command can only enable an MEP to send either unicast or multicast CCMs at
a time.
l An MEP can send CCMs only when the MEP is enabled to send CCMs.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable a local MEP to send unicast CCMs:
ZXAN(config-md1-ma1)#mep 8191 ccm-send unicast enable
Related Commands
51.1.42 show cfm mp
51-25

51.1.28 mep clear

Syntax
mep number1 clear {lm |dm }
Function
This command clears LM or DM results.
Parameters
lm Clear the results of the previous -

LM.
dm Clear the results of the previous -

DM.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l This command cannot be executed during LM or DM.
l The results related to remote MEPs are also cleared after this command is executed.
Examples
The following example shows how to clear the DM results of a local MEP:
mep 8191 clear dm
Related Commands
51.1.29 mep client-level

Syntax
mep number1 client-level name1
no mep number1 client-level name1
Function
This command sets the client level for an MEP.
51-26

Parameters
name1 Client level 1–7
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l To delete a client level of an MEP, use the no form of this command.
l The client level of an MEP must be greater than the level of the MD where the MEP
is located.
l Multiple client levels can be set for an MEP.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the client level of an MEP to 5–7:
ZXAN(config-md1-ma1)#mep 8191 client-level 5-7
Related Commands
51.1.42 show cfm mp
51.1.30 mep dm-rmep

Syntax
mep number1 dm-rmep {number2 |delete }
Function
This command specifies the destination MEP for Delay Measurement (DM) of an MEP.
Parameters
delete Deletes the destination MEP for -

the DM.
Mode
51-27

Usage Guidelines
l To delete the destination MEP of the DM, use the mep dm-rmep delete command.
l If a destination MEP has been specified for the DM, an error message will be displayed
when you specify another destination MEP for the DM.
l An error message will be displayed if the specified destination MEP is not a remote
MEP.
Examples
The following example shows how to specify the destination MEP (ID: 8190) for the DM of
a local MEP:
ZXAN(config-md1-ma1)#mep 8191 dm-rmep 8190
Related Commands
51.1.42 show cfm mp
51.1.31 mep dm-send

Syntax
mep number1 dm-send {one-way |two-way } {enable |disable }
Function
This command enables or disables DM for an MEP.
Parameters
one-way Enables or disables one-way -

delay measurement.
two-way Enables or disables two-way -

delay measurement.
enable Enables delay measurement. -
disable Disables delay measurement. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l Delay measurement is disabled by default.
51-28

l A delay measurement can be performed only when the delay measurement is

enabled.
l Only one-way DM or two-way DM can be enabled for an MEP at a time.
l This version only supports two-way DM.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable DM for a local MEP:
ZXAN(config-md1-ma1)#mep 8191 dm-send two-way enable
Related Commands
51.1.42 show cfm mp
51.1.32 mep lm-rmep

Syntax
mep number1 lm-rmep {number2 |delete }
Function
This command specifies the destination MEP for Loss Measurement (LM) of an MEP.
Parameters
delete Deletes the destination MEP of -

the LM.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l To delete the destination MEP of the LM, use the mep lm-rmep delete command.
l If a destination MEP has been specified for an LM, an error message will be displayed
when you specify another destination MEP for the LM.
l An error message will be displayed if the specified destination MEP is not a remote
MEP.
Examples
The following example shows how to specify the destination MEP (ID: 8190) for the LM of
a local MEP:
51-29

ZXAN(config-md1-ma1)#mep 8191 lm-rmep 8190
Related Commands
51.1.42 show cfm mp
51.1.33 mep lm-send

Syntax
mep number1 lm-send {single-ended |dual-ended } {enable |disable }
Function
This command enables or disables Loss Measurement (LM) for an MEP.
Parameters
single-ended Enables or disables -

single-ended loss
measurement.
dual-ended Enables or disables dual-ended -

loss measurement.
enable Enables loss measurement. -
disable Disables loss measurement. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l Loss measurement is disabled by default.
l A loss measurement can be performed only when the loss measurement is enabled.
l Only single-ended LM or dual-ended loss measurement can be enabled for an MEP
at a time.
l This version only supports single-ended loss measurement.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable single-ended loss measurement for a local
MEP:
ZXAN(config-md1-ma1)#mep 8191 lm-send single-ended enable
51-30

Related Commands
51.1.42 show cfm mp
51.1.34 mep single-end-lm

Syntax
mep number1 single-end-lm [{[continue-time number2 ] [interval number3 ] [priority number4
] }]
Function
This command starts single-ended LM for an MEP.
Parameters
number2 Duration of the single-ended LM Range: 60–600

number3 Time interval for sending LLMs Range: 1–60

during the single-ended LM Default: 1
Unit: seconds
number4 LMM priority Range: 0–7

Default: 7
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The LM can be successfully started only when the CFM global configuration, the MEP
CFM, and the single-ended LM are enabled for the MEP.
Examples
The following example shows how to start single-ended loss measurement for an MEP:
ZXAN(config-md1-ma1)#mep 8191 single-end-lm
Related Commands
51-31

51.1.35 mep state

Syntax
mep number1 state {enable |disable }
Function
This command enables or disables Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) for an MEP.
Parameters
enable Enables CFM. -
disable Disables CFM. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l CFM is disabled by default.
l An MEP can use CFM functions only when CFM is enabled.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable CFM for a local MEP:
ZXAN(config-md1-ma1)#mep 8191 state enable
Related Commands
51.1.42 show cfm mp
51.1.36 mep two-dm

Syntax
mep number1 two-dm [{[continue-time number2 ] [interval number3 ] [priority number4 ] }]
Function
This command starts two-way DM for an MEP.
51-32

Parameters
number2 Duration of the two-way DM Range: 60–600

number3 Time interval for sending DMMs Range: 1–60

during the two-way DM Default: 1
Unit: seconds
number4 DMM priority Range: 0–7

Default: 7
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The delay measurement can be successfully started only when the CFM global
configuration, the MEP CFM, and the two-way DM are enabled for the MEP.
Examples
The following example shows how to start two-way DM for a local MEP:
ZXAN(config-md1-ma1)#mep 8191 two-dm
Related Commands
51.1.37 primary
Syntax
primary vlan number1 [cvlan number2 ]
no primary vlan number1 [cvlan number3 ]
Function
This command configures a primary VLAN for an MA.
51-33

Parameters
number1 Outer VLAN tag of the primary 1–4094

VLAN
number2 Inner VLAN tag of the primary 1–4094

VLAN
number3 Inner VLAN tag of the primary 1–4094

VLAN
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l No MP (MEP or MIP) can be created in an MA if no primary VLAN is configured in the
MA.
l Each MA at the same MD level has a unique primary VLAN.
l The primary VLAN of an MA can be modified only after all MPs in the MA are deleted.
l If the protection mode of an MA is not configured, an error message will be displayed
when you configure a primary VLAN for the MA.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a primary VLAN (VLAN 100) for an MA:
ZXAN(config-md1-ma1)#primary vlan 100
Related Commands
51.1.40 show cfm ma
51.1.38 protect
Syntax
protect {vlan }
Function
This command configures the protection mode of an MA.
Parameters
vlan Sets the protection mode to -

VLAN.
51-34

Mode
Usage Guidelines
l This version only supports the protection mode VLAN.
l If the protection mode of an MA is not configured, an error message will be displayed
when you configure a primary VLAN for the MA.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the protection mode of an MA to VLAN:
ZXAN(config-md1-ma2)#protect vlan
Related Commands
51.1.40 show cfm ma
51.1.39 show cfm lmep

Syntax
show cfm lmep {all |number1 } md number2 ma number3 {brief |detail }
Function
This command displays the information of a local MEP.
Parameters
all Displays the information of all -

local MEPs in an MA.
number1 Specifies the session ID of the 1–64

local MEP whose information is
required.

MD where the local MEP is
located.

MA where the local MEP is
located.
51-35

brief Displays the basic information -

of the MEP.
detail Displays the detailed information -

of the MEP.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to view the information of all local MEPs in an MA
(session ID: 2) of an MD (session ID: 1):
show cfm lmep all md 1 ma 2 detail
Related Commands
None
51.1.40 show cfm ma

Syntax
show cfm ma {all |session number1 } md number2
Function
This command displays the information of an MA.
Parameters

MAs in an MD.
number1 Specifies the session ID of 1–32

the MA whose information is
required.

MD where the MA is located.
51-36

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to view the information of all MAs in an MD (session
ID: 1):
show cfm ma all md 1
Related Commands
None
51.1.41 show cfm md

Syntax
show cfm md {all |session number1 }
Function
This command displays the information of an MD.
Parameters

MDs in the system.

the MD whose information is
required.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to view the information of all MDs in the system:
show cfm md all
51-37

Related Commands
None
51.1.42 show cfm mp

Syntax
show cfm mp {all |number1 } md number2 ma number3 {brief |detail }
Function
This command displays the information of an MP (local MEP, remote MEP, or MIP).
Parameters

MPs in an MA, including local
MEPs, remote MEPs, and MIPs.

the MP whose information is
required.

MD where the MP is located.

MA where the MP is located.

of the MP.

of the MP.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to view the detailed information of all MPs in an MA
(session ID: 1) of an MD (session ID: 1):
show cfm mp all md 1 ma 1 detail
51-38

Related Commands
None

Syntax
show cfm rmep {all |number1 } md number2 ma number3 {brief |detail |alarm |dm-info |lm-info
}
Function
This command displays the information of a remote MEP.
Parameters

remote MEPs in an MA.

remote MEP whose information
is required.

MD where the remote MEP is
located.

MA where the remote MEP is
located.

of the remote MEP.

of the remote MEP.
alarm Displays the alarm information -

of the remote MEP.
dm-info Displays the DM-related -

information of the remote MEP.
lm-info Displays the LM-related -

information of the remote MEP.
Mode
51-39

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to view the detailed information of all remote MEPs in
an MA (session ID: 1) of an MD (session ID: 1):
show cfm rmep all md 1 ma 1 detail
Related Commands
None
51.1.44 show cfm status

Syntax
show cfm status
Function
This command displays the global configuration of the CFM module, including the global
switch, and CCM alarm mode.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
show cfm status
Related Commands
None
51-40

51.2 CFM Debug Commands

51.2.1 debug cfm all
Syntax
debug cfm all [md number1 ma number2 mep number3 ]
no debug cfm all
Function
This command turns on all debug switches for a specific or all MEPs, including event
switch, error switch, and packet Rx/Tx switch.
Parameters

MEP is located.

MEP is located.
number3 ID of the MEP whose CFM 1–8191

debug switches are to be turned
on.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to turn on all CFM debug switches for an MEP (ID: 100)
in an MA (session ID: 1) of an MD (session ID: 1):
debug cfm all md 1 ma 1 mep 100
Related Commands
show debugging
terminal monitor
51-41

51.2.2 debug cfm bytes

Syntax
debug cfm bytes {all |md number1 ma number2 mep number3 } [{[direction {send |rcv |all } ]
[pkt-nums number4 ] }]
no debug cfm bytes
Function
This command turns on the debug switch to display CFM packets in bytes for a specific
MEP or all MEPs.
Parameters
all Turns on the debug switch for -

all MEPs.

MEPs are located.

MEPs are located.
number3 ID of the MEP whose debug 1–8191

switch is to be turned on.
send Enables the debugging of -

transmitted packets.
rcv Enables the debugging of -

received packets.
number4 Packet count. This parameter is 10–100

only valid for CCM packets.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to turn on the debug switch for displaying CFM packets
in bytes for all MEPs:
debug cfm bytes all
51-42

Related Commands
show debugging
51.2.3 debug cfm error

Syntax
debug cfm error {all |md number1 ma number2 mep number3 }
no debug cfm error
Function
This command turns on the error debug switch for a specific MEP or all MEPs.
Parameters
all Turns on the error debug switch -

for all MEPs.

MEPs are located.

MEPs are located.
number3 ID of the MEP whose error 1–8191

debug switch is to be turned on.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to turn on the error debug switch for all MEPs:
debug cfm error all
Related Commands
show debugging
51-43

51.2.4 debug cfm events

Syntax
debug cfm events {all |md number1 ma number2 mep number3 }
no debug cfm events
Function
This command turns on the event debug switch for a specific MEP or all MEPs.
Parameters
all Turns on the event debug switch -

for all MEPs.

MEPs are located.

MEPs are located.
number3 ID of the MEP whose event 1–8191

debug switch is to be turned on.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to turn on the event debug switch for all MEPs:
debug cfm event all
Related Commands
show debugging
51.2.5 debug cfm packet

Syntax
debug cfm packet {all |md number1 ma number2 mep number3 } [{[direction {send |rcv |all } ]
[pkt-nums number4 ] }]
51-44

no debug cfm packet
Function
This command turns on the debug switch for displaying CFM packets in parsing mode for
a specific MEP or all MEPs.
Parameters
all Turns on the debug switch for -

all MEPs.

MEPs are located.

MEPs are located.
number3 ID of the MEP whose debug 1–8191

switch is to be turned on.
send Displays transmitted packets. -
rcv Displays received packets. -
number4 Packet count. This parameter is 10–100

only valid for CCM packets.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to turn on the debug switch for displaying CFM packets
in parsing mode for all MEPs:
debug cfm packet all
Related Commands
show debugging
51-45

51-46

Chapter 52
IPv6 Basic Protocol
Commands
Table of Contents
clear nd-cache..........................................................................................................52-1
ipv6 address.............................................................................................................52-2
ipv6 dad-attemps......................................................................................................52-4
ipv6 enable...............................................................................................................52-5
ipv6 load-sharing ......................................................................................................52-5
ipv6 mtu ...................................................................................................................52-6
ipv6 nd managed-config-flag ....................................................................................52-7
ipv6 nd other-config-flag ...........................................................................................52-8
ipv6 nd prefix............................................................................................................52-9
ipv6 nd ra-interval...................................................................................................52-10
ipv6 nd ra-lifetime ................................................................................................... 52-11
ipv6 nd reachable-time ...........................................................................................52-12
ipv6 nd retransmit-time ...........................................................................................52-13
ipv6 nd stale-time ...................................................................................................52-13
ipv6 nd suppress-ra................................................................................................52-14
ipv6 nd-proxy .........................................................................................................52-15
ipv6 route ...............................................................................................................52-16
ipv6 route-static fast-reroute ...................................................................................52-17
nd6 add ..................................................................................................................52-17
nd6 delete ..............................................................................................................52-18
ping6 ......................................................................................................................52-19
show ipv6 interface.................................................................................................52-20
show ipv6 route ......................................................................................................52-21
show ipv6 route summary.......................................................................................52-22
show nd6................................................................................................................52-23
telnet6 ....................................................................................................................52-24
trace6.....................................................................................................................52-25
52.1 clear nd-cache

Syntax
clear nd-cache [interface1 ]
52-1

Function
This command deletes entries in the IPv6 neighbor cache, except the entries which
corresponds to the local host.
Parameters
interface1 The specified layer 3 interface -
Mode
ZXAN#
Usage Guidelines
If no layer 3 interface is specified, this command deletes all entries in the neighbor cache
except those correspond to the IP address of local host.
If a layer 3 interface is specified, this command deletes all entries in neighbor cache for
the interface cache except those correspond to the IP address of the interface.
Examples
The following example shows how to delete entries in neighbor cache for the layer 3
interface:
ZXAN#clear nd-cache vlan 3
Related Commands
show nd6 cache
52.2 ipv6 address

Syntax
ipv6 address {link-local ipv6_addr1 |v6mask1 |site-local v6mask2 }
no ipv6 address [{link-local ipv6_addr1 |v6mask1 |site-local v6mask2 } ]
Function
This command assigns global IPv6 address or link-local address to an interface or
Use the no form command to delete the address.
52-2

Chapter 52 IPv6 Basic Protocol Commands
Parameters
link-local To configure link-local address -
ipv6_addr1 The IPv6 link-local address, -

format: complies with RFC 2373
v6mask1 The prefix of the IPv6 link-local -

address
v6mask2 The prefix of the site-local -

address
Mode
vlan interface mode: ZXAN(config-if-vlanId)#
tunnel configuration mode
loopback interface mode
Usage Guidelines
In global IPv6 address configuration, you can specify the length of prefix. An interface
supports multiple IPv6 addresses.
The command no ipv6 address without parameters deletes all IPv6 addresses on an
interface.
In link-local address configuration:
l Usually, the link-local address is automatically generated. In certain scenario, you
need to configure it manually using this command.
l There is no need to specify the prefix length for an link-local address. The default
prefix length is 64.
l For an Ethernet interface, once its MAC address changes, the system generates a
link-local address automatically and replace the previous one, no matter the previous
one is configured manually or generated automatically.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the global IPv6 address 3ffe::1 with prefix
length 64 on an interface:
ZXAN(config-if)#ipv6 address 3ffe::1/64
The following example shows how to configure an IPv6 link-local address on an interface:
ZXAN(config-if)#ipv6 address link-local fe80::1
Related Commands
show ipv6 interface
52-3

52.3 ipv6 dad-attemps

Syntax
ipv6 dad-attemps number1
no ipv6 dad-attemps
Function
This command configures the attempt number of Duplicate Address Detection (DAD) on
an interface.
Parameters
number1 DAD NS packet number, default: 1–60

1
Mode
vlan interface mode: ZXAN(config-if-vlanId)
Usage Guidelines
In the DAD mechanism, an interface sends a Neighbor Solicitation (NS) packet to a
multicast address on the link. If there is no response Neighbor Advertisement (NA), the
address is available.
By default, an interface only sends one NA packet. In a poor network link, the response
NA may be lost, which leads to a unreliable DAD result.
You can configure the maximum numbers of NS packets to ensure a reliable DAD result.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the DAD attempt to 5:
ZXAN(config-if)#ipv6 dad-attemps 5
Related Commands
show ipv6 interface
debug ipv6 nd
52.2 ipv6 address
52-4

52.4 ipv6 enable

Syntax
ipv6 enable
no ipv6 enable
Function
This command enables IPv6 on an interface.
Use the no form command to disable IPv6 on an interface.
Parameters
None
Mode
vlan interface mode: ZXAN(config-if-vlanID)
Usage Guidelines
By default, IPv6 is disabled on an interface . After the IPv6 is enabled on an interface, if the
protocol status is up after negotiation, an link-local address will be automatically configured
on the interface.
Examples
The following example displays how to enable IPv6 on an interface:
ZXAN(config-if)#ipv6 enable
Related Commands
show ipv6 interface
52.5 ipv6 load-sharing

Syntax
ipv6 load-sharing name1
Function
This command configures load sharing policy for IPv6 packet forwarding.
52-5

Parameters
name1 Load sharing policy -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The IPv6 load sharing based on destination address ensures all packets with the same
destination address go on the same path. When there are only a few destination
addresses, the traffic uses on a few paths.
The IPv6 load sharing based on packet number makes the best use of bandwidth, but fails
to ensure the sequence of packets.
To implement IPv6 load sharing based on packet number, you need to configure
ip load-sharing per-packet on all interfaces, which can forward packets to the same
destination address. Otherwise, the load sharing is based on destination address.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure IPv6 load sharing based on destination
address:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan3)#ipv6 load-sharing per-destination
Related Commands
ipv6 route
52.6 ipv6 mtu

Syntax
ipv6 mtu number1
no ipv6 mtu
Function
This command sets the MTU of IPv6 packets on an interface.
Use the no form command to restore the default MTU.
Parameters
number1 MTU of IPv6 packets, in bytes 1280–1500
52-6

Mode
Usage Guidelines
All interfaces have the default MTU, which is usually 1500 bytes. For tunnel interfaces,
the default MTY is 1476 bytes.
To avoid fragment and improve network performance, you can modify the MTU using this
command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the MTU of IPv6 packets to 1300:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan3)#ipv6 mtu 1300
Related Commands
None
52.7 ipv6 nd managed-config-flag

Syntax
ipv6 nd managed-config-flag
no ipv6 nd managed-config-flag
Function
This command sets the managed-config-flag, which is the M field in a packet, to 1.
Parameters
None
Mode
52-7

Usage Guidelines
When the M field is set to 1, which means hosts on the link use state auto-configuration to
obtain IPv6 addresses. If the M field is not set, that is 0, hosts on the link do not use state
auto-configuration to obtain IPv6 addresses.
Examples
The following example shows to how to set the M field to 1:
ZXAN(config-if)#ipv6 nd managed-config-flag
Related Commands
show ipv6 interface
52.15 ipv6 nd suppress-ra
52.8 ipv6 nd other-config-flag

Syntax
ipv6 nd other-config-flag
no ipv6 nd other-config-flag
Function
This command sets the other-config-flag in a RA packet to 1.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The other-config-flag in an IPv6 route advertisement (RA) packet tells hosts on a link how
to obtain auto configuration information other than addresses. If the flag is configured, that
is 1, it means that all hosts use state auto-configuration to obtain other information.
When the managed-config-flag is set to 1, no matter whether the other-config-flag is set
or not, all hosts obtain other information by state auto configuration.
52-8

Examples
The following example shows to how to set the other-config-flag to 1:
ZXAN(config-if)#ipv6 nd other-config-flag
Related Commands
show ipv6 interface
52.9 ipv6 nd prefix

Syntax
ipv6 nd prefix v6mask1 [number1 number2 ] [{[off-link ] [no-autoconfig ] }]
no ipv6 nd prefix v6mask1
Function
This command configure the prefix option in a route advertisement (RA) packet on an
interface.
Parameters
v6mask1 Prefix in a RA packet -
number1 Valid lifetime for the prefix, in 0–4294967295

seconds
number2 Preferred lifetime, in seconds 0–4294967295
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The command configures parameters of prefix option in a RA packet, including whether to
advertise the prefix or not.
By default, the prefix is advertised with a RA packet.
This command controls the present parameters of the prefix and creates new prefix option
for a RA packet.
52-9

Examples
The following example shows how to configure the prefix option:
ZXAN(config-if)# ipv6 nd prefix 400::/64 200 100 off-link no-autoconfig
Related Commands
show ipv6 interface
52.10 ipv6 nd ra-interval

Syntax
ipv6 nd ra-interval number1
no ipv6 nd ra-interval
Function
This command sets the RA interval on an interface.
Parameters
number1 RA interval, in seconds, default: 3–1800

600 seconds
Mode
Usage Guidelines
A route interface sends RA packets periodically. When an interface sends RAs initially, it
sends three continuous RA packets with 16-second interval.
Examples
The following example shows how to set to RA interval to 200 seconds:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan3)#ipv6 nd ra-interval 200
52-10

Related Commands
show ipv6 interface
52.11 ipv6 nd ra-lifetime

Syntax
ipv6 nd ra-lifetime number1
no ipv6 nd ra-lifetime
Function
This command sets the RA lifetime on an interface.
Parameters
number1 RA lifetime, in seconds, default: 0-9000

1800 seconds
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set to RA lifetime to 1000 seconds:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan3)#ipv6 nd ra-lifetime 1000
Related Commands
show ipv6 interface
52-11

52.12 ipv6 nd reachable-time

Syntax
ipv6 nd reachable-time number1
no ipv6 nd reachable-time
Function
This command sets the reachable time for a neighbor.
Parameters
number1 Reachable time, in milliseconds, 0–3600000

default: 30000 milliseconds
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Within the reachable time, a neighbor is considered to be reachable after it acknowledges
the reach.
When the reachable time is set, a route discovers the unreachable neighbors. A short
reachable time uses more bandwidth and processing time. It is recommended not to set
the short reachable time.
The reachable time is advertised with a RA packet. All nodes on the link use the same
reachable time. 0 means there is no reachable time set.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the reachable time to 1000 milliseconds:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan3)#ipv6 nd reachable-time 1000
Related Commands
show ipv6 interface
show nd6 cache
52-12

52.13 ipv6 nd retransmit-time

Syntax
ipv6 nd retransmit-time number1
no ipv6 nd retransmit-time
Function
This command sets the retransmit time in a RA.
Parameters
number1 Retransmit time, in milliseconds, 1000–4294967295

default: 1000 milliseconds
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The retransmit time is the time for retransmitting a NS packet. The time is used in address
resolution and neighbor detection algorithm.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the retransmit time to 10000 milliseconds:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan3)#ipv6 nd retransmit-time 10000
Related Commands
show ipv6 interface
52.14 ipv6 nd stale-time

Syntax
ipv6 nd stale-time number1
no ipv6 nd stale-time
52-13

Function
This command configures the aging time of ND stale state.
Parameters
number1 Aging time, in minutes 1–1440
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
According the RFC specification, aging time of ND stale state is 24 hours.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the aging time of ND stale state to 20 hours:
ZXAN(config)#ipv6 nd stale-time 1200
Related Commands
52.25 show nd6

Syntax
ipv6 nd suppress-ra
no ipv6 nd suppress-ra
Function
The command disable a router to send RA packets.
Use the no form command to enable a router to send RA packets.
Parameters
None
Mode
52-14

Usage Guidelines
You can enable RA packets sending on an Ethernet interface but not a P2P interface.
By default, an interface neither sends RA nor responds to RS. It is recommended to enable
RA packets sending on an interface when the interface needs to process NS and send RA.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable a router to send RA packets:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan3)#no ipv6 nd suppress-ra
Related Commands
show ipv6 interface
52.16 ipv6 nd-proxy

Syntax
ipv6 nd-proxy
no ipv6 nd-proxy
Function
This command enables ND proxy on a VLAN interface.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to enable ND proxy on a VLAN interface:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan2)#ipv6 nd-proxy
52-15

Related Commands
52.22 show ipv6 interface
52.17 ipv6 route

Syntax
ipv6 route v6mask1 {ipv6_addr1 [interface1 ] |interface2 } [{[number1 ] [tag number2 ] }]
no ipv6 route v6mask1 [{ipv6_addr1 [interface1 ] |interface2 } [{[number1 ] [tag number2 ] }] ]
Function
This command configures a static IPv6 route.
Use the no form command to delete the route.
Parameters
v6mask1 Destination network and mask -

length
ipv6_addr1 IPv6 address of next hop -
interface1 Interface name of next hop -
interface2 Interface name of next hop -
number1 Management distance, the 1-254

smaller distance has the higher
priority, default: 1
number2 Route entry mark 150-255
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
If the next hop address of a static route is a link local address, the interface name must be
configured as well.
For the same destination network and mask length, there can be only one static route.
The no command without next hop deletes the static route with matched destination
network and mask length. If there is no matched entry, no message appears.
The no command with next hop deletes the static route with matched destination network,
mask length, and next hop. If there is no matched entry, an error message appears.
52-16

Examples
The following example shows how to configure a static IPv6 route with management
distance 100:
ZXAN(config)#ipv6 route 2000::0/60 3000::2 100
Related Commands
52.18 ipv6 route-static fast-reroute

Syntax
ipv6 route-static fast-reroute
no ipv6 route-static fast-reroute
Function
This command enables fast reroute for IPv6 static route.
Parameters
None
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
When fast reroute for IPv6 static route is enabled, the system swaps the route according
the active-backup state of routes.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable fast reroute for IPv6 static route:
ZXAN(config)#ipv6 route-static fast-reroute
Related Commands
52.19 nd6 add

Syntax
nd6 add ipv6_addr1 hexadecimal1
52-17

Function
This command adds a static entry in the neighbor cache.
To delete the static entry, use nd6 delete or clear nd cache.
Parameters
ipv6_addr1 Destination address in the -

neighbor cache, format:
complied with RFC 2373
hexadecimal1 Destination hardware -

address, 48 bit, format:
XXXX.XXXX.XXXX
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command can adds any address to the neighbor cache except the IP address of local
interface.
The state of a static entry is reachable. A static entry has higher priority than a dynamic
entry.
l If there is a dynamic entry with the same address, the static entry overwrites the
dynamic one.
l If there is a static entry with the same address, the dynamic entry learnt through NDP
is not added to the neighbor cache.
Examples
The following example shows how to add a static entry in neighbor cache:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan3)#nd6 add 4ffe::2 0001.0002.0003
Related Commands
show nd6 cache
clear nd cache
52.20 nd6 delete
52.20 nd6 delete

Syntax
nd6 delete ipv6_addr1
52-18

Function
This command deletes a entry in the neighbor cache.
Parameters
ipv6_addr1 Destination address in the -

neighbor cache, format:
complied with RFC 2373
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command can delete static or dynamic entry from the neighbor cache except entries
corresponding to the IP address of local interface.
Examples
The following example shows how to delete a static entry from neighbor cache:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan3)#nd6 delete 4ffe::2
Related Commands
show nd6 cache
clear nd cache
52.19 nd6 add
52.21 ping6
Syntax
ping6 ipv6_addr1 [{[interface interface1 ] [num number1 ] [size number2 ] [timeout number3 ]
[limit number4 ] }]
Function
This command diagnoses the link to a destination.
52-19

Parameters
ipv6_addr1 Destination address -
interface1 Interface name, only valid when -

the IPv6 address is an link-local
address
Packet is sent on specified
interface.
For a global address, the
interface is determined by the
route table.
number1 Packet number 1–65535
number2 Packet size, the payload field in 64–8192

a IPv6 packet
number3 Timeout for waiting for echo 1–60

request packet from destination
host
number4 Packet rate, unit: pps 0–100
Mode
ZXAN>
ZXAN#
Usage Guidelines
The pnig6 command sends echo request packets to destination address and waits for the
echo reply packets.
The output of ping6 tells the reachability of a destination address.
Examples
The following example shows how to diagnoses the link to a destination:
ZXAN#ping6 3ffe::2 num 100 size 5000 timeout 2
Related Commands
52.27 trace6
52.22 show ipv6 interface

Syntax
show ipv6 interface [{brief |interface1 [brief ] } ]
52-20

Function
This command displays the information about IPv6 interface.
Parameters
brief Brief information, including -

interface state, IP address and
state
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If no interface is specified, this command displays the information about all IPv6 interfaces.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information about an IPv6 interface:
ZXAN#show ipv6 interface vlan 100
vlan100 [up/up]
IPv6 is enabled, Hardware is Ethernet
index 2 metric 1 mtu 1500
<UP,BROADCAST,NOTRAILERS,RUNNING,ALLMULTI,MULTICAST>
ICMPv6 redirects replies are always sent
Bandwidth 1000000 kbits
DAD attemps number:1
ND reachable-time is 30000 milliseconds
1000::1000:1/64
fe80::2d0:d0ff:fe92:8012
Related Commands
52.4 ipv6 enable

Syntax
show ipv6 route [{v6mask1 |ipv6_addr1 |static |rip |ospf |isis |connected |bgp |database } ]
Function
This command displays the IPv6 route information.
52-21

Parameters
v6mask1 Destination network and mask -

length
ipv6_addr1 Destination network -
static Static route -
rip RIP NG route -
ospf OSPFv3 route -
isis ISIS route -
connected Direct-connected route -
bgp BGP+ route -
database Route table -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The route information can be displayed by protocol type.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the IPv6 route information with specified
destination network and mask length:.
ZXAN(config)#show ipv6 route eff1:1101::/32
Routing entry for eff1:1101::/32
Known via "static", distance 1, metric 0
Last update 00:00:26 ago
via 3ffe::101 inactive
Related Commands
52.17 ipv6 route
52.24 show ipv6 route summary

Syntax
show ipv6 route summary
Function
This command displays the statistics information about IPv6 route according to route type.
52-22

Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The route type includes: direct-connected, static, RIP NG, OSPFv3 and, BGP+.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the statistics information about IPv6 route:
show ipv6 route summary
IPv6 Routing Table Summary - 5 entries
5 connected, 0 static, 0 RIP, 0 BGP, 0 IS-IS, 0 OSPF
Related Commands
52.25 show nd6

Syntax
show nd6 cache [interface1 ]
Function
This command displays IPv6 neighbor cache information.
Parameters
cache Display neighbor cache -

information
interface1 Specified layer 3 interface name -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The neighbor cache contains information about dynamic and static neighbor entries, and
routing entries corresponding to the IP address of the interface.
52-23

Examples
The following example shows how to diagnoses the link to a destination:
ZXAN#show nd6 cache
Address Link-Address Interface Age State
fe80::2d0:d0ff:fe11:aa55 00d0.d011.aa55 xgei_1/22 - Reachable
... ...
Related Commands
52.19 nd6 add
52.20 nd6 delete
52.26 telnet6
Syntax
telnet6 ipv6_addr1 [interface interface1 ]
Function
This command sets up a IPv6 telnet connection.
Parameters
interface Telnet6 outbound interface -
Mode
ZXAN>
ZXAN#
Usage Guidelines
You can use this command to log in to a router or telnet server.
Examples
The following example shows how to set up a IPv6 telnet connection
ZXAN#telnet6 fe80::2d0:d0ff:fec0:9a41 interface vlan3
52-24

Related Commands
1.32 who
20.60 show tcp brief
52.27 trace6
Syntax
trace6 ipv6_addr1 [{[max-ttl number1 ] [timeout number2 ] }]
Function
This command diagnoses the actual path to a destination.
Parameters
ipv6_addr1 Destination address -
number1 Maximum TTL, specify length of 1–254

TTL-field in a IPv6 packet
number2 Timeout for waiting for 1–100

responded ICMP6 packet
If no response after timeout,
send diagnose packets again.
Mode
ZXAN>
ZXAN#
Usage Guidelines
The trace6 command sends packets to the destination address from TTL 1, three packets
on each TTL, and waits for the response from each hop.
The output of trace6 tells the actual path to a destination.
Examples
The following example shows how to diagnose the actual path to a destination.
ZXAN#trace6 5ffe::2
Related Commands
52.21 ping6
52-25

52-26

Chapter 53
VMAC Commands
Table of Contents
add Address-Space..................................................................................................53-1
add Circuit-Id............................................................................................................53-2
add Ctrl-Byte ............................................................................................................53-3
delete .......................................................................................................................53-4
exit ...........................................................................................................................53-5
show virtual-mac configure .......................................................................................53-5
show virtual-mac flexible-syntax-profile ....................................................................53-6
show virtual-mac interface ........................................................................................53-7
show virtual-mac table interface ...............................................................................53-8
show virtual-mac table vlan ......................................................................................53-8
virtual-mac (GPON ONU Interface Mode).................................................................53-9
virtual-mac .............................................................................................................53-10
virtual-mac access-node-id..................................................................................... 53-11
virtual-mac aging-time ............................................................................................ 53-11
virtual-mac delete interface ....................................................................................53-12
virtual-mac delete vlan ...........................................................................................53-13
virtual-mac flexible-syntax-profile............................................................................53-13
virtual-mac flexible-syntax-profile active .................................................................53-14
virtual-mac static ....................................................................................................53-15
53.1 add Address-Space

Syntax
add Address-Space width number1 [index number2 ]
Function
This command configures the Address-Space entry in a VMAC flexible syntax profile.
Parameters
number1 Width in bits 1–48
number2 Entry index 1–32
53-1

Mode
VMAC-profile interface mode
Usage Guidelines
This command configures the variable mode of a VMAC flexible syntax profile. Virtual
MAC addresses are created according to the entry settings.
The entry index is optional. If no index is specified in the command, the VMAC address
is increased in sequence. The VMAC addresses assigned to a port are increased in
sequence in the address space.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the Address-Space entry in the VMAC
flexible syntax profile “aaa”. The width is set to 3 bits, meaning eight different virtual MAC
address can be assigned.
ZXAN(config)#virtual-mac flexible-syntax-profile aaa
ZXAN(config-vmac-prf)#add Address-Space width 3
Related Commands
53.7 show virtual-mac flexible-syntax-profile
53.2 add Circuit-Id

Syntax
add Circuit-Id {chassis |access-node |onu |port |rack |frame |slot |sub-slot } width number1
[index number2 ]
Function
This command configures a variable entry (Circuit-Id) in a VMAC flexible syntax profile.
Parameters
chassis Chassis -
access-node Device ID -
onu ONU ID -
port Port number -
rack Rack -
frame Frame -
slot Slot number -
53-2

Chapter 53 VMAC Commands
sub-slot Sub-slot number -
number1 Bit width 1–48
Mode
vmac-profile interface mode
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the Circuit-Id variable in a VMAC flexible syntax profile.
This variable is used to generate MAC addresses.
index is an optional parameter. If no index is specified in the command, indexes in
ascending order are used.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the Circuit-Id variable in a VMAX flexible
syntax profile with a name of “aaa”. In this example, the bit width is set to 3.
ZXAN(config-vmac-prf)#add Circuit-Id access-node width 3
Related Commands
53.3 add Ctrl-Byte

Syntax
add Ctrl-Byte number1 width number2 [index number3 ]
Function
This command configures the control byte entry (Ctrl-Byte) in a VMAC flexible syntax
profile.
Parameters
number1 Value of the control byte 0–65535

(Ctrl-Byte)
number2 Bit width 1–48
53-3

Mode
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the Ctrl-Byte variable in a VMAC flexible syntax profile.
This variable is used to generate MAC addresses.
index is an optional parameter. If no index is specified in the command, indexes in
ascending order are used.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the Ctrl-Byte variable in a VMAC flexible
syntax profile with a name of “aaa”. In this example, the bit width is set to 3, and the
Ctrl-Byte value is set to 33.
ZXAN(config-vmac-prf)#add Ctrl-Byte 33 width 3
Related Commands
53.4 delete
Syntax
delete index number1
Function
This command deletes an entry from a VMAX flexible syntax profile.
Parameters
Mode
VMAC-profile interface mode
Usage Guidelines
Only an index is required n this command.
Examples
53-4

ZXAN(config-vmac-prf)#delete index 3
Related Commands
53.5 exit
Syntax
exit
Function
This command exits the current device or returns to the previous mode.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Use this command in user mode or privileged mode to exit the current device. Use this
command in any other mode to returns to the previous mode.
Examples
The following example shows how to return to the previous global configuration mode from
vmac-profile interface mode:
ZXAN(config-vmac-prf)#exit
ZXAN(config)#
Related Commands
None
53.6 show virtual-mac configure

Syntax
show virtual-mac configure
Function
This command displays global data and VLAN data related to VMAC configuration.
53-5

Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config)#show virtual-mac configure
virtual-mac source location-mapping format MT
virtual-mac device 333
virtual-mac aging-time 43
virtual-mac vlan:
Related Commands
53.14 virtual-mac aging-time
virtual-mac device

Syntax
show virtual-mac flexible-syntax-profile {name1 |all }
Function
This command displays the configuration of a VMAC flexible syntax profile.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l This command can display the names of all VMAC flexible syntax profiles or the
detailed configuration of a specific profile.
l The profile name in the command is case sensitive.
53-6

Examples
l The following example shows how to display the names of all VMAC flexible syntax
profiles:
ZXAN(config)#show virtual-mac flexible-syntax-profile all
l The following example shows how to display the configuration of a profile:

ZXAN(config)#show virtual-mac flexible-syntax-profile MT
Related Commands
53.17 virtual-mac flexible-syntax-profile
53.8 show virtual-mac interface

Syntax
show virtual-mac interface interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 } ]
Function
This command displays the VMAC configuration of a port.
Parameters
number1 GPON vport number 1–128
number2 PVC ID of an ADSL port 1–10
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command displays the VMAC configuration of a port, including whether virtual MAC
address is enabled for the port, and the maximum number of learned MAC addresses.
For a port on a DSL card, the maximum number of learned MAC addresses is 16, which
cannot be modified.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the VMAC configuration of the user port
adsl_1/4/1:
ZXAN(config)#show virtual-mac interface adsl_1/4/1
53-7

virtual-mac :enable
virtual-mac max-mac-num:16
Related Commands
virtual-mac
53.9 show virtual-mac table interface

Syntax
show virtual-mac table interface interface1 [{vport number1 |pvc number2 } ]
Function
This command displays the virtual MAC address table of a port.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command displays the VMAC to MAC mapping table.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the virtual MAC address table of the user port
adsl_1/4/1:
ZXAN(config)#show virtual-mac table interface adsl_1/4/1
Related Commands
53.15 virtual-mac delete interface
53.10 show virtual-mac table vlan

Syntax
show virtual-mac table vlan number1
53-8

Function
This command displays the virtual MAC address table of a VLAN.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command displays the VMAC to MAC mapping table of a VLAN.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the virtual MAC address table of VLAN 100:
ZXAN(config)#show virtual-mac tablevlan 100
Related Commands
53.16 virtual-mac delete vlan
53.11 virtual-mac (GPON ONU Interface Mode)

Syntax
virtual-mac {enable |disable } [pvc number1 ]
Function
This command enables or disables VMAC for a port.
Parameters
enable Enables a port to use the virtual -

MAC address.
disable Disables a port from using the -

virtual MAC address.
number1 PVC ID of a PON port. 1–128
Mode
53-9


Usage Guidelines
Enable the virtual MAC address under a port, and then enable the virtual MAC address
translation in a VLAN.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the port adsl_1/4/1 to use the virtual MAC
address:
ZXAN(config-if)#virtual-mac enable pvc 1
Related Commands
53.8 show virtual-mac interface
53.12 virtual-mac
Syntax
virtual-mac {enable |disable }
Function
This command enables or disables VMAC for a VLAN.
Parameters
enable Enables VMAC. -
disable Disables VMAC. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
VMAC translation is enabled only when VMAC is enabled for the port and the
corresponding VLAN.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable VMAC for VLAN 33:
53-10

ZXAN(config-vlan33)#virtual-mac enable
Related Commands
show virtual-mac config
53.13 virtual-mac access-node-id

Syntax
virtual-mac access-node-id number1
Function
This command configures an ID for an access node.
Parameters
number1 Device ID 0–65535
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The configured access device ID is used by the VMAC module to generate MAC
addresses.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the ID of an access device to 333:
ZXAN(config)#virtual-mac access-node-id 333
Related Commands
53.14 virtual-mac aging-time

Syntax
virtual-mac aging-time number1
Function
This command configures the aging time for N:1 VMAC function.
53-11

Parameters
number1 Aging time 60–1800
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command sets the aging time of VMAC addresses to n seconds.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the aging time of virtual MAC addresses to 180
seconds:
ZXAN(config)#virtual-mac aging-time 180
Related Commands
53.15 virtual-mac delete interface

Syntax
virtual-mac delete interface interface1 [vport number1 ] [pvc number2 ]
Function
This command deletes the virtual MAC address table of an interface.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command deletes the VMAC to MAC mapping table of an interface.
53-12

Examples
The following command shows how to delete the virtual MAC address table of an ADSL
port:
ZXAN(config)#virtual-mac delete interface adsl_1/4/1
Related Commands
53.9 show virtual-mac table interface
53.16 virtual-mac delete vlan

Syntax
virtual-mac delete vlan number1
Function
This command deletes the virtual MAC address table in a VLAN.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command deletes the VMAC to MAC mapping table in a VLAN.
Examples
The following example shows how to delete the virtual MAC address table in VLAN 222:
ZXAN(config)#virtual-mac delete vlan 222
Related Commands
53.10 show virtual-mac table vlan
53.17 virtual-mac flexible-syntax-profile

Syntax
virtual-mac flexible-syntax-profile name1
no virtual-mac flexible-syntax-profile name1
53-13

Function
This command configures a VMAC flexible syntax profile.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l After a profile is activated, the original MAC address is translated to a virtual MAC
address in accordance with the profile settings.
l The default VMAC flexible syntax profile cannot be modified.
l To enter VMAC profile configuration mode, enter the profile name.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a VMAX flexible syntax profile whose name
is aaa:
Related Commands
show virtual-mac flexible-syntax-profile all
53.18 virtual-mac flexible-syntax-profile active

Syntax
virtual-mac flexible-syntax-profile active name1
no virtual-mac flexible-syntax-profile active
Function
This command activates a VMAC flexible syntax profile.
Parameters
53-14

Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command activates a VMAX flexible syntax profile for the system. A DSL card only
supports profiles in MT format.
Examples
The following example shows how to activate a DT profile:
ZXAN(config)#virtual-mac flexible-syntax-profile active DT
Related Commands
53.19 virtual-mac static

Syntax
virtual-mac static {add |delete } hexadecimal1 [vport number1 ]
Function
This command configures a static VMAC address for an ONU port.
Parameters
add Adds a static VMAC address. -
delete Deletes a static VMAC address. -
hexadecimal1 Specifies the MAC address in -

dotted notation.
number1 Specifies the vport number of 1–128

the PON interface.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to configure the mapping relation between a static VMAC address and
the original MAC address of a user.
53-15

Examples
ZXAN(config-if)#virtual-mac static add 0000.0000.0001
Related Commands
ZXAN(config)#show virtual-mac interface gpon-onu_1/7/1:1
53-16

Chapter 54
MPLS Commands
Table of Contents
LDP..........................................................................................................................54-1
MPLS Configuration ...............................................................................................54-48
MPLS OAM ............................................................................................................54-54
54.1 LDP
54.1.1 clear mpls ldp
Syntax
clear mpls ldp
Function
The command resets all connections of an LDP router.
Parameters
None
Mode
ZXAN#
Usage Guidelines
This command disconnects all LDP sessions and rebuild the sessions.
Examples
The following example shows how to reset all LDP sessions:
ZXAN#clear mpls ldp
Related Commands
54.1.2 clear mpls ldp neighbor
54-1

54.1.2 clear mpls ldp neighbor

Syntax
clear mpls ldp neighbor ip_addr1
Function
This command resets the connection between an LDP router and its neighbor.
Parameters
ip_addr1 IP address of the neighbor, -

format: A.B.C.D
Mode
ZXAN#
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to reset the LDP session with 100.1.1.1:
ZXAN#clear mpls ldp neighbor 100.1.1.1
Related Commands
54.1.1 clear mpls ldp
54.1.3 control-packet with-label

Syntax
control-packet with-label {enable |disable }
Function
This command determines whether IP packets sent by the control plane carry MPLS labels.
54-2

Chapter 54 MPLS Commands
Parameters
enable Enables IP packets to carry -

MPLS labels.
disable Disables IP packets from -

carrying MPLS labels.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, IP packets sent by the control plane do not carry MPLS labels.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable IP packets sent by the control plane to carry
MPLS labels:
ZXAN(config)#control-packet with-label enable
Related Commands
None
54.1.4 mpls g-ach-encapsulation disable

Syntax
mpls g-ach-encapsulation disable
Function
This command disables G-ACH encapsulation.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
G-ACH encapsulation is used is MPLS OAM message switching. Ping coding complies
with G-ACh channel type + Echo or G-ACh channel type + IP/UDP/Echo
54-3

Examples
The following example shows how to disable G-ACH encapsulation:
ZXAN(config)#mpls g-ach-encapsulation disable
Related Commands
54.1.5 mpls g-ach-encapsulation enable
54.1.5 mpls g-ach-encapsulation enable

Syntax
mpls g-ach-encapsulation enable
Function
This command enables G-ACH encapsulation.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
G-ACH encapsulation is used is MPLS OAM message switching. Ping coding complies
with G-ACh channel type + Echo or G-ACh channel type + IP/UDP/Echo
Examples
The following example shows how to enable G-ACH encapsulation:
ZXAN(config)#mpls g-ach-encapsulation enable
Related Commands
55.4.3 cvtype
54.1.4 mpls g-ach-encapsulation disable
54.1.6 mpls ip
Syntax
mpls ip
no mpls ip
54-4

Function
This command enable LDP to set up LSP along hop by hop route path.
Use the no command to disable LDP to set up LSP along hop by hop route path.
Parameters
None
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
To enable dynamic label switching, you need to enable LDP on an interface after using
this command.
The no command disables LDP to set up LSP along hop by hop route path, no matter
whether LDP is enabled on an interface or not.
LDP is disabled by default.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable LDP:
ZXAN(config)#mpls ip
Related Commands
None
54.1.7 mpls ip (vlan interface mode)

Syntax
mpls ip
no mpls ip
Function
This command enables LDP label switching on a layer 3 interface.
Use the no form command to disable LDP label switchin.
Parameters
None
54-5

Mode
Usage Guidelines
Once you use this command, a LSR begins to send hello messages periodically on its
interface. Getting the egress label to the destination network segment from the interface,
the packets for the destination are labeled with the egress label and forwarded by the
interface.
This command effects only when global mpls ip is configured.
After you use the no form command, packets from the interface bring no labels any more
and label switching is stopped the on the interface.
By default, LDP is disable on an layer 3 interface.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable LDP on a layer 3 interface:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan3)#mpls ip
Related Commands
54.1.41 show mpls interface
54.1.47 show mpls ldp discovery
54.1.8 mpls ipv6

Syntax
mpls ipv6
no mpls ipv6
Function
This command enables LDP label switch for IPv6 address on a layer 3 interface.
Parameters
None
Mode
54-6

Usage Guidelines
Once this command is carried out, an LSR begins to send hello messages periodically.
When the egress label for a destination network segment is available, the packets for the
destination network segment are marked with the label and forwarded.
This command takes effect only when global mpls ip is enabled.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable LDP label switch for IPv6 address on a layer
3 interface:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan135)#mpls ipv6
Related Commands
54.1.6 mpls ip
54.1.9 mpls l2vpn graceful-restart

Syntax
mpls l2vpn graceful-restart
no mpls l2vpn graceful-restart
Function
This command enables the LDP L2VPN PW graceful restart (GR) function on a router. The
function makes the router keeps forwarding information when the protocol control layer is
restart or interrupted, In the neighbor-liveness interval, the upper layer information can be
restored according to the lower layer forwarding information after successful restart.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command effects only when LDP neighbor rebuilds or LDP restarts, because related
parameters are negotiated in the initialization messages.
By default, LDP does not support the L2VPN GR function.

This command works with mpls ldp graceful-restart.
54-7

Examples
The following example shows how to enable the LDP L2VPN PW graceful restart function:
ZXAN(config)#mpls l2vpn graceful-restart
Related Commands
54.1.21 mpls ldp graceful-restart
54.1.10 mpls label range-dynamic

Syntax
mpls label range-dynamic {modify | config } number1 number2 number3
no mpls label range-dynamic [number1]
Function
This command configures label range for dynamic protocols.
Parameters
number1 Label fragment ID 0–4
number2 Minimum label in a label -

fragment
number3 Maximum label in a label -

fragment
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Dynamic protocols support maximum five (0–4) label fragments. You need to configure a
label fragment first before modifying it. The labels in each fragment cannot overlaps.
The no command without fragment ID deletes all label fragments.
When all label fragments are deleted, all idle labels are in the default label range.
By default, the label range for dynamic protocols plus labels for static protocols equals to
the label pool.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a label fragment with range 301–10000:
54-8

ZXAN(config)#mpls label range-dynamic config 1 301 10000
The following example shows how to modify the range of a label fragment to 16–300:
ZXAN(config)#mpls label range-dynamic modify 0 16 300
The following example shows how to delete a label fragment:

ZXAN(config)#no mpls label range-dynamic 1
The following example shows how to delete all label fragments:

ZXAN(config)#no mpls label range-dynamic
Related Commands
54.1.42 show mpls label range
54.1.11 mpls label range-static

Syntax
mpls label range-static {modify | config } number1 number2 number3
no mpls label range-static [number1 ]
Function
This command configures label range for static protocols.
Parameters
number1 Label fragment ID 0–4
number2 Minimum label in a label -

fragment
number3 Maximum label in a label -

fragment
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Static protocols support maximum five (0–4) label fragments. You need to configure a label
fragment first before modifying it. The labels in each fragment cannot overlaps.
54-9

The no command without fragment ID deletes all label fragments.

When all label fragments are deleted, all idle labels are in the default label range.
By default, the label range for static protocols is set according to the summary of protocol
scales.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a label fragment with range
1038461–1044575:
ZXAN(config)#mpls label range-static config 1 1038461 1044575
The following example shows how to modify the range of a label fragment to
1038431–1038460:
ZXAN(config)#mpls label range-static modify 0 1038431 1038460
The following example shows how to delete a label fragment:

ZXAN(config)#no mpls label range-static 1
The following example shows how to delete all label fragments:

ZXAN(config)#no mpls label range-static
Related Commands
54.1.12 mpls ldp access-fec

Syntax
mpls ldp access-fec {force | bgp | host-route-only | for { number1 } }
no mpls ldp access-fec [bgp ]
Function
The command configures Forwarding Equivalence Class (FEC) filtering policy, which
controls LDP to create FEC for specified destination network segment, and whether to
create FEC for routing network segment obtained through BGP.
54-10

Parameters
force Allows the FEC filter policy to -

take effect immediately.
bgp Specifies that FEC is only -

created for routing network
segment obtained through BGP.
host-route-only Specifies that FEC is only -

created for destination network
segments (host addresses) with
32-bit mask.
number1 Standard ACL. 1–99
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, LDP creates FEC items for all destination network segments, except routing
network segment obtained through BGP. In a network, there may be tow many network
segments, you can create FEC only for specified network segments using this command.
Use the command mpls ldp access-fec for <prefix-access-list> to create FEC for destination
addresses permitted by an ACL.
Use the command mpls ldp access-fec host-route-only to create FEC only for a destination
host IP address with 32-bit mask. This commands decreases FEC quantity in
MPLS/BGP VPN service, because the purpose of LDP is to exchange the next-hop labels
of VPN routing.
Use the command mpls ldp access-fec force to makes the policy effective immediately.
Examples
l The following example shows how to configure a filter policy to create FEC only for
destination host IP address:
ZXAN(config)#mpls ldp access-fec host-route-only
l The following example shows how to configure a filter policy to create FEC for routing
network segment obtained through BGP:
ZXAN(config)#mpls ldp access-fec bgp
Related Commands
54.1.45 show mpls ldp bindings
54-11

54.1.13 mpls ldp advertise-labels

Syntax
mpls ldp advertise-labels [{for {number1 } [to {number2 } ] |old-style } ]
no mpls ldp advertise-labels [{for {number1 } [to {number2 } ] |old-style } ]
Function
This command configures LDP local label (ingress label) advertisement policy, that is to
advertise labels of specified destination network segments to specified neighbors.
Parameters
number1 Specifies the destination 1–99

network segments whose labels
are to be advertised (ID of a
standard ACL).
number2 Specifies the neighbors to which 1–99

the labels are to be advertised
(ID of a standard ACL).
old-style Specifies that the ACL -

parameters are explained
according to earlier Cisco IOS
versions.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command determines how the LSR advertises local labels. By default, all labels are
advertised to all neighbors. Configure this command then the network is stable. Frequent
configuration is not recommended.
To prevent the advertisement of any label, use the no form of this command and specify
no parameter in the command. To restore the default setting, meaning the advertisement
of all local labels, use this command without any parameter.
Comply with the following rules when configuring multiple commands:
l Each command has a pair of prefix ACL rule (next to for) and peer ACL rule (next to
to). If no rule is specified, enter none instead.
l Only one pair of prefix rule and peer rule corresponds to a prefix address.
54-12

à A rule pair only applies to one prefix only when the prefix address matches the
prefix rule and the prefix is permitted in accordance with the rule.
à If a prefix matches multiple rules, the first rule specified in the profile takes effect.
l The LSR performs the following operations when advertising a prefix address label:
1. Locates the rule pair applied to the prefix.
2. If no rule pair is applied to the prefix, check whether the no mpls ldp advertise-l
abels command is executed. If yes, the LSR does not advertise the label to any
neighbor. If no, the LSR advertises the label to all neighbors.
3. If the rule applied to the prefix denies the prefix, the LSR does not advertise the
label to any neighbor.
4. If a prefix rule permits the prefix but there is no peer rule applied to the prefix,
the LSR advertises the label to all neighbors. If there is a peer rule applied to the
prefix, the LSR advertises the label to the neighbors permitted by the peer rule.
Examples
l The following example shows how to disable the router from advertising labels to any
neighbor:
ZXAN(config)#no mpls ldp advertise-labels
l The following example shows how to enable the router to advertise the labels of the
network segments 10.101.0.0 and 10.221.0.0 to all neighbors:
ZXAN(config-std-acl)#rule 1 permit 10.101.0.0 0.0.255.255
ZXAN(config-std-acl)#exit
ZXAN(config)#mpls ldp advertise-labels for 1
ZXAN(config)#no mpls ldp advertise-labels
l The following example shows how to enable the router to only advertise the label of
59.0.0.0 to LSR 155.0.0.55 and only advertise the label of 35.0.0.0 to LSR 133.0.0.33:
54-13

ZXAN(config)#mpls ldp advertise-labels for 10 to 11

ZXAN(config)#mpls ldp advertise-labels for 20 to 21
Related Commands
None
54.1.14 mpls ldp backoff

Syntax
mpls ldp backoff number1 number2
no mpls ldp backoff
Function
This command configures parameters of LDP session backoff
Use the no form command to restore the default settings.
Parameters
number1 The initial backoff time, in 10–65535

seconds, default: 15 seconds
number2 The maximum backoff time, in 10–65535

seconds, default: 120 seconds
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
LDP session backoff mechanism prevents two LSRs from endless cycle of session setup
to session failure. When session setup fails due to incompatible configuration, two LSRs
postpone setting up a session , that is backoff.
The default LDP session backup parameters are specified by the LDP. It is recommended
to modify the parameters only when the default settings lead to improper behavior.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the parameters for LDP session backoff:
ZXAN(config)#mpls ldp backoff 30 240
Related Commands
54.1.44 show mpls ldp backoff
54-14

54.1.50 show mpls ldp parameters
54.1.15 mpls ldp bfd

Syntax
mpls ldp bfd {ip_addr1 number1 |ipv6 v6mask1 } interval number2 min-rx number3 multiplier
number4
no mpls ldp bfd {ip_addr1 number1 |ipv6 v6mask1 }
Function
This command configures LDP LSP BFD parameters and trigger to set up the LSP BFD
session.
Parameters
ip_addr1 LSP address to setup BFD on -

remote end
number1 Remote end network mask 1–32

length
ipv6 LSP IPv6 address to set up BFD -
v6mask1 LSP IPv6 prefix -
interval Minimum interval of sending -

packets
number2 Minimum interval of sending 3–999

packets, in milliseconds
min-rx Minimum interval of receiving -

packets
number3 Minimum interval of receiving 3–999

multiplier Multiplier for timeout detection -
number4 Multiplier for timeout detection 3–50
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
By default, LSP BFD is not enabled.
54-15

Examples
The following example shows how to trigger and set up LSP BFD for 2.2.2.2:
ZXAN(config)#mpls ldp bfd 2.2.2.2 32 interval 50 min-rx 50 multiplier 3
Related Commands
show bfd ipv4 neighbors ldp-lsp
54.1.16 mpls ldp discovery

Syntax
mpls ldp discovery {targeted-hello |hello } {holdtime number1 |interval number2 }
no mpls ldp discovery {hello |targeted-hello } {holdtime |interval }
Function
This command configures interval of LDP hello messages, and the timeout of discovering
LDP neighbors between LSRs connected directly or indirectly.
Use the no form command to restore the default settings.
Parameters
targeted-hello LDP hello message and -

discovery timeout for LSRs
connected indirectly
hello LDP hello message and -

discovery timeout for LSRs
connected directly
holdtime Hold time when a discovered -

neighbor does not receive any
followed hello messages
number1 Hold time, in seconds, default: 1–65535

45
interval Interval of LDP hello messages -
number2 Interval, in seconds, default: 15 1–65535

seconds
Mode
54-16

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following examples show how to configure the LDP discovery hello hold time and
interval:
ZXAN(config)#mpls ldp discovery hello holdtime 100
ZXAN(config)#mpls ldp discovery hello interval 20
Related Commands
54.1.17 mpls ldp discovery transport-address

Syntax
mpls ldp discovery transport-address {ip_addr1 |ipv6 ipv6_addr1 }
no mpls ldp discovery transport-address
Function
This command configures transport address in hello messages on a layer 3 interface.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The LDP sessions between LDP routers are based on TCP connections, which require
transport address (IP address) of peers.
LDP discovery mechanism provides a method that LDP routers advertise their IP
addresses which are used for the TCP connections to the peers.
Transport addresses can be either explicit (displayed in hello messages) or implicit (not
displayed in hello messages). The receiver of a hello message uses the source IP address
in the hello message as the transport address to set up a TCP connection.
By default, router ID is used as the transport address in a hello message.
54-17

If the transport address changes when an interface is running, the router releases
the neighbor connection on the interface. Sessions maintained only by the neighbor
connection are shutdown as well. The neighbor connection and session is set up when
the interface receives hello messages form its peer.
To configure the IP address, you need to enable mpls ip on the interface first.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure transport address on a layer 3 interface:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan135)#mpls ldp discovery transport-address 135.1.1.3
Related Commands
None
54.1.18 mpls ldp dynamic-capability

Syntax
mpls ldp dynamic-capability
no mpls ldp dynamic-capability
Function
This command enables dynamic capability advertisement.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, dynamic capability advertisement is enabled.
Examples
The following example how to enable dynamic capability advertisement:
ZXAN(config)#mpls ldp dynamic-capability
Related Commands
54.1.49 show mpls ldp neighbor
54-18

54.1.19 mpls ldp egress

Syntax
mpls ldp egress {for {number1 } |nexthop {number2 } }
no mpls ldp egress {for |nexthop }
Function
This command configures an egress control policy, which controls LDP assigns pop labels
for specified destination network segments that are indirect-connected.
Parameters
for Specifies the network segments -

for which pop labels are to be
assigned.
number1 Specifies the ID of the standard 1–99

ACL that determines the
destination network segments.
nexthop Determines the destination -

network segments by the next
hop.
number2 Specifies the next hop for 1–99

destination network segments
to which pop labels are to be
assigned.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, LDP only assigns pop labels for direct-connected network segment and
advertises to peers. For network segments that are indirect-connected, LDP uses an idle
label in the label pool as the ingress label, uses the label in mapping messages from the
next hop router as the egress label.
When the router is an edge LSR, the next hop router may be a non-MPLS router, thus the
router cannot have egress label. The data layer discards label packets according to MPLS
frame protocol.
In such a scenario, it is necessary to configure an egress control policy, which controls
LDP to assign pop labels for all destination network segment going out the MPLS network
54-19

via the LSR, and advertise to the upstream. The upstream LSRs forward the traffic from
the MPLS network in the form of IP packets or explicit label packets.
Examples
l The following example shows how to enable the router to assign pop labels to all
subnet routes in the network segments 10.101.0.0/16 and 10.221.0.0/16, and assign
pop labels to subnet routes not in the network segment 10.222.1.0/24 but in the
network segment 10.222.0.0/16:
ZXAN(config-std-acl)#permit 10.101.0.0 0.0.255.255
ZXAN(config-std-acl)#deny 10.222.1.0 0.0.0.255
ZXAN(config)#mpls ldp egress for 10
l The following example shows how to enable the router to assign pop labels to network
segments whose next hop is 100.1.1.3:
ZXAN(config)#mpls ldp egress nexthop 11
Related Commands
None
54.1.20 mpls ldp filter packet for

Syntax
mpls ldp filter packet for {number1 }
no mpls ldp filter packet for
Function
This command configures a packets filtering rules according to an ACL.
Parameters
Mode
54-20

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure packets rule according to an ACL.
ZXAN(config)#mpls ldp filter packet for 100
Related Commands
None

Syntax
mpls ldp graceful-restart [timers {max-recovery number1 |neighbor-liveness number2 } ]
no mpls ldp graceful-restart [timers {max-recovery |neighbor-liveness } ]
Function
This command enable the LDP Graceful Restart function on a router.The function makes
the router keeps forwarding information when the protocol control layer is restart or
interrupted, In the neighbor-liveness interval, the upper layer information can be restored
according to the lower layer forwarding information after successful restart.
Parameters
max-recovery Maximum time that a LSR waits -

for peer to recover labels, to be
negotiated
number1 Maximum time for label 15000–600000

recovery, in milliseconds,
default: 120 seconds
neighbor-liveness Maximum time that a LSR waits -

for LDP session recovery, to be
negotiated
number2 Maximum time for LDP session 5000–300000

recovery, in milliseconds,
default: 120 seconds
Mode
54-21

Usage Guidelines
This command effects only when LDP neighbor rebuilds or LDP restarts, because related
parameters are negotiated in the initialization messages.
By default, LDP does not support the GR function.
Examples
The following examples show how to enable the LDP graceful restart function:
ZXAN(config)#mpls ldp graceful-restart timers neighbor-liveness 5000
ZXAN(config)#mpls ldp graceful-restart timers max-recovery 15000
Related Commands
54.1.48 show mpls ldp graceful-restart
54.1.22 mpls ldp helper-mode

Syntax
mpls ldp helper-mode {disable }
no mpls ldp helper-mode
Function
This command disables the helper function.
Parameters
disable Disable the helper function -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, the helper function is enabled.
When the helper function is disabled, LDP smooth restart may fails because of there is no
helper to help LDP to restore label binding information.
Examples
The following example shows how to disable the helper function:
ZXAN(config)#mpls ldp helper-mode disable
54-22

Related Commands
None
54.1.23 mpls ldp holdtime

Syntax
mpls ldp holdtime number1
no mpls ldp holdtime
Function
This command configures the hold time when a LDP session does not receive followed
LDP messages.
Parameters
number1 Hold time, in seconds, default: 15–65535

180 seconds
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
When two LSRs establish an LDP session, the hold time is the smaller one of the
configured parameters
Examples
The following example shows how to set the hold time to 30 seconds:
ZXAN(config)#mpls ldp holdtime 30
Related Commands
54.1.24 mpls ldp implicit-null

Syntax
mpls ldp implicit-null [for {number1 } ] [to {number2 } ]
54-23

no mpls ldp implicit-null
Function
This commands set the labels that advertise direct-connected network segments to implicit
null labels.
Parameters
for Specified prefix -
number1 Standard ACL number 1–99
to Specified neighbors -
number2 Standard ACL number 1–99
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, the labels that advertise direct connected network segments to neighbors is
explicit null labels.
The implicit null labels enables penultimate hop of the penultimate-hop router, but
sometimes penultimate hop needs to be disabled and the explicit null labels are used as
the egress label forwarding packets.
If this command is not followed by for parameter, all the direct-connected network
segments are advertises by the implicit null labels. If this command is not followed by the
to parameter, all the neighbors are advertises by the implicit null labels.
This command takes effect for only the label advertisement messages. If the matched
network segments and neighbors are advertised by labels before the policy is configured,
the labels do not change unless the session is reconnected. Therefore, do not carry out
this command when the system is running.
Examples
ZXAN(config)#mpls ldp implicit-null
Related Commands
None
54-24

54.1.25 mpls ldp ipv6 transport-address

Syntax
mpls ldp ipv6 transport-address ipv6_addr1
no mpls ldp ipv6 transport-address
Function
This command configures the transport address for a LDP session.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The following example shows how to configure the transport address for IPv6 target
session:
Examples
ZXAN(config)#mpls ldp ipv6 transport-address 2001::1
Related Commands
None
54.1.26 mpls ldp label-distribution

Syntax
mpls ldp label-distribution dod
no mpls ldp label-distribution
Function
This command configures the LDP label distribution mode on a interface
Parameters
dod Downstream on demand -
54-25

Mode
Usage Guidelines
The default label distribution mode is DU (Downstream Unsolicited).
The label distribution neighbor downstream LSR and upstream LSR need to negotiate the
label distribution mode and the and make an agreement, otherwise, the LSP cannot be
set up properly.
This command takes effect only when LDP neighbor rebuilds or protocol restarts.
Examples
The following example displays how to configure the label distribution mode:
ZXAN(config-if-vlan135)#mpls ldp label-distribution dod
%Info 103: Command will take effect at the next protocol reload
Related Commands
None
54.1.27 mpls ldp label-retention

Syntax
mpls ldp label-retention conservative
no mpls ldp label-retention
Function
This command set the LDP label retention mode to conservative mode.
Parameters
conservative Conservative mode -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The default LDP label retention mode is to free mode.
In free mode, an LSR uses the original label from a non-next-hop neighbor to rebuild the
LSP.
54-26

In conservative mode, an LSR only uses the label from a next-hop neighbor to rebuild the
LSP. This mode saves memory and label space, but the LSP rebuilding process is slow.
Conservative label retention mode usually works with DoD label distribution mode, which
is suitable for LSRs with limited label space.
This command takes effect only when LDP neighbor rebuilds or protocol restarts.
Examples
The following example displays how to configure the label retention mode:
ZXAN(config)#mpls ldp label-retention conservative
Related Commands
None
54.1.28 mpls ldp longest-match ipv4

Syntax
mpls ldp longest-match ipv4 {force |for {number1 } }
no mpls ldp longest-match ipv4
Function
This command enables the longest match function for routing.
Parameters
force Match forcible -
number1 Standard ACL number 1-99
Mode
ZXAN(config)#
Usage Guidelines
When the function is enabled, an LSR can accept a label and forms a forwarding item
according to the longest match rule if there is no precisely matched route.
This command takes effect only when LDP protocol restarts.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the longest match function:
54-27

ZXAN(config)#mpls ldp longest-match ipv4 for 1
Related Commands
None
54.1.29 mpls ldp lsp-control

Syntax
mpls ldp lsp-control ordered
no mpls ldp lsp-control
Function
This command enables the ordered LSP control mode globally.
Use the no form command to restore the default configuration.
Parameters
ordered Ordered LSP control mode -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
There are two LSP label control modes:
l Independent mode (default)
An LSR advertises label mapping to connected LSRs randomly. In this mode, LSRs
may advertise the upstream labels before receiving downstream labels.
l Ordered mode
Only when a LSR has the next hop label mapping message of an FEC, or the LSR is
the egress node for the FEC, the LSR send the label mapping message of the FEC
to upstream.
This command takes effect only when LDP protocol restarts or neighbor resets.
Examples
The following example displays how to enable the ordered LSP control mode globally:
ZXAN(config)#mpls ldp lsp-control ordered

54-28

Related Commands
None
54.1.30 mpls ldp neighbor

Syntax
mpls ldp neighbor ip_addr1 password {encrypt name1 | name2 }
no mpls ldp neighbor ip_addr1 password
Function
This command configures the MD5 key of establishing a TCP connection session with a
neighbor using LDP.
Parameters
ip_addr1 TCP address or router ID of the -

neighbor, format: x.x.x.x
password MD5 key -
name1 MD5 key string, maximum 80 3–120 characters

characters
name2 MD5 key string 3–80 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
You can enable MD5 authentication between two LDP peers to authenticate each TCP
stage. Before enabling MD5 authentication, you need to configure authentication and the
same MD5 key on both LSRs. otherwise, the session cannot be established.
When you use the command mpls ldp neighbor or no mpls ldp neighbor to modify the MD5
key, the current session is interrupted and a new session is established.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the MD5 key of the session with the TCP address
140.2.1.15 to abcdefg:
ZXAN(config)#mpls ldp neighbor 140.2.1.15 password abcdefg
54-29

The following example shows how to set an encrypted MD5 key of the session with the
TCP address 140.2.1.15:
ZXAN(config)#mpls ldp neighbor 140.2.1.15 password encrypt abcdefg
Related Commands
None
54.1.31 mpls ldp peer bfd

Syntax
mpls ldp peer bfd remote-routerid ip_addr1 [local-routerid ip_addr2 ] interval number1 min-rx
number2 multiplier number3
no mpls ldp peer bfd remote-routerid ip_addr1 [local-routerid ip_addr2 ]
Function
This command configures the LDP peer BFD parameters. When an LDP session is up,
the peer BFD session with the specified neighbor will be triggered and established.
Parameters
ip_addr1 Neighbor router ID -
ip_addr2 Local router ID -
interval Minimum interval of transmitting -

packets
number1 Minimum interval of transmitting 3–999

packets , in milliseconds
min-rx Minimum interval of receiving -

number2 Minimum interval of receiving 3–999

packets
multiplier Multiplier of timeout detection -
number3 Multiplier of timeout detection 3–50
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This commands trigger the establishment of a peer BFD session.
54-30

Examples
The following example shows how to configure the peer BFD session with router ID 2.2.2.2:
ZXAN(config)#mpls ldp peer bfd remote-routerid 2.2.2.2 interval 50 min-rx 50 multiplier 3
Related Commands
None
54.1.32 mpls ldp request-labels

Syntax
mpls ldp request-labels for {number1 }
no mpls ldp request-labels
Function
This command configure the prefix and downstream neighbor to which the LDP sends
request messages.
Parameters
for Send request message to -

specified prefix
number1 Prefix access list to which 1–99

the request message is sent,
standard ACL number
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used to send label solicitation request to specified prefix.
If the command is followed by the prefix-access-list parameter, the router sends the request
message to the prefix permitted by the access list.
This command takes effect for only the FEC created after the command is carried out or for
the FEC of the downstream LSR discovered after the command is carried out. Therefore,
do not carry out this command when the system is running.
54-31

Examples
The following example shows how to send the request message to the FEC of 10.1.1.0/16
network segment:
ZXAN(config)#mpls ldp request-labels for 10
Related Commands
None
54.1.33 mpls ldp router-id

Syntax
mpls ldp router-id interface1 [force ]
no mpls ldp router-id [force ]
Function
This command configures the LDP router ID.
Parameters
interface1 Interface name, specifying the -

IP address of an interface (in up
state) as the LDP router ID
force To change the router ID -

immediately
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, the automatically selected router ID may be unavailable. For example, the
router protocol does not advertise the IP address used as the router ID to the neighbors.
In addition, the router configuration may affect the LDP router ID, and this may cause the
neighbor control policy to be invalid.
When the address of an interface is used as the router ID, this interface should be in up
state.
If this command is not followed by the force parameter, the router ID takes effect at the
next time of router ID selection. The router ID selection occurs in the following conditions:
l LDP is restarted.
54-32

l The interface whose address is used as the router ID is shut down.

l The interface address used as the router ID is not configured.
If this command is followed by the force parameter, the execution result is determined by
the interface status:
l If the interface is in up state and its address is not the router ID, the router uses the
specified value as the router ID by force, interrupts all the sessions, releases the labels
learnt from sessions, and stops MPLS forwarding related to these labels.
l If the interface is in down state and once it changes to up state, the router uses the
specified value as the router ID by force, interrupts all the sessions, releases the labels
learnt from sessions, and stops MPLS forwarding related to these labels.
Examples
The following example shows how to specify the address of the layer 3 interface as the
router ID:
ZXAN(config)#mpls ldp router-id vlan 3
Related Commands
1.14 ip address
54.1.34 mpls ldp style

Syntax
mpls ldp style
no mpls ldp style
Function
This command enables the LDP to use the new LDP session keep-alive mechanism,
that is, on receiving each hello message, reset the keep-alive time of the corresponding
session.
Parameters
None
Mode
54-33

Usage Guidelines
By default, the system updates the session keep-alive timer when it receives each LDP
TCP packet. After this command is carried out, the ZXAN resets the session keep-alive
timer when it receives each LDP PDU, including both the TCP and UDP packets.
Examples
The following example shows how to use the new LDP session keep-alive mechanism:
ZXAN(config)#mpls ldp style
Related Commands
None
54.1.35 mpls ldp target-session

Syntax
mpls ldp target-session {ip_addr1 |ipv6 ipv6_addr1 } [dod ]
no mpls ldp target-session {ip_addr1 |ipv6 ipv6_addr1 } [dod ]
Function
This command configures the address of the indirect-connected remote target session,
that is, to create the target session
Use the no form command to delete the session.
Parameters
ip_addr1 IP address of router ID of the -

remote neighbor
ipv6_addr1 IPv6 address of router ID of the -

remote neighbor
dod DoD label distribution mode -
Mode
ZXANconfig)#
Usage Guidelines
By default, LDP does not create a session for an indirect-connected neighbor.
Both parties between which the indirect-connected session is created need to be
configured with mpls ldp target-session to point to each other.
54-34

Examples
The following examples show how to create the target session between R1 (router-id
1.1.1.1) and R3 (router-id 3.3.3.3):
On R1, create the target session to R3:
ZXAN(config)#mpls ldp target-session 3.3.3.3
On R3, create the target session on R1:

ZXAN(config)#mpls ldp target-session 1.1.1.1
Related Commands
54.1.36 mpls static binding

Syntax
mpls static binding {ipv4 ip_addr1 ip_addr2 {inlabel number1 |outlabel ip_addr3 {number2 |ex
plicit-null |implicit-null } } |ipv6 v6mask1 {inlabel number3 |outlabel ipv6_addr1 {number4 |exp
licit-null |implicit-null } } }
no mpls static binding {ipv4 [ip_addr1 ip_addr2 {inlabel |outlabel ip_addr3 } ] |ipv6 [v6mask1
{inlabel |outlabel ipv6_addr1 } ] }
Function
This command manually distributes labels for prefix addresses.
Parameters
ipv4 Static IPv4 address -
ip_addr1 Destination address -
ip_addr2 Mask -
inlabel Inbound (local) label -
number1 Label value -
outlabel Outbound label for next hop -
number2 Label value 16–1048575
explicit-null Explicit-null label -
implicit-null Implicit-null label -
ipv6 Static IPv6 address -
54-35

v6mask1 IPv6 prefix and mask -
number3 Label value -
ipv6_addr1 IPv6 next hop address -
number4 Label value 16–1048575
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command sets up a static LSP along the hop-by-hop route, and enables those
neighbors that do not run LDP to forwarding MPLS packets.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the LDP static labels:
ZXAN(config)#mpls static binding ipv4 2.2.2.2 255.255.255.255 inlabel 1038440
ZXAN(config)#mpls static binding ipv4 2.2.2.2 255.255.255.255 outlabel 135.1.1.2 explicit-null
Related Commands
54.1.40 show mpls forwarding-table
54.1.37 show label traffic

Syntax
show label traffic
Function
This command displays the statistics of transmitted and received packets that contain
MPLS labels.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
54-36

Examples
ZXAN#show label traffic
Mpls label statistics:
rcv:
Total rcvd: 0, Total rcvd errors: 0, L2vpn total rcvd: 0
send:
Total sent: 21, Total sent errors: 0
Related Commands
None
54.1.38 show ipv6 mpls forwarding-table

Syntax
show ipv6 mpls forwarding-table [v6mask1 ]
Function
This command displays the information about the IPv6 label forwarding table.
Parameters
v6mask1 IPv6 prefix/mask -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information about the IPv6 label
forwarding table:
ZXAN#show ipv6 mpls forwarding-table

Mpls Ldp Forwarding-table:
Destination: 2222::1/128
NextHop: 200::2
Interface: vlan200
InLabel: 21 OutLabel: Untag
54-37

Related Commands
None
54.1.39 show mpls backup forwarding-table

Syntax
show mpls backup forwarding-table [ip_addr1 [{mask1 |number1 } ] ]
Function
This command displays the information about the label forwarding table.
Parameters
ip_addr1 Prefix of destination address -
mask1 Mask of the prefix -
number1 Length of the mask 0–32
Mode
Usage Guidelines
When the active and backup PSN is set up, you can query information about the active
and backup labels.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information about the label forwarding
table:
ZXAN#show mpls backup forwarding-table
MPLS LDP Backup Forwarding-table:
InLabel OutLabel Dest Pfxlen Interface NextHop M/S
20 0 1.1.1.2 32 vlan20 20.20.20.2 M
0 1.1.1.2 32 vlan21 21.20.20.2 S
19 16 2.2.2.1 32 vlan20 20.20.20.2 M
16 2.2.2.1 32 vlan21 21.20.20.2 S
18 0 22.20.0.0 16 vlan20 20.20.20.2 M
0 22.20.0.0 16 vlan21 21.20.20.2 S
Related Commands
54-38


Syntax
show mpls forwarding-table [ip_addr1 [{mask1 |number1 } ] ]
Function
This command displays the information about the label forwarding table.
Parameters
ip_addr1 Prefix of destination address -
mask1 Prefix Mask of destination -

address prefix
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information about the label forwarding
table:
ZXAN#show mpls forwarding-table
MPLS LDP Forwarding-table:
InLabel OutLabel Dest Pfxlen Interface NextHop
20 0 1.1.1.2 32 vlan20 20.20.20.2
19 16 2.2.2.1 32 vlan20 20.20.20.2
18 0 22.20.0.0 16 vlan20 20.20.20.2
Related Commands
None
54.1.41 show mpls interface

Syntax
show mpls interface [interface1 ]
54-39

Function
This command displays the information about interfaces running LDP.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information about interfaces running LDP:
ZXAN#show mpls interface
Interface of LDP:
Interface IP Tunnel Operational AddrFamily
vlan20 Yes(ldp) No No IPv4
vlan21 Yes(ldp) No Yes IPv4
Related Commands
None

Syntax
show mpls label range [detail ]
Function
This command displays the range of MPLS labels.
Parameters
detail Detail information -
Mode
54-40

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the range of MPLS labels:
ZXAN(config)#show mpls label range
Label pool range: 16-1044575
Dynamic label pool
Label pool 0: Min/Max label: 16/1038430
Static label pool
Label pool 0: Min/Max label: 1038431/1044575
Related Commands
54.1.10 mpls label range-dynamic
54.1.11 mpls label range-static
54.1.43 show mpls label state

Syntax
show mpls label state [range {number1 } {number2 } ] [detail ]
Function
This command displays the state of labels in the label pool.
Parameters
number1 Beginning label 16–1048575
number2 Ending label 16–1048575
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the state of labels from 16 to 20 in the label
pool:
54-41

ZXAN#show mpls label state range 16 20 detail

Label State Protocol
16 in use L2VPN
17 in use L2VPN
18 in use LDP
19 in use LDP
20 in use LDP
Related Commands
None
54.1.44 show mpls ldp backoff

Syntax
show mpls ldp backoff
Function
This command displays the LDP backoff configuration.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the LDP backoff configuration:
ZXAN(config)#show mpls ldp backoff

LDP initial/maximum backoff: 30/240 sec
Related Commands
54.1.14 mpls ldp backoff
54-42


Syntax
show mpls ldp bindings [{ip_addr1 {mask1 |number1 } |ipv6 v6mask1 } [longer-prefixes ] ] [local
-label number2 [- number3 ] ] [remote-label number4 [- number5 ] ] [neighbor ip_addr2 ] [detail ]
Function
This command displays the information about MPLS label distribution and learning.
Parameters
ip_addr1 Prefix of destination IP address -
mask1 Prefix mask of destination IP -

address
ipv6 IPv6 address -
v6mask1 Prefix of destination IPv6 -

address
longer-prefixes Match the longest mask -
number2 Local beginning label 0–65535
number3 Local ending label 0–65535
number4 Remote-end beginning label 0–1048575
number5 Remote-end ending label 0–1048575
ip_addr2 IP address of LDP neighbor -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information about MPLS label distribution
and learning:
ZXAN(config)#show mpls ldp bindings
2.2.2.2/32
local binding: label: 18
54-43

static binding: Next hop: 135.1.1.5, label: 100(in use)

3.3.3.3/32
local binding: label: imp-null
4.4.4.4/32
5.5.5.5/32
78.1.1.0/24
134.1.1.0/24
135.1.1.0/24
Related Commands
54.1.46 show mpls ldp bindings summary
54.1.46 show mpls ldp bindings summary

Syntax
show mpls ldp bindings summary
Function
This command displays the statistics information about MPLS label distribution and
learning.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the statistics information about MPLS label
distribution and learning.
ZXAN(config)#show mpls ldp bindings summary
Total number of prefixes: 7
Total number of Upstream LSP Control Block: 0
54-44

Total number of Downstream LSP Control Block: 0
Generic label bindings

Assigned Learned
prefixes in labels out labels
7 7 0
Related Commands

Syntax
show mpls ldp discovery [detail ]
Function
This command displays the information about LDP neighbor discovery.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information about LDP neighbor
discovery.
ZXAN(config)#show mpls ldp discovery

Local LDP Identifier:
5.5.5.5:0
Discovery Sources:
Interfaces:
vlan135 (ldp): xmit/recv
LDP Id: 3.3.3.3:0; IP addr: 3.3.3.3
54-45

Related Commands
None
54.1.48 show mpls ldp graceful-restart

Syntax
show mpls ldp graceful-restart
Function
This command displays the configuration and running state of LDP graceful restart.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
When the active card and backup card swaps or a neighbor restarts, this command display
the information about the restarter of helper.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the configuration and running state of LDP
graceful restart.
ZXAN#show mpls ldp graceful-restart
LDP Helper Mode is enabled
Neighbor Liveness Timer: 180000 milliseconds
Max Recovery Timer: 180000 milliseconds
Graceful Restart enabled Sessions:
Related Commands

Syntax
show mpls ldp neighbor {[ip_addr1 [detail ] ] |[interface1 [detail ] ] |[detail ] |[summary ] |[grac
eful-restart ] }
54-46

Function
This command displays the LDP neighbor sessions.
Parameters
ip_addr1 IP address of neighbor -
summary Statistics -
graceful-restart Graceful-restart running state -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the LDP neighbor sessions:
ZXAN(config)#show mpls ldp neighbor
Peer LDP Ident: 3.3.3.3:0; Local LDP Ident: 5.5.5.5:0
TCP connection: 3.3.3.3.646 - 5.5.5.5.1025
State: Oper; Msgs sent/rcvd: 10/12; Downstream unsolicited
Up Time: 00:02:26
LDP discovery sources:
vlan135; Src IP addr: 135.1.1.3
Addresses bound to peer LDP Ident:
3.3.3.3 134.1.1.3 135.1.1.3
Related Commands
None

Syntax
show mpls ldp parameters
Function
This command displays the information about LDP parameters.
54-47

Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information about LDP parameters:
ZXAN(config)#show mpls ldp parameters
Protocol version: 1
Session holdtime: 180 sec; keep alive interval: 60 sec
Discovery hello: holdtime: 15 sec; interval: 5 sec
Discovery targeted hello: holdtime: 45 sec; interval: 15 sec
LDP for targeted sessions
LDP initial/maximum backoff: 20/200 sec
LDP used lsp control mode: Independent
LDP configred lsp control mode: Independent
LDP used label retention mode: Liberal
LDP configred label retention mode: Liberal
LDP used propagate mode: Relpropa_no
LDP configred propagate mode: Relpropa_no
LDP loop detection: off
Related Commands
None
54.2 MPLS Configuration

54.2.1 ip mpls-forwarding
Syntax
ip mpls-forwarding {enable |disable }
Function
This command enables or disables MPLS forwarding for all packets.
54-48

Parameters
enable Enable MPLS forwarding -
disable Disable MPLS forwarding -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
When MPLS forwarding is enabled, the routing table determines whether to add MPLS
labels to the packets or not. When MPLS forwarding is disabled, packets are forwarded
only according to the routing table.
By default, MPLS forwarding is disabled.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable MPLS forwarding for all packets.
ZXAN(config)#ip mpls-forwarding enable
Related Commands
54.2.4 show ip mpls-forwarding
54.2.2 mac vpn

Syntax
mac vpn hexadecimal1
no mac vpn
Function
This command configures the MAC address for the VPN processing card.
Parameters
Mode
54-49

Usage Guidelines
The VPN processing card process TDM service. The MAC address works as the source
MAC address when the VPN card sends packets to the ONUs.
The default MAC address a MAC address with a fixed value away from the in-band NM
MAC address.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the MAC address for the VPN processing
card.
ZXAN(config)#mac vpn 2011.2011.2011
Related Commands
54.2.5 show mac vpn
54.2.3 mpls load-balance

Syntax
mpls load-balance {upstream |downstream } {dst-ip |dst-mac |src-ip |src-mac |dst-src-ip |dst-
src-mac |mac-label }
no mpls load-balance {upstream |downstream }
Function
This command configures a load balance algorithm for MPLS traffic.
Parameters
upstream Upstream traffic from AC to PW -
downstream Downstream traffic from PW to -

AC
dst-ip Destination IP address -
dst-mac Destination MAC address -
src-ip Source IP address -
src-mac Source MAC address -
dst-src-ip Destination and source IP -

addresses
dst-src-mac Destination and source MAC -

addresses
mac-label MAC address and label -
54-50

Mode
Usage Guidelines
The load balance algorithm can be configured to adjust the traffic ratio for two service
cards when MPLS traffic are forwarded by these two cards. The algorithm achieves a load
balance in consideration of MAC address, IP address, or label in packets.
By default, destination and source MAC addresses are considered for upstream load
balance, and MAC address and label are considered for downstream load balance.
Examples
ZXAN(config)#mpls load-balance upstream dst-src-ip
Related Commands
54.2.6 show mpls load-balance
54.2.4 show ip mpls-forwarding

Syntax
show ip mpls-forwarding
Function
This command displays the status of MPLS forwarding.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the status of MPLS forwarding:
ZXAN(config)#show ip mpls-forwarding
ip mpls-forwarding disable.
54-51

Related Commands
54.2.1 ip mpls-forwarding
54.2.5 show mac vpn

Syntax
show mac vpn
Function
This command displays the MAC address of the VPN processing card.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the MAC address of the VPN processing
card:
ZXAN(config)#show mac vpn
vpn mac: 2011.2011.2011
Related Commands
54.2.2 mac vpn
54.2.6 show mpls load-balance

Syntax
show mpls load-balance
Function
This command displays the MPLS traffic load balance algorithm.
Parameters
None
54-52

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN#show mpls load-balance
mpls load-balance upstream dst-src-mac
mpls load-balance downstream mac-label
Related Commands
54.2.3 mpls load-balance
54.2.7 swap vpn-card

Syntax
swap vpn-card
Function
This command swaps the active and backup VPN processing cards.
Parameters
None
Mode
ZXAN#
Usage Guidelines
When there are two VPN processing cards, one is active and the other is standby. If the
active stops working, you can swaps active and standby cards.
Usually, there is no need to perform the swap.
Examples
The following example shows how to swap the active and backup VPN processing cards:
ZXAN#swap vpn-card
Related Commands
None
54-53

54.3 MPLS OAM

54.3.1 ping mpls
Syntax
ping mpls {ipv4 ip_addr1 number1 |ipv6 ipv6_addr1 number2 |traffic-eng number3 } [{[repeat
number4 ] [size number5 ] [timeout number6 ] }] [source ip_addr2 ]
Function
This command detects the connectivity of an LDP LSP.
Parameters
ip_addr1 LSP IPv4 destination address -
number1 IPv4 destination address mask 0–32

length
ipv6_addr1 LSP IPv6 destination address -

prefix

length
number3 MPLS TE tunnel interface 1–8192
number4 Repeat time, default: 1–65535
number5 Ping packet size, in bytes, 100–1500

default: 120 bytes
number6 Timeout, in seconds, default: 2 1–60

seconds
ip_addr2 Source IP address, default: next -

hop address
Mode
ZXAN#
Usage Guidelines
This command sends a LSP Ping Request packet. If the destination address receives the
packet, it replies an LSP Ping Reply packet to the source IP address of the request packet.
Examples
The following example displays how to detect the connectivity to the LSR end 2.2.2.1/32:
54-54

ZXAN#ping mpls ipv4 2.2.2.1 32 size 300


.....
Success rate is 0 percent(0/5).
Related Commands
None
54.3.2 ping mpls pseudowire

Syntax
ping mpls pseudowire pw-name name1 [{[repeat number1 ] [size number2 ] [timeout number3 ]
[source ip_addr1 ] }] [ach-enc ]
Function
The command detects the connectivity of an IPv4 PW LSP.
Parameters
name1 PW name -
number1 Repeat time, default: 5 1–65535
number2 Ping packet size, in bytes, 100–1500

default: 120 bytes
number3 Timeout, in seconds, default: 2 1–60

seconds
ip_addr1 Source IP address, default: next -

hop address
Mode
ZXAN#
Usage Guidelines
This command sends a LSP Ping Request packet. If the destination address receives the
packet, it replies an LSP Ping Reply packet to the source IP address of the request packet.
54-55

Examples
The following example displays how to detect the connectivity of an PW tunnel:
ZXAN#ping mpls pseudowire pw-name pw1 source 3.3.3.3
sending 5,100-byte MPLS echos to pw1,timeout is 2 seconds.

QQQQQ
Success rate is 0 percent(0/5).
Related Commands
None
54.3.3 trace mpls

Syntax
trace mpls {ipv4 ip_addr1 number1 |ipv6 ipv6_addr1 number2 |traffic-eng number3 } [{[ttl num
ber4 ] [timeout number5 ] [revision number6 ] }]
Function
This command traces the LSP to a destination.
Parameters
ip_addr1 LSP IPv4 destination address -

length
ipv6_addr1 LSP IPv6 destination address -

prefix

length
number3 MPLS TE tunnel interface 1–8192
number4 TTL, default: 30 1–255
number5 Timeout,, in seconds, default: 3 1–60

seconds
number6 Version, default: 2 1–2
54-56

Mode
ZXAN#
Usage Guidelines
This commands verifies the integrity of an LSP (from an ingress LSR to an egress LSP) for
an FEC. The MPLS trace echo message brings the information about the corresponding
FEC.
An MPLS trace packet is encapsulated in a UPD packet, containing sequence nubmer
and time stamp. MPLS uses the same forwarding policy as the FEC pakcet to forward the
MPLS trace request messages.
In trace mpls connectivity test, when a packet arrives the egress port of an LSP, the control
panel checks the packet to verify whether the LSP is the egress port of the FEC.
If the timer stops before the reply, trace mpls prints a ‘.’symbol.
Examples
The following example shows how to trace the LSP to a destination:
ZXAN#trace mpls ipv4 2.2.2.1 32
tracing mpls to 2.2.2.1
Q
[finished]
Related Commands
None
54.3.4 trace mpls pseudowire

Syntax
trace mpls pseudowire pw-name name1 [{[vc-ttl number1 ] [timeout number2 ] [ach-enc ] }]
Function
This command traces the LSP path of a PW.
54-57

Parameters
name1 PW name -
number1 TTL, default: 64 1–255
number2 Timeout,, in seconds, default: 3 1–60

seconds
Mode
ZXAN#
Usage Guidelines
This command verifies the integrity of an PW forwarding channel.
Examples
The following example shows how to trace the LSP path of a PW:
ZXAN#trace mpls pseudowire pw-name pw1
tracing mpls to pw1
Q
[finished]
Related Commands
None
54-58

Chapter 55
L2VPN Commands
Table of Contents
L2VPN Management ................................................................................................55-1
PW Management ...................................................................................................55-34
PW Redundancy ....................................................................................................55-63
PW-CLASS Management .......................................................................................55-72
CIP Management ...................................................................................................55-77
55.1 L2VPN Management

Syntax
broadcast-limit number1
no broadcast-limit
Function
This command sets the rate limit of broadcast packets in a VFI.
Parameters
number1 Rate limit. 64–1638400 kbps

By default, there is no limit on
the rate of broadcast packets.
Mode
VFI configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config-vfi)#broadcast-limit 3000
55-1

Related Commands
None
55.1.2 clear l2vpn-flow-stat

Syntax
clear l2vpn-flow-stat {instance name1 |cip number1 |pw name2 }
Function
This command clears traffic statistics related to a L2VPN instance.
Parameters
name1 L2VPN instance name -
name2 PW name -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The system starts traffic statistics again after the previous statistics is cleared.
Examples
ZXAN#clear l2vpn-flow-stat instance vpls
Related Commands
55.1.23 show l2vpn-flow-stat
55.1.3 clear mac-table

Syntax
clear mac-table {vfi name1 } [{hexadecimal1 |cip number1 |pw name2 } ]
Function
This command clears all MAC addresses for a specific VPLS.
55-2

Chapter 55 L2VPN Commands
Parameters
vfi VFI -
name1 VFI name -
name2 PW name -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command clears all dynamically-learned MAC addresses for a VPLS or VLAN-VLL.
Static MAC addresses and filter MAC addresses are not cleared.
Examples
ZXAN#clear mac-table vfi wang
Related Commands
None
55.1.4 clear vpls loop-detect

Syntax
clear vpls loop-detect
Function
This command clears MAC address flapping records for all VFIs.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
55-3

Examples
ZXAN#clear vpls loop-detect
Related Commands
55.1.35 show vpls loop-detect
55.1.5 description
Syntax
description name1
no description
Function
This command adds a description for a VFI.
Parameters
name1 Description -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To delete the VFI description, use the no form of this command.
Examples
ZXAN(config-vfi)#description zteVfiTest
Related Commands
None
55.1.6 discard-on-learning-failed
Syntax
discard-on-learning-failed
no discard-on-learning-failed
55-4

Function
This command disables forwarding packets in case of VFI MAC address learning failure.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
When the VFI fails to learn MAC address from a packet, the packet is forwarded or
discarded. By default, the packet is forwarded. After this command is executed, the VFI
discards packets when MAC address learning fails.
Examples
ZXAN(config-vfi)#discard-on-learning-failed
Related Commands
None
55.1.7 flowstat
Syntax
flowstat name1
Function
This command configures the L2VPN traffic switch.
Parameters
name1 Turns on or off the traffic switch. enable or disable
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command configures the global traffic switch, which is turned off by default.
55-5

Examples
ZXAN(config)#flowstat enable
Related Commands
None
55.1.8 isolate
Syntax
isolate {local-member |spoke-member }
no isolate {local-member |spoke-member }
Function
This command isolates local members or remote spoke members in a service instance.
Parameters
local-member Local members -
spoke-member Remote spoke members -
Mode
l VFI configuration mode
l VLAN-VLL configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, local members and remote spoke members are not isolated. Packets can be
forwarded among these members.
Examples
The following example shows how to isolate local members and remote spoke members:
ZXAN(config-vfi)#isolate local-member
ZXAN(config-vfi)#isolate spoke-member
Related Commands
None
55-6

55.1.9 mac aging time

Syntax
mac aging time number1
no mac aging time
Function
This command configures the VPLS MAC aging time.
Parameters
number1 Aging time 60–10000
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the VPLS MAC aging time to 60 seconds:
ZXAN(config-vfi)#mac aging time 60
Related Commands
None
55.1.10 mac filter

Syntax
mac filter hexadecimal1 [{cip number1 |pw name1 } ]
no mac filter hexadecimal1
Function
This command configures the VPLS MAC filter function.
55-7

Parameters
hexadecimal1 MAC address in xxxx.xxxx.xxxx -

format
name1 PW name -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the MAC filter function for a PW:
ZXAN(config-vfi)#mac filter 0000.1111.1111 pw wang
Related Commands
None
55.1.11 mac learning

Syntax
mac learning {disable |enable }
Function
This command enables or disables MAC learning for an instance.
Parameters
disable Disables MAC learning. -
enable Enables MAC learning. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, MAC learning is enabled for an instance.
55-8

Examples
ZXAN(config-vfi)#mac learn enable
Related Commands
None
55.1.12 mac limit

Syntax
mac limit number1
no mac limit
Function
This command configures the size of the MAC table.
Parameters
number1 Maximum number of MAC 1–32768

entries
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command configures the maximum number of allowed MAC entries in the MAC table,
including static MAC and filter MAC entries.
Examples
The following example shows how to the VPLS MAC table size to 2000 for a VFI instance:
ZXAN(config)#vfi vpls
ZXAN(config-vfi)#mac limit 2000
Related Commands
None
55.1.13 mac static

Syntax
mac static hexadecimal1 {cip number1 |pw name1 }
55-9

no mac static hexadecimal1
Function
This command configures a static MAC address for a VPLS.
Parameters
hexadecimal1 MAC address in xxxx.xxxx.xxxx -

format.
cip Applies the MAC address to a -

CIP.
number1 CIP ID. 1–2048
pw Applies the MAC address to a -

PW.
name1 PW name. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l A PW or AC must be specified in this command for configuring a static MAC address.
If an AC is specified, a real port and a VLAN are also required for the MAC address.
If the AC or PW specified in this command does not exist, the system will prompt that
the configuration is not allowed.
l If the AC or PW is deleted, the corresponding static MAC address configuration will
be deleted automatically. If the VPLS instance is deleted, the static MAC address
configuration will also be deleted. The AC configuration and static MAC address of
an interface will be deleted if the interface is deleted, and will recover after the interface
recovers.
l After the static MAC address configuration, the instance forwards the packet whose
destination MAC address is the configured static MAC address to the AC or VC link
configured with this static MAC address.
Examples
ZXAN(config-vfi)#mac static 0000.1111.1111 cip 20
Related Commands
55.1.25 show mac-table vfi
55-10

55.1.14 mac withdraw

Syntax
mac withdraw {enable {null-maclist [peid-maclist ] |maclist } |disable }
Function
This command enables or disables the MAC address withdrawal function.
Parameters
enable Enables the MAC address -

withdrawal function and sets a
withdrawal mode.
null-maclist Enables the null maclist mode. -
peid-maclist Enables the PEID + null maclist -

mode.
maclist Enables the maclist mode. -
disable Disables the MAC address -

withdrawal mode.
Mode
l VLL configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
The MAC address withdrawal function is disabled by default.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the MAC address withdrawal function:
ZXAN(config-vfi)#mac withdraw enable maclist
Related Commands
None
55.1.15 macwithdraw-receive
Syntax
macwithdraw-receive {trust-pw }
55-11

no macwithdraw-receive
Function
This command configures a PW as a trust source for MAC withdrawal at the receiving end.
By default, a PW is not a trust source.
Parameters
trust-pw Configures a PW as a trust PW. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The trust PW configuration determines how to process MAC withdraw messages.
If a PW is configures as a trust PW, the MAC withdraw messages received by this PW are
considered trustable and the MAC addresses learned by the other PWs will be deleted.
If no trust PW is configured, only MAC addresses learned by PWs that receive MAC
withdraw messages will be deleted.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a PW as a trust PW:
ZXAN(config-vfi)#macwithdraw-receive trust-pw
Related Commands
None
55.1.16 mpls xconnect

Syntax
mpls xconnect pw name1 [spoke ]
no mpls xconnect pw name1
Function
This command binds a PW to a VPLS instance.
55-12

Parameters
pw Specifies the PW to be bound. -
name1 PW name that consists of 1–64 -

characters.
spoke Sets the PW attribute to -

“spoke”. The default PW
attribute is “hub”.
Mode
l MHPW configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to bind a PW whose name is wang to the VPLS instance:
ZXAN(config-vfi) # mpls xconnect pw wang
Related Commands
None
55.1.17 mspw
Syntax
mspw name1
no mspw name1
Function
This command configures an MSPW instance.
Parameters
name1 MSPW instance name that -

55-13

Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure an MSPW instance whose name is wang:
ZXAN(config)# mspw wang
Related Commands
55.1.32 show mpls l2vpn service
55.1.18 mtu
Syntax
mtu {number1 } [adv ]
no mtu
Function
This command configures the MTU for a service instance.
Parameters
number1 MTU. 64–16383

Default: 1518
adv If adv is specified in the -

command, advertisement to the
protocol is required. By default,
advertisement is not required.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
55-14

Examples
The following example shows how to configure the MTU and enable advertisement for an
instance:
ZXAN(config-vfi) # mtu 1200 adv
Related Commands
None
55.1.19 multicast-limit
Syntax
multicast-limit number1
no multicast-limit
Function
This command sets the rate limit of multicast packets in a VFI.
Parameters
number1 Rate limit. 64–1638400 kbps

By default, there is no limit on
the rate of broadcast packets.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config-vfi)#multicast-limit 3000
Related Commands
None
55.1.20 pbit-flowstat
Syntax
pbit-flowstat name1
55-15

Function
This command configures the priority-based traffic statistics switch.
Parameters
name1 Turns on or off the traffic enable or disable

statistics.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command configures the global switch for priority-base traffic statistics, which is turned
off by default.
Examples
ZXAN(config)#pbit-flowstat enable
Related Commands
None
55.1.21 service-type
Syntax
service-type {ethernet |tdm }
Function
This command configures the service type for a VLL.
Parameters
ethernet Ethernet -
tdm TDM -
Mode
l VLS configuration mode
55-16

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the service type of a VLL instance to Ethernet:
ZXAN(config-vll)#service-type ethernet
Related Commands
None
55.1.22 show flowstat

Syntax
show flowstat
Function
This command displays the status of the L2VPN traffic statistics switch.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN#show flowstat
flowstat enable
Related Commands
None
55.1.23 show l2vpn-flow-stat

Syntax
show l2vpn-flow-stat {instance name1 |cip number1 |pw name2 }
55-17

Function
This command displays the traffic statistics of an MPLS L2VPN instance.
Parameters
name1 L2VPN instance name -
name2 PW name -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN#show l2vpn-flow-stat instance vpls
Total:
InPkts : 0 OutPkts : 0
InBytes : 0 OutBytes : 0
DiscardPkts : N/A DiscardBytes : N/A
Unicast:
InPkts : N/A OutPkts : N/A
InBytes : N/A OutBytes : N/A
Multicast:
Broadcast:
Related Commands
55.1.2 clear l2vpn-flow-stat
55-18

55.1.24 show mac-table summary

Syntax
show mac-table summary [{vfi name1 } ]
Function
This command displays the count of MAC addresses in a VPLS instance.
Parameters
vfi VFI -
name1 VFI name -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config)#show mac-table summary
Related Commands
None
55.1.25 show mac-table vfi

Syntax
show mac-table vfi name1 [{hexadecimal1 |static-mac |filter-mac } ] [| name2 LINE1 ]
Function
This command displays all MAC address entries in a VPLS instance.
Parameters
name1 VFI name -
static-mac Static MAC address -
55-19

filter-mac Filter MAC address -
name2 Mode for obtaining specific begin, exclude, or include

contents from the MAC
table. Three options are
available:
l begin: This mode displays
al from the line that starts
with the specified character
or string.
l exclude: This mode
displays lines excluding
string.
l include: This mode displays
all lines containing the
string.
LINE1 Specifies the character or string -

excluded or included.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command displays all MAC address entries in a VPLS instance, including static MAC
addresses, filter MAC addresses, and learned MAC addresses.
Examples
ZXAN(config)#show mac-table vfi wang
Related Commands
None
55.1.26 show mpls l2transport binding

Syntax
show mpls l2transport binding [{number1 |ip_addr1 |local-label number2 |remote-label numbe
r3 |fec-type {fec128 |fec129 } |gen-fec-element {[agi number4 number5 ] [saii number6 ip_addr2
number7 ] [taii number8 ip_addr3 number9 ] }} ]
55-20

Function
This command displays the L2VPN label binding information.
Parameters
number1 VC ID 1–4294967295
ip_addr1 Remote address -
number2 Local label 16–1048575
number3 Remote label 16–1048575
fec128 FEC 128 -
fec129 FEC 129 -
number4 Higher bytes in FEC129 AGI 0–4294967295
number5 Lower bytes in FEC129 AGI 0–4294967295
number6 FEC129 SAII 0–65535
ip_addr2 FEC 129 SAII prefix (IP address -

of the source PE device)
number7 AC ID in FEC 129 SAII 0–4294967295
number8 Global ID in FEC 129 TAII 0–65535
ip_addr3 FEC 129 TAII prefix (IP address -

of the destination PE device)
number9 AC ID in FEC 129 TAII 0–4294967295
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the current layer-2 transport binding
information:
ZXAN#show mpls l2transport binding
Destination Address: 3.3.3.3, VC ID: 100
FEC129: AGI (N/A): N/A
SAII (N/A): N/A
TAII (N/A): N/A
Macwithdraw send sum: 0
VCCV: N/A
55-21

Local Label: 16
Cbit: 0 VC Type: ETH GroupID: 0
MTU: 1518 Interface Desc:
VCCV Connection Channel: NULL
VCCV Connectivity Verification:
Remote Label: UnTag
Cbit: NULL VC Type: NULL GroupID: NULL
MTU: NULL Interface Desc: N/A
VCCV Connection Channel:
VCCV Connectivity Verification:
Related Commands
None
55.1.27 show mpls l2transport binding summary

Syntax
show mpls l2transport binding summary
Function
This command displays the statistics of layer-2 VPN label bindings.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the statistics of layer-2 VPN label bindings:
ZXAN#show mpls l2transport binding summary
Complete bindings : 0
Incomplete bindings : 1
Only local : 1
Only remote : 0
Related Commands
None
55-22

55.1.28 show mpls l2transport vc

Syntax
show mpls l2transport vc {{vfi |vll } [{fec128 {vcid number1 [number2 ] |{ipv4 destination ip_ad
dr1 |ipv6 destination name1 } } |fec129 {acid number3 |agi number4 [number5 ] |prefix ip_addr2
} } ] |pw name2 |service name3 |mspw [{dynamic |{fec128 {vcid number6 [number7 ] |{ipv4 des
tination ip_addr3 |ipv6 destination name4 } } |fec129 {acid number8 |agi number9 [number10 ]
|prefix ip_addr4 } } } ] } [detail ]
Function
This command displays the VC information of an L2VPN instance.
Parameters
vfi Displays the VC information of -

a VFI instance.
vll Displays the VC information of -

a VLL instance.
fec128 Displays the information of FEC -

128 VCs.
number1 Start valuer for displaying VC 1–4294967295

information by VC ID.
number2 End value for displaying VC 1–4294967295

ipv4 IPv4 address. -
ip_addr1 Displays the information of VC -

by IPv4 address.
ipv6 Displays the information of VC -

by IPv6 address.
name1 IPv6 address. -
fec129 Displays the information of FEC -

129 VCs.
number3 Displays the information of VC 0–4294967295

by AC ID.

by AGI.

by AGI.
55-23


by Prefix.
name2 Displays the information of VC -

by PW name.

by instance name.
mspw Displays the VC information of -

an MSPW instance.
dynamic Displays the VC information of a -

dynamic MSPW instance.
number6 Start value for displaying VC 1–4294967295

number7 End value for displaying VC 1–4294967295

information of VC by VC ID.

by IPv4 address.

by IPv6 address.

by AC ID.

by AGI.

by AGI.

by Prefix.
detail Displays the VC details. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command can display the information of all VCs. To display the information of a
specific VC, specify a keyword in the command, such as VC ID.
Examples
The following example shows how to display the details of a VC whose PW name is pw1:
ZXAN#show mpls l2transport vc pw pw1 detail
55-24

Service name: vpls

Service type: VFI
Destination address: 2.2.2.1
FEC: 128, VC ID: 10, VC status: up, FRR: null
Tunnel label: 100, next hop 21.20.20.2
Output interface: vlan21, imposed label stack { 100, 16 }
Create time: 01:53:41, last status change time: 01:53:41
Signaling protocol: LDP, peer 2.2.2.1 up
MPLS VC labels: local 17, remote 16
Group ID: local 0, remote 0
MTU: local 1000, remote 1500
PW flow statistic: on
total:
inBytes: 0 inPkts: 0
outBytes: 0 outPkts: 0
unicast:
multicast:
broadcast:
discard:
bytes: 0 pkts: 0
Related Commands
None
55.1.29 show mpls l2transport vc summary

Syntax
show mpls l2transport vc summary
Function
This command displays the statistics of VCs in an L2VPN instance.
Parameters
None
55-25

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN#show mpls l2transport vc summary
VFI VC number: 1
VLL VC number: 0
MSPW VC number: 0
Related Commands
None
55.1.30 show mpls l2vpn ac

Syntax
show mpls l2vpn ac cip number1
Function
This command displays the AC information of a specific CIP.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN#show mpls l2vpn ac cip 1
cip1
C/S Attribute : Server Interface
R/L Attribute : Root Interface
Learn MAC number: 0 Static MAC number: 0
AC flow statistic: on
55-26

total:
unicast:
multicast:
broadcast:
discard:
bytes: 0 pkts: 0
Related Commands
None
55.1.31 show mpls l2vpn ac summary

Syntax
show mpls l2vpn ac summary
Function
This command displays the statistics of ACs in a specific CIP.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN#show mpls l2vpn ac summary
L2VPN AC total number: 2
VFI AC number: 2
VLL AC number: 0
VLS AC number: 0
VLAN VLL AC number: 0
55-27

Related Commands
None

Syntax
show mpls l2vpn service {vfi |vll |mspw |name1 |all } {brief |detail }
Function
This command displays the information of an L2VPN instance of a specific type or with a
specific instance name.
Parameters
vfi VFI instance -
vll VLL instance -
mspw MSPW instance -
all All instance information -
brief Brief instance information -
detail Detailed instance information -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the detailed information of an L2VPN instance
(vpls):
ZXAN#show mpls l2vpn service vpls detail
Instance name: vpls
Instance type: vfi
Service type: ETHERNET
Service member count: 2
Local member count: 1
Remote member count: 1
Service mode: vlan-all
55-28

Service mtu: 1000

Local member isolate: no
Spoke member isolate: no
Learn remote MAC: yes
MAC withdraw enable: no
MAC aging enable: yes
MAC aging time: 180s
MAC learn enable: yes
MAC limit: 32768
MAC limit high watermark: 95
MAC limit low watermark: 90
All Layer2 protocol broadcast
Instance flow statistic: off
Local member information
cip1
C/S Attribute : Server Interface
R/L Attribute : Root Interface
AC flow statistic: on
total:
uincast:
multicast:
broadcast:
discast:
bytes: 0 pkts: 0
Remote member information

pw-name: pw1
pw-mode: martini pw-type: Ethernet-vlan
FEC type: 128
peer 2.2.2.1 router-id 2.2.2.1
PW flow statistic: on
total:
uincast:
55-29

multicast:
broadcast:
discast:
bytes: 0 pkts: 0
Related Commands
None
55.1.33 show mpls l2vpn service summary

Syntax
show mpls l2vpn service summary
Function
This command displays the statistics of L2VPN instances.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN#show mpls l2vpn service summary
L2VPN instance total number: 2
VFI instance number: 2
VLL instance number: 0
MSPW instance number: 0
VLS instance number: 0
VLAN VLL instance number: 0
55-30

Related Commands
None
55.1.34 show pbit-flowstat

Syntax
show pbit-flowstat
Function
This command displays the status of the L2VPN priority-based traffic statistics switch.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN#show pbit-flowstat
pbit-flowstat enable
Related Commands
None
55.1.35 show vpls loop-detect

Syntax
show vpls loop-detect {vfi name1 |all }
Function
This command displays MAC flapping records in all instances of a specific VFI instance.
Parameters
name1 VFI name -
all All VFI instances -
55-31

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
l The following example shows how to display MAC flapping records in all VFI
instances:
ZXAN#show vpls loop-detect all
l The following example shows how to display MAC flapping records in the VFI instance
whose name is vpn1:
ZXAN#show vpls loop-detect vfi vpn1
Related Commands
55.1.4 clear vpls loop-detect
55.1.36 unknowncast-limit
Syntax
unknowncast-limit number1
no unknowncast-limit
Function
This command configures the rate limit of unknown unicast packets for a VFI instance.
Parameters
number1 Rate limit. 64–16384000 kpbs

By default, no rate limit is set on
unknown unicast packets.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
55-32

Examples
ZXAN(config-vfi)#unknowncast-limit 3000
Related Commands
None
55.1.37 vfi
Syntax
vfi name1
no vfi name1
Function
This command configures a VFI instance.
Parameters
name1 VFI instance name that consists -

of 1–64 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a VFI instance whose name is wang, and
how to delete this instance:
ZXAN(config)#vfi wang
ZXAN(config)#no vfi wang
Total number of interfaces connected to this VFI is [0].
Are you sure to delete all of them?[yes/no]:y
The local members of VFI wang have been removed successfully!
Related Commands
55-33

55.1.38 vll
Syntax
vll name1
no vll name1
Function
This command configures a VLL instance.
Parameters
name1 VLL instance name that consists -

Mode
Usage Guidelines
To cancel the setting, use the no form of this command:
Examples
The following example shows how to configures a VLL instance whose name is wang, and
how to delete the instance:
ZXAN(config) #vll wang
ZXAN(config-vll)#
ZXAN(config-vll)#exit
ZXAN(config)#no vll wang
Related Commands
55.2 PW Management
55.2.1 apply
Syntax
apply pw-class name1
no apply
55-34

Function
This command applies a PW profile to an L2VPN PW instance.
Parameters
pw-class Applies a PW profile to an -

L2VPN PW instance.
name1 PW profile name that consists -

of 1–64 characters.
Mode
PW configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
The prerequisites for applying a PW profile to a PW instance are:
l The mode of the PW instance must be properly configured before the application of a
PW profile. If the instance is in static mode, the system will fail to apply a PW profile
to this instance due to unavailable signaling.
l The PW profile with complete attribute configurations is available.
Remove the binding between PW and L2VPN instance before using this command or the
Examples
ZXAN(config-pw)# apply pw-class pw-class1
Related Commands
55.2.26 show l2vpn pw
55.2.28 show l2vpn pw summary
55.2.2 cos-to-tc-profile
Syntax
cos-to-tc-profile name1
no cos-to-tc-profile
Function
This command applies a CoS-to-TC profile to a PW.
55-35

Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
After a CoS-to-TC profile is applied to a PW, the PW maps AC-side CoS to CoS in PW
labels in accordance with the settings in the profile.
Examples
ZXAN(config-pw)#cos-to-tc-profile zte2
Related Commands
None
55.2.3 encapsulated-delay
Syntax
encapsulated-delay number1
no encapsulated-delay
Function
This command configures the encapsulation delay for TDM emulation.
Parameters
number1 Number of delayed frames 1–40

during encapsulation
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The delay time corresponding to one frame is 125 μm.
Examples
ZXAN(config-pw)#encapsulated-delay 10
55-36

Related Commands
None
55.2.4 explicit-path
Syntax
explicit-path {name1 }
no explicit-path
Function
This command binds an explicit path to an L2VPN PW instance.
Parameters
name1 Name of an explicit path. -

The name consists of 1–64
characters.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to bind an explicit path to a PW:
ZXAN(config-pw)# explicit-path pw-explicit-path1
Related Commands
None
55.2.5 flow-label-algorithm
Syntax
flow-label-algorithm {[{dst-mac |src-mac |dst-src-mac } ] [{dst-ip |src-ip |dst-src-ip } ] [{dst-po
rt |src-port |dst-src-port } ] }
no flow-label-algorithm
55-37

Function
This command configures the flow label algorithm.
Parameters
dst-mac Destination MAC address -
src-mac Source MAC address -
dst-src-mac Destination and source MAC -

addresses
dst-ip Destination IP address -
src-ip Source IP address -
dst-src-ip Destination and source IP -

addresses
dst-port Destination port -
src-port Source port -
dst-src-port Destination and source ports -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The system can generate a flow label in accordance with the source MAC address,
destination MAC address, source IP address, destination IP address, source port, and
destination port in a packet. Different flow label algorithms can be used depending on
packet features to achieve better traffic distribution effect.
Examples
ZXAN(config-pw)#flow-label-algorithm dst-mac
Related Commands
None
55.2.6 flow-label
Syntax
flow-label send {enable |disable } receive {enable |disable } [static ]
no flow-label
55-38

Function
This command enables or disables flow labels for ECMP traffic sharing on an L2VPN PW.
Parameters
enable Enables flow labels in Tx -

direction
disable Disables flow labels in Tx -

direction.
static Corresponds to static PW -

configuration for the planning of
the entire network.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l The PW mode must be configured before flow label configuration.
l The PW mode determines the flow label mode. If the PW mode is dynamic, flow labels
must be dynamic. If the PW mode is static, flow labels must be static.
l The FL must be deleted before the PW mode is cancelled.
Examples
ZXAN(config-pw)# flow-label send enable receive enable
Related Commands
None
55.2.7 flowstat
Syntax
flowstat {[pbit ] enable |disable }
Function
This command enables or disables PW traffic statistics.
55-39

Parameters
pbit Traffic statistics based on -

priority bit.
enable Enables the traffic statistics. -
disable Disables the traffic statistics. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The PW traffic statistics can only be enabled when the PW has been associated with a
VPN instance.
Before enabling the PW traffic statistics, ensure that the global traffic statistics switch is
turned on. The global traffic statistics switch is turned off by default.
Examples
ZXAN(config-pw)#flowstat enable
Related Commands
None
55.2.8 gen-fec-element
Syntax
gen-fec-element {agi number1 number2 |saii number3 ip_addr1 number4 taii number5 ip_addr2
number6 }
no gen-fec-element
Function
This command configures FEC 129 element for an L2VPN PW instance.
Parameters
number1 Higher bytes in FEC 129 AGI 0–4294967295
number2 Lower bytes in FEC 129 AGI 1–4294967295
number3 Global ID in FEC 129 SAII 0–65535
55-40

ip_addr1 Prefix in FEC 129 SAII (IP -

address of the source PE
device)
number4 AC ID in FEC 129 SAII 0–4294967295
number5 Global ID in FEC 129 TAII 0–65535
ip_addr2 Prefix in FEC 129 TAII (IP -

address of the destination PE
device)
number6 AC ID in FEC 129 TAII 0–4294967295
Mode
Usage Guidelines
FEC 129 element needs to be configured only when the PW mode is dynamic FEC 129.
Examples
l The following example shows how to configure FEC 129 element of AGI type:
l
ZXAN(config)#pw fec129
ZXAN(config-pw)#mode dynamic martini fec129
ZXAN(config-pw)#gen-fec-element agi 10 20
l The following example shows how to configure FEC 129 element of All type:
ZXAN(config)#pw fec129
ZXAN(config-pw)#mode dynamic martini fec129
ZXAN(config-pw)#gen-fec-element saii 10 1.1.1.1 10 taii 20 2.2.2.2 20
Related Commands
None
55.2.9 item
Syntax
item name1 name2 name3 alarm number1 number2 restore number3 number4
55-41

Function
This command configures the items in a PW alarm profile, such as thresholds for raising
and clearing alarms.
Parameters
name1 Items for PW performance -

statistics, including the number
of forwarded bytes, number of
forwarded packets, number of
received bytes, and the number
of received packets
name2 Statistics period: 24 hours or 15 -

minutes
name3 Threshold type: upper threshold -

or lower threshold
alarm Thresholds for raising alarms -
number1 Upper threshold 0–4294967295
number2 Lower threshold 0–4294967295
restore Thresholds for clearing alarms -
number3 Upper threshold 0–4294967295
number4 Lower threshold 0–4294967295
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config)#perf-pw profile pwPerf
ZXAN(config-perf-pw)#item forward-pkts 15-minutes highest alarm 50000 100 restore 40000 200
Related Commands
None
55-42

55.2.10 mac learning

Syntax
mac learning {enable |disable }
Function
This command enables or disables MAC learning for a PW.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, MAC learning is enabled for a PW.
Examples
ZXAN(config-pw)#mac learn enable
Related Commands
None
55.2.11 mac limit high-watermark

Syntax
mac limit high-watermark number1
no mac limit high-watermark
Function
This command sets the high watermark of the MAC table for alarm raising.
Parameters
number1 Percentage 0–100
55-43

Mode
Usage Guidelines
A MAC table capacity alarm is raised when the percentage of MAC addresses in the VPLS
domain reaches the high watermark.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the high watermark of the MAC table to 95%:
ZXAN(config-vfi)#mac limit high-watermark 95
Related Commands
55.2.12 mac limit low-watermark
mac limit
55.2.12 mac limit low-watermark

Syntax
mac limit low-watermark number1
no mac limit low-watermark
Function
This command sets the low watermark of the MAC table for alarm clearing.
Parameters
number1 Percentage 0–100
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The MAC table capacity alarm is cleared when the percentage of MAC addresses in the
VPLS domain reduces to the low watermark.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the low watermark of the MAC table to 60%:
55-44

ZXAN(config-vfi)#mac limit low-watermark 60
Related Commands
55.2.11 mac limit high-watermark
mac limit
55.2.13 mode
Syntax
mode {static |dynamic {pwe3 |martini } } {fec128 |fec129 }
no mode
Function
This command configures the application mode of an L2VPN PW instance.
Parameters
static Static mode -
dynamic Dynamic mode -
pwe3 PWE3 signaling mode -
martini Martini signaling mode -
fec128 FEC128 signaling -
fec129 FEC129 signaling -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Before using the no form of this command, delete the pw-class and protocol attributes
because the pw-class and protocol attributes depend on the PW application mode.
Cancel the binding between the PW and the L2VPN instance before configuring the
application mode or cancelling the application mode configuration.
Examples
ZXAN(config-pw)#mode dynamic pwe3 fec128
55-45

Related Commands
55.2.1 apply
55.2.17 peer
55.2.14 mspw-backoff
Syntax
mspw-backoff number1 number2
no mspw-backoff
Function
This command configures the backoff time for MSPW service on an L2VPN PW.
Parameters
number1 Initial value 15–120

Unit: seconds
number2 Maximum value 15–120

Unit: seconds
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The backoff time is only applicable to TPE nodes with dynamic MSPW. The backoff time
can be configured only when the PW mode is dynamic FEC 129 mode and the PW is
bound to VLL, VPLS, or VLAN-VLL service.
Examples
ZXAN(config-pw)#mspw-backoff 20 40
Related Commands
None
55.2.15 next-address
Syntax
next-address {strict |loose } {v4 ip_addr1 |v6 ipv6_addr1 |as-id number1 }
55-46

Function
This command configures the next hop address for an L2VPN PW explicit path instance.
Parameters
strict Strict next hop -
loose Loose next hop -
number1 AS ID 1
Mode
PW explicit path configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config-pw-expl-path)#next-address strict v4 2.2.2.2
Related Commands
55.2.20 pw-explicit-path
55.2.16 payload-size
Syntax
payload-size number1
no payload-size
Function
This command configures TDM payload size.
Parameters
number1 TDM payload size 8–1024

Unit: bytes
55-47

Mode
Usage Guidelines
The payload size varies with different service types, 256 for E1, 192 for T1, and 32 for
CESoPSN.
The PW negotiates with the peer PW about the payload size. If the payload size is
inconsistent with that of the peer PW, the negotiation will fail.
Examples
ZXAN(config-pw)#payload-size 64
Related Commands
None
55.2.17 peer
Syntax
peer {ip_addr1 |ipv6_addr1 } router-id ip_addr2 [vcid number1 ] [local-label number2 remote-l
abel number3 ]
no peer
Function
This command configures protocol attributes of an L2VPN PW instance.
Parameters
ip_addr1 IPv4 address. -
ipv6_addr1 IPv6 address. -
ip_addr2 Router ID of the PW’s peer PE. -
number1 PW ID. 1–4294967295

This parameter must be
configured for FEC 128. It is not
required for FEC 129.
number2 Local label of static PW. -
number3 Remote label of static PW. 16–1048575
55-48

Mode
Usage Guidelines
The PW application mode must be configured before protocol attribute configuration. For
a PW in dynamic mode, no static label can be configured.
When the PW is in static mode, a local label range can be configured. For how to configure
the range, refer to the mpls label range-static command.
FEC 128 VC ID must be configured. FEC 129 VC ID is not required.
Remove the binding between the PW and the L2VPN instance before configuring protocol
attributes or cancelling the configuration.
Examples
ZXAN(config-pw)# peer 1.2.3.4 router-id 1.2.3.4 vcid 100 local-label 1038431 remote-label 16
Related Commands
55.2.18 perf-pw profile

Syntax
perf-pw profile name1
no perf-pw profile name1
Function
This command creates a PW performance profile.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
55-49

Examples
ZXAN(config)#perf-pw profile pwPerf
Related Commands
55.2.9 item
55.2.19 perf-pw profile (PW Configuration Mode)

Syntax
perf-pw profile name1
no perf-pw profile
Function
This command applies a PW performance profile to an L2VPN PW instance.
Parameters
name1 Name of a PW performance -

profile
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Before using this command, ensure that the PW performance profile has been created.
Remove the binding between the PW and the L2VPN service instance before applying a
PW performance profile or cancel the setting.
Examples
ZXAN(config-pw)#perf-pw profile ztePerf
Related Commands
None
55.2.20 pw-explicit-path
Syntax
pw-explicit-path {name1 }
55-50

no pw-explicit-path {name1 }
Function
This command configures an L2VPN PW explicit path instance.
Parameters
name1 PW explicit path name that -

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config)# pw-explicit-path pw-path-1
Related Commands
None
55.2.21 pw
Syntax
pw name1
no pw name1
Function
This command configures an L2VPN PW instance.
Parameters
name1 PW instance name that consists -

Mode
55-51

Usage Guidelines
This command configures a specific PW instance and starts PW configuration mode.
Remove the binding between the PW and the L2VPN service instance before using the no
Examples
ZXAN(config)# pw pw1
Related Commands
55.1.37 vfi
55.1.38 vll
55.1.17 mspw
55.2.22 pw route
Syntax
pw route 0-4294967295>:A.B.C.D:01 number1 ip_addr1 [tag number2 ]
no pw route 0-4294967295>:A.B.C.D:01 number1 [tag number2 ]
Function
This command configures a static PW route.
Parameters
0-4294967295>:A.B.C.D:01 AII prefix -
number1 Prefix length. 0–64
number2 Route tag. 1–255

By default, no tag is configured.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
A PW route can be specified by BGP for FEC129 configuration.
55-52

Examples
ZXAN(config)#pw route 300:8.8.8.8:0 64 135.1.1.1
Related Commands
55.2.27 show l2vpn pw-aii-information
55.2.23 pwtype
Syntax
pwtype {ethernet-vlan |ethernet |e1 |t1 |e3 |t3 |cesopsn-basic }
no pwtype
Function
This command configures the advertising mode of the L2VPN PW instance mode.
Parameters
ethernet-vlan Ethernet VLAN mode -
ethernet Ethernet mode -
e1 E1 mode -
t1 T1 mode -
e3 E3 mode -
t3 T3 mode -
cesopsn-basic CESoPSN basic mode -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Remove the binding between the PW and the L2VPN service instance before using this
command or using the no form of this command.
Examples
ZXAN(config-pw)# pwtype ethernet
Related Commands
55-53

55.2.24 root-leaf
Syntax
root-leaf {root |leaf }
Function
This command configures the root-leaf attribute for an L2VPN PW instance.
Parameters
root Sets the PW as the root node. -
leaf Sets the PW as a leaf node. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The root-leaf attribute of a PW can be configured only when the PW is bound with a VFI
instance.
Examples
ZXAN(config-pw)#root_leaf root ZXAN(config-pw)#root_leaf leaf
Related Commands
None
55.2.25 sequence
Syntax
sequence {enable |disable }
Function
This command enables the sequence number mechanism for PW emulation.
55-54

Parameters
enable Enables the sequence number -

mechanism.
disable Disables the sequence number -

mechanism.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
Use this command to enable the sequence number mechanism for PW emulation. By
default, the sequence number mechanism is disabled.
During PW emulation, sequence numbers are used to detect sequenced delivery of

packets. The first step of sequencing is to send a signal containing the control word. The
16-bit sequence number in the control word can be used for packet sequencing. When
the sequence number mechanism is disabled, the sequence number is set to 0. When the
sequence number mechanism is enabled, the sequence number is set to 1 and increases
by one in subsequent packets. The sequence number that follows the maximum value
is one.
Examples
ZXAN(config-pw)#sequence enable
Related Commands
None

Syntax
show l2vpn pw [name1 ] {brief |detail }
Function
This command displays the basic configuration information of all PWs or a specific PW.
55-55

Parameters
name1 PW name -
brief Brief information -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If no PW name is specified in this command, the configuration of all PWs will be displayed.
Examples
ZXAN#show l2vpn pw pw1 detail
PW Name: pw1
Mode:Martini Fectype:128 PW type:ETH-VLAN
Peer:2.2.2.1 VCID:10
Agi_type: NULL Agi_value: NULL
Saii_type:NULL Saii: NULL
Taii_type:NULL Taii: NULL
Init_tiem:NULL
Max_time:NULL
Static label: local UnTag, remote UnTag
Tunnel ID: NULL
PW class:
Explicit-path:
PW GR:
L2VPN type: VPLS
L2VPN name: vpls
Related Commands
None
55.2.27 show l2vpn pw-aii-information

Syntax
show l2vpn pw-aii-information
Function
This command displays information about PW routes.
55-56

Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config)#show l2vpn pw-aii-information
global-id prefix local-route nexthop type pri
500 3.3.3.3 1 3.3.3.3 static 0
0 7.7.7.7 0 135.1.1.1 static 1
300 8.8.8.8 0 135.1.1.1 static 1
Related Commands
55.2.22 pw route

Syntax
show l2vpn pw summary
Function
This command displays the basic statistics of a specific PW or all PWs.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If no PW is specified in the command, the statistics of all PWs will be displayed.
Examples
ZXAN#show l2vpn pw summary
The summary information about configured PW:
Max PW number 2048
55-57

Configured PW number 3
Static PW number 0
Dynamic PW number 3
Used by VPLS 2
Used by VLL 0
Used by MSPW 0
Used by VLAN-VLL 0
Related Commands
None
55.2.29 show pw protocol routing

Syntax
show pw protocol routing
Function
This command displays detailed information about PW related routes in the protocol routing
table.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN#show pw protocol routing
Status codes: *-valid, >-best, i-internal
Dest Next Hop Routeprf RouteMetric Protocol
*> 500:3.3.3.3:0/64 3.3.3.3 0 0 local
*> 0:7.7.7.7:0/0 135.1.1.1 1 0 static
*> 300:8.8.8.8:0/64 135.1.1.1 1 0 static
Related Commands
55.2.22 pw route
55-58

55.2.30 show pw protocol routing summary

Syntax
show pw protocol routing summary
Function
This command displays the statistics of PW related routes in the protocol routing table.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN#show pw protocol routing summary
Route Source Count
Local: 1
Static: 2
LDP: 0
BGP: 0
Total: 3
Related Commands
55.2.22 pw route
55.2.31 simulation-mode
Syntax
simulation-mode {pwe3 }
no simulation-mode
Function
This command configures a valid emulation mode for TDM emulation.
55-59

Parameters
pwe3 PWE3 -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config-ces-pw)#simulation-mode pwe3
Related Commands
None
55.2.32 static-loopback
Syntax
static-loopback
no static-loopback
Function
This command enables PW loopback.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config-pw)#static-loopback
Related Commands
None
55-60

55.2.33 status-notification
Syntax
status-notification
no status-notification
Function
This command enables PW status notification.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config-pw)# status-notification
Related Commands
55.1.26 show mpls l2transport binding
55.2.34 tc-to-cos-profile
Syntax
tc-to-cos-profile name1
no tc-to-cos-profile
Function
This command applies a TC-to-CoS profile to a PW.
Parameters
Mode
55-61

Usage Guidelines
After a TC-to-CoS profile is applied to a PW, the PW maps CoS in PW labels to AC-side
CoS in accordance with the settings in the profile.
Examples
ZXAN(config--pw)#tc-to-cos-profile zte1
Related Commands
None
55.2.35 ttl
Syntax
ttl number1
no ttl
Function
This command configures the TTL for an L2VPN PW instance.
Parameters
number1 TTL Range: 1–255

Default: 64
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config-pw)#ttl 100
Related Commands
None
55-62

55.2.36 variation-delay
Syntax
variation-delay number1
no variation-delay
Function
This command configures the variation delay for TDM emulation.
Parameters
number1 Number of frames with variation 1–400

delay
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The delay time corresponding to one frame is 125 μm.
Examples
ZXAN(config-ces-pw)#variation-delay 400
Related Commands
None
55.3 PW Redundancy
55.3.1 negotiation
Syntax
negotiation {disable |enable [{master |slave } ] [no-adv ] }
no negotiation
Function
This command configures the negotiation mode for an L2VPN PW redundancy group
instance.
55-63

Parameters
disable Disables the negotiation mode. -
enable Enables the negotiation mode. -
master Sets the negotiation mode to -

master/slave and advertise the
PW as the active PW.
slave Sets the negotiation mode to -

master/slave and advertise the
PW as the standby PW.
no-adv Disables advertisement. -
Mode
pw-group configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
The negotiation attribute cannot be deleted when a standby PW is configured. Before
using the no form of this command, delete the standby PW.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the master configuration mode:
ZXAN(config-pw-group)#negotiation enable master
Related Commands
None
55.3.2 protect hold-off

Syntax
protect hold-off number1
no protect hold-off
Function
This command sets the hold-off time for an L2VPN PW redundancy group instance.
55-64

Parameters
number1 Hold-off time Range: 0–100

The value 0 indicates that Unit: 100 ms
the protection switching is
performed immediately.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to set the hold-off time for redundancy switching to two
seconds (20*100 ms):
ZXAN(config-pw-group)#protect hold-off 20
Related Commands
None
55.3.3 protect mode

Syntax
protect mode {revertive wtr number1 |non-revertive }
no protect mode
Function
This command configures the revertive switching policy for an L2VPN PW redundancy
group instance.
Parameters
revertive Revertive switching mode -
wtr Sets the waiting time for -

revertive switching.
0 indicates immediate revertive
switching.
55-65

number1 Waiting time. 1–12

Unit: minutes.
non-revertive Disables revertive switching. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If “no-revertive” is specified in the command, revertive switching is not allowed after an
active/standby switching. If wtr is set to 0, immediate revertive switching will be performed
immediately.
The revertive switching attribute cannot be deleted if a standby PW is configured. Before
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the revertive switching and set the waiting
time to 6 minutes:
ZXAN(config-pw-group)#protect mode revertive wtr 6
Related Commands
None
55.3.4 protect switch

Syntax
protect switch {clear |lp |fs |ms }
Function
This command forces a protection switching.
Parameters
clear Clears the previous switch -

command, and switches the
traffic to the active PW.
55-66

lp Locks the active PW. -

If the active PW is the working
PW, no switching to the standby
PW is allowed.
If the standby PW is the working
PW, the traffic is switched
back to the active PW, and no
switching is allowed any longer.
fs Force switch to the standby PW. -
ms Manual switch to the standby -

PW.
Mode
PW-group configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
The status of the protection group determines whether the force switch can be successfully
completed.
Examples
ZXAN(config)#pw-redundancy-group pwfrr
ZXAN(config-pw-group)#protect switch fs
Related Commands
55.3.9 show l2vpn pw-redundancy-group
55.3.5 protect-type
Syntax
protect-type {1plus1 {2send1recv |2send2recv } |1by1 [{1send1recv |1send2recv } ] |loadshare }
no protect-type
Function
This command configures the protection mode for an L2VPN PW redundancy group
instance.
55-67

Parameters
1plus1 1+1 protection -
2send1recv Dual Tx and signal Rx -
2send2recv Dual Tx and dual Rx -
1by1 1:1 protection -
1send1recv Single Tx and single Rx -
1send2recv Single Tx and dual Rx -
loadshare Load sharing -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
The protection mode attribute cannot be deleted if a standby PW is configured. Before
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the 1+1 redundancy protection mode with
dual Tx and signal Rx:
ZXAN(config-pw-group)#protect-type 1plus1 2send1recv
Related Commands
None
55.3.6 pw-redundancy-group
Syntax
pw-redundancy-group name1
no pw-redundancy-group name1
Function
This command configures an L2VPN PW redundancy group instance.
55-68

Parameters
name1 Name of a PW redundancy -

group instance. The instance
name consists of 1–64
characters.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
A PW redundancy group can be deleted only when the valid forwarding is not configured
on the standby PW in the group.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a PW redundancy group whose name is
zte:
ZXAN(config)#pw-redundancy-group zte
Related Commands
None
55.3.7 pw
Syntax
pw name1
no pw name1
Function
This command configures the active PW in an L2VPN PW redundancy group instance.
Parameters
name1 Name of the active PW. The -

PW name consists of 1–64
characters.
Mode
55-69

Usage Guidelines
A PW can be bound as an active PW only when the basic information of the PW is
completely configured.
Examples
The following example shows how to bind the PW whose name is zte_pw1 as the active
PW:
ZXAN(config-pw-group)#pw zte_pw1
Related Commands
55.3.6 pw-redundancy-group
55.3.8 second-pw
Syntax
second-pw name1
no second-pw name1
Function
This command configures the standby PW in an L2VPN PW redundancy group instance.
Parameters
name1 Name of the standby PW. The -

PW name consists of 1–64
characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
A PW can be bound as a standby PW only when the basic information of the PW is
completely configured. In addition, the complete configuration of the redundancy group,
including the negotiation mode, protection mode, and protection type, is also required
before configuring the standby PW.
The no form of this command can be used to delete the standby PW when the PW is not
used for valid forwarding.
55-70

Examples
The following example shows how to bind a PW whose name is zte_pw2 as the standby
PW:
ZXAN(config-pw-group)#second-pw zte_pw2
Related Commands
None
55.3.9 show l2vpn pw-redundancy-group

Syntax
show l2vpn pw-redundancy-group [name1 ] {brief |detail }
Function
This command displays the basic configuration information of all PW redundancy groups
or a specific PW redundancy group.
Parameters
name1 Name of a PW redundancy -

group
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If no PW redundancy group name is specified in this command, the basic configuration
information of all PW redundancy groups will be displayed.
Examples
ZXAN0(config)# show l2vpn pw-redundancy-group pw-group1 brief
Related Commands
None
55-71

55.3.10 show l2vpn pw-redundancy-group summary

Syntax
show l2vpn pw-redundancy-group summary
Function
This command displays the basic statistics of PW redundancy groups.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config)# show l2vpn pw-redundancy-group summary
Related Commands
None
55.4 PW-CLASS Management

55.4.1 cctype
Syntax
cctype {type1 [type2 ] [type3 ] |type2 [type1 ] [type3 ] |type3 [type1 ] [type2 ] }
no cctype
Function
This command configures the control channel type (cctype).
55-72

Parameters
type1 Type 1: In-Band VCCV -
type2 Type 2: Out-of-Band VCCV -
type3 Type 3: TTL Expiry VCCV -
Mode
PW-Class configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
The cctype configuration depends on the control-word configuration. If control-word is not
configured, the cctype can be set to type 2 or type 3 instead of type 1. If control-word
not-preferred is configured, the cctype cannot be set to type 1. If control-word preferred is
configured, the cctype must be set to type 1.
Examples
ZXAN(config-pw-class)#cctype type1
Related Commands
None
55.4.2 control-word
Syntax
control-word {preferred |not-preferred }
Function
This command enables or disables the control bit (c-bit).
Parameters
preferred Enables c-bit. -
not-preferred Disables c-bit. -
Mode
55-73

Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config-pw-class)#control-word preferred
Related Commands
None
55.4.3 cvtype
Syntax
cvtype lsp-ping [{bfd-ipudp-fo [bfd-ipudp-fs ] [bfd-pwach-fo ] [bfd-pwach-fs ] |[bfd-ipudp-fs
[bfd-ipudp-fo ] [bfd-pwach-fo ] [bfd-pwach-fs ] ] |[bfd-pwach-fo [bfd-ipudp-fs ] [bfd-ipudp-fo
] [bfd-pwach-fs ] ] |[bfd-pwach-fs [bfd-ipudp-fs ] [bfd-pwach-fo ] [bfd-ipudp-fo ] ] } [] ]
no cvtype
Function
This command configures the connectivity verification type (cvtype).
Parameters
lsp-ping MPLS LSP echo support -
bfd-ipudp-fo IP/UDP packet error detection -
bfd-ipudp-fs IP/UDP packet error detection -

and status field error detection
bfd-pwach-fo PW ACH packet error detection -
bfd-pwach-fs PW ACH packet error detection -

and status field error detection
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config-pw-class)#cvtype lsp-ping
55-74

Related Commands
None
55.4.4 pw-class
Syntax
pw-class name1
no pw-class name1
Function
This command creates a PW class.
Parameters
name1 PW class name that consists of -

1–64 characters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
To delete a PW class, use the no form of this command.
Examples
ZXAN(config)#pw-class pw1
Related Commands
None
55.4.5 show l2vpn pw-class

Syntax
show l2vpn pw-class [name1 ] {brief }
Function
This command displays the basic configuration information of all PW classes or a specific
PW class.
55-75

Parameters
name1 Name of a PW class -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
If no PW class name is specified in this command, the basic configuration information of
all PW classes will be displayed.
Examples
ZXAN(config)# show l2vpn pw-class pwclass1 brief
Related Commands
None
55.4.6 show l2vpn pw-class summary

Syntax
show l2vpn pw-class summary
Function
This command displays the basic statistics of all PW classes.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN(config)# show l2vpn pw-class summary
55-76

Related Commands
None
55.5 CIP Management

55.5.1 cip
Syntax
cip number1
no cip number1
Function
This command creates a CIP interface.
Parameters
number1 CIP number 1–2048
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command creates a CIP interface for creating a local AC for L2VPN.
Examples
ZXAN(config)#cip 100
ZXAN(config-cip100)#
Related Commands
None
55.5.2 class-map
Syntax
class-map name1
no class-map name1
55-77

Function
This command creates a class map and starts class map configuration mode.
Parameters
name1 Class map name -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l A class map cannot be modified or deleted when it is used for CIP instance matching.
l To delete a class map, use the no form of this command.
Examples
The following example shows how to create a class map (name: class_1) and start class
map configuration mode:
ZXAN(config)#class-map class_1
ZXAN(config-cmap)#
Related Commands
55.5.12 show class-map
55.5.3 flowstat
Syntax
flowstat {[pbit ] enable |disable }
Function
This command enables AC traffic statistics.
Parameters
pbit Traffic statistics based on -

priority bit.
enable Enables the traffic statistics. -
disable Disables the traffic statistics. -
55-78

Mode
CIP interface configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
The traffic statistics cannot be enabled before the AC is associated with a VPN instance.
After the association, the traffic statistics is enabled by default.
Before enabling the AC traffic statistics, ensure that the global traffic statistics has been
enabled. The global traffic statistics is disabled by default.
Examples
ZXAN(config-cip100)#flowstat enable
Related Commands
None
55.5.4 mac learning

Syntax
mac learning {enable |disable }
Function
This command configures MAC learning for an AC.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
By default, the AC is enabled to learn MAC addresses. This command can be used to
disable MAC learning.
MAC learning cannot be configured if the AC is not associate with a VPN instance.
Examples
This following example shows how to disable MAC learning for cip 100:
ZXAN(config-cip100)#mac learning disable
55-79

Related Commands
None
55.5.5 match
Syntax
match svlan-id number1
no match svlan-id number1
Function
This command configures a matching rule for a stream class in a stream class profile.
Parameters
number1 Matched outer VLAN ID 2–4094
Mode
Class mapping configuration mode
Usage Guidelines
A CIP interface can match a VLAN to support the VLAN access type according to the
matching rule after the interface is configured as the Ethernet service type and associated
with a class map.
Examples
ZXAN(config-cmap)#match svlan-id 2000
Related Commands
55.5.10 service-type ethernet class-map
55.5.6 mpls l2vpn mapping

Syntax
mpls l2vpn mapping {cfm md number1 ma number2 mep number3 |track-session name1 }
no mpls l2vpn mapping
55-80

Function
This command maps a track layer detection mode to an AC.
Parameters
cfm CFM detection -
md MD session -
number1 MD session ID 1–16
ma MA session -
number2 MA session ID 1–32
mep MEP ID -
track-session MPLS track session -
name1 MPLS track session ID -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l xconnect: If xconnect is not configured, the mpls l2vpn mapping command is not
allowed.
l service-type: If no physical port is bound for CIP, the mpls l2vpn mapping efm is not
allowed.
l cfm create md session, ma create session, and create mep session: If any of MD,
MA, and MEP session is not created, the l2vpn mapping cfm command is not allowed.
l track session: If track session is not created, the l2vpn mapping track-session
command is not allowed.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure CFM detection for the CIP and map the
track session whose name is wang to the CIP:
ZXAN(config-cip1)#mpls l2vpn mapping cfm md 1 ma 3 mep 1

ZXAN(config-cip1)#mpls l2vpn mapping track-session wang
Related Commands
None
55-81

55.5.7 oam-mapping
Syntax
oam-mapping {enable {bfd |ldp |tmpls-oam } |disable }
Function
This command configures the forwarding mode for PW OAM mapping under a CIP
interface.
Parameters
enable Enables the forwarding mode. -
bfd BFD signaling advertisement -

mode.
ldp LDP signaling advertisement -

mode.
tmpls-oam TMPLS-OAM signaling -

advertisement mode.
disable Disables the forwarding mode. -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
When enabling the forwarding mode for PW OAM mapping in CIP configuration mode, you
can select a signaling advertisement mode, such as LDP, TMPLS-OAM, BDF, or 1731.
Only one signaling mode can be configured.
Examples
The following example shows how to enable the BFD mode for PW OAM mapping:
ZXAN(config-cip1)#oam-mapping enable bfd
Related Commands
None
55.5.8 root-leaf
Syntax
root-leaf {root |leaf }
55-82

Function
This command configures the root_leaf attribute on the local CIP side for an L2VPN
instance.
Parameters
root Sets the PW as the root node. -
leaf Sets the PW as the leaf node -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
This command is used in CIP configuration mode.
The root_leaf attribute of a CIP interface can be configured only when the CIP has been
bound to a VFI instance.
Examples
ZXAN(config-cip1)#root-leaf root
Related Commands
None
55.5.9 service-type ethernet

Syntax
service-type ethernet interface1
no service-type ethernet
Function
This command configures Ethernet service type for a CIP interface.
Parameters
interface1 Ethernet interface -
Mode
55-83

Usage Guidelines
When a CIP interface is configured as a physical interface for Ethernet access, all ingress
packets on the interface are forwarded in the MPLS domain.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a CIP interface for Ethernet access:
ZXAN(config)#cip 1
ZXAN(config-cip1)#service-type ethernet gei_1/19/4
Related Commands
None
55.5.10 service-type ethernet class-map

Syntax
service-type ethernet class-map name1 [{interface1 |slot slot1 } ]
no service-type ethernet class-map
Function
This command adds the VLAN access type for a CIP interface supporting Ethernet access.
Parameters
name1 Class map name -
interface1 Ethernet interface -
slot1 Slot number of the card 1–32
Mode
Usage Guidelines
No update operation is allowed.
Examples
The following example shows how to add the VLAN access type for the CIP interface on
the card in slot 6:
ZXAN(config)#class-map 101
ZXAN(config-cmap)#match svlan-id 101
ZXAN(config)#cip 1
55-84

ZXAN(config-cip1)#service-type ethernet class-map 101 slot 6
Related Commands
55.5.2 class-map
55.5.11 service-type tdm-relay

Syntax
service-type tdm-relay mpls {label-autoconfig |number1 number2 number3 number4 } hexadeci
mal1 [number5 ] [slot slot1 ]
no service-type tdm-relay
Function
This command configures the TDM-relay service type for a CIP interface.
Parameters
mpls MPLS mode. -
label-autoconfig Automatic label configuration. -
number1 Configures the local tunnel label -

manually.
number2 Configures the remote tunnel 16–1048575

label manually.
number3 Configures the local PW label -

manually.
number4 Configures the remote PW label 16–1048575

manually.
hexadecimal1 Source MAC address used to -

communicate with the ONU.
slot1 Slot number of the card where 1–32

the TDM service is running.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
A CES service card or an ONU supporting TDM is required for TDM service provisioning.
55-85

Examples
The following example shows how to configure TDM service for the card in slot 6:
ZXAN(config-vlan100)#exit
ZXAN(config)#cip 100
ZXAN(config-cip100)#$service-type tdm-relay mpls label-autoconfig 2012.2013.2014 100 slot 6
Related Commands
None

Syntax
show class-map {all |name1 }
Function
This command displays all configured class maps or a specific class map.
Parameters
all All class maps -
name1 Name of a class map -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN#show class-map all
class-map 101
match svlan-id 101
class-map 102
match svlan-id 102
class-map 103
match svlan-id 103
Related Commands
55.5.2 class-map
55-86

55.5.13 shutdown
Syntax
shutdown
no shutdown
Function
This command enables or disables an interface.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
A CIP interface is enabled by default. The physical status (up or down) of an interface
does not change after the interface is disabled.
Examples
The following example shows how to disable the interface CIP1:
ZXAN(config-cip1)#shutdown
Related Commands
None
55.5.14 xconnect
Syntax
xconnect name1
no xconnect name1
Function
This command binds an AC to an L2VPN instance.
Parameters
55-87

Mode
Usage Guidelines
Examples
The following example shows how to binds a CIP as an AC to an L2VPN instance whose
name is zte:
ZXAN(config-cip1)#xconnect zte
Related Commands
None
55-88

Chapter 56
MPNAT Commands
Table of Contents
clear mpnat trans-table.............................................................................................56-1
mpnat onu-ftp ...........................................................................................................56-2
mpnat onu-ftp-data ...................................................................................................56-3
mpnat onu-mng-port auto-alloc.................................................................................56-4
mpnat onu-mng-vlan ................................................................................................56-5
mpnat onu-snmp ......................................................................................................56-6
mpnat onu-telnet ......................................................................................................56-7
mpnat service service-port .......................................................................................56-7
mpnat service telnet-shell.........................................................................................56-8
mpnat trans-table .....................................................................................................56-9
show mpnat cfg-table .............................................................................................56-10
show mpnat onu-mng-port...................................................................................... 56-11
show mpnat trans-table ..........................................................................................56-12
telnet onu ...............................................................................................................56-13
56.1 clear mpnat trans-table

Syntax
clear mpnat trans-table [service-port number1 ]
Function
This command clears NAT forwarding entries.
Parameters
number1 Service port for which 7000–19999

forwarding entries are to
be cleared.
Mode
56-1

Usage Guidelines
This command can be used to clear all forwarding entries or clear the forwarding entries
on a specific service port.
Examples
l The following example shows how to clear all forwarding entries:
ZXAN# clear mpnat trans-table
l The following example shows how to clear the forwarding entries on port 9999:
ZXAN# clear mpnat trans-table service-port 9999
Related Commands
56.13 show mpnat trans-table
56.2 mpnat onu-ftp

Syntax
mpnat onu-ftp aging-time number1
Function
This command configures the aging time for NAT forwarding entries on the FTP control
link that is used for uploading or downloading an MDU file in NAT mode.
Parameters

Unit: minutes Default: 5
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l When the MDU is accessed through the OLT for file transfer over FTP (such as MDU
version download), you can use this command to set the aging time of NAT forwarding
entries for the FTP control link on the OLT.
l The default aging time is recommended. A proper longer aging time can be set if a
large-size file needs to be transferred.
l After the configuration, you can use the show running-config | include mpnat command
to view the configuration result. To view the forwarding table, use the show mpnat tra
ns-table command.
56-2

Chapter 56 MPNAT Commands
Examples
The following example shows how to set the aging time of forwarding entries to 10 minutes
for the ONU FTP control link:
ZXAN(config)# mpnat onu-ftp aging-time 10
Related Commands
56.3 mpnat onu-ftp-data

Syntax
mpnat onu-ftp-data aging-time number1
Function
This command configures the aging time for NAT forwarding entries on the FTP data link
that is used for uploading or downloading an MDU file in NAT mode.
Parameters

Default: 5
Unit: seconds
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l When the MDU is accessed through the OLT for file transfer over FTP (such as MDU
version download), you can use this command to set the aging time of NAT forwarding
entries for the FTP data link on the OLT.
l The default aging time is recommended.
to view the configuration result. To view the forwarding table, use the show mpnat tra
ns-table command.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the aging time of forwarding entries to 20 seconds
for the ONU FTP data link:
ZXAN(config)# mpnat onu-ftp-data aging-time 20
56-3

Related Commands
56.4 mpnat onu-mng-port auto-alloc

Syntax
mpnat onu-mng-port auto-alloc {enable |disable }
Function
This command configures the allocation mode of ONU management ports.
Parameters
enable Enables dynamic allocation of -

ONU management ports.
disable Enables static allocation of ONU -

management ports.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
In static allocation mode, the destination IP address for remote management is the in-band
or out-of-band IP address of the OLT. The following formulas are used to calculate the port
number:
l telnet management port number=20000+SlotNo*1000+PonNo*100+OnuNo
l http management port number=40000+ SlotNo*1000+PonNo*100+OnuNo
The static allocation mode is not applicable to 16-port PON cards. The value ranges of
different parameters in the formula are as follows:
l SlotNo: 1–19
l PonNo: 1–8
l OnuNo: 1–64
In dynamic allocation mode, the destination IP address for remote management is the
in-band or out-of-band IP address of the OLT. The port number is allocated by the telnet
(http) onu-mng-port alloc command under the ONU interface.
To view the allocated port number, use the show mpnat onu-mng-port command.
56-4

Examples
The following example shows how to enable the dynamic allocation mode of ONU
management ports:
ZXAN(config)#mpnat onu-mng-port auto-alloc enable
Related Commands
telnet onu-mng-port alloc
http onu-mng-port alloc
56.12 show mpnat onu-mng-port
56.5 mpnat onu-mng-vlan

Syntax
mpnat onu-mng-vlan {number1 |name WORD1 }
no mpnat onu-mng-vlan
Function
This command configures a VLAN as the ONU management VLAN, which takes effect
when the ONU initiates a connection to an NE for MDU version download over FTP or
MDU TRAP reporting.
Parameters
name VLAN name. -
WORD1 The VLAN name must start -

with a letter. It consists of a
maximum of 32 characters.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l Before using this command, ensure that the specified VLAN has been created and a
layer-3 interface corresponding to the VLAN has been created. If the layer-3 interface
is not available, a failure message will be displayed.
to view the configuration result.
56-5

Examples
The following example shows how to configure VLAN 200 as the ONU management VLAN:
ZXAN(config)# mpnat onu-mng-vlan 200
Related Commands
None
56.6 mpnat onu-snmp

Syntax
mpnat onu-snmp aging-time number1
Function
This command configures the aging time of ONU SNMP management forwarding entries
in NAT mode.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
l An aging time different from the general aging time can be set for SNMP forwarding
entries because there are too many SNMP forwarding entries in the forwarding table,
which need to be aged out in a shorter time.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the aging time of ONU SNMP management
forwarding entries to 45 seconds:
ZXAN(config)# mpnat onu-snmp aging-time 45
Related Commands
56-6

56.7 mpnat onu-telnet

Syntax
mpnat onu-telnet idle-timeout number1
Function
This command sets the idle timeout for ONU TELNET management in NAT mode. When
the idle timeout is reached, the corresponding ONU TELNET NAT forwarding entries are
aged out and the TELNET session is disconnected. Because idle duration is required
during TELNET operation, an aging time different from the general aging time can be set
for ONU TELNET management forwarding entries to ensure user experience.
Parameters
number1 Idle timeout Range: 1–1000

Default: 3
Unit: minutes
Mode
Usage Guidelines
After the configuration, you can use the show running-config | include mpnat command to
view the configuration result.
Examples
The following example shows how to set the ONU TELNET idle timeout to 5 minutes:
ZXAN(config)# mpnat onu-telnet idle-timeout 5
Related Commands
56.8 mpnat service service-port

Syntax
mpnat service service-port number1
no mpnat service service-port number1
56-7

Function
This command sets the NAT service port number. If a TCP packet sent from the public
network to the OLT contains a destination port number same as the NAT service port
number, NAT will be performed on this packet before it is processed.
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
l After the configuration, you can use the show mpnat cfg-table command to view the
Examples
The following example shows how to set the service port number to 8800:
ZXAN(config)#mpnat service service-port 8800
Related Commands
56.11 show mpnat cfg-table
56.9 mpnat service telnet-shell

Syntax
mpnat service telnet-shell service-port number1
no mpnat service telnet-shell
Function
This command sets the TELNET SHELL service port number.
Parameters
number1 TELNET SHELL service port 7000–19999

number
56-8

Mode
Usage Guidelines
l The TELNET SHELL service port number must be set before the TELNET SHELL
function is enabled for accessing the NE.
l After the configuration, you can use the show mpnat cfg-table command to view the
Examples
The following example shows how to set the TELNET SHELL service port number to 8000:
ZXAN(config)#mpnat service telnet-shell service-port 8000
Related Commands
56.10 mpnat trans-table

Syntax
mpnat trans-table aging-time number1
Function
This command configures the general aging time of NAT forwarding entries.
Parameters

Mode
Usage Guidelines
l Forwarding entries need to be aged out after proper time due to the limit on the number
of entries in the forwarding table. The aging time for special forwarding entries (such
as ONU SNMP management forwarding entries) can be different from the general
aging time, depending on special configurations.
56-9

Examples
The following example shows how to set the general aging time of NAT forwarding entries
to 45 seconds:
ZXAN(config)#mpnat trans-table aging-time 45
Related Commands

Syntax
show mpnat cfg-table {summary |static |dynamic |all }
Function
This command displays the information of the NAT configuration table.
Parameters
summary Displays the summary of the -

configuration table.
static Displays static entries in the -

dynamic Displays dynamic entries in the -

all Displays all entries in the -

Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display all entries in the NAT configuration table:
ZXAN# show mpnat cfg-table all
56-10

OutGlbIp InGlbPort InRmtIp InLclIp InLclPort Type OnuI

nterface
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.0.0.0 9999 6.6.7.1 6.6.7.2 0 static
Related Commands
56.8 mpnat service service-port
56.12 show mpnat onu-mng-port

Syntax
show mpnat onu-mng-port {all |summary |onu interface1 }
Function
This command displays the dynamic allocation of ONU management ports.
Parameters
all Displays all allocated ONU -

management ports.
summary Displays the summary of -

dynamically allocated ONU
management ports.
interface1 Displays the dynamic allocation -

of a specific ONU management
port.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 20001 telnet
56-11

gpon-onu_1/3/1:1 20000 http

ZXAN(config-if)#
Related Commands
None

Syntax
show mpnat trans-table {summary |all |service-port number1 |onu interface1 }
Function
This command displays the information of the NAT forwarding table.
Parameters
summary Displays the summary of the -

forwarding table.
all Displays all forwarding entries. -
number1 Displays the entry that specifies 7000–19999

the service port number.
interface1 Displays forwarding entries of a -

specific ONU.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information of the NAT forwarding table:
ZXAN# show mpnat trans-table all
Entry: 113043736
OutGlbMac : 0:21:97:ef:28:3c InLclMac : 0:d0:d0:12:34:56
InGlbMac : 0:d0:d0:44:44: 8 InRmtMac : 0: 1: c: d: 0:ab
OutGlbIp : 10.63.194.82 InLclIp : 6.6.7.2
InGlbIp : 10.63.194.84 InRmtIp : 6.6.7.1
56-12

OutGlbPort: 2806 InLclPort: 2806

InGlbPort : 9999 InRmtPort: 9999
OnuInterface:
OuterIfName:mng1
RecvOuterPkt : 15 RecvInnerPkt : 14
Snd2InnerPkt : 15 Snd2OuterPkt : 14
Snd2InnerFailPkt: 0 Snd2OuterFailPkt: 0
ZXAN# show mpnat trans-table summary
Used Num : 1
Unused Num : 1023
Related Commands
None
56.14 telnet onu

Syntax
telnet onu interface1
Function
This command initiates a TELNET connection to an ONU on the CLI of the OLT.
Parameters
interface1 ONU interface used for TELNET -

management operations
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to telnet to gpon-onu_1/12/1:1:
ZXAN#telnet onu gpon-onu_1/12/1:1
56-13

Related Commands
None
56-14

Chapter 57
Load Balance Commands
Table of Contents
show load-balance ...................................................................................................57-1
57.1 show load-balance

Syntax
show load-balance
Function
This command displays the load balancing state.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN#show load-balance
load-balance: enable
Related Commands
None
57-1

57-2

Chapter 58
Service Control Commands
Table of Contents
show hotb-state........................................................................................................58-1
58.1 show hotb-state

Syntax
show hotb-state
Function
This command displays the data synchronization state between an active card and a
standby card.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
ZXAN#show hotb-state
Mate board is not in use.
Related Commands
None
58-1

58-2

Chapter 59
PPPoA Commands
Table of Contents
PPPoA Global Configuration ....................................................................................59-1
PPPoA Show Commands.........................................................................................59-2
59.1 PPPoA Global Configuration

59.1.1 pppoa-pppoe echo-interval
Syntax
pppoa-pppoe echo-interval {number1 |unlimited }
Function
This command configures the global echo reply time.
Parameters
number1 Sets the global echo reply time. 60–1800

Unit: seconds.
unlimited Disables the monitoring of echo -

reply messages.
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the echo reply time to 100 seconds:
ZXAN(config)# pppoa-pppoe echo-interval 100
59-1

Related Commands
59.2.1 show pppoa-pppoe
59.2 PPPoA Show Commands

59.2.1 show pppoa-pppoe
Syntax
show pppoa-pppoe
Function
This command displays the PPPoA global configuration.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the PPPoA global configuration:
ZXAN(config)#show pppoa-pppoe
Echo-interval :180
Related Commands
59.1.1 pppoa-pppoe echo-interval
59.2.2 show pppoa-pppoe interface

Syntax
show pppoa-pppoe interface interface1 [pvc number1 ]
Function
This command displays the PPPoA information of a port.
59-2

Chapter 59 PPPoA Commands
Parameters
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to query the PPPoA information of the port vdsl_1/3/35:
ZXAN#show pppoa-pppoe interface vdsl_1/3/35 pvc 1
Total PPPOAOE : 1
PPPOAOE interface vdsl_1/3/35 pvc 1
--------------------------------------------------------------
Pppoa2oeState : PPPOE_CONNNECT
SesseionId : 425
PppoeServerMac : 001e.5849.431f
RecvLcpCfgReqNum : 2
RecvLcpEchoAckNum : 0
RecvLcpTerReqNum : 0
RecvPadoNum : 1
RecvPadsNum : 1
RecvPadtNum : 0
Related Commands
None
59-3

59-4

Chapter 60
IPoA Commands
Table of Contents
IPoA Global Configuration ........................................................................................60-1
IPoA Port Configuration............................................................................................60-3
IPoA Show Commands ............................................................................................60-4
60.1 IPoA Global Configuration

60.1.1 ipoa gateway-arp-interval
Syntax
ipoa gateway-arp-interval number1
Function
This command configures the aging time for the gateway MAC address.
Parameters
number1 Aging time for the gateway MAC 1–60

address
Unit: minutes
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the aging time for gateway MAC address
to five minutes:
ZXAN(config)#ipoa gateway-arp-interval 5
60-1

Related Commands
60.3.1 show ipoa running
60.1.2 ipoa inatmarp-interval

Syntax
ipoa inatmarp-interval number1
Function
This command configures the aging time for automatically learned IP addresses of users.
Parameters
number1 Aging time for automatically 1–60

learned IP addresses of users
Unit: minutes
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the aging time for automatically learned IP
addresses of users to five minutes:
ZXAN(config)#ipoa inatmarp-interval 5
Related Commands
60.1.3 ipoa l2-default-gateway

Syntax
ipoa l2-default-gateway ip_addr1
no ipoa l2-default-gateway
Function
This command configures the default gateway IP address.
60-2

Chapter 60 IPoA Commands
Parameters
ip_addr1 Default gateway IP address -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the default gateway IP address to
172.1.1.1:
ZXAN(config)# ipoa l2-default-gateway 172.1.1.1
Related Commands
60.2 IPoA Port Configuration

60.2.1 ipoa
Syntax
ipoa pvc number1 {inatmarp |ip_addr1 } {l3 |l2 [gateway ip_addr2 [hexadecimal1 ] ] }
no ipoa pvc number1
Function
This command configures an IPoA user.
Parameters
inatmarp Automatically learned IP -

address of the user
ip_addr1 Static IP address of the IPoA -

user
l3 Layer-3 IPoA user -
60-3

l2 Layer-2 IPoA user -
ip_addr2 Gateway IP address -
hexadecimal1 Gateway MAC address -
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to configure a user as a layer-2 IPoA user:
ZXAN(config-if)#ipoa pvc 1 170.170.1.2 l2
Related Commands
60.3.2 show ipoa user
60.3 IPoA Show Commands

Syntax
show ipoa running
Function
This command displays the IPoA global configuration.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
60-4

Chapter 60 IPoA Commands
Examples
The following example shows how to display the current IPoA global configuration:
ZXAN(config)#show ipoa running
ipoa l2-default-gateway 172.1.1.1
ipoa inatmarp-interval 10
ipoa gateway-arp-interval 10
Related Commands
60.1.2 ipoa inatmarp-interval
60.1.1 ipoa gateway-arp-interval
60.1.3 ipoa l2-default-gateway
60.3.2 show ipoa user

Syntax
show ipoa user
Function
This command displays the information of IPoA users.
Parameters
None
Mode
Usage Guidelines
None
Examples
The following example shows how to display the information of IPoA users:
ZXAN(config)#show ipoa user
Total ipoa user : 1
---------------------------------------------------------
interface adsl_1/7/1 pvc 1 vlan 100 static ipoa enable
user ip: 172.1.1.2 user mac: 0000.0c0c.0001
gateway ip: 172.1.1.1 gateway mac: 001e.903d.4188
Related Commands
None
60-5

SJ-20130520164529-010-ZXA10 C300&amp;C320 (V2.0.0) Optical Access Convergence Equipment Command Reference

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

SJ-20130520164529-010-ZXA10 C300&amp;C320 (V2.0.0) Optical Access Convergence Equipment Command Reference

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ZXA10 C300/C320

Optical Access Convergence Equipment

Revision No. Revision Date Revision Reason

R1.0 2013-10-30 First edition

Serial Number: SJ-20130520164529-010

Publishing Date: 2013-10-30 (R1.0)

SJ-20130520164529-010|2013-10-30 (R1.0) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20130520164529-010|2013-10-30 (R1.0) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

Chapter 2 Hardware Management............................................................. 2-1

Chapter 3 Fan Management....................................................................... 3-1

SJ-20130520164529-010|2013-10-30 (R1.0) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

Chapter 4 Version Management ................................................................ 4-1

SJ-20130520164529-010|2013-10-30 (R1.0) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

Chapter 5 CPE Version Management........................................................ 5-1

Chapter 6 User Management ..................................................................... 6-1

SJ-20130520164529-010|2013-10-30 (R1.0) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

Chapter 7 File System Management ......................................................... 7-1

Chapter 8 SuperVLAN Commands ........................................................... 8-1

SJ-20130520164529-010|2013-10-30 (R1.0) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

Chapter 9 Alarm Management................................................................... 9-1

Chapter 10 Debugging Commands......................................................... 10-1

SJ-20130520164529-010|2013-10-30 (R1.0) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20130520164529-010|2013-10-30 (R1.0) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20130520164529-010|2013-10-30 (R1.0) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

Chapter 11 VLAN Commands.................................................................. 11-1

SJ-20130520164529-010|2013-10-30 (R1.0) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20130520164529-010|2013-10-30 (R1.0) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

Chapter 12 PON Comands....................................................................... 12-1

SJ-20130520164529-010|2013-10-30 (R1.0) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20130520164529-010|2013-10-30 (R1.0) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

Chapter 13 GPON Commands................................................................. 13-1

SJ-20130520164529-010|2013-10-30 (R1.0) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20130520164529-010|2013-10-30 (R1.0) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20130520164529-010|2013-10-30 (R1.0) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20130520164529-010|2013-10-30 (R1.0) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20130520164529-010|2013-10-30 (R1.0) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20130520164529-010|2013-10-30 (R1.0) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20130520164529-010|2013-10-30 (R1.0) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20130520164529-010|2013-10-30 (R1.0) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20130520164529-010|2013-10-30 (R1.0) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

Chapter 14 CES Commands .................................................................... 14-1

SJ-20130520164529-010|2013-10-30 (R1.0) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

Chapter 15 Clock Commands.................................................................. 15-1

SJ-20130520164529-010|2013-10-30 (R1.0) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20130520164529-010|2013-10-30 (R1.0) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

Chapter 17 Optical Module Management Commands........................... 17-1

Chapter 18 Port Security Commands ..................................................... 18-1

SJ-20130520164529-010|2013-10-30 (R1.0) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

Chapter 19 Port Performance Statistics Commands ............................ 19-1

SJ-20130520164529-010|2013-10-30 (R1.0) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

Chapter 20 Basic IPv4 Protocol Commands.......................................... 20-1

SJ-20130520164529-010|2013-10-30 (R1.0) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20130520164529-010|2013-10-30 (R1.0) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

Chapter 21 RIP Commands ..................................................................... 21-1

SJ-20130520164529-010|2013-10-30 (R1.0) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

Chapter 22 OSPF Protocol Commands .................................................. 22-1

SJ-20130520164529-010|2013-10-30 (R1.0) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20130520164529-010|2013-10-30 (R1.0) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20130520164529-010|2013-10-30 (R1.0) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

Chapter 23 BGP Protocol Commands .................................................... 23-1

SJ-20130520164529-010|2013-10-30 (R1.0) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20130520164529-010|2013-10-30 (R1.0) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

SJ-20130520164529-010|2013-10-30 (R1.0) ZTE Proprietary and Confidential

Chapter 24 System Log/Statistical Management Commands .............. 24-1

SJ-20130520164529-010-ZXA10 C300&C320 (V2.0.0) Optical Access Convergence Equipment Command Reference

SJ-20130520164529-010-ZXA10 C300&C320 (V2.0.0) Optical Access Convergence Equipment Command Reference